MW

5> lI>3 2

3)21 ■ M

^wVjyN

mj^

libraro of tin lluseiim

COMPAHATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDCE, MASS.

'-/-^-

. <rP Jim

The gift ortU J ^ (j r

THE

TRANSACTIONS

O F T H E

ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

O F ST. LOUIS.

Vol. V.

1886-'91.

ST. LOUIS, MO. :

PRINTED BY R. P. STUDLEY & CO.

^"^ 1892.

i^

T H E

TRANSACTIONS,

OF THE

ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

OF ST. LOUIS.
Vol. V.

CO NTENTS

J. H. KiNEALY — A Spiral on a Torus i

Trelease, Wm. — A Revision of North American Linacese 7

Wheeler, O. B. — The Secondary Base in Geodetic Sur-
veys 21

LuEDEKiNG, Dr. Charles — The Post-mortem Detection of

Chloroform 28

Gatschet, Albert S. — Tchikilli's Kasi'hta Legend in the

Creek and Hichiti Languages 33

Trelease, Wm. — '(Contrib. from Shaw School of Botany,

No. 3) — Description of Lycoperdion Missouriense. . . . 240

Pammel, L. H. — Contrib. from Shaw School of Botany,
No. i) — On the Pollination of Phlomis tuberosa^ Z.,
and the Perforation of Flowers 241

Eliot, W. G. Jr. — (Contrib. from Shaw School of Botany,
No. 2) — Measurements of the Trimorphic Flower, of
Oxalis Suksdorji 27S

Trelease, Wm. — Observations suggested by the preceding

Paper 286

LuEDEKiNG, Dr. Chas. — Anomalous Densities of Fused

Bismuth 292

Brendel, Dr. Emil, of Cedar Rapids, Iowa — Synopsis of

the Family of Psclaphidce 298

Nipher, F. E. — On the Scale value of the Dellman Elec-
trometer used by Dr. A. Wislizenus 303

McGee, W. J., U. S. Geologist — Notes on the Geology of

Mason County, Missouri 305

Kinealy, J. H. — The Presssure of the Wind on Roofs and

Inclined Surfaces 337

Trelease, William — Revision of North American Ilici-

vece and Celastracece 343

LuEDEKiNG, C. — Contribution to the Chemistry of Com-
bustion 370

CONTENTS. 4

LuEDEKiNG, C. — The Hydration of Colloids 375

NiPHER, Francis E. — Report on (Missouri Rainfall, with

Averages for Ten Years ending December, 1887 3S3

NiPHER, Francis E. — On the Output of the Non-condens-
ing Steam Engine, as a Function of Speed and Pres-
sure 434

LuEDEKiNG, C. — The long-continued Action of the Electric

Discharge on iodine 445

Robertson, Charles — Flowers and Insects : Umbel-

liferc^ 449

Nipiier, Francis E. — Winter Temperatures 461

Engelmann, Dr. G.J. — Frederick Adolphus Wislizenus. . 464
Nipher, Francis E. — Surface Integrals in Meteorology ... 469
Luedeking, C. — On the Analysis of the Barium Group.. . 471
Hitchcock, A. S. — Contrib. from Shaw School of Botany,
No. 7) — A Catalogue of the Anthophyta and Ptcrido-

phyta of Ames, Iowa 477

DuFFEY, J. C. — Transformations of a Carabid (Flochionus
timidus), and Observations on a Coccinellid enemy of

the Red Spider 533

Pammel, L. H. — (Contrib. from Shaw School of Botany,

No. 8) — On the Seed-coats of the Genus Euphorbia. . 543
Robertson, Charles — Flowers and Insects, Asclefiada-

cece to Scrophulariacece 569

Pritchett, H. S. — A Formula for Predicting the Popula-
tion of the United States 599

Pritchett, H. S. — Observations of the Transit of Mercury,

May 9, 1 89 1 609

VoGDES, A. W. — Notes on some new Sedalia Trilobitcs . . 615
Nipher, Francis E. — On Certain Properties of a Field of

Force due to a Single Mass 619

Journal of Proceedings xxxi-lvi

Exchanges received, i888-'9i ■. . . . 17-33

Donations, " " 34~37

Contents. 3

General Index 5

TRA NSACTION S

A Spiral on a Torus.

By J. H. KiNEALY.

Last September I showed to the Academy a model of a stove-
pipe elbow that had been made of a single strip of tin wound so
that there was only one joint. This joint was a continuous spiral
around the elbow. The spiral joint had not been made accord-
ing to any law, but had simply been guessed at. This elbow had
been made by Mr. E. F. O'Toole, a tinner living in the northern
part of this city, who, when he gave it to me, asked if it would
be possible to make a spiral that would be the same in all parts
similarly situated.

In order to show me the spiral he wished, he took a helical
wire-spring and bent it so as to form a quadrant. I saw at once
that the spiral wanted was a spiral on a torus, which, when the
radius of the circular axis of the torus was equal to infinity, be-
came a helix.

I then attempted to generate a spiral on a torus by moving a
point on the surface of the torus so that the tangent to the curve
would always make a given angle with the circular axis of the
torus. This, however, involved a very difficult differential equa-
tion. After some further study I found that a spiral could be
generated upon any surface by the following method :

Let the surface upon which the spiral is to be drawn be gener-
ated by a curve in a plane that revolves about a given axis with
an uniform angular velocity. Let the point by which the spiral
is generated always remain on the generating curve and move
about an axis, perpendicular to the moving plane, with an uni-
form angular velocity.

,. ,_ , (June 28, 18S7.

2 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

The axis first mentioned will be called the axis of the generat-
ing curve ; and the last, the axis of the point.

It is evident, that, if the equation of the curve traced by the
^xis of the point is known, and, also, the equation of the generat-
ing curve, referred to the axis of the point as an origin, the equa-
tion of the spiral can at once be determined.

In Fig. I. the plane o^ yx is the plane of the paper, and the axis
of z is taken perpendicular to ^^.

OT is the trace of the moving plane on yx at a given time. It
revolves about the axis of ^ with an uniform angular velocity.

The initial position of the plane OT" is zy. The projection of
the generating curve on yx is ace.

In order to simplify the equation it is supposed that the curve
traced by the axis c of the point is a plane curve {bed) onyx.

P' is the projection ox\ yx of the point at the given instant.

The point was in its initial position on yx when OT coincided
with Oy.

Revolve the moving plane about OT as an axis until it falls
on yx.

Let aPe be the revolved position of the generating curve, and
P that of the point.

Draw P'ni perpendicular to Oy ; also draw Pc and P P' .

Let o. be the angular velocity with which the plane moves
about Oz, and «' the angular velocity with which the point moves
about c.

If t is the time the plane has been moving,

< TOy — a — t.o..
<:^Pce = d = t.a'.

a d a a .

t =z — — ox u zn — a zr. n a^ where « is a

a a' ^ a

a'
constant equal to — ,
a

X =z P' m z=. OP' sin a = [(9c -|- cP cos d ] sin a
y = mO =. OP cos a =: \_0c -\- cP cos d ] cos a
z = PP' — cP sin d.

Oc depends upon the curve bed., and cP upon the curve aPe.

KINEALY A SPIRAL ON A TORUS. 3

Therefore,

Oc z=zf{xya) and cP ^ f{yzd).

Putting- these values in the equations above, and also putting
na for 6, the general equations for the spiral become

X =z [f{xj'a) -j- y{yzna) cos na'] sin a - - - (l)

y z= {^yixfa) -f- fi^yzna) cos na\ cos a - - - (2)

z ■=. f {yznd) %\\\ na - - - - - - - (3)

If y(A'ya) = R^ 2i constant, and fi^yzna') =r r, also a con-
stant, the curve traced by c is a circle whose center is at <9 ; and
the generating curve is also a circle with its center at c, — the
general equations become

X = \^jR-{-r cos na] sin a - - - - - - (4)

y =. [^R -\~ r cos na] cos a ------ (5)

z :=. r sin na - - - - . - - - - (6)

These are the equations of the spiral on a torus.

The projection of such a spiral on the plane yx is shown in
Fig. II. The equation for this projection is obtained by squaring
(4) and (5)1 and adding. It is

x"- -\- y-^ — \_R -\- r co% aY (7)

The direction of this curve at any point is obtained by finding

dv
the value of -- at that point. From (4) and (5) is obtained

[7? -|- r cos 7ia] cos — rn sin a sin na - .. (8)

da

-J— =z — [^R -\- r cos 7ia] sin a — rn cos a sin na - - (9)

da

Divide (9) by (8) and obtain

dy \_R -\- r cos na] sin a-\- rn cos a sin na

dx \_R -f- r cos na] cos a — rn sin a sin na

(10)

7Z

If in (10) na =1 m - where m is an even integer^ then

2

sin na =z 0, and

f =^ — tan a (11)

dx

4 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

\{?iaz=/n " and m is an odd integer^ then sin na r= :£; i,.
and cos na z= 0, then
</j' /? sin a ± rn cos a i? tan a ± f'fi

dx R cos a =F r« sin a R ^ rn tan a

(12).

Equation (i i) gives the direction of the curve at such points as
a or (5, Fig. II., and shows tliat it is here perpendicvilar to the
radius, drawn to the points, of the projection of the circular axis
of the torus.

Equation (12) gives direction of the curve at such points
as c or d.

Let dS be the tangent to the curve at d ; the tangent of the
angle ,3 that dS makes with Ox is given by (12).

Draw od^ and dm perpendicular to od. dm is tangent to the
projection of the circular axis of the torus.
<^ doy ^z a z=L dmo.

<^ Idm z=. \i -\- a is the angle that the curve at d makes with
the projection of the circular axis of the torus.
<^ Idin = (f.

tan B + tan a . . . .

tan c =■ ; but from (12)

I —tan p tan a

R tan a -h m
R ^ rn tan a

tan y5 = _ -y,— - . Therefore,

R tan a -\- rn ,

— —^ \- tan a

R ^ rn tan a

tan (f = —

I R tan^ a 4= ^'^ tan a

I -j- ==

R ^ rn tan a

— R tan a dr r?i -\- R tan a-^rn tan^a

~ R'^ rn tan a -\- R tan^a ± ^^^ tan a

± r« (tan^ a -\- i) , rn

~ R (tan2 ^+1) ~ ~R

This means that the curve always crosses the circle cdIC at a
constant angle.

KINEALY A SPIRAL ON A TORUS. 5

a' . ra' V

From page 2 n z=z — , which gives tan ^ = ± jr- = ,^ ■>

where V is the velocity of generating point in space, due to its
rotation about its axis, and V is its velocity, at the same instant,
due to its rotation about the axis of the generating curve.

na is always equal to d. Let n' be the number of turns the
spiral makes about the torus while a increases from 0 to 2 ^ ,

ft 2nn'
When a = 2 rr , 0 =z2 -«/ ; but n =. = ~ — = n'.

a ■" ^

The helix is a special case of a spiral on a torus, where the
radius of the circular axis is equal to infinity. To obtain the
equation of the helix, transfer the origin of coordinates from 0 to
(?' in Fig. II. Equations (4), (5) and (6) become

X := [7? -{- r cos na^ sin a _ _ - _ - (13)

jy ■=. [7? -)- r cos na~\ cos a — 7? - - - - (14)

z :=. r sin na ........ (i^)

Now if in these equations Ji is made infinite, n will equal
infinity and a will equal zero ; but na = 0 always, and Ra
S , sin a = a.

Making these changes in (13), (14), and (15), the equation ol
the helix is obtained as

X =z R ?,\\i a z= Ra ^ S (16)

y =z r cos d ..-.._-- (17)

z = r sin 6 - • - - (i8)

Sin (16) means simply the distance out from Oy , that the
point has moved ; and, as S =1 R a = Rat = Vt , where a =
angular velocity of the plane, and V the linear velocity of the
generating point, which in this case is constant, it is seen that the
helix is not formed by a combination of two rotations, but by a
rotation and translation, as it should be.

In the general equation (i), (2), and (3), let, now, y(x;ya) rr:
i?, a constant, and f{yzna) ^ r' — cRa = r.

This would give us the equations of a spiral on a horn-shaped
surface.

6 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE

When f {yznd) = 0^ then a

Therefore, f {yzn ) = ar' ( i —

c =

a', and f^ = cJia', or
7? a 1

i?'

i?«'

If a = 6* , f{yzn x ) = r', or r' is the initial value of
/ (^yzn a). These values in the general equations give

X = {^R -{- r\\— -^-7 cos no] sin a
y = L-^ ~f" ^•(i ^^ cos na\ cos a

i?a'

z = r' {\

Ra ]

(19)

(20)
(31)

y = r (I--

(22)
(23)

Transferring the origin, as w^as done in the case of the helix,
and making R = cc .

X = Ra = S __.

r'
cos 6 =-~ {S'— x) cos 0 - -

z = r' {\ — ~^,\s,m d = -^, {S' — x) sin 0 - - (24)

These are the equations of a spiral on a cone.

These examples will suffice to show how simple is this method
of generating curves in space. The generating curve, or the curve
traced by the axis of the point, or both, may be an hyperbola, an
ellipse, a parabola, an Archimedean spiral, or, in fact, any curve
whose equation is known.

( 7 )

A Revision of North American Linacese.

By William Trelease.

At the suggestion of Dr. Gray, to whom, as well as to Mr.
Watson, I am indebted for many courtesies, I have carefully gone
over our species of Linum^ with a view to revising them for
the Synoptical Flora, and the following arrangement of species,
which is believed to be a nearly natural one, is offered to call
attention to doubtful and rare species, as well as to facilitate the
study of the group, until the publication of the next volume of the
Flora. I shall be grateful for any aid that may be afforded by
correspondents, in the communication of further specimens or of
critical notes.*

No comprehensive study of our species of Linum has been
made since the publication of vol. i. of Torrey & Gray's Flora of
North America, in 1838-40, and of a classical monograph of the
entire Order by Planchon, in 1847-48.! Dr. Engelmann contrib-
uted a revision of the difficult group Linopsis to Gray's Flantae
Wrightianae, in 1852. J The Pacific Coast section Hesperolinon^
established by Dr. Gray, in i865,§ and subsequently reviewed by
him, II was monographed by Brewer & Watson, 1876-80.^ An
enumeration of all our species known in 1878, with full synony-
my and bibliographical references, is to be found in Watson's
Bibliographical Index to North American Botany, i. 146, 458.

* My thanks are especially due to Dr. N. L. Britton for the use of specimens belonging
to the herbaria of Columbia College, and to Professors A. N. Prentiss and W. R. Dudley
for those in the herbarium of Cornell University, during the preparation of this paper,
which, however, is based mainly on the specimens of the Gray herbarium of Harvard
College.

t Hooker's Journal of Botany, vi.-vii.

J Smithsonian Contributions, iii., pt. i, p. 25; reprinted in Collected Botanical Writ
ings, p. S'6.

§ Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci., vi. 521. || L. c. vii. 3J3.

IT Botany of California, i. 89; ii. 438.

8 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Out representatives of the Order Linace(^ belong to the tribe
Eulinece of Planchon and Bentham & Hooker, so that for our
purpose, aside from all consideration of the doubtful propriety of
including Erythroxylcce^ &c., in the Order, the ordinal charac-
ters may be limited to those which characterize this tribe, which
includes, in addition to Linum, on\y the small genera Radiola, of
a single species, characterized by its 4-merous flowers, and Rein-
Tvardiia, with a few shrubby species which resemble our Hes-
perolinons in having 5-merous flowers, rendered unsymmetrical
by a reduction in the number of carpels, and (?) appendaged
petals.*

In a study of Hesferolinon considerable assistance is appa-
rently to be obtained from the appendages of the petals (PI. IV.),
which represent delicate, more or less crenate or lacerate scales
across the inner or ventral face of the claw, and correspond in
position to a hairy line well developed on the unappendaged
petals of L. Bei-landieri and related species of Linastrutn (PI.
IV. fig. 12). I shall be glad to learn from those who have the
opportunity to observe these Californian plants in the field, how
constant the appendages prove to be.

The form and dehiscence of the capsule ofler some of the most
evident characters in studying the genus as a whole, and, so far
as I have been able to learn, these are quite constant. Dr. En-
gelmann has indicated that the capsules of the rigidtim group
are provided with a series of curious dark brown cartilaginous
insertions (PI. III. fig. 7-1 1), which are situated at the base of the
partitions between the carpels (not opposite the false septa, as he
states, apparently by a slip of the pen). While the capsule usually
splits into twice as many valves or cocci as there are carpels, in
these species, as Engelmann has shown, the number of valves is
equal to that of the carpels, but each consists of the halves of two
carpels, the primary dehiscence of the capsule occurring through
the false septa.

An interesting biological consideration in a comprehensive
study of Linaceas is that relating to the homogony or heterogony
of their flowers ; but, as the New World species are exclusively

* On Reinwardtia see Urban : Verhandl. Bot. Verein, Prov. Brandenburg, i8Si, xxii.
iS-aj; Abstracts in Just's Bot. Jahresb. vii. (i), 130; viii. (a), 123.

TRELEASE A REVISION OF N. AM. LINACE.Ii. 9

homogone,* and clearly endemic with one exception (excluding,
naturally, the somewhat abundant escapes of cultivated flax), this
concerns us only indirectly. The exception referred to is the
common blue-flowered flax of the western mountains and plains,
called L. Lewisii by Pursh, and of late years united with L. pe-
renne of the Old World.

The European representatives of this species, though variable,
are generally referred to a single species, but often with varietal
names ; and our plants, although they vary much in appearance,
cannot be regarded as representing more than one species, nor
do they difter essentially from European forms of L. perenne
except in one particular. According to Darwinf and HildebrandJ
the Old World L. perennc is heterogone-dimorphic and self-
sterile. The American plant, on the other hand, does not appear
to be heterogone. Most specimens correspond to the long-styled
form of a dimorphic species, but flowers sometimes occur with
the styles no longer than the stamens, and I have seen one plant
with styles scarcely reaching the base of the anthers. According
to Meehan§ the American plant is self-fertile.

It appears, therefore, that forms of a single species, originally
distributed over the northern portion of both continents (not in
eastern America, however), have in the course of time differen-
tiated so far as to acquire heterogony in the Old World, or lose it
in the New — the latter appearing more probable.

Some references concerning the pollination of Limun and the
structure and dissemination of its seeds will be found below. 11

* On this subject see Urban: Linnsea, xli. 609; Abstract in Just's Bot. Jahrcsbericht,

V. 442. 739-

t Diflerent Forms of Flowers, various places. (See also the original paper in Journ.
Linn. Soc, Bot. vii. 75, and abstract in Amer. Journ. Sci., 2 ser. xxxvi. 279-2S4. )

J Halle Zeitschr. ges. Wiss. xxiii. 51:.

§ Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, vi. 189. See also Gray: Amer. Journ. Sci., 3 ser. xv. 232.

II The principal literature pertaining to the pollination of Linacea; is indicated in the
following list :

Alefeld; Bot. Zeitung, 1863, xxi. 281 (indication of dimorphism in many species). Dar-
win: Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. 1S63, vii, 69; Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1863, a ser. xxxvi.
379; Different Forms of Flowers in Plants of the same Species, various places (dimor-
phism and mode of pollination of Retnivardtia, p. lOO, and several species of Linum) .
Delpino: Ulteriori Osservazioni, ii. (2) 9). (nectariferous staminodia). Fritsch : Beobach-
tungen uber Pflanzen dercn Blumen sichtaglich offnen u. schliessen (time of opening and
closing of flowers of L. usitatissimum). Gray: Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1878, 3 ser.
XV. 222 (h. Le-jjisii). Henslow : Trans. Linn. Soc, Bot. 1S77, n.s. 1. 357 {L.catharticum) ;
Pop. Sci. Rev. 1879, xviii. Uildebrand: Halle Zeitschr. ges. Wissensch. 1S64, xxiii. 417,
511; Bot. Zeit. 1864, xxii. i {h, perennc). Koch: Synopsis Flor. Germ, et Helv. (noted

lO TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Annual or perennial caulescent herbs or low shrubs. Leaves alternate^
sometimes opposite or subverticillate below ; simple, generally entire^
sessile or nearly so, mostly estipulate. Inflorescence usually cymose.
Flowers hermaphrodite, 4-5-merous, hypogynous. Sepals valvate. Petals^
convolute, distinct or nearly so. Stamens as many as the petals and
alternate with them, monadelphous at the base, sometimes with inter-
mediate processes, persistent; anthers oblong, introrse, more or less
versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing longitudinally. Styles 2-5. Ovary slightly
4-10-lobed, its cells equal in number to the styles, or twice as many, from
the intrusion of a false partition from the back of each cell; the true cells
2-ovuled. Seeds oily, with a little albumen; embryo usually straight,
with plane cotyledons. Glands of the receptacle 5, mostly small, oppo-
site the sepals. — About 90 species, widely distributed.

LiNUM, L., Gen. No. 389. Benth. & Hook. Gen. Plant, i. 242. — Leaves
estipulate, or with a pair of rounded glands occupying the place of stip-
ules. Flowers 5-merous, symmetrical except that the carpels are fewer
than the other parts in one section. Sepals persistent and at length
deciduous. Petals fugacious. Capsule splitting through the false septa,
and also septicidal in most species. — About 80 species, chiefly in temper-
ate regions.

SYNOPSIS OF NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES.

* Flowers large, blue; sepals not glandular-margined; carpels J, not cartilaginous at
base; styles distinct.
Annual; stigmas elongated ; false septa incomplete.

Capsule rather short, not dehiscent, septa not ciliate L. usitatissimuni .

Capsule longer, dehiscent; septa ciliate within L. humile.

Perennial; stigmas not much longer than broad; capsule incompletely lo-celled,
widely dehiscent L. Leviisii.

heterogony of several species) . Meehan : Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 1S77, ^'- '§9 C-^- Lewisii) .
Muller: Befrnchtung der Blumen, 167; Weitere Beobachtungen, 219 (visitors of Z.. usita-
tissimum). Planchon : Hooker's Journ. Boi. 1848, vii. 174, 175 (flowers of X. sa I so ides a.nd
I,. Lewisii). Thomson: Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh, xiv. 103 (Z,. monog^yntim) . Tre-
viranus : Bot. Zeit. 1863, xxi. 189 (note on heterostylism). Urban: Linnsea, neue Folge,
vii. 609 (South American species homogone) ; Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brandenburg, 1881,
xxii. 18 (on Reinxvardtia).

On the structure of tlie seed-coats of Linum see, among otiiers : Gartner : De Fruct. et
Semin. Plant ii. 146, pi. 112^ f. 11. Harz : Landwirtsch. Samenkunde, 950, f. So. Hilde-
brand : Bot. Zeit. 1872, 909. Hofmeister: Kon. Sachs. Ges. Naturwiss. 185S. 2D, pi. i. f. i.
Niigeli and Kramer: Pflanzenphysiol. Unters. 1-3, pi. 27, 2S. Nobbe : Handb. Samen-
kunde, 77,78, f. 81. Sempelowski : Beitr. z, Kenntniss des Baues der Samenschale. The-
sis, Leipzig, 1874, 3. pi. 1, f. 1-3.

The germination of the fdtty seeds of flax is discussed by Jorissen : Bull. Acad, Roy .^
Belg. 18S4, vii.

TREI.EASE A REVISION OF N. AM. LINAGES. II

* * Flowers medium-sized or small, yellow; sepals more or less glandular-ciliate or ser-
rulate; carpels 5.
Calyx persistent; capsule about 3 mm. lonff, lo-valved; carpels without cartilagin-
ous insertions at base.
Leaves and bracts entire; without stipular glands.
False septa essentially complete, not ciliate.

.Stem terete below ; only the lowest leaves opposite; growing in dry places.

Capsule ovoid, about 3 mm. long L. Floridajium .

Capsule depressed-globose, about 2 mm. long L. Virffinianum .

Stem low. angled ; leaves mostly opposite below the first branch ; grow •

ing in wet places L. striatum .

False septa incomplete, ciliate.

Annual or biennial, inflorescence virgate X. Neo-Mexicanum .

Perennial, shrubby; flowers corymbose-paniculate L. Kingii.

Upper leaves and bracts glandular-ciliate or serrulate; stipular glands usually
present; stems angled.

Annual, leaves 3-keeled, glabrous L. sulcatum .

Perennial, leaves 1. nerved, somewhat puberulent-roughened L. rupesire.
Calyx at length deciduous (except in the last) ; capsule 4-5 mm. long, 5-valved
through the false septa; carpels with triangular cartilaginous insertions at base;
false septa complete.

Leaves rather remote on the branches, never imbricated ; stipular glands com-
monly present; false septa more or less thickened outwardly.
Glaucous, often puberulent-roughened; leaves narrow and rather rigid.

Branches slender; sepals rather narrow, mostly twice as long as the cap-
sule, broadly scarious and very slender-pointed; false septa thickened

for a very small distance at the back L. aristatum .

Stouter; sepals broader, about half as long again as thecapsule; false

septa thickened for about one-third their width L. rigidum .

Green; leaves often broader and less rigid ; false septa thickened for half of

their width L, lierlandieri .

Leaves crowded and overlapping on the slender branches; sepals persistent; false
septa entirely membranaceous L. multicaule.

* * * Flowers mostly small, yellow, white, or rose-purple; sepals often glandular-ciliate;
petals mostly appendaged at base; carpels 2-3; styles distinct.

Carpels 2; false septa complete ; petals not appendaged L. digynum.

Carpels 3; false septa incomplete ; petals often 2-toothed below, usually with a me-
dian and a pair of more or less developed lateral ventral appendages at base.
Leaves all glandular-denticulate ; false septa very narrow.

Leaves broadly oval, pointed: flowers rose-colored L. drymarioides.

Leaves linear, obtuse; flowers yellow L. adenophyllum.

Leaves entire, without marginal glands ; false septa wide below,
Flowers yellow.

Stems sparingly forked ; pedicels short ; appendages of petals somewhat

hairy L. Breweri.

Repeatedly dichotomous ; pedicels rather long and slender ; appendages

of petals glabrous L. Clevelandi .

Flowers very small, white; pedicels slender L. micranthum.

Flowers rose-colored or purplish :

Nodding on long slender pedicels, remote L. sferguliniim.

Erect, short pedicelled, mostly densely clustered at ends of the branches.

Sepals glandular-ciliate, otherwise glabrous X. Californicum .

Sepals pubescent, not glandular L. congestum .

12 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

* Estipulate; pedicels elongated ; flowers large, blue; sepals not glandular-margined,

persistent; filaments with slender intervening appendages ; carpels j, not carti-
laginous at base ; styles distinct ; capsule with membranous septa, the half-carpels
somewhat longitudinally concave and 2-grooved on the back ; seeds compressed.
— § Eulinnm.

L. usiTATissiMUM. L. Spec. 277. — Annual, glabrous and glaucous, a
foot and a half high; stem simple or mostly cespitose, longitudinally
striate; leaves not crowded, lanceolate, very acute, 3-nerved (2-5 X 15-3S
mm.); flowering branches corymbosely clustered above, loosely leafy;
sepals broadly oval, short-acuminate, the interior scarious-margined and
ciliate, 3-keeled, the lateral nerves shortly evanescent; petals obcuneate,
rounded and crenulate at apex, about 10 mm. long, twice the length of
the calyx; stamens one-half longer than the sepals, appendages minute;
pistil equal to the stamens; stigmas elongated, subclavate, about as long
as the styles; capsule broadly conic-ovoid, about 7 mm. long, and equal
to the calyx, subindehiscent, incompletely to-celled, the septa not ciliate;
seeds 4-6 mm. long. — Along railroads, &c., escaped from cultivation.

L. HUMiLE, Mill. Diet. No. 2; Planch. I.e. vii. 166. L. iisitatissimum,
\^x. crepitans, Schub. & Mart. — Resembling the last, but the capsule
longer (8 min.), dehiscent, with ciliate septa. — Escaped in similar situa-
tions to the last.

It is an open question whether these cultivated flaxes, which do not
properly belong to our flora, are to be regarded as constituting two dis-
tinct species, or only well-marked hereditary races of a single species.
Planchon, whose opinion on the genus is worthy of careful consideration,
held them to be distinct, and has been followed by Boissier and other
weigiity authority; while DeCandolle, with a bias in the other direction,
takes the other view, uniting with them the perennial L. angtistifolium,
which I have not seen from America. It is interesting to note that the
old Egyptians cultivated a7tgustifolium and humilc, while the Swiss Lake-
dwellers had the former species. L. humile is said to be even yet the only
form cultivated in Abyssinia, but nsitalisstmum is now grown in Egypt,
as elsewhere.*

I. L. Lewisii, Pursh. Fl. Am, Sept. i. 210. L. perenne, var. Lewisii,
Eat. & Wr. ; Planch. L,. Sibiricuin, var. Leixiisti, Lindl. L. decurretis,
Kellogg. L. Lyallanum, Alefeld. L. peren7ie of the later treatises on
American botany. — Mostly perennial, glabrous and glaucous, a couple of
feet high; stems mostly cespitosely clustered, striate; leaves often some-
what crowded, oval-linear, acute or subobtuse ; 3-5-nerved (-5-5X5-35
mm); flowers rather corymbose; sepals broadly oval, mostly pointless,

* See a posthumous paper by Alexander Braun in Zeitschr. f. Ethnologic, Berlin, ix.
289 (Just's Bot. Jahresbericht, V1.2 474); and DeCandolle: Origine des Plantes Cultivees,
95-103. At p. 96 of the latter work will be found a succinct tabulation of the distinctive
features of these forms, based upon the investigations of Heer.

TRELEASE — A REVISION OF N. AM. LINACE.E. I3

the inner scarious-margined, sometimes erose but not ciliate, more or
less 3-5-keeIed below; petals 15-20 mm. long, thrice the length of the
calyx; stamens equal to or twice as long as the sepals, appendages slen-
der; pistil once to twice the length of the stamens ; stigmas short, not
more than twice as long as broad; capsule 2 or 3 times as long as the
caljx, ovoid, obtuse, incompletely lo-celled and lo-valved, the valves
dehiscing widely above and separating through the partitions nearly to
the center below, the septa ciliate. — Alaska to Saskatchewan and the
Great Plains, south to Arkansas and Texas.

The aspect of this species is subject to much variation, the shorter,
more cespitose plants usually having more crowded and narrower leaves
than the taller forms. If the Siberian form oi L. fere?i?ie agrees with the
European in having heterogone flowers, our plant must stand as distinct,
otherwise it may bear Eaton and Wright's name. The Asiatic material
at my command is too limited to decide this point.

* * Estipulate or with stipular glands ; pedicels usually short; flowers small or medium
sized, yellow; sepals more or less glandular-ciliate or serrulate, persistent or
deciduous: filaments without intervening appendages ; carpels J, sometimes with
cartilaginous insertions at base ; styles distinct or united; stigmas capitate; capsule
witli firm septa, the false septa sometimes membranous toward the inner margin or
incomplete and ciliate. — § Linastrum .

2. L. Flokidanum. L. Vtrgi'nianum, var. } Floridanum, Planch. I.e.
vii. 480. L. Virgin I'a/ium, in part, of Chapman. — Perennial, glabrous,
ii-2 feet high ; stems several from the same root, erect, simple below,
terete and striate or the branches slightly angled ; leaves remote or some-
what approximated, the lowest pair or two usually opposite, oblong or
oblong-lanceolate, mostly acute, i-nerved (1-5 X 10-20 mm.), without
stipular glands ; flowering branches mostly few, ascending or recurving,
with rather few sometimes secund flowers, not very leafy ; sepals ovate,
taper-pointed, keeled, the inner edges glanduliferous ; petals spatulate-
obovate, 5-6 mm. long, about twice the length of the calyx; stamens and
pistil about equal to the calyx, intervening appendages reduced to mere
thickenings of the membrane; capsule ovoid, about 3 mm. long, equaling
or exceeding the calyx, essentially lo-celled, with firm septa. — Florida to
Louisiana. Well represented in Curtiss's North American Plants, No.
412, from the dry pine barrens of Duval Co., Florida. I also refer here a
large-fruited plant labeled from Illinois, in Hb. Gray, without date or
name of collector.

3. L. ViRGiNiANUM, L. Spec. 279. — Similar to the last, but more loosely
branched, the flowering branches recurved- spreading or corymbose;
capsule depressed-globose, very obtuse, about 2 mm. long. — Dr ysoil
from Canada to Texas. A variable plant, of which Planchon recognizes
several varieties.

14 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

4. L. STRIATUM, Walt. Fl. Carolin. 117. L. Virgintaniim, Reich. L.
Virginianum, var. ofpositifoltu^n, Engelm. L. rigidum. Torr. «& Gr., in
part. L. Virgitiiatium, var. } diffustim and L. difusuin. Wood. — A foot
or two high; stems simple or subcespitose, ascending, striate and some-
what wing-angled even below ; leaves opposite below the first branch,
elliptical-oblong, acute, i-nerved ; flowering branches mostly short and
spreading, at length racemose along the stem; capsule subglobose; oth-
erwise like the last. — Bogs and wet places, Canada to the Gulf, and west
to Arkansas.

The leaves are of a yellower green than in the last, and, as indicated
by Austin, the plant is slightly viscid, so as to adhere a little to the paper
when in press. Specimens that clearly belong here were collected in dry
soil in Canada by Macoun, but the species is usually found in wet places.

5. L. Neo-Mexicanum, Greene, Bot. Gazette, vi. 1S3. — Annual or
biennial, glabrous, a foot or two high; stems considerably branched
below, strict, striate and angled above; leaves alternate except the lower-
most, oblong, the lower mostly obtuse and the upper acute, i-nerved
(2X8-15 mm.), without stipular glands; flowers often on rather long
erect pedicels (at length 5-10 mm.) forming long virgate racemes; sepals
lanceolate, obtuse, acute or abruptly taper-pointed, keeled, the inner with
minutely glandular margins; petals oblong-spatulate, about 5 mm. long,
one-half exceedmg the calyx; stamens and pistil equal to the petals;
styles distinct; capsule ovoid- acute, somewhat constricted below the
top, 3-4 mm. long, a little longer than the calyx, the false septa incom-
plete above and ciliate. — Pine woods in the mountains of New Mexico
{Greene, Mattheivs) and Arizona {Lemmoti, Jones).

6. L. KiNGii, Watson, Bot. Fortieth Parallel, 49. — Perennial, fruticose,
glabrous and usually very glaucous, a span to a foot high; stems rather
thick, cespitose, the striate or somewhat angled branches ascending;
leaves rather thick, crowded and somewhat appressed, oblong or spatu-
late, subacute, i-nerved. (2X8-10 mm.), larger, more remote and spread-
ing above, without stipular glands; flowers rather large, densely corym-
bose-paniculate at the ends of the branches ; sepals small, broadly oval,
obtuse or taper-pointed, the inner glandular-ciliate, 3-nerved, with the
midnerve rather prominent; petals oblong-obovate, entire or slightly
crenate, with contracted glabrous claws, 5-10 mm. long, several times as
long as the calyx; stamens and pistil two-thirds as long as the petals ;
anthers rather large (2 mm. long); styles distinct; capsule ovoid, acute,
somewhat longer than the calyx, the false septa incomplete nearly to the
base and ciliate. — Mountains of Utah {Watson, Hayden, Hooker d-
Gray). Old specimens with widely spreading capsules suggest the fruit
of Sedum.

7. L. SULCATUM, Riddell, Cat. PI. Ohio, Suppl. 10. L. striatum,
Nutt. L. rigidmn, Torr. & Gr. and Wood, in part. L. Boottii, Planch.

TRELEASE A REVISION OF N. AM. LINACEyE. 15

? L. simplex, \\'ood. — Annual, glabrous, a foot or two high; stem sub-
simple below, corymbosely branched above, rather prominently wing-
angled ; leaves alternate, lanceolate, very acuce, 3-nerved, the lateral veins
marginal: the lower entire, the uppermost smaller and glandular-serru-
late (about 2X-omm.); stipules represented by a pair of subglobose
glands ; flowers mostly corymbed at the ends of the branches ; sepals
lanceolate, very acute, keeled and with a pair of more or less prominent
lateral nerves, conspicuously glandular-serrulate, occasionally elongated
and leaf-like in the lower flowers ; petals spatulate, entire, slightly bearded
at base, about 7 mm. long, one-half longer than the calyx; stamens and
pistil about equaling the calyx; styles distinct to or below the middle ;
capsule ovoid, rather acute, about 3 mm. long, rather shorter than the
calyx ; false septa incomplete above and ciliate. — Dry soil. Eastern Canada
to Saskatchewan, south to Texas. An Arkansas specimen collected by
Gattinger is apparently destitute of stipular glands.

8. L. RUPESTRE, Engelm. PI. Lindheimer. 232. L. Boottii, var. ru-
jJ^-s/z-e, Engelm. — Perennial, with slender cespitose stems a foot or two
high, subsimple below, corymbose above, rather prominently angled ;
leaves more or less opposite at base, alternate above, linear-acute, one-
nerved (1-2 X 10-15 mm.), sparingly and minutely hairy on the margins
and midrib below, the upper remote, appressed, glandular-serrulate;
stipular glands small; sepals ovate, very acute or almost bristle-
pointed, keeled and with a pair of fainter lateral nerves, glandular-ser-u-
late; petals spatulate, truncate or emarginate, 5-10 mm. long, mostly
quadruple the length of the calyx, bearded at base, bright yellow, or pale
when large; stamens and pistil about twice as long as the calyx ; styles
distinct; capsule globose-ovoid, about equaling the calyx, its false septa
incomplete and ciliate except at base. — New Mexico and Texas to
Mexico.

9. L. ARiSTATUM, Engelm. Wislizenus's Rep. 17. L. rtgidum, in part,
of various collections. — Green or somewhat gray, a span to a foot high,
much branched toward the base, the glabrous or puberulent branches
slender, ascending, somewhat angled; leaves erect, narrow (1X5-8 mm.),
tapering to an awn-tipped point, the upper glandular-serrulate; stipular
glands small ; flowers rather few, subsolitary at the ends of the branches,
their pedicels as much as 15 mm. long; sepals lanceolate, very acute and
bristle-pointed, rather thin, with a promment midvein and occasionally
two lateral ribs above, their broadly scarious margins glandular-ciliate or
mostly lacerate; petals pale and very delicate, cuneate-spatulate, 12-15
mm. long, one-half longer than the calyx, bearded at base; stamens and
pistil about as long as the sepals; styles distinct for about i mm. at top;
capsule ovoid, half or two-thirds as long as the caly.<, lo-celled, the false
septa membranaceous except for a short distance from the outer margins,
slightly ciliate within. — Southern Utah, Arizona and New Mexico.
Closely related to L. rigidum.

l6 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

10. L. RiGiDUM, Pursh. Fl. Am. Sept. 210. — Glabrate or slightly
puberulent, glaucous, a span to a foot high, mostly low and cespitose,
corymbosely branched above, the rigid branches more or less angled;
leaves rather remote, erect, narrowly lanceolate or linear (-5-1.5 X 5-20
mm.), mostly mucronate and i -nerved, the upper glandular-serrulate ;
stipular glands sometimes wanting; pedicels short or sometimes equal-
ing the large yellow flowers; sepals lanceolate, slender-pointed and
more or less awned, strongly 1-3-nerved, conspicuously glandular-
serrulate; petals obovate-cuneate, as much as 15 mm. long, and double
the length of the calyx, with short slightly bearded claws ; stamens equal-
ing or somewhat surpassing the sepals; styles often longer than the sta-
mens, distinct for about i mm. at top ; capsule ovoid, about one-third
shorter than the calyx, the false septa thickened for about one-third their
width from the back, slightly ciliate. — Saskatchewan to Texas and Mexico.

A tall, pale-flowered plant collected on the Upper Missouri and in Ellis
Co., Kansas, is apparently a form of this species. A specimen from Mon-
tana {Scribner, 1SS3, 17, c.) is referred here, but it is apparently not glau-
cous and needs further investigation. I have also seen a single specimen
from Miami, Florida (^Garber), which is referred to the next by Chap-
man (Supplement, 611).

Var. PUBERULUM, Engelm., in Gray's PI. Wright, i. 25, is alow, prom-
inently gray-puberulent form, with mostly smaller flowers, occurring
from Colorado to New Mexico, and west to California.

11. L. Berlandieri, Hook. Bot. Mag. pi. 34S0, as L. Bereiidieri. L.
rigidtivi, var. .-' Befla?idieri, Torr. & Gr. I^. a?tiiuum, Nees. — Green, a
span to a foot high; stem cespitose, 'more or less corymbosel}' branched
and strongly angled above ; leaves broader and more spreading than in
related species (1-7X5-30 mm.), nearly all entire, pointed, more or less
3-ribbed, with or without stipular glands ; bracts smaller, glandular-ser-
rulate; pedicels mostly decidedly shorter than the large yellow flowers ;
sepals lanceolate, tapering to a very acute awned tip, glandular-serrulate,
usually strongly 3-ribbed and often with an additional pair of ribs evanes-
cent below; petals obovate-cuneate, more or less crenulate, hairy at base,
10-20 mm. long, about twice the length of the calyx; capsule large (about
5 mm. long), ovoid, very obtuse below, about one-third shorter than the
calyx, the false septa thickened for about one-half their extent. — New
Mexico {Thurber, 275) and Texas. Specimens collected by Drummond
have the margins of the broad sepals often irregularly dentate and the
staminal tube ciliate. This form, which is L. Plotzii. Hook. /. c, and in
various herbaria, may, perhaps, be separated as Var. Plotzii.

12. L. MULTICAULE, Ilook. in Torr. c^ Gray, Fl. N. Am. ii. 678. L.
selaginoides, Torr. & Gr., not Lam. L. hiidso7iioides, Planch. — Glau-
cous, an inch to a span or two high, cespitose, the slender rough-angled
stems simple below, cymosely few-branched above; leaves imbricately
appressed over the entir-e stem, minute (.5-1X5 mm.), narrowly trian-

TRELEASE A REVISION OF N. AM. LINAGES. I 7

gular, bristle-pointed, more or less scarious-margined and remotely den-
ticulate, i-nerved, the base of the mid-rib callous, without stipular glands ;
pedicels about equal to the Howers; sepals broadly ovate, somewhat
acuminate, bristle-pointed, more or less evidently i-nerved, with broad
scarious subentire or glandular-ciliate margins, persistent: petals pale,
obovate-cuneate, (8-10 mm. long,) two or three times as long as the calyx,
bearded just above the base ; stamens and pistil of equal length, about
as long as the sepals; styles distinct only at the apex; capsule globose-
ovoid, about as long as the calyx, the false septa entirely membranaceous.
— Texas.

* * * Estipulate or with stipular glands ; pedicels often elongated ; flowers medium sized
or mostly small, yellow, white or rose-purple; sepals usually glandular-ciliate,
persistent; petals commonly with lateral teeth and 1-3 ventral appendages at
base; filaments without intervening appendages, but sometimes 2-toothed at base;
carpels 2-3, without cartilaginous insertions; styles distinct ; stigmas small, ob
lique, or subcapitate; capsule with firm septa, long-ciliate at base, the false parti-
tions mostly incomplete ; seeds mostly plump ; annuals. — § Hcsperolinon.

13. L. DiGYNUM, Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. vii. 334. — About a spart
high, glabrous; stems slender, several times forked, rather prominently
angled above; leaves mostly opposite, elliptical-spatulate, the lower
obtuse and entire, the upper acute or mucronate and remotely serrulate,^
somewhat 3-nerved (2-3 X 7-10 mm.), without stipular glands ; flowers at
length loosely corymbose or subracemose, small, yellow; pedicels shorty
about equal to the flowers; sepals ovate-oblong, rather obtuse, somewhat
faintly 1-3-nerved or keeled at base, minutely senulate, glandular and
lacerate below, two of them mostly conspicuously longer and very blunt;
petals spatulate-oblong, truncate or emarginate, neither toothed nor
appendaged, about 3 mm. long, one-half longer than the sepals; stamens
and pistil a little shorter than the calyx ; carpels 2 ; capsule a little shorter
than the calyx, ovoid, slightly retuse at apex, somewhat rough, com-
pletely 4-celled, the walls and septa rather thick; seeds .5-1 mm. In habit
resembling a small form of L. Virginia7ium. — Washington {Suksdorf),
Oregon (^Ho-mcU, Mrs. Summers), and Northern California {Bolander,
4900; Greetie, Lemmon).

14. L. DRYMARioiDES, Curran, Bull. Calif. Acad. No. i. 152. — A span
or two high, sparingly white-villous ; stems rather coarse at base, repeat-
edly dichotomous, with long slender internodes; leaves opposite or sub-
verticillate below, broadly ovate, acute or acuminate, with short crowded
marginal glands, rather loose-veined, (4-6X5-10 mm.), the upper much
reduced; flowers small, rose-colored, scattered along the ultimate branch-
es; pedicels mostly short; sepals lanceolate, acute or submucronate,
minutely serrulate, their margins sometimes glanduliferous; petals ovate,
emarginate, 2-toothed and 3-appendaged at base, the median appendage
rounded and glabrous; stamens and pistil about equal to the calyx; cap-
sule ovoid-acute, about as long as the calyx, 6-valved, the false septa

V. — I — 2 [Dec 30, 18S7.

10 TRANS. ST. I. GUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

incomplete, narrow, widening gradually to the base ; seeds .75x2mm.,
mottled. — Lake County. California {Mrs. Currati).

15. L. ADENornYLLUM, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 624. — A span to
a foot high, subvillous or glabrate ; stems slender, repeatedly forking,
terete; leaves remote, linear-obtuse, somev/hat cordate-dilated at base,
closely and conspicuously glandular-denticulate (1-2X5-25 mm.), without
stipular glands ; flowers yellow or pale, small, terminating the ultimate
twigs of the cyme; pedicels very slender, rather longer than the flowers;
sepals lanceolate-acute, usually minutely glandular-denticulate; petals
obovate-spatulate, mostly emarginate, 3-5 mm. long, about twice the
length of the calyx, 3-appendiculate and somewhat hairy at base, the me-
dian appendage obovate ; stamens and pistil about as long as the petals;
filaments abruptly dilated and obtusely bidentate at base; capsule ovoid-
acute, about as long as the calyx, false septa very narrow, scarcely
widened below. — Western California.

16. L. Breweri. Gray, Proc. Calif. Acad. iii. 102. — A span to a foot
high, somewhat puberulent, glaucous; stems considerably forked above,
the branches angled ; leaves remote, linear, entire, rather blunt (.8 X 15-
20 mm.), with prominent stipular glands ; inflorescence loosely dichoto-
mous or sometimes compact ; flowers yellow, medium-sized, pedicels not
exceeding them; sepals narrow, acute, somewhat keeled, sparingly gland-
ular-ciliate ; petals spatulate, emarginate, about 5 mm. long, double the
length of the calyx, 2-toothed and 3-appendicuIate, the median appendage
oblong, with a very few hairs; stamens and pistil about equal to the pet-
als; filaments not toothed; capsule ovoid-acute, about as long as the calyx,
the false septa nearly complete below, abruptly narrowed at about the
middle. — California : Mt. Diablo Range {Brewer, 1181), Lone Mountain,
near San Francisco {Palmer, 44).

17. L. Clevelandi, Greene, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, ix. 121.— A span
to a foot high, glabrate, repeatedly dichotomous ; leaves oblong, obtuse or
subacute, entire (.5-1X5-10 mm.), without stipular glands ; pedicels slen-
der, spreading, as much as 35 mm. long, many times exceeding the minute
yellow flowers ; sepals narrow, acute, very sparingly glandular-ciliate ;
petals obovate-oblong, constricted toward the base, more or less emar-
ginate, 1-2 mm. long, scarcely exceeding the calyx, 3-appcndiculate, the
median appendage oblong, glabrous; stamens and pistil a little shorter
than the petals; capsule ovoid-acute, somewhat longer than the calyx, the
false septa complete to about the middle, then suddenly narrowed : seed
•5X1-5 "im- — Lake County, California {Greene, Mrs. Curran).

18. L. MiCRANTHUM, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vii. 333. — A span to afoot
high, glaucous, somewhat soft-pubescent, loosely dichotomous, with slen-
der nearly terete branches; leaves spatulate-oblong, obtuse or subacute,
entire, i-nerved, frequently narrowed at base (1-2 X 5-15 mm.), mostly
with stipular glands; pedicels slender, longer than the minute white
flowers; sepals ovate-lanceolate to oblong, subacute, the inner slightly

TRELEASE A REVISION OF N. AM. LINACE.-E. I9

glandular-ciliate; petals obovate, scarcely emarginate, 3-5 mm. long,
about twice the length of the calyx, not toothed, and without lateral
appendages, the median appendage ligulato and loosely hairy ; stamens
and pistil about equal to the sepals ; filaments round-toothed and slightly
hairy at base ; capsule ovoid-acute, about equal to the calyx, the false
septa incomplete, extending half-way to the axis below the middle, nar-
rowed above; seeds .8X i-S mm., mottled. — California and Oregon.

Forma exappendiculatum is a form collect'jd in California by Bridges
and distributed by the Smithsonian Institution under the number 42, with
narrowly spatulate somewhat erose petals, seemingly destitute of basal
teeth and appendages, in this respect similar to those of Z,. digynum, from
which, however, the plant differs greatly in habit and in being 3-gynous.
It is to be observed that the median appendage is present in some flowers
of the type, which itself is described as wanting it.

19. L. SPERGULiNUM, Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. vii. 333. — A span to a
foot high, glaucous, with more or less abundant minute spreading hairs;
stem simple below, loosely dichotomous above, with slender subterete
branches; leaves remote, linear, entire, obtuse, little narrowed at base,
•^.5-1 X 10-20 mm.) with or without stipular glands; pedicels slender,
somewhat nodding, as much as 15 mm. long, several times the length of
the pretty rose-colored flowers; sepals ovate, subacute or obtuse, glandu-
lar-ciliate; petals obovate, 4-8 mm. long, 2-3 times as long as the calyx,
a-toothed and 3-appendiculate, the median appendage ligulateand beard-
ed; stamens and pistil about equal to the petals; filaments round-toothed
at base; capsule ovoid-acute, nearly twice as long as the calyx, the false
septa incomplete. — California {^Kellogg, 91 ; Harford^ 89 ; Bolander, 6568 ;
Miss Monks'). Distinguished from the last by its larger nodding rose-
colored flowers, and different petals.

20. L. Californicum, Benth. PI. Hartweg. 299.— A span to a foot and
a half high, glabrate or sparingly puberulent, glaucous; stem loosely
nriany times forked above, the branches angled ; leaves remote, linear,
scarcely acute, entire (i X 10-30 mm.), with prominent stipular glands;
pedicels short, erect, not exceeding the rose-colored flowers which are
clustered at the ends of the branches; sepals ovate-lanceolate, acute,
keeled below, pale-margined, sparingly glandular-ciliate; petals obovate,
scarcely emarginate, 4-6 mm. long, twice the length of the calyx, dilated
and 3-appendiculate, the median appendage rounded and hairy; stamens
and pistil about as long as the petals, filaments not toothed, the tube
glandular-thickened between their bases; capsule ovoid-acute, a little
shorter than the calyx, the false partitions broad, gradually narrowed up-
wards.— Western California.

Var. CONFERTUM, Gray in herb., is a low form more densely leafy and
with a contracted inflorescence, the median appendage of the petals ob-
ovate.— Mare Island, San Francisco Bay {Lemmon, Greene).

20 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

21. L. CONGESTUM, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 521. — About a foot high,
glaucous ; stem striate, simple below, with several nearly erect, somewhat
angled branches above ; leaves few, linear, acute, somewhat pubescent
(i X -0-30 rnm.), with stipular glands; flowers rose-purple, very short-
pedicelled, in glomerate clusters terminating the branches; sepals rather
broad, acute, conspicuously pubescent, entirely destitute of marginal
glands; petals obovate-spatulate, about 7 mm. long, nearly twice the
length of the calyx, 2-toothed and 3-appendiculate, the median appendage
unusually long, somewhat hairy; stamens and pistil one-third shorter
than the petals, the filaments not toothed; capsule short ovoid, nearly as
long as the calyx, cartilaginous-striate at base of septa, 6-celled below. —
Marin county, California {Bolander, 2386).

* * * Z,. irt'sepalum, Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad. iii. 42, f. 10, is Helian-
t/iemum scoparium, Nutt., according to Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. vi. 521.

L. San Sabeanum, Buck. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1861, 450, is I^echea
Drummondii, Torr. & Gray, according to Gray, Proc. Phil. Acad. 1862,
162.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
Plate III. Fruit of Linum.
I. Linum Floridanum. 2. L. Virginianum. 3. L,. rupestre. 4. Z..
Kingii. 5. Z,. Neo-Mexicanum. 6. L. sulcatum. 7, 8. L,. aristatum.
9. L. rigidtim. 10. L. Berlandieri. 11. L. multtcaule. 12. Z,. digynum,
13. L. drymarioides. 14. L. Clevelandi. 15. L. adetiofhyllum. 16. Z..
micranthum. 17. L. Breweri. All X 4- — 18. Seed of L,. dry7nariotdes^^
X14.

Plate IV. Petals and filaments of § Hesperolinon.

I. Linum digynum. 2. L. drymarioides. 3. L. adenopliyllum. 4. Z,..
Breweri. 5. L. Clevelandi. 6. L. micraitthum ; A, Yorvaa. exappendicu-
latum, 7. L. spergulinujn. 8. L. Califor7iicum. 9. Staminal tube of
same, laid open, showing the glands. 10. Z. congestum. 11. Filaments
of same. 12. L. Berlandieri, showing the transverse hairy line common
to some species of Linastru?n, and corresponding in position to the
appendages of Hesperolinon. — All seen from the ventral side, X I4-

EKEATUM.

Page 10, line 18. Sepals persistent or at length deciduous.

( 21 )

The Secondary Base in Geodetic Surveys *

By O. B. Wheeler.

In geodetic surveys three systems or grades of triangulation
are recognized, each having its distinctive base.

The primary system has bases from four to six miles in length,
which are measured with the greatest accuracy attainable.

Usually, these bases are from 200 to 400 miles apart, and are
connected with lines of triangulation as long as possible compati-
ble with well-conditioued triangles.

The bases of the secondary system, which we wish to consider,
are from li to 2 miles in length, usually from 80 to 100 miles
apart, and the lines of triangulation are from 2 to 15 miles in
length.

The tertiary system has bases from from i,ooc to 2,000 feet in
length, usually 10 to 15 miles apart.

In quality, the primary base is too expensive both in the cost
of apparatus and in the time required to make a measurement ;
and the tertiary base, which is a simple chain or steel tape meas-
urement upon the ground, is not sufficiently refined or accurate
for the secondary base.

Not long since, the most approved method of measuring a sec-
ondary base was with wooden or glass rods on a rope made taut
over posts, the rods being grooved to half the size of the rope
and clamped by hand to the rope, while a rear rod was carried
to the front. The base was measured in sections. There was an
imperfect contact in rods, and one can imagine a very uncertain
amount of creeping and crawling of the rope base line under un-
conscious strain on the rope, given by the operators, and under
changes of sunshine and shadow, humidity of atmosphere, &c.

* Read June 6tli, 18S7.

22 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

The secondary base apparatus, latest in use in this country^
and therefore presumably the best, is of two forms, each based
on primary apparatus. The one — that of the Lake Survey of
1871, described in Report for 1872 — is a very approximate copy
of the Bache-Wiirdeman apparatus; the other — that of the Coast
and Geodetic Survey, described in Appendix 17, Report for 1880
— has the principle of the Repsold apparatus in determining the
temperature through the unequal rate of expansion in zinc and
steel. Each has end-contact apparatus and are arranged for use
on tripods. There is a very uncertain amount of error through
backward pressure depending on the stability of the tripods.
Even in the delicate primary Bache-Wiirdeman apparatus on the
Keweenaw base, this formerly insignificant source of error was
corrected by applying a correction of 0.66 of an inch.*

With the Lake Survey secondary apparatus the measurements
were preferably made on a railroad track, the tubes resting on
the rail and supported in position by hand, and, when thus made,
the measurement must be transferred to stations alongside. The
passing trains disturbed the accuracy of such measurement.
Formerly if a degree of accuracy of 1 in 200,000 was obtained ,
the work was considered excellent.

Under the Mississippi River Commission the Assistant Engi«
neer had made use of the Lake Survey apparatus, and also of a
300-foot steel tape. They had introduced many refinements in
the use of the tape, such as the suspending of it on wire hooks,
to allay friction and for better alignment, and in giving a known
tension by means of a known weight.

They had also determined the co-efficients of expansion and
elasticity for this tape. But the results for measurements were
uniformly rejected in favor of measurements by the secondary
base apparatus. The assistants, however, had great confidence
in the tape measurements could they be made by night or on an
overcast day.

Accordingly on the Missouri River Triangulation, at the out-
set, it was decided to use the steel tape exclusively, and make
the measurements by night.

* See § 37, chap, iii., of No. 24, Professional Papers, Corps of Engineers U. S. A.

WHEELER SECONDARY BASE IN GEODETIC SURVEYS. 3-5

The Standard 300-foot steel tape and tape thermometer of the
Mississippi River Commission were transferred to the Missouri
River Commission, and the following improvements have ob-
tained in their use :

(1.) Such preparations are made beforehand that a single measure-
ment of the base is made in the quickest time possible and
with the least change of temperature, that single measurements
at different mean temperatures maj be compared.

(2.) The device of an apparatus called an adjuster, by which at the
moment the tape is recorded the tape is suspended at rest in
equilibrium under a known tension; this adjuster being in
parts, and being readily taken up, carried forward, and placed
again.

(3.) The mark of measurement is made on a zinc strip, and transfer-
able to the office for a permanent record of the discrepancies
in measurements.

(4.) The length of the tape is determined by measuring a known
base of primary triangulation, using the same adjuster and
method as is used on the secondary base.

For a two-mile base about 500 stakes from 2 to 3 feet in length,
with a cross-section of 4 square inches, are required, and the time
for getting them out and setting them is about two days for a
party of ten men. A few men, with a transit and tape, set the
marking-stakes, place the zinc strips on them in line with the
direction of the base, and distribute the other stakes, a supporting
stake being at every even 30 feet of the tape. Others, with a
guide-frame, set the three platform-stakes about 2^ feet in front
of the marking-stakes, and the straining-stake for the rear end of
tape about 2^ feet back of the marking-stake. All are driven to
the required distance below the top of the marking-stake as shown
by the guide-frame, that the tape in use may rest on the zinc strip
without pressure. Others set the supporting-stakes just ofl'the line
and drive the nails for the friction-hooks. The heads of these nails
are in line with points 2 inches above the marking-stakes for any
one space between marking-stakes ; or, when the 2-inch double-
ended hooks are hung upon the nails, the lower ends of the hooks
are in line with the center of the top of the marking-stakes.

Inasmuch as rapid work is desirable the tactics of a measure-
ment are important.

24 , TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

"For a 300-foot tape a party of sixteen persons is required,
distributed as follows : Observer and assistant at rear end ; ob-
server, assistant, and attendant, at front end ; nine (9) helpers,
one at each supporting-stake — two of these helpers must be able
to read thermometers closely and reliably ; one recorder ; one
chief of party as superintendent.

"The rear observer, as soon as he sees or feels the weight ap-
plied, adjusts his end approximately and calls out ^ ready. ^ The
front observer replies ^ ready.'' The rear observer calls out 'mark.
The front observer replies 'marked.'

"The thermometer-readings are then called out and recorded,
time and weather noted, and all stand ready to march except the
front observer. He makes and numbers a line on the zinc from
the puncture made with the engraver's pencil at right angles to
the base. This done, he takes the front end of the tape and gives
the word 'march.' All move rapidly forward carrying the tape.
Each helper carries the tape in its hook, ready to suspend from
the nail-head in the proper supporting-stake. The thermometers
are carried attached to a stiff wire-stake, and when read their
bulbs are at the elevation of the tape. The superintendent watches
against twist in tape and other irregularities. Second and third
measurements are so numbered on the zincs. Differences are
read to the nearest hundredth of an inch, and the elevation of the
marking-stakes taken before the zincs are taken up. The zincs
are numbered and saved for future reference.

"In daylight a tape-length can be measured in less than two
minutes, or a two-mile base can be measured in an hour. By
lamplight one-third more time is required. Three measurements
are made in an afternoon and night, the one by daylight being for
the practice of the untrained men."

The best measurements are made at night after an overcast day.

The reliability of the measurements is best shown by the re-
sults obtained. These are for the four secondary bases measured
as follows, corrected for expansion of tape to 62° Fahr. :

Benton Base {Mon.) 18S5.

Ft. Mean Temp.

ist measurement, by day = 9S70.304 ( 86°. 5 )

2d " by twilight after a heated day = .443 ( 65°.2 )

3d " by lamplight = .388 ( 58°.9 )

"WHEELER SECONDARY BASE IN GEODETIC SURVEYS. 25

From the three, probable error z=: i in 194,000

" two latter, " " =z i in 533,000

Trovers Pt. Base {Mon.) 1885.

Ft. Mean Temp.

1st measurement, on cool, smoky day r= 9711.916 ( 61°. 3 )

2d " by twilight = .915 C 62°.8 )

3d " by lamplight =z .892 ( 5i.°2 )

From all, probable error zrr i in 1,920,000

" two latter, " " z= i in 1,250,000

Glasgow Base (Mo.) 18S5.

Ft. Mean Temp.

1st measurement, by day, sun in last part r= 7923.237 ( 45°. 6 )

^d " by day, sun in first fart z=z .403 (52°.!)

Probable error z:= i in 140,000

But taken in parts (as noted at time of measurement), we have

Ft. Mean Temp.

1st 15 tapes of ist measurement, overcast sky .... ■=r 4485.635 (42°.! )

and II " " 2d " " " .... — 3437.709 (49°-3)

Total Base r^ 7923 344

which agrees closely with the mean of the above, and is a very
reliable value for the base.

Beverly Base {Mo.) 1885.

Ft. Mean Temp

ist measurement, by day (hazy sky) nr 7933 803 ( 79°. 5 )

2d " by lamplight :r= .797 ( 65°.5 )

3d " by lamplight =r .821 ( 58°. 8 )

Probable error r= i in i,6co,ooo

The two measurements of the known half of the Olney Base
{primary 1879) gave results agreeing within .04 of an inch, or
practically identical results. It is i in 3,250,000.

But it is possible to determine the probable error in measure-
ment, and also that for the standard tape from the discrepancies
on the zinc strips. Tn the following table, 2d column gives the
direct differences in inches as read from each zinc strip ; 3d col-
umn, discrepancies due to expansion and errors of observation,
and 6th column gives the same corrected for expansion. The

26 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

expansion for i° Fahr. in one tape-length is 0.025 inch. The
probable error in measurement for a distance of 36 tapes
( = 10,767 feet) is ±0.0719 inch, or i in 1,180,000; and that
for the determination of a tape-length (=-299.079 feet, since the
standard tape is from zero (o) to the 299-foot graduation of the
tape) is ±0.004 ^"-i °^ ^ ^" 897,237 parts of a tape-length.

This latter probable error combined with that before given for
the several bases would, of course, increase each to more than i
in 1,000,000. But it is believed that the standard tape may be
determined within i in 2,000,000 by direct comparison with the
primary base apparatus, and that the probable error of a base-line
measurement will then be less than i in 1,000,000.

WHEELER — SECONDARY BASE IN GEODETIC SURVEYS.

27

ACCURACY OF THE LENGTH OF STANDARD TAPE FROM OLNEY BASE MEASUREMENTS,

No.

Readings

A ^ =

A t Diff. in

Corr. for

/^^ corr

'd for

dd.

Zinc.

from Zincs.

Difference.

Temperature.

Expansion.

A^ =

-d.

IX.

IX.

DEG.

IX.

IX

0

+0.00

I

+ .02

-l-o.OI

— 0-5

-f-O.OI

+0.

03

+0.0009

2

+ -04

+ 2

— 0.5

I

+

3

9

3

-1- -05

-f I

— 0.7

2

+

3

91

4

-f .06

+ I

— 1-5

4

+

5

25 i

5

+ -03

— 3

— 2.0

5

+

2

4'

6

-j- .01

— 2-5

6

+

4

16

7

— .14

— -15

— 2.7

7

—

8

64

8

.20

— 6

— 3-0

7

+

I

i|

9

— .29

— 9

— 3-1

8

—

I

I ]

10

- -39

— • 10

— 2.9

7

—

3

91

11

— .49

— . lO

— 3-2

8

—

2

^i

12

- -58

— 9

— 3-2

8

—

I

^

13

— .68

— . 10

— 2.6

7

—

3

9

14

- .78

— .10

— 3-1

8

—

2

4

i.S

- .8s

— 7

— 1 .0

2

—

5

25

16

- .92

— 7

— 1 .0

3

—

4

16

17

— LOO

— 8

- 1.9

5

—

3

9

iS

— I. 10

— . 10

— 2.0

5

—

5

25

19

—1. 13

— 3

— 1-7

4

+

I

I

20

— 1.24

— .11

— 1.6

4

—

7

49 i

21

— 1.28

— 4

-1.7

4

±

0

0

22

— 1-32

— 4

— 1-3

3

—

I

I

23

—1-34

— n

3

--

I

I

24

—1.27

+ 7

— 0.4 ''

I

--

8

64

25

—1. 28

— I

— I.O

2

+

I

I

26

—1-31

— 3

— 1 .0

3

±

0

0

27

— I-3I

± 0

— 0.9

2

4-

2

4

28

—1-33

— 2

— 1-3

3

+

I

I

29

— 1.27

+ 6

— 0.3

I

+

7

49

30

—1.30

— 3

— 0.7

2

—

I

I

31

— 1-33

— 3

— 0.6

2

—

I

I

32

—1.32

+ I

— I.I

3

-t-

4

16 1

33

—1. 41

— 9

— 2.0

5

—

4

16

34

—1.49

— 8

— 2.9

7

—

I

I

3=;

—1-53

— 4

— 30

7

+

3

9

36

—1-59

— 6

— 2-5

-|-o.o6

±

0

0

2<f<f = + 0.0455

The probable error in the mean of the two measures of the base,
considering the measurements as in 36 independent sections, is

y in.

== 0.6745 ^ ^"" rr: ± 0.0719, and the p. e. of the east half of

4 mm. in. ^

the Olney Base, not reduced to sea level, is = ± 3.215 = +0.127.
Combining these two probable errors we have «/(o.o7i9)2 +(0.127)2

= + 0.146, and this divided by 36 gives the probable error in the

in.

value of the tape = + 0.004; o'" ^ ^" §97,237 parts of the tape-length.

• See Professional Papers, Corps of Engineers, U.S.A., No. 24, pp. 287, 303, 304.

( 28 )

The Post-mortem. Detection of Chloroform.

Bj Chas. Luedeking, Ph.D.

Presented before the St. Louis Academy of Science June, iSS6.

In an important trial for murder recently held in St. Louis,
the author of this paper made a chemical examination of the
viscera of the victim, at the request of the coroner, and obtained
very decided reactions for chloroform, notwithstanding the fact
that the examination was not undertaken until about twelve
days after death. The lungs, usually congested in case of death
by chloroform, were selected as best suited for its detection. The
great volatility of chloroform would seem a priori to preclude
the possibility of its detection so long after death, and, as at the
time there was considerable doubt expressed as to the reliability
iind accuracy of the experiments, the author determined, once
for all, to decide the matter by direct experiment, and so set to
rest all doubts.

The literature was first scanned carefully to ascertain whether
there were any prior experiments in this direction, but nothing
could be found. My direct object was then to determine how
long after death chloroform can, with certainty, be detected ; as
also whether or no any substances are generated by the process
of decomposition which might give similar reactions to chloro-
form, and thus lead to erroneous conclusions.

The manner of experimenting was simple and direct. Dogs
of from 15 to 20 pounds weight were destroyed gradually by the
administration of chloroform through the lungs in from 5 to 15
minutes; then the carcasses were allowed to stand in summer's
heat or the temperature of the room for different periods of time,
and finally the lungs removed and tested for chloroform by the
Ragsky method.* In the following the experiments are briefly
given :

Experiment I. — Carcass exposed on a dissecting table, during full
summer's heat, for six days and ten hours. Decomposition far advanced
and an exceedingly oflfensive odor given off. The lungs were removed,

* Erdmann's Journal, 46, 170.

LUEDEKING — POST-MORTEM DETECTION OF CHLOROFORM. 29.

and, after having been finely minced and rendered slightly alkaline by
means of sodium carbonate, were heated over a water-bath in a flask,
through which a current of air was slowly passing. The escaping gases
were sent through a Bohemian glass tube, which was heated to bright
redness over a space of two inches. The iodised starch-paper was five
inches distant from this heated portion of the tube, and throughout the
experiment remained perfectly cool.

A very strong bluing of the paper was observed and the nitrate of sil-
ver solution was strongly precipitated.

Experiment II. — Carcass exposed during full summer's heat for ten
days. It had then lost all solidity, the hair literally falling off by the
slightest abrasion. The lungs were removed and examined as in Experi-
ment I. A very decided reaction for chloroform was obtained.

Experiment III. — Carcass was exposed during full summer's heat for
fourteen days ; the lungs then removed and examined as in Experiment
I. The reaction for chloroform was very decided.

Experiment IV. — Carcass placed in an ice-chest for three weeks, and
then exposed for ten days during full summer's heat. The lungs were
then examined as in Experiment I., and a strong reaction for chloroform-
obtained.

I do not hesitate to say that in winter chloroform could be de-
tected without the slightest difficulty for many months after death.

Experiment V. — Carcass exposed in a room (70° F., very constant)
for three weeks and three days. The lungs were then examined as in Ex-
periment I., and a ver}' decided reaction for chloroform obtained.

ExPERiMEiNT VI. — Carcass exposed in a room (70° F., very constant)
for four weeks; the lungs examined as in Experiment I., and a decided
reaction for chloroform obtained.

The question now arises whether there cannot be substances
formed by the process of decomposition, which, resembling chlo-
roform in certain chemical reactions, might therefore lead to erro-
neous conclusions. Dr. Ragsky has already partially answered
this question experimentally. The author made three experi-
ments to this end, which are herewith briefly given :

Experiment I. — The lungs of a slaughtered bull exposed during full
summer's heat for ten days. Not a trace of reaction of chloroform could
be obtained by the Ragsky method.

Experiment II. — The lungs of a slaughtered bull exposed during full
summer's heat for fourteen days. Nor a trace of reaction of chloroform
could be obtained by the Ragsky method.

30 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Experiment III. — Carcass of a dog destroyed by coal gas was exposed
in a room (70° F., very constant) for three weeks and four days. No chlo-
roform reaction could be obtained by the Ragsky method.

Conclusions.

1. By the process of decomposition no substances are gene-
rated which could vitiate the tests for chloroform by the Ragsky
method.

2. Chloroform, when it has caused death by inhalation, can with
certainty be detected in the body four weeks after death, and, not-
withstanding its volatility, it is certainly retained in the viscera
in large amount during this time.

In the case which was the cause of these experiments being
undertaken, the victim had been dead at least ten days before
the body was discovered, in high state of decomposition. On the
strength of the Ragsky and Hofmann tests the author gave it as
his sworn opinion that the deceased had chloroform in his viscera,
whereupon a charge of murder by chloroform was preferred.
Maxwell, the culprit, finally, after the lapse of an entire year,
inade confession that chloi"oform had indeed been the cause of
death.

It being certain, finally, that chloroform can be detected a long
time after death, as evidenced by our experiments we must next
try to understand why this should be so. The following may
serve to this end.

R. Dubois* finds that the vapor of chloroform penetrates into
the interior of the tissues, and becomes substituted for normal
water. This is not a phenomenon of dessication or osmose ; a
true affinity comes into play, the protoplasm absorbing the vapor
of the anaesthetic and expelling a certain quantity of water.

Chancel and Parmentierf have proven that chloroform has a
very decided affinity for water.

The author allowed to stand open a flask containing water,
holding a small quantity of chloroform in sohition. After two
weeks' time the chloroform reactions could still be obtained with-
out any difficulty.

* Chem. News, 1SS6, 311. \ C. R., 100, 27.

LUEDEKING — POST-MORTEM DETECTION OF CHLOROFORM. 3I

Add to the above that chloroform is a powerful preservative
agent, I we have a collection of factors sufficient to enable us to
understand the lengthy occlusion of chloroform in the animal
body, though others of minor importance might be adduced
besides these.

Grehant and Qiiinquaud,§ experimenting on dogs, find the
amount of chloroform necessary to produce anaesthesia to be at
least one gram to every two litres of blood. On the basis of
these results, the total quantity of chloroform in the blood of a
man of 150 pounds weight would be 2f grams approximately,
when rendered insensible through its inhalation. The amount
necessary to produce death would, under normal conditions, cer-
tainly not be less than this. Under the assumption that one-sixth
of the entire quantity of blood circulating in the body is at all
times passing through the lungs, the quantity of chloroform in
the lungs of a man of 150 pounds weight, rendered insensible by
its inhalation, would be about one-half gram.

We desire to emphasize by this calculation that there is an
abundance of material in the lungs for the detection of chloro-
form. The liver would undoubtedly also be very suitable for its
detection.

The Ragsky method is enormously delicate. One part of
chloroform in one hundred thousand can still be detected by its
means.

The method of A. W. Hofmann (Ber. Ber. 1871) is less deli-
cate, and not available when the quantity of chloroform is less
than one part in six thousand. However this is quite sufficient
for toxical analytical purposes, and it should always be used as
confirmatory of results obtained by the Ragsky method. When
the tissues are much decomposed, the distillate obtained at first
by means of the current of steam has a very powerful odor, which
must be removed by repeated distillation with alcohol at as low
temperatures as possible, and preferably under diminished pres-
sure. By this means the first distillates will finally be sufficiently
deprived of odor to enable successful application of Hofmann's
test. Thus also the chloroform, which may have been present
in very minute fraction in the original substance, can be concen-

t Robin and Augendre, C. R., 30, 52; 31, 679. § C. R. 97, 753.

32 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

trated to a great degree, and reactions obtained under all cir-
cumstances decided enough to leave no doubt as to its presence.

For quantitative determinations of chloroform in chemico-legal
examinations the method of Hager is better than that of Mare-
chal, especially when the parts have undergone decomposition,
and there is danger of distillation of other substances than chlo-
roform which might reduce the Barreswil solution. Under th&
latter circumstances the Marechal method is not trustworthy and
should not be used.

Hager's method, which depends upon the estimation of the
chlorine of chloroform by converting it into hydrochloric acid by
the action of nascent hydrogen, is applicable under all cir-
cumstances.

However, considering the great uncertainty of the action of
chloroform upon the animal economy, actual quantitative deter-
minations will hardly ever be necessary. Generally the mere
determination of its presence will suffice.

Laboratory Washington University, St. Louis, Mo.

1 [33]

TchildllVs Kasi'hta Legend in th,e Creek and
Hitchiti Languages.

W I T H A

-CRITICAL COMMENTARY AND FULL GLOSSARIES TO BOTH TEXTS,

ALBERT S. GATSCHET,
of the U. S. Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C.

Na(fs xai ixifivaa'' d-Ticazecv
dp&pa rauzo. zav (fpsvcou.

El'ICHAKMUS,

COPYRIGHTED. ibOO. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

V. — 1—3 IJan. 20. iSSS.

2 [34] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

PREFACE.

The investigation of the ancient reports on the migrations of tribes and nations counts
among the most difficult problems of ethnologic science. The fact itself that certain peoples
and tribes have migrated to distant countries admits of no doubt, but the authors who trans-
mitted the reports had them from hearsay only, and tradition is never so trustworthy as
accounts written down contemporaneously with the facts. Without an exact chronology
there is no historiography, but traditions and legends are caring little for chronology;
proper names of persons and localities in them disappear from memory, because thev are
difficult to remember. From fortuitous coincidence of names etymologic legends come to
the surface, like the story now current in the west, that the Yuchi tribe have once sepa-
rated from the Utes (Yuta) and travelled east.

A similar baseless story concerning the migration of the Creek or Maskoki people from
the west is contained in Milfort, " Memoire sur la nation Creek," Paris, 1S02, pp. 229 sqq.,
the work of an author who had lived among the people for many years. He pretends that
the Creeks or " Moskoquis," as he calls them, once formed a separate people in the north-
west of Mexico, and, when Montezuma was attacked by Cortes and his troops, succored
him ; they were vanquished, and preferred emigration to some distant land to abject slavery.
They marched to the Red river of Louisiana, became involved in a conflict with the Alibamu
Indians, and, while pursuing them, arrived in the country held by them afterwards and set-
tled there. The origin of this curious mystification lies in the cii cumstance, that all the wild
and hunting tribes in the north of Mexico and from Florida to California were called Chi-
chimecs by the uneducated part of the Spanish immigrants, after a half-savage people ot
mountaineers near Anahuac. The French colonists obtained this name from Spaniards of the
Rio Grande or of Pensacola, who applied it to all Indiaji tribes east and west of the Lower
Mississippi. The Cenis or Assinai, for instance, were regarded as inhabitants of the
" province de Chichimeque " (Margry, Dec iv. 547) about the year 1700, and the primitive
Chicasas were considered as Chichimecas as well (Adair, Hist. 195, 197). Now it was a
current tradition that all tribes of the Maskoki family had come from the west; being con-
sidered as Chichimecs, from what other part could they have come except from Mexico,
the old home of that people? So the invented story became plausible and was generally
believed in, if not by all Indians, at least by the colonists.

We may add to this a number of fantastic reports on Indian emperors and empires, war
expeditions, splendid capitals and temples, inaccuracies about the languages spoken by
certain tribes, far-going ethnologic speculation founded upon insufficient evidence, and
relating frequently to' the origin and provenience of certain tribes and the American race
in general. The works of Adair and DuPratz, though otherwise of high value, contain
many misstatements of this kind, and their manner of considering dry facts and real occur-
isnces is often blurred by these views. Chroniclers, explorers and even state documents
are not free from misstatements on the condition of the Indian in colonial times. In many
respects the old men among the Indians now living are the safest guides for these eth no-

PREFACE. [35J 3

logic probk-ms ; but many traditions unci otlur points ol" interest also escape their memo-
ries, and we have to fall back again on the early authors with all their prejudices and
oddities.

To find out the truth from all the fictions and contradictions only one pathway lies open
to us that may lead to safe results concerning migrations in general, and the Kasi'hta
migration, which forms the subjectof these pages, as our special object of research. It is
historic criticism applied by means of the comparative method. The process is lengthy,
cumbersome and not without serious difficulties, for the ethnography of many American
tribes has to be investigated, sifted and compared to arrive at this end.

These pages were composed for a purely scientific purpose to aid the studies of the more
earnest seekers after historic truth in Indian matters. Its contents and style will scarcely
suit the taste of readers spoiled by the sensational press and literature of our days, for what
I have gathered is an array oi facts only, which will speak for themselves to those able to
grasp their meaning. Especially the results to be gathered from lingtiistics can only be
grasped by attentive perusal and study, and not by desultory reading.

America, with its numerous cities and states now flourishing upon a soil which ■was
once the undisputed domain of the Indian race, owes it to its aboriginal population to inves-
tigate their history, languages and ethnic peculiarities with fairness and veracity. To this
lofty purpose 1 have endeavored to contribute by studying one of its most conspicuous
nationalities, that of the Creek Indians. It is fervently to be wished for, that educated
Indians arouse their own race from its apathy, and strive to reclaim the memory of the deeds
and languages of their warlike ancestors from undeserved oblivion. With some scientific
training they can easily outdo the studious men of the white race in this, for their facilities
in gathering facts and performing the work are largely superior to ours.

The Author.
Washington, D. C.

4 [36] TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

THE MIGRATION LEGEND OF THE KASI'HTA TRIBE

is one of the most fascinating legendary accounts that has reached
us fiom a remote antiquity, and is mythical in its first part. The
Kasi'hta tribe, among which it originated, had a considerable
town of the Lower Creek Indians on Chatahutchi river, eastern
shore, and with its three branch villages counted about iSo heads
of families in 1799. It was built at the junction of Apatd-i creek
with Chatahuchi river, at a short distance from Yuchi and Ka-
wita towns. A passage in the legend accounts for the fact, that
Kasi'hta was at Tchikilli's time regarded as the most influential,
most honored town of the Lower Creeks, or, as he expresses it,
'"'the oldest." B. Hawkins, United States agent of the Creek In-
dians and author of a "Sketch" composed in 1799, gives interest-
ing particulars about the town (pp. 58. 59 ; published by Ga. Hist-
Soc. 1848}. The Creek Indians, of whom the Kasi'hta were a
part, formed the central people of the Maskoki race and linguis-
tic family, and were subdivided into Upper Creeks (on Coosa and
Tallapoosa rivers) and Lower Creeks (on Chatahuchi river and
affluents) ; they formed a political body and defensive league
called the Creek Confederacy. The other divisions of that lin-
guistic family were the Cha'hta with Chicasa, the Alibamu and
Koassdti, the Hitchiti- speaking towns on Lower Chatahuchi
river, Flint river and east of it ; the Seminole Indians, who speak
either Creek or Hitchiti, the extinct Yamassi and Yamacraws,
and, lastly, the Apalaches, once near St. Mark's river, Florida.

Tchikilli, the head-chief of the Upper and Lower Creeks, deliv-
ered the legend in an allocution held before Governor James Ogle-
thorpe, at Savannah, Georgia, in the year 1735. The British colo-
nial authorities and people were present, and also some sixty
men of Tchikilli's Indian retinue. After delivery, the interpreter
handed it over, written upon a buftaloskin, to the colonists, and
the same year it was brought to England. It appears from an
article in the "American Gazetteer," London, 1762, vol. ii.. Art.
Georgia, that the contents were written in red and black charac-
ters (pictographic signs, we suppose), and that afterwards it was

GATSCHET KAS. MIGHATION LEGEND. [37] 5

hung up in the Georgia office, in Westminster, London. Upon
Dr. D. G. Brinton's request, Mr. Nicholas Triibner sought to trace
this pictured relic in the London offices, but without success.
The text of the narrative has been fortunately preserved in a Ger-
man translation, and this is far more important for us than the
preservation of the painted buffaloskin would be. It is found in
a collection of German pamphlets treating of American colonies,
published from 1735 to 1741. The title of the first volume runs
as foUow'S : Ausfuehrllchc Nachricht von dcr^ Saltzbiirgischcti
Emigranten^ die sich in America niedergelassen haben. Wo-
rin, etc. etc.; heraiisgegeben von Samuel Urlsperger., Halle.,
MDCCXXXV. Our legend is contained on pp. 869 to 876 of this
Jirst volume, and forms the sixth chapter of Von Reek's '"Jour-
nal," the title of which runs as follows: Uerrn Philipp Georg
Fric drichs von Reck Dia7-iu77i von Seiner Reise nach Geor-
gien im. Jahr 1735. This officer had been the commissary of the
German Protestant emigrants, whom religious persecution had
expelled from Salzburg, the capital of Styria, their native city.

After Dr. Brinton had discovered the legend in that collection
and studied it, he prepared a publication on the subject, which
appeared in the " New York Historical Magazine," Morrisania,
April, 1870, under the title, "The National Legend of the Chi hta-
Muskokee Tribes," 13 pp. This article also embodies a shorter
narrative of the same legend, preserved by B. Hawkins in his
" Sketch." pp. 81-83, which is instructive in many respects, and
locates the place where the Kasi'hta, Kawita and Chicasa "origi-
nated," w^est of the Mississippi river. In translating Von Reek's
account into English, Dr. Brinton made some slight mistakes, to
be indicated below. His English rendering is reproduced in this
volume and formed the basis for the retranslation of the legend
into the Creek and the Hitchiti dialects, which was satisfactorily
accomplished by my friend. Judge Geo. W. Stidham, who is a
born Hitchiti Indian, now residing in Eufaula, Indian Territory.
I have subsequently revised the Indian texts, and especially the
glossaries, with the aid of other Indians familiar with the same
dialects.

6 [3S] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

THE LIST OF SOUNDS

occurring in the Maskoki dialects is, according to my scientific
alpliabet applied in this volume, as follows :

The sounds b, d, h, k, I, m, n, p, t are pronounced in the same manner
as in European languages. N superior marks nasalizing of the vowel pre-
ceding: a", o" as in French ecran, bon. The macron marks the longer
sound of vowels, as a in father, e in shade, i in reef, 6 in note^ u in
fool. Long sounds are often the result of accentuation. The crescent
marks the shortest sound of vowels : Cr. hasi, si/n ; ni'ta, day. A distinct
sound is given to c. The diphthongs being adulterine, they can be gener-
ally separated into two vowels, and then become hyphenized :

z'-u, o-i, d-i, a-u.

a as in alarm, wash.

a. as \n fall, law., taught; saine sound as 6.

d as in dash., rat, slab.

e as in bell, met.

S as in last syllable of maker, settler.

g as in gamble, garfish, gutn ; never as in apogee, geology.

dsh as heard \n judge, dudgeo?i ; alternates with tch, ts, ds.

h as in hard, hook ; when medial and final, it was written 'h to prevent
its being pronounced as a silent letter.

i as in maritte, French I'ct.

i the / pronounced deep or hollow, as in brim, filth, still.

y as in yell, yoke ; never used as a vowel.

X the aspirate guttural — in German, lachen, sachte, as pronounced in
Southern Germany; in Spanish, mujer., dejar ; in Scotch, loch. It
alternates in Maskoki with the alveolar g and k, and has nothing
in common with the English x.

'/ the / palatalized, as in 'lako, great ; 'Id'lo, fish. L is pronounced
while the tip of the tongue is held against the fore-palate. Tran-
scribed in the Creek missionary alphabet by r, in that of the Cha-
'hta by hi. This singular sound occurs in all Maskoki dialects, in
Yuchi, Naktche and Cheroki (here it alternates with //), in Caddo
and many tongues of the Pacific coast; but not in Tonica, Sheti-
niasha, Timucua and Kataba.

o as in most, lost.

s as in sour, smart ; alternates with sh.

sh as in shift, mash.

tch as in catch, church ; alternates with ts, dsh, ds.

u as in truth, soothe.

ii the u pronounced deep or hollow, as in gull, sullen.

TV the i\ before vowels, as in vjater, wolf.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — LIST OF SOUNDS, ETC. [39] 7

For permutations of sounds among each other, observe that d
alternates with /, b with /, ^ with k^ y ; o with a, .y with sh^
tch with ts^ dsh^ ds. Remember this well when using the glos-
saries.

The English x is rendered by gs or ks^ the German z by ds or
ts^ all being compound articulations. The two points on a {a)
mark a softened vowel, and are no^ a sign of diaeresis.

GRAPHIC SIGNS AND ABBREVIATIONS.

' apostrophe — used (i) for marking elision of a vowel, of ^ or any

other sound ; (2) before /i. See /i in List of Sounds,
hyphen separating two vowel.s as belonging to two difterent syl-
lables; it is also placed before some affixes.

= hyphen separating the parts of compound terms.

' acute; the only accent used for emphasizing syllables.

- macron; indicates length of a vowel, a, ti, etc.

■o breve ; indicates a short vowel, a, i, etc.

cf. compare.

coll. collective form.

Cr. Creek dialect.

der. derivation, derived from.

H. Hitchiti dialect.

/., pp. page, pages.

q. V. quod vide., quce vide (reference to another or other terms).

sqq. and the line or pages follovjing.

Italicized words in the English translation are left out in the
Creek text.

The blackfaced page-numbers occupying the corner of each page are
the only figures for the reader to refer to, and from these all quotations
were made. The other figures enclosed in brackets give the current
paging of the present volume of the Academy's Transactions.

8 [40I TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

The Creek Text.

tSTI MASKOKI ADSHULAGI-TATI INNAjUNAiAT OS:

Naki Tchikilli isti Masko'ki Hatchapala'h Hatchata

3 tipa'/ad immikut hamma'kit opunayatis Sawa'na talofan,

o'h'lolop'i tchukpi 'lako hamgin tchiikpi kulapakin pali=

tut'tchinin tsd/gi pu/gakin ; m6men i-atik6yatis, m6'hmen

6 yanas;ha'lpin u/hutsii'hudsatis.

Tchikilli isti MaskiJ'ki Hatchapala Hatchata tipakad

immikut ; Antitchi Kawitalgi I'mmiko ma/it, fUidshi

9 mikko ; 6sta Kasi/talgi immikko, Tammidsho hu'li mik-

ko ; Wali Apala'htsuklalgi hu'li kapitani, Puipaedshi

mikko ; Tamhuitchi Yutchitalgi imifa mikko ; Mitikayi

12 Oku'nalgi inhu'li mikko, Tuwidshcdshi mikko ; Huyani
Tchiyahalgin Okmulgalgi tiba/ad inhu'li mikko ; Stima-
lague'htchi Osotsalgi immiko ; Hupi'li Sawoklalgi im-

15 mikko; Iwanagi mikko ; Tamokmi Yufantalgi inhu'li ka-
pitani tun, tustano;falgi pali^tut'tchinit apakin opunayit
okatis :

iS Momad nita ij'dshin ikana idshokuat hasi^aklatgatin

o'dshit (3'men hawa/ladis ; momof man Kasi'htalgi ikan;
dsho/uan a'sosa-id anakuasin inkakida hayatis tche. Mu-

21 'mof ikanat tchapaka-ikit hopuitakin inlo/adis ; ma mo'man
akuyi'htchit inhas;a/latkosin apo/adis ; momiis apalluat i'la-
fuli'htchit matawan i-ap6/adis. Momas isti siilgad i-upan

24 fik'hunnatis ; " miima/an hi'lit;wetis " komakika. Miimitu
istomas i'kana hubuitagi inlo/atid imomitchii'dshin, inhi-
'likut hasi^ossati fatchan apiyatis.

27 Mo'hmit apiyit oi-ua tchikfi okiVfki lipakfit waggiii

u'le_;/tchit, hapu hayit figabin u'hhayatgadis. I'lin hayatgi
apiyit nl'ta hamgad yafgadin uiwa tsa-atid waggin u'le'h-

30 tchadis. Mo'hmit man apogit u'h'lolopi hokolin 'la'lotiis
man pasatit papit apokatis. Miimas wi^kii'wat inhi'lagikun
inhi'lagigadis. tjyuwa tchadad iyuksa fadsan apiyadis, mo-

KAS. LEG. — TRANSLA'l'tOX. [^ I ] 9

Translation.

What Chekilli, the Head - chief of the Upper anl> Lower

CKEEKiS 8AI1>, IN A TaI.K HELU AT SaVAXNAH, ANNO 1735, AND WHICH
WAS HANDED OVER BY THE INTERPRETER, WRITTEN IPON A BUK-
FAL08KIN, WAS, WORD FOR WORD, AS FOLLOWS:

[Speec/i, which^ in the year 1735, ivas delivered at Savannah^ in Geor-
gia, by \ Chekilli, Emperor of the Upper and Lower Creeks; Afitiche^
highest Chief of the Town of the Cowetas, EHche, King; Oiista,
Head-chief of the Ctissitaws, Tomechatv, War-king; IVaii, IVar-
captain of the Palachucolas, Poepiche, King; Tomehuichi^ Dog-king of
the Euchitaws ; Miltakatvye, Head War-chief of the Okonees, Tu-
wechiche, King; JVhoyauni, Head War-chief of the Chehaws and
of the Hokniulge Nation ; Stinielacoweche, King of the Osoches ;
Opithli^ King of the J^awocoios, E^venauki^ King ; Tahmokmi^
War-captain of the Eufantees ; and thirty other Warriors.

At a certain time the Earth opened in the West, where its
mouth is. The Earth opened and the Cussitaws came out of its
mouth, and settled near by. But the Earth became angry and
ate up their children ; therefore, they moved further West. A
part of them, however, turned back, and came again to the same
place where they had been, and settled there. The greater num-
ber remained behind, because they thought it best to do so.
Their children, nevertheless, were eaten by the Earth, so that,
full of dissatisfaction, they journeyed toward the sunrise.

They came to a thick, muddy, slimy river — came there, camped
there, rested there, and stayed over night there. The next day
they continued their journey and came, in one day, to a red,
bloody river. They lived by this river, and ate of its fishes for
two years ; but there were low springs there ; and it did not
please them to remain. They went toward the end of this bloody
river, and heard a noise as of thunder. They approached to see

10 [42] GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. — CREEK TEXT.

mof tini'tki u'kin impohatis, nakitoha ko'hmet u/'hapiadis.
Mumad ikodshi tchatit 'lanin ossit omatit okin hidshatis ;
3 momad ma 'lani linapan yahaikida okid pohakatis. Nagf-
tun omad "hi'htchagis" kii'/tchid, isti u/tiitatis ; mumatin
totka 'lakid halluin aligapit omatit mat yahaikida okit omin
6 hidshakatis. t-a 'lani 'lani immikkun kaitchid hodshifatis.
Hayumas tinitki imiingis ; mo'men isti impingalagi imiin-
gat o'mis.
9 Man isti italoa ma''la,^''la,va tut'tchinin itiliidshatis ; mo-

mad ma 'lani tiitka ossi o'dshan ahitidshatit isfullin itihi-
dshatis ; mo'hmet man imahilissua omiis inhi'tchkin naki

12 ita-u sulkin ahupvi'llinakatis.

Ha'si;6ssati fiitsan atit tutka hatkid immalakatis, momiis
istomitchakigatis. Wahala fatsan atit tiitka okulatid imma-

15 lakatis, mumiis ma-o istomidshikatis. Akelatka fatchan atit
tutka lastid immalakatis, ma-o istomidshikadis. Ispogi
hiini'la fatchan atit tiitka tcha-atitut lanit immalakatis Hia

18 totka 'lani ahi'tki o'dshi ahitidshi isfuUatid itu/kalan ; hia
totkan has'omi atikils o'dshit o's. Ma-o yaha-iki omiis odshid
omis. 'Lani linapan piikabit li/ui'lit omatit fik'hi'lkfgut

21 istuka'idshi mahid omatin, istii'mat isto'hmit omatin "fik'-
hunnis ma/iis" sigatis. tstudshi i'tski=susikon ma itun i'la-
nafai;kit ilihotchatis ; mo'hmet ma piikabf i'hsit ho'li api-

24 yatas isfiillatis. A tassa omid cnr atis ; ha^omas od&his ma
omid. ito-ii'h matawat omatis.

Hiatawan naki i-aliinga ma'la;^'la/a o'stid yahaigit istu-

27 mitskatad i-u/ki'lkuidshit odshin inhitchkadis ; ihatitchiska :
passa ; sahokolad : mikko huyanidsha ; satot'tchinad : sa-
watsku'h ; isiistad : hishi lopiitski ; hayomit inhitchkadis.

30 Imahilissua inhitchkadi po'skat passa mikko hoyanidsha
tipakan isiafastid omants. Hia piiskita o'h'lolopi omalgan
i-ilawidshit naki homa loktsat atigat man weyit 6mis. Ma

33 imsihilissua inhitchekadi ayat hiiktagides ipuskis, momin
omad tiitka itaman i'la-itidshit apokin nita tsa/gipiis, ipa-
kas, kulapa/as 6'lin inhuyanad i'la-awid omatis. Hian

36 miimikun u'mad imahilissuatiis imahopanid omika ; momin
hoktage-u'h tchafindshagigo hakitayid omika.

Ma-6mofa m.ahin ista italuat adsuleidshitut omit homa/-

39 'hotit innakmagit shihoki-titayiha komitan itimayop6skit

KAS. LEG. TRANSLATION. [43] 11

whence the noise came. At first they perceived a red smoke, and
then a mountain -which thutidered ; and on the mountain was a
sound as of sini^ing. They sent to see what this was ; and it was
a great fire which blazed upward, and made this SMiging noise.
This mountain they named the King of Mountains. It thunders
to this day ; and men are very much afraid of it.

They here met a people of three difierent Nations. They had
taken and saved some of th^ fire from the mountain ; and, at this
place, they also obtained a knowledge of herbs and of many
other things.

From the East, a white fire came to them ; which, however,
they would not use. From Wahalle came a fire which was blue ;
neither did they use it. From the West came a fire which was
black ; nor would they use it. At last, came a fire from the
North, which was red and yellow. This they mingled with the
fire they had taken from the mountain ; and this is the fire they
use to-day ; and this, too, sometimes sings. On the mountain was
a pole which was very restless and made a noise, nor could anyone
say how it could be quieted. At length they took a motherless
child, and struck it against the pole ; and thus killed the child.
They then took the pole, and carry it with them when they go to
Avar. It was like a wooden tomahawk, such as they now use, and
of the same wood.

Here they also found four herbs or roots, which sang and
disclosed their virtues : first, Pasaw, the rattlesnake root; second,
Micoweanochaw, red-root ; third, Sowatchko, which gro'ucs like
ivild fennel; a«fl? fourth, Eschalapootche, little tobacco. These
herbs, especially the first and third, the}' use as the best medicine
to purify themselves at their Busk. At this Busk, which is held
yearly, they fast, and make offerings of the first fruits. Since they
learned the virtues of these herbs, their women, at certain times,
have a separate fire, and remain apart from the men five, six
and seven days, for the sake of -purification. If they neglect this
the power of the herbs would depart ; and the women would not
be healthy.

About that time a dispute arose, as to which was the oldest,
and which should rule ; and they agreed, as they were four Na-

12 [44] GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — CREEK TEXT.

isiho/atis. Italuat o'stiga pukaben tchaktchahi'htchid :
"faki dshddin istchaditchagi'hlis ; lanitut omiisim nik'lufat
3 tchatit omika" miikakadis. "Mumih'tchid ponho'li ili'tchkan
apiagi'l, mii'men ista italua-tatit istigaha'lpi yawelkit, itu
tchaktchahi'dshati u'hlania omat, mad atchiillid oma'lis,"
6 itika'dshadis.

Omalgat momitchita komiit, omasim Kasi/talgi-ta'htit

yawaigit pokabi aksomidsha'/tchin hitchgigo ha/adls. M6-

9 miga mat itallua adsulli mahatl.dmis komhuyidadis. Tchi-

kasalgit awaihigadis, momen Atilamalgi i'la-aweihigadis ;

mumas Abi/kanagitawat u'h'lani ayidshadshad isti^to'lkiia

12 atikusi-tayin yawaigadis.

Ma-6mof fu'suti ok'holatid 'lakid a'latis ; ihadshi tchap-
gid, impafnita Idmhi imantalidshid, Nita umalgan alagit

15 istin pasatit papit a'latis. Hokti ahakin hahit, hia fusua
a'latin ihuiliiidsha/adis. Hia fiisua ma naki inhahoyadi
i'hsit isayipatitut, hofoiien i'lisala/atis. odshipin omad na-

iS kitiis hitchkuidshi wiiitis komakatis. PIof6ni hakin tchissi
tchatit hi'tchkatis ; m6men ma fusuat i Ikito-aitis koma/atis.
Ma tchissin itimpunayagit istumids>hakatit i'lgi imilidsha-

21 gi-tayad itimpuniiyakatis. Ma fiisua itcha ; kuadaksin in'li
apakin o'dshid omatis. Momen ma tchi'ssit itsa=kuadaksi
ifakan kalagit intadshatis, istomit issi-imaniiitchiko-tidayiii

24 hayatis ; momen man ilidsha/atis. Ma fiisua fiisua 6mal
immi'kkun kiiidsha/atis. Lamhi-u mikko Makid o'mis koma-
gid omis ; momiga hiiMidas apiyis, adam hi'lka hakadiis

27 fullis momof lamhihadshi ko'htsaktsahidshid isfullid omis.
Tchatad h6-lit omin, hatgatit hi-lka ahopakat 6mis. Ihu'Ht
tafa hatkin isaihiiidshit idshu'kuan hatidshit awolii'dshit

30 lamhi okit hakin omat, istofan ili'htchikos.

Hia nagi mii'hmof iyupan- ma ap6kati inkapa/kit apivit
nini hatkid wakin oMaitchatis ; pahitas nak;omalgat hatkusi-

33 algid omatis. Momen istit fulli=hi'lit omadin idshakadis.
Ma nini ituhualapi/tchit anakuasin nodsii'dshadis. I'lafu-
li/shit nini istomid omad yihidsha;/adis, momit isti istomid

36 fuUit 6mati, ma ni'nm ati/git atchakapiyakatin isamumides
6'hmis komit omadis. Man atihaigit apiyit Kolos'hatchi
magidan ak'hadapidshatis ; Kolos'hatchi kedshad tchadii-

39 algid ikodshid 6meka.

KAS. LEG. TRANSLATION. [45] 13

tions, they would set up four poles, and make them red with clay,
which is yellow at first, but becomes red by burning. They would
then go to war ; and whichever Nation should first cover its pole,
from top to bottom, with the scalps of their enemies, should be
the oldest.

They all tried, but the Cussitaws covered their pole first, and
so thickly that it was hidden from sight. Therefore, they were
looked upon, by the whole Nation, as the oldest. The Chicka-
saws covered their pole next ; then the Atilamas ; but the Obi-
kaws did not cover their pole higher than the knee.

At that time there was a bird of large size, blue in color, with
a long tail, and swifter than an eagle, which came every day and
killed and ate their people. They made an image in the shape of
a woman, and placed it in the way of this bird. The bird carried
it off, and kept it a long time, and then brought it back. They
left it alone, hoping it would bring something forth. After a long
time a red rat came forth from it, and they believe the bird was
the father of the rat. They took council with the rat how to de-
stroy its father. Now the bird had a bow and arrows ; and the
rat gnawed the bowstring, so that the bird could not defend itself,
and the people killed it. They called this bird the King of Birds.
They think the eagle is also a great King ; and they carry its
featliers when they go to War or make Peace : the red mean
War; the white. Peace. If an enemy approaches with white
feathers and a white mouth, and cries like an eagle, they dare not
kill him.

After this they left that place, and came to a white foot-path.
The grass and everything around were white ; and they plainly
perceived that people had been there. They crossed the path,
and slept near there. Afterward they turned back to see what
sort of path that was, and who the people were who had been
there, in the belief that it might be better for them to follow that
path. They went along it to a creek called Coloose-hutche, that
is, Coloose-creek, because it was rocky there and smoked.

14 [46 J GATSCHET — KAS. I-EG. CREEK TEXT.

Ma hatsi tayi/tchit apiyit hasi;6ssati fatchan, K6sa magida
italluat apokin i'limu'liiitchatis ; hian apukin o'h'lolopi' os-
3 tad 6'Iadis. Kosalgit 6katit "isti;papat tchatu haiikin pai-
kid, istin pumpasatit, omitutanks" makatis.

Kasi/talgit okiitit illidshida komid hidshi-is ma/adis.

6 ikanan ku'la-it udshiha'lpin hiiyan hahid isii/'lanatis. Mo'h-

mit to;lop6tskin o'}italalaitchatis, ma isti;papa adshaka-

yigo-titayin hahit u'hapiyadis ; m6'hmit sa-okan ma tchato

9 hauki isti;papa paikan i'limuhueikatis. Ma isti^papa tsa-

baki;hi'lit a-osa'-iyit assidshatis afosalgat iti'laputit. isti

hamkusit ilatin ahi'lit 6mls omalgi mahatin m6nks kd'hmit,

12 istudshi itski;s6sikon imawaigakatis ikan=haukin awoliiidshit

at 6fan. Man isti-papa o'hlitaigit igan;hauki inhayakatin

u'lilatiiikin, tsuUikusua ahit'hukin isnafkit ilidsha/atis. Ifvini

15 hayiimiis isf611i imiingat 5'mis. Pal;hamgad tsiititun, pal;
hamgit ok'holatid 6mis.

Isti;papa nita iskulapak' omalgan i'lalagit isti pasatit oma-

iS tis. Munga ma ili'htchuf matawan fik'hunnin nita kolapagi
6'lin i'lietchat s. Ma isagi'letchkan ho'litas apia'lanit i-iti-
takuitchat nita ipagin imapcSskit iskulapakatin apiyid oma-

21 tis, Ifonin i-ahu'lkasitchid isapi-in omad ihitski;hi'lin fiil-
lid 6mis.

O'h'lolopi o'stad 6'lin Kosa talofa apokati ingapa/kit

24 apiyat hatchi, Nofapi ka-etchid, u'liiitchatis, yomad Kalasi-
hatchi ka'hodshid hakit os. Man u'h'lolopi hokolin fik'hun-
nadis. Momid adshidas odshikoka, naki yekingan 'la'lun

27 yomen humpa/atis, momit itcha;kutaksi haheidshit in'litati
itchhasua iniitin 'lonotutas, yoman siyokfanfaedshit kuha=
tuka'hlin islafka hayatis.

3*^ Hia apokati inkapa/kit apiyad hatchi Watulahagi maki-

tan o'liiitchatis. Watulahaki Hatchi kiiidshad watulat-tida-
yit latkid omit hahokadin ahudshifit umhoyadis ; man ni'li,

33 hamgin nodsha'dshatis. Hadam apiyad hatchi oiwa u'hlat-
kid odshin u'Hiidshatis ; O-itiimkan hotchifadis. I'lin hayatki
hatchi hamgin u'liiitchatis Afosafiska ke'dshid.

'26 I'lin hayatki ma hatchin tayi/tchit apiyad 'lani halluit

laikin u'liiitchadin, istit apokin hidshatis. nini hatki hayi
fuUangid o'mis komatis. Miinga 'li hatkin hahi-it isitch-

39 hatis, isti hi'lagit omin omad gi'lidan komidut. Momiis 'li

KAS. LEG. TRANSLATION. [47] 15

They crossed it, goin<»^ toward the sunrise, and came to a peo-
ple and a town named Coosaw, Here they remained fonr years.
The Coosaws complained that they were preyed upon by a wild
beast, which they called man-eater or lion, which lived in a rock.

The Cussitaws said they would try to kill the beast. They
digged a pit and stretched over it a net made of hickory-bark.
They then laid a number of branches, crosswise^ so that the lion
could not follow them, and, going to the place where he lay, they
threw a rattle into his den. The lion rushed forth in great anger,
and pursued them through the branches. Then they thought it
better that one should die rather than ^11 ; so they took a mother-
less child, and threw it before the lion as he came near the pit.
The lion rushed at it and fell in the pit, over which they threw
the net, and killed him with blazing pine-wood. His bones,
however, they keep to this day ; on one side, they are red ; on the
other, blue.

The lion used to come every seventh day to kill the people ;
therefore, they remained there seven days after they had killed
him. In remembrance of him, when they prepare for War, they
fast six days and start on the seventh. If they take his bones with
them, they have good fortune.

After four years they left the Coosaws, and came to a river
which they called Nowphawpe, now Callasi-hutche. There they
tarried two years ; and, as they had no corn, they lived on roots
and fishes, and made bows, pointing the arrows with beaver teeth
and flint-stones, and for knives they used split canes.

They left this place, and came to a creek called Wattoola-
hawka-hutche, Whooping-creek, so called from the whooping of
cranes, a great many being there ; they slept there one night.
They next came to a river in which there was a waterfall ; this
they named the Owatunka river. The next day they reached
another river, which they called the Aphoosa pheeskaw.

The following day they crossed it, and came to a high moun-
tain, where were people who, they believed, were the same who
made the white path. They, therefore, made white arrows and

16 [48] GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — CREEK TEXT.

hatki tchataku^'htchit i'lasidsh'hatis. Mu'hmen immikim

hidshedsha/adin ''hi'likut os" makatis ; " 'lit hat'hagid i'laf

3 uli'dshin 6'mad u'hapihi-id ihaliwa limusas, hupuitagi ihitch-

kuidshit i'lasawa anatchkatis, mumas tchatiduga u'hapi-

hiatskas" kaidshatis. Momi ist6mas isti istomid omakat

6 hitchitan komit u'hapiyi sasatis ; mu'matin sumitchipin

o'laitchatis. Ninit 6-i;'lakun akadapgid o'min hidsha/adis,

momadit ma nini tabala i'liissigod omin, hidshit ma isti

9 liyuan isaktchiyit, omiga i'lasosa-igos komadis.

Man 'lanit laigid omis Mo'terell magitat ; mii'madit a'lka-
satulga nafhugis ma-iikid hakid omis, momin ma isti man

12 ap6git omadshoks kiimhuid dmis. Hii'lidiis apiyit fullin

omofa, hia inhagi istamaitas po'/ki algin pohagit fullid (Smis.

Ma liyuan apa-idshidshit apiyit u'hlatkid odshin o'liiitcha-

15 din, tchatu 'lak'lagid 6dshin hidshatis, man itcha;/udaksit
o'hlomhin hidsliadis ; momit ma isti nini hatki hayi iuUan-
gid omadshuksh k6matis.

18 Istofiis istan apiyit fullati homan isti hokolin wilako-idshit

fullid omis. Hia huma^wilakad 'lani halluin o'htchimhoka-
din talofat odshin hidshatis. 'Li hiitkin ma talofa isitch'ha-

21 tis ; mumiis ma isti talofa ati/kad 'li-i tchatin asitch'hatis.
M6mof Kasi'htalgi tchapak'ho/atis, mii'hmit "ma itaiuan
isapingalidshin omof tch6ko isi-titayipialis" komatis. Tcha-

24 dun liyuan akpalatit taigagi-titayin hahi-it u'htayidshatis ;
m6'hmit tal6fan imisatis. Ma isti ika tapikstagid oma/atis ;
umalgan pasatit hokolesen ahusitchii'tchatis. Assitchi isa-

27 piyad, ifa hatkin is'hi'htchit illidshatis. Hokolusi aho'skadin
assidshit isapiyad, nini hatkid waggin o'liiitchadin, talofat
odsatchiikit ikodshin i'htchit, hia isti hidshida komi ho-

30 po-iyitangid 6madshoks komatis. Hian Pala/tchuklalgi
apokit OS ; mo'men ma o/'huanapsid Tamodsa'-idsi 6mis.
Kasi'htalgi imagi'liiitska tchati palatkan i-adshid emiin-

33 katis ; momas Pala/tchuklalgit assin iskiiidshatis hi'lkida
isahopakan, m6'hmit imponayatis: ''pofigi hat'hagid os,
m6min tchime-u matap6ma'lis podsu'shutldshi tchati-algatin

36 takwagi/tchit ; istchigi'lga'li tchinatakin hat'he'dshaksh I''
ka-edshatis. Momidu istomiis podshii'shuadshin ayiktchi
imiinkatis ; Pala/tchuklalgit isawaitchitchikut imi'hsit intuba

39 lidshan hopilatis Pala/tchuklalgit taf^atkin imatis, mo'hmit

KAS. LKG. — TRANSLATION. [49] 17

shot them, to see if they were good people. But the people took
their white arrows, painted them red, and shot them back. When
they showed these to their chief, he said that it was not a good
sign ; if the arrows returned had been white, they could have
gone there and brought food for their children, but as they were
red they must not go. Nevertheless, some of them went to see
what sort of people they were ; and found their houses deserted,
They also saw a trail which led into the river ; and, as they could
not see the trail on the opposite bank, they believed that the peo-
ple had gone into the river, and would not again come forth.

At that place is a mountain, called Moterell, which makes a
noise like beating on a drum ; and they think this people live
there. They hear this noise on all sides when they go to War.

They went along the river till they came to a waterfall, where
they saw great rocks, and on the rocks were bows lying ; and they
beli<;ved the people who made the white path had been there.

They always have, on their journeys, two scouts who go before
the main body. These scouts ascended a high mountain and saw
a town. They shot white arrows into the town ; but the people
of the town shot back red arrows. Then the Cussitaws became
angry, and determined to attack the town, and each one have a
house when it was captured. They threw stones into the river
until they could cross it, and took the town (the people had flat-
tened heads), and killed all but two persons. In pursuing these
they found a white dog, which they slew. They followed the two
who escaped, until they came again to the white path, and saw the
smoke of a town, and thought that this must be the people they
had so long been seeking. This is the place where now the tribe
of Palachucolas live, from whom Tomochichi is descended.

The Cussitaws continued bloody-minded ; but the Palachuco-
las gave them black drink as a sign of friendship, and said to
them : " Our hearts are white, and yours must be white, and you
must lay down the bloody tomahawk, and show your bodies as a
proof that they shall be white." Nevertheless, they were for the
V. — I — 4

18 [50] GATSCHET KAS. LEG. CREEK TEXT.

"pummikut hamgushikas" kaidshatis ; mu'hmati atigad ist(5-
fas ito/kalgit apoki imiingatatis.

3 U.i;qako pala=hamgin ap6ki sasin, apaluat tapalan apoki

sasatis. Ap6ki hamgad Kasi/talgin ka'd^hit, apaluan Ka-
witalginkahodshid omis ; momas isti hamgusid omis, m6mit

6 Hatchapala Hatchata tipa/ad isti Masko'ki italua homa/ho-
tid 6mis. M6midu ist6mas Kasi;iftalgi ta;/tit ikuadshi tchati,
tiitka tchati hidshatit omit, italua tchati-u hayatit 6mika, ifigi

9 tchatadi wiiika'lungo imiingat omis ; muntumiis pala^hamgad
hatkid=un, palashamgit tchatidut omasim. Ha'yomat nini
hatki ma-imat isihi'lit omati gi'lagid ds. Tamodshii'dshi
12 talepo'lat omidatitas istiingun inlopa'idshitad gi'Ligit us.
Squii"e Oglethorpe adshakkahid mikko 'lakon i'l'hip/tchit,
oponayat i'limpo/it iyimunahin, pohagidut akasamagid
15 omeka.

KAS. LEG. TRANSLATION. [5 I ] 19

tomahawk ; but the Palachucholas got it by persuasion, and bu-
ried it under their beds. The Palachucholas likewise gave them
white feathers, and asked to have a chief in common. Since then
they have always lived together.

Some settled on one side of the river, some on the other. Those
on one side are called Cussetaws, those on the other Cowetas ;
yet they are one people, and the principal towns of the Upper and
Lower Creeks. Nevertheless, as the Cussetaws first saw the red
smoke and the red fire, and make bloody towns, they cannot yet
leave their red hearts, which are, however, white on one side and
red on the other. They now know that the white path was the
best for them : for, although Tomochichi was a stranger, they see
he has done them good ; because he went to see the gi'eat King
with Esquire Oglethorpe, and heard his talk, and had related it
to them, and they had listened to it, and believed it.

20 [53] TRANS. ST. I,OUIS ACAD. SCIE^•CE.

The HiTCHiTi Text.

YATI MASKOKA'LI HUNAKNOSA'LOKTAHUNKA

innakanAhigut ummis.

3 Naki Tchikilli Maskoka'li ha'htchi tukladshiga immigi

ingaktahiinkat u'mmis. Seva'na okli lak"ha/tchi imanolispi
tchuk'biitchobi 'lamin tchuk'bi kulapakin pokoli tutchinan

5 tcha'hkipa;waikak fogiin ingahin yatikut mamgiingas inga-
hin yanas';halbun undsha-uholiktawats ; apu'ngi yatnosin :

Tcha'tcha'li iya/ni Safani oklu'n lak'ha/tchi imanolispi
Q tchok'bi=tch6bi 'lamin tchokbi kolapakin pokoli tutchinan
tcha/gipasweigak fogun Tchikilli Maskoka'li ha'htchi tukla-
dshiga immigut aponiktahu'ngat u'mmis ; Antitchi Kawiti

12 okli inimigaspiktchi, flaidshi miki ; O'sta Kasi_;^ta'li i'mmigi,
Tamitcha ho'li mi'ki ; W'ali Pala/tchukla'li iho'li kapitani,
Puipa-idshi miki ; Tamhuidshi Yutchita'li if;miki ; Mitika-

15 yi Okona'li inho'li miki, Tuwidsha'dshi miki ; Woya'hni
Tchiaha'li Okmulga'li isiamika immiki ; Stimala/6-idshi
Osotcha'li immiki ; Hupi'li Sawokla'li i'mmigi ; Iwanagi

18 miki ; Ta'hmokmi Yufanta'li iho'li kapitani, tastenaka'li
pokoli tutchinak ayamkan isayak haponik lingaktawats.
Ni'htagi i'lin ya/nut ka'lali 'lada(un hawakelin Kasi/ta'li

21 alok'lanishiaktawats yak'ni idshiin mahamig labangosun
i'liktawats, mamiska ya/nut witi/kak hoboskiin imanolihin ;
inhi'latik sowaskadshik ga'lali 'ladakun i'liktawats. Ma-

24 miska ala/kut yalaskadshik i'liktahiinga nu'ladshik i'likta-
wats. Mamiska adshok;apiktcha/at yobalalun i'liktawats ;
"mamikantun amakmowats" a/liti. Mamin u'mmi ma-

27 miska' ya/ni hoboski imanoliktahunga imiingahin ibasna'-
dshitik hantut ha'lana 'ladakun a'ladshiktawats.

Mahamik oki;tch6bi tchi'kti okofki siliti talakan u'latchik

30 mun itsa-ulitkadshik fisa/kak ni'lagi 'lamin nustchi'dshikta-
wats. Hayatlin a'latchik okistchobi giti'stcha pitchiktchs
limi/tchut tala/an u'ladshik, mun i'lik 'la'lusk imipibak, lak-

33 hatchi tiiklan i''liktawats ; mamiska okasut hamhoposin i'ligi

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. IIITCHITI TEXT. [53] 31

immamitihin. Ya uki;tch6bi pitchiktch; omika ikabi 'lata-
kun a'ladshikan tunu/ga/tch;unga/tchun inhakelik handii'n
lingahos akelik hitchigun ibasnii'dshik una'ladshiktawats. ■?
Ititchiwatki utski gitistchu'n hidshaktawats mamin 'lani;
tcheihi tunu vka,t;tchun, mamin 'lani;tcheihi ipakenun hiipa-
na;ftchsunga/tchun inha/liktawats. Na/ot u'mm?ga ata'li- 6
gun akelik yatun untakas'liktawats ; mamigan I'ti tchoba/-
tchut ambi Mata/un alafangumigat hupani'htchjungomi-
hin liidsha/tawats. Ya 'lani;tcheihi 'lani=tcheihi lapgun q
immigun kadshik hodshifaktawats. Yamiska tunu;/ka/tchi
imungawats, mamin yati imma'laslidshigut u'mmewats.

Yalun yati ogli ma'la/ki tutchinan atabaksiktawats. 'La- 12
nistcheihi hayokaha/tchi hidshak fogot i'ti isi;^sih6mid isiaii-
lidshiktawats ; mamik mun ayiktchdska nanumi'htchuk
sonabaka mnn ata'laktawats, mamik nagi; adshu'ngun i^
ata'laktawats,

Has='lana/tchun undi/tchut iti hatgut imilakma nanu-
midshitiktawiits. Wahalun u'ndi/tchut iti holatlut ilakta- 18
wats ; maga nanumidshitiktawats. Ka'lali/tchun unti/tchut
iti lo'dshut ilaktawats ; maka nanumidshitiktawats. Sanat-
ski honi'hin untigat iti gitistchukma laknu't ummiktawa'ts. 31
Yan iti ishiaulidshihungat itumpiliktahomid mun yamiska
i'lidshik ummes ; ma'min maka hopa'naska i'li/t limmewats.
Lani;tchaihun pokabut unadsalik u'mmigat tchiinus'^hi'lala- 24
tik hant linga/tchut vimmigan, nanumidshokan tchiinus';
hi'lawats I'ngaska yati aitiktawats. Mahamin immapun
yatudshi iki aitusi/tchun isik isayatablik yatudshi ilihii- 27
dshiktawats. Mami hai'htchik ma pokabi isik ho'li a'la-
dshika isiaiilidshi'ht limmiwats. Atasi omi/tchut omikta-
wats, yamiska isiaiilidshis ma-umi/tchut limmiktavvats ahi 30
malalut omiwats.

Yan ayiktchiit ma'lai/ki si'tagik inhitchkaktawats hopa-
nak nanumidshiguga onalihin ata'laktawats; intchiwatki, 33
pasohin ; satiiklaka, huyanidshon, aksi kitishtchi ; istutchi-
na/at, sawatsko'n ; issitagigat, aktchomodshohin. I-a naki
yamika pasiin sowatchkon istiikla/a inni;/takunlan i'lik fogi 3^
isilafistaili'litchut omiwats. Ni'htagi mami intchangin i'lik
fogit nagut indshiwatki hayak u'mmiga mun waili'htchut

■^^ [54] TRANS. ST. LOUES ACAD. SCIENCE.

u'mmiwats. Ya naki yamika inhitcha'kaktahunga a'liaka
huta'guska itamo'latchiwats mamik fogi lamu'lun it;a-ulit-
3 kadshik, hunakni avviladshitik ni'htagi tsa/kipaska ipagiska
kolapagiska 6'lahin alokundi'ht omiwats ; mamitiga ya ayik-
tchi inhitska'htchi islaiilidshika inhampadshiwatis ; mami-
6 hin hutagak tcha'htchiVnut ya-ulidshitigus.

Mamiga fo/un hantut na/nos6t limmik "nakoska ya'hmi-

tis" i'ngan ya-ulidso/ sonabahos itikadshik isiaiilidshik ;

9 "mamut li'mmitis^" itikadshik ogli sitagiti, '' pokabi sitakin

tchipi'hli'htchik lokfiin iskitistchadshotis ; laknut u'mmik-

ma nohadshokan gitistcha'htchut limmiti" itikadshiktawats.

12 "Maha-i'hmik ho'liia a'ladshotis ; mamin okli nanumigat
bi'hkun pu;^abi tchipi'hlitchiga/a ihu'li yus'=halbun illum-
pihalik lubulidshin ummiga-i mut na/nos;apiktcha/at um-

15 mila/as" itikadshiktawats.

La'pkut mamrhtchigi agelig limmikma, Kasi/ta'lo;/anut
impogabi loboh'dshiktawats, mamik hanta;f6/un tchigakna-

18 dshik omiti, hitchgatin ommiktawats. Mamiti mud okli
naknosa;^ayus okli lapkut akli;^tchiit limmiktawats. Tchi-
gasa'lut yobali lobolidshiktawats, mamihin Alibama'lo-

21 hin; mamiska Abi/ka'lut hitu'lpi ayosi/tchim o'ladshik-
tawats.

Mamik fogi fosi tchoba'htchut, holatlut, htidshi badski/-

34 tchut, hadshitiilami isinpatkut, ni'htak hipkun ilak, yatun
ilistchik imanoli'htchut ommiktawats. Ta'g=abun omig fosi
ila'htchi itunayakan inhadshalidshiktawats. Fosi i'lak I'sik

27 sa'liyahomid atchiban ishialagak yehondshiktawats. Na/u-
ska hitchlidshiska i'liwats ak'lik nanumidshitihin a'liyakta-
wats ; adshibahin tchi'si kitistchut alok'laniyahin, ma fosut

30 i'lkowats a/liktawHts. Ma tchi'si itimapusnidshik i'lki na-
numidshokat imillidshohos ak'lik isiaiilidshiktawats ; ma fosi
iftchiskutukbun 'laki ayamkun i'li'tchi/tchut ommiktawats.

33 Tchisut iftchi^kutiikbi aksun kalifkak inkiislihin nanomik
ilimasatjii sonaban omiiiin ilihodshiktawats. Ma fosi fosi
i'mmigun gadshi/tchut hudshifaktawats. Hadshitdlam' aka

36 mi'ki tchobut ommis ak'lut ommiwats, mamik ihadshi hu'hi-
ska a'ladshiwats ; mamik itihi'lki'kuska ak'lik ya-ulidshiga
mun isiaiilidshi/tchut ommiwats. Kitistcha/at ho'lohin hat

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. HITCHITI TEXT. [55] 23

kakat hi'lki'gut ommiwats. Inhu'loska aloki'mtihi/a i'liwats
mamin 6mik;f6e^i fos; ihi'ski hatkun i'lidshik idshu'n hatli-
dshik hadshitulami unga/tchut ungak alokiintin ummigayi, 3
ili/tchi'hlati'htchut ummiwats.

Ya i-obalun i'lahunka hondshig a'ladshik hini hatkut ta-
lakan o'ladshiktawats. Pahoska nak;lapkut hatkoktawats ; 6
mamiti yatut ya-uHdshi;hi'lut limmihin hidsa/tawats. Hini
tafamaskadshig imawilo^ihin nustchidshiktawats. Ma
haihimi'htchi i-6bali yalaska'dshig, hi'ni nanomiit ummis; 9
a/a ya't nanomut yaiilidshik ummis;a;/a ata'lak, miiska alitak
ya-ulitchii/antun hi'luska omikus a/liktawats. Mun alitak
a'ladshik ha'htchi Kolosi gadshikun u'ladshiktawats ; Kolosi 12
kadshiga tali ayoga/tchut ommig pafaktsi/tchut ommiti
mun hudshifak lingaktawats.

'Lanisyadshik hasi^'lana 'lataA'un a'ladshik oklun Kosi 15
i'hkikut i'lihin u'ladshiktawats. Yan i'lin lak'havtchi sitaki
6'laktawats. Kosa'lut linkakat "yat;imput ayak yatun
pumanoli vtchut ommi'htchamas" ingaktawats, "tali okbun 18
afoksak limha'hmis" ingahin.

Kasi,tta'lut lingakat : '' ilidshiki ak'ligalakas " kadshik-
tawats. Ya/niin ka-elik hayo/kun omig o'dshagi halbun 21
ta'lak abodulidshik ahoposkun Ci'nsalik yatipi adshakun-
titi sunaban ommig. Mami hai'htchik una'ladshik sa-ukun
imokelun imumpi'lpahin. Yat;ipi witi/ka'h;hi'lut alok'lini- 24
gak ahopuski tcho'h'lolik asowahin ; mamik=f6kun yati 'la-
mosik inlikantun ahi'lowats, lapk=apiktcha/at mamitiwats,
ak'lig, yak'ni ka-igi awiladshin ik;imil6dshun bi'hkun i'm- 27
pi'lban, un'linigak yak'ni;ka'-igun una'lalihin, o'dshak;halbi
ta'la'htchi i'lidshihungat unalobidshik tchu'yi ayokaha/-
tchun isbatasbig ilidshiktawats. If6n;a/a yamiska i'lidshi 30
imungawats ; apaluakat gitistchohin, apaluwut holatlud
li'mmiwats.

Yat;ipi ni'htagi kolapagik fogun ilak yati ilistchi/tchud 33
ummiktawats. Mamiti ilidshik fogi malalun i'lin ni'htagi
kolapaki 6'laktawats. Ma isa'le/kun ho'lusga a'ladshahik
imitunabaga impatihin ni'htagi ipaki 6'lan iskolapakikan 3"
a'ladshi/tchut ummiwats ; ifonun ishiaulidshik li'mmiga
nagi inhitskahi'lut u'mmiwats.

24 [56] TRANS. ST. I. GUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Ma'hmahunga lak'ha/tchi sitaki 6'lan Ko'sa'li hiindshik

a'latchika oki=tch6bi Nofapi kadshigun u'ladshiktawats ; ya-

3 migayi Kalosi ha'htchun kahudshi;iftchut limmis. Mun i'lin

lak'ha/tchi tiik'la 6'laktawats ; mainin ashpiishka aitidshiti

nakosiiska inka-ilik impak, 'la'liiska impak, iftchiskutiikbuska

6 u'mik, in'lagi pusa'fi inotuska tchunu'liiska abanaslik imfas-

ki'htchi omik, iskalafkoga o'lanun tukailik limmiktawats.

Yali i'lihunga hiin'htchik a'latchika Watuli^ungi ha'h-

9 tchun o'ladshiktawats, linga kadshiga mun watulut ohi'la/-

tchut u'mmiti lingaktawats. Mun ni'lagi 'lamin nustchi-

dshiktawats. Ma haihimi/tchi a'ladshiga oki;tch6bi una-

[2 'lali'htchun o'ladshik U-i=tumkun hodshifaktawats. I'lin

ni'htagi oki^tchobi Afusafiska kadshigun os'latchiktawats.

I'lin ni'htagi 'lanisyadshik, a'ladshigat 'lani;dsheihun

15 o'ladshigan, yatut i'lin u'latchik hini hatgi ummi'htchi ya-

uli'htchikat limmiwats akliktawats. Mamiti 'lagi hatgun

u'mik istchanapliktawats,yati hi'lut u'mmika ata'likun aklik.

18 Mamikma ma yati 'lagi hatgi istchanaplika kitistchadshik

alokyalalindshiktawats. Mamen migun hidshahudshikan,

"hi'latik ummis,'' ingaktawats, "'lagi alokyalakakat hatgut

21 ummahiinga, una'ladshik impiguska hupuski inhitslidsha-

tskaktahiinkma ; gitistchuti unati'lya 1 tchatchkis" katchikta-

wats. Mami hantamiska yati nanomut (5mmika hidshigun

24 aklik una'ladshi yamiktawats ; mamikan tchikasipahin tchiki

tankohin hidshaktawats ; mamikan a'latchiga hidshkak lim-

mekat oki=tch6bun kutanisyatchohin hidshaktawats ; mami-

27 kat os'lanisyadshikan hidshatiti oki=tch6bun kutanisya-

dshik ommik, alok'lanisyadshitikus a/liktawats.

Mi'ni 'lani;tchaihut Moterell i'hkigut tchokolik u'mmigat
30 tamamapk' unga'htchut unga'ht limmiwats ; mun ma yati
i'lik ummitiigas ak'holi/tchut limmiwats. Hu'liiska a'la-
tchika hantii'ntuska inhag'li/tchut limmiwats.
33 Ma (5ki=tch6bun apatalidshik a'ladshik oki una'lali/tchun

os'latchigan tali hoti'htchut i'lihin iftchi=kutukbut unsalka-
dshin hidshak, "hinihatki limmi'htchi ya-uli'htchigat ya-
36 ulidshik iV'hmisis" a;^liktawats.

Hantun a'ladshik ya-ulidshiga tiiklak bi'hkun ya-ukan
a'ladshi/tchut iimmiktawats. Ya bi/ki ya-uka/at 'lani;dshai-

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — HITCHITI TEXT. [57] 25

hun un'lanishiakan ok'lohin hidshaktawats. 'Lagi hatkun
istchanapligan 'k'lgi gitistchiin alokistchanapliktavvats. Ma-
min Kasi/ta'li witi^wogak itibik ok'liin imi'sohin, ummik 3
fogi tchikii'n situnabikala/as akliktawats. Talun oki;tch6bi
kcibi'lbak Mano/ sunaban u'mlg okli imisikan (yati i-6si
padshakpafut limmiktawats) lapkun ojsidshihin ; tuklosik 6
alajkiktawats. Asowak isa'ladshikan I'fi hatkut ayan
atabaksik ih'dshiktawats. Tiikla palakakan asowak sa'ki-
dshik muns^ak 'luk hini hatki talakakan isu'ladshikan okl(5- 9
hill itiit pafaisin hidshak, mii't yati hopoyiga,vtchamat dm-
miwats, akliktawats. Yan Palajtchukla'li i'lik ummihin
Tamodsha-edshi miin abitili vtchut hadshalik limmis. 12

Kasi vta'li pidshiktchi pihaligun imalosta'htchut imiingak
iVmmikma PalaYtchuhi'lut hi'lkiki isa'ta'^kun a'sun iwailik:
"piidshunusbi hat'hugut ummis, rnamin tchi^nak hatkalo- 15
/atis, mamik atasi pidshiktch=ukuli;ka talalik idshikni isa-
ta'lkalava hatlidshitis," kadshiktawats. Mami^^; hantamiska
atasiintun imalostud u'mmigma, Pala/tchukla'lut is'hiindshi- 18
dshitik imisik imayi i-ainun hopik ; fos';hatgi hisk';aja
imigak "pu'mmigi 'lamositis" kadshiktawats. Ma hai'hmik-
tahunga unabaka itiimpi ykak i'liktchut u'mmiwats. 21

Alaykut okistchobi apaluan i'lihin, alaykut apakian i'li/t
limmiwats : apalua'htchi i'ligan Kasi'hta'kin kadshik ; apa-
lua'htchi i'ligan Kawita'km kahodshiytchut limmigma, okli 24
'laniosivtchut limmiwats, mamik Ha'htchapalua'li Ha'htcha-
ta'li yamiga okli isihotosut ummiwats. Mami hantamiska
Kasi,vta'lu;kanut u'tski gitistch;aka hidshak iti kitistchak=aka 27
hi-itchakta\ tchut fi'mmik ok'li pitchiktchiiska ummikta'h-
tchuti tchfi'nusbi kitistch^aka hiindshitik limmiska, apaluak
hatgohin apaluakat kitistchut ummiwats. 3®

Mamis kayamiga hini hatga=vantut isinhi'la'htchut um-
miga ata'lav'hi'Iut ummiwats. Tamidsha'-idshi yati ata'l-
katiytchut limmigma, nagi imasa'htchut ummin ata'lowats ; 33.
6gil'lop adshaka'liak migi tchobi o'lhidshak apu'ngi i'nhak'-
lik, 6'lilak anahin inhaklik akasamiti.

26 [58] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

EXPLANATORY AND CRITICAL REMARKS

TCHIKILLrS KASI'HTA LEGEND.

TcHiKiLLi, the head of the Maskoki confederacy, styled here
and elsewhere " Emperor of the Upper and Lower Creeks," is
but little known. A letter written or signed by him in March
1734, announcing his safe arrival in Savannah (cf. i. p. 336), has
been preserved ; also numerous letters of English oflicers, in
which he figures prominently.* In the sentences following the
legend he states that he originates from the oldest touun^ and was
elected to the head-chieftaincy after "Emperor" Bream's death ; it
is therefore highly probable that Kasi'hta town was his home.
Although he represented all the other tribes of the Upper and
Lower Creeks just as well as his own, he chose to relate to the
colonists the legendary history of his town, in preference to the
legends referring to other Creek towns.

The name-list of the chiefs standing at the head of the legend
contains but Lower Creeks, Tchikilli, as the head-chief, being the
only representative of the Upper Towns. It is possible, however,
that the ''thirty other warriors " included Upper Creeks. The
names are written so carelessly that doubts arise about the real
pronunciation of some among them, as Eliche, Euchitaws, Eufan-
tees. "Euchitaws" is meant for the Hitchiti, not for the Yuchi
tribe, which in i735 had but a few representatives on and around
Chatahuchi river. The " Eufantees " are misspelt for Yufalis,
Yufala being an important community on the Lower Chatahuchi.
Many of the chiefs are mentioned by their war-titles, not by their
real names, e.g. the dog king of the Euchitaws ; but they came
to Savannah in a civil capacity, and the majority of the chiefs
and headmen, whose names are given, were the civil and not the
military heads of their respective towns.

* D. G. Biinton, the Chahta- Musk. Legend, p. j.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — COMMENTARY. [59] 27

The Kasi'hta chief is, in Chief Chicote's opinion, called O'sta,
or foiir^ because he was then considered as representing the
four leading towns of the confederacy: Kawita, Kasi/ta, Abi/ka,
Tukaba/tchi.

"The P1\kth opened in the Wkst, where its mouth is."
The issuing of the Kasi'hta people from the ground should not
be viewed as a birth-act of the Earth, the common mother of all
mankind. It is the ascent of man from a lower into the upper
world. Of these worlds, or successive places of human existence
there are four, five, or even more, in the different mythologic sys-
tems of the American Indians, the one mentioned here being the
last or present world, with all its sorrows and joys. Some old
Creeks are still acquainted with a superstition parallel to this :
When their people move west again, they will disappear in a place
called "the navel of the Earth." This is the name given by the
Chicasa to a certain mound in their old seats ; they believed that
this mound, which was probably of a peculiar shape, was the na-
vel and only visible part of a giant stretched out under the earth's
surface — the giant being, of course, the Earth itself personified.
Many primitive nations believe that the shifting of a giant's un-
derground position is the cause of earthquakes.

To compare this '' mouth of the Earth " with the numerous
places which the Greeks and Romans regarded as the entrances
to the inferi or nether regions (caves, lakes, ponds, etc.), or to
the orifice through which the sun reaches its nocturnal abode
every evening, would be wrong. The Nani Waya myth of the
Cha'hta gives us the correct explanation of the passage.

"The Earth became anguy and ate up their oiiiLDPtEN."
The sense of this passage is rather mysterious, and it seems
strange that the ofl'spring of those who had just emerged from
mother Earth into a superior world should at once be destroyed
by the Eaith itself. This calamity has to be placed in connection
with the low or infectious springs of water mentioned below.
What induces me to explain the term eatiiig up by the ravages
as the consequence of epidemics, of typhus or i7ialarial fevers^ is
the following : the Klamath Indians of Southwestern Oregon
believe that the Earth is incensed at them, and threatens them

28 [6o] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

with death, when they see fo^^s creeping along the ground, not
more than a man's height from the earth, which cause malarial
fevers. The females have made a song on this, which runs a&

follows :

Mbushant kaila t'hamu'la,
shitchdkta na'ts kaila,
shikuapkuka na'ts kaila.

Or in English

In the morning the Earth was clad in mist;
Incensed at us was the Earth,
For to kill us wanted the Earth.

The Kalapuya Indians personify malarial fogs arising from
lakes, prairies, etc., in the shape of Amhiiluk, a terrible, irresisti-
ble monster, whose home is in the depths of a mountain lake near
their homes, in Northwestern Oregon. — A ridge of mountains
northwest of San Buenaventura, near the coast of California, is
called Alu-iiku, or ''earth that will eat up people."

Whenever whole tribes or nations migrate to distant countries
with imperfect means of locomotion, epidemics or a high death-
rate are often observed to curtail their number, especially that of
the children. Even changes of climate are fruitful in producing
distemper during migrations.

It is curious to notice, that, like our legend, the Iliad also be-
gins with the narrative of a plague sent to the camp of the Achae-
ans by the offended Apollon (Iliad i. 43-53), which lasted nine
days and destroyed many of their warriors and beasts of draft ;^
cf. V, 53 : kvvYjfxap uku (vj(j. azpaxov <hyj.xo xrfKa dsolo. Apollon
is the personification of the sun-rays ; when in the height of sum-
mer they powerfully strike stagnant pools, or decaying matter,
hey develop epidemic fevers, and the darts (xZ/«) of the sun-god
become the missiles or messengers of death.

"The childrex f)F those who returned eastward were also
EATEN UP BY THE Eakth." To this passage the German original
adds a note intended for localizing this occurrence : ''According
to the French Indians, there is a large city where a blue-lipped
people live, of whom they (the Creeks) have often heard it said,
that, if anybody tries to kill them, he becomes insane." The
French Indians were the Cha'hta and the tribes on the Lower

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [6l] 39

Mississippi ; and many primitive nations, also Indians, believe
that the killing of certain kinds of game will bring insanity upon
those who kill them. Dr. Brinton has found a passage referring to
Blue-lips in "A State of the Province of Georgia," London, 1741,
(in P. Force's Coll.), p. i : ''The Blew-mouths and other Indians
live toward the South Sea." To this I add a passage from
"Views of Louisiana," by H. M. Bracken ridge (1814), p. 86 :
^'Blue Mud and Longhair'd Indians ; numbers unknown, sup-
posed to reside somewhere on the heads of the Columbia River" ;
and another from a volume of '* American State Papers" (Land
Affairs), in a document, "A State of the Province of Georgia,''
dated Savannah, Nov. 10, 1740: 'This province (of Georgia)
was once part of South Carolina, but the eastern and southern
parts of it inhabited by the Creek Indians, the northern by the
Cherokees and Chickasaws, the western by the Choctaws ; the
Blew-mouths and other Indian nations to the South Sea." If any
inference can be drawn from the term Blue-mouths^ we may re-
call the fact that the Comanches, Kayowes, Wichitas, Panis, and
3\\ Texan tribes painted their faces in all sorts of colors, and
often in the most repulsive manner. By the "South Sea" the Pa-
cific Ocean is meant, and all of the above tribes roamed on the
plains west of the Mississippi river.

An instructive parallel to this is the legend mentioned by B. S.
Barton, "New Views on the Origin of Tribes or Nations of
America," Philad., 1798, p. xliv. : "The Cheerake tell us that
when they first arrived in the country which they inhabit, they
found it possessed by certain moon-eyed people^ who could not
see in day-time : these wretches they expelled."

Benard de la Harpe, who at the head of troops explored, in
1 7 19, the countries along Red river, also speaks of a similar-
looking people ; see Margry, Decouv. vi. 292.

" They heard a noise as of thunder ; and on the moun-
tain WAS A SOUND AS OF SINGING." Noiscs in nature are by prim-
itive man invariably attributed to some genius or spirit. Winds
have been deified and personified in all ages and climates, as in
Zephyros, Boreas, Wuotan, Hurakan, Kabibonokka, etc. ; also
the thunder and the echo. Wherever our legend speaks of noises

30 [62] TRANS. SI . LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

being made by fire, etc., these noises are uncommon, unaccount-
able, though distinctly audible, and generally of short or limited
duration ; therefore they must be of supernatural origin, and a
spirit is thought to be their author ; he has to be '' interviewed'*
about the matter, and, if possible, propitiated. The ancients held
that Fauns, Satyrs and Pan produced noises in the woods, or in
the atmosphere, and that they had to be propitiated by sacrifice.
In this country several rivers and large springs of Northern Flo-
rida are believed to produce noises at night ; they are hence re-
garded with superstitious awe by a part of the population. The
howling storms at the entrance of Yaquina Bay, Oregon, were
thought by the Indians of that coast to be the plaintive voice of
the spirits which had fled from the corpses of Indians disposed
of in canoes or rafts and driven out to sea. Manitoba is origin-
ally the name of an island in a lake of the Manitoba country, near
which the noise of a manitn or spirit was frequently heard ; the
name being an abbreviation of manito;wapan, which is inter-
preted by divine sounds supernatural water-passage.

In the East, the Machemoodus or Moodus noises have attracted
the notice of the public and writers have discussed their origin.
Machemoodus is East Haddam, Connecticut, particularly the
northwestern part of the town, near "Mount Tom" ; abbreviated
into Moodus, it designates a branch of Salmon river, and a manu-
facturing village. Matche;madose means, * there is a bad noise" ;
with locative affix, M atche^madoset, " at the place of bad noises."*

The great-grandfather of the celebrated Sac chief Black Hawk,
Nanamaki or Thunder^ was born in the vicinity of Montreal,
where the Great Spirit is said to have placed the Sac Indians
first. About the year 1833 Black Hawk, when giving an account
of his eventful life, mentioned the following experience of Nana-
maki :

The Great Spirit announced to him, that, after the lapse of four years,
he would meet a white man, who would be a father to him. To prepare
for his appearance, Nanamaki blackened his face, and ate but once a day,
at sunset, during three years, a practice which caused him to dream con-
tinually at night. With his two brothers he then went east for five days ;

* J. H. Trumbull, "Indian Names in Connecticut," p. i8 (iSSi), who quotes concerning-
the " M. noises," Trumbull's Hist, of Conn. ii. 91^ 92, and Barber's Hist. Collect. 525-527.

GATSCHET — KAS, LEG. — COMMENTARY. [63] 31

then he stopped and sent them out to listen for a noise, with the injunc-
tion, that, whenever they heard a noise, thej should fasten some grass to
the end of a pole, set it up erect pointing in the direction of the sound,
and then return to him. Early next morning they reported having heard
unusual noises, and set up the pole in consequence. Nandmaki found the
white man he was in search of; he had just arrived from France and
pitched his tent. He said he was the son of the King of France ; the Great
Spirit had sent him to this "nation of people" to be their father; he gave
him a medal and directions for the government of his people; guns, pow-
der, lead, spears and lances ; his followers he presented with cooking uten-
sils and other presents; and then returned to France, to come back again
next spring.*

Le Page du Pratz, "Hist, de la Louisiane," mentions a hollow
and distinctly audible noise heard for eight days in March 1732
from the Gulf of Mexico up to Illinois, which proved to be the
prelude of u terrific hurricane. f

The Tonkaweya Indians of Texas, whom I visited in 1884,
have the fullowing superstitious belief:

When an unusual noise is heard at some spot, as from throwing stones
over a steep declivity, or from crying, dancing, these Indians avoid visits
to that place, especially at night, as they suppose them haunted by the
spirits of the living or the dead. The noise most commonly made by the
spirits of the dead is whistling and throwing stones, especially during
strong gusts of wind. When the fire-wood begins to sizzle and emit steam
from being moist, they suppose a ghost manifests itself and tries to escape;
so they cover the wood with ashes, to confine it within and to stop the
whistling.

Qii'appelle river, a tributary of Assiniboine river — in Cree,
Katapaywie Sipi— is called thus because of unaccountable noises
which resemble the voice of a person calling another. Cf. Hind,
"Narrative," i. 370; J.J. Egli, "Nomina Geogr." i. 466.

"At first they perceived," etc. This passage is not rendered
verbatim in Stidham's Creek translation. The Creek turns the
sentence as follows :

And they saw a red smoke as if issuing from a mountain; and they
heard on the top of that mountain [something] like singing.

* •* Life of Makataimeshekiakiak, or Black Hawk," Boston, 1834, PP- i3-'6.
t English edition, p. 33. Cf. H. Hale, "Ethnography of Wilkes' Expedition" (1846),
P- 55-

32 [64] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

"From the East a white fire came to them," etc. This pas-
sage on the fires of four colors is understood to be of importance
for the study of color symbolism, because the points of the com-
pass assigned to each of the variously colored fires are supposed
to be connected with the color-shades of the fires. But is there
any connection or not? The fires are mentioned here evidently
as belonging to ceremonial rites, and the fact that they were sing-
ing and could be mingled with other fires shows that their color
was the result of the fuel thrown into them. Certain plants or
trees containing more moisture than others will sing or sizzle in
a manner different from others, and will produce a denser, dus-
kier smoke than those whose normal condition approaches that
of exsiccation. The fire which the Kasi'hta saw first on the moun-
tain was red, and its smoke was red also ; this they mingled with
their present ceremonial fire, which is red and yellow. This is
the natural color of fire made with dry wood. A black fire is a
thing never heard of; "black" can point only to a dense black
smoke developed from the herbs thrown into the fire. When the
conjurer first lit the nezv sacred Ji re in the annual busk, he threw
ears of corn and medicinal herbs into it (cf. i. p. 179, 181), this
being referred to by our passage, '' and this is the fire they use
to-day." The red smoke and the red fire, as first seen by the
Kasi/ta, are referred to again at the end of the legend. The fire
they had seen upon the mountain and saved was a red fire, for
its smoke was red, and, when they had met the three other na-
tions, they gave it a yellow admixture: "a fire came from the
North, which was red and yellow."

The ancient Creeks had a fanciful way of selecting their me-
dicinal plants according to the direction in which their stems or
roots were running ; thus they, for certain purposes, selected roots
running from North to South, or others that ran from West to
East. Some plants could only be gathered in four nights of the
year, which were fixed by certain rules prescribed by the conju-
rers ; others had to be collected in certain four nights of four dif-
ferent lunations, or in four lunations each belonging to different
years. Rules like these existed in infinite numbers, and were in-
creased or modified at will by the inventiveness of the conjurers.
The Kasi/ta legend brings the colored fires in immediate connec-
tion with the four herbs which were of a medicinal or sacrificial

GA.TSCIIET — KAS. I.EG. CO.MMEVTARY. [65] 33

character: '■'■here they also found four herbs or roots^ xvhich
SANG and disclosed their virtues." This circumstance fully en-
titles us to explain the above colors of the fires by conjurers' rules
similar to the ones mentioned above, in which the "sacred" num-
ber four plays a prominent part.

But, before arriving at a decision, let us quote some of the
more prominent Indian myths and mythic ideas which distinctly
associate colors with the points of the horizon.

The relation of the points of the horizon to certain colors is
clearly defined in the Navajo creation-myth as published by Dr.
W. Matthews.* The following extracts embody the most import-
ant features of this instructive myth :

In the second world, to which the primitive people had ascended from
the first, there was light'.: in the east there was a great darkness; it was
not a cloud, but it was like a cloud. In the south there was a blue li^ht, in
the west a yellow light, and in the north a white light. At times the dark-
ness would rise in the east until it overspread the whole sky and made the
night. Then the darkness would sink down, the blue light would rise
gradually in the south, the yellow light in the west, and the white light

in the north, until they met in the zenith and made the day Now

there dwelt beyond the earth, in its four corners, four other persons : one
was he of the darkness, in the east; another was he of the blueness, in
the south ; another was he of the yellowness, of the west ; and the last was
he of the whiteness, of the north. And the five that dwelt in the center of
the world (First Man, First Woman, bun, Mojn, and Coyote) called these
four into council, and they decided that the second world was too

small for all to live upon in peace, and that they should ascend to the
third world This they found to be a land bounded by four moun-
tains; there was one mountain on the east like San Mateo, one on the
south like etc. ; and they found a great water at each of these four points.
Then the Coyotef stole two of the children of the ocean monster
Ti-eholts6di ; but the monster took revenge by causing the waters that
were in the east, the south, the west, and the north, to rise and flow over
the land Then the people ascended into the fourth world by inclos-
ing themselves into the joints of a reed which grew miraculously fast.
There they had still the darkness of the east, and the three great lights,
as in the second world. On the north shore of a river, which intersected

* Rev. St. D. Feet's "American Antiquarian," Chicago, vol. v. .207-224, (July, 1SS3) : "A
part of the Navajo's Mythology." The Navajo Indians are of Tinnii lineage, and occupy a
reservation extending through parts of Northern New Mexico and Arizona.

t Coyote, or the prairie-wolf, Cam's latrans,i% an Aztec term, '-the burrower," which
is used throughout the west of the United States.

v. — I— 5

34 [66] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

the whole land from east to west, the people settled, while on the south-
ern shore the animals (then in human shape) took their abode.

The ocean monster, in revenge for the abstraction of his cubs, caused
the waters to rise again in the fourth world, compelling the inhabitants
to a speedy removal. The badger delved a hole up to the fifth world, and
the locust, climbing up through it, saw there four swans: a black swan
in the east, a blue swan in the south, a yellow swan in the west, a white

swan in the north The lake which they found there was speedily

drained by the genius in the dark east, but its bottom remained soft and
muddv. So they prayed to the four winds, the daik wind of the east, the
blue wind of the south, the yellow wind of the west, and the white wind
of the north. And a great gale arose and blew for four days, and on the
fifth day the ground was so dry that they could walk out.

It is from the west that the snow comes in the winter, the warm

thawing breezes in the spring, and the soft rains in the summer to nour-
ish the maize and the grass. Therefore, when the Navajos are in need
they pray to Estsanaltehi, the goddess of the Sunset Land. First Man
and First Woman were banished to the east, and swore undying hatred to
the Ndvajo people; cherefore all evils come from the east, small-pox and
other diseases, war, and the white intruder.

The distinction between an upper and a lower world is still
traceable in Iroquois myths,* and also forms the foundation of
the Greek speculations embodied in such terms as the empyreu.
?na, the cycles and epicycles o/ the pla?iets crossing the crystalline
skies, the seven heavens of the Orientals, and the Hebrew raki-
ah^ translated in the Vulgata by firinamenUmi (Genesis i. 3), or
" solid matter, solid ground."

The Northern Lights were (to the Iroquois) the indication of coming
events. Were they white, frosty weather would ensue; if yellow, disease
and pestilence; while red predicted war and bloodshed; and a mottled
sky in the spring-time was ever the harbinger of a good corn season. f

To understand this passage fully, it must be remembered that
the color-beams and rays of polar lights are to the Indians the
spirits of the deceased (as are also the shooting stars, fire-balls,
meteors and meteoric showers), and that the rapid changes which
these multicolored lights are undergoing are called by them the
dance of the dead. Now, to the spirits of the dead prophetic
powers are ascribed among all nations, especially when they ap-
pear in dreams.

* Elias Johnson, " Legends, etc., of the Iroquois," p. 40, 41.
f ''Myths of the Iroquois," in Amer. Antiq. iv. 35.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [67] 35

The ZiiTii Indians of New Mexico, who live but a short dis-
tance from the Navajo people, assign colors to each of the four
points of the compass, and also to the upper land or region in
the zenith, and to the lower region or nadir. According to Fr.
H. Cushing's statements, their nomenclature is as follows :

North: pish Ian kwin ta'h na, "the direction of the wind-driven places
(the plains)" ; same term used in their archaic or sacred dialect. There
dwell the master-gods of all gods. The color is jellcw.

West: siin ha kwin ta'h na; archaic, t'shiali shi in kwin, "the house
of waters" — -harbors the younger brothers of the north gods. Color blue,
the color of the ocean.

South: ma k'aya kwin ta'h na, "the direction of the salt-water re-
gion"; archaic, ala ho in kwin, '"the home of red shells" — the younger
brothers of the west gods. Color red, the red shells meaning flowers.

East: te wan kwin ta'h na, "the direction of the rising day"; archaic,
te lu in kwin, "the home of the beautiful day." Color white.

Upper regions : I'ya ma kwin ta'h na, "direction of aboveland" ; ar-
chaic, I'ya ma in kwin, "home of the above." Many-colored.

Lower regions: ma'ni k'ia kwin ta'h na, "the direction of place be-
low"; archaic, ma ne la in kwin, "the home of the below." Color black.
The genii of the lower regions are considered the younger brothers of the
genii of all the five regions abovementioned.

The clouds of four colors, which appear to the youths of the Ogldla
tribe, of the Dakotan family, in their initiation-dreams and visions, are
white, red, blue, and yellow; they correspond to the four points of the
horizon and to the winds blowing therefrom. They are described by Miss
Alice C. Fletcher in the Reports of the Peabody Museum;* in the same
collection she has given a sketch of "The religious ceremony of the four
winds or quarters as observed by the Santte Sioux" (iii. pp. 2S9-295).
This belief is general through all the Dakotan tribes (J. Lafleche).

Fr. Gemelli Careri states that the Aztec symbol of the south
was a rabbit painted upon blue ground ; that of the east, a reed
upon red ground ; that of the north, a lance with a head of stone
(tecpatl) on yellow ground ; that of the west, a cabin on green
ground.! The four hundred men (the stars) whom Tezcatlipoca

created continued to live in the third heaven and were of five

colors : yellow, black, blue, white, and red (which means that
they were distributed around the zenith and to each of the four

* Report of Peabody Museum of Archaeology, vol. iii. p. aSj, in the Notes (Cambridge,
Mass., 1SS4) ■

t H. de Charencey, "Des couleurs considerees comma symboles des points de I'hori-
aon," in Actes de la Soeiete Philologique, vi. No. j (Oct., 1876), pp. i6j, i( ^.

36 [68] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

cardinal points).! Qiietzalcoatl's temple was divided into four
apartments : one towards the east, yellow with gold ; one toward
the west, blue with turquoise and jade ; one toward the south,
white with pearls and shells ; and one toward the north, red with
bloodstones. J The four rain-gods or Bacabs of the Maya religion
are called by Cogolludo " the gods of the winds." The south
(hobnil, or " belly") was yellow, the promising color of ripe
ears ; the east was red, the north white, the west black. § Among
the Tarascos^ the four attendant goddesses of the female deity
Cueravaperi were personifications of the rains from the four car-
dinal points. At the sacred dances of the people these attendants
were represented by four priests clad respectively in white, }el.
low. red, and black, to represent the four colors of the clouds. ||

From a communication of Prof. Max Miiller, Oxford, we gatlier
that the ancient Irish had likewise assigned colors to the four
cardinal points or to the winds ; the east wind is represented as
purple, the south as white, the north as black, the west as dun.
(Whitley Stokes, "Anecdota Oxoniensia.") This is very like the
distribution of colors among the four cardinal points which are
found in the Veda. In the Khandogya-Upanishad the east is
red (rohita), which is natural ; the south is white (sukla) ; the
west, dark (krishna, or dark blue) ; the north, very dark (paran
krishna).*

We scarcely need to recall here to our readers the fact that
specific colors are ascribed to each of the three great gods of the
Hindu Trimurti, Brahma, Vishnu, and Siva ; and also to the
principal deities of the Egyptians.

In his publication, Des couleurs considerees etc., Count H.
de Charencey has conscientiously gathered in tabular form all the
various American color symbols known to him which refer to the
four cardinal points ; those of the Maya, Guatemaltecs, Creeks,
and some Tinne tribes, with two systems of the Aztecs (p. 178).
They differ among each other almost in every particular, and also
from those just quoted from Dr. Brinton.

t Brinton -'Amer. Hero-Myths," pp. 77, 78.
X Brinton, "Hero-Mytlis," p. 96, from Sahigun, ix. cli. 2g.

§ Brinton, " Hero- Myths," pp. 152, 153; cf. de Landa, " Relacion," pp. 20S. 211.
[| Brinton, '-Hero-Myths," p. 3:9.

* Th= letter is published in the London "Academy," Nov. 3, 1S83, and reprinted in "Am .
Antiquarian," vi. (i!!S4), p. 115. Cf. Dr. Brinton. " Folk-I-ore Journal," i. p. 2,6.

GATSCIIET KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [69] 37

In many of the myths que ted above there is a relation distinct-
ly traceable between the colors and the clouds ajjpearing in the
parts of the horizon referred to. Now clouds are indicators of
the winds and weather, and upon the changes of the weather all
human and animal life depends. We may therefore understand
how colors could become not only cloud and weather symbols,
but also symbols of the deities representing the agencies control-
ing the state of the weather, and that they could finally stand for
these deities themselves. These relations of the colors to the
weather necessarily differ according to the climate of each coun-
try ; hence the lack of agreement between the above-mentioned
colors of the various nations.

We have here another evidence of the fact that specific reli-
gious ideas (not the religions themselves) are produced by

climate.

COLOR SYMBOLISM.

A few remarks on a topic closely related to the one just treated
of may find its place here on account of its wide adoption among
Indian tribes ; we mean the symbolic use of colors.

Among rude and civilized nations alike, certain colors which
possess relations easily thought of to objects of common use, or
known to all, were at all times used as signs or symbols for these.
Symbols like these figure in garments and beads, on devices and
banners, on architectural ornaments, in idols, in memorial beads
and quipos, in heraldry and signals, and often designate things
of an abstract nature. The bright colors form a contrast to the
dull color-shade of the objects which commonly surround us and
they strike the eye in a pleasant manner ; color symbolism hence
became a popular custom throughout the world. Indians who
use gesture language have also gesture signs for colors. Color
symbolism may find here a few illustrations taken from Ameri-
can nations only.

The string-records of the ancient Peruvians consisted of cords
having one, two or several colors, and were called quipo or knots.
Yellow meant gold ; white, silver and peace ; red, war and war-
riors, troops ; green, the different cereals. Qtiipos were found
among the Central Americans, Orinoco and Chili Indians ; a tribe
of the latter, the Araucos, had brought their laws, adiiiopu^ into
this shape of memorial help. Among the Tlascaltecs they were

38 [70] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

called nepohualtzitzin . Instead of using strings, the Ecuador-
rians around Qiiito resorted to pebbles of different colors, which
they arrayed upon boards; nowadays, the Arizona Indians of the
Tinne and of the Yuma race use sand or wood of disparate shades
of color to construct their magic circles, each of these shades hav-
ing a symbolic meaning. In the wampum belts of the Iroquois^
Huron and Algonkin tribes the white beads indicated benevo-
lence, peaceful relations, or the conclusion of a treaty ; red meant
war; black, death, danger, or warning; while by the brown and
dark purple beads, the most precious of all, things of vital im-
portance were indicated.*

The Aztec pictographs, as represented in Lord Kingsbor-
ough's plates, are adorned with significative colors, and cannot
be fully understood without a study of the color symbolism em-
bodied in them.

A curious instance of color selection, if not of color symbolism,
was noticed in 1882 by Dr. W. C. Hoffman among the Arikari
Indians at Fort Berthold, Dakota Territory. These natives plant
maize, the ears of which show different colors, as amber, dark
red (called black by them), dark yellow, light red, while some
ears look spotted because the grains are of different colors. Maize
of each of these colors is planted by specific fajuilies^ and, if in
their fields ears are found that are not of their own color, they
deliver them to one of the families owning that peculiar color.
More on the significance of certain colors, see in Fourth Report
of Bureau of Ethnology, pp. 53-57.

Among American tribes, the color-shades most frequently ap-
pearing in a symbolic signification are blue^ -white^ red. We
give the following instructive examples, chieflly from Maskoki
folklore :

Blue. — The bones of the istipapa or " man-eater" were, in the opin-
ion o'' the Creeks, red on one side and blue on the other; and these were
also the colors of their body-paint on many occasions.} Blue was the
color of the deep hole in which the snake yielding the tchilo yabi was liv-
ing; the large-sized bird preying upon the Creek people in the legend
was of blue color. The Cheroki had a gens called the blue gens, anisa-
hdkni. To the Omaha, Ponka and Sioux Indians blue is the symbolic
color for the winds, the moon, the water, the west (cf. Zuni, p. 41 j, the

* Cf. the passage of Milfort on " Creek Memorial Beads," in Migr. Legend, vol. 1. 187^
t Urlsperger, Nachricht, i. 860.

GATSCIIET KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [71] 39

thunder, and sometimes the lightning).* Compare also the name of the
Blue-Mouths and what is said of these legendary people p. 35.

White is among American Indians,! just as it is with us, obviously,
symbolic for peace, good-will, friendship, innocence, and purity. Among
the Dakota it points to consecration when seen upon the plumage of birds.
Among the Maskoki the white feathers of the eagle meant peace and
friendship : at the installation of Milfort as the nation's Great Warrior,
one of the mikalgi presented him with a white tobacco-pouch made of a
swan's skin, its white color indicating peace and friendship of the Creeks
with the French nation. J The white path and the red path are often re-
ferred to in the legend ; the white arrows are placed in opposition to the
arrows painted red; spittle is white, and therefore a sign of peace also.
White sand was sprinkled over the area of the square on the first festive
day of the busk. White ashes were rubbed over the body as part of a re-
ligious ceremony, and the uses to which other white objects were applied
are to be found vol.i. 181. For certain ceremonial dances of the Southern
Indians, the body-paint in use was white; it was called kiipshesh by the
Shetimasha. The official title of the Tatars and Tunguses for the czar
of Russia and other rulers, is the -white czar, viz., ''the good, peaceful
ruler."

Red meant contest and -war, and is clearly symbolized in the red ox
kipdya towns of the Maskoki proper. Red was suggested, as the Cha'hta
governor, Allen Wright, explains it, by the red flush of the a?igry warri-
or's face, which is conspicuous even when the Indian's skin is of a very
dark complexion. Red as a war-emblem is frequently met with in our
legend and in traditions of Southern tribes. The pillars sustaining the
cabin-roofs of the red towns were painted alternately red and white; the
bones of the "man-eater" were red on one side and blue on the other; the
scalp-pole (itu tchati, red pole), v/hxch could be raised by two tribes only,
was painted red. and gave origin to the terms "Red-stickers," *' Red-stick
war''; cf. i. 77. The tribal name of the Huma contains this epithet; the
gate and the interior of the Taensa temple of worship were painted red,
when seen in 1682; cf. Margry, Decouvertes, i. 567. The body-paint in
use for certain dances was a red one. The pillar dividing the territory of
the Huma from that of the Bayogoula was painted in the same color (i.
114). To the Sioux and Southern Dakotan tribes red symbolizes not war
only, but also the sun, the forms of animal and vegetable life, and the
procreative power. To the same tribes yelloiv represents the sunlight as
distinguished from the fructifying energy of the sun.|| By some tribes of
Central and South America the face of the sun-god is painted white; by
others, red, ruddy, or yellow.

* Alice C. Fletcher, in Rep. Peabody Museum, iii. p. 285.

t Bradford, Amer. Antiq., 189 (quoted by G. Brilhl, Alt- Amerika, p. 215).

X Milfort, Memoire, p. 211.

II Rep. Peabody Museum, iii. p. 285, note. On ffree?i, cf. p. 81, note 8.

40 [72] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Red is also the color which strikes the eje v/ith the greatest intensity,
because its light waves possess more width than those of all the other
colors. This is the cause why red is used in preference to other colors for
signals on lighthouses, military signals, and flags. The red flag is the
symbol of the Red Republic, or terrorism, not only because red means
blood, but because red tickles our eye more than other colors, producing
less undulations in a second than all the rest of the colors. Several lan-
guages, as Spanish, use the word '■'■ what has color" for the adjective red.
The term red often receives preference over other colors approaching the
red; for instance, a German will not speak of a "yaller dog," but only of
red dogs; and the Germans of the middle ages said rotes gold for yellow
gold.f The Indian languages seldom have different terms for each shade
of red as we have, but call them all by the same term red. It would be
a very interesting task to trace the uses, superstitions and symbolisms
connected with this color throughout the various nations of the globe.
Primitive and half-cultured nations are addicted to its use in their dress
and ornaments, for it strikes their eye and their fancy withal. The Seneca
chief Red Jacket received that name from a scarlet garment given to him
by a British officer, which he was proud to wear in preference to any other
article of dress. One of the skeletons di^covered in the prehistoric cave of
Mentone had its bones deeply impregnated with a red color or paint which
must have been applied, after removing the flesh, shortly after death.

FiRE-wORSHir and the mystic connection existing- between the
sun and the fire-i^-ame, a subject in many points comparable with
the one just treated, formed an important part of the Cha'hta
religion. Of this we possess a circumstantial and trustworthy
account in the Boston ''Missionary Herald" of 1.S2S, pp. 17S-1S3,
of which the main features may be given as follows :

Fire acts the part of an informant to the sun ; it will tell the sun if any-
thing wrong is done in its presence, for a constant intercourse is going on
between the two. Svmbolically fire is called in Cha'hta sha'hli miko (for
mi'ngo.'"), and ha'shi ititchdpa, "the sun's mate"; sha'hli points to fre-
quence, plenitude, addictedness to. Solar cult is preeminent among the
Cha'hta Indians; anciently "they found the bright path to victory
through the sun. and reached home safely after warring." These words
formed a conventional way of addre>-ing the people used by war-leaders.
Their belief was that the sun, or "the man above," holds the keys of life
and death, and that all the benefits of which mankind participates come
from him. Still the people showed no gratitude to the sun for benefits
received, when in prosperous circumstances. The four names now given
to the God of the Christians are all the echoes of heliolatric or other pa-

t The numerous American water -courses called Red river are anything else rather
than red.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. COMMEXTARY, [73 J 41

gan conceptions: (i) nana-pi'sa, "director, judge"; (2) istahiillo tchi'to
(also used of witches) and nanishtahiillo tchi'to; (3) hdsh ta'hli, from
ha'shi, sun; ta'hli, to comflete an act : (4^) yiiba pai'k, "our fatlier above."
A ghost they cal! shilup ; and the proper meaning of shilambish, now
soul, is shado-v.

From all this it appears that the Great Spirit was supposed to
reside in the sun, and that he was the Sun-god himself. Although
the Great Spirit, or the Isakita immissi of the Creeks, was there-
fore practically identical with the Sun-god and the sun itself, a
formal distinction between it and the sun was always made.*
Thus when the head chief of the Creek confederacy wanted to
conciliate the Alibamu towns in 1S13 in favor of the United
States Government, he dispatched a runner to them with the fol-
lowing message :

You saj that the Great Spirit visits jou frequently; that he comes in
the sun, and speaks to you ; that the sun comes down just above your
heads. Now we want to see and hear what you have seen and heard. Let
us have the same proof, then we will believe. You have nothing to fear.f

A singular instance how fire cotild become sacred among In-
dians is given in "Life of Black Hawk" (1834), PP* ^7* ^^' ^^^
great-grandfather of that famous Sak chief proclaimed during a
violent thunder-storm, that this storm had been caused by him,
and that it exemplified the name given to him by the Great Spirit,
this name being 77iz^wrt?^7-. Nanamaki. A stroke of lightning then
set fire to a tree close by ; Nanamaki brought some of its burniiig
branches to the lodge, made a fire and seated his brothers around
it ; thereupon, being the holder of the medicine-bag in the tribe,
he repeated the statement in an address to his people, that the
Great Spirit had made that fire through him.

"On thk AioiXTAix WAS A roLP:," etc. The restless pole is
one of the various camp-signals in use among primitive nations.
It is mentioned in the migration stories of the Chicasa, Cha'hta
and Creeks, and the manner in which it worked, or was worked,

* Compare what A. H. Saycc, '• Anc. Empires of the East," p. 267, says about Persian
fire-worship : •' At one time, no douht, fire itself was worshipped like the primitive Aryan
hearth on which it had originally blazed, and Atar, the fire-g-od, held high rank among the
Zoroastria is; but eventually il became the medium through which the worshipper ap-
proached his deity."

t Pickett, -'History of Alabama," ii. i>p. 250-251.

^'^ [74] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

is described above under ''Migration Legends." The passage in
our legend merely hints at it.

In perusing this passage all our readers must have instinctively
thought of the Hebrew^ camp-signal, described in Exodus and
Numeri as "the pillars of cloud and of fire," vv^hich answered the
same purpose as the restless pole among the Maskoki nations. A
fevv^ quotations from the Bible will put this in evidence :

Exodus xiii. 22 : "The Lord went before them by day in a pillar of
cloud, to lead them the way, and by night in a pillar of fire, to give them

light; he took not away the pillar by day nor by night," etc. Exod.

xl. 37 : "When the cloud was not taken up from over the tabernacle, then
they journeyed not till the day that it was taken up."

The other passages referring to the pillar are Exod. xiv. 19. 20;
xxxiii. 9; xl. 34-36. 38. Num. ix. 15-23; x. 34; xiv. lo; xvi.
42. 43. The leading idea is the supernatural guidance of the mi-
grating people through the perils of the countries traversed.

Father P. J. de Smet, "Missions of Oregon," p. 114 (Gand,
1844), relates an interesting custom in vogue among the Cree
Indians of Canada, involving a superstitious belief not unlike that
of the Maskoki :

The Crees in their expeditions against the Black-feet will band the eyes
of a girl, put her at the head of their armed force, and follow her south or
north, in fact anywhere and to whatsoever point of the compass they see
her going; for the manitou of war is supposed to guide her, and this in-
spires them with full confidence.

An oracular fetish giving to the Huronsor Wendat the direction
in which they had to migrate is described in a curious and very
ancient legend of that people, published by Mr, H. Hale in the
"Magazine of Amer. History," N. Y., 18S3, p. 479. They then
lived near Qiiebec, where their forefathers first "came out of the
ground." Their 'king" Sastaretsi led them on their westward
journey as far as Lake Huron and died there.

He had left orders that the people should make an image of him, to be
set on his grave. They did as ordered, carved an oaken image exactly
resembling the defunct chief, clothed it in his dress of deerskin, adorned
the head with plumes, painted the face like the face of a chief, and planted
the image upon his grave. When the rays of the rising sun'first struck the
carved block, the assembled people saw it turn with such force from the east
to the south, that the timbers between which it was fastened groaned and

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [75] 43

trembled as it moved. A southern direction had been prescribed bj him
orally and on a birch-bark map made by himself for their future migrations,
and the miracle on the wooden simulacra, witnessed by all, determined the
Hurons to set out in their canoes in the appointed direction toward Lake
Erie, where they settled and stayed for more than a century.

"They took a motherless child and strlck it against the
POLE," etc. This conveys the idea of a human sacrifice to propi-
tiate the unknown power which moved the pole. Motherless
children are left among Indians to the uncertain care of relatives,
and, when the mother of a new-born babe died, several tribes (as
e.g. the Kalapiiya of Oregon) were in the habit of burying the
forsaken child alive with the corpse of the mother — an instance
of aboriginal feeling of humanity! A motherless child is also
exposed as a bait to theisti-papa whom the tribe intended to cap-
ture and kill. The Creeks in the Indian Territory still remem-
ber this incident of their migration ; they state that the child was
an orphan of the female sex, and that it was fastened to a rope in
such a way that it could be suddenly jerked oft' from the attack
of the isti-papa. Thus the monster was compelled to take another
bound at it, the pit-fall lying just underneath the human bait; so
the Indians were sure to see the beast fall into the trap dug for its
destruction. — The original German text conveys the idea, that the
■pole killed the child by its swaying motion ; Brinton's translation
and our Indian texts have "thus (they) killed the child."

PAsSA, or button-snake root^ is Eryngium yuccasfolium, a plant
with a white flower, long jagged leaf, serving as an emetic to the
Creeks. The infusion was drunk by warriors starting for war,
by youths when undergoing initiation and after having received
inspirations from the Great Spirit through prophetic dreams. It
was probably the greatest of their " medicines" after the black
drink, and is mentioned among the plants tendered by the mythic
hayayalgi to the early Kasi'hta, Kawita, and Chicasa, as a gift for
some particular gentes (Hawkins, pp. 76. 79. 82). It was pre-
pared on the first day of the Kasi'hta busk during the turkey-
dance, and drunk in the afternoon; cf. i. 173. 177. 179. 186. A
weed popularly called "snake-root" or "fern snake-root" was the
sinika of the Cheroki. (Adair, Hist., p. 235.)

The disclosure of the medicinal properties of this and the three

44 [76] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

other plants was made by the oracle of the plants' "singing."
This forcibly reminds us of the following passage in Philostratus,
Apollonius of Tyana : "Was not Esculapius the son of Apollo?
and was it not through his oracles that he discovered the several
remedies for diseases, and herbs for wounds?" Cf. Jour. Roy.
Asiat. Soc'y, xvii. p. 9S.

MiKO huyani'dsha (or huyani'tcha), popularly interpreted by
"king physic," is a tree or shrub, the roots of which were made
to act as an emetic. Dr. Baldwin, who visited the Creek Agency
in 1 81 2 or 1S13, declared it to be the dwarf willow. Pickering,
Hist, of Plants, p. 777, makes it Salix tristis; "the root bruised
in a watery infusion as a tonic, becoming an emetic when used
freely." Hence Mr. W. R. Gerard concludes that it was either
Salix tristis Ait., or more pi'obably Salix humilis Marshall, both
having been used as medicines. A legend states that it was given
by the hayayalgi (q.v.) to the Kasi'hta, Kawita, etc., and was in-
tended to belong- to some particular gens. It belongs to the four-
teen plants serving as ingredients for the war-physic prepared on
the last day of the Kasijta busk, and was drunk in an infusion or
mixture during four days in the council-house by warriors before
starting on the war-path (Hawkins, pp. 77-82). The legend men-
tions it as "Micoweanochaw, red-root," as the second medicinal
herb discovered by the migrating tribe.

SowATCHKO is described by Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson as "an
herb about three feet high, with blue flowers about an inch in
length, having a root with a bitter taste." W. R. Gerard thinks
it is the blueJJag^ Iris versicolor L., the root of which was used
by the Southern Indians for dropsy in combination with the
buttonsnake-root or pa'ssa. The root, which is very bitter, was
eaten by the young warriors for four days before starting on the
war-path, and had an intoxicating and maddening effect. Boys
also ate the root and drank the infusion during the year of ini-
tiation ; cf. vol. I, p. 185; Hawkins, pp. 78, 79. The modern
Creeks, who used this potion in their busk up to recent times,
state that its preparation lasted eight days, and that only a few
persons were allowed to drink of it. — In the legend the plant is
mentioned as " sowatchko, which grows like wild fennel," and
was one of the four plants which disclosed their virtues by sing-

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [77] 45

ing. The words " vvhicli grows like wild fennel" were not ren-
dered in our Creek and Ilitchiti texts.

Assi LuPuTSKi, or 'small leaves," abbr. dssi\ is the name for
the Ilex cassine (of. Black Drink), but here it is meant for a plant
also called the o/d man's tobacco^ isti atsiili pakpagi ; its leaves
were prepared as a ceremonial physic on the first day of the Kasi'-
hta and other busks, and distributed in the square on the last day ;
c.f. vol.i. 179. iSo. The impressive ceremonies enacted on the last
day show the high esteem in which the plant was held among the
Indians, and we must regard them as equivalent to a tobacco sacri-
Jice^ so prevalent among all Intlians, although here the seed and
there the smoke of the weed is the object of the sacrifice. To the
Creeks, however, the smoking of the pipe also was a religious cus-
tom ; for the first thing they did was to puff smoke from the great
pipe or calumet towards the sun. One instance of tobacco sacrifice,
taken from the Naktche customs, may give a general idea of this
rite among all other Indians. Among that people the Great Sun,
who was ihe chief and also the first among the priests (as we can
express it), appeared every morning at the door of his cabin, and,
turning toward the east, " howled three times," bowing down
to the earth. Then a calumet, used only for this purpose, was
brought to him, and he smoked, blowing the smoke first towards
the sun and then towards the other three quarters of the world.
Charlevoix, Letters, p. 315, and Le Petit, in Histor. Coll. of La.,
iii., note to p. 142.

The great variety of uses to which smoking-weeds, generally
called tobacco by the whites, were put by the Indians, easily
explain themselves by the variety of the weeds. The Northern
Indians used other plants than the Southern, those of the West
other than those of tlie East. The kinnikinik of the Algonkins
around Lake Superior, consisting of the bark of the red-willow
and of the leaves of (Jva ursi^ was well known throughout the
North, but probably differed somewhat from the petun cultivated
by the Hurons. The leaves smoked by Indians generally con-
sisted of a mixture of different leaves. The narcotic effects of
all these preparations differed among themselves, and were the
real cause of its sacrificial importance. Tobacco smoke was blown
at persons, to place them into a stupor, by conjurers of the West

46 [78] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Indies. The ancient Virginians narcotized with it the fish in their
ponds or rivers, and, when surprised by a tempest, they scattered
it upon the excited waters, or threw it up into the air, to allay the
wrath of the deity who had stirred up the tempest,*

The Indians on the Lower Mississippi had peculiar ceremonial
rites connected with speeches, long chants, processions in cos-
tumes, etc., when an ornamental pipe was presented and smoked
at peace treaties, conventions, the welcoming- of guests, superi-
ors, etc. ; this was called ''singing the calumet," or "chanter le
calumet." The tobacco-worship most frequently observed among
the prairielndians of the West (Comanches, Kayowe, Tonkawe,
etc.) is that of puffing the smoke first to the east, then to the
south, west, north, zenith and nadir. Usually they perform this
ceremony in an unconcerned and hardly perceptible way, so that
strangers not acquainted with the custom scarcely become aware
of it. The last two directions show that the ceremony is an act
of sun-worship, for they indicate the position of the sun at mid-
day and at midnight.

Whenever the Creek conjurer desires to obtain anything by
jugglery, betakes a fawn's skin, puts into it sumach leaves, horse-
mint and common tobacco, places it around his neck and then
sings his conjurer's songs. These three ingredients form the
smoking tobacco of the Creeks, and sumach leaves make up more
than one-half of the mixture.f

Other Physic-Herbs were the following : Twigs broken from
the cedar-tree^ atchina, served in ornamenting the heads or head-
dresses of the people at festive occasions. It also belonged to the
fourteen plants serving to concoct the infusion drunk on the last
day of the Kasi'hta busk, and was among the plants exhibited by
the mythic hayayalgij to the early Kasi'hta, Kawita, etc. people.

Another plant in use among the Creeks as a medicinal herb
was the Asarum virginicum^ called by them "liitcha liibi 'lako,"

* A long series of facts concerning the Indian use of tobacco will be found in MUller's
•' Urreligionen," Brinton's " Myths of the New World," and in L. Carr, " Mounds of the
Mississippi Valley" (Kentucky Geolog. Survey, vol. ii. p. 51 sqq.) On the applicntioa of
tobacco, cf F. W. Putnam in Capt. G, M. Wheeler's Reports, vol. vii. p. 24 sqq.

t Communicated by Gen. PI. Porter of Wialaka.

X To hayayalgi compare tlie Creek term hayayagi, light, radiance.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. — COMMENTARY. [79] 47

or "large turtle liver." Cf. Pickering, '^ History of Plants," pp.
776. 777.

Tola or tiila, commonly called ^^ szvect-bay," is Magnolia glauca
L. (W. R. Gerard), Ch. Pickering, ''History of Plants," p. 908,
identifies this magnolia with Strachey's " tree that beareth the
rind of black synamon," which he had seen in Virginia (p. 142).
Mentioned among the four plants exhibited by the hayayalgi,
and also among the fourteen plants composing the ritual mixture
drunk on the eighth day of the Kasi'hta busk ; Hawkins, Sketch,
p. 77. The term is Creek, and has passed into the Timucua lan-
guage ; it signifies ''felled," since beavers are in the habit of gnaw-
ing it to serve them in damming up water-courses (tiilas I fell ^
cut dozvn).

The fourteen 7nedicinal plants (vol. i. 178. 179) entering into
the composition of the liquid drunk from the medicine pots have
been partly identified by Mr. W. K. Gerard. Kapapaska is the
spice-wood, Lindera benzoni Meisn. ; u-i lani is Tvorm-seed, Che-
nopodium ambrosioides L., var. anthelminticum Gray, and the
Jerusalem-oak belongs to the same genus. He further conjectures
that No. 8 is the cinque/oil, Potentilla canadensis, and No. 10 the
angelica, Ligusticum actseifolium. The list of plants was then
submitted by Mr. Gerard to Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, a success-
ful missionary teacher among the Creeks, whose results, after
consulting with the natives, were as follows :

No. 6 should be written tiikfun lasti ; it is bur marigold, Bidens fron-
dosa L. No. 7 is the cardinal Jlower, Lobelia cardinalis L. No. 10 is
g-insetiff, Panax quinquefolium L. (The Creeks ascribe special virtue to
the forked root, and Charlevoix reports a belief of the Northern Indians,
that it rendered their women fertile; its Aigonkin name is inini waga-
nashk, herb in ike shape of a man (Cuoq), its Mohawk name tekarento-
Ven, separated legs and thighs, G.) No. 11 is \\\.&xM.y fir e-7noutk- hair,
fire-beard, and is a fungus, not a moss. No. 13 is literally "something
with which salt may be used"; the use of salt is prohibited during the
busk. No. 14 is the "young and tender cane" of Arundinaria macrosper-
ma Michx., called koni in Cha'hta.*

Scalping was a general war-custom among all tribes of North
America east of the Rocky Mountains, and is also traceable to some
Oregonian and Shoshoni tribes, while it was not practiced by the

Correspondence of Mr. Gerard, dated New York, Jan. »4, and Feb. 24, 18S4.

48 [So] TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Central and Southern Californians. The Uta Indians remove
only a small patch of skin from over the left ear of the conquered
enemy. The Eastern Indians practiced scalping from the earliest
historical period, for Rene de Laudonniere noticed in 1564 the
smoking and drying of scalps by the savages of Northeastern
Florida, about the mouth of St. John's river. Each tribe pretends
to have adopted this custom from some other tribe once engaged
in warfare with them. The Creeks took it, as they s ly, from a
northern tribe, and possess a Creek word for the scalp, ika ha'lpi,
"his head's skin" ; and another term, said to be of foreign origin,
tiwa, hair. The reason why they assign a foreign origin to this
practice adopted by themselves, is the same as the one given by
anthropophagic nations for denying the eating of human flesh.

A tradition of the older people relates, that, to prove their suc-
cess before their fellow-warriors, the Creeks first cut oft' the hands
of the slain as trophies ; but the hands were, while being carrieil
off", clinging to bushes and trees, and so they exchanged that cus-
tom for that of taking scalps. By a ligament oa the top of the
head the scalp is fastened more firmly than on other portions
of the head, and that sinew had to be severed by the knife. The
one who struck the hostile warrior first did not always obtain the
scalp, but the one who took oft' the scalp often had the honor of
the killmg ; at other times all the men present were credited with
the deed. A war-whoop, uttered when scalping, was the fol-
lowing :

Hdyu midshaA'an std !

The words are not Creek ; but their meaning is said to be, "that's
the way to do !" Another utterance proferred in the act of scalp-
ing, was

Wopopo pa ! wapopo pa I

which is evidently interjectional, and therefore meaningless.

The pole, which the four rivalizing tribes endeavored to cover
up with scalps taken from the enemy, seems to have been differ-
ent from the atasi, but probably of the same length. If so, Tchi-
killi probably used another term than piikabi to designate it. The
atasi still exists in many different forms in the western tribes, as
Sioux, Saks and Foxes, etc. The Otoes call it na" pasda, and it
is made of the hardest wood obtainable.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. — COMMENTARY. [Si] 49

"AiioUT THAT iiMK A DISPUTE AROSE," etc. Disputes to the same
effect were often raised durin<j^aiKl through the athletic intertribal
games so frequently mentioned in Indian annals. They are very
popular among the Northern and Southern tribes, being in fact
contests to show the physical superiority of the contending
parts. The vanquished party often raises angry disputes which
end in sanguinary conflicts, and have sometimes resulted in the
secession of whole sections from a mother tribe. The war of the
Senecas against the Eries originated in the defeat of the former in
one of these national games. In recent times the Cheroki, Cha-
'hta and Creeks had conventions for the same purpose, especially
for playing ball. There was a ball-play about 1855 ^'^ Blue ci-eek,
in the Kawita district, on Arkansas river, when the Creeks and
Yuchi beat the Cheroki players. A scuffle ensued, in which the
Cheroki came out "second best," ball-sticks being used as weap-
ons. During the secession war many ball-plays took place at Fort
Gibson. The Yuchi Indians have ball-plays and wrestling-matches
every summer two miles from Wialaka.*

A cricket game called tingga exists in the Fiji islands, and
often terminates in quarrels and bloodshed. (H. Hale, "Ethno.
logy of the U. S. Expl. Exp.," p. 69.)

The bli'E long-tailed bird which preyed upon the people is
an enigmatic being, which, from the long tail and the red rat issu-
ing from it, may with some probability be identified with the
storm deity, the Thiiuder-bird. His meeting with the image of
a female brought into the way of the bird would then be the storm
clouds meeting together, and the red rat the lightning proceeding
from the union of the clouds. People were killed by strokes of
lightning, which are symbolized by the arrows of the bird. To
explain the term blue^ it is necessary to know which term was
used by Tchikilli himself — holatla or o yolati ? The inference is
that the dark color of the storm cloud is meant by it. Possibly
the bow of the bird is the rainbow. Storm-clouds are personified
in several American religions by sorceresses and women destruc-
tive of mankind (Aztec, Iroquois, ecc.) ; here, the hurricane with
its long train of dust is indicated by the long tail of the miracu-
lous bird. A bird analogous to our fiisua 'lako is mentioned in an

* Communicated by Gen. PI. Porter, at Wialaka.
V. — I — 6

60 [S3] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Iroquois myth made public by Mrs. E. A. Smith in American
Antiquarian, iv. 36.

The Eagle, lamhi — in Hitchiti, hadshitulami — is here placed
in juxtaposition to the thunder-bird. He is regarded as a mighty
bird (great king) and as a bird of peace, for his white feathers
outnumber the red ones. Of the southern species of eagles de-
scribed by W. Bartram (p. 8), the bald eagle* is meant here, not
the grey eagle. The symbolic meaning of the eagle's feathers
among Southern Indians is made plain by a passage in the speech
delivered by Tomochichi, when presented to King George II.
in 1734:

These are the feathers of the eagle, which is the swiftest of birds, and
who flieth all round our nations. These feathers are a sign of peace in our
land, and have been carried from town to town there; and we have
brought them over to leave with you, O great king! as a sign of everlast-
ing peace.

And on another occasion he said to Gov. Oglethorpe :

The eagle signifies speed, and the bufl'alo strength; that the feathers

of the eagle were soft and signified love, etc.f

But the eagle is, more especially, a bird of peace, because its
feathers are white; and the legend further states.

If an enemy approaches with white feathers and a white mouth, J and

cries like an eagle, they dare not kill him The Palachucolas gave them

(the Cussitaws) white feathers and asked to have a chief in common.

To dream of eagles is of good foreboding among most North-
ern Indians. The Kalapuyas of Oregon believe that dreaming of
eagles will make them rich, or, what amounts to the same thing,
make chiefs of them. Tail- and wing-feathers of that bird sell at
fair prices. The eagle also occurs in Creek names : Lamhi tchati
or Red Eagle was the name of William Weatherford, the leader
in the war of 1813-1S14.

IsTi-PAPA, or "man-eater," may be used to designate any large
carnivorous animal, as the alligator, tiger, or lion ; or monsters
which are creations of the imagination. The mythic animal
referred to in the legend is generally rendered lion by the
modern Creeks, who have other stories about him, and the par-

* Haliaijtus leucocephalus. f Ch. C. Jones, Tomochithi, p. 6\.

X Spittle flowing from the mouth.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY, [S3] 51

ticulars given here apply to one of the larger quadrupeds.
The legend gives this story merely for the purpose of explaining
the origin of that part of the war-ph3^sic which they kept in their
shot-bags, and which served as charms, amulets, or talismans:
the lion's bones and the snake-horns. As there is no lion in
America the man-eater should be more properly called a cougar.
The idea of using this feline's bones as charms is, that he is one
of the strongest and pluckiest beasts, and that therefore taking his
bones with them would inspire the warriors W'ith courage and
fortitude. For the same reason many primitive nations take with
them in their migrations the bones of their ancestors and cele-
brated men. The Hebrews took with them Joseph's bones when
leaving Egypt, and the Roman Catholic church preserves the
bones of its saints to prompt its followers to acts of piety and
devotion by the presence of body-fragments of their illustrious
characters. — Another instance of Indian man-eaters is furnished
by two women of the giant-race, or Eiip-tilikum, who ate up all
those that passed in the vicinity of their home, and were put to
death by a bird sent by the Great Spirit and changed into rocks,
which now stand on Middle Columbia river : cf. G. Gibbs (in Pa-
<ific Railroad Rep., i 411) who calls them lions. The Fiji or
Viti people, who never saw lions in their islands, call them ivola
ni tamata, "man-eaters."

THE SNAKE. HORNS

or tchito yabi made up the other pottion of the war-physic con-
tained in the Creek warriors' shot-pouches. These horns belong,
as alleged, to a species of water-snakes seldom found, and there-
fore exciting more curiosit\'. "This beast was the last thing which
our ancestors ever conquered" is the assertion of the modern
Creeks. When the snake was seen in a blue deep hole filled wdth
water, the old men of the tribe sang their incantations, and the
snake came to the surface. They sang again, and it emerged a
little from the waves. When they sang for the third time, it came
ashore and showed its horns, and they sawed one off; again they
sang, and it emerged for the fourth time, when they sawed oft' the
other horn. Small pieces of the horns and the man-eater's bones
were carried along when going to war.* One of the charm songs

* Ct. Hawkins, Sketcli, pp. 79, 80 : Chief Chicote tells me that the snake-horn was a

53 [84] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

referred to the calling of the snake, another to its coming ashore,
another to the removal of the horns, another to their placing into
the '' medicine "-bag, and the las^t to the starting oft' with them.
The refrain was "kiti weihi, ahayi," the first two words being
repeated several times before ''ahayi" was sung.-f

WAR-FETISHES.

Milfort states that commanders of the smaller war-parties
(paka'dsha) were obliged to carry upon them a small pouch con-
taining certain stones and a few shreds from the garments of the
"great warrior" obtained from him after the return from his last
expedition.!

War-talismans or -fetishes of a similar character, as the lion's
bones and the snake-horns, were in use among the Cha'hta war-
riors of the eighteenth century, and are described by Capt. B.
Romans (Florida, p. 76) :

On war expeditions they carry with them a certain thing which they
look on as the genius of the party; it is most commonly the stuffed skin
of an owl of a large kind; they are very careful of him, and ofter him a
part of their meat; should he fall, or any other ways be disordered in
position, the expedition is frustrated; they always set him with his head
towards the place of destination, and, if he should prove to be turned
directly contrary, they consider this as portending some very bad omen,
and an absolute order to return ; should therefore anyone's heart fail him,
he needs only watch his opportunity to do this, to save his character of a
brave or true man. There is also a species of Motacilla, or finch, whose
chirping near the camp will occasion their immediate return.

The tnedicine-bundle of the Kaiii, a division of the Pcini Indi-
ans, contained the following articles :

A buffalo robe ; skins of the beaver, mink, and otter ; the skull of a wild-
cat; stuffed skins of the sparrow-hawk (as a symbol of bravery) and of
the swallow-tailed fly-catcher, Milvulus forjicatus (a sacred bird); several
bundles of scalps and broken arrows taken from enemies; a small bundle
of Pani arrows; some ears of maize, the symbol of their agricultural in-
terests, and a few wads of buffalo-hair, as found in wallows. Each Pani

hunter's charm only, not a "war-mecHcine." But among the participants of a war or raid-
ing party there were always a few who provided for the subsistence of the others by hunting
game, and this would account for its being regarded as a war-charm.

f Chicote sang the refrain as follows: kitiwaihi, kitiwaihi — ya hayi. Cf. what is said
of the imissi.

\ Milfort, Mtin., 243, 244.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [85] 53

division had a medicine-bundle, kept by the conjurers, and carried about
in all general expeditions.*

Afteu four years thky left the Co(^saws," etc. We need not
feel any surprise at the slow progress made by the Kasi'hta people
migrating East, encumbered as they were by their families. A
parallel to this slow progress we find in Adair's History, p. 410,
who, in the middle of the iSth century, met a part of the main
camp of the Shawano about fifty miles northeast of the Chicasa
country, "consisting of about 450 persons, on a tedious ramble to
the Muskohge country, where they settled, seventy miles above
the Alabahme garrison ; they had been straggling in the woods
for the space of four years, they assured me." Nevertheless they
all looked hale and healthy ; evidently they were not in a hurry
to complete their march.

•'The people had flattened heads," etc. Artificial deforma-
tion of the skull during infancy is a custom practiced by many
American and foreign tribes, and in very difterent ways. We find
it on the Pacific coast, between the 44° and 54° of northern lati-
tude, extending from the shore line to some distance inland. The
Maya people practice it, and the Quichhuas managed to elongate
the skull by compressing it on all sides. By a soft pressure of the
hollow hands, the mothers of the Greenland-Eskimo tribes com-
press the tender skulls of their infants shortly after birth, to hasten
the concrescence of the sutures, and do not repeat the process
afterwards.

In the southern parts of North America, the tribes which prac-
ticed this custom upon their infants were the Shetimasha, Caddo,
Koroa, Naktche(?), Cna'hta, the tribes of the Creek confederacy,
and the Waxsaw, a Kataba tribe, and many other Kataba tribes
as well.

No distinct notice can be found in the early writers that the
Creeks flattened the heads of their children. But Chicote, a Creek
chief of Hitchiti origin, now (in 18S4) sixty-five years old, and one
of the few surviving men who has seen the Creeks when living in
their old country, affirms that all their tribes observed the custom
of flattening the infants' heads behind^ by fastening them upon the
hard wood of the baby-board. This, of course, made the deforma-

* John B. Dunbar, "The Pawnee Indians," Mag. of Amer. Hist., iSSi, pp. 73^-75'' (§ S) .

54 [86] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

tion less conspicuous to visiting strangers than if their foreheads-
had been flattened. De Soto and his soldiers witnessed the flat-
tening of children's heads in one of the southern tribes, and Gar-
cilaso de la Vega (Florida iv. ch. 13) describes this deformity as
consisting in an upward elongation of the cranium until it termi-
nated in a point or ledge.* Le Page du Pratz (History, p, 323)
describes the process. The na'iie of the Caddo tribe of the Na-
tachc^ mentioned by L. d'lberville in 1699 on Middle Red river.f
seems derived from the Cha'hta term natasse, to fress^ sqzieeze.
The Koroa also observed this custom. The ^hetimasha on
Grand Lake, Louisiana, flattened their infants' heads so as ta
shape the occiput round, the forehead flat.|

The Chahta practice is described by Adair and W. Bartram,
and to the traders this people was generally known as Flatheads,
or Flats, all the males (as among the Aimara) having the fore and
hind part of their skulh artificially flattened. The latter author
describes the process as follows (Travels, p. 515) :

As soon as the child is born, the nurse provides a cradle or wooden,
case, hollowed and fashioned to receive the infant lying prostrate on its
back, that part of the case where the head reposes being fashioned like a
brick-mould. In this portable machine the little boy is fixed, a bag of
sand being laid on his forehead, which, by continual gentle compression,
gives the head somewhat the form of a brick from the temples upwards ;
and by these means they have high and lofty foreheads, sloping off back-
wards. These men are not so neat in the trim of their heads as the Mus-
cogulges are, and they are remarkably slovenly and negligent in every
part of their dress, etc.

Concerning the head-compressing of the Waxsaws in South
Carolina, Lawson (Hist, of Carolina, p. 33, 1701) states that

they use a roll, which is placed on the babe's forehead, it being laid with
its back on a flat board, and swaddled down hard thereon from one end of
this engine to the other. The instrument is a sort of press that is let out
and in, more or less, according to the discretion of the nurse, in which
they make the child's head flat. It makes the eyes stand a prodigious way
asunder, and the hair hangs over the forehead like the eaves of a house,
which seems very frightful.

Da Pratz says that the term Flatheads is generally understood

* Cf. Schoolcraft, Indians, ii. 324 .

t L. d'lberville. in Margry, iv. 17S.

X Cf. Transactions of Anthropol. Soc'y of Washington, vol. ii. p. 153-

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [87] 55

to mean the Cha'hta only ; bnt he could not perceive any good
reason why it should be limited to these, " since the practice was
so general and wide-spread" among all the southern tribes.

In questioning the Indians themselves for the cause of this de-
forming custom, which in Columbus' time was practiced proba-
bly by one-half of all the American tribes, we obtain very differ-
ent replies. The Kalapiiya of Oregon state that a compressed
forehead gained in extent, so that more beads and ornaments
could be suspended in the hair around it, and that it improved
the face. Lawson was told by the Waxsaws that the practice
improved the eyesight enormously. Others assert that it
straightens and fortifies the bodies of the children. The intel-
lectual faculties seem to be neither benefited nor impaired in any
degree by the process, but the concrescence of the sutures is evi-
dently retarded by side-pressure. The Aht tribes of Vancouver
Island imagine that the flattening of the head improves the ap-
pearance, and also gives better health and greater strength to the
infant.* Many tribes regard it as a token of dignity and nobility,
and hence do not flatten the heads of the slaves born among them.

The true cause of the custom probably lies in the almost uni-
versal use of the wooden cradle-board. The mother or nurse, in
carrying the child on her back, or leaning it against a tree, rock,
etc., when working in the field, soon invented a contrivance to
keep its head up to prevent it from sinking down, and thereby
from being injured or choked to death. This was accomplished
by a strong tie fastened around the head and attached to the
baby-board. When the muscles of the infant's neck became
stronger, the practice was discontinued. The mothers probably
did not at first intend to flatten the heads of their infants ; but,
since this was the necessary result of the practice described, and
the "fait accompli" could not be changed, they finally thought the
alteration to be desirable and even beautiful. Thus the custom
of head-pressing may ultimately have become general.

''But the Palachucolas (;ave them black drink as a sign of
FRIENDSHIP," etc. The use of this renowned decoction was so
wide-spread among the Indians of the Gulf States, that only a

* Sproat, " Scenes and Studies," p. 29 (1868).

56 [8S] TRA.NS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

special notice of it can do justice to its peculiar influence on the
life of the aborigines.

Black drink was prepared from the small and narrow leaves
and the tender shoots of the shrub Ilex cassine^ which grows
spontaneously as far north as the 37th degree of latitude. The
white people of the Carolinas prepare from it a sort of tea. The
botanic name formerly given to the plant was Cassine yaupon,
yaupon being a derivative from the Kataba term yap or } op plants
tree^ shrub. The name cassine was first applied, as Prof. Lester
F. Ward informs me, as a generic name to a South African plant
by Linne, and as a species name for an Ilex by Thomas Walter.*
The plant and the decoction are called by the Shetimasha nuait ;
by the Creeks, assi luputski, small leaves., which is generally ab-
breviated to assi, leaves. The term black drink originated among
the British traders. In Ch. C.Jones, Tomochichi, p. 118, it is
called foskey.

Ch. Pickering, "History of Plants," p. 777, has the following:

West of the mouths of the Mississippi, Cabeqa de Vaca found the Cutal-
chiches drinking a tea from the leaves of a tree like an oak; in West Flo-
rida "a decoction of it, called liquor of valor., was drank by the natives."
The Shetimasha and Timucua conjurers used it to produce stupor and nar.
cotic effects upon themselves; the Naktche warriors took it before starting
on war-expeditions.

The Creeks made use of the assi, as we do of fermented liquors,
to promote conviviality ; but it entered also into their ceremonies
of i-eligion and warfare, and at the Creek and Yuchi busk-festivals
in the Indian Territory it is drank in the ''great square" at the
present time. But the black-drink potion was not always pre-
pared in the same strength : the ancient Creeks had three modes
of preparing it ; the three potions resulting from them widely
differed in strength according to the uses for which they were
intended.

Small quantities of the young leaf, parched in a pot until
it assumed a brown color, and boiled in a copious infusion of
water, produced a liquor acting as an exhilarant and gentle diu-

* Linneei Genera, Ed. nov. No. 371 (1753); Systema naturop, Ed. 13th (Lips. 1791). P-
497. Thos. Walter, Flora Caroliniana, Lond. 1778, p. 241. Dahoon is the name of another
Ilex ; Waller spells it Duhooti, others houx d'Ahon.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. — COMMENTARY. [Sq] 57

retic ; it was drank by the people at the busk, and by the "elders"
when assembled in council or when discussing every-day topics.
After the potion has been poured from one pan or cooler into
another, it begins to ferment and to produce a white froth, from
which it is styled also white dritik^ the term " white" alluding
simultaneously to its purifying qualities. To make the liquid
stronger, a larger infusion of the parched leaves is required ; it
then assumes a dark hue, nearly as black as molasses, and acts as
a powerful, intoxicating stimulant. A still larger addition of the
cassine-leaf produces a strong narcotic, which was, as mentioned
previously, used by conjurers to evoke prophetic ecstasis accom-
panied b}' dreams.*

The black drink of the weaker sort acts as an emetic, and was
used as such in the annual busk and at other occasions extensive-
ly ; this gave to the liquid its renown as a bodily and moral puri-
ficator, for primitive peoples are prone to regard agencies which
act with mysterious force upon the bodily constitution as symbols
for abstract, spiritual or religious ideas. This drink being served
at all games and festivities, councils and conclusions of treaties,
special ministrants, the Hinihalgi, were appointed for its manu-
facture by the miko of the town. On festive days they prepared
it with peculiar ceremonies, and served it to all who attended the
celebrations in the square.* The singing of the yahola or black-
drink note was, and is still, a peculiar rite connected with the
drinking of this favorite liquid. It forms a part of the annual
celebration of the piiskita, or busk. Of this ceremony C. Swan
has left a vivid description in his Report (1790) printed in School-
craft's " Indian Tribes," v. 266. 267, from which we extract the
following :

Three young men acting as masters of ceremony (at the annual busk in
the square), each having a gourd full of the assi-liquor, place themselves
in front of the three greatest chiefs or warriors and announce by the word
'•tchd!" that they are ready. After a short pause, stooping forward, they
run up to the warriors and hold the cup or shell to the level of their
mouths ; the warriors receive it from them, and wait until the young men
fall back and adjust themselves to give the yahola,* or black-drink note.
When they begin to emit the note after a deep aspiration of air, the "great

* Cf. Father Petit, in French, Hist. Coll. of La. iii. 146 (note).

* Cf. vol. i. pp. 177-183, and Hawkins, Sketch, pp. 71, 75, 76.

58 [90] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE,

men" place the cups to their mouths and are obliged to drink during the
emission of the note, which, after exhausting their breath, is repeated by
the three joung men on a finer key until the lungs are no longer inflated.
This long aspiration is continued nearly half a minute, and the cup is sur-
rendered at the instant the note is finished. The young men then pass the
cups to others of inferior rank, exclaiming "tcha!" but omitting the ya-
hdla note. At every meeting (in the square) the drink is generally served
up in this manner three times; during the intervals the men sit quietly in
their several cabins, smoking, conversing, exchanging tobacco, etc., and
disgorging (to the distance of six or eight feet) the quantity of cassine
swallowed by them.

The symbolic and religious qualities of the liquid are pointed
out by the same writer, as follows (p. 266) :

It purifies them from all sin, and leaves them in a state of perfect innocence ;
it inspires them with an invincible prowess in war; it is the only solid ce-
ment of friendship, benevolence, and hospitality ; a stranger cannot

recommend himself better to their protection than by offering to partake
of it as often as possible.*

Frequent allusions are made by all travellers and authors on
Southern Indians upon the extensive use made of the assi bever-
age. More details on it will be found in Urlsperger, Nachrichten.
i, p. 851 ; in Milfort, Memoire, pp. 195. 197; in Adair, History,
p. 108 ; Lawson, p. 90 : also in Lindley, W. Bartram, B. Romans
("Florida," p. 94).

From the Aryan religions of India and Persia we may in some
respects compare the worship paid to the juice of the Asclepias
acida, or soma-plant :

The Haoma was the Soma of the ancient Hindus, an intoxicating plant
which symbolized the powers of vegetable life, and the juice of which was
drank by the faithful for the benefit of themselves and the gods (to
strengthen the gods in their fight against the demons — Schleicher^. An-
swering to the yellow haoma of earth is the white haoma of heaven,
which will make men immortal on the day of resurrection. (Sayce, "Anc.
Emp. of the East," p. 266.)

It will be appropiate to add two quotations of cassine-drinking,
for being the most ancient mentions of this custom peculiar to
America :

* Yahola frequently composes war-names, like h^dsho, fiksiko, ami can stand first or
last. The collective form of it is yaholalgi. Cf. Assi yahola, or Osceola, in " War-titles,'*
vol. i. p. 163.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [9 I ] 5&

A. N. Cabe^a de Vaca describes in chap. 26 of his interesting Naufra-
gios the coiling and drinking of the cassine upon the Texan coast by men
only, and the superstitions connected with it when women approached or
passed by.

Jean Ribaut, the P'rench explorer of Eastern Florida, mentions in his
report, first printed at Lyons in 1566, his own experience in tasting the
beverage : "Leur boisson, qu'ils appallent cassinnet, se fait d'herbes com-
posees, et m'a semble de telle couleur que la cervoyse de ce pays [French
beer] ; i"en ay gouste et ne I'ay point trouve fort estrange." Ternaux-
Compans, Coll. xx. p. 263; and French, Hist. Coll. La., iii. p. 208. Cf.
also Pareja, Timucua Grammar, Paris 1886, pp. xii. xiii.

" Our hearts are white, and yours must be white," etc.
Ceremonial allocutions embodied in standing formulas, which
generally point to a high antiquity by the quaintness of their
wording, were frequent among the Creeks and southern Indians.
They served as exordiums of ceremonial speeches delivered on
various occasions, e.g. at the commencement of the busk cere-
monies, before playing ball, etc. The following was the usual
formula at the beginning of a peace-speech held to arrange diffi-
culties between towns or tribes, to stop warfare between belliger-
ents, etc. : Antiifkita hatkusin, tchafiki hatkusin, tchanki hatku-
sin, 'tchimwayes (abbr. from atchimwayas) — fny spittle is wkite^
my heart is zuhite^ ivy hand is white ; I extend it to you.
Another formula was used in council-speeches, being also intended
to show peaceful intentions : amatchiilaki intiifkitan ak'hui'lat —
the spittle of my forefathers., I sta?zd in it. When the dual of
the verb hiii'las was used, it meant that he and the whole tribe or
nation were unanimous in the feelings expressed by him. The
colonists of the Salzburger Protestant settlement near Savannah,
Georgia, observed among the Creek Indians there, or their affili-
ated tribes, a peculiar mode of salutation, which was accompanied
by a motion of the right hand to the left breast, or by the ofler of
the calumet (Urlsperger, ''Nachrichten," i. p. S62) : tchahokpi
tchihokpi itapomis ; tsanadsi tchinadsin hamgusit o's ; tchafigi
tchifigin hamgusit o's; tchafigi tchifigin itiladshi; hi'lit o's — my
breast is like your breast., mine and your chest is one chest.,
mine and your heart is one heart., my heart is intimately joined
to your heart.*

* Retranslated from the English into Creek by Gen. Pleasant Porter. The two next
allocutions I obtained from G, W. Stidham.

60 [92] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

A Creek brave, who with others had removed west of the Mis-
sissippi and in 1830 lost one of his companions in a conflict with
Caddo Indians, reported the loss to his people in the following
strain, a portion of which rests on conventional phrases and sen-
tences of figurative import : Tchanki wisa^^^- tchajgibat weyat na-
gi hi'lkusa'li komait h^ii'lan hayomad '1 (o''lin) , tchanki wisaja ham-
gad tadsha'kin hiii'las. Nini tchati anhahi siho yat adshak'hui'la-
'lanayatalgid adshuktcha vaigin hiii'las. — Until that time I stood
extending my hand., ivith the Jive Jingers spread^ soliciting
peace; now I am (or standi hiii'las) here with one Jinger of the
spread-out (hand) severed off . I have to pursue those who have
prepared the red path for 7ne ; and here 1 a?n^ this (revenge)
having been forced upon me.

Another form of a ceremonial address, embodying the expres-
sion of intertribal courtesy, is reported from the early days of the
Creek settlements. When the Kawita, then an erratic body of
Indians, turned south they met the sedentary Hitchiti in their sett-
lements. After the old men of the Hitchiti had hoisted a white
object, probably feathers, as a sign of peace, they invited them to
tlieir square, and had them seated there. They prepared the black
drink, assi, and one man offered it to them. The newcomers re-
fused the gourd or shell, and the ministrant threw the contents
away, preparing a new dose of it. They refused this for the sec-
ond and third time ; but, after it had been prepared and offered
for the fourth time, the Kawita accepted it and drank of it. The
Hitchiti concluded from this that they accepted their offer of
friendship, and one of their men addressed them as follows : /
will take off your red ?noccasins and put white ones on your
feet, brush your face with white feathers, ivhiten the posts you
lean against, and show you the proper manner of raising chil-
dren in peace.

Ever since both tribes continue to be friends to this day ; the
Hitchiti even moved northward nearer to the Kawita, and from
these new seats mutual visits were exchanged frequently.

As an exordium for speeches, the modern Creek Indians often
used the following formula, which is of an archaic type : Italua
toyayad, antasikaya, impunaipat hi'liiidshat tak'kayad — to the
^own that I aiti of, 7ny fellow-citizens, I speak with great con-

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [93] 61

sideration to those xvho have resided in it. This formula is
rather conspicuous by the verbal dual we two reside^ tak'kayad,
which under the symbolic ima<^e of man and wife represents the
whole tribe, gens, or nation. It also occurs in another formula :
wulliokviiita italuan ihayiyatis — I seceded (man and wife) and
J~or/ned a town for myself; or, as the Creeks express it, / two
seceded^ meaning a part of the tribe including myself.

ToMOCHicHi, chief of the Yamacraw tribe upon Savannah river,
was the brother of the Hitchiti miko, and cousin of Wikatchampa,
chief of the Okoni Indians. Ke was a native of Apalatchukla
town, a Hitchiti-speaking community, and a steadfast friend of
the white colonists who had settled in his vicinity. His name
was spelt in many different ways ; it is Creek, and signifies "the
one who causes to fty up." When Gov. J. Oglethorpe took him
over to England, he left Charleston harbor with a considerable
retinue of Indians on April 7th, 1734, and on his return disem-
barked at Savannah on December 27th of the same year. All the
portraits extant of him are taken from a German print, engraved
by J. J. Kleinschmidt at Augsburg, and purporting to reproduce
an original likeness issued in London, which full print also gives
the portrait of his nephew Toonahowi — a boy holding an eagle.
Toonahowi was the son of the above miko of the Hitchiti, and
afterwards distinguished himself as a warrior in assisting the
English against the Yamassi and the Spaniards. The portrait is
reproduced in Chas. C. Jones, Jr., History of Georgia, vol. i. p.
134 ; in Gay, Popular History of U. S., iii. 147 ; in J. Winsor,
Narrative and Critical History of America (18S7), vol. v. 371.

THE TRACK OF THE KASE'HTA MIGRATION.

Does the Kasi'hta migration legend contain historic, real facts
and occurrences, or not.'' and, if it does, which are they.? The
investigation of these points requires, before all, a close examina-
tion of the topical names preserved in the interesting narrative.

Although at the beginning of the migration the Kasi'hta made
a move to the westward, the general direction of the march is
from west to east, or, more accurately, as will appear from the
following, from northwest to southeast.

'6^ [94] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

When from the place of their "issuing" the Kasi'hta arrived at
the ''thick, muddy, slimy river," a one night's stay was made
upon it, and the next day they came to the ''red, bloody river.''
No mention is made of having crossed the " muddy river." U-i
ukufki (if this term was used by Tchikilli to designate that water-
course) is applied in Creek to any river or brook carrying discol-
ored water, and need not, as has generally been done, to be taken
for the Mississippi river, though it is the usual name for it. Wio-
gufka, e.g., was an Upper Creek town of the same name, which
was certainly named after a muddy stream in its vicinity. Thus
many other water-courses of the same name may have existed
west of Coosa river, one of which is alluded to by the present
passage of the legend.

To throw more light upon the discutable topic of river-names
in legends, I quote a parallel Iroquois migration legend, also al-
leged to refer to Mississippi river :*

When the Holder of the Heavens, Tarenjawagon, had brought out six
families of the Iroquois Indians (which represent the tribes afterwards
called the Six Nations) out of a cave near the falls of Oswego river, where
they had taken refuge, he gave them instructions and laws concerning
their future mode of living; he also warned them against the evil spirit,
and distributed among them maize, beans, squash, potatoes, tobacco, and
dogs to hunt their game. Following his directions, they came to the Hud-
son river and subsequently to Mohawk river, where the first of the families
settled. The remainder going west, the second family then settled at
Oneida, the third at Onondaga, the fourth on Cayuga lake, the fifth (now
called Seneca) south of Canandaigua lake. The sixth family proceeded
to the banks of Lake Erie, then turned to the southwest and journeyed for
along distance until it reached Onaweyoka, "the great stream," now Mis-
sissippi river. t In the attempt of crossing this broad water-course, they
held on to a vine which they found stretching from shore to shore; but,
after a portion of the people had floated and crossed over in this manner,
the vine broke, they became separated from the rest and had to combat the
hostile tribes on the western banks. The portion which remained upon
the east side was led by Tarenyawagon across the Alleghany Mountains
to Neuse river in North Carolina, where in time their language was
changed. This is the Tuscarora branch of the Iroquois Indians.

When we examine this legend with the eyes of a critic, there is

* Elias Johnson, '' Legends, etc., of the Iroquois," Lockport, N.Y., iSSi, p. 43 sqq.

t This should properly be O'hnaweyokie, " at the great current," a term now designat-
ing Ohio river to the Tuskaroras and all the other Iroquois of New York. From o'hnawa
current; 1-0, eyo great, -kie, kia' locative suffix.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. COMMENTARY. [95] 63

no need of hinting at the high improbability of this western march
of a single tribe, and of its return east by retracing its own steps.
Why does not the narrative mention any stopping-places upon
the long march from Lake Erie to the Mississippi river, which
includes a distance three times as long as that from the Hudson
river to Lake Erie ? Because the Tuscaroras never reached that
river at all, and the term used here, Onaweyoka, designates any
other large river just as well as it does the Mississippi. Thus
the river from the banks of which they returned east may have
been the Maumee, Miami, Scioto, Ohio, etc., to which the name
may be applied as well.

The red, bloody river, U-i tchati, which the Kasijta reached
one day after, and by which they lived for two years, contains
the Creek name for the Arkansas and the Red river of Louisiana,
though here it necessarily designates some water-course to the
east of Mississippi river. All rivers and creeks in the old Creek
country are discolored by an admixture of ferrugineous mud, and
especially after rains assume an almost blood-like shade of color.
Thus U-i tchati is of no topographic value to us. The Kasiyta
followed its current until they reached the thundering mountain,
and there they met three other tribes, the Chicasa, Atilama
(which, I assume with Dr. Brinton, stands for ''Alibamu"), and
the Abi'hka. Sacrificial rites and the knowledge of remedial
herbs were obtained there in a miraculous manner, and the con-
test for superiority, which was waged then by the four tribes,
resulted in the victory of the Kasi'hta. According to the Aliba-
mu tradition mentioned above (vol. i. '^6. Sy), this tribe came from
the northwest into their later seats, and at the epoch referred to
by Tchikilli's legend may have resided there still ; the Chicasa
lived in the old Chicasa country, near the northern limits of Mis-
sissippi and Alabama, the Abika east of them. Thus following
our legend word for word, we may assume that the Kasi'hta, at
the spot where the large blue bird preyed upon them, were, con-
jointly with the three other tribes, somewhere near the old seats
of the Chicasa and northwest of Kusa town.

Near a rivulet called Coloosehatchi they found on their onward
journey a white path leading through a white-looking country ;
even the grass looked white there. This may be a symbolic
phrase for designating a country, the inhabitants of which subse-

64 [96] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

quently lived on friendly terms with the Kasi'hta. Kolusa Hatchi
is supposed by Dr. Brinton to stand for Tuskalusa Hatchi, the
Cha'hta name for Black Warrior river, a laige affluent of the
Tombii^bee river. The headwaters of this river really lie in the
track of the assumed migration ; but the text distinctly states^
that the stream was called so " because it was rocky there and
smoked." I know of no etymology which could explain the term
in giving it this signification.

The ancient and renowned town of Kusa (q.v.) was the next
station which the Kasi'hta reached on their eastern journey.
Kusa has always been considered as an ancient capital and cen-
tre of the Maskoki people ; it appears as such in the documents
extending from the i6th to the end of the iSth century. Accord-
ing to our legend, the settlement of Kusa is older than the Kasi'-
hta immigration ; which means to say, that Creek Indians lived
in the Creek country long before the Kasi,|ta arrived there. The
cause why Kusa is mentioned here at all, is that they obtained
there the war-fetish of the istipdpa ; bones, having previously
obliged the Kusa Indians by killing that dangerous "lion" in the
ingenious manner described.

The local names now become more frequent. After leaving the
friendly Kusa, the Kasi'hta reached Nofapi or " Beech-tree" riv-
er, now called Kalasi Hatchi. The former name belongs to the
Hitchiti dialect, and in Creek would sound Nifapi (all the vowels
pronounced short) ; Kalasi hatchi, of uncertain etymology, was
the name by which the stream was known in Tchikilli's time.
This shows that the migrating tribe had then arrived within
the limits of the country where some dialect of the Southeastern,
Hitchiti or Apalachian branch was spoken at that time, though
at a later period the use of Creek predominated there. A pas-
sage occurring in I. Gerar W. de Brahm* shows in which part
of Alabama we have to look for this stream :

"Nophabee, Tukasatchee and Tallesee are towns between the first and
second cataract [of Locushatchee, now Talepusee river]." Tukasatchee
being misspelt for Tukabatchi in that document, which was written early
in the i8th century, and is full of inaccuracies of this kind, we see at once
that the "Beech creek" or Nofapi must be in the vicinity of Tukabatchi and

* "Hist, of the Prov. of Georgia," Wormsloe, 1S49 (fol.) p. 55.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. — COMMENTARY. [97] 65

Talisi. It is the stream called now Naufawpi, running from the east into
Eufaubee (Yufdbi) creek, which empties into Tallapoosa opposite Tuka-
batchi; in Hawkins' Sketch (pp. 27, 29) Eufaubee is made distinct from
the neighboring Kalibi Ilatchi, both of them running into Tallapoosa river
from the east (Macon Co., Alabama) ; the country intervening was one of
the most densely settled at the time of the aboriginal occupation of Talla-
poosa river. The legend adds that the Kasi'hta had no maize at that time,
and were therefore compelled to make use of their bows and arrows
(pointed with beaver-teeth and sharp stones) to supply themselves with
venison. The cane-knives were what the Cha'hta call kdnshak; the
tribal name Conchaques, mainly in use among the French colonists, is
derived from this term (vol. i, p. 116).

No mention is made of the crossing of the Tallapoosa river ; if
the tribe followed the southern trail as known to us from the
eighteenth century, they crossed that river at Tukabatchi.

The Crane-whooping creek, WatulasHoka Hatchi, is a small
northern affluent of Yuchi creek, also called Hosapoligee, which
runs between Nofapi and Owatunka river, a stream in which we
recognize Wetumka creek (i. 150). This stream follows a south-
eastern course through Russell Co., Alabama, and falls into Cha-
tahuchi river about 32° 15' Lat., a few miles below Columbus, Ga.
Wetumpka, an old town on Coosa river, cannot be meant here,
for to reach it the migrating tribe would have had to retrace its
steps westward ; moreover, the inhabitants of Wetumpka were
of the Alibamu race and language, a circumstance which makes
the visiting- of this place by Creeks improbable, even if it could
be proved that Wetumpka existed at that early day.

The next stream visited and crossed by the immigrants was
Afusafiska,* after which a hilly country was reached. The im-
migrants must have been then in the neighborhood of Kawita or
Kawita Talahassi.

The Kasi'hta had now reached the mountainous tracts on Cha-
tahuchi river, inhabited by red towns, or unfriendly, distrustful
populations. The name of the first people they saw is not stated,
nor is that of the second, whose town they assaulted and took by
force. The difficulty encountered by them in pursuing a trail

» Afusafiska or " Bark.peeling." This name refers to the peeling of trees, especially
conifers;, to obtain the inner or fibre bark for food. This custom is wide-spread among In-
dians; the Ratirontake or Adirontaks (a Mohawk terra) obtained their tribal name on ac-
count of peeling the trees in their country.

V. — I — 7

66 [98] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

going through a water-course was nothing unusual then, for war-
parties often walked for long distances through rivers, against or
with the current, to conceal their tracks from the enemy. The
Kasi'hta took this as a sign that they had to do with a people
hostile to them.

The name of the mountain which made a noise like a drum is
not Maskoki in this form, Moterell ; for there is no r in Maskoki
dialects (nor in Yuchi). This letter is probably meant for'/, but
even then no known word suggests itself to explain the local name,
which may refer to the noise heard. The war-custom referred to
— the beating of a drum — is probably the only reason for men-
tioning that mountain in the context.

The fact that the population of the town which they captured
had flattened heads does not help us much in determining its site
or nationality ; for, as we have seen in a former item, this custom
was general among the Creeks, Apalachians, and Cha'hta. The
only deduction to be drawn from the statement is that the heads
of the invading tribe had not undergone this deformation.* The
town was evidently situated in the vicinity of Apala^tchiikla, the
friendly or white town which they had been seeking so long ; ac-
cording to Taskaya Miko's account, the captured town was at the
mounds in the Kasi'hta fields, and the attacking tribe crossed the
Chatahuchi river "at the island, near the mound."

The Creeks possess a tradition according to which they con-
quered the Niikfalalgi (or Niikfila) at an earlier period than the
Yamassalgi, and that both peoples lived in the direction toward
Florida (fkana = faski fatchan). But did the Nukfalalgi dwell on
or near Chatahutchi river? if so, they may possibly represent the
people spoken of in the present passage. My inquiries on this
point met with no satisfactory reply ; some thought that they had
been of Creek origin. Kawita Miko, an aged chief, told me that
Nukfila was the name which the Kataba gave to this people, and
that they roamed in the country anciently called Florida, but not
in the point (peninsula) ; that the Creeks transformed the name
into '^Niikihotsi," spotted^ marked on the neck, taking over only
the nuk- from the name, which they did not understandf ; and

* Dr. Brinton, Ch.-M. Legend, p. 7, thinks that this flat-headed race once inhabiting the
mounds along the Lower Chatahuchi consisted of pure-blooded Cha'lita.
f Inukwa means his neck.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — COMMENTARY. [99] 67

that in these eastern parts they also "conquered" the Apahiches
and the Kalusi.

In colonial history the Kataba tribes figure extensively under
the name of Flatheads^ and, if we insist upon the circumstance
that the conquered tribe had flattened heads^ we may consider it
as an advanced outpost of that nation. Their settlements were
east of Savannah river, but they are known to have raided the
countries west of it. The Yuchi did not dwell on the Chatahu-
chi river before 1729, and were never known under the name
" Flatheads."

Apala\tchukla, a peace or white town, was on the west side of
Chatahuchi river, and so was Apalajtchukla Old Town, which
lay one and a half miles below. On the same side lay Kawita
and Kawita Talahassi, but Kasi'hta was on the eastern bank of
Chatahuchi river, two and a half miles below Kawita Talahassi,
and below Kasi'hta lay "the old Cussetuh town."* The relation
in which the Kasi'hta stood to the Kawita people appears, from
the terms of the legend, to be that of sister towns separated by
segmentation ; the legend also suggests that through the influence
of Apalavtchiikla the immigrants gradually became a white town
from the red and bloody town it had been before. In the account
of Taskaya Miko, Kasi'hta and Kawita appear as separate tribes
from the beginning ; they both enjoy the exclusive privilege
among the Creek towns to raise the red or scalp-pole ; and the
high esteem in which thev were held is shown by the title of
'• elder brothers" which the Chicasa aiid Abika give to them,t
though "Kasi vta is first in rank." It is singular that one of two
tribes which had previously formed one town only, became a
white or peace town (Kasi^ta) while the other, Kawita, remained
a red or war town, and even stood at the head of the kipaya
towns according to a tradition current among the Creeks.

GEXEKAL KESULTS.

In spite of its legendary character, our Kasi'hta narrative is of
value to ethnographic science on account of its high antiquity
and of the historic conclusions which may be deduced from it.

* Cf. i. pp. 133, 134. t Cf. i pp. 223, 224.

68 [lOO) TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

The high antiquity of the legend appears from the circumstance
tliat the tribe appears throughout as one total or a single unit, for
the names of the chiefs or leaders have been obliterated by length
of time. A chief is mentioned but once, and without name;
it was when they were advised by him that the red arrows shot
back were not a good sign. The constant recurrence of the " sa-
cred" number ^oa;-, the comparative paucity of local names, as
well as the lack of any distinct chronologic data about the begin-
ning or end of the migration, — all this testifies to its archaic
origin.

The legend in its present form is fragmentary. This appears
from the extremely short manner by which the puskita and its
origin, the medicinal herbs, and the restless pole, are mentioned,
of their importance for the migration can be collected only from
the parallel Maskoki legends. On the other side, the stories re-
ferring to the "man-eater," the large blue bird, etc., are recounted
at full length.

The purpose of Tchikilli's narrative is twofold : i. It endeavors
to report the origin of certain war- and peace-customs, sacrificial
acts, and the use of remedial herbs ; 2. it attempts to trace the
path followed by the immigrating tribe. — Kasi'hta and Kawita
were originally red towns^ and the customs of a white or peace
town (when explained in a similar narrative) would probably
have differed entirely from the above. The further back into
antiquity these customs could be traced, the more sacred they ap-
peared to the people composing the tribe.

After divesting the Kasi'hta legend of its non-historic and poetic
attire, or, to use an expression which is much more to the point,
of all the miraculous humbug added to it by later myth-makers
and conjurers, the few historic facts forming the foundation of it
may be summed up as follows :

The legend does not relate, nor pretend to relate, the migration
of all Creek tribes, but only that of the Kasi'hta tribe, from which
the Kawita subsequently branched off'. Of other Creek tribes

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — COMMENTARY. [lOl] 69

only the Abi'hka is mentioned in the early part of the narrative ;
after this, Kiisa and Apalavtchukla, which tribes were then estab-
lished at the same spot where we find them in the eighteenth
century.

Another historic fact deducible from the legend is, that the Ka-
si'hta proceeded from the ancient habitat of the Chicasa people in
the northern part of ^Mississippi state, or from a locality situated
in its vicinity.* No passage of this legend proves conclusively a
crossing of the Mississippi river from west to east, although other
legends of the Creek people allude to such an event.

The immigrating tribe evidently followed a trail partly identi-
cal with another, known to exist in later times, which crossed the
Tallapoosa river at Tukabatchi and the Chatahuchi river near the
Yuchi settlement. The existence of a trail like this presupposes
a considerable population in the towns connected by it, and, at the
time when the Kasi'hta arrived, eastern and central Alabama may
have contained as many inhabitants as in the eighteenth century,
though perhaps belonging to other nationalities. It is not possi-
ble to venture even a guess at these,j nor at the epoch when the
immigration of the Kasi'hta took place. The customs of the
people as sketched in the legend are about the same as we find
them at the beginning of their historic period ; and, among primi-
tive nations, customs, habits and beliefs do not change or alter at
the same rapid rate as they do with us, because their tribal orga-
nization tends to isolate them from other tribes.

The legend originated in and refers to a period of history when
the primordial Maskoki tribe had already separated into subdi-
visions. This appears not only from the various tribes mentioned
as being then in existence, but also from the dialects which can
be distinguished in the topographic names of the narrative. But
still they believed in their common origin ; this is, for instance,
evidenced by the fact that they had a common belief of having
emerged from a mound, hill, or mountain, which the Creeks call
'lani immiko, or ikan=halwi immiko, "chief of the mountains," at
the present day.

* That the Kasi'hta tribe were then mixed or intermarried with the Chicasa people can-
not, however, be made evident from these indications.
t Dr. Brinton, Ch.-M, Legend, p. lo.

70 L^02] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Some reasons which strongly militate in favor of the theory
that the tribes of the Maskoki race never crossed the Mississippi
river from west to east, are deducible from the phonology and
morphology of their languages. These reasons do not prove the
fact with the cogency of mathematic deduction, but they are per
suasive upon the principle of ethnic analogy.

For the comparison of languages of the Gulf States we have to
select only those which appear indigenous to the country^ as the
Timucua, Yuchi, Naktche, Tonica, Shetimasha, Atakapa and
Tonkawe, and exclude the intrusive ones, as the Dakotan and Sho-
honi dialects (Kataba, Biloxi, Kappa, Comanche). The Cheroki
is an Iroquois dialect from Northern parts, but was settled in the
Apalachian mountains from times immemorial. Now it is a
remarkable fact, that the sounds f and,'/ (the palatalized /) are
found only east of the Lower Mississippi river, in Yuchi, Nak-
tche and the Maskoki languages ; Cheroki has at least '/, which
alternates there with //, and Timucua has f. But west of the
Lower Mississippi these two sounds do not occur until we reach
New Mexico and the Apache country, which is inhabited by an
intrusive people also. On the other side some languages west of
that river have the sound r and the vocalic r, which is not heard

to the east of it, except in Timucua. The synopsis of these
sounds is as follows :

East — Maskoki dialects : y, '/, no r.
Yuchi language : /", V, no r.

Cheroki language: no/", but '/.■ r in otie dialect.
Naktche language : f, 'A no r.
Timucua language : f, r, no 7.

West — Shetimasha language : y, '/, ;', all wanting.
Tonica language : r and r, no y nor '/.
Atakapa language : '/, no f nor r.

Caddo and other Pani dialects : r or r, but no f nor '/.
Tonkawe language : r, r\o f nor 7.
Comecrudo language : y 7, r, all wanting.

The most striking feature of this table is the presence of J"
and '/, the absence of r east of the Mississippi river, and the pres-
ence of r or r coupled with the absence of y" and '/ in the ma-

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — COMMENTARY. [103] 71

jority of languages west of it. That mighty river was well adapted
to form a limit between nations strangers to each other. As to
the Tonica people, it must be added that they dwelt on both sides
of the river, and we do not know the site of its original habitat.

The phonetics of Naktche, Yuchi and Maskoki are similar in
other respects ; in the frequency of nasalization (cf. Cha'hta), in
the grouping' of certain sounds, in the alveolar pronunciation of
the guttural k. With no other family Iiave the Creek Indians so
many vocables in common as with the Yuchi, whose pristine
homes were on both sides of the Savannah river. This also tes-
tifies to a very long sojourn of both nations in adjoining tracts
of land ; the Yuchi have no tradition or recollection of ever hav-
ing changed their abode, except in recent times. No area of
territory caij be found west of the Mississippi, the geographic
names of which could lead us to assume that tribes of Maskoki
lineage had ever resided there, except a few spots on the western
bank of the Lower Mississippi, which Cha'hta Indians have oc-
cupied or ?ia med s'xnce. a.d. 1700.

One of the most ancient features of an Indian language is re-
duplication for inflectional purposes. In this we observe a thor-
ough difference between Maskoki and the languages west of the
Mississippi river : in Maskoki, the second syllable is the redupli-
cated one in adjectives and verbs ; west of the river, at least in
Tonica, Atakapa, and Tonkawe, it is the first one. Linguists
able to appreciate this circumstance fully, will not deny that it is
of great weight in separating certain classes of linguistic families
from each other, and consequently to assign them different areas
in primordial epochs. The Sahaptin and the Dakotan excepted,
no other linguistic family of North America is known to me
which reduplicates for inflectional (not for derivational) purposes
in the same manner as Maskoki.

72 [104] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Directions
FOR THE Use of the Two Glossaries.

The two Indian retranslations follow the English text pretty-
closely, to speak generally ; but in some passages, where an
accurate version was difficult to attain, the retranslations are
merely paraphrasing the Eng-lish original and use circumscrip-
tive language.

As to the alphabetic order observed in the glossaries, it should
be remembered that terms beginning with y- were placed right
after those with initial /-, those with initial '/- after those in /-,
those with initial tch-^ ts- after those in t-.

In order to recapitulate the important alternations or sponta-
neous permutations of sounds, the knowledge of which is abso-
lutely necessary for finding the words of the texts in the glossaries,
I repeat that di. a alternate with e and a and vice-versa ; i with
?, jK, zJK-, yi and sometimes with e; o with ?/, A. As to the con-
sonants, d interchanges with t ; _^ with k^ kk, x ; b with p ; dsh
with ds^ tch, ts ; s with sh^ and '/, but in a few instances only,
with /. Gemination is frequent with some consonants only, as
^, k^ /, .y, ?«, 71 in mikko, itallua, adsiilli, pummiki, issi- (prefix)
etc. ; when occurring in vowels, it marks emphasis : tcha-ati
red ; h is often dropped : hadam and adam, ok'hulati and okulati ;
often it is inserted for emphasis : ito-u'h ; and still more fre-
quently it marks in Creek a preterit tense : i'hsas (from isas) /
took; cf. vol. i. 205.

Nouns are entered in the glossaries under the forms of their
absolute cases; the subjective case ends in -t{-d), the objective
in -n. Adverbs usually have the case-endings -/ or -n. When
a Creek Indian quotes a verb, he usually gives it in the infinitive
mode ending in ita. I have substituted to this form the first per-
son singular of the present, declarative mode of the active voice
in -a-i's, contr. -(is, because a large number of substantives also
end in -ita, which might cause confusion. The impersonal verbs,
of course, were quoted in the third person in -is, -is. The numer-
ous verbals also end in ■ t, -n in the cases above mentioned. The

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [1O5] 73

numerous forms ending in -atis^ -katis all belong to the historic
past or aorist tense ; cf. vol. i. 206.

Many of the suffixes were separated from the body of the word
by the simple hyphen, especially when polysyllabic : -tati^ -titd-
yiSf etc. ; but the shorter ones were not, as in Creek : -cis^ -g<^i
-ha^ -it {-i'n), -sin^ -tuii^ -n, and others. They are, however,
mentioned in the glossary.

When two vowels meet belonging to two words forming a
compound, or belonging to two affixes forming a derivative, the
vowel of the first word, not that of the second, is elided; e.g.
adsh'simapi stalk of maize, not adshi = mapi.

The parts or limbs of the human and animal body and the
terms of relationship appear in the Maskoki dialects always con-
nected with prefixed possessive pronouns. I have therefore en-
tered most of them in the two glossaries under im-^ in-^ z'-, the
possessive prefix of the third person.

The other nouns and also the verbs of the Indian texts begin-
ning with im-^ imm-^ in-, inn-^ /-, or other prefixed personal
pronouns, as tcha-^ an-^ tchi-^ are to be looked for under their
simple forms in Creek ; inlo vadis under 16 ^as, inkakida under
kakida, pofigi under ifigi. In Hitchiti : immiki under miki.

In many verbs the personal or possessive pronoun is insepa-
rable from them, and such verbs as these will be found either
under an- (ist pers.), ?'-, im-^ in- (3d pers.), or under tcha-
(ist pers.)

For further elucidation of the grarnmatic forms in the Creek
and Hitchiti text, cf. the morphologic sketch of the Creek lan-
guage in vol. i. pp. 19S-211, and that of the Hitchiti language
in vol. i. pp. 80-S5. Some Creek terms quoted in vol. i. were
entered in the Creek glossary, others will be mentioned in the
Index *

* The Creek text appears in this volume in a revised and correct shape, and parties
owning the first volume should therefore remove pp. 237-351 before sending it to the
binder. In violation of our contract, the publisher D. G. Brinlon undertook to " correct"
the Creek text himself; the natural consequence was that about one hundred errors were
left standing, and the text was rendered totally unfit for scientific use.

'74 [lo6] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

The Creek Glossary.

a- prefix of verbs and nouns : Jrom^ coming from.

Abi/ka, pi. Abivkanagi, nom. pr. Abika, Obika Indian;
Abi/kanagitawat but the Abika Indians 12, 11.

adam, hadam i) again; hadam 14, 33. 2) or 12, 26.

adsh-, atch- ; a prefix commonly placed before another prefix,
as -ak, -uk (-u'h) : behind., in the rear of.

adshakayas, du. of subj. adshakahoyis, pi. adshakapiyls I avt
followifig.^ going after., going alongside oj ; said of ob-
jects moving, travelling ; also of roads, paths, etc. Ninin
adshakapiyakatin ati vgit to follow the trail into which
they had stepped., in which they stood 12, 36; adshaka-
yigo-titayin being unable to follozv 14, 7 i adshakkahid
having followed^ travelled with 18, 13. Der. ak-, ayiis.

adshak'hui'las I chase .^ pursue, adshak'hui' la'lanayatalgid
being bent upon the pursuit of., p. 60 ; lit. "having to stand
in behind, at a future time"; from adsh-, ak-, huilas^ 'lana-
ya, talkis ; cf. i. 206, and ak'huilas.

adshi maize., Indian corn; adsh'; imapi maize-stalk., vol. i.
203. a. intalapi ear of corn ; a. loatchki soft corn., green
corn; a. wanhi hard corn; a. issi leaf., husk of corn;
adshidsas such a thing as com 14, 26.

adshuktchakas I overtake., catch Jip with, adshuktcha/ai-
gin overtaken by., as by misfortune; lit. "it having come
upon (me)," p. 60. Der. adsh-, uk-, tchakas I overtake.

adsuli, adshulagi-tati ; see atsiili.

Afos;afiska, nom. pr. of a stream in the old Creek country,
Eastern Alabama : Bark-peeling Place. Der. afo'swa, q.v.,
and afisas I peel., strip (bark, skins, etc.) 14, 35.

afoswa, coll. afo'salgi switch., flexible branch., underbrush
14, 10.

afuswa (« short) sewing-thread., thread.

^haka i) law., legal practice; 2) custom., habit, mahaka,
abbr. from irriiihaka ; lit. " his, their law, habit'" ; covunon
law., custom., habit.

GATSCHET — KAS , LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [107J 75

ahaki likeness^ image; liokti ylu'ikit hahin making- a like-
ness of a xvoman 12, 15. Dcr. hiikiis / becotne.

ahassi old^ ancient; mostly referring to inan. objects. Talua;
ahassi, contr. taUahassi waste town., village almost desert-
ed, abandoned ; a frequent town name, of. Talisi vol. i.
144. 145.

ah i 'lit o'mis it is better, preferable ; a. o. ko'hmit having
thought that it is better 14, 11. Der. hi'li.

ahitidshiis I kindle, set or apply f re to; ahitldshi fsfulla-
tid they had it lighted zvith them 10, iS ; ahitidshatit
having lit, kindled 10, 10. Der. ahitkas ; cf. iti, H. glos-
sary.

ahftkas. pi. of siibj. ahit'hukas I burn, lam consumed by f re;
'lani ahitki o'dshi that was burning there on the moun-
tain 10, 18 (verbal) ; ahitki, pi. ahit'huki burning, blaz-
ing 14, 14 (partic.)

ahitchkas, anhitchkas I acquire, obtain, get possession of;
inhitchkin obtainitzg, havifig obtained 10, 11. imahilissua
inhitchekadi, inhitchkadi ever since thev obtained the 7ne-
dicines 10, 30. 33. anhi'tchkiis / have obtained, inhitch-
kadis they found, obtained for themselves 10, 27. Der.
hidshiis ; cf. hitchkuidshas.

ahopaka i) emblem, symbol^ sign. ahopakat omis is the
symbol of 12, 28; cf. 16, 34. 2) measuring instrument;
rule, compass^ yard-stick, etc. 3) object measured.

ahopanas, pi. of obj. ahupanhuidshas I spoil, destroy; ima-
hupanid omika they would spoil on that account the
powder of the medicine (im- what belongs to others) 10, 37.
ahupa'niis (pret.) / have spoiled.

ahoskas / remain over, am left over; aho'skadin those left
over, the survivors 16, 27.

ahudshifas / name after; ahudshifit umhoyadis it was
named thus after, from 14, 32 ; cf. hodshifka na7ne.

ahupu'lliniis, pi. of obj. ahupu'llinakiis I acquire a know-
ledge of, learn about lO, 12; cf. hopoyiis.

ahu sitchii' tchas (s. & pi. of obj.) I reserve, preserve 16, 26.

ay at i) travelling, going ; verbal of ay as, q.v. ; 2) since, since
then; lit. "timegoing," 10, 33. hayumi ayat since; lit.
"from now going on."

76 [lo8] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ay as, dual of subj. ahoyis, pi. apiyis, api-is I go^ march ^ jour-
ney^ travel^ move, proceed ; apiyit (verbal) starting^
marc hi Jig- ; occurs often, as in mo'hmit apiyit hereupon
journeying onward 8, 27 ; apiyid omatis they are starting
14, 20; apiyat hatchi coming to a river 14, 24; apiyatas
better apiyat' tas, from apiyatit-as ivhenever they go 10, 23
(-as suffix, q.v.); hadam apiyad starting again 14,33. —
Apiagi'l or apiyagi'l ! iet us go ! (-i'l archaic suffix for -is»
from the so-called female dialect) 12, 4 ; apiyatis they jour-
neyed 8, 26; cf. 10, I. —Apiyis when they start is con-
strued with the subjective case of the indirect object : hu'li-
das for war 12, 26 ; and ho'litas apia'lanit when they are
about to start for warfare (-'laniis, suffix of one of the fu-
ture tenses) 14, 19.

ayidshadshas i) I continue, proceed further; u'h'limi ayi-
dshadshad they were continuing to cover 12, 11. 2) /
make, cause to go, anim. or inan. obj. ; in this definition
the dual is ahoyidshadshas, the plur. apiyidshadshas. Der.
ay as.

ayiktchas, pi. of subj. ayiktchis, pi. of obj. ayiktchagas I hold
forcibly, I hold fast^ cling to. ayiktchi imiinkatis they
continued to clijig to 16, 37. Der. yiktchi.

ak-, prefix: into or in the water, or into a hollow, a deep
chasm, a valley ; down into. Originally referred to water
only; probably from radix of oki water; cf. u-i = akfusua,
under fusua.

akadapkas, du. ak'hatap'hokis, pi. ak'hatapidshis, ak'hadap'-
hidshis / go down, descend, v. intr. This refers to the
descent towards the water over the high banks between
which southern rivers are flowing. o-i;'lakun akadapkid
o'min leading dorvn into the river; lit. ''descending be-
ing" 16, 7. ak'hadapidshatis they descended 12, 38.

akasamas i) I believe, add faith to; akasama'gid omeka
having believed it o/i that account; viz. on account of
Tomochichi's personal visit to Great Britain ; 18, 14. 2)
I praise, extol.

^kasamka i) belief; 2) praise.

akelatka, see akhitka.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [1O9] 77

ak'huilas. ak'hui'las, du. aksihogis, pi. aksapaklis / stand
inside of, down in something. Der. hiiilas ; cf. u vhuilas.

aki'liiitchka i) viind^ thinking poiver^ intention ; imagi'lai-
tska their mind^ intentions i6, 32. 2) remembrance,
memory of: isagi'letchka remembrance of 14, 19. Der.
ki'ladshiis, vol. i. 211, from ki'las.

aki'lctchas, agi'laidshas i) / re?nember, I think ; 2) /
think of cf. i. 1S6 ; cf. ki'lii'dshas i. 2Ji.

aklatgiis, aYlatkas, pi. of subj. akpalatkis i) I fall, tumble
into. 2) / go doxvn, set ; said of celestial bodies : ha'si
aklatgis the sun, moon is setting; ha'si ;aklatgatin in the
zvcst 8, 18 ; cf. aklatka. ha'si a jlatkita hitchita hi'lit os it
is pleasant to see the sun set. Der. ak-, latgas.

aklatka tuest : akelatka 10, 15; in-has;a,vla.tkosin tvest from
there 8, 22 (-usi suffix) ; ha'si; (or has'=) aklatgatin at the
sunset, in the west 8, 18, is a verbal of aklatgas, q.v.

akmagas, akmakas I speak to, command while being down
in some place, innakmagas / speak for the others, com-
mand for them 10, 39. Der. magas.

akpalatis, see akweikas.

aksLimidshas, pi. of obj. aksumidsha'-idshas I cause to sink
into, to be lost in, to be covered over by earth, water, &c.
aksomidsha' vtchin (pi. form) "they lost it" by causing the
sinking in, disappcara)ice of, 12, S.

aktchiyas, du. aktchihuyis, pi. aktchiyis, I go down into, as
into water, a thicket, canebrake, &c.

akuyi'htchit, see akwikas.

akweikas, pi. akpalatas / throzu down into; uyuan akweikis
we throw into the water ; tchadun (6-iwan) uyuan akpalatit
throwing many stones into the water 16, 24. Der. waikiis.

akwikas, du. akwihokis, pi. akuyidshis, v. intr. I remove, mi-
grate; akuyi'htchit apoyadis having removed they settled
down 8, 22.

alakas, alagas, ala^as, du. alahokis, pi. yedshls, ye-idshis,
yaitchis ; i) I approach, come., arrive, cf. i'lalakas I re-
turn from, nita umalgan alagit coming every day 12, 14.
tutka immalakatis a pre approached them 10, 13. 14. 16.
17. 2) to occur, happen, said of events.

78 [no] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

alakuidshas to brings carry; imalakuidshi one who brings
to somebody. Der. alakas.

algi, -algi i) «//, entire^ whole; hatkusi (or hatkati) algid
omatis it was xvholly wJiite 12, 32. 2) abounding in:
tchadu-algi rocky ^ full of rocks 12, 38. 3) suffixed to
nouns, -algi forms collectives : Yiitchalgi the Tutchi peo-
ple ; Maskokalgi the Creek nation ; afo'salgi thicket of
underbrush 14, 10; corresponds in tribal names to okla of
Cha'hta. Derivatives are: omalga, q.v., siilgi.

algin everyivhere 16, 13.

Alibamu, pi. and coll. Alibamalgi, nom. pr. Alibamu In-
diati ; they once were settled on Alabama river, Ala., at and
below the confluence of Coosa and Tallapoosa rivers, and
belonged politically to the Upper Creeks. In text we have
Atilamalgi 12, 10; see note in Commentary.

aligapas I glitter^ fash ^ am resplendent 10, 5 j said of fire,
mirrors, etc.

aliktcha, alig'tcha. coll. aliktchalgi medical fractitionery
doctor^ Indian or white ; aliktchas 1 am doctoring^ treat-
ing; cf. hilissua, hilis';haya.

a'las, du. wilagis, pi. fullis, foUis I am there; I am about^
present ; generally connected with the idea of motion,
moving about, but sometimes used like a mere auxiliary
verb forming periphrastic conjugational forms. Fu'sua
a'latis a bird was about 12, 13. 15 ; hia fu'sua, a'latin this
bird beino- or hoverincr about 12, 16.; huma;wilakad two
going before^ in front 16, 19 ; fullis momof then (they) will
be going abo7.it 12, 27 ; wakat fullis cattle inoves abo7it ; fiillid
omis they are moving 14, 2r. 16, 19; pohagit fuUid omis
they are hearing it 16, 15 ; apiyit fiillati when they were
marching 16, iS : fiillin omofa zi'he?i they are ettgaged {\n
war) 16, 12; fullangid u'mis those xuho had been there
making the white path 14, 38 : (-angis, suffix of a tense long
past; cf. isiyangis vol. i. 3o6 ;) istit ful!i;hi'lit omadin that
■people certainly had been there 12, 33 (cf. hi'li).

a'lkasatulga drum 16, 10; from a'lkasua, sort oi jar with
narrow opening, and atulpuyiis I wrap up. The usual term
for drum is now tamamapka.

amititagis I a?n ready ^ prepared.

GATSCHET K AS. LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [ln] 79

andfkcis, pi. of subj. anafhutj^is, anafhogis, / strike agaiitst.
Der. a-, nafkas.

a n a k 1 near, close to.

anakuasin, prep. & postp. very near by, close to 8, 20. 12,
34. Der. anaki, -sin.

anakuidshas I approach close to. Der. anaki; cf. timpui-
dshas.

a n h a h i , p. 60 ; see hayiis,

anhi tchki ; hi'l i s I have good luck, am fortunate ; lit. "my
opportunity or capacity of obtaining is good." ihitski;
hi'lis he has good luck, ihitskishi'lin fullid omis they jour-
ney abotct with good luck to thefn 14, 21. Der. ahitchkas,
hi'li.'

ani, anit, anin, abbr. an-, a-, /, tnyself. anit o'mas that is
?nine ; I do it, I am the cause of it; cf. i. 303. 209.

an 'law a. anla'wan i) away from houses, lodges, settlements ;
in the xuoods, outdoors. 2) otitside of: contrary to.

Antitchj, nom. pr. of a headchief of the Kawita tribe 8, 8.

anukidsha, nukidsha lover.

anukidshas I love ; cf. i. 14.

anukitska love.

a-6ssas, a-iisas, du. of subj. awulgis, a-ulgis ; pi. asossis, aso-
sis, / issue, come out, emerge fro7n ; a-osa'-iyit issuing,
rushing forth 14, 10. a'sosa-id having come cutoff, 30.
Der. a-, ossas ; cf. asossas.

apa-idshidshas / follow something spread out, extended,
uyuan a. I folloxv the xvater-course 16, 14.

apaigiis. pi. of subj. atihis, atikis I stand, go, move, am
within, in, inside of. man (ni'nin) atihaigit stepping
into it (the path) 12, 37. ma ni'nin ati^git (preterit) hav-
ing stood in that path or trail 12, 36. isti talofa ativkad
those who stayed in the town 16, 21.

apakas I accotnpany, go zuitk somebody, apakin (verbal)
having come xvith him 8, 16. It stands here for the word
other of the English translation. I'n'li apakhi u'dshit oma-
tis had arrotvs with him ; lit. '^ was having its arrows
going with him" I3, 21. 23; cf. itipakas.

apala'h, apala i) across^ on the other side of , now more fre-
quently used in the form of tapala (iti-apala), q.v. ; cf.

80 [lI2] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

apalua, pal;hamgin. 2) ahove^ higher than ; seldom used
in this sense, cf. hatch^apala'h ; <' up towards" is expressed
by a'liba fatsan.
Apala'htsuklalgi 8, 10; same as Pala'htchuklalgi ; see Pa-

la'htchukla.
apalatas cf. aweikas, q.v.

apalua, apallua a part, a portion of %^ 22; the rest^ remain-
der, apaluat apoki sasatis a portion settled down 18, 3 ;
cf. apala'h.
api (« short) i) stetfi, stalk., trunk of tree; 2) pole, hatidle
adsh^imapi maize-stalk. Occurs also in talapi cob, ear;
Nofapi nom. pr. , pukabi, etc.
apiyatas, apiyis, apia'lanit, etc.; cf. ayas.
apingalidshas, pi. of obj. apingalakuidshas ; pret. apingala-

kui'htchas / scare off. take aivay by frightening.
apokis, pi. of laikas, q.v.

apoki ta village; settlement o^ owe. tv'ihe, group, cluster; ha-
bitation of a body of persons, apopokita settlements of
many groups or tribes. Der. apokis ; cf. laikita, kakida.
a'sa, pron. dem. yon, yonder, that o?ie over there; refers to
objects seen at a distance, isti asa hui'lat that man stand-
ing out there; asa-tati that yonder first.
asitch'has I shoot back, I shoot in return with 16, 21. Der

itch'has.
asossas i) I bring out, make come out; pret. asosayas /
have brought out. 2) asossis, when intrans. as in 8, 20 is
from a-6ssas, q.v.
assi i) hair; issi his, her hair. 2) /<?«/", viz. "hair of plant" ;
archaic form u'ssi. 3) black drink, an exhilarating bever-
age made of the leaves of Ilex cassine, a kind of haw, and
in use among all Indian tribes of the Southern vStates.
The tree is a species of evergreen, leaves ^ to i inch long ;
it is called in Creek sometimes assi lupiitski (tree of) small
leaves, but more frequently assi leaves 16, 33 ; cf. tsutki.
assitchas, pi. of subj. assidshis I pursue, hunt, follow up,
chase, assitchatis pursued them 14, 10. assitchi while
pursuing, -vhen following up, 16, 26.
a'ta, a da below, in lower part of. hatchi ima'ta down
stream; cf. hatchata.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [113] 81

atassa, atasa bent piece of wood used as a •war-club^ not a
tomahawk as in the text. A word borrowed from the Che-
roki language, where it is pronounced atsa and ta'hsi lo, 24.

at ass ;ahaki j)ole painted with red c/ay^ six to seven feet long,

cut to a peculiar shape and slanting towards the centre of

the busk-square. Certain towns, like Okfiiski, had three or

four of these before each shed or gallery. Lit. ''war-club

^ made alike."

atas, du. at'hoyis, at'ho-is, pi. awis / come, atit immalakatis
■while coining it approached them 10, 13. at ofan when
coming, at the time he., they caine; for ati ofan 14, 13 ; cf.
i'la-awid 10, 35 (under i'la-atas).

atikat, atigat i) every part of, the -whole of; all of the kind.
isti huilat atigat every person ("standing") ; loktsat atigat
everything ripe 10, 32. 2) ever since; mu'hmati atigad
ever since that time 18, i ; up to now^ up to this day.
Der. atas.

atiki, atigi, postpos., up to, so high., so far as, that far;
inukua atigin ak'hiii'l he stands in the water to the 7ieck;
atigin along the border, edge of; atikusi so as to reach;
cf. -usi; atikusi-tayin y«^/ enough to reach (the knee) 12,
12. hayomi atikas even (-as) up to the present time 10,
19. Der. atas.

ati;^;gis, pret. pi. of apaigas, q.v.

atchakapiyakatin, see adshakayas.

atchikillas / step , go back-wards ; I retrace my steps.

atsulaidshi old., elderly; adsuleidshi-t£it for being the oldest,
m-ost ancient; stands here {or bravest, most respected; -tut
a causal particle 10, 38.

atsulga age of man, animals, inan. objects; cf. atsuli.

atsuli, pi. atsulagi i) adj. old, aged; 2) subst. a?tcestor,
forefather; adshulagi-tati the old people that were; the
defunct ancestors 8, i.

awaihigas J am next in order; awaihigadis they came next
12, 10.

awaikas, aweikas, pi. apalatas, / throw away, i-aweikiis,
see yaweikas. imawaigakatis they threxv it to., for, before
him 14, 12. Der. waikas ; cf. akweikas.

awis, pi. of a'as, q V.
v.— I— S

82 [114] TRANS. ST, LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

awolaidshas I approach ; awolaidshit approaching^ when
he approached 14, 12. awola'dshit approaching 12, 29.
yafgi awulaidshis evening is coming on.

-as, -es,-es, suffixed: i) <?r, either^ or else. tsulakutas,
wakatas, suk'hatas horses^ cattle., or hogs, ho'litas 14, 19.
16, 12. istamaitas 16, 13. 2) such., such as; even; for
instance, konawatas even beads. ho^'XkopMi.s stealing for
instance, 'la'lotas such thi/igs as Jish 8, 30. atikas 10,
19 ; see atiki.

emiingatis; see imungis.

faka cable., rope., string; vine. itcha;kuadaksi ifaka the bovj-
string., lit. '' of the crooked gun its string" 12, 23,

faki, faggi dirt., mud., clay., earthy matter, faki tchadin zvith
red clay or red paint 12, 2. To paint themselves red, the
Creek Indians now buy Chinese vermilion (sulphurate of
mercury or cinnabar) at their traders' stores.

falapkas, pi. of obj. fala'hlidshas I split., as wood, bulky
objects, etc. falapki what is split ; cf. tuka^v'idshas.

fatcha I) straight.; S^^^^S ^'^ ^ straight direction. 2) right.,
correct.

fatchan, fadsan in a straight direction ; tozvards. hasi;6ssa-
ti, hasossa f. towards sunrise., east S, 26. J4, i. homa-
fatcha toward the front; yebofatcha, yup6;fatchan toward
the rear, iyuksa fadsan toward the end of S^ 32. imfa-
dsan right in the direction of, 2) when points of the
compass are spoken of, f. often means from the direction
of: hasisossati f. from the east 10, 13 ; wahala f. from
the south 10, 14; akelatka f. 10, 15 from the west., sunset
10, 15; huni'la f. yV-(?»2 the north 10, 17.

figabas / rest., take a rest, figabin u'hhayatgadis it dawned
over them when they rested 8, 28.

fik'hi'lki, adj. quiet., tranquil, at rest ; lit. "with peace in
heart." Der. ifigi, hi'lka.

fik'hi'lkigu restless, troubled 10, 20. Der. fik'hi'lki, -ku.

fik'hunnas i) I remain, stay ; I stop, cease, matawan fik'-
hunnin remaining at the same place 14, 18. i-upan fik'-
hunnatis remained behind the others 8, 24 ; the proper
form for the plural would be fik'hunnakatis. 2) / remain

GATSCIIET KAS. LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [115] 83

quiet ^ undisturbed ; fik'hunnis it is quieted lo, 22; cf.

magiis. Der. ifiki sofnebodv's hearty hiinnis becomes heavy.

The explanation is that people with sorrowing hearts will

remain quiet and not stir about,
foyas, foya-is I am sawing, itun foyas I saw timber., wood.

itu;isfu;/a 'lako cross-cut saw; (i)tu;fu/a sawed timber ; cf.

kitas.
fullangid, fiillis, fulli;hi4it omadin ; cf. a'las.
ful 1 id sha'd shas, pi. of obj. fulhuidshas I return., give back.
fusua bird; fus^hadshi bird's tail., u-isakfusua water-birds :

ducks, geese, herons, etc.

-ga, -ka (-in:-uga, -oka, -iga and other forms), causal suffix
appended to nouns and verbs, and abbreviated from -gay
kan : o'stiga because there are (or were) four 12, i ; isi-
ga/kan, abbrev. isiga becajise he takes or took i. p. 207 ;
omiga as^ since., because., on account of ; tchatiduga as
they are red 16, 4; komakika as they thought 8, 24 ; iko-
si-ga as it is smoking.

~S°' "g'J? "g""! piivative suffix; cf. -ku.

-ha, -a, suffixed; serves as interrogative particle : "may it not
be so?" cf. -titayis, in 10, 39.

hadshi tail 12, 27; ihadshi its tail 12, 13.

hagi, hagita, hakita noise., sound., clatter, hia inhagi this its
sound., this noise from it 16, 13; cf watula. Der. hakas
/ make a noise.

hah it, see hayas.

hayayalgi, the four genii who brought fire from the four car-
dinal points to the ancestors of the Kasi'hta tribe, accord-
ing to the legend related by Taskaya Miko, in vol. i. 222,
sq. The term is connected with Cr. hayayagi light., radi-
ance., and is referred to in Commentary under Color Sym-
bolism, &c. These genii are what other Indian myths call
the four pillars of the Sky.

hayatgi i) daybreak., dawn 8,28; 2) morning, day 14,34.
36 ; cf. nodshas, u'hhayatgas. Der. hayas, hatki.

hayas, pi. of obj. hahi-as J make, construct, mamifacture;
hapu hayas / strike camp, encamp 8, 28. hii'li hayas /
make war, I am on the warpath ; inkakida hayatis they

84 [ll6J TPANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

made their settlement^ they settled dozvn S, 20. hahi-it
having made (plur.) 14, 38. habit, contr. from hahyit,
hahi-it makings having made 12, 15. hahid manufacttired
14,8. nini hatki hayi those who tnade the -white path 14,
37. haheidshit, for ha'hyidshit, having ?nade (bows) 14,
27. inhayakatin made, constructed for him by them 14,
13. Passive form: inhahoyadi made for him, her, it 12,
16 (verbal), anhahi made for me, p. 60.

hayomi just now, at present; just then. This adverb ap-
pears under various case-forms : hayumat, hayomad, ayo-
mat, hayomit, hayiim-as. Hayomi atikiis even to the present
time 10, 19; almost equivalent to hayomas (ayiimes) up
to this day 10, 7. 14, 15. hayomit at that time 10, 29.
Der. hia, i-6mat.

hakas, ha^as, pi. of subj. hahokas i) I cry, shout, make a
noise, hakid omis it makes a noise like that 16, 11 ; of.
oki. Iambi okin hakin omat if he cries like an eagle; lit.
"if he is crying alike in voice to an eagle" 12, 30. haho-
kadin because whooping, crying 14, 32. 2) / chatter,
caw, whoop : said of birds,

hakas / become, begin to be, turn into, hakitayid omika
therefore they would become 10, 37. tchahakit / become ;
tchahakituka because I would become so. bitchgigo haya-
dis it became invisible 12, 8. hi'lka hakadas when peace
is being made 12, 26. cf. hakin.

hakin then, at that time, lit. "when it happened." hofoni
hakin, or hofoni ha'hkufan a long time after; lit. "after
a long time bad been completed" 12, 18. hakit os, haki-
tiis now, as opposed to "formerly." Der. hakas I become:
cf. hofonin.

ballui, pi. halhawi, adj. high, tall, 'lani halluit laikin at a
high mountain lying there 14, 36. Observe the juxta-
position of a subjective and an objective case in the same
phrase forming one object ; 'lani halluin laikin would be
incorrect.

halluin, halwi, hallui ; adv. upwards, skywards 10,5.

ha'lpi i) skin; tanned skin, yanas'sha'lpi bufalo-skin %, 6.
2) bark; lidshisha'lpi hickory-bark 14, 6.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [117] 85

hamgi, subj. hamgit, obj. hamgin, bamkin. i) adj. num. owe.
apoki haragad (for pala;hamgad) those settled on one side
(of river) i8, 4. ni'ta bamguf after the lapse of one day.
ni'ta hamgad in a single day 8, 29. In counting objects,
hammai is in use ; hamgakin and hamgabakin one to eachy
cf. i. 202 ; hamha/osi one here and one there i. 203. 2)
other .^ another: hatchi bamgin another stream 14, 35.

hamgusi, hamkusi, ?i<\]. only one. bamgusid omis is only one.,
is unijied 18, 5. pu'mmikut bamgushikas let our chiefs
be one; let us have one chief only iS, i. bamkusit only
one person 14, 11. Der. bamgi, -usi.

bammagi for ban magi saying so., saying this, hammaki.
opunayatis he related in the following words 8, 3. Dert
hia, magiis.

bapu, habu ! i) site^ location of as location of the bullet in a
wound, or site^ area of house, plantation ; field allotted to
certain crops. 2) ca?np ; permanent or transitory cncatnp-
ment; bapu bayas / strike camp, I encamp 8, 28.

hasatidshiis, pi. of obj. hasafba'-idsbas, I zvipe off., cleanse.

ha si (a short), bassi, i) sun; basisossati in the east 8, 26,
etc. ha'si;aklatgatin at the sunset; in the west 8, 18. 3)
moon. 3) lunation., month.

has si, abbr, from ahassi, q.v.

hat'he'dshaksh 16,36; see hatidshas.

batidshas, pi. of obj. hat'ha'dshas, pi. of subj. hatidshis /
whiten., viake or paint white ; idshu'kuan hatidshit hav-
ing whitened his mouth i3, 29. hat'he'dshaksh! for hat'-
he'dshatchkis ! whiten ye (your bodies) ! 16, 36 ; cf. batki.

hatitchiska ^r5/; ihatitchiska the first of it., its beginning
10, 27.

hatki, hatgi, pi. and distr. hat'hagi white 16, 27. taf=atki white
feather 16, 39; from tafa hatki. u-i=hatki ocean, lit. ''white
water." hay;atgi daybreak.

hatkusi, pi. hat'hakusi wholly., or very zuhitc; batkusi-algi
quite white around, in ma)i\' spots 12, 32. 33. Der. hatki,
-usi.

hatciiapala, hatchsapala'h up the river, up stream, isti
Maskoki Hatchapala'h the Upper Creeks 8, 2. 7. 18, 6.
Der. hatchi, apala'h.

86 [llS] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

hatchata, hatch;ata dozv?i the rive?-, down stream, isti Mas-
ko'ki Hatchata the Lower Creeks 8, 2. 7. iS, 6. Der. ha-
tch!, a'ta.

h auk as, pi. of subj. hauhakis I am hollow, concave.

haiiki, haoki, Jia-iiki, pi. hauhaki, adj. hollow; itu haiiki hol-
loxv tree, tchatu haiiki Jiollow rock^ cave, cavern 14, 3.
ikan;hauki a hollozc. cavity, hole, pitfall 14, 12. 13.

hawa;^las, pi. hawalkakis lo-pen; said of the mouth only: 8,
19, where it is used intransitively. Der. hauki.

hia, fa, i-a, ya this, this one. bia laikat this thing, object (sit-
ting) here. i-ama, yama here, hia-u this one too. i-a
'lani this mountain 10, 6 ; cf. a'sa, ma.

hi an, here, at this place 14, 2.

hiatawan here also, at the same spot or place 10, 26; from
hian, tawa.

hidsha'dshas I show, exhibit, hidshedsha/adin (verbal 3 p.
pi.) makatis he said to them xvheji they shoxued him (the
arrow^s) 16, 2. Der. hidshas.

hidshas, hitchas, pi. of obj. hidshakas i) I see, behold, per-
ceive, find out. illidshida komid hidshi-is we zvill see
and endeavor to kill him 14, 5 ; hidshatis thcv perceived
10, 2. hidshakatis they perceived, found out 10, 6. hid-
sha/atis they sazv 16, 7. i'htchit, for hi'htchit having seen
(a smoke) 16, 29. hidshatit omit for having seen 18,
8. hi'htchagis that we should see 10, 4; lit. "suppose we
see what it is ; let us see what it is." tchahidshohis lam
seen; cf. also i. 231, and yihidshas. 2) to fnd, discover ;
hidshida komi desiring to fnd 16, 29.

hidshi tobacco. Cf. i. 58.

ki'laidshas I shoxv kindness to, attend closely ; I do w\y duty
towards, impunji-ipat hi'laidsha-it / a?n speaking with
reverence, zvith dutiful feelings, p. 60. Der. hi'li.

hilis;'haya, coll, bills'; hayalgi medical practitioner. Der.
hilissua, hayas.

hilis'^hayas I prepare, make a remedy. Der. hilissua, ha-
yas ; cf. aliktchas.

hilissua tnedicine, ronedv, spiritual and material, imahilis-
sua somebody's medicine, invented by him or them 10, 11.

GATSCIIET KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [ I 1 9] 87

30. The term inhilissua, a remedy for certain diseases, is
not in use.

hi'le-idshas I put aivay, remove; referring to corpses, to
provisions buried for future use, etc.

hi'li, pi. hi'lagi i) good, excellent, useful; pleasant, agree-
able, hi'lit; we'tis probably the best ; may be best 8, 24.
isti hi'lagit omin omad if the people were good (or not
good) 14, 39. 2) Is often incorporated with other words,
and then forms verbs or verbal phrases with an assevera-
tive or augmentative meaning: fiilli^hi'lit 6madin 12, 33;
anhitchkiihi'lis, q.v.

hi'ligiis, hi'likas I am satisfied tvith, it suits me. inhi'la-
gigadis they were dissatisfied ivith them 8,32. Der. hi'li.

hi'liko, pi. hi'lagiko not good ; bad. wretched, 7insatisfacto-
ry. disagreeable, hi'likut os it is not good so 16, 2. inhi-
'lagikun unpleasant to thcjii 8,31. inhi'likut not satisfied,
not feeling well ; lit. "not good to him, them" 8, 25. Der.
hi'li, -ku, privative particle.

hi'lka peace; hi'lkan hayas / make peace 12, 26. Der. hi'li-

hi'lkayis, hi*lka-is, hi'lkjis I make, conchide peace, hi'lkida
isahopakan as a sign of friendly behavior, of a peaceable
mind 16.33. istit inhi'lka-is I conclude peace with him, them,
Tliis verb occurs but seldom without the pronoun prefixed.

hi'lkusas I am quite peaceable, I am very well-minded;
magi hi'lkusa'li komait desiring to be of very peaceful in-
tentions in everything, p 60. Der. hi'lkusi very peacea-
able, from hi'lka, -usi.

hiniha Creek war-title, which originally was a busk-title refer-
ring to the preparing of medicines. Among the Timucua
the inihama were tribal councilmen, headmen ; the Creeks
perhaps borrowed the term from them ; of. i. 157.

hishi lop ut ski little tobacco 10, 29; also called hidshi pak-
pagi, cf. pakpagi. In this connection tchutki, the sing, of
loputski, is not in use.

hitchgigo, pi. hitchgagigo and hitch'hukiko invisible, un-
seen, no longer perceptible 12,8. Der. hidshas, -go(-ko).

hitchkas, pi. of subj. hitchkakis, i) I appear. 2) I am
born; also tchahitchkis. hi'tchkatis was born, came forth
12, 19. Der. hidshas.

88 [l20] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

hitchkishi'lis, cf. anhitchkishi'lis.

hitch kuidshas i) / bring forth ^ give birth to one off-
spring, hitchkuidshi waitis might probably bring forth
12, lb. 2) I gain^ xvi?i, obtain; I acquire^ get possession
of. hupuitagi ihitchkiiidshit obtaining for their children
16, 3. Der. hitchkas.

hodshifas, pi. of obj. hudshif'huyidshas I name, I give a
name., I call by name. hodshifh6yigo not naming, ?iot
mentioning, kaitchid hodshifatis they named it by calling
it so 10,6; cf. 14,34; kaitchid is here superfluous. Cf.
ka-idshiis.

hodshifka, pi. hudshif'huga appellation, name. The plural
has a distributive function.

hof6nin, hofonen for a long time 12, 17; often connected
with hakin, q.v. (hofoni hakin).

hok61in, abbr. h6ko, two hokoli-algi tzvo to each, hoko-
lusi, hok61esen only tzvo, but tzvo 16, 26. 27. (-usi suffix.)

h6kti, hukti, pi. h6ktagi i) xvoman, female 10,33.37. ^2, 15.
2) female animal: fashukti bitch. Cf. tchukuliiidshi.

horn a, i) adj. what comes ffrst., is nearest., is in front. 2)
adv. firstly ; the earliest in time 10, 32 (prob. for homan).

homa'hti, homa;/ti, abbr. 'ma'hti, 'ma/ti, pi. homa/hoti zcho is
ahead of. is ffrst ; zvho has the preccde?7ce ; ; cf. lesoma/ti.

homa/ta-is, homa'htas, pi. of subj. homa;^h6tis ; i) I stand
ahead, I am in frotit ; homa/'hotit shih6ki-titayiha which
{tribe) could stand up and be foremost 10, 38. 39. 2) /
am ruler ; homa/hotid omis they are the rulers (of the
Creek people) 18, 6 ; p6mit homa/hoti-is we are the lead-
ers. Der. homa.

h6man, human before, in the front, in advance; adv. of
hdma. h6man wilako-idshit two going in advance 16, 18.
homa;fatcha i) towards the front; 2) the front part.^
fagade.

hompiis, hiimpas I eat; the food consumed being of various
kinds, humpa/atis they ate 14, 27 ; cf. 16/as, papas.

hopilas, pi. of obj. hopila/as and hopilhuidshas / bury., in-
htime., inter; cf. i. 211. hopilatis they buried (the hatch-
et) 16, 39.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [l2l] 89

hopoyiis I seek^ look out for. hopo-iyitan<^id Jiaviiig sought,
looked for i6, 29 ; -angis forms one of the past tenses, cf.
i. 206, and hupayi.

hopuitaki, pi. of hupiiyua, q.v.

hotsa'dshiis i) / /i/ark, make a ii/ark. 2) / zcrite; cf. 8, 6.
and -hutchi in Chatahiichi, nom. pr., i. 129.

huanapsidshiis I cause, give rise to offspring, inhuanap-
sitoyiis / am the offspring of ki?n, her, them, dc. Cf.
hupuyua.

hiiila'-idshiis, hui'lii'dshas, du. of obj. shihuyas, pi. saba/-
lidshiis i) / set up standing, J expose in an erect po-
sition, inhuilaidsha/adis they set it up in a standing
position for (i-) the blue bird 12, 16. 2) / oiun, said of
animals; lit. "I set up (a beast) on its feet." Der. huilas.

huiliis, hui'las, du. of subj, shihokis, isihokis, pi. saba/lis ; i)
I stand, I am erect. 2) 1 stand up as a leader, hold forth ;
hui'la-itankis, contr. hui'la-itanks / have been standing;
hui'layankis, contr. hui'layanks / stood up repeatedly;
wakat sapaklis cattle are standing (there) ; shihoki {or
sabakli) -titayiha ? can they hold forth ? The -ha makes the
sentence interrogative 10, 39. The dual is not strictly con-
fined to two subjects, but may extend to a few, and also
may represent a tribe, town : isih6;/atis or sihokatis they
stood up., held forth in the council 12, 1.

huya net of any description.

huyaniis, du. of subj. huyanhoyis, pi. huyanidshis I pass.,
xvalk or ride by, go past. pret. huya'nas 1 have gone,
passed, huyanipis, contr. hiiyanips it is over, past, ended.
huya'nis pret. it is over, past, inhuyanad xvhenever it
(this period) is past for them 10, 35.

Huyani, nom. pr. of the head war-chief of the Chiaha and
Okmulgee Indians combined ; called Whoyauni in text ;
lit. ''Walking past"; "one who passes by," 8, 12.

hu'li, h6'li 1) -Mar, zvarfare; h. mikko, h. kapitani tc^r-r/^^'^^,
commander on expeditions 8, 9. 10. inhu'li mikko their
tvar-chief 8, I2. 13. hii'lin hayiis / xvage ivar. hu'lit ayas
I go to zi'ar, I start on the warpath ; cf. 12, 26. 14, 19.
hirli;a"la, cf. i. 166. 2) enemy, hostile opponent. ponho'H,
punho'li our enemy, enemies 12, 3. ihii'li his enemy 12, 28.

90 [l22] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

hiVmpita, i) infinitive of hompas, q.v. 2) food^ eatables^

provisions, humpita hatki maize boiled into grits i. 186.
hiini'la north; huni'ia fatchan from t/ie north lO, i^.
hupayi, hopa-i, adj. i) ivhat is far azvay, distant. Yufala

hupa-i, nom. pr. loc. Far-aivay Tufdta. z) hopayi, h.

miko or h. imissi, a warrior combining the qualities of a

leader and conjurer; cf. i. 165.
hupi'li, 1) fog^ haze. 2) Hupi'li, nom. pr. of a cliief of the

Sawokli tribe, Opithli in the English text S, 14.
hupuyua, pi. hopuitaki, hubuitagi ofspring. child. The

singular is obsolete, but occurs in war-titles; cf. istudshi.

hopuitakin inlo/adis ate up their chi/drcn; lit. "ate up

the children from them" 8, 21.

i-. i}'-, yi- a prefix, when not representing the 3d pers. sg. or
pi., sometimes conveys the idea of a return to., a repeti-
tion : i-ap6/adis they settled again 8, 23 (see laikas) ; iyi-
munahin relating it to them after their return 18, 14.
(better : iy-im-unahi-in) ; cf. also yihidshas.

i-adshid, yadshid ; see tchayadshis.

i-ahu'lkasidshiis I keep xvith me., about me 14,21. (object
collective or in the singular number).

i-alunga, yelu'nga, yelunga root, tuber, bulb, naki yelungan
some kinds of bulbs 14, 36. Also used in the abstract sense:
root of evil, etc.

i-atikas, iyatikiis, more frequently yatigiis, yatikas / inter-
pret., translate for somebody, i-iitikoyatis it was inter-
preted for 8, 5. inyatikoyatis somebody's speech xvas in-
terpreted for another.

idshakadis 12,33. ^°^' hidshakadis ; see hidshas.

idsh-is, same as hidshas, q.v.; abbr. chiefly in compounds.

idshokua, (i-)dsh6;^ua ; see itchokua.

idshii, itchu deer, idshu pa-i/ka elk; lit. "hallooing deer."
itchuj'lako, abbr. tchu'lako, tchulako, 'lako horse ; lit. "large
deer."

if a dog; Yutchitalgi imifa mikko dog-chief of the Hitchiti.,
probably a war-title 8, 1 1 ; ifudshi young dog ; fa^hukti (for
ifa hiikti) bitch.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [123] 91

ifi'gi heart; lit. "his, her, their heart"; pofi<^i, pufigi our

hearts; cf. fik'hiinnas ; fiksiko i. i6i. 163.
ifu'ni boiu\ his bone; \\(m\ Jiis ho)ics 14, 14; ifcSnin, id. 14,21.
-iga, -i k a ; see -ga.
ihaliwa food. provisio>/s. catab/es 16, 3; originally "food

carried on a journey, trip" ; cf. hu'mpita.
ihokpi bicast^ chest; lit. ** somebody's chest."
i'htchit; see hidshas.
ihulaka scalp; technical term. Other terms are ika hissi?

ika ha'lpi, tiwa.
i-ilawidshiis I fast ; lit. "I make myself hungry." i-ilawi-

dshit (verbal) fasting 10, 33 ; cf. ilauko.
i-imanaidshiis I defend myscf; lit. "I help myself."
ivimunayiis, pi. of subj. i-imunayis ; i) I say to mysef; 2)

/ relate after reti/r/iiiig iS, 14; see unayiis and i-, prefix,
ika, iga head; lit. "his, her, its head." tchaka my head ; puka

07ir heads ; cf. i. 203. ika ha'lpi scalp.
ikana i) earth, ground, earthy matter., soil; the ^' Earth"

personified, in ikana idshokua, or ikan;dsh6/ua the Earth's

month 8, 18. 19. ikan = hauki pitfall 14, I3. 13. 2) la?id.

country, domain., territory. Sometimes abbr. into kan- in

compounds,
ikosis, ikk'osis it is smoking; ik'osiga because it is smoking ;

cf. ikuadshi.
ikuadshi, ikk'uedshi, ikorlshi smoke, ikodshid omeka on ac-

coufit of smoke 12,39.
ilauko hunger. Der. ilas.
ilas, pi. of subj. pasatkis I die., expire, ili, pi. pasatki dead.

itchkimili (for itchki=imili) orphan, both parents deceased.

isti ilati dead person, corpse. tsalibis / am dead.

ila'lanus he is on the point of dyii/g. hamkusit ilatin ahi'lit

omis it is better that one only should die 14, 11.
ilidshat, ilidshan, apher. litchan, lidshan ; postp. underneath.,

belozv 16, 39 ; the opposite of unapa, q.v.
ilidshas pi. of obj. pasatas I kill, slay; ilitchatis /^c, she. it

killed; ilihotchatis they killed 10, 23; tchilidshas I kill

thee; i-ilidshas //'/'// wv^e//"; ili'tchkan (for ilitchi/kan) for

the purpose o/">^z7//y/j,'- (our enemy) 12,3; ma ili'htchiif, or

ili'htchi ofan zvhen they had killed this one 14, 18 ; i'lgi

92 [134] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

imilidshagi-tayad Jio-v they could or miglit kill its fathej-
(im- refers to relationship) 12, 20. man ilidsha/atis thcv
killed h.\m there 12, 24; ilidsha/atis 14, 14; pasatit killing
8, 31 ; pumpasatit omitutanks // is zvot/t^ in the habit of
killi^ig from ns people belonging to our (pum-) tribe 14,
4; pasat'hoyis they are killed; istin pasat?t killing mcn^
persons 12, 15; isti pasatit (same) 14, 17. Der. ilas.

lllidshi, nom. pr. of a Creek chief; Eliche in the German
original.

i'la-, prefix: i) away from home^ house, lodge; 2) from it.
away from there; 3) further on, onward, after another,
against ; cf. i'li next, and i'lanatkiis. Embodies the prefixes
i'li- and a- .

i'la-atas, du. of subj. i'lahoyis, pi. i'la-awis I return from; I
return home; preter. i'la'tas / have returned from ; i'ia-
awid omatis they habitually returji from 10, 35.

i'la-awaihigas I am next in order after another, further
on; i'la-aweihigadis after these they came next 12, 10. Der.
awaihigas.

i'lafiilgas, du. of subj. i'lafulh6kis, pi. i'lafulidshis I return,
turtt back from ; i'lafuli'htchit having turned back from
8, 22; i'lafuli/shit turning back 12, 34; 'lit i'lafulidshin
6'mad hat'hagid if the arrows had (been) returned white
16, 2.

i'la-itidshas, i'lahitidshas / make a fre azvay from the
house, town 10, 34.

i'lalakas, du. i'lalahokis, pi. i'lyedshis / return, come back;
i'lalagit omatis returned habitually, regularly 14, 17; i'li-
etchatis, or i'lyetchatis, the people returned to that place
14, 19. Der. alakas.

i'lanafkas I strike, hit by approaching the object to some
other object ; i'lanafaikas, one of the past tenses ; i'lanafai-
kit striking after having approached it to the pole 10,
22. Der. i'li-, a-, nafkas.

i'la-ossas, du. of subj. i'la-ulgis, pi. i'lasosis, J come out,
emerge, issue out of isti i'lasosa-igos komadis they be-
lieved that the people -would not come up from (the river)
16, 9. Der. a-6ssas ; cf. asossas and i'lossas.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [125] 93

i'lasi tch'has (same form for pi. of obj.) I shoot back at ivith

something;- ; i'lasidsh'hatis they shot the arrows back where

they came from i6, i. Der. i'la-, isi-, itch'has.
i'latiis, du. of subj. i'lat'huyis, pi. i'lawis, I return^ revert^

conic back ; fut. i'lata'lanas / shall return, i'lasawa'la-

natchkatis ye could have returned from there (-'lanas, suffix

of future tense, / am going to; cf. i. 206; -atchkatis, 2d

pers. plur.) 16, 4. Der. atas.
i'lhidshas I travel, go to see ; I go to look at. i'l'hi'htchit

(pret.) having started to see 18, 13. Der. hidshas,
i 4 i i) ncxt^ follozving, subsequent in time or space; a term

often implying gradation, i'li homa i/i front of further

on. i'lin hayatgi on the next day or dazvn 8, 28. 14, 34.

36. i'lin yupa subsequent in time, space ; 2) as a prefix :

i'li-, i'l-, azcay from; the second -i- is sometimes the

pron. poss. 3d pers.
i'lietchatis; see i'lalakiis.
i'liy ukfa nidshas, pi. of obj, i'liyukfanfanidshas I place at

the end or top of, when the object is at a distance ; cf.

fu'sua itun i'liyukfangis the bird alights on the tree-top.

Der. i'li, yuksa, fanidshas.
i'limpohas I listen to, I hear somebody or something after

going a distance, i'limpo/it listening to him (the king)

18, 14. Der. pohas.
i'l i mu'las I reach to, come ?ip to; i'limu'laitchatis they reached

him out there 14, 2. Der. i'li, im-, 6'las.
4'limu'hweikas, i'limu/waikas, pi. of obj. i'limu'hpalatas /

throw an object tozuards and for somebody 14, 9.
i'lisalakas, du. i'lisalahdkis, pi. i'lis=ye'dshis i) I bring,

carry back, return to; i'lisala/atis brought it back 12, 17.

2) / rctur?i on horseback, mule, etc. Der. i'li-, isi-, alakas.
i'litchiyas, du. i'litchihuyls, pi. i'litchiyis I go far into, I

enter over yonder. Der. tchiyas.
i'lki, v\^\ father, lit. "somebody's father'"; tcha'lgi my father ;

i'lkisigo, i'lki;sosigo fatherless ; cf. ;Susiko.
i'lkituyas, i'lkitoas or anit i'lkituyas I am the father of;

i'lkito-aitis, for i'lkit*6wetis, i'lkitsuwaitis is probably,
might be the father 12, 19.

94 [l26] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

'16 'las, pi. of subj. i'16'laidshis I go and reach a spot dis-
tant from where I am or have been speaking. Also abbr.
into '16'las ; 6'las means / reach there. Der. i'li, o'liis ;
cf. i'limu'las.

i'lossas, du. of subj. i'lu'lgis, pi. i'lisussis I issue fro???., come
out, emerge in the distance, or at some distance from,
i'lu'ssa/os / do not come out, do not isstic from, i'lussi-
god omin not coming out (-go, -70 negat. particle) 16, 8»
(For i'lasosa-igos, pi. they -would ?iot come out again 16,
9 ; see i'la-ossas.) Der. i'li, ossas.

imahilissua; see hilissua.

imahitidshas I set Jire to wood or other combustible. Der.
ahitidshas.

ima'la a war- and busk-title; corresponds nearest to our dis-
ciplinarian, or xvhip; lit. "one who moves among them ";,
the one going in their midst, or making them stir, move.
Der. im-, a'las.

i m antal id sha-i s, pi. of subj. imantalidshi-is / surpass some-
body or something; adshiilga, yiktchida imantalidsha-is /
surpass in age, strength ; Iambi imdntalidshid excelling
over the eagle 12, 14. Der. mantalas.

impaskofa the inside area of the "great house," i. 173.

imaposkas I fast on purpose, I fast with a certain inten-
tion ; imaposkit fasting or having fasted 14, 20. Der.
im-, a-, po'skas.

imas J give to; imatis they gave to 16, 39.

imi- and im- compose many verbs of a reflective significa-
tion; cf. those in an-.

imi titakuidshiis (and i-ititakuidshas ) I prepare myself.
Der. amititagis.

i m m a 1 a k a t i s ; see alakas.

impingalas, pi. impingalagis, I am afraid of, frightened^
at ; impingalagi afraid they, verbal of the present tense,
10, 7 ; cf. isapingalidshas, tchapingalis.

imu'nga', I'mmunga i) his, its nature, characteristics, pe-
culiarity; for 1 8, 9 see waikas. 2) his, its custom, habi-
tude. Also used adverbially : imungat continually ; with
o'mis 10, 7. 14, 15.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [127] 95

imungis it is its habit, it co)itinncs to lo, 7 (for imungat
o'mis 14, 15 ; see isalas and imu'nga). emunkatis were
accustomed to 16, 32. imiinkatis they continued 16, 3S.
ap6ki imungafatis they continued to live 18, 2.

in a, pi. iniigi, body, lit. "his, her body"; tchana my body;
tchinataki your bodies 16, 36.

inadshi breast; side, trtmk of body ; lit. "somebody's breast."

indhas I recite a ivar-formula. Formulas of this kind were
intended to save oneself from critical situations during
battle.

inhitchkin; cf. ahitchkas.

inkapakas, pi. of obj, inkapakakiis I leave ^ depart from;
only used with in- prefixed. Kusa talofa ingapa/kit leav-
ing the Kusa tribe 14, 23. ma apokati inkapa/kit leaving
that stopping-place 12, 31 ; cf. 14, 30.

inki, ingi hand. lit. "his hand."

inukua, inokwa neck^ lit. "somebody's neck."

i-6mat, yomad now, at present 14, 24; cf. hayomi.

ipakin, abbr. ipa six; ipakas or six 10, 35; isti 'sipakan
the sixth person; ipapa^^as each six; ipahakas six to each
one; nita ipagin six days 14, 20.

i sagi'letchka 14, 19; cf. aki'laitchka.

isahopaka mark, sign, symbol for a thing or idea ; hi'lkida i.
symbol for peaceableness xd, 2)^ \ cf. 12,28. Der. ahopaka.

i say as, du. of subj. isahoyis, pi. isapiyis I go, travel zvith an
object in viexv ; I travel with something; isapi-in omad
when they travel, while carrying it along 14, 21 ; assitchi
isapiyad tvhile marching in their pursuit 16, 26. 28.

isayipiis, du. of subj. isahoyipis, pi. isapi-ipis i) I ride on
horseback, mule, drc. The suffix -ip- inserted into isayas,
q.v., gives an elegant turn to the sentence. 2) / carry off
for 7uyself, for my use 12, 17.

isakas, hisakas, i) I breathe ; 2) I live ^ am alive. The dual
isahokis is also used for a plurality of subjects.

isakita i) breath; 2) life; Isakit' immissi (or imisi) the Holder
of Breath, the Giver of Life ; the chief genius in Creek myth-
ology, corresponding to the Great Spirit of the more north-
ern Indians ; cf. vol. i. 216, where the name is explained.

96 [l2S] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

isa'las, abbr. sa'las, sasas ; du. of subj. iswilagis, pi. isfullis,
isfollis. I ) / have, hold^ carry with me, I have about me
while goings moving; isfiillatis they had it with them lo, 24;
ahitidshit isfullatid having it along luith them lighted 10, 18 ;
abitidshatit isfullin havifig kindled the fire they had it with
them 10, 10; sa'li, sd'lit oniati when they have it about them \
isfolli imungat o'mis they are in the habit of carrying them
along on their way 14, 15. 2) / carry about ^ along with me
with the idea of ownership. 3) abbr. in the impersonal voice
to sa'lis, sa'latis, or sasis, sasatis : to be about^ to exist there ;
said of some, a few anim. or inan. subjects only. ap6ki sasin,
sasatis some lived there in settlements 18, 3. 4. u'hapiyi sasa-
tis some^ a few went there 16, 6. Der. a'liis.

isaktchiyas, du. isaktchihuyis, pi. isaktchiyis I go down into
(river, &c.) ; hidshit ma isti uyuan isaktchiyit they found
out that this people had gone into the water^ river 16, 9. Der.
aktchiyas.

isamumi, sammomi better than^ preferable to. isamumid-es ^z^^w
better 12, 36. isamiimit os // is better than.

i s a n h i '1 i s it suits me^ it is good for me; istchinhi'lis // is good for
thee; ispunhi'lis it suits us, is good for us ; isinhi'h'lis it suited
him^ them. Der. isi, an-, hi'li.

isapingalidshas, pi. of obj. isapingalakuidshas I scare oft
from something, capture or take away from ; isapingalidshin
omof at the time of capturing the town from them 16, 23.
Cf. impingalas,

isawaitchitchikos I persist., persuade; lit. " I do not let alone,
I do not quit" 16, 38. Der. waikiis, -ko.

isas, pi. of obj. tchawa-is, tchawas I take, seize, grab, get hold
of; I hold; I carry with me. i'hsas I took, pi. of obj. tcha-
'hwiis (-'h makes it preterit) i'hsit having taken x^cs. \hQ %QXi?,Q.
of keeping it '10, 23. isi-titayipialis we will be able to szipply
ourselves; we ivill be each., one by one.^ furnished (der. isi, ver-
bal of isas ; titayis to be able ; -ip- here expresses the re-
flective and distrib. pronoun) 16,23. talofan imisatis ///^j
captured the toivn for themselves 16,25. inii"hsit having taken
it from them 16, 38. A paradigm of this verb will be found
in i. 205-209.

isfullis, cf. isa'las.

GATSCHET — KAS. I.EG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [129] 97

is'hidshas I find ^ discover; is'hi'htchit having found ('h mark

of preterit) 16, 27.
isi-, is- r) instrumental prefix, as in isnafkas, isnihiiidshiis.

2) isi-, shi-, si-, etc., prefix of the comparative in adjec-
tives : isihi'li better; cf. i. 200. Der. isiis.
isiafastas / rub myself ivith; when used of medicine, I admin-
ister to myself, isiafastid omants they habitually adtninister the

medicines to themselves 10, 31. Cf. omas.
isihi'li better^ comparative form of \\\'Y\ good ; isihi'lit omati to

be the better one, that it was better 18, 11. Der. isi- prefix,

hi'li.
isihokis, i-shih6_;/is, issihukis ; du. of huilas, q.v., the usual

form being shihokis.
isi-i manaidshas I defend myself with ; istomit issi-imanaitchi-

ko-tidayin hayatis // (the rat) made it (the bird) defenceless ;

lit. "not (;ko)in any manner (istdmit) to defend itself (i-ima-

naitchi, verbal) with (iss-, for is-)-tidayin (able) hayatis (it

rendered) 12,23; ^^' i-inianaidshas.
i s i m a n 6 1 e far removed, or taken away from.
i s i m a t c h u 1 a'- i s , isimadsula'yis / am older than, surpass in age ;

istin i. / am older than he, she, somebody. Der. atsiili.
i siny ikt cha'-is, isinyiktcha'yis, pi. of obj. isinyiktchagagis /

surpass in strength, power ; istin i. / surpass somebody in

force. Der. yiktchi stro7ig.
isi nk an has, pi. of obj. isinkanhakas I trap, allure, endeavor

to capture.
isitch'has, pi. of obj. isitch'hakas I shoot at with something;

'li hatkin isitch'hatis they shot white arrows with their bows

14, 38. 16, 20. Der. itch'has.
i s k a s / drink.

i ski 'las I recognize by, by means of, as of a mark. Der. ki'las.
iskuidshjis, pi. of personal obj, iskakuidshas I cause, make

somebody drink 16, 33. Der. iskas.
iskulapakat seventh 14. 17; where the full form is iskula-

paki ; nita iskulapakatin on the seventh day 14, 20.
islafka what serves for cutting: knife 14, 29. etc. Der. lafas.
isnafkas, pi. of obj. isnafkakiis, isnafnakas J hit with, strike

ivith; isnafkit striking him ivith 14, 14.

V. — I — 9

98 [130] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

isnihaidshas / adorn myself with, I use as personal ornament ;
lit. "T cause myself to be fat with." ihvi'lit isnihaidshit his
enemy having- provided hhnself ivith a white feather 13,
29. Der. niha.

ispogi at last^ lastly 10, 16. Der. poki.

issi, cf. assi.

i'ssu, i'sLi ashes; i. hayi embers^ hot ashes; \. moka dust rising
in the air; lit. "smoking ashes."

ista i) 7vhich? tvhat? interrog. and demonstrative-relative pro-
noun : ista italuat? which town, 7iation? 10,38. ista italua-
tatit u'h'lanin omat which tribe would be the first (-tatit) to
cover 12, 4. 5. 2) whichever, whatsoever ; ista ma where, some-
where.

istama-itas, istamaitas, adv. in either direction, by any way, all
around 16, 13. Der. ista, ma, itiis (either way).

istan wherever; istan apiyit wherever \S\e.y were marching 16, 18.

ista'mat, pi. istamataki i) who? intenog. pron., as in a query:
paksangin istin naf kayanks ! " ista'man.'"' I struck somebody
yesterday! ^'whom?" 2) anybody, atiyone, anything. 3) W/hen
connected with a negative or privative particle or verb,
both together form a negative pronoun, like the French ne

pas, ne point, aucun ne ; ista'mat sigatis none

could, no one 7vas able to 10, 21.

isti, pi. istalgi and isti : i) subst. person of either sex, but
chiefly used of males: isti hatki white man; isti tchati In-
dian; isti Maskoki a Creek Indian ; isti Maskdki immiko a
chief of the Creeks. In the plural isti means people, tj-ibe.,
nation; isti Maskokalgi or Masko'ki the Creek people 8, i. 2.
7. isti Natuagi the Iroquois Indians or Six Nations i. 61.
2) pron. somebody., some one: isti hapu somebody's camp. Cf.
istiga;ha'lpi and stillipai/a ; isinyiktcha'-is.

istiga;ha'lpi scalp, lit. "somebody's head-skin." Der. isti,
ika, ha'lpi.

istispapa Hon., lit. "man-eater."

istiito'lkua, ;tu'lkua somebody's knee 12, 11 ; cf. to'lkua.

istofan i) when? when used interrogatively. 2) at any time.,
sotne time ; when connected with a negative or privative
particle or verb, it means like the French ne jamais:
never, at no time; istofan ili'htchikos they never kill him
12, 30.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [131] 99

istofas always 16, i8. i8, i.

ist6mas as if in so??ie ivay^ although, mumitu istomas nev-
ertheless 8, 24. momi istomas nevertheless 16, 5.

istomi, isto'hmi i) pron. indef., which forms a negative
pronoun whenever connected with -go, -kil or other nega-
tive or privative particle, as occurs also in Romance lan-
guages : any% of any kind., any sort of; isti istomid any
ferso7i. people. 2) ~vhat kind, what sort of ; nini, isti
istomit xvhat kind of a path^ trail., or people 12, 35. 16, 5.
Der. ista, omi.

istomidshas, pi. of obj. istomidshakas i) I perform., act;
istumidshayatit ? hozv could I do it? 2) / do something
with., make use of; tiitkan istomitchakigatis they did no-
thing with that fre 10, 14. istomidshikatis is used (10,
15. 16) in the same negative sense, for istomi can be used
interrogatively and negatively, istumitskatad (-tati) hozv
to make use of them 10, 26. 3) / devise a plan., make
a plot; istumidshakatit that it should propose a plan 12,
20. Der. istomi.-

istomit, isto'hmit, adv.: i)i such a xvay., iii which manner.,
hozv ; also used interrogatively: in which way? how? 12,
23. Connected with a negative particle or phrase, both

together form a negative expression : isto'hmit omatin

sigatis none could state any way of doing so (quieting the
pole) 10, 21. Der. ista, omi.

istudshi child 10, 22. Der. isti, -udshi ; cf. hupiiyua.

istuka'-idshi, ist=oka'idshi noisy 10, 21; making a strange
noise. Der. ista, okas / utter (sound).

istiingun in spite of., nevertheless., notwithstanding, tale-
po'lat omidatit-as i. although he was a stranger iS, 12.
i. yakapi haks he walks perfectly xuell again (said of one
who previously broke his leg) ; i. punayi haks he can speak
well again (after losing speech) ; i. hasoti hiiks the sun
shines noxv (after a long rain).

istchagi'lkis I am knowji., recognized by something; future
istchagi'lga'lis, in: istchigi'lga'li tchinatakinybr jc»«r bodies
to be recognized (have them whitened) 16, 36., this ver-
bal being governed by hat'he'dsaksh ! Passive of iski'las.

100 [132] TRANS, ST. LOUIS ACAD, SCIENCE.

istchatidshas J redden^ paint 7-cd "jji'th something; istcha-

ditchagi'hlls let i/s redden it tvith red clay 12, 2. Der.

tchatidshas.
isu/'lanas, pi. of subj. isu/lomlaidshis I cover up zcith ; isii/-

'lanatis t/iey covered up tcith 14, 6. Der. isi-, u/'lanas ;

cf. wakas, takwakidshiis.
iswilagis, du, of isa'las, q.v.
-it, -in suffixed, indicates the reason or cause of an action or

fact; mahatin 14, 11. hatgatit etc. xvhite being the emblem

of peace 12, 28. hahokadin on account of the perpetual

ivhooping 14, 32. tchati-algatin for being bloody 16, 35 ;

cf. -ga.
it-, iti-, prefix forming the reciprocal voice of transitive verbs;

cf. i. 209. It is derived from ita other, another, and, when

appearing in the form iti-, the second i- is the pronoun of

the 3d pers. sg, or pi,
ita, pron. indef. : other, another; isti ita, or isti itaman some~

body else. Composes itan, itaman, itas (in istama-itas) and

the prefix it-, iti-.
italua, italoa, see talua.

itapomis for itawa omis it is like, it is the same; lit. ''it-
self so it is, the same it so is" p. 59 (-w^a having changed

into -p-). Cf. matapomis.
itau, ita-u'h, itawii else, other; naki ita-u siilki many other

objects 10, 12. Lit. "another too."
itaman i) separately, apart; lit. "there in other parts" 10,

34. 2) diff'erently, variously. Cf. itau.
itidshas, hitidshas J ?nake, build a fire ; cf. 10,34. totkan

imitidshas / kindle a fire for somebody, takitidshas /

make pre on the grotmd, floor. Der. itu firewood.
itihidshis, pi. itihidshakis %ve meet each other; lit. "we see

each other." itihidshatis they found, met each other 10, 9.

Der. iti- , hidshas.
itika'-idshiis I agree, lit. ''I say so to another" 12,6. Der.

ka'-idshjis.
itiladshas, du. & pi. itiladshakis I am joined to, connected

with; itiladshi;hi'lit o's it is truly, really joined to p.

59. Der. aladshas, v. intr., / rejoin.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [133] 101

i t i may opo'skis zee dispute ajnong ourselves^ lit. 'Sve answer
one another" lo, 39.

itimati/ka i) inhabitant of the same place^ lods^e, house;
'' co-divcller" \ 2) family; cf. atikis, pi. of apaip;as.

iti mpu nay as, pi. itimpunayakas i)- I talk^ converse with;
itimpunayagit speaking to 12, 20. 2) / deliberate with
others; itimpunayakatis they took counsel xvith 12, 21.
Der. punayas.

i t i n h u '1 a'd s h a s / cause xvarfare ; I prompt others to go war-
ring, Der. hii'li.

itipakas, pi. of siibj. itu/kalgis I come ^ go together with oth-
ers, intermingle with them ; itok/algit apoki to live inter-
mingled together iS, 2; cf. itu/kalas.

iti'lapiitiis, du. of subj. iti'laput'hiiyis, pi. iti'laputidshis I go
through^ pass across (underbrush, &c.) 14, 10.

i t i taku i d shas I am preparing,, I make ready; i-ititakui-
dshas / prepare myself 14, 19 ; cf. amititagis.

itkis, pi. of subj. it'hokis (preferable to it'kakis) : v. intr., it
burns; cf. totka.

itu, ito i) wood,, timber; ito-u'h matawat also of the same
wood 10^ 2'^ \ frezvood. 2) pole; beam^ stick 10, 22.

itu'hlatkas, pi. of obj. itu'hlatkukas T attack^ begin a fght
or scnffle zuith, Der. iti- , u'h- , latgas.

itu 'h walapka s, pi. of obj. itu'hwalapkagas I cross^ go across
(road, pathway, &c.) ma nini ituhualapi/tchit having cross-
ed this pathway 12, 34.

itu/kalas, pi. of obj. ituykalakas I jnix, mingle with; lit.
"I break up with." itu/kalan mixing,, comjningling it 10,
18. For ito;^kalgit 18,2 cf. itipakas, Der. iti- , u'h-, kalas.

itcha, itsa, itch'ha ^z^/z ; formerly bozc.

itchaikuadaksi, itsa; kutaksi, itsa;/udaksi bow,, lit. "crooked*
gun" 12, 21. 22. 14, 27.

itch'hasua beaver 14,28.

itch'has, pi. of obj. itch'hakas I shoot at, Der. itcha.

itchki, I'tski mother,, lit. "his, her, their mother." itchkissiku,
i'tskiisusiko motherless 10, 22.

itchokua, idshiikua mouth,, lit. "his, her, its, their mouth"
12, 29. fkan=dsh6/ua the mouth of the Earth 8, 18. 19.

102 [134] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

i-unayas, iyunayas, pi. of subj. iyunayis I go and refer^tell.

Der. unayas.
i-upan, see yiipan.
Iwanagi, nom. pr. of a chief of the Lower Creeks: "Belted"

8, 15. In text : Ewenauki. Der. iwanakas.
iwanakiis, iwana;^as I put a belt on^ gird myself with a

scarf; I tie around myself. Der. wanayas.

ya, i-a tliis; cf. hia.

yafgi, yafki eve^ evening: 3 afgadi, yafgadin, or hia yafgadin
this evening ; in the eve7ti)ig^ lit. " after it became even-
ing" 8, 29.

yaha-ikas / sing, yahaigit by singing 10, 26. yaha-iki
omas as if it was singing 10, 19.

yahaikida i) act of si}7ging 10,3.5; 2) song.

yanasa, yenasa buffalo; cf. i. 212. yanab'; ha'lpi buff'alo-
skin 8, 6.

yatigas, yatikas ; cf. i-atikas.

yatchakas I chew., masticate.

yawaikas, pi. ofobj. yapalatas i) I throw down to.^ before ; I
bring and throw doivn. yawaigit throwing down before
them, yaweikit (for i-aweikit) same 12, 4. yawaigadis
they laid down before the others 12, 12. 2) I throw my-
self away (i-, y- reflect, pron.) Der. awaikas.

ye-idshis, yedshis; cf. alakas.

yelling a, yaliinga, see i-alunga.

yihidshas, pi. of obj. yihidshakiis / return to see. )ihidsha-
/adis they returned and saw 12, 35. Refers to their re-
turn to the place where they came from. Der. hidshas.

yiktchi, pi. yiktchagi strong., powerful.

yiktchida, yiktchita strength., physical force.

yomad, same as i-omat, q.v.

yomen, i-omen, i-oman, postp. together zvith 14, 27.

Yufanti, coll. Yufantalgi. nom. pr. of a tribe called Eufantees
in text; misspelt for 7'ufdli 8, 15.

yiiksa, iyiiksa, i-uksa at the end of it 8,32. Der. i- . liksa.

yupan, yiipa, i-upan, iyupan behind., in the rear of; properly,
behind hint., her., it., them 8, 23; after that 12, 31. i'lin

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [135] 103

yiipa subsequent in time or space. yeb6;fatchan ayatis /ic
ivcnt toivard the back part. Cf. linapa.
Yiitchi, coll. Yutchialgi, nom. pr. of the Tuchi or Uchce
tribe of Indians, differing from the Creeks in race and lan-
guage. But the Yutchitiilgi or Euchitaws of the text are
the Hitchiti tribe., not the Yuchi S, 1 1 .

kayas i) I give birth to txvius or more offspring at one time.
2) / come forth (springs of water) ; cf. hitchkuidshiis,
siiidshas, wi;ka'wa,

kakida settlement., habitation; either of two (man and wife)
or of a tribe, nation ; inkakida hayatis they made their
habitation 8, 20 ; cf. apokita, laikida.

kakis, du. of laikas, q.v.

kala/as I gnaw; kalagit ^/zrtTt'zw^ it (verbal of present tense)
12, 23 ; cf. kalas.

kalas, pi. of obj. kalgasas I breaks break up., as bread; cf.
itu;/kalas, kala;^as.

kanstchabi low, low-lying. Der. ikana, tchapa.

kapitani (span.) captain, war-chief; inhii'li kapitani their
war-leader 8, 15.

kasapi cold., said of water, weather, limbs, &c.

Kasi/ta, Kasi'hta, coll. Kasi/talgi, Kasi'htalgi, nom. pr. Ka-
sVhta or ^' Cussetaw" Indian. The tribe belonged to the
Lower Creeks and originally were one people with the Ka-
witalgi, as stated 18, 3 sqq. Mentioned in the legend S, 9.
19. 12, 7. 14, 5 etc.

Kawita, coll. Kawitalgi, isti Kawitalgi ; nom. pr. Kaxvita In-
dian. This people formed a tribe of the Lower Creeks after
separating from the Kasi'hta, as narrated t8, 3 sqq. ; cf. 8,
8. 18,4.

kii'-idshas, kaidshas, ke'dshas, pi. of obj. kaidshakiis (objec-
tive conjugation i. 310) i) I utter sound, emit voice; cf.
hakas. 2) I say, tell, speak; I say so, order: kii'/tchid
ordering the^n to see 10, 4. Cf. itika'-idshas. 3) / call,
call by name, name: kcdshad called, named; same as
magidan 12,38. V?i\\.z\\\i\. calling it 10,6. ke'dshid ca/Zet/,
named 14, 35; kaidsha/atis they called it 12, 25; ka'ho-
dshid (pi. of subj.) hakit ds thus called, lit. "called sounded
so" 14, 25 ; kahodshid omis are called (Kawitas) 18, 5.

104 [136] TRANS. ST, LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ka'/tchid, see ka'-idshas.

ki'la, coll. ki'lalgi one zvho diagnosticates diseases. A spe-
cial kind of medicine men among the Creeks, different from
the aliktchalgi, who treat and nurse the patient. The ki-
'lalgi also find objects lost. Lit. ''one who knows." Der.
■ ki'liis. Cf. iski'las, hilis'shaya.

ki'las, gi'las, pi. of subj. ki'lis / know, am acquainted 'with;
gi'lidan komidut wanting to know, to find out 14, 39 ;
gi'lagit OS they are cognizant of the fact, know about it
18, II. 12; cf. aki'letchas, iski'las, istchgi'lkis.

kitas I am sawing; itun k. I am sawing wood, timber; cf.
foyas.

koha, koa, kuha cane, cane-stalk, reed 14, 28.

ko/-, ko'h-, kii'h- prefix: upo?i the head, on the top of; a
compound of ika and uk-(u/-).

ko/tch ak'hidshas, pi. of obj. ko'htchaktchahidshas I stick
upon the head, on the top. lamh' ihadshi ko'htsaktsahidshid
isfiillid omis they are iti the habit of carrying the eagle's
/«z7(- feathers) stuck upon their heads 12, 27. Der. ko/-
(prefix), tchak'hidshas.

kolapakin, kulapa/in, abbr. kolapaj kolap seven 8.4; nita
kulapa^^as on seven days 10, 35 ; kolapakakas and kolapa-
hakas each seven : cf. i. 202.

Kol6s;hatchi , nom. pr. of a stream 12,37; ^^- Note.

komas, koma-is i) I refect, think, suppose, believe; ko'hmet
(for ko'hmit) having thought, guessed at 10, i ; komagid
omis they are thinking; verbal pres. 3d p. pi. 12, 25.
komakika because^ as they thought 8. 24 (-ka causal suf-
fix) ; kumhuid omis it %vas believed 16, 12; komhuyida'dis
it was thought, regarded, considered (pret. pass.) 12, 9.
2) I xvant, zi'ish, desire: hitchitan komit desiring to see,
to fittd out 16,6; ayitan, ki'litan komas I desire to go,
to know ; momitchita komit wanting, trying to do so 12,
7; koma-iihi'l'sh I am very anxious: komitan wishing
(to have the question decided who should rule) 10, 39.

konawa, /unawa bead, cf. tchatu.

Kosa, Kusa i) nom. pr. of an ancient town of the Upper
Creeks on Coosa river, Ala. 14, i. 23. The Cheroki call
all the Creek tribes Kusa-people. 2) Kosa, isti Kosa, coll.
Kosalgi : Kusa Indian 14,3.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [137] 105

-ku, -ko, -go, -/o, etc. not^ mis-, privative particle incorpo-
rated in adj(;ctives, verbs, and particles: hi'liko bad, wretcfi-
ed, "not good"; itski^susiku motherless ; mumikun, cf. mo-
mas, etc.

kuataksi, kutaksi, /udaksi crooked, cu7'ved, bent over ;
itcha; kiiadaksi bozv, q.v.

ku'liis, ko'las I dig, excavate; ikanan ku'la-it having- dug a
hole in the ground 14, 6.

kiisua nut; tbuUikusua fine-nut, lit. "of the pine its nut"
14, 14.

lafas I cut, gash, carve, as with an axe, knife, scissors, etc.

lam hi eagle 12, 27. 30. lamhi-u the eagle also 12, 25.

hini i) green; also pa.h\i\{\.n\ green, lit. "grass-green." 2)
yellozv ; hinitut omasim although it is yellow 12, 2.

lapatkin i) o?/. land, out of the xvater ; 2) in the woods;
cf. an''lawa.

histi (a short), pi. laslati black, isti lasti negro; lastis he, it
is black, tutka lastid a black or dusky Jire 10, 16.

latgas, latkas, pi. of subj. palatkis (for the obsolete latkis)
i) 1 fall, tumble down; latgis he falls, or he is dead;
latlagas I jump up high and come dotvn repeatedly ; also
said of animals. 2) / alight on the ground (men, ani-
mals) ; \Aikxd omit alighting there, lit. "being falling" 14,
32 ; cf. aklatgas.

latkida i) place of falling. 2) alighting place ; inlatkida
place where one person, animal fell, alighted.

laikas, du. of subj. kakis, pi. apokis i) I sit doxvn ; asa tchii-
kun laikas / sit down in yonder house; laikas (lekas) !
du. kakaks ! pi. apokaks ! S'tdown! take a seat ! 2) lam
placed, located ; also said of inan. subj. : man 'lanit Ijiigid
omis a mountain lies there 16, lO ; apopokin in a bunch
here and another there. 3) / settle down, am settled ; I
dwell, live, stay ; I remain there, wakat apokis, apiiks
cattle is, stays there ; apo/adis S, 22 and apokatis they lived
(there) 8, 31 ; i-ap6/adis they settled again, i- having here
repetitive function 8, 23 ; apoki imiingatatis they continued
to live iS, 2 ; apoki sasin some settled there 18, 3 ; tapa-
lan apoki sasatis a part, some settled opposite iS, 3. 4; isti
man apogit the people who stay, live there 16, 12; apokit

106 [l3^] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

OS are livings settled i6, 31 ; apogit remaining 8, 30 ; hian
ap6kin having enca?nped there 14, 2 ; istit apokin hidsha-
tis they found people settled there 14, 37; tiitka i'la-itidshit
apokin having built a Jire apart^ they stay there 10. 34.
Kosa magida italluat apokin to a tribe called. Coosaiv ivhich
had settled there 14, i. 3 ; ma apokati ivhere they had
livedo verbal 3d pers. pi. 13, 31. Kosa apokati having re-
mained at Coosaiv 14, 33. Cf. ap6kita, kakida, laikita.

laikita, du. kakida, pi. apokita (q.v.) settlement of resting-
place, habitatioti, laikita referring to one animate being
only ; cf. laikiis.

le;oma/ti, li;homa/ti, pi. le-oma;^tagi scout; warrior track-
ing the enemy or pursuing him. Der. ili foot, homa/ti.

le;oma/tudshi , pi. le^oma/tudshagi sco?/t's companion. Dim.
of le=oma/ti.

lidshan, see ilidshat.

lipakfi, pi. lipakfagi slimy S, 37.

loatchki, lowatski, pi. luatsloki (of distrib. signif.) soft, com-
pressible; cf. koha lowagi i. 179.

loktchis /t is ripe; tchaloktchis, tsaliiktsis I am ripe; naki
homa loktsat (verbal) what becomes ripe first 10, 33.

16/as. 16kas 1 eat up, devour; I eat the xvhole of. ikanat
inlo/adis the Earth devoured, ate 7ip from them (in-, the
property of others) 8, 3i ; cf. hompas, papas.

1 opa'-idshis, lopa-idshis it is proper, beneficial, appropriate ;
tchalopa'-idshis it does good to me; anlopaidshis it does
good for something belonging to me; tsilupa'-its it is good
for yoti ; also used ironically ; punlopa-idshis it benefits us
(for piimin-) ; inlopa'-idshitad that he has done good for
them 18, 12; cf. hi'ligiis.

1 o p il t s k i small ; cf. tchutki .

liimhis, liimis, lomhis ; cf. o'hwakiis, u'h'lanas.

'lake, pi. 'lak'lagi great, large; tchiikpi Mako one thousand

8, 4; tchuj'lako horse; see itchu.
'•Xk'-Xofish; a totemic gens of this name is mentioned i. 155.

223 ; 'la'lotas pasatit killing such as fish 8, 30.
'lani {a short) mountain, high hill 10, 3. 10 etc. 'lanin ossit

coming otit, issuing fro?n a inountain 10, 2.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [139] 107

'li I) arrow; in'li apakin the arrows accompanying- or be-
loHging to the bow 12, 21 ; in'li alone, its arrows^ would
show a belonging to; in'litati the arrows belonging to
the bows as made in former times (-ta'ti) 14, 27 ; 'If hatkin
white arroivs^Xh^ plurality being expressed by the verb hahi-
it 14, 38; 2) sting oi a.n insect, etc. Cf, 'Le;katchka, i. 137.

'lo'liis, abbr. from i'lo'las, q.v.

'liinutu, Monoto Jiint-stone^ flint arrow-head ; 'lonotutiis yo-
man or together with flint (heads) 14, 28.

ma, subj. mat, obj. man, pron. dem. this^ that ; it points to an
object within view, but further removed than when hia, i-a,
yd is used. Ma Mani that »iountaiti 10, 3. 10. ma piikabi
that pole 10, 23. ma apokati that stopping-place 12, 31.
man weyit omis that they are wont to offer 10, 32. ma-o,
ma-u'h this^ that one also 10, 15. 16. 19 ; mat yahaikida 6kid
that singing noise 10, 5. Ma is placed before abstract nouns
as well : ma agi'laitchka that idea, thought. Cf. asa, hia.

magas, makas, ma/as i) I say so, state so; 1 agree with.
makatis he said, replied 16, 2. makakadis they said so,
agreed (to do so) 12, 3. magit saying so. " fik'hunnls
ma/as" sigatis there was none (to say) : " I say it is quief"
10,22. ma/ayanks I said so; makaimatas I have said so
long ago : ma/ayantas / have said so very long ago. 2)
/ call by name: Kosa magida named Coosaw 14, i. ma-
gidan called by fiame 12, 38. iT.agitat (for magitat) called,
named 16, 10; cf. ka'-idshas.

mahaka, cf. ahaka.

mahi, maki, ma/i, pi. ma'hmayi, ma/ma-i i) adj. high, tall;
great; itu mahi a tall tree (standing) ; hoktagi ma'hmayi
tall women ; ma'hi very tall ; Kawitalgi immiko ma/it the
principal, head-chief oy the Kazvita peo-ple S, '6. 2) mahi
is used as an adjective in locutions, in which we can ren-
der it as adverb only : greatly, intensely, very, and thus
forms superlatives: mahi mahi very tall; istuka'-idshi
mahit very noisy 10, 21 ; or it means, used as an adjective
also: really, indeed, just: ma-6mofa mahin Just about
that time, at the same time 10, 38. omalgi mahatin ahi-
•lit omis it were better that the whole people should die,

108 [140] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

lit. "all really, all in fact, the entire people" 14, 11. Mahi
is also used in the sense of habitually.

maki, ma/i ; see mahi.

ma mo'man therefore.^ on that account 8, 21.

man there., at that -place 8, 19. 16, 15.

mantalas, mandalas I surpass., exceed in something.

ma-6mof, ma-6'hmof; cf. m6mof.

Maskoki, Masko'ki, nom. pr. i) adj. relating^ belonging to
the Creek people., or to the tribes forming their confeder-
acy ; isti Maskoki the Creek people 8, 1.2. 7. j8, 6. On
the origin of the name, see i. 58-62. 2) subst. Creek,
Muskogee Indian ; also isti Maskoki, coll. isti Maskokalgi
the people of the Creeks.

mata, pi. matagi the same, the identical one; he himself.,
they themselves, mata'git o'mis they do it themselves ; they
are the cause of it.

matapoma'lis, for matawa oma'lis tvill or must be the same
16, 35 (w changed to p).

ma'la/ka, pi. ma'h'iY'laka difere/it, sundry, various 10, 9. 26.
Cf. tcha'hmilaiga.

matawa, matawa-ii'h (pi. same) the same also, the same too.

matawan at the same place or spot also S, 23. Refers to
places in close proximity ; at that same spot 14, 18.

ma-ukid 16, 11 for ma iikid ; see oki.

ma-i<, adv. yonder, over there, out in that direction ; involves
the idea of choice or preference, maimat or ma-i mat (the
w^hite path) yonder and not the other 18, 11.

miko, miku (1' short), mikko, pi. mikagi, coll. mikalgi chief
chieftain, leader (mingo in Cha'hta) 8, 9-15 ; cf. i. 58.
fiisuti omal immikkun the king of all birds 12, 25. pum-
mikut 07ir chief {or chief s) iS, i. mikko 'lako the king of
Great Britain 18, 13. immiko, subj. immikut his chief
their chief or chiefs 8, 3. 8 etc. ; cf. i. 156. 161.

miko huyanidsha the cylindric brown root, 2-3 feet long, of
a shrub, probably Salix tristis ; cf. Commentary. The root
was and is still in use as an astringent (not as a purgative),
and in the text is referred to as "red root" 10, 28. 30; cf.
huyanas.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [141] 109

mitikayiis, for im-iti-kayas I fiish dozvn^ throzu down for
so?nebody.

Mitikayi nom. pr. of a war-chief of the Okoni tribe of Lower
Creeks, "Pushing-down"; in text, Mittakawye. Der. mi-
tikayiis.

mo'hrnat, mii'hmat same as momat, but referring to a. past
tense: mu'hmati atigad since then^ up to new 18, i.

mo'hmen, mo'hmit, mii'hmen same as momen, but connecting
verbs standing in a preterit tense 8, 5.

mo'man, see ma mo'man.

momat, momad, miimat conj. introducing a causal connection
with the foregoing : and then, in that case, under these
conditions ; and if; if then, mumat ni'ta o'dshin and
there being such a day or time 8, 18. mumat-in 1) and
then 10, 4. 16, 6. 2) because, momadit and since, and
beca7(se 16, 8. mii'madit because 16, 10. Lit. "it being
so." Der. ma, omas.

momas, mumas i) but, however 8, 23. 23. 10, 13. 15. 3)
although. 3) I do so, I act thus; hian miimikun u'mad
if they do not perforin this (fasting) 10, 36. muma;/an,
mumakan if zve act so, do so 8, 34. Der. ma, omas.

momen, momit a/so, too; and, hereupon, then; connects sen-
tences, not single words 8, 5 ; mo'mi istomas nevertheless
16, 5 ; also miimitu istomas 8, 24; -u at the end of mumitu
being an additive particle, momin omad whenever they
did so (fasted) 10, 33.

momika, mumika, contr. miinga therefore, lit. ''for doing so"
14, iS. 38. Der. ma, omas, -ka.

mom of, momofa, mumof, ma-6mof then, at that time; here-
upon. ma-6mofa mahin about that same time 10, 38.
mo'mof, m6'hmof, mii'hmof hereupon; referring to past,
historical events only, mii'mof but then 8, 30. hia nagi
mii'hmof iyupan when this thing had occurred, after that
12, 31 ; contr. from ma omofa, "when that was thus."

monks it will not do 14, 11 ; contr. for momiku o'mis.

Mo'terell nom, pr, of a mountain. The name in this form is
not Creek, there being no r in the Creek language, 16, 10.

m6tcha, miitcha now, at present.

motchu'si. pi. motchasagi nezu, newly fnade. Der. motcha.

110 [142] TRANS. ST, LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

motchatat nozv^ at present ; lit. "now that is." Der. motclia.

mii'limof, mo'mof; cf. momof.

m u m idsiias I do this^ I act tints; tlie causative of momas,
q.v. mumi'hitchid after doing so^ zuheu we have do?ie that
12,3 ('// sign of past tense), momitchita komit trying^
lit. '^ wanting to do so" 12, 7,

m li m a/ a n , see momas.

miimitu is to mas nevertheless 8, 24.

miinga 14. iS. 3S ; see rnomika.

muntiimas although It is so 18,9; contr. from momit omas.

nafkas, pi. of subj. ntifkis, pi. of obj. nafnakiis I strike^ hit;
I beat., as a drum, nafhiigis ma likid alike in sound as
when they beat (a drum) 16, 11 ; cf. i'lanafkas.

nahianua, connective particle, used by speakers for filling the
pause necessary to think over new sentences : "come up!"
corresponds to Hitchiti nanga'hmi, nanga/mi.'

naki, nagi, na'/i ; pi. nanaki i) pron. interrog. xvhat? which
thing? 3) pron. dem.-relat. that xvhich^ the thing or
things ^vhich: zchat. zvhatsoever. naki Tchikilli opuna-
yatis xvhat Tchikilli has related 8, 2. 3. nakitoha what-
ever it might be: explained by nakit omi hakis "what it
was made to be" 10, i. nagitun o'mad whatever it is;
contr. from nagit omin u'mad 10. 3 (-tun is suffix). 3) things
object; in some instances also applied to animate beings,
people, ma naki that object^ thing I3, 16. nak' omalga
everything^ all objects [2,32. hia nagi mu'hmof o/ifer these
things 12, 31. nagi everything^ p. 60; see hi'lkusiis. na-
kitas some object^ something 12, 18. naki yehinga some
roots^ bulbs: lit. "bulb-things" 14,36; nanaki things dis-
tinct from each other.

na/;una/a, nak;unaka story, account., legend; lit. "what
they relate." inna/una/a their legend or tradition 8, i.
Der. naki, unayas.

n a 'Ik aba 7tiiddle^ half.

ni'fo beech-tree : see Nofapi.

niha_/a/, lard., oil.

nik'la'dshas, pi. of obj. and frequentative: nik'liiko-idshas /
burn., V. trans.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [143] HI

ni'k'lis, V. intr. itbitrns; I'tut n. the stick is burnings ablaze;
tchanik'lis / ai)i burning,, v, intr. ; cf. i. 216. nik'liifat
xvhen,, at the time,, through biir)iing \ with the temporal
suffix -ofan, -lifa 12, 2.

ni'li night; ni'li omof at nigJit; ma ni'lin that night, tJie
same nigJit ; n. timapogi during the whole night; n. ham-
gin during one night 14, ^^2.

nini, ni'ni way^ road,, trail,, path,, footpath 12, 34. 35 etc.
nini hatki (waki) '^ white path,," the road of peace 12,32.
7 ; n. tchati " red path" the road of warfare ; nini paski
zvagon road,, wide road,, lit. " swept road."

ni'tu, nitta day; ni'ta hamgad in one day S, 29; mata innita
on the same day; momad ni'ta ij'dshin, cf. momad.

nodshas, du. 'of subj. nodsh'hoyis, pi. nodshedshis I sleep;
nodshan hayatks I sleep until day,, lit. "I sleeping it has
dayed" ; nodsa'dshadis they slept 12.34. H' 33-

N6f;api nom. pr. of a stream : Beech creek. Nofapi ka-etchid
called Beech creek 14, 24. Der. (Hitchiti) nofi, api.

not'hofan indoors,, within the lodge.

nukmilas I swallow. Der. in-, uk-, milas.

nukmilga something to swallow; a drink.

-o, -o'h, -u, -u'h, -wa, -wa'h, conj. and,, also. too,,besides. In our
text we find it always as a suffix in ita-u, lamhi-u, ma-o,
matawa ; and inflected by case in adsuleidshitiat the most
ancient 10, 3S ; tiitka tcha-atitut lanit a fire red and yel-
low lo, 17 ; ito-u'h matawat of the same wood also 10, 25.

d'dshan adv. where,, at such a place; verbal of o'dshis. tiitka
ossi o'dshan at the place where the fire came out 10, 10.

o'dshas.i) I have,, possess, keep, referring to alienable prop-
erty; 5'dshid 6matis, pret. he had, lit. '^having he was so"
12, 22 ; odshikoka as thev had not (-ko not, -ka because) 14,
26; o'dshid omatis lie was having them 12, 22. 2) v. im-
pers. (3'dshis it is there, it is where ; or, if temporal,// is
then, at such a time, at which time. Often used frequenta-
tively or usitatively : o'dshit omen aklatgatin where the sun
is setting (habitually) 8, 18. 19; o-iwa vi'hlatkid o'dshin
where water is ox was falling 14,33; o'dshit o's, contr.
for o'dshit o'mis, so it is there 10, 19 ; yaha-iki omiis

112 [144] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

odshid 6mis, lit. "so it is there singing-like"; it stiU
emits a sound like singing 10, 19 ; 'lani ahitki o'dshi that
was burning there on the mountain 10, 18; odshin being
there 16. 14. 15 ; talofat odsatchiikit concluding that a toxvn
is there from the smoke seen 16, 28. 29; cf. omadshuks
under omas. Temporal in : nita odshin there being such
a day or time; at a certain time S, 18.
odshipas I possess^ keep, have; the o'dshas with medial suffix
-ip- ; komakatis odshipin omad they supposed that in case
they should keep it 12, 17.
o'dshis, V. impers. ; cf. o'dshas 2).
o'dshit OS, cf. odshas.

6 fan, ufan, apoc. ofa, -of, -uf, local and temporal particle con-
nected mostly with verbals : i) referring to the place where-
in : inside of %ovi\Q \0z2X\iy \ -within. Cf. Odshi-apofa, lit.
"in the hickory grove"; talofa city, towft. 2) referring
to the time -when a fact occurred : inside of a lapse of
time ; when., at the time of; cf. at ofan, under atas.
o'h-, ok-, 07-, prefix; see u'h-, uk-, u/- .
o'hlitkas, u'hlitkas I run up to; o'hlitaigit igan:;hauki ru7i-

ning towards the pitfall 14, 13. Der. litkas I run.
o'hlomhin, cf. o'hwakas.
o'h'lolopi year 14, 2 etc.; during, in the year 8,4; u'h'lo-

lopofa when a year had elapsed.
o'hwakas, u'hwakas, du. of subj. o'hwak'hogis, pi. o'hlumhis
/ lie, am lying on, upon ; man o'hlomhin lying there on
the rocks, speaking of more than one subject 16, 16.
o-i;4ako, ui='lako river, lit. "great water." This is some-
times applied to large sheets of stagnant water. Der. o-iwa,
Mako.
o-i;okufki, u-i;ukufki i) muddy river cf. 8,27. 2) O-i;
kiifki, Uyukiifki nom. pr. of the Mississippi river; 'lako
great, large, being often added to this name. 3) name of
several small muddy water-courses, and of villages built
upon these. Der. o-iwa, okufki.
O-itumka ^^ Sounding Waters'' nom. pr. of i) Wetumpka, a
town in Central Alabama on Coosa river ; 2) in the text
Owatunka refers to a brook, now called Big Yuchee creek,
running into Chatahuchi river from the west ; 3) name

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [145I 113

of a post-office in Creek Nation, 40 miles west of Yufala,
Ind. Terr. Der. o-iwa, tumkis.

o-iwa, u-iwa, uyuwa, oi-ua in compounds abbrev. 6-i, li-i : i)
luater, liquid; drinking-water, standing water etc. ; u-i;hat-
ki ocean^ lit. ''while water"; 6-i;'lako river^ and any large
water-sheet ; uiwa tsa-ati red water. 2) running water,
river; oi-ua okufki muddy river \ uiwa tsa-ati red river
8, 29; wi;ka'wa spring; I'lyuwa 8, 32.

okas, o/iis i) / emit such a sound or voice; I say^ tell so,

announce, convey such news ; opunayit okatis he spoke as

follows 8, 17 ; okruit makatis announcing they told^ related

14, 3. 4. 2) / do or act so, in s?tch a manner; refers to

sound or utterance only.

ok'holati, o/'hulati, okulati bhie 10, 14; dark blue diVidi light
blue; ok'holatid omis (the bones) are blue 14, 16.

oki, liki, pi. okagi alike to in voice, sound, utterance; lit.
"sounding thus"; a verbal of okas, q.v. ; tini'tki o'kin
sounding like thunder 10, i ; yahaikida okid, okit some-
thing like singing 10, 3. 5 ; omatit okin being alike in its
noise or sou?id 10, 2; lamhi okit voiced like an eagle 12,
30 ; ma likid hakit omis sounding like this it makes a noise
16, 1 1.

Okmulgi, coll. Okmulgalgi, nom. pr., Indian of the Ocmul-
gee tribe, originally on the river of the same name, Geor-
gia, afterwards on Chatahuchi river 8, 13. The name is ex-
plained i. 140.

okufki, ukiifki muddy 8, 27.

Okuni, Okoni. coll. Okunalgi nom. pr., Indian of the Oco-
nee, Okiini tribe, originally on Oconee river, Ga. ; after-
wards on Chatahuchi river 8, 12.

o/'huanapsiis, uk'honapsas I am the offspring of descend
from; ma o/'huanaps-id omis fro?n these he draws his ori-
gin 16, 31 ; cf. huanapsidshas.

6'las, 6'la-is, li'las, dual of subj. o'lhoyis, pi. o'lhaidshis, u'lai'
tchis (from u-lyedshis). i) / reach to, come up to; I ar-
rive at. o'laitchatis they arrived, came there 12, 32. 14,
31. 16,7. u'laitchatis (same) 14,21. 34.35. u'le'htchadis
(same), u'laitchadin arriving 14, 37. u'lc/tchit having
arrived there 8. 28. 2) impers., 6'lis it elapses, said of
v.— I— 10

114 [146] TRANS, ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

time ; o/'lolopi ostad 6'ladis four years passed^ elapsed
14. 3 ; o'lin, postp., see below ; cf. i'lo'las.

6 4 in, postp. up to^ so high as, so much as; hayomat o'lin
until this day, p. 60 ; ni'ta kulapa/as o'lin or up to seven
days 10, 35 ; cf. 14, iS. 23 ; nita o'stin 6'lid as long as four
days; nita u'stin 6'lof when four days were reached. Lit.
''reaching up to." Der. 6'las.

o'ma, adj., chiefly used as sufiix : alike to, resembling, yaha-
iki omiis (for 6ma-as) like singing, as if it tvere singing
10, 19; imahilissua omas such things as medicines 10, 11.
■omatit /br being alike 10, 2. Appears also in the Cha'hta
haktchiimma tobacco, cf. i. 58, and in miko-o'ma i. 199.

omal, see omalga.

omalga, limalga, abbr, omal i) every, each 12, 14; o'h'lo-
lopi omalgan every year, yearly 10,31. 2) all; umalgan
all persons 16, 26 ; omal immikkun the king or chief of
all 12, 24. 3) the whole of; whole, entire, in. bulk, omalga
mahi entire 14, 11. Der. o'ma, -algi.

6 mat, u'mad(i) when, if; cf. momas. Cf. i. 206 (paradigm),
odshipin omad if they kept it 12, 17 ; hian miimikun u'mad
if they do tiot act, perform so 10,36; u'h'lanin omad if
would cover 12, 5. Der. omas; cf. momas.

omiis, pi. of subj. omoyis, umhoyis i) I do so, act in this
manner; I accomplish ; I am the cause of . ahudshifit um-
hoyadis they zvcre wont to call it, lit. "they did so nam-
ing it." tchintagit (or tchimit) omadshuksh ye do it your-
selves (2d pers. pi. present) ; omadshuksh (for omatchukis)
komatis they believed they were the cazise of it 16, 17. 30.
the suffix -tchiikis, -tchoks pointing to an act reached by
conclusion only and done at a distance ; also in omadshoks
ki'imhuid 6mis it was believed were the cause of that noise
16, 12 ; 3d pers. pi. ; cf.. i. 209. 2) / do so habitually, I
am in the habit of; omid omitanks it habitually occurs,
lit. "it is wont to be so" (-tankis, -tanks is also of a usi-
tative meaning) ; isiafastid 6mants they habitually admin-
ister it to themselves 10, 31 ; istin pumpasatit omitutanks
he was in the habit of eating our people 14, 4. See also
i), first quotation. 3) / am so, 1 am such (habitually or
not) ; / am alike to; cf. the paradigm i. 209. 6mis, contr.

GATSCHET — KAS.LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [147J 115

o's, OS, -US SO he^ it is., thus it zvas, or /las been 12, 28 ; atassa
omid being like a war-club 10. 24 ; oma/adis they were such
(ftatheads) 16, 25; tchatad ho'lit omin the red being -war ^
VIZ. "like war, meaning war" 12, 28. 4) In most instan-
ces omas stands for our auxiliary verb / atn., though the
idea of / a??z so is always understood to be imderlying ;
as an auxiliary verb, omas forms, appended to verbals
in -t and -n, a long array of periphrastic conjugations,
active, passive, etc. ; and also a number of conjunctions,
like momen, mumof, omasim, omika, omofa etc. Lamhi-u
mikko 'lakid o'mis komagid omis thev think that the
eagle also is a great king or chief ; lit. "the eagle
also (-u) a chief great so is, thinking (komagid) they are
(omis)," the second omis being the auxiliary through which
komagid is conjugated 12, 25. 26; istit fuUangid o'mis ko-
matis they believed them to be the very people (formerly
engaged in making the white path) 14, 37. 38 ; isti hi'la-
Ljit omin omad whether the people zuere good (or not) 14,
39 ; atchiillid oma'lis it will be old^ viz. the oldest, most
respected 12,5; mata oma'lis it will be the same., ox like
the same; isamumid-es 6'hmis that it might be better so
12, 36. 37 ; latkid omit alighting there 14, 32 ; isti istomid
fiillit 6mati what people had been about there 12, 36. cf.
33 ; isihi'li omati to be the better tiling 18, 1 1 ; nini isto-
mid omad what sort of a path it was 12, 35 ; li/ui'lit oma-
tit zvas standing there^ lit. "was so as to stand erect" 10,
20 ; istuka'-idshi mahid omatin although it was very noisy
10, 21 ; isti istomit omakat (verbal, -ka causal suifix) de-
sirous of seeing what kind of people they might be 16, 5 ;
omidatit-as istiingun although he zvas 18, 12.
omiis, adj., alike to., in 10, 11. 19; cf. o'ma.
omasim although it is 12, 2. iS, 10; although they are 12,
7 ; is conjugated through all persons : oma/asim although
vc are.
ci'men, omin i) there zuhere, where; o'dshit o'men aklatga-
tin where habitually is setting 8, 19. 2) there; same as
the adv. man 10, 5.
6mika, omeka, umiga, contr. u'nga i) postp. because; haya-
tit omika because they made iS, 8; ikodshid omeka o/i

116 LH^] trans. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

account of the smoke 12, 39. 2) conj. : on tJiat account ^
therefore : akasamdgid omeka believing it on that account
18, 15. Der. omas, -ga.

omitchas, pi. of obj. omitcha'dshas I continue, keep on; imo-
mitcha'dshin continuing in regard to itself (reflective
function of im-) ; is connected with a verbal in -t (-d) : in-
lo/atid to devour from them 8, 25. Der. omas i).

o pang a dance. The various dances performed at the busk
festivity are mentioned i. 177-

opunayiis, abbr. punayas I talk, speak, converse with ; ham.
ma'kit opunayatis he spoke thus, he related as follows ; lit.
"this saying he spoke" 8,3; oponayat him speaking 18^
14; imponayatis they spoke to them 16,34; impuna'yipat
talking to them (-ip- medial voice, p. 60) ; opunayit okatis.
he spoke thus, lit. "he sounded thus when speaking" 8, 16.
Der. unayas.

OS, o's, OS, contr. from o'mis, 6mis ; cf. 6mas.

()sotchi, Osutchi, Usutchi, coll. Osotchalgi, nom. pr. Osotchi
Indian of the Lower Creeks S, 14 ; the town still exists in the
Indian Territory, consolidated with Chehaw (Tchiaha) and
counting about 35 persons in 1878 ; situated about 65 miles
N.W. of Yutala.

ossati, ossati rising ; only used in connection with hasi : ha'si =
ossati in the east, at the place of sunrise, lit. "where the
sun issues'" 8, 26. 10, 13. Der. ossas.

6ssas, osas, du. wiilgis, ulgis, and wulho/kis ; pi. sossis, sosis,
isossis / come out, issue from; ossi o'dshan, lit. "at the
place where it comes out" 10, 10 ; Manin ossit rising out of
a mountain 10, 2. wulhok/aita or wulhok/a'-ita (-a-it, -at)
we two came out of., left, seceded., p. 61. Cf. a-6ssas, i'la-
ossas, i'lossas.

Osta, nom. pr. of Ousta, miko of the Kasi'hta Indians 8, 9.
Explained in Commentary, p. 27.

o'sti, osti, \\%\\ foitr 10.26; italuat o'stiga as there are four
tribes 12, i.

pafnay is, pi. pafpaniyis I am swift, nimble (in running, flying
etc.) ; pafnis he is s%vift, quick ; pafpanis they are swift.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [149] 117

pafni, pi. pafpani szcift. q/iick. said of animals, arrows etc.;

forms no adverb,
pafnita swiftness ; impafnita its szvift Jiig/it 12, 14.
pahi grass, herb; pahitas evctz tlie grass 12, 32 ; pahi tali dry

grass.
paidshidshiis, pa-etchitchas I folhnv up a creek, path, road;

paitchitchi oie who follows tip (as above), ^ce^ along some-
thing laid out; cf. adshakayas.
paikas, paigas, du. and pi. atikis, ati/is, pret. ati/gis / am

iiisidc, zcithiii ; tchatu hai'ikin paikid staving in a cavern

14, 3; paikan zvhen lying inside 14,9; cf. apaigas.
paka'dsha, or I'sti paka'dsha leader; leader in tear, com-
mander i. 165. 1S6.
pakpagi i) lather, froth, scum of water or other liquid;

2) bloom, dlossom. fozcer, p. 45.
Pala;^tsukla, coll. Pala/tchuklalgi, nom. pr., Apalatchukla

Indian, of Lower Creeks 16, 30. 38. 39; cf. 8, 10.
pala;hamgad, palhamgat, palhamgit o)ic side of. one half

of 18, 9. 10 ; palhamgad tcliati red on one side of it.,

etc. 14, 15.
palaihamgan, palhamgan o}i the other side of. referring to

the spot occupied by the one speaking: 'lani, tche'/u pal;

hamgan on the other, rear side of the ?nountain. house.

The above form is preferable to palhamgin : u-i='lako pala;

hamgin on one side of the river 18, 3 ; cf. apalui, tapala.
palatka the shedding, spilling; tchati palatka the shedding

of blood 16, 32 ; cf. latkas.
pali, abbr. pal, pal teti; in counting objects abbr. to pa, cf.

i. 202 ; pali=hok6Hn tzventy ; pali=tut'tchinin thirty 8, 4. 16.
papas I eat. feed on, the food being of one kind only; 'la'lun

papit eating fsh 8,31; \s\.\n ^pk^it devouring perso/is. men

12, 15; cf. hompas, 16/as.
pasatas, cf. ilidshas.
pa'ssa button-snake root 10, 28.
po-, pu-, prefixed pron. poss. of ist pers.pl. our. ours; pon-

ho-li our enemy in zvar 12, 3; pofigi our hearts 16, 34;

pummikut our chief 18, i. The prefixes pon- , pun-, pum-

are combinations of pu- and in-, im-.
podsu'shua ax.

118 [150] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

podsu'shu adshi Httic a.\\ hatchet; in text "tomahawk," al-
though the atasa is meant 16, 35.

pofigi our hearts 16, 34; see ifigi.

p6has, pi. of obj. pohakas I hear, listen to; impohatis they
heard (its noise, im- pointing to its) 10, i ; the singular
may be used when tribes or bodies of people form the sub-
ject of the sentence, but pohakatis is preferable and stands
10, 3. pohagit fiiilid omis they are hearing it 16, 13 (ver-
bal, 3d pers. pi.) pohagidut hearing, listening to 18, 14.

poki, pogi, piiki /ast, nlti/natc; cf. ispogi, pu/gakin.

po';^ki noise., disturbance in the air; lit. "what is heard "; 16,
13; verbal of pohas.

pomi, piimi ive^ ourselves ; p6mi-u xve too. ttr a/so; piimit
okis we (and ive two) say so ; pomit o'mis (for o'mi-is) zve
are the cause of it., xve do it.

po'skas, puskas / am fasting; ipuskis, abbr. from i-apo'skis,
they fasted . said 10, 33 of women menstruating, who then
abstained from salt and meat ; po'skat when they fast, dur-^
ing fast 10,30 (verbal); imaposkas I fast in a certain
intention; cf. i. 209.

puyafiktcha, puifiktcha ghost^ sou/, spirit ; lit. "our spirit."
The old Creek notion is that at death the spirit goes the
way the sun goes, to the west, and there joins its family and
friends who went before it— the words of a Tukabatchi chief;
Hawkins' Sketch, p. 80.

Puipa-edshi, nom. pr, of a Creek chief of the town of Apala-
chicola 8, 10 ; cf. paidshidshiis.

pukabi, puk = api i) f)o/e o?i ba//-ground to throw at with balls
(puku). 2) po/e of any kind, flagstaff. &c. 10, 20. 23. Der.
piiku, api.

piiknaka nest of bird ; also bed made by some animal, as
a hog.

pu/gakin on the top of it. for c/osing up; adverb serving
as expletive to close up large numbers S, 5. Der. p6ki.

pum-, pun-, double prefix ; see po-.

pumpasatit, cf. ilidshas.

pun ay as, abbr. from opunayiis, q.v. imponayatis said., spoke
to the/n 16, 34. Der. unayiis ; cf. i-unayas.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [151] 119

pu sidsha'dshiis, pi. ofobj. puskakuidshlis / ma/ie /asfy I cause

to fast Jor itiitiaiion i. iS6. Der. po'skiis.
piiskita, po'skita i) fasti// o\ fast. 2) festival of fast i//g.

a///iual b/isk 10, 31 ; called so after a fast preceding it.

Described i. 177-180.

sabaklis, sapaklis ; cf. huilas.

sahokola (for isahokola) second 10, 28.

sa-oka, sa-uku, saiiga /-attic 14,8; go/i/'d-/'attlc of conjurers,
dancers; cf. i. 14. 143.

sasis, sasatis ; cf. isa'las 3).

sat a pe/-si/}i/)/o/i ; sat;api pe/-si////]ion-t/'ee ; sata 'lako apple.

satut't china, contr. satutchina third 10,28.

sa-iista, sa-6sta, \%Zi-6%\.2i fourth ; isiistad for isa-u'stat, lit. "the
fourth of these" 10, 29. Der. d'sti.

sawatsku'h, in text "sowatchko, which grows like wild fen-
nel" 10, 28 ; cf. Commentary, p. 44.

Sawa'na, nom. pr. of Savannah, sea-port in Georgia 8, 3.

Sa'wokli, coll. Sawoklalgi, Sa-uklalgi, nom. pr., Sdzvokli or
"Swaglaw" India//. They formed a Lower Creek tribe
on Chatahuchi river, and are now in the Indian Territory
consolidated with the Hitchiti Indians. Cf. i. 144.

sii-idshas, siiidshas I give bi/-th to. Der. hidshas ; cf. hitch-
kuidshas, kayiis.

siho'kis, shihokis ; siho/at, p. 60 ; cf. huilas.

siyukfanidshas, pi. of obj. siyukfanfayidshas I place at the
end or top of when the object is near ; si(n)yokfanfa-edshit
poitzting more tha// o//e a.rrow 14,28. Der. isi-, i-, liksa,
fanidshis it projects., sticks o/it.

sin, -sin when suffixed to adv. and adj., very, q/iite ; anakua-
sin ve/-y near to 8, 20. When prefixed to adjectives sin-,
isin- forms comparatives.

siwanakita belt. Der. iwanakas.

siga'tis there zvas not; istil'mat sigatis nobody ~vas there 10,
21. 22. Der. isiis, -ku.

; s i k o , ; sign ; see = susiko.

Stimalague'htchi, nom. pr. of a chief of the Osotchi tribe,
called in text Stimelacoweche, "one who brings to some-
body" 8, 13. The full form is "istijimalakiiidshi. Der.
isti, alakuidshas.

120 [152] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

stillipai/a i) moccasins; cf. i. 185. 2) sJiocs. Der. isti, ili,
pai/a ; lit. ''somebody's foot to be within."

sulgi, sulki jiia>iy; isti sulgad a large mni/bcr of people 8,
23. Der. algi.

sumgipi, pi. sumitchipi lost, gone; in text "deserted," the
term houses being omitted in Creek: "and on arriving they
were gone" 16, 6. sumgips, contr. sumgips, siingis he is
lost or dead.

su mitcha'dshas, pi. ofobj. sumhiiidshas /lose; cf. i. 186.

ssiisiko not possessed of., not having; from si-usi-ko, -usi being
a sort of hypocoristic, fondling diminutive ending, instead of
the usual ssiko, ;sigo having not. being ivithout ; absent.
Both are used only when appended to nouns and nominal
forms. i'tski;Susikon /notherless 10, 22. Der. isas, -ku.

tabala, see tapala.

tadshas, pi. of obj. wa'las and wutchotas / cnt 0^. sever.,
separate; kalagit intadshas / cnt off for somebody by
gnaiving 12,23; ^^- tuwa^lki ; tadsha'kin (my finger) cut
off, p. 60.

tafa feather; taf^atki. contr. from tafa hatki zvhite feather

16, 39-

tayi, tayis, abbr. from -titayi, titayis, q.v.

tayikas, taikas, du. of subj. tayihokis, taih6gis, pi. tayidshis,
ta'-idshis / cross, as a river ; ma hatsi tayi/tchit having
crossed that stream 14, i : /-, h- is the mark of the preter-
it ; also 14, 36. taigagi titayin hahi-it they made it ft.,
adapted, snffcient for crossing 16, 24.

tak-, ta/- prefix: on the floor, ground, soil: cf. takitidshas.

takitidshjis / build a pre on the ground or ffoor ; cf. ahi-
tidshas.

takla"htchas, du. ofobj. takahiiis, pi. takapohias I lay down.,
deposit on- the ground ; said of round and bulky objects.

taklaidshas , du. ofobj. tak'kayas, pi. takap6}as I keep some-
body sitting, or staying at home ; tak'kayad two residing.,
lit. "kept sitting" p. to. 61 ; dual form, because a tribe or
gens is spoken of.

takwakidshas, du. of obj. takwak'huka'htchiis, pi. taklum-
ha'dshas I lay doxvn. deposit on the ground, said of long

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [153] 121

or solid objects ; takwagi/tchit Jiaving f/irozv/i aivay i6, 36.
Der. wakas.

takweikas, pi. of obj. takpah'itas / t/irozc on the ground.
Der. tak-, waikas.

ta/adshui, takadsui, pi. takatstawi hard a?/d brittle, as un-
tanned hides ; cf. wanhi.

-ta/ti, -ta'liti, see -tati.

talepo'la, coll. talepu'lalgi stranger 18, 12.

tal6fa village, tozvn. city 16, 21. 25; refers to the area or
houses, while talua refers to the inhabitants; Sawa'na talo-
fan i)i Savannah city 8, 3 ; Kosa talofa 14, 23 ; talofat
odshin a tozvn Iving there 16, 20. Der. talua, -6fa.

talua, taloa tribe, tozcn, common settlement, village, '■^nation";
italua his., her. their tribe or toxvn ib, S. etc. ; ista italua
which nation or tozvn 10, 38 : isti italoa people of (differ-
ent) tribes 10, 9 ; cf. tal6fa.

tamamapka, see a'lkasatiilga.

tamgas, du. tamhogis, pi. tamidshis I fly.

Tamhui tch i, nom. pr. of a *' dog-chief " called Tomehuichi
in text 8, 1 1 ; cf. tamidshii'dshas.

t a m i d s h a'd s h a s , pi. of obj. tamhuidshas / cause to fly. I stir
up. as one bird (fusuan) etc. Der. tamgas.

Tammidsho, nom. pr. of a war-chief of the Kasi'hta Indians:
"Flying"; referring to a plurality of subjects, probabh^ of
birds or insects 8, 9. Der. tamgas ; cf. tamhuidshas.

Tamodsa'-idsi, nom. pr. of Tomochichi, miko of the Yama-
craws, who had separated from his tribe, the Apalatchukla,
and retired to the mouth of Savannah river; lit. "one who
makes one bird fly" 16, 31. Der. tamidsha'dshiis.

Tamo km i, nom. pr. of a war-chief of the "Eufantees" ; in text
Tahmokmi 8,15.

t a pal a, tabala on the other shore, or side of; across 16,8.
hatchi tapala across a stream ; tapala 'lako (for u-iwa
'lako) across the ocean. Der. iti-, apala'h ; cf. pala=hamgat.

tapiksa-is lam flat, level; tchakat tapiksis my head is fiat;
pukat tapikstagis or tapikis our heads are flat.

t apiksii'dshas, pi. tapikstakiiidshas I render fat. fatten ; tcha-
kan my head ; ikan his. her head.

122 [154] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

tapiksi, pi. tapikstagi /f^r/. level ^ even; cf. tutapiksi ; /^'fl'/Av/f^
16, 25.

tassikaya i) warrior; 2) citizen; antasikaya my felhnv-
citizens^ p. 60.

tassasana kingfisher. Men dressed in the skin of a kingfisher
(t. ha'lpi) accompanied every war-party, and had to supply
the warriors with water.

-tati, for the past tense -ta'hti, -ta/ti, suffixed to nouns, etc. i)
first in time^ previous^ -prior to: asa-tati that yonder first ;

ista italua-tatit ivhichever tribe would be the first to

12,4. The past form: Kasi/talgi-ta;^tit hidshatit 6mit he-
cause the KasVhta Indians saxv first 18, 7 ; see also 12, 7.
2) ancient., defjDict. departed, gone : adshulagi-tati tJie de-
funct fiorefathers 8, 1.

-tawa, in adverbs -tawan, suffixed to nouns and pronouns, &c.
I) same., identical; matawa the same ; hiatawan (and ma-
tawan) at the same place 10, 26. 2) conj. but: Abi/ka;
nagitawat but the Abikas 12, 11; isti tsati yamassit os, inas
hatkitawat mu'ngot os the Indian is friendly., but the white-
man is not.

taigagi; see tayikas.

-tas, -tes, suffix; see -as.

timap6gi complete., whole, unbroken ; cf. ni'li.

timpi, near; itimpi close to it; cf. i. 14.

timpuidshas, apher. from itimpuidshas I approach close to-
him., it.

tinitki thunder ; tini'tki okin son/ething sounding like thun-
der 10, 1. Der. itkis.

tin'lawa betzveen, betwixt (two objects); cf. an'lawa.

tipaka, tipu'ka both together, both; hian tipagit we two; lit.
''both who are here"; hian tipakadskat ye two here; isti
Masko'ki Hatchapala'h Hatchata tipa'/ad both the Upper
and Lower Creeks 8, 2. 3. 7. 18, 6 ; tiba/ad combined S, 13.
Verbal of itipakas, q.v.

-titayis, abbr. -tayis, verbal suffix which forms a mode express-
ing possibility, potency, ability of doing something ; also suf-

fc ficiency. ayiko-titayin hayiis I put him i?i such a condition
that he could not go (-ko- not) ; adshakayigo-titayin being
unable to follow 14,7; -tidayin 12,23; see isi-imanaidshiis ;

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [155] 123

isi-titayipialis, cf. isas. shihoki-titayiha can they stand, hold
forth? (-ha being interrogative) lO, 39. tiiigagi-titayin siif-
pciciit for crossings so that they were enabled to cross over
16, 24. i'lgi imilidshagi-tayad (how) they could or might
kill his father 12, 20. 21. 3) titayi, abbr. tayi, is used with
a substantive in watulat-tidayit, "a sufficiency of cranes,"
viz. a nuiltit/ide of cranes 14, 31 ; enough, just so much:
atikusi-tayin just sufficient to reach up to 12, 12.

tiwa I) hair., hair of head ; 2) scalp with the hair on ; vol.
i- 213.

t6yas, tuyas I belong to., I am of; abbr. from mat6yas ; i'lki-
tiiyas, i'lkistoyas I am the father of <^.y. ; italua toyayad
(verbal) to the tribe or town to which I belongs p. 60.
This probably refers to the white or peace-towns, italua;
mikagi, also called hatki pudshashagi, " masters of the
white," or hat'haga, a collective subst. formed from the
plur. of hatki.

toslopotski, tu^lupiitski branches^ small wood or sticks 14,
7. Der. itu, lopiitski.

to'lkua, tu'lkwa knee; isti = t6'lkua a man's knee 12, 11.

totka, tiitka fire 10, 13-19; contr. from itu, itkis.

tuba, tupa, topa i) bedstead; intuba (i)lidshan under their
bed 16, 38; the mat-seats in the "great house," vol. i. 172.
2) scaffolding : tupan u/'hayas / erect a scaffold.

tu^falapki, pi. tu^fala'hli split rail. Der. itu, falapiis.

tuka/lidshas I split ; kuha tuka'hli split canes 14, 29. Der.
itu, ka/lidshas, pi. form of kadshas / break.

tiiliis, tolas, pi. of obj. tultuidshas i) I cut doxvn^ I fell ; itu
haukin tiilhuis he cut down a holloxv tree; itu hauhakin
tultuihodshis he felled hollow trees. 2) I push doxvn.

tiilpuyas, pi. tulputuidshas I draxv the limbs or legs up; I
double myself up.

tiimkis, V. impers., it rumbles, resounds like falling water;
onomatop. ; o-iwa tumkis the xvater resounds; cf. O-i;
tiimka.

tu'n being thus, being that xvay ; contr. from omit o'min : 10,^
3. 14, 15. Tamokmi kapitani tij'n Tamokmi being zcar-
chief S, 15.

124 [156] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

tupa'la, tiipa'la in the rear of. bc/iiud; tchuku tupa'la in the
rear of the house; cf. yiipa.

tujpeluksi round shield; lit. ''round wood," vol. i. 223. Der.
itu, puliiksi.

tustan6ki, coll. tustano/algi, tasteno/algi zvarrior 8, 16; in
Cha'hta : tiiska.

tuitapiksi plank, board; lit. "wood flat." Der. itu, tapiksi.

tut'tchini, contr. tutchini three 10,9; pali = t. thirty 8, 4;
cf. i. 202.

tuiwaka square formed of four logs during encampments on
a war-expedition, as if for holding council. Der. itu,
wakas.

tuwa'lki stick, pole; lit. "cut wood." Der. itu, wa'las (un-
der tadshas).

Tu widshedshi., nom. pr. of a Creek chief of the Okoni In-
dians; called Tuwechiche in text S, 12.

tchafikni, pi. tchafindshagi healthy, sound.

tchafiknigo, pi. tchafindshagigo not healthy 10, 37. Der.
ifigi, -ko.

tchahi'lkis, ^\. ^vxhvWds I am friendly., peaceable. Der. hi'li ;
cf. hi'lkayis.

tchahitchkis, pi. puhitchkis I am born; cf. hitchkas.

tchah(5sis, pi. of subj. puhosis 1) I am lost; 2) I forget.

tchayadshis I want, desire; i-adshid desirous o/" (verbal)
16, 32 ; cf. tchamalustis.

tchayamassis i) I am friendly, liberal, generous, hospi-
table., gentle. 2) I am mild, meek, peaceable, not zcarlikc.
Der. yamasi gentle.

tchakas, tcha/as I overtake, catch up with.

tc hak'hidshiis, tchakidshas, pi. of obj. tchaktchahidshas I set
up., plant in the ground : I stick up. tchaktcha'hi'htchid
having set up (four poles, &c.) 12, i ; itu tchaktchahi-
dshati poles set in the ground., or each pole planted 12, 5.

tcha/gipi, tsa'hgipi, abbr. tcha'hgi, tsa/gi five; tcha;^gipas
five objects of such a kind 10, 34 ; tchakgipakas each five.

tcha'milaiga, tcha/milaika different, sundry; cf. ma'la/ka.

tchamalustis / desire^ -wish for ; pumalustis zve desire;
emungats tchamalustis / continue to desire, I am not
satisfied ; cf. tchayadshis.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [157] 125

tchanagi that is niiiic^ belongs to 7ue ; also, anit omiis ; lit.

"my thing." Der. tcha-, naki.
tchapa, tchaba, postp. to the half of; half up ^ Jialf-xvay up

or dozvu (a tree, creek, &c.) Cf. kanstchabi.
tchapakiihi'las I am verv angry ^ irritated; lit. '' angry-

good-I-am" 14, 9. Der. tchapakas, hi'li ; cf. tchapakayas.
tchapingalis / am afraid^ in terror of; cf. 10, 7.
tchapakayas I become or am angry ^ %vroth; ikanat tchapaka-

ikit the Earth becoming angry 8, 21.
tchapakas, pi. of subj. tchabak'ho'kis I am angry, ivroth ;

tchapak'ho/adis they became furious 16, 22. Intens. tcha-

tchapaka'-is / am quite mad, angry ; tchatchapa'kida ma-

his I am very angry.
tchapki, tchapgi, pi. tchaptchagi Jong, long-stretching 12,

13 ; itu tchapki a loiig, tall tree (after falling) ; cf. mahi,

Der. tchapa.
tchasumkis, pi. pusiimkis I am lost, astray; cf. siimgipi,

sumidsha'dshiis.
tchatakue'htchit; see tchatidshas.
tchati, tsati, pi. tchatagi i) red; tchitid-uga beca^/se they are

or zvere red 16,4; isti tchati Indian, lit. "red person";

uiwa tchati red river 8, 29. 32 ; tutka tcha-atitut lanit a

fire red and yellozv 10, 17; tsatitun for tsatitstun being

red 14, 15 ; see tiVn. ifigi tchatadi their hearts formerly

(-i) bloody, red 18, 9 ; italua tchati-u and red, bloody towns

18, 8. 2) blood.
tchati-algi, tchatalgi, pi. tchatalgagi bloody, blood-stained \

tchiiti-algatin for being bloody (-in, causal suffix) 16, 35.

Der. tchati, algi.
tchatidshas, pi. of obj. tchatakuidshas i) I redden, make

red, paint red ; cf. istchatidshas. tchatakue'htchit having

painted (them) red 16, i. 2) I am bleeding, v. intr. 3)

/ bleed somebody : intchatidshas. Der. tchati.
tchatu, tchadu, tcha'to i) stone, rock; tchadu-algi rocky, fill

of rocks 12,38. 2) /«<:/a/; tchatu ;konawa /;^(^;^^_)', lit. "metal

beads," coins being formerly used as beads on necklaces,

etc. 3) iron.
tcha-tchapakis, pi. of subj. putchapak'hogis / am or become

angry, zvroth ; same as tchapakayas, q.v.

126 [158] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

tchawa-is, tchawas I take, cany, hold more than one object;
cf. isas.

tche, tcha expletive at end of sentences 8, 20 — especially of
long speeches and directed to those only who sit or stand
at a distance. The meaning of this untranslatable particle
is "my sentence is rounded up." Cf. tchi in i. 186.

Tchiaha, Tchiyaha, nom. pr. Chiaha Indian. They form a
Lower Creek tribe ; their name is Cheroki ("at the place
of otters," tchi-ia otter.) A town of this name exists now
in the Creek nation, Ind. Terr., q.v. Coll., Tchiyahalgi
t//c Chiaha Indians 8, 13.

tchiyas, du. tchihuyis, pi. tchiyis and sitchiyis / enter, go
into ; cf. aktchiyas, i'litchivas.

Tchikasa, coll. Tchikasalgi, nom. pr. Chicasa Indian ; their
tribe once lived north of the Cha'hta nation in Northern Mis-
sissippi and in Western Tennessee 12, 9.

tchikfi, pi. tchiktchifi thick, said of water, liquids, boards,
cloth, etc. 8, 27.

T c h i k i 1 1 i , nom. pr. of T'ch ikilli, head-chief of the confederacy
of the Upper and Lower Creeks. At the Savannah council
of 1735 he delivered an allocution to Gov. Oglethorpe, in
which he recounted the national migration legend of the
Kasi'hta tribe. Cf. 8, 2. 7 and Notes. His name, "making
a short step backwards," from atchikillas.

tchilasas i) I ritb, friction. 2) I shell, husk; adshin tch.
I shell maize l adshi tchillaskadi hamgin one grain of maize
shelled out.

tchimi, pron. pers. 2d p. sing, thou; also, thyself, yourself;
cf. i. 203.

tchimi, tchin- jK^^r, yours, pron. poss. of 2d p. pi.; tchime-u
yours also 16, 35 ; tchinhupuitagi vour children.

tchimitagi and tchintagi, pron. pers. 2d ^p. ^\.^ ye, yoiirselves ;
cf. i. 203.

tchissi rat; house-rat.

tchoko, tchuko, tsuku, tche';/o house, lodge, cabin, building ;
tchuku 'lako town-house, great house ; described i. 171 sqq.
tchukofa 'lako council-house i. 174 sqq.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. CREEK GLOSSARY. [159J 127

tchukpi or tchukpi hamgin one JiJindrcd ; tchukpi kulapakin
seven hundred 8, 4 ; tch. 'lako, or tchukpi 'lako hamgin
one thousand, lit. "one great hundred" 8,4.

tchukulai'dshi, tchiiko; laidshi women, females ; lit. "those
staying in the house." Used in a plural signification only.
Der. tchuku, laikas.

tchiili, tsiili ^ine-tree, pine; tsul;ikusua pine-?zuts ; stands
here where the text has " pine-wood" 14, 14.

tchutki, pi. lopiitski smalL little.

-u, -u'h, cf. -o, -o'h.

lids hi, odshi i) hickorv-nnt \ 2) hickory-tree 14, 6 ; cf. ofan.

-uga, -oga, -uka, suffixed causal particle: because, since; since
as it is, teas, as there were, tchiitkiduga ^7^", because it
is small ; 'lakituga because it is large; tchatidiiga as it
is red 16, 4. Composed of a suffix -u, -o and -ga, q.v. ;
cf. -iga.

u'li-, uk-, u/-, frequent prefix: up, up to, towards; 071, upon;
over, over and down on the other side ; passing over.
il^'For terms not found under u'h- , see u/- .

u'hapihi-id, u'hapiyi ; see u/bayas (for u/=ayas).

u'hapiyadis, cf. u;^hayas.

ii'hhayatgis it daxvns, it becomes day. day breaks over some-
body or something ; u'hhayatgadis it dawned over them 8,
2S. Der. hatki white.

u'hhapiyatskas, cf. u/hayiis.

u'hlaikas, u'hleikas, du. of subj. u'hkakis, pi. u/ap6kis i) /
sit upon. 2) I ride upon; I ride on horseback.

u'hlatkas, u/latgas, pi. of subj. u/palatkis i) / fall upon, I
fall on the top of; I fall on to. oiwa u'hlatkid odshin
where there was a cascade, lit. "where there was water
falling" 14, 33 ; u'hlataikin, verbal of one of the past tenses,
having fallen into 14, 14. 2) I attack, charge. Der. lat-
giis ; cf. aklatgas, itu'hlatkas.

u'h'lanas, u/'lanas, pi. of subj. u/lomlaidshis I cover up (from
the outside) ; u'h'lanin omat if one of the tribes covers it
up 12, 5 ; cf. isu/'lanas.

128 [l6o] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

u'htaigiis, u/taikas / cross upon^ I cross on the top o/" (log,
stones, &c. ) ; u'htayidshatis they crossed it tipon (the
stones) 1 6, 24. Der. u/- , tayikas.

u'htchimgas, du. of subj. u'htchimhogis, pi. u'htchimidshis /
climb up to; o'htchimhokadin ttuo climbing 7ip 16, 19.

ui-wa, see o-iwa.

liyuwa, same as o-iwa, q.v.

I'lksa, postp. at the end of ^ on the top of; 'lani liksa 07i the
mountain-top : iyuksa, yiiksa, i-uksa at the end of it 8, 32.

u/hayas (for u/-ayas, u'h-ayas). du. of subj. u/hah6yis, pi.
u/hapiyis, u'hapi-is I go up, ascend up to; I go to^ ap-
proach, come towards, u'hapihiatskas (or u/-apiyiatskas)
ye must not go up there 16, 4 ; -ka in -kas includes the
negative particle, and -ats- indicates the 2d person plural,
u'hapihi-id (for u'h-apiyit) going., or having gone there
16, 3. The subjunctive mode and second person of the plu-
ral has to be supplied to this verbal by the following i'lasa-
wa'lanatchkatis 16, 4, u'hayeyant os 1 could have gone
towards, u'hapiyi sasatis they zvent there in numbers;
some went there 16, 6. u;/hapiadis (u/hapiyakatis in the
plural form) they went up to, towards 10, i. 14. 8.

u/huilas, u'hhui'las, u/wi'liis, du.'of subj. u/sihokis or u'hshiho-
kis, pi. u/saba/lis or uksapaklis I stand erect on, upon ; ni-
nin u. I stand in the trail, road; piikabit u/ui'lit 6matit
a pole that was so as if standing 10, 20. Der. huilas.

u/hutsa'dshas, ukutcha'dshas I draw, mark, write upon;
u/hutsa'hudsatis it was drawn, written upon 8, 6. Der.
hotsii'dshas.

u;^kalas I pour tipon; kasapi u/kalas I pour on cold water.

u;/ki'lkuidshas, pi. ofobj. u/ki'lkakuidshas i) Imake known.,
I explain. 2) / disclose myself to; I coftfess. i-u/ki'l-
kuidshit odshin disclosing, revealing by themselves (i-)
there 10, 27.
u;<;laidshas, u'hleidshiis, du. of obj. u/kayas, pi. u/ap6yas /
place, deposit upon. Speaking of sheets and sheet-like
objects, the dual is used,
u/talalaidshas, o'htalalaitchas I lay down in order, dispose
upon, on the top of something 14, 7-

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — CREEK GLOSSARY. [l6l] 129

u/ 1 a 1 i k s a'd s h a s / stretch out^ or open a7td display^ as skins,

cloth ; u;/talikse/tchit having extended^ stretched it over.
u/tiltas, pi. of obj. u/tutakas I send out^ dispatch; isti (for

istin) Li/Uitatis they dispatched people there lo, 4.
u/ui'lit; see u/huilas.
u'lc/tchit, u'le'htchadis ; cf. 6'las.
umhoyadis 14,32; see omas.
iVmusiis, postp., such as^ something like 16, 3.
unayas, pi. ofsubj. unayis I tell^ relate; \y\vs\\\Vik\\'\x\ relating

it to them 18, 14 ; for i-im-unahin. Cf. iyimunayas, i-una-

yas, na/=una/a, opunayiis.
unapa, onapan, postp. on the top^ summit of; upoti. 'lani;

linapan on the top of the mountain 10, 3. Cf. yiipan, ili-

dshat, uksa.
u'nga, same as omika, q.v.
-usi, -osi, suffixed to nouns, etc. i) otily^ but., ttierely ; hatkusi-

algi white only all over ; atikusi Just up to., so as to reach

12, 12; isti hamkusit only one person; hokolusi two oft ly.

2) suffix forming diminutive nouns in a hypocoristic sense.

hoktusi voung wojn an, from h6kta woman; isiisiko, q.v.

wahala south 10, 14.

waikas, weikas, waikas, pi. of obj. palatiis I leave., quit, re-
linquish^ abandon; waika'hingo imungat omis it is their
disposition that they cannot quit (-go, -go nof) iS, 9 ;
waiki-is, waikaki-is xve quit; waika'lunkos I cannot quit ;
we'hkagos / will not quit.

wayas, du. wayi-is, pi. wayakis i) / hand over, offer, pre-
sent; weyit 6mis they are in the habit of offering 10, 32.
'tchimwayes, p. 59, for a-tchimi-wayas / extend to you
(tchanki my hand) ; pungin tchimwayis we two extend our
hands to you. 2) I sell, convey.

wakas, waggas, du. of subj. wak'hogis, pi. liimhis I am pros-
trate: I lie on the ground, wakin, w^aggin (verbal) is a
sort of expletive ("lying there") added to the terms for
roads, paths, rivers, fields, etc. 8, 27. 29. 12, 32; cf. tak-
wakidshas.

130 [162] TRAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Wall, nom. pr. of an Apalatchiikla war-chief 8, 10; cf. the
(Spanish) name of Guale, now Amelia Island, on the Atlan-
tic coast of Florida.

"w a n a V a s / tie ; cf. i wa nakas.

wan hi, pi. wanwahi strong; hard^ consistent^ but compressi-
ble^ as leather, etc.

watiila crane, heron; watulashaki, = hagfi crane-whooping;
also the name of a water-course in Alabama 14, 30. 31.

we'tis, waitis a modal, verbal form to be expressed by the adv.
probably^ likely ; ii/ay be^ mav possibly be. The infinitive
wetita is not in use. hi'lit w»^'tis }nay be best 8, 24; hi'tch-
kuidshi waitis would likely bring yorth 12, iS. Cf. i'lki;
tiiyiis, and waitayis in paradigm i. 206.

wi;ka'wa, o-i;ka'wa spring of water 8, 31 ; cf. o-iwa. Der.
o-iwa, kayas.

wilagis, cf. a'las, isa'las.

wilako-idshas I have two going around., about me; homan
wilako-idshit having two going in front 16, iS ; cf. 19.
Der. wilagis.

wisa/a in tchanki wisa/a my finger., lit. "my hand's prong,
my hand forking out, p. 60." Another term for it would
be : tchanki wisakti hamgi one of my fngers.

wiilgis, ulgis, du. of ossas, q.v.

wulhok/aita; see ossas.

KAS. LEG. — DIRECT. FOR USING HITCHITI GLOSS.A.RY, [163] 131

SPECfAL Directions
FOR THE Use of the Hitchiti Glossary.

The Hitchiti language, still understood by about six hundred
people dwelling among the Creeks and Seminoles in the Indian
Territory, is a vocalic and euphonic dialect of the Maskoki fam-
ily, and almost in every respect comparable with Creek. Its
phonology, accentuation, wealth of inflectional forms of the verb
and its peculiar syntax compare closely with the parallel feat-
ures of Creek. That Hitchiti was formed independently from
Creek is sufficiently proved by comparing both with the other
Maskoki dialects ; the differences are mainly lexical, nasalized
vowels are but little more frequent, and, although it borrowed
some terms directly from Creek as the more frequently used
dialect,* it approaches Cha'hta and Chicasa in many terms of
daily use, like oki ivater, okli toxvu^ pokoli ten^ yakni land.
Nevertheless it stands nearer Creek than Alibamu, Koassati,
Cha'hta, Chicasa, and Apalache, as well in grammar as in the
lexicon. The cumulation of the prefixes and suffixes, the use of
the verbal singular and dual with a subject standing in the plural,
the lack or non-use of relative pronouns, with many other feat-
ures, are common to Creek and Hitchiti. The excessive use
made of the participles and all sorts of verbals, produced by the
want of the relative pronoun and of suitable conjunctions, eft'ects
a cumbersome incapsulation and makes long sentences extremely
heavy in both dialects. Instances of this appear on every page
of our version of the legend, which is the first connected text
•of Hitchiti which has ever appeared in print. Verbals show-
ing syntactic subordination to the main verb occur in large num-
bers, where w^e would apply a finite vei'b introduced by some
pronoun or conjunction. Coordinate verbals like those in 24,

* For instance : tchatu konawa money, tassikaya warrior, tamainapka drum.

132 [164] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

33 have to be connected by and whenever they are rendered
in English. The two versions give at least a correct idea of
these dialects, although it is not claimed that the Indians of
1735 have used exactly the same terms which we give in our
texts.

The more important directions for the use of the Hitchiti
Glossary are contained on pp. 72. 73 ; I therefore subjoin only
a few supplementary facts and rules.

For the proper names of persons, towns, tribes, and localities,
see the Creek Glossary, and observe that Hitchiti substitutes the
ending -a'li (-a'lut, -a'lun) to the Creek -algi in tribal names.

To find certain nouns and verbs, having pronouns prefixed
to them in the Glossary, observe the same rules and restrictions,
as in the Creek.

All transitive and intransitive verbs were quoted in the first
person singular of the declarative mode, in the present tense with
the ending -lis (-alis, -ilis etc.), the impersonal verbs showing
the terminal -is, -s.

The verbal paradigm of Hitchiti as given in vol. i. 83-85 is.
incomplete in some respects. The few additional forms given
in the following list will therefore materially help the studious
reader in the comprehension of the text, the full understanding
of which, in spite of the explanations in the Glossary, is by no
means an easy matter. In passing from the present to the pre-
terit a change of quantity is observed in the radical vowel in
Hitchiti as well as in Creek.

The suffix -tawats (for -tawatis) is being appended to the ver-
bal in -k inflected through all persons ; it does not inflect for
person, and through its component -ta- points to a past more or
less remote. This syllable -ta- is also found to possess the same
function in -ta'h- , -tah6mit, -tahunka and the Creek -tati. This
tense runs as follows : i sg. isiliktawats, 2 sg. isitskaktawats,.
3 sg. isiktawats ; i. pi. isigaktawats, 2 pi. isatskaktawats, 3 pi.
isagiktawats.

The suffix -wats (for -watis) forms a tense, which corresponds-
to our preterit, but likewise to the present tense, and is often
used to express verbs which in the English text stand in the

KAS. LEG. — DIRECT. FOR USING HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [165] 133

•conditional and subjunctive mode. The inflection is that of
-tawats without the -ta.

The sufiix -tahomit figures as the mark of the fhiperfect
tense, and also appears under the form -homit, -homid. Sa'li-
yahomid after having gone with it 22, 27 is derived from isa'li-
3'alis, sa'liyalis / proceed^ advance zviih something. This end-
ing is also appended to a verbal in -k ; thus from itumpihililis
/ mix, mingle ivith this tense is formed as follows : itumpi-
hililik-tahomit / had ?nixed (itj with; itumpihiligak-tahomit
we had mixed (it) with.

The infix or suffix -ta'h-, -ta/- is mentioned in the H. Gloss-
ary, and corresponds to -tati, -ta'hti of Creek, q.v.

The verbal suffix -tchamas is equivalent to the Creek suffix
-ankis, -angis, which comes nearest to our perfect : isayangis
I have taken. Cf. 23, 18.

The verbal suffix -ugas, -ukas points to a conclusion drawn
from circumstantial evidence; cf. 24, 31, limmilis and omas in
the Glossaries ; it corresponds to the Creek -tchukis, -tchuks,
-tsuks, and represents the verbified causal suffix -ga.

The suffix -kani is in fact an adjective used enclitically, and
-kayus is its verbified form.

The ending -ga, -ka (-uga, -iga) is that of a verbal showing
causality, and becomes verbified in -ugas, -ukas.

The suffixes -kan, -gan and -tahunka are explained in sepa-
rate items of the Glossary.

134 [l66] TRAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

The Hitchiti Glossary.

abanalilis, pi. of obj. abanaslilis I tie^ Jasten to; pret. aba-
nti'lilis. abanaslik having tied, tying or fastening to (a
long in the syllable -nas-) 34, 6. Der. banalilis.

abi, api i) stem, body of tree ; immapun (for piikabi irnma-
pun) by the stem, trunk or body of the pole (the orphan
was killed) 21, 36. 2) stick, pole. Composes ikabi, pu-
kabi, etc. 3) handle of ax or any other implement. 4)
likeness, image; ta'g;(for taiki;) abun the image of a ivo-'
?nan 33, 35. Also in yatabi portrait.

Abi/ka'li, sg. & pi., nom. pr. Abika Indian; in the English
" Obikaw" 33, 31.

abitili;/tchut limmilis I originate from^ I a?n a descendent
of: abitili/tchi descending from 35, 13. The simple ver-
bal form abitilis is not in use.

abotulidshilis I cover ; abodulidshik having covered 23,32.
Cf. unalobidshilis.

adsh-, atch-, prefix embodying the idea of being behind, af-
ter, in the rear of.

adshaka'lialis, du. adshaka'lisigas, pi. adshaka'ladshigas /
accompany, go with, go out following; adshaka'liak hav-
ing followed, gone with 25,34. Der. a'liyalis.

adshakuntilis, du. adshakulawigas, pi. adshakuntidshigas /
follow, come or xvalk behind ; yatipi adshakiintiti sunaban
ommig so that the m.an-eater could not follow; lit. "man-
eater to follow-not possible making so" 33, 32. 23. Der.
lintilis.

adshala/kis, see ala/kilis.

adshoki, adshiingi ?nany, a number of; nagi= adshu'ngun
mafzy things 21, 15; adshok'=apiktcha/at the -largest num-
ber of, most of them 20, 25. Instead of this may stand as
well : adshokakat the majority of them ; the terminal con-
taining the inflected suffix -aka.

afalis, pi. of obj. asfalis I take in my ar?n or arms; obj,
animate.

GATSCIIET KAS. LEG. HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [167] 135

afoksalis, du. and pi. of subj. alitikas / enter^ go within^ go
inside of; in the past tenses, partic. pret. etc.; I am inside^
I am within^ as in a road, Held, boat, etc. ; afoksak u'mha-
'hmis it was inside of 23, 19; alitak to go in it, to march
upon (that path) 23, 10. 11.

ahi, ahe i) tree when standing ; ahi talaki log; cf. tahingalis.
2) ivater-potato^ the edible rhizoma of some species of the
Sagittaria growing in fresh water. Called so from its elon-
gated shape and forming the names of Ahiki creek (vol. i.
77. 125), of Chicasawhay river (Tchikas';ahi) and of the
Cba'hta tribe which once lived on its banks ; also the tribal
name Ahi^pat okla "potato-eating people" (i. 104. 109) by
which the Chicasawhays are meant.

ahi'lus it is better^ preferable; ahi'lowats // iv ere prefera-
ble^ it zvould be better 23, 26. Der. hi'li.

ah;op6ski boughs fwigs^ rods, lit. "little wood" 23,22; in
the singular ahi wiktchosi/tchi. Der. ahi, oposki (hopiiski).

aitidshilis I possess none. I have, oivfi not; aitidshiti ^(?5-
sessed of none ; (they) having not any 24, 4. Der. aitis ;
cf. i"litchilis.

aitis there is none: aitiktawats there -was 7ione 21, 26.

aitusi/tchi deprived of, not having 21, 27. Der. aitis.

ayalis, du. of subj. ya-ukigas, pi. ya-ulidshigas, i-aulidshigas
I am going about, am in motion, moving; I go along:
I am about, I am there, with the idea of motion implied ;
/ busy myself at. Ay an going, being in ^notion 25, 7 ;
ayak being about 23, 17; tchafisa/gak ayalis / a?n alive,
lit. "I am about breathing, still breathing"; ayali, eyali,
archaic for ayalis / zvalk abojit i. 79 ; ayawati, archaic for
ayawats it is walking i. 79 ; tiiklak ya-ukan two are go-
ing 24, 37 ; ya bi/ki ya-uka;^at just these two ivho were
ahead 24, 38 : the suffixed particle -aka, -a/at is here in-
flected. Ya-ulidshik u"hmisis have been there apparently
24, 36 ; ya't yaulidshik limmis (what kind of) people had
been there 23, 10; a'ladshik ya-ulidshiga when proceeding
on their way, lit. "when being in motion journeying" 24,
37 ; itihi'lkikuska ak'lik ya-ulidshiga when they are on their
way desirous of concluding peace 22, 37 ; hini hatgi um-
mi'htchi ya-uli'htchikat limmiwats they were the same as

136 [l68] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

those zvJio had been busy (or ii/oviiig" about) making the
■white path 24, 15. 16 ; ya-ulitchii/an-tun to move in the white
path 23, 1 1 ; ya-uhdso/ sonabahos should be prominent
through influence or authority, lit. "should be going about
(as speakers, rulers, or commanders)" 22, 8 ; yatut ya-ulid-
shishi'lut limmihin they ivere certain that people had been
there^ or people had been there tvithout doubt 23, 7 ; ya-
ulidshitigus they would not stir^ move about in a healthy
condition 22, 6. The above passages show that this verb
is often used as a mere auxiliary to be^ embodying the addi-
tional idea of motion. Cf. I'ligas, under tchukulilis ; also
ummilis.

ayamkalis, du. & pi. ayamkigas I am xuith., I am together
xvith ; "laki ayamkun and arrozus going with it 22, 32 ;
ayamkan isayak ; cf. isayalis.

ayi bed., couch; imayi i-a/nun Jinder their beds 25, 19.

ayiktchi, a-iktchi i) any of the smaller plants or weeds:
herbi weed., moss., etc. 2) plant serving as a medicine ;
medicinal drug^ medicine 21,32. 22,4; ayitchiVska (subj.
case with -ska) sorts of medicinal herbs 21, 14.

ayiktchiimi, aiktchumi, pi. ayiktchiima'li Indian conjurer.,
medical practitioner ; hilis'; haya in Creek.

ayoga/tchi overlaid to a certain depth; tali ayoga/tchut 6m-
mig having rocks scattered about 23, 13 (subj. ha'htchi
Kolosi). Der. ayi; cf. hayo/ki.

ayokaha/tchi, hayoka"ha/tchi burnings blazing ; on fire
21, 13. 23, 29. Der. tchayokahas.

ayosi/tchi reaching Just so high., iust up to 22, 21.

ay o sin reaching up to; up to.

ak-, prefix analogous in function to ak-, the Creek prefix, q.v.

aka, -a/a, -aka, -aka, -ak, -ka, -7a, -ga, particle chiefly used in
an additive sense, and suffixed to nouns, pronouns and verbs.
It is frequently enclitic, and when sufiixed to substantives
or other nouns it can become inflected by case, i) Also.,
too., likewise : hadshitiilam' aka the eagle also 22, 35 ; ifon;

a/a his bones also 23, 30 ; kitischa/at hatkakat the red

ones also the white ones 22, 38 ; apaluakat and on the

other side 23, 31 ; istiikla/a two together 21, 36: tchi/nak

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [169] 137

yc also 3'^, 15; maga, maka that one too 21, 19. 20 (from
ma, aka). 2) Referrin<^ to something //'t:z;/o«5/y mentioned ;
generally untranslatable in English, sometimes by jtist^
■perhaps^ or some other adverb : ummis;a_j^a could perhaps be
23, 9. 10; ya-uka/at jnst those zvho went (a/a is inflected
here) 24,38; tchipi'hlitchig;a/a the polel that had been
previously set up 23, 13. In this function the particle also
serves for the gradation of adjectives in forming a sort of
superlative : apiktchi chiefs principal ; apiktcha/a prin-
cipal among those previously mentioned, most^ more than
others. Cf. apiktchi in 23. 26 and other passages.

akasamilis i) I believe ; akasamiti (they) believed it on that
account C-ti) 25. 35. 2) I praise, value, estee?n.

ak'holi/tchi 24,31; see aklilis.

aklilis, a/lilis i) I think, suppose: I think so, I am of the
opinion, a'klig for akC-lik, aklik (supply anut /) / am
thinking- so, vol. i. 79 ; ak'lut ommiwats they believe, lit.
"they are wont to think" 22, 36; a/liktavsrats they sup-
posed, thought 23, II. 24, 16. 28 ; a/liti as they zvere think-
ing-, supposing- (verbal) 20, 26 ; akli/tchut ummiktawats
was considered to be the most prominent 22, 19; ak'holi;^-
tchut u'mmiwats (passive) it is coinmo?tly thought so,
supposed 24,31. 2) /want, desire; I propose, attempt;
I strive, exert myself ; akclik hitchigun wanting to find
out 21,3; ata-likun aklik trying to find oict 24, 17; ak'li-
galakas we shall try, attempt (to kill him), construed with
the infinitive in -iki 23. 20. Cf. isilalis, a future tense,
vol. i. 83.

akni, akeni i) fiesh, meat; ikni its meat, the flesh or meat
of some animal. 2) body of person or animal ; person.
Adshakni my body, idshikni your body 25, 16 ; tcha- my,
tchi- thy, your being inverted into adsh-, idsh- ; ikni his,
her, its body, their bodies ; akeni halki white man.

iksi i) r<9c»/ of plant, tree, bush 31,34. -) string, cord, v^hen-
ever fastened to something else; bowstring ; kaway;aksi
rope, lit. "horse-string." To aksi corresponds the Cha'hta
term iksa, yeksa its string, which, like the Aztec mecatl,
has also assumed the signification of descendencv : clan.

138 [170] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

g'ens, tribe^ tribal division. Cf. the English ''family-
tree, family-branch," etc.

aktchomi Indian tobacco; tobacco; cf. vol. i. 58. Aktcho-

modshohin (contracted into aktchomodshcn) and (-hin)

little tobacco^ -odshi being the ending forming diminutives

» 21, 35. THte seeds of this weed are distributed during the

busk in the town square; cf. i. 179.

a/ki my mother., said by adults ; iki his., her mother; iki aitu-
si/tchi motherless., orphan ivhose mother is dead 21, 27;
cf. amwadshi, imilo'dshi.

a/liti as they thought 20, 26; cf, aklilis.

alafangas in tchalafangas I blaze up., e.g. when garments oru
the body take fire; alafang';umigat blazing up 21, 8.

ala/ki i) part., portion of. 2) correl. : the one , the other

part 20, 24. 25, 22. Verbal of ala/kilis. q.v.

ala;^kilis I am left over; ala/kiktawats remained., were left
over 25, 7) adshala/kis / am left over., remain; anut
adsha,la/kis / am left alone., I became -widowed (male or
female) ; anokolosik adshala/kis / remain alone., or I sur-
vive., lit. *'I only am left alone."

alabalidshi lis, pl.ofobj. alaba'hlidshilis I lay., deposit close
to something.

Alibama'li, sg. & pi.; nom. pr., Alibaniu Indian: Alibama-
'lohin heretipon the Alibamu Indians., in the English text :
"Atilamas" 22, 20.

alitak, alitikas ; cf. afoksalis.

alok-, aluk- back., again; prefix pointing to a return, a com-
ing or bringing back, especially when prefixed to a verb
expressing a rising, or a motion directed towards the one
speaking ; cf. -alun in yobalalun.

alok'hadshilis, du. aloklo/(5kigas, pi. aloklo/os-kadshigas I
have risen, J stand on ?ny feet ; aluk'hadsha-aliwati, ar-
chaic for aluk'hadshaliwats it has riseji., stands on its feet.,
vol. i. 79. Der. hadshalilis.

alokistch anapl il i s I shoot back zvith., by means of ; alo-
kistchanapliktawats they shot back (red arrows) 25, 2.
Der. istchanaplilis.

aloky alalidshi lis, pi. of subj. alokvalaskadshigas, pi. of obj.
alokyalaslidsh'lis / return something ; alokyalalindshikta-

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — HITCHITl GLOSSARY. [171] 139

Wats they returned thetn (by shooting) 24, 19; alokya-
lakakat the returned ones (partic.) 34, 20 (could also re-
fer to one object returned),

alok'lan lyal is, du. of subj. alok'lanishigas, pi. alok'lanis-
yadshikas / come out again after crossing ; / arrive on
the other side^ as of a river ; I cotne ozit^ risefrom^ emerge^
(persons, celestial bodies). Alok'lanishiaktawats they issued^
came out of 20, 21 ; as a tribe or body of people is here the
subject, the dual is used here instead of the plural alok'lan
yadshiklawiits, although the use of the latter would not be
faulty ; cf Ceremonial Allocutions, p. 59 sqq.j alok'lanisya-
dshitikus they had or -would not come out, emerge from
the river, or from the hollow formed by its banks 24, 28 ;
alok'laniyahin then a rat came out of 22^ 29 ; cf. 'lanivalis.

alok'l i nigal i s, du. alok'linisgigas, pi. alokmutagigas I run
towards ; alok'linigak having run towards 23, 24 ; alok'li-
ningas /^e, it ran towards the one speaking.

aloktigonknalis I raise my body; refers to the placing of
the legs into a position for rising ; vol. i. 79.

aloktchabaklilis I raise my head; aluktchabakliwati, ar-
chaic for -watis, -wilts it has raised its head, vol. i. 79'

aloktch u kiili li s, du. alokwikigas, pi. aloktchukuslidshigas
/ rise up^ as from the bed, couch. Der. tchukiililis I sit.

alokiintilis, du. alokulawikas, pi. alokuntidshigas I approach,
come up to ; inhu'loska alokiintila/a (whenever) their ene-
mies will approach 33, i (future tense) ; alokiintin coming
23, 3 ; alokiindi'ht omiwats they are in the habit of ap-
proaching (the male camping -place) for alokiindi'htchut
omiwats 22, 4. Der. untilis.

alosta'htchi, alosta/tchi desirous, showing proclivity ; ima-
losta'htchi inclined toward 25, 13. Der. alosti.

alosti desirous, anxious; atasiintun imalostud inclined toward
the xvar-club, viz. the shedding of blood 25, 18.

a'ladshigas and forms derived from this : cf. a'liyalis.

-a'li a suffix of tribal names, or designating classes of persons,
etc., corresponding to -algi of Creek : Kasi/ta'li, Maskoka'li,
hunaknosa'li.

di''\\a.\i?i from that time onward, since then 23, i. Der. a'li-
yalis, aka 3).

140 [l7^] TRA.XS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIE>JCE.

a'liyalis, du.ofsubj. a'lishiyas, pi. a'ladshigas I walk ^ march^
travel^ journey; when used impersonally, it (the time)
elapses^ passes by. hantun a'liyaktahomid he had goiie
somewhere ; a'liyaktawats the time passed on while they
thought (ak'lik) they would not disturb it (nanumidshiti-
hin) 22, 28. Ho'lun a'ladshotis ! let us go., start for xvarl
22, i2; hu'luska a'ladshiwats whenever they may follow
up warfare (-wats forms a potential mode) 22, 37 ; a'la-
dshiktawats they travelled., journeyed 20, 28 ; a'ladshik
as they journeyed 23, 5. 12 ; hantun a'ladshik ya-ulidshi^a
whenever they are on a march., lit. "whenever at journey-
ing they busy themselves" 24, 37; bo'li a'ladshika when
they go to war 21, 28 — cf. 24, 31 ; a'ladshikan while march-
ing., journeying 21,2; a'ladshiga on their way 24, 1 1 ; a'la-
tchiga where they had gone, or their trail 24, 25 ; a'la-
tchika u'ladshiktawats on their way they arrived at 24,
8. 24, 2 ; ho'lusga a'ladshahik for startitig on the vjar-
path 23, 35 ; a'ladshi/tchut ummiwats they are in the habit
of starting 23, 37 ; a'ladshi/tchut ummiktavvats they ha-
bitually travel 24, 38.

a'lipi postp. up, upward, in reference to rivers, valleys;
ha'htch; a'lipi up stream. Cf. ati.

ama'hmus it is better, preferable; ama'hmowats it zvould be
better 20, 26.

ambi up, above; ambi 'lata/un towards the sky, upvuard,
skyward 21, 8. Sky is hasoti in H.

^mwadshi my mother, said by children only; cf. a/ki.

anahilis, pi. ofobj. anaslilis I tell, relate, count ; anahin re-
lating, recounting 25, 35.

anodshki dream. Der. nudshilis.

ano'lilis I eat tip, devour, consume; ano'lilis I ate up ; ya/-
nut hobosku'n imanollhin the Earth ate up their children,
lit. "ate the children that were theirs (im-)" 20, 22; ima-
noliktahunga imiingahin was in the habit of devouring
from them formerly 20, 27 ; imanoli'htchut ommiktawats
he was wofit to devour people, relatives who belonged to
them (im-) 22, 25 ; yatun pum-anoli/tchut eating up our
people, or people away from us (for pu-im-an61i;^tchut)
23, 18.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [173] 141

anolispi mimber ; imanolispi its number (being) 20,4.8.

apti'ksas the day dawns ^ daylight appears.

iipalua'htchi, apakui/tchi, adj. i) being., dwelling on one

side; 2) when correl., being on one side on the

other side 25, 23.

apaluak, apaluaka (from apalui aka) on one side of ; correl.

apaluak apaluakat on one side oti the other side

35, 29. 30; apaluakat apaluwut (same) 23, 31.

apalui on the other side of; opposite to. Uigi apalui after death.,
lit. "on the other side of death"j ha'htch; apalui i) on the
other., opposite river-side. 3) the other river or creek.,

lit. ''the river on the other side." Apaluan apaluan,

correl., 07t one side on the other side or bank., said of

a river 25, 22 ; same as apalu-un or apaluwun ; cf. i. 85.

apatalidshili s, du. of subj. apatalidshigas, pi. apataslidshi-
gas / go alongside., I follozv., as a river-course ; apata-
Ifdshik follozvifg 24, 33.

apiktcha/at, abbr. piktcha/at most. This term is composed
of apiktchi and the inflected particle aka ; it forms a sort of
superlative for certain adfcxtives : adshok' apiktcha/at the
largest nutnber of 20., 25 ; na/nos'= apiktcha/at the most an-
cient or influential among them 22, 14; lapk= apiktcha/at
mamitiwats it ivoiild not be well that the totality of thetn
(lit. ''really all, mainly all") should die 23, 26.

apiktchi, api'htchi, abbr. piktchi principal, main., chief;
immig; apiktchi their head-chief 20, 12; yobali piktchi
aivay behind., far behind. Cf. bi'hki.

apoftilis I think., suppose.

aponilis, du. of subj. apusnigas, pi. apusnidshigas I speak ;
aponik, haponik ungaktawats they were making speeches
30, 19; aponiktahu'ngat u'mmis spoke thus long ago; the
thus., so is embodied in u'mmis, lit. "thus w^as speaking
long time ago" 30, ri.

apii'ngi word, term; zuords., talk., speech 20,7. 25,34.

a sal is J assist, help ; asa'htchi a helper, one zvho assists; ima-
salis, immasalis / assist, help somebody, do good to him,
her, them : nagi imasa'htchut in something he has helped
them 25, 33.

142 [174] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

asi, assi (<? short), a shrub called Ilex cassinc^ from which the
Indians made the "black drink," an intoxicating, or, when
much water was added, exhilarating beverage, served up
at solemn occasions, and used as a medicinal drug by con-
jurers 25, 14.

as6walis I pursue, chase; as6wak tvhile -pursuhig 25, 7. 8;
asowahin then chased^ pursued them 23, 25.

^spi, ashpi maize, Indian coru ; aspushka even tnaize (they
had not) 24, 4.

atabaksalis I ?neet, Ji7id^ fall in with; atabaksik ya///«^
in xvith, Ji)iding 25, 8 ; atabaksiktawats they met zvith,
found 21, 12.

ata'lalis i) I learn, 2 acquire knowledge; ata'laktawats
they learned 21, 15. 16. 33 ; ata'lak in order to leartz, to
fnd out 23, 10 ; ata'ligun akelik trying, wanting to find out
21,6. 24, 17. 2) to know, like novi from nosco : ata'lo-
wats they know it 25, 33 ; ata4a/;hi'lut knowing it quite
xvell^ for a certainty 25, 32.

ata'li, pi. ata'lagi one who diagnosticates diseases; in Creek
ki"la. Der. ata'lalis.

ata'lka ti/tchi \^ Jinknown ; 2) stranger. Partic. of ata'lalis,
with the privative particle -ti, q.v. ; yati ata'lkati/tchut um-
migma although he was an tmknown person, a stranger

25» 32- 33-
atasi war-club of wood, with a stone point inserted in its flex-
ure 21, 29. 25, 16; atasiintun imalostud inclined towards

the war-club 25, 18.
ati, postp., down, in reference to rivers, valleys; ha'htch^ati

down the river. Verbified in ahi = tala/ut ata°yas hatchun

tJie log drifts down the river.
atchiban, atchiba, atchibi dtiring, for a long time 22, 27;

atchibahin after a long ti?7te 22, 29.
a-ulitkadshilis and it; a-uHtkadshilis i) I kitidle a fire, as

a camp-fire 22, 2; 2) I encamp, strike camp; it;a-ulitka-

dshik encamping 20,30. Der. \\a fire ; cf. autilis.
aiitilis and it;a-utilis, it; autilis I make fire ; I build a camp

fire, itautik tnaking a fire or fires ; aiitis ! or itun aiitis !

make a fire! Der. iti, autilis ; cf. vol. i. 74*

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [l75] 143

a w i la dsh i 1 i s, pi. of subj. awiladshigas I approach^ cotne

near to; awikidshitik not approachi)ig (-ti not) 22, 3;

ka-igi awiladshin, postp., close to the pit^ lit. "approaching

the pit" 23, 27.
iiwdosin 3y, near, close to; im-awilosi-hin very close to it

23, S. Der. awiliin near, -si.
iiwiliin near, near by, close to.

b a d s h k i , pi. badshboki long, elongated.

badski/tchi, abbr. padski'ht', pi. badskboki/tchi provided
with something long, elongated; hadshi badski/tchut "long
as to its tail," provided with a long tail 22, 23.

banalilis, pi. of obj. banaslilis I tie, fasten ; banTi'lik hav-
ing tied.

batapiilis, pi. of obj. bataspilis I strike, hit; conjugated
vol. i. 84.

bi'hki, pi;/ki, adj., who is in front, ahead, in advance; ya
bi/ki those ahead of the others 24, 38. Apheret. from
abi'hki ; radix abi. Cf. apiktchi.

bi'hkun, pi/kun, didv., at frst, frstly, ahead 22, 13; bi'hkun
i'mpi'lban throwing in his way, before him 23, 27 ; bi'h-
kun ya-ukan two going in advance 24, 37. Apheret. from
abi'hkun.

•eyali, same as ayali ; cf. ayalis.

faski'htchi point, as of arrow, knife; imfaski'htchi omik
making a point to (the arrows) 24, 6. Der. faski (Creek)
pointed.

fati Indian cane-basket, bottom with four corners and rounding
up towards the top, holding about one bushel ; fatut ahi
i-a/nun wingas txvo baskets lie under the tree.

fisakgigi i) breath, breathi)ig ; 2) life.

fisa/kalis, pi. of subj. fisa/kigas i) I breathe; 2) I am alive.,
T live; 3) I rest, take a rest., refresh myself; fisa/kak tak-
ing a rest (verbal) 20, 30.

fogi, fo'ki inflected temporal particle corresponding to the
Creek -ofan, -ufan, -of. i) when, while, at such a time:
i'lik fogi when assembled 21, 37; mamik=f6gi at such a

144 [176] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

time^ in this case or instance 22, 2 ; mdmiga fo/un aboJif
then^ at that epoch 22, 7 ; cf. 23, 25. foo^un at that epochs
titne 20, 6. 10 ; hidshak fogot tvhen they saw, perceived
21, 13. 2) after : ilidshik fogi after killing him 23,34:
ni'htagi kolapagik fogun tvheiiever seven days had elapsed

23» 33-
fosi bird; fos'; hatgi hisgi feathers of a "j^hite bird (better,

fos'; hatg' ihiski) ; in the English, /'white feathers" 25, 19.

The description of the miraculous bird : 22, 23 to 23, 4.

g-. For terms with initial^-, see k- .

hadshalidshilis I make staud^ set up standings the object
not being set in the ground ; inhadshalidshiktawiits they
set up erect for him 22, 26. Der. hadshalijis ; cf. tchipi-
litchilis.

hadshalilis, du. lo;if6kigas, pi. lo/oskadshigas i) I sta?id ;
i-a/nun ]o/6kigas zve tzvo stand belozv (a tree, bluff, etc.)
2) also used in the sense of I a?n, I exist ; hadshalik lim-
mis he stands up^ exists so 25, 12; cf. huilas (Creek).

ha'dshi tail 22, 23; ihadshi its tail feathers 22, 36.

hadshitiilami eagle 22,24.35.

ha'htchi i) stream^ rivulet^ creek; 2) river. The two rivers-
meant in 20, 3 are in fact three ; the Chatahuchi R. with
the Lower Creeks settled on it ; the Coosa and Tallapoosa
rivers with the Upper Creek towns built on them. Cf. oki;
tchobi.

ha'htchsapalua'li, adj. i) the one or those on the opposite
river-side ; 2) Ha'htch;apalua''li, nom. pr. given to the Up-
per Creek Indians; it really signifies "the people of the
other river," meaning Alabama river with its two affluents,^
Coosa and Tallapoosa: 25, 25.

ha'htch;ata'li i) the 07te^ those on lower river ; 2) Ha'htch =
ata'li, nom. pr, given to the Lower Creek Indians on Cha-
tahuchi R. in Alabama and Georgia : 25, 25.

hayak, pi. hah6yak ripened., ripe; nagut indshiwatki hayak
u'mmiga the first ripe fruits., lit. "what first is likely ta
ripen" 21, 38.

hayatli i) light, splendor ; 2) ope?i country., prairie.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [l77l 145

hayatlin i) at daxvn ; also hayatli'htchi ilan, lit. "dawn com-
ing on"; 2) the fiext morning-, the next day 20,31. Obj.
case of hayatli.

hayokaha/tchi ; cf. ayokaha/tchi.

hayo/ki, pi. hayo/hogi deep, deep down; hayo/kun omig
"deep-like" deep 23, 21.

hayo/kis it is deep, vol. i. 81.

hakalilis, haklilis 1 hear; usually in the form: inhakalilis /
hear of it, I hear it ; cf. dxou(o construed with the geni-
tive; apiingi inhak'lik hearing his speech, words 25, 34.
35 ; inhakelik hearing it 21, 2 ; inha_;ifliktawats they heard,
became axvare oj" 21,6 ; inhag'li/tchut u'mmiwats they hear
it usually 24, 32.

halbi i) skin; frequently ihalbi ^^its skin"; halbun on a skin
20, 7; yiiktchihalbi shell of turtle. 2) bark; o'dshak';
halbi hickory bark; ahi; halbi bark of tree.

ha'lana 20, 28; see hasi 'lana.

hampadshilis / spoil, deteriorate ; inhampadshiwatis if
xvoiild be spoiled to them, to their disadvantage (condi-
tional mode) 22, 5.

hampa/tchi battle, fight.

hampi, pi. hamhopi bad, useless; tuicked, mischievous ; ugly,
homely; cf. tchahampus, I a?n bad; hamhopo-sin worth-
less, unavailable 20, 33.

hanta;fo'/u n, hanta;f6gun i) so high as, in such a quan-
tity (<9 long) 23, 17; 2) whenever, when {o short). Der.
hanti, fogi.

hantamiska; see mami hantamiska.

hanti, pron. dem.-rel., i) whoever, whichsoever, which one;
hantut na/nosot I'lmmik which (tribe) was the bravest 23,
7; hantu = /anut xvhichever frst; 2) so much; when used
in an adverbial sense : very, greatly, intensely 20, 28.

hant';unga/tchi noisy, making noise 21, 25. Der. hanti,
unkalis.

hantun, hantu'n i) wherever 24, 37; 2) somewhere, vol. i.
79' li) f^'^^ where, xv hence : handu'n lingahos whence it
was sounding 21, 2; 4) zvhenever 24, 37. Der. hanti; cf.
-hos.

146 [17S] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

hantuntun which way; hantu'ntuska everyzvhere, all around
34, 32.

haponik 20, 19; see aponilis.

hii'si I) sun, also called ni'htag miki ; ha'si alok'laniyis the
sun rises; 2) moon, also called has'; u'htali ; 3) month;
ha's' 'lanii one month.

ha'si 'I an a, hass'lana, ha';'lana, has;4ana/tchi sunrise; east.
ha'lana 'latap^im eastward 20, 28. 23, 15 ; has;'lana/tchun
J'rotn the east 21, 17. Der. ha'si, 'laniyalis.

hatki, hatgi, pi. hat'h6gi white; okatki sea, ocean; hini hatga;
/antut the white path in preference (to others) 25, 31 ;
hini hatgi the white path 24, 15 and often ; akeni hatgi
white man.

hatkolis, pi. hatkogas I am white; hatkoktawats was white
22,1 6 ; hatkalo/atis ye let it be xvhite 35, 15 ; tchahatkas /
become white. Der. hatki.

hatlidshilis I whiten ; hatlidshik having tvhitcned (it) 23,
2; hatlidshitis ! whiten (it) I 25, 17.

hawaklilis I open ; said of the mouth only. Hawaklis ! ope?/
your mouth I hawakelin opening its mouth 20, 20.

hiat;ipi same as yat = ipi, q.v.

hidshahu'dshilis I show ^ exhibit; migun hidshahu'dshikan
when exhibiting (the arrows) to the chief 24, 19. Der.
hidshalis.

hidshalis i) I see, perceive ; hidshaliktas I have seen many
years ago ; hidshaktawats they saiu, perceived 31, 4. 23, 7 J
hidshak fogot when seeing 21, 13 ; hi-itchak-ta/tchut dmmik
as they had seen^ -perceived first 25, 28 (ta'h-, ta/- as the
first ones) ; hi-i, vocalic diaeresis for emphasis. 2) I find,
discover ; hitchigun to find out, to explore 21,3; hidshak-
tawats they found 34, 25. 26.

hidshkalis, hitchkalis / appear, show myself; hidshkak as
appeared, showed itself 24, 25 ; hitchgatin invisible, not
to be seen 22, 18 (ti- privative particle) ; inhitchkaktawats,
thei'e appeared to them 21, 32.

hilai/kalis / cry; wakas in Creek.

hi'latis, in tchahi'latis I am not good, useful, etc. ; inhi'latik
not being acceptable, being disliked by them, lit. "for them

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [1/9] ^ ^'^

good not being" 20, 23 ; hi'Iatik u'mmis it is not good^ it is
a bad sign 24, 20 ; tchunus';hi'lalatik restless, lit. "troubled
in its heart" 3i, 24 (-la- very, -ti not); tchunus'shi'lawatsycr
quieting (it), lit. "that it ma}' be quiet at heart" 21, 26.

hi'latchilis I improve ; I render peaceful^quict ; lit. "I make
good." tchiinus'? hi'latchilis I quiet down somebody's mind.

hi'li, pi. his'li (plural unusual); i) good, excellent in a
physical, concrete sense : beautiful, Jine, etc. 2) good
in the abstract and moral sense : 7iseful, cheerful, ivcll-
fninded ; hi'luska omikiis fnay be, would probably be pre-
ferable, better 23, 11. 3) Appended to verbs or adjectives
it corresponds to our for good, or sure, certain; surely,
certainly, and is inflected with the main word: witi/ka'h;
hi'lut very angered, lit. " angrv for good" 23, 24. Quoted
under each main term.

hi'lkiki peace 25, 14; cf. hini hatki, under hini ; hi'lki'gut 6m-
miwats t/ie white (feathers) mean peace, are peace 23, i.
Der. hi'li.

-hin, enclitic particle, generally of a temporal signification:
then, hereupon, next in order, and, still, subsequently ;
sometimes it is untranslatable in English. The o-, u-
before -hin in nouns is the o-, u- of the subjective case:
pasohin namely the pa'ssa 21,34, f*^'" pasiit^hin; ho'lohin
for h6'lut = hin, etc. The term huyanidshon is a contraction
of huyanitchutshin, huyanidsho;hin. It also occurs in Ali-
bama'lohin then the Alibamu Indians 22, 20 ; onalihin
then disclosing 2[,33; imiingahin still continuing 20, 27
mamihin, mamin and 21,4. 5; inkuslihin 22, 33; imano-
lihin 20, 33 ; i'lihin 23, 16 ; imisohin 25, 3 ; impatihin 23,
36 ; imumpi'lpahin 23, 24 ; asowahin 23, 25 ; gitistchohin 23,
31 ; oklohin 25, 9; una'lalihin 23, 2S. See also 24, 25 etc.

hini path, road, zvay; h. hatki ivhite path, viz. path of peace,
peaceful behavior to neighboring tribes.

hiski i) hair; 2) bristle; 3) h\xd'% feather ; fos' ihiski birds'
feathers 23, 2 ; fos'= hatg ihisk';a/a also a white bird's fea-
ther 25, 19 ; also referring to the verb of the sentence : gave.

hi'tu 'Ipi ; cf. tu'lpi.

hitchka-is, in anhitchka-is, or anhitchkash I obtain, get, ac-
quire; lit. 'Mt appears tome"; inhitska'htchi which they

148 [iSo] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

had obtained for thejnselves, for their use 22, 5 ; inhitska;
hi'lut they have luck; lit. "they get for themselves with
certainty" 23, 38; inhitchakaktahunga a'liaka since thiy
have got for themselves^ discovered 22, 1.

hitchlidshalis I engender^ bring forth ; lit. "I make ap-
pear"; hitchlidshiska i'liwats it might bring forth 22, 28.
Der. hidshalis ; -ska (particle).

hitchlidshi li s I obtain^ acquire; inhitslidshatskaktahiinkma
they eould have obtained it for them (their children) be-
fore this 24, 21 ; -tskak- is the suffix of the 2d per. plural,
-ma (q.v.) although makes a conditional form of this com-
plex word, and.tahii'nk- places the act into a remote past.

hodshifalis, hutchifalis I name^ I give name to ; hodshifak-
tawats they named it so 21,9. 24, 12; mu'n hudshifak lin-
gaktawats they called it thus ; lit. "that naming (the river)
they called it" 23, 14.

hodshifki, hutchifki name^ appellation.

holatli, holatli, pi. holat'holi blue; iti holatliit a blue fire
21, iS.

ho'li, hu'li (c;, u short) i) war^ zvarfare 21, 28 etc. ; ho'li
mi'ki war-chief commander in war 20, 13 etc.; inho'li
miki their zvar-chief 20, 15 ; iho'li kapitani (same) 20, 18.
2) enemy in war: inhu'li yos'= halbun with the scalps of
enemies 22, 13 ; inhu'loska even their enemies 23, i.

ho'lilis, hii'lilis i) I boif v. trans.; ho'lokan when boiled;
2) I atn warring.

honi'li, huni'li north; honi'lu'n from the north 21, 21.

hopanalis, hupanalis I sing., chant ; hopanak having sung.,
or by singing 21, 32 ; hopa'naska it sings sometimes
21, 23.

hopanga song^ chant.

hopilis I b?(ry.i inter; hopik burying 25, 19.

hopoyalis I hunt., chase., pursue^ seek., as game, etc. ; hopo-
yigas we are hunting; hopoyali/tchamat what I have been
hunting ; hopoyiga/tchamat limmiwats they zvere really
those sought., looked after by ourselves 25, 10.

hopu'ski, oposki c/^27i/re«, pi. of awaktsu'dshi and of yatudshi
child ; hoboskun the children 20, 22. The plural of wik-
tchi, q.v.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [iSl] 149

-hds, -hus, verbified suffix marking surprise, wonderment ; han-
du'n nngnhos w/ience the noise soufided from 21,3.3. ^^* ^''^"
galis ; sonabahos 22, 8. cf. sonaba ; imillidshohos 32, 31. cf.
ilidshilis ; limmikus probably, q.v. for u'mmika hos.

hoti'htchi 34,34; pi. of tch(5ba'htchi, q.v.

-'htchi, -/tchi i) suffix forming past participles; kadshilis /
say, call: kadshi/tchi said^ so called, named. 2) suffix of ad-
jectives : badski long: badski/tchi having^ provided with some-
thing long; cf. aitis and aitusi^ftchi.

huyani'dshi, the word huyanidsha, q.v., borrowed from Creek
and provided with the Hitchiti ending -/ 21, 34.

hunakni, pi. of nakni, na/ni, q.v.

hundshilis, hontsilis I leave ^ quit, abandofi ; hondshig depart-
ing from, leaving 33,5; hiindshik 34, i; hun'htchik having
left, departed from 24, 8 ; luindshitik ia'mmiska nevertheless
they do not abandon, viz. "they adhere, stick, cleave to" 25, 29.

-hunga, -hunka, -i^mga, suffix forming verbals which refer to
a time elapsed long ago. In our text it occurs, e.g. in i'la-
hiinka tvhere they once lived, their for jner residence 23, 5 ; yali
i'lihiinga (same) 24, 8 ; i'lidshihungat which they then were
possessing 23, 29. Cf. -tahunga.

hu"/kalis, pi. of subj. hu"/kigas / whoop.

hu'nli i) sacred; 3) costly., expensive., high-priced. Cf. ni'htak-
hunlan and the Cha'hta nahiillo, nahiinlo ; Note to vol. i. 105.

hupana/tchi the singing (in presenter past) 21,5. Der. ho-
panalis.

huta'gi, pi. of ta'gi, q.v.

i-a/ni, ya/ni, yakni i) ground, soil 23, 21 ; 2) earth., land, terri-
tory; Tcha'tcha'li iya/ni the land, coufitry, state of the Georgians
20, 8 ; 3) the Earth personified 20, 20-22. 27.

i-a/nun, yaknun, postp. under, below, beneath. Der. i-a/ni.

i-aukigas, i-aulidshigas ; cf. ayalis.

ibasna'dshik 21,3; see tchabanas.

ibasna'dshitik 20,27; see tchabanas.

idshi mouth., lit. "his, her, its, their mouth"; yak'ni idshun from
the Earth's mouth 20, 21 ; idshu'n hatlidshik his mouth whitened^
viz. full of spittle 23, 2.

idshikni 2=?, 16; see akni.

150 [183] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ifi dog; ifsmiki dog-chief, a war-title 20, 14; ifut a/nun anolis
the dog eats up the fneat.

ifoni bone^ lit. ''his, its bone"; ifon;a/a his bones also 23,30.

iftchi gun; iftchi;kutu'kbi bow, lit. "crooked gun" 22,32.

i'hkikut 23, 16; i'hkigut 24. 29; see ingalis I say.

ikabi i) end^topof; ah'; I'kabi tree-top. 2) headivaters, source 21,
I. Cf. ika his head (Creek), abi.

iki, cf. a/ki.

ik'ni, ikni ; see akni.

il-, ili- , prefix of the reflective voice in Hitchiti verbs ; cf. ilba-
ta'plilis in vol. i. 85. In ili- the second /- is the pronoun
of the 3d person.

ilalis, du. of subj. itaukikas, pi. iladshigas I come, arrive;
ilalis / have arrived j ila-k (z long) coming 22, 24 ; having
C07ne, having' arrived 22, 26; yat;ipi ilak the man-eater com-
ing 23, 33; imilakma although it came to them 21, 17; fosi
ila'htchi the coming bird 22, 26; ilaktawats cajue, arrived 21,
18. 20. In the sentence previous to this the verbifying
-tawats is not appended to ilak. Cf. hayatlin.

ili'dshilis, pi. of obj. ilistchilis, more frequently oksidshilis (/
annihilate) I kill, put to death, massacre, ilidshilis / killed.,
I have killed (second i short) ; ilidshiktawats they killed him
23, 30. 25, 8 ; ilidshiki (we will try) to kill him 23, 20;
ilidshik fogi after they had killed him 23, 34; ili/tchi'hlati'h-
tchut limmiwats they tvill never kill habitually (la- future
tense, ti- negat. part.) 23, 4 ; imillidshohos ak'lik trying to kill
its father aivay frotn (the rat) 22,31; ilihiVdshiktawats was
killed 21,27. 22,34. Plural: yatun ilistchik killing ox hav-
ing killed people 22, 25; ilistchi/tchud ummiktawats he was
i?i the habit of killing 23, 33 ; lapkun o/sidshihin thefi they
killed all 25, 6.

i 1 i m a s a 1 i s I help myself., I defend myself; ilimasis ! help yourself/
pi. ilimasatis ; nanomik ilimasatai (verbal) sonabas / atn
made defenseless, lit. "it is not possible to defend myself in any
way whatever" (ti- not is included in -tai) ; nanomik ilima-
satai sonaban being made defenseless 22, 33. 34.

ilu mpi h al ili s i) I throw doivn on ; '\\\yn\\i^\\\i\X\V having thrown
on, upon., 22, 13; 2) / pour o?i myself. Der. ili-, un-,
pihalilis.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. — HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [183] 151

i'ligas, i'likas we sit, reside, live; pi. of tchukiililis, q.v.

I'lin next, coining; in ni'htagi i'lin fiext day 20, 20. The literal
meaning is "there was a day," or "at a certain day." Der.
i'ligas, under tchukiililis.

i'litchilis i) J possess, have, ozcn: i'lidshik having on Jiim-
sclf 23, 2 ; i'lidshik u'mmes they have it, lit. "possessing
they are so," 21, 23 ; i'li'tchi/tchut ommiktawats xvas the
ozvner. proprietor of 22, 32 ; i'lidshihungat zvhich they had
zi'ith them, ozviied. possessed 23, 29. 2) I keep, preserve;
i'lidshi imiingawats they are continually prescrvino- 23,

30- 31-

i''liwats, 22,28; see tchukiililis.

i'lki father, lit. "his, her, their father''; tcha'lki my father.

i'lkolis I am the father of; i'lkowats zvas its father., might
be its father 22, 30 ; i'lkuktahiinga being his father, or
the father of such a one.

imigak 25, 20; see ingalis I give.

imilodshi, in ik; imil6dshi motherless orphan ; lit. "mother-
less-little," "mother of the little one from it deceased" 23.
27. The diminutive ending -odshi stands here for the subst.
yatudshi child. Der. im-, inlilis, -odshi.

imipibak 20,32; see impalis.

imisikan 25,5; see isilis. imisohin 25,3; see isilis.

impalis, more frequently impipalis (medial form), lam eat-
ing; ipalis, ipipalis / am eating it ; impak eating., feed-
ing on 24, 5 ; impatihin then they fast, do not eat 23, 36.
imimpalis, pret. imipalis / eat of it ; 'la'lusk imimpibak
eating of the fsh also (oki;tch6bi [fish] of the river);
'la'lusk imipibak havijig eaten of the fsh (im- refers to
river) also 20, 32.

I'm pi, ipi cater, consumer ; occurs in yat;impi, q.v.

impigi "something to eat"; impiguska victuals, food 24, 21 ;
lit. "food of some kind." Der. impalis, -ska.

imungalis, abbr. miingalis I continue to be or to do so; I
keep on doing. Imiingawats thev contimied. kept on 23,
31; imiingawats it continues (to thunder) 21, it; imunga-
hin (or mungahin) still continuing 20, 27 ; imungak (or
miingak), verbal used adverbially: continually 25, 9. 13.

ingahin 20, 6. 23. 19; see ingalis I say.

153 [184] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ingalis, inkalis, pi. ingigas i) I say^ tell; I say so. hantut
i'ngan wJiich one to say^ to direct 22, 8; ingahin (like
u'ngahin) a)id he said (the following words) 20, 6 ; they
also said 27,, 19. i'ngaska that could say^ even to say 21,
26 ; ingak u'ngalis so I said ; ingalin, ingigan /, we sav-
ing; ingaktawats he said 24, 20; they said^ reported 23,
18. naki ingaktahiinkat ii'mmis xvhat he has formerly said
20, 4. 2) / call^ name, call by na/nc: i'hkigut so called^
named 24, 29; i'hkikut 23, 16.

ingalis, sg. & pi. of obj, I give ; unusual form for imingalis,
I give to. imigak having given to them 25,20; ifun im-
mikis ! give it to the dog I Der. ingi (Creek) ''his hand."

inhi tska;hi'lut ; cf. hitchka-is.

inlilis, du. punlis, pi. oksigas, u/sigas I die, expire; ifut
ilipas (medial voice) the dog expired ; 'lamosik inlikantun
ahi'lowats it xverc better that one should die 23, 26 ; imin-
lalis (not iminlilis), pi. imoksigas / die for somebody,
something. The plural oksigas really means ive becofne
nothing ; in Cha'hta and Koassati iksho : nothing. Cf.
ilidshilis.

inoti toothy lit. "his, its tooth"; pusafi inotuska tchunu'luska
either beaver'' s teeth or flint 24, 6.

intchiwatki (indshuatki in i. 82), i) the first, lit. "the one
beginning" 21,33; 2) at first, firstly 21,4.

i-obali, i-obalun ; see ydbali, y6balun.

ipagi six; ipagiska or six 22, 3.

is-, isi,- isim-, isin-, issi-, si-, sim-, sin-, prefix forming i)
instrumental verbs and their derivatives ; sometimes is- in-
dicates the indirect object of the verb. The second i-, im-
etc. of isi-, isim- etc., represents the pronoun of the 3d pers.
2) isi-, isim- etc., compound prefix of verbs and adjectives,
often indicates gradation ; among the numerals, the ordi-
nals have the prefix is-, or s-. Der. isilis ; cf. -si (suffix).

isaboklilis I zvrap up, oivelop something; imabokligas ive
are snrro/rnding.

isayalis, du. isya-ukigas, isi-aukigas, pi. isya-ulidshigas, isi-
aulidshigas i ) / carry about me, I have ivitfi me ; ayam-
kan isayak fiaving been about fiis person 20, 19; isiaull-
dshik u'mmiga zvfien tfiey take along zvith themselves 23,

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [185] 153

37; isiaiilidshis (such as) they carry ivit/i thc/ii 21, 30;
isiaulidshiktawats t/icy took it xvith t/ictn 21, 13; isiauli
dshi/tchut ommiwats t/icy carry it about habitually 22?
38; isiaulidshi'ht limmiwats (same) 21, 29; iti ishiaulidshi-
hungat the Jirc -vhich they previously ^ossessed^ had ivith
ihem 21, 22. 2) / am about, continue doing; I busy
myself at : the medial form of ayalis, q. v. isiauh'dshikta-
wats they were about speaking to the rat 22, 31 ; isiauli-
dshika if they (the women) zvere movi)ig about 22, 5 ; iti-
kadshik isiaiilidshik continued to disczcss about ^ lit. "having
continually spoken to each other" 22, b.

isayataplilis I strike against an object; isayatablik throw-
ing, hitting, striking against 2i, 27. Der. yataplilis /
strike; cf. bataplilis.

isa'Iadshigas 25, 7; see sa'liyalis.

isa"le/ki , isa'la'-i/gi remembrance; substitute of, token 23,35 >
hi'lkiki isa'la'/kun as a sign of peace 25, 14.

isa'liyalis, du. and pi. ; usually shortened into sa'liyalis, q.v.

isata'lki, sata'lki sign, proof, mark.

isata^lkus it is a sign, token, mark, proof of ; isata'lkala/a
(and -la/as) it ivill be the proof sign of 25, 16.

isbata'plilis, pi. ofobj. isbataspilis I strike, hit by means of
with; isbataspilis I strike repeatedly with ; tchu'yi isbatas-
big beating, striking repeatedly zvith (burning) pine-zvood
23, 30. Der. isi-, bataplilis.

ishialagak 22, 27; see is-yalangalis.

is'hidshilis 1) I see. perceive by means of; 2) I discover
by jneans of, zvith. Der. hidshilis.

is'hundshilis I depart from, leave; is'hiindshidshitik still
persisting, lit. ** not departing from," 25, 18.

isi- , isin- ; see is- , isi-.

isiamika together, "consisting, composed of these," 20, 16.
Der. is- , yamika.

isiaulidshiktawats 21, 13; see isayalis.

isihotosi, pi. of isitchoba/tchi, q.v.

isilafista-ilil is, apheret. silafista-i'lilis I apply, administer
to myself; isilafistaili'htchut (abbr. isilafistaili'ht) omiwats
they zvere applying it to themselves (by drinking, rubbing
on, etc.). In text : " medicine to purify themselves," 21,37.

154 [l86] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

isilis, pi. of obj. awalis I take., seize; I hold ^ carry. I'sik
taking 21., 28; having taken it 22, 26. isi/sihomid hainng
taken; obtained., plpf., 21, 13. imisik takijig \\\q\x property,
taking it from them 25, 19 ; imisikan after capturing for
themselves 25, 5 ; imisohin then took for themselves^ for
their benejit (im-, -isut, -hin) 25,3; in the English text:
"they determined to take the town."

isinhi 'la'h tch i ^r^era^^/e /o, better than 25,31. Der. hi'li,

isinpatki foster., sxvifoer tha?i 22, 24; cf. patki.

jsitagika the fourth 21,35. Der, sitagi.

isitchoba/tchi, pi. isihotosi, comparative of tchoba/tchi : i)
larger., greater than; 2) cJiief. principal ; okli isihotosi
the principal toxvns 25, 26. Der. isi-, tchobi.

is-y alangalis, isialankalis, du. isialaskigas, pi. isialaskadshi-
gas I return %vith something; ishialagak having retnrned
xuith it; in English translation, "brought it back" 22, 27.
Der. yalankalis.

iskalafki knifo' ; iskalafkoga as for a knifo or knives 24,7.

iskitistc hatch ills /redden by means of. zvith ; iskititcha-
dshotis let us redden, let us paint it red ivith clay 22,
10 — having the indirect object in the objective case. Der.
kitistchi.

iskolapakika the seventh ; iskolapakikan on the seventh
(day) 23, 36.

issitagigat 21,35; see isitagika.

istiiklaka txvo together., tzvo Joined (aka, particle) 21, 36.

istutchina/a the third 21, 34. Der. tutchini.

istchanaplilis / shoot zvith. by mea/is of (a bow^, etc.);
istchanapligan having shot zvith 25,2; istchanapliktawats
they shot zvith 24, 17; istchanaplika (the arrows) zvhich
they had used for sJiooting., or in order to shoot back zvith
the?n 24, 18.

isii'lalis, iso'lalis, du, isils'ligas, pi. isus'ladshigas I reach.,
arrive upon., by means of (a road, trail, etc.) ; isus'ladshi-
kan oklohin and zvhen they had reached on the trail a
tozvn 25,9. Der. isi-, 6'lalis,

i tamo'latchi s ; see lamo'li and tamo'latchis.

it;a-ulitkadshil i s ; cf. a-ulitkadshilis.

itaiitilis; cf. autilis.

GATSCHET — KAS.I-EG. — IIITCHITI GLOSSARY. [187J 155

it;a-utilis; cf. aiitilis.

iti, i'ti i) xvood^ Jireivood^ fuel; 2) fire 21,7; iti hatgut a
xvhitc Jirc 21, 17; cf. aiitilis.

iti-, it-, itim-, itin- , prefix pointing to reciprocity : eac/^ (?/'//<;'/',
)iiiitiianv^ and forming the reciprocal voice in Hitchiti in-
flection. The forms iti-, itim-, etc., are compound pre-
fixes, the second component being the pronoun of the 3d
person. Der. ita (of Creek).

itibilis I fight ; itibik Jiaviiig fougJit ; after a fg/it, battle

itihi'lkalis / conclude peace ivith ; itihi'lkikuska when mak-
ing peace 22, 37. Der. hi'lkiki..

itikadshilis i) /say to. tell another ; I dispute^ discuss.
itikadshik discussing over 22, 8. 2) / agree xvith. con-
sent ; itikadshiktawiits they agreed 22, 9. 11. 15. The in-
tricate syntax of the sentence from 22, 7 to 11, having only
one finite verb at the end, must be resolved as follows : Ma-
miga fo/un itikadshik isiaiilidshik {to discuss continuing) :
hantut ya-uli'dso/ sonabahos : i) na;/nos6t ummik, 2) ^'na-
koska ya'hmitis" i'ngan ; — itikadshik (^agreeing') ogli si-
tagiti : " mamut limmitis ; pokabi sitakin tchipi'hli'hlchik
lokfun iskitistchddshotis (laknu't u'mmikma nohadshokan
gitistcha'htchut u'mmiti)" itikadshiktawiits. By omitting iti-
kadshik in 22, 9 the sentence would become much more
lucid and comprehensible.

i tim aponili s, du. itimapiisnigas, pi. itimapusnidshigas i) /
talk, confer tvith ; itimapusnidshik conferring^ speaking
-^oith 22, 30; 2) / deliberate xvith. Der. aponilis.

itumpihililis i) v. trans. I mix^ mingle Tvith ; itumpiha''h-
lilis / mixed it ~cith ; itumpiliktahomid (for itumpihilik-
tahomit), plpf., xvhich they had mingled 21,22. 2) v. intr.
I associate, unite, live zvith ; itumpi/kak (for itumpihili'h-
kak) having lived in co/nmon 25. 21.

itunabas, in amitunabas I am prepared, ready; imitunabaga
-chile, zvhoi (-ga, suffix) they are getting ready 23, 36 ;
cf. sonaba.

itunayalis, du. itunya-ukigas, pi. itunya-ulidshigas I go to
and fro, forth and back ; itunaytikan ichen cojning and
going 22,26. Der. iti-, un-, ayalis.

156 [l88] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ituntulopkalis / junip^ skip over something; ituntiilupidshis
they jump over it. Der. iti- , un- , tulopkalis.

ya, i-a, hia this^ this here, anim. and inan. 21, i ; ya naki ya-
mika these things 22, i. etc. ; yayuska this person., this
thing ; ya i-obalun after this., thereupoji 23, 5 ; ya for ya-
mika those men 24, 38 ; cf. yali, yamika, ma.

ya'hmis it is so; nakoska ya'hmitis ! let the thing be so! 23,
7. Der. ya. limmilis ; cf. mamilis, matis.

yalankalis, du. yalaskigas, pi. yalaskadshigas I turn back.,
return in another direction than towards the one speaking ;
yalaskadshik Jiaving returned., gone back to 20, 24 ; yalas-
ka'dshig retracing their steps 23, 9.

yali, pi. yamika i) pron. this tiling., the word being accom-
panied by a gesture. 2) adv. Jiere ; yali i'lihunga here
ivJiere they had resided 24, 8 ; cf. ya, yamika.

yalun, adv. here., at this spot 21, 12.

yamika, pi. of yali i) pron. these tilings; i-a naki yamika
istukla/a botii of these things Jiere 21,36. 22, i ; inserted
twice through pleonasm. 2) adv. noiv 25,31 ; cf. yamikayi.

yamikayi, yamika-i, adv. noxv., at present 24, 2; cf. yali,
yamika, and ayalis.

y ami ska even now, even to tJiis day 21, 10.30; cf. mami
hantamiska.

yamosin i) so mucJi of it, just so much; 2) subsequent, fol-
lowing 20, 7.

yan tJiere, at tiiat place 2t, 32. 23, 16. Der. ya.

y a nasi buffalo; yanasshalbi bujffalo-skin 20, 7.

yati, i-ati, i-at, hiati person of either sex ; somebody, yatun a
man., a person, yati, "^X.., people, men 20, i. 21, 12. 25, 5.
yatut 23, 7.

yatigi, i-atigi interpreter 20, 6.

yat^impi, yat;ipi, hiatipi lion, lit. "person-eater" 23, 17. 22,
33. Der. yati, impalis.

yatudshi, pi. hopuskodshi cJiild 21,27; dim. of yati, q.v.

ya-ukigas, du. of ayalis, q.v.

y a-ulidshigas, i-aulidshikas, pi. of ayalis, q.v.; cf. also
isayalis.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. IIITCHITI GLOSSARY. [189] 157

yehundshilis I leave at home^ behind; yehondshiktawats
left it where it had been brought to 22, 27. The prefixed
ye-, yi- stands for the pron. i- (im-, in-) as a reflective
pronoun.

yi'lililis, i'h'lilis I biirii^ destroy by fire; yi'lilo/an after
burning, when (it) has been burnt.

yobalalun, yupalalun sti/l behind, far baek 20, 25. Der.
yobali.

yobali, yiipali i) behind, in the rear; next in order 22, 20.
yiipaliipiktchi axvay behind, far behind, hindmost. 2)
afterzvards^ snbseguent/y 23, 9 ; since then.

yobalun afterxvards ; yd i-obalun after this 23, 5.

yosi, i-6si, i-iisi head, and his head., somebody's head, their
heads; )o's;halbi scalp., lit. "skin of head," 22, 13; yati
i-6si the heads of the people 25, 5 ; tchayosi my head, tchi-
osi thy head, puyosi onr heads.

ka-, prefix referring to zvater; or '' doxvn into" Cf. ak- (of
Creek).

kabi'lbalis, kapi'lbalis I throiu into the zvater ; okitchobi
kabi'lbak throiving into the river 25, 5. Der. ka-,
pi'lbalis.

kadshilis, pi. of obj. kahodshilis i) I say to ^ I tell somebody ;
katchiktawats he said 24, 22; they said to them 23, 20;
kahodshilis / tell many people. 2) / call, name., give
name; kadshik u'mmigma although they call them 25, 33;
kadshik hodshifaktawats calling it so they gave name to
zV (pleonasm) 21,10; oki; tchobi Nofapi kadshigun a river
called Beech-tree (river) 24, 3 ; Kolosi kadshiga, gadshikun
so called, having name Kolosi 23, 12. 13; kahudshi/tchut
limmis it is called now 24, 3 ; kah6dshi/tchut u'mmigma
although they are called 25, 24; gadshi/tchut hudshifakta-
wats thus calling they named him 22, 35 ; tchakahodshis
I am called so.

ka-elilis / dig. excavate; ka-elik omig having dug 23, 31.,
lit. ''dug having done so"; inka-ilik digging for them-
selves 24, 5.

kahodshi/tchi, partic. pret. pass, of kadshilis, q. v. Der.
kadshilis.

158 [190] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

kahodshilis; see kadshilis.

ka-igi, ka'-igi Jiole^ pit^ excavation; yak'ni; ka-igi ^'rc^z/t/-
pit 23, 27.

kaya, kayap'hu, in vol. i. 79; see suta.

-kayus, -;i^ayus, particle of gradation forming superlatives: nak-
nosa;fayus the oldest uf all 22, 19 ; lit. "it is the oldest one."
Cf. apiktcha/ayus, vol. i. 81. Verbified from -kani, q.v.

kalifkalis I gnaiv^ erode; kalifkak having gnawed through

22, 33- ,

ka'lali and ka'lali/tchi -c'c'.s-/ ; ka'lali 'lada/un toxvards the tvest

20, 20. 23; ka'lall/tchim linti/tchut co/ning from the ivest

21, 19. Der. ka'lalilis.

ka'lalilis I fall into; d fall into the zvater.

-kan, -/an, obj. case of the verbal -ki, sometimes equivalent
to our ivhen^ while, sometimes to after: ho'iokan when
boiled; nohadshokan zvhen baked, cooked 22, 10 ; yi'lilo-
/an after burning; hidshahiidshikan zvhen exhibiting 24^
19 ; imisikan after conquering 25, 5 ; itunayakan when
going forth and back 22, 26.

-kani, -/ani, suffixed particle pointing to preference, priority ;
Kasi/ta'lo/anut the Kasiyta people frst 22., 16; hantu/anut
whichever first, for hantuntun ; /anut ; hatga/antut the
white in preference to others; Kasi/ta'lu s kanut the K.
people being the frst to see 25, 27.

Kasi/ta, nom. pr. of KasVhta, a Lovv^er Creek town and tribe
of high renown and very ancient ; called Cussetaw by
Americans.

Kasi/ta'li, nom. pr., KasT hta or ^' Cussetaxu'" India )i 25,13.
20, 12; Kasi/ta'lu;kanut the Cnssitaws at frst 25, 27.

kitistchadshilis I redden., tnake red, paint red ; gitistcha-
'htchut ummiti as it (the fire) makes it (the yellow clay)
red 22, II ; kitistchadshik after pai/iti?ig them, red 24, 18.
Der. kitistchi.

kitistchi, gitistchi, pi. kitiskotchi red 20, 31 ; u'tski gitistchs
aka the red smoke 25, 27; iti kitistchaksaka the red fire
also (-ka also, -aka and) 25, 27 ; gitistchuti as they (the
arrows) are red 24, 22 ; iti gitistchukma laknii't a fire,
although red, yellow — which means, "a fire which was
yellow, though it was red also," 21, 21. kitistcha/at

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [191] 159

hatkakat the red ones also the white ones (eagle's

feathers) 22, 38.
kolapa^^i, kolapaki seven; kolapagiska or seven 22,4; kola-

pagik fogun ivhcn it xvas the seventh 23, 33 ; tchok'bi ku-

lapakin seven hundred 20, 5. 9.
Kolosi, nom. pr. of a stream, unknown which 23, 12.
Kosa'li, nom. pr., K/isa Indian 23, 17. 24, i.
Kosi, Ko'si, Kiisi, nom. pr. of K/tsa, one of the oldest towns

and tribes of the Upper Creeks 23, 15.
kiislilis I cnt^ sever; inkiislihin the)i cutting it for them

"^1 60'

k u t a n I'y a li s , du. kutanishyigas, pi. kutanisyadshigas I go down
into ; kutanisyadshik 6mmik a/liktawats they thought (the
people) had gone dozen into the hoilozu oj" the river-course^
into the river 24, 27 ; oki^tchobun kutanisyatcho; hin (tiiey
found) that they had gone dozvn into the river 24, 26.

kutukbi crooked^ bent 22,32; cf. iftchi.

labakun, lapangun close by^ near to.

labangosun, q.^v.^ near ., close by .^ in proximity 20,21. Der.

labakun, -si (suffix),
lak'ha/tchi, abbr. lak'hatchi i) sununer; 2) year 20,4.

s. 32. _

lakni, pi. la;/16ni yellozv 21, 21 ; laknut u'mmikma although it
is yellozv 22, 10. la/16ni is distributive: yellozv in spots.

lamo'li other ., different ; some else., anim. and inan. ; lamu'lun
at some other place., somewhere else 22, 2 ; cf. tamo'latchis,
tchalam6'las.

lapki, labgi all; la'pkut agelig all exerted themselves 22, 16;
la'pgun immigun the ki?ig of all mountains 21, 9; okli
lapkut of all the tribes 22, 19; ni'htak lapkun every day
22, 24; lapk'; apiktcha/at 23, 26; see apiktchi.

lokfi earthy matter., dirt., clay 22, 10.

lo'tchi, lu'dshi, pi. luslo'tchi black 21, 20.

lubulidshilis / make sink into, I drozvn in., I cover by
objects throzvn over; lubulidshin ummiga-i whichever will
cover (the pole) over 22, 14; lobolidshiktawats covered.^ made
sink into, submerged it 22, 17. 20.

160 [192] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

'lada/un, 'lata/im to-vards. in the direction of 21, i ; ka'lali
'latakun towards the west 20, 20. 23.

'laki, 'lagi {a short) arrow ; in'lagi its arroxvs^ viz. the arro^
belonging to the bow 24. 6 ; 'laki ayamkiin together with
arrows 22, 32.

'la'lujf^//; 'hi'luska even Jish ; Jish of any kind 20,32. 24,5.

'lami one; in counting, 'lamin 20,5.9.

'lamosik only one; yati 'lamosik only one person (obj. case)»
verbified in 'lamositis let him be 07ie only 25, 20 ; okli 'lamo-
si_;^tchut limmiwats they are but one^ a single tribe 25, 24.
25. Der. 'lamut, -si.

'lana/tchi place of rising ; has; 'lana/tchun sunrise^ east 2f,.
17. For this might stand as well has;'lana/tchi or ;'lana/-
tchuntun (viz. u'ndi/tchut). Der. 'laniyalis / rise.

'lani mountain., elevation; 'lani; tcheihi high mountain 21,4.
5. 9. Der. 'laniyalis / rise from., e7nerge (from the ground).

'laniyalis, du. of subj. 'lanishigas, pi. 'lanisyadshigas i) /
cross, referring to water only ; 'lanisyadshik, many having
crossed a. stream 23, 15. 24, 14; 'lano/ (apocop. for 'lanu/-
tchi) sunaban u'mig having made it possible to cross, hav-
ing made it passable 25, 5. 2) I rise from., co?ne out of
emerge.

'1 i n i k a 1 i s , du. of subj. palakikas, pi. mutankikas / ru?i, hurry ;
palakakan asowak the two who ran while pursuing 25, S ;
'liningalis / ran (preter.) Cf. alok'linigalis, un'linigalis.

'luk again 25, 9; cf. the prefix alok- .

ma, subj. mut, obj. mun, sg. & pi. ; pron. dem. that, that one;
anim. & inan. ; maka, maga (from ma) aka that also, that
one too 21, 19, 20; ma umi/tchut like it, looking like that
21, 30; mu't ummila/as that one xvill be (the oldest) 22,
14; mun i'lidshik limmes that one (fire) they have 21,22;
mun, mun these (ripe fruits) 21, 38.

-ma, suffixed conjunction: but, however., though, although;
its suffixation may turn a verb from the declarative into the
conditional mode. Occurs in mamikma but, ummikma
although, -tahiinkma 24, 22 ; imilakma although it came
to them 21, 17. Cf. also 21, 21.

mahamig, mahamik, abbr. from maha-i'hmik, q.v.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [193] 161

mahamin, abbr. from ma ha-i'hmin then^ thereup07i 21,26;
lit. "after doing that."

ma h a - 1 'h m i 'h t c h i after this had occurred ; after this, since
then, nia haihimi'htchi i-6bali since then 23, 9; cf. 24, 11
(hai'hmi'htchi is the better orthography) ; cf. mamitchilis.

ma ha-i'hmik, mahai'hmik, abbr. mahamig then, thereupon^
and 20, 21. 29. 22, 12; same as ma-umof (in Creek). Cf.
mamitcliilis.

ma h a - i 'h m i k t a h li n g a , abbr. ma'hmahunga after that, since
then 24, I. 25, 20; cf. mamitchilis.

ma'hmahunga, abbr. from ma hai'hmiktahiinga, q.v.

ma'hmihiinga, coatr. from ma hai'hmiktahunga, q.v.

malali the same, the identical one ; k\\\ m2i\a.\\\t. (oi) the sa?)ie
~uood 21, 31 ; malalun in the same spot, place 23, 34.

ma'lalis, in tchama'lalis or tchama'Ialu.s, du. pumasa'lligas,
pi. puma'laslidshigas I am afraid^ terrijied, Jrightened;
imma'laslidshigut (many) being afraid of it 21, 11.

ma'la-i/ki, ma'la/ki of different quality, origin; diferent,
various 21, 12. 32.

mamgak in that style or mode; in this strain — said in refer-
ence to speeches or sayings. Contracted from mamin in-
gak "having said so."

mamgu'ngas he, she said so ; contr. from mamgak ungas
and used for quoting w^ords and speeches of others 20, 6.

mami, subj. mamut, obj. mamun, pron., such, such one; —
mami hantamiska nevertheless, in spite of 24, 23. 25, 26.
mami/ hantamiska (same) 25, 17; ni'htagi mami I'ntchan-
gin on an appointed day, lit. "when such a day comes
upon them," 21, 37; mamut u'mmitis let it be such, so
22,9; yati mami;ga tchabatis such a person I do not
"want.

mamigan, mamikan, abbr, mamik then, and then, lit "after
doing so," or "when being so"; and then 21, 7; mamikan
and 24, 25 ; and also 24, 25 ; mamik fogi, or mamikfogi
in such a case, at such a tifne, at that time 22, 2. 23 ;
mamiga f6;^un about that time 22, 7. Der. mamilis.

mami hai'htchik; see mamitchilis.

mamihin, contr. ma'min (Creek, momin), mamen i) hence,
therefore, thus; mamin u'mmi mamiska nevertheless 20,
v.— I— 13

162 [194] TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

26 ; mamihin on that account 22. 6, 2) a)id kefice^ and
31, 4. 5. Z2^ 12; and then 22, 20; ma'min maka and this
one also 21, 23.

mamikantun; cf. mamilis.

mamikma 3?//, however 24, 18.

mamilis i) / do so, I act in such a manner; mamikantun
(for mamiganstun) ama'hmowats it would be better to act
in this manner 30, 26. 2) / am so; matis, from mamitis
// is not so; 7io^ not. Cf. mamigan, mamitis, etc.

mamin, contr. from mamiliin, q.v.

mamiska i) but, hoxvever 20, 22.25. 33. 22,31. 35, 31. 2)
although.

mamiti therefore, hence 22, iS. 23, 7. 34. 34, 16. Der. ina'
milis or maini, and the causal -ti.

mamitis, contr. matis it is not so; or as conj. not, no; mami-
tiga iy not so, lit. "if it is not so, as it is not so" 32, 4^
mamiti wats it would not be right, just ; it will not do;
lit. "it would not be that way" 23, 26. immamitihin //
did not suit them, lit. *' it was not right to them" 21, r.
Der. mamilis, -ti.

mami'tchilis / do so, I act in this manner; mami'htchilia
I acted thus ; mami'htchigi to do so 22, 16; mami'hai'htchik
having acted so, after doing this 3i, 38. 33, 33.

mamosin just so 7nuch. Cf. yamosin ; suffix -si.

Maskoka'li, Maskoka'li i) adj. referring to the Maskoki ox
Creek people; yati Maskoka'li the Creek people 30, i. 2)
Maskoki man, person or people; Maskoka'li immigi the
chief of the Creeks 30, 3.

matis; see mamitis.

ma umi/tchi, ma u'mmi/tchi, adj. alike the one which; just
like 31, 30.

miki, mi gi chief ; Tchikilli Maskoka'li i'mmigi Tchikilli, the
Creek head-chief; lit. "Tchikilli of the Maskoki their chief '
20, 3. migi tchobi the great king, viz. the king of Great
Britain 25, 34.

mituladsh ills, apher. for immltuladshilis / throw down in
somebody's interest, for somebody ; mituladshis he threw
it down for him; cf. mitiweikiis (in Creek).

mulgas, V. impers. it is boiling; okut miilgas the water boils;
cf. Okmiilgi in vol. i. 140.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [195] 163

mun, mun there^ at that place or sfot 20, 30. 32. 24, 9. 10.

29; mun i'lin ivhile they remained there 2^,3; cf. 24,30.
mu'ngak, mungalis, muiigan. mi'ingawats; cf. imiingalis.
mu'ska just that one: involves the idea of ''better than another"

(anim. & inan.) ; miiska hini just that path 23, 10. Der.

ma (in the form miit), -ska.
mut, mun, pron. ; see ma.

nakanahigj i) mode or style of relation. 2) hiitory., tale.,
relation of former events ; innakanahigut their history.,
traditions 20,2. Der. naki, anahilis : "something to tell."

naki, nagi, abbr. nak-, na- (in compounds), i) what., which;
chiefly applies to inan. objects. Na/ot ummiga what it was;
lit. "what it was like" 21,6; naki ingaktahunkat u'mmis
what he said., lit. "what he has been speaking" 20, 3. 4;
na/uska something (living) 22, 27. 2) thing., object ; na-
koska, nakuska something., that thitig., anything 22, 7.
(o-, u- suftix for -ot, -ut, subj. case) : nagi;adshu'ngun ata-
'laktawats they gained knowledge in many things., proba-
bly referring to medicinal plants and practices 21, 15.

nak = lapki, na/;lapki everything 23,6. Der. naki, lapki.

nakni, na/ni, pi. hunakni mau., male person; hunakni awi-
ladshitik not approaching the males 22, 3 ; hunaknosa-
'loktaliiinka, see naknosi.

naknosi, na/nosi, pi. hunaknosi i) old., said of males; hu-
naknosa'loktahunka of the old people of yore 20, i ; the
term hunaknosa'li forms here a sort of nomen gentilicium
to hunaknosi. Cf. -tahunka. 2) old., ancient in the sense
of "bravest," and therefore "first in war, leader on the
battle-field and in the councils, prominent, influential"; just
as the Romans derived virtus from vir man (nakni). Na/-
nosa;^ayus the oldest of all zi, 19 ; hantut na/nos6t limmik
which tribe should be the oldest 22, 7 ; na/nos; apiktcha/at 22,
14 ; see apiktcha/at. Der. nakni, suffix -si.

nakosi, nakusi little object., small thing ; nakosuska fl:«y /zV//e
thing., even small things; refers here chiefly to eatable
bulbs 24, 5. The -u- in -sus- represents the case nakosut,
or nakusun. Der. naki, -si.

nanomi, nanumi ; also nanumiga, nanomik zvhichever., zvhat-

164 [196] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD, SCIENCE.

ever, what kittd or sori of; nanomut ommika -what kind
(of people) they -were 24, 23 ; hi'ni, yat nanomut what
kind, sort of a path, people 23, 9. 10; nanomik ilimasatai
sonaban unable to help themselves iii any %vay 22, 34; okli
nanumigat bi'hkun whichever tribe would be the first to

23. 12. Der. na- (for naki), in-, ummilis.

n a n u m i d s h i 1 i s / 7nake use of, I put to use, I do something
with; nanumidshitiktawats they did not use it 21, 17. 19.
20 ; nanumi'htchuk sonabaka how they could (possibly) be
put to use 21, 14; nanumidshokat how to do, manage it
22, 31 ; nanumidshokan xuhat to do with it (for quieting
it) 21, 25; nanumidshitihin not disturbing it, lit. ''not do-
ing anything with it" 22, 28. Der. na- (for naki), in-,
ummidshilis ; cf. sonaba and the Creek omitchas.

ni'htagi day; ni'htak hipkun every day 22, 24; n. i'lin at a
certain time or day, lit. "there was a day" 20, 20 ; ni'htag'
miki sun.

ni'htakiiinlan, in anni/tak'hu'nlan 1 have a sacred day ; in-
ni/takunlan they have days sacred to themselves ; refers to
the annual busk 21, 36. Der. ni'htagi, hu'nli ; cf. uku'lintchi.

ni'lagi night; ni'lagi '■Xkmxn during one night 20,30. 24, 10.

nohadshilis I cook, bake ; nohadshokan when cooked, baked

22, II.

nij'dshilis, du. nustchigas, pi. nustchidshigas /5/ee/ ; lui'dshi-
lis, no'dshilis I slept ; no'dshik (one) sleeping; nustchi'-
dshiktawats they slept 20, 30. 23, 8. 24, 10.

odshagi hickory 23, 21.

Ogil'lop, nom. pr. of Governor y. Oglethorpe, 35, 34.

ohi'la/tchi populous, numerous, being in large numbers

24, 9.

oka'si, ok;asi spring of water 20, 33.

okbi hole, aperture, orifce; tali okbun in the opening of a
rock; in a caverii 23, iS.

oki, uki water; oksilosi lake, pond, viz. "lost v/ater;" vol. i. 81.

oki;tch6bi, u'ki;tchobi, abbr. kitchobi river, lit. "large wa-
ter," 20, 29 ; also used to designate brooks, smaller water-
courses and large water-sheets, as Lake Okitchobee in South-
ern Florida. Cf. vol. i. 60. 81.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [197] 165

okli, 6<^li, okoli, uk'H i) home, den, retreat ; amokli my home,
amoklayoki, contr. of amokli hayoki tny toxvn, lit. "inside
of my town." 3) settlement, village, toxvn, city : Seva'na
okli at Savannah city 20,4; oklohin (or oklo'n) hidshak
seeing that it was a town 25, 9; oklun a town 23, i:;.
3) tribe, or population of a village, town 22, 9. 12. Cf.
ukolis.

okofki (pi. unused) muddy 20, 29.

o/sidshihin then they killed 25,6; cf. ilidshilis.

o'l-. o'l-, U-1-, prefix implying distance traveled over ; an ab-
breviation of 6"lak, the verbal of 6'lalis, q.v.

o'lcidshilis, pi. us'ladshidshigas I ?nake it reach, I catisc it
to reach or co7ne up to; o'ladshiktawats made it come up
to 22, 21.

6"lalis, irlalis, du. of subj. os'lfgas, pi. os'ladshigas, the two
latter being often pronounced o'ligas, o'ladshigas, and the
sg. being really os'lalis, us'lalis. i) / reach to, co/ne to,
arrive at ; said of animate subjects. 6'lalis (<? short), pret.
/ arrived. o'ladshiktawats (for os'ladshiktawats) they
reached (a path) 23, 6. 24, 9. os'latchiktawats they came
to 24, 13. u'ladshiktawfits arrived at 23, 12. 16. 24, 2.
os'ladshik, us'latchik, u'ladshik arriving there 20, 24. 29.
32. The difficult sentence 24, 14-16 has to be construed
as follows: "Having crossed (the river) on the next day,
on their march (a'ladshigat) reaching a high mountain, they
thought (akliktawats) that the people (yatut) staying (I'-lin)
where they (the Kasi'htas) had reached (u'latchik), was the
same (ummiwats, luas so^ which had been busying itself
(ya-uli'htchikat) in making (ummi'htchi) the white path."
O'ladshigan havi?ig reached' &. mountain 24, 15. os4atchi-
gan having reached, arrived at 24, 34. 2) v. impers. it
elapses, expires, is completed, arrives to completion ; said
oi sections of time, days, years, etc. yan i-lin 1. s. o'lak-
tawats they stayed there fojcr years ; lit. "there they stay-
ing four years were attained, completed," 23, 16. 17. i-lin
n. k. 6'laktawats thty stayed there seven days ; lit. " in their
stay seven days were reached" 23, 35. 6'laktawats expired,
elapsed 24,4. 64an after %\xz\\ a time, lit. "when reaching"

166 [19S] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD, SCIENCE.

34, I. ni'htagi ipaki 6-lan dur 'nig six days ^ lit. ''reaching

six days" 33,36. 6'lahin after the completion of, lit.

''reaching to that (time)," 32, 4. Cf. the suffix -hin.
o'lanahilis, pi. of obj. o'lanaslilis I go and teU, report. Der.

anahilis.
o'lani cane., reed; o'lanun tukailik u'mmiktawats they ivere in

the habit of splitting canes 24, 7.
o 4 h i rl s h a 1 i s I see, fnd., discover after a walk or journey ;

o'l'hidshak having gone to see 35, 34.
o'lilalis, du. o'lisligas, pi. o'liladshigas / return., I arrive

home; o'lilak after reaching home 25, 35.
omig, 6miga ; cf. the more frequent u'mmig, ummika.
omihin, omi/tchi ; cf. the more frequent limmihin, u'mmi/tchi.
6 mil is and its conjugational forms; cf. the more frequent lim-

milis.
o n a 1 i h i n ; cf. unalilis.
oposki, pi. of wiktchi, wiktchosi/tchi.
os'ladshigas, os'ladshiktawats ; see 6'lalis.
os'laniy al is, du. & pi. os'lanis-yadshikas I arrive on the other

side; os'lanisyadshikan hidshatiti as thev did not see (the

trail) coming out (of the river) on the opposite bank 34,

37. Der. 'laniyalis.

padshakfi, pi. padshakpafi y^a/; flattened by pressure 35, 6.

pafa/sis, v. impers. it smokes; itut pafa/sis the f re is smok-
ing; itut pafa/sin a smoking fire 25, 10; pafa.ksi_;^tchi (par-
tic.) smoking 33, 13.

pahi grass ; pahoska even the grass., the grass too 33, 6.

pakenun, postp. upon, on the summit, surface ; ipakenun on
its sum mil 3i, 5.

palakakan; cf. 'lininkalis.

Pala/tchukla'li nom. pr. (adj. and subst.) Apalatchzikla In-
dian; his tribe and town formerly was on Chatahutchi river,
Georgia 35, 11. 18.

pasi button-snake root ; cf. pa'ssa in Creek Glossary. In paso-
hin 31, 34 the suffix -hin points to the order of enumeration
of the four herbs, namely.

patki, pi. patpaki fast, swift ; said of a bird 32, 24.

GATSCHET — KA.S. LEG. — HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [199] 167

pihalilis I spill^ four out^ throiv out as water, sand, seeds,
and similar objects ; pidshiktcbi pihaligun (desirous) of
spilling blood 25, 13.

piktchi; s;ie apiktchi.

pi'^lbalis / throxv away^ spill; pi'lbalis / threw away (i
short) ; I'mpi'lban having thrown it to him 23, 27.

pi tch I'ktch i , pidshiktcbi blood: pitchiktch;6mika, or p. ; iV-
mi/tchi blood-like^ resembling blood 20,31; pitchiktchiiska
just bloody 25, 2S ; atasi pidshiktch; ukiili; ka the blood-
stained war-clubs 25, 16.

pokabi, pu/abi, p6<j;abi tall pole ^ pole; impogabi their pole
22, 17. Der. piiki, piigi ball^ abi.

pokoli ten; pokoli tutchinan thirty 20, 5. 9.

p.6n4i. pun'li, pi. pun'lali wizard^ witch.

pu-, po- , poss. pron. istpers.pl. our., out's; pudshuniisbi our
hearts, cf. tchiinusbi ; pu'mmigi (or piimigi) our chief or
chiefs 25, 20.

pu'hni %ve; pu'hnali ourselves; pumanoli/tchut, for pu-imano-
li/tchut, devouring from us., viz. "devouring our own peo-
ple" 23, 18.

pusafi beaver 24. 6.

puslidshilis / ca//'5-c somebody to fast.

Safani, Seva'na, nom. pr. loc, Savannah., Georgia; Seva'na
okli Savannah totvn or city 20, 4.

sa'liyalis or isa'liyalis, du. sa'Jishigas, pi. sa'ladshigas i) /
proceed, advance with, or while doittg something ; sa'li-
yalik imungan / am proceeding with it continually ; sa-
'ladshik mungak still proceeding with while pursuing 25,
8 ; asowak isa'ladshikan while advaticing in their pursuit
25, 7 ; saliyahumid having gone with it, plpf- 22, 27. 2)
1 continue doing something.

sanatski i) the last; 2) at last, finally 11, 20.

sanlik, salik ; cf. talalilis.

satalidshil is, pi. of obj. sataslidshilis I drag.

satiiklaka, (i)sat6klaka the second 21, 34.

sa-uki rattle 23, 23.

sawatski, term borrowed from Creek; cf. Creek Glossary,
sawatsku'n for sawatskohin namely sowdtchko 21,35.

168 [200] TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

sawi, shawi racoon \ cf. vol. i. 85. 96. 97. 144.

-si suffix: only^ but; inflected: -sik, -sin, -sun; 'lamosik only
one 23, 35 ; tuklosik but two, just two 35, 6. 3) Just only
in the sens*; of very, entirely : labangosun very near, just
near 30, 3i ; im-awilosi-hin very close to it 33, 8. Der.
isilis ; cf. is- (prefix).

siliti I) slimy 20, 39; 3) slime, phlegm; sili'tus it is slimy;
no form for the plural.

sitagi, sitaki four 31, 33; itikadshik 6gli sitagiti thus were
thev agreeing, as they -v ere four tribes 33, 9.

situnaba divided up, apportioned to each — verbified in: situ-
na'bigas it becomes divided up to each of us ; pret. situ-
• na'bigas each of us has obtained a share ; fut. situnabikala-
/as a portion will go to each one ; tchiku'n situnabikala/as
akliktawats they intended to apportion a house to each
man (or person) 35, 4. (-la suffix of one of the future
tenses.) Der. isi-, iti-, unapa.

-ska, -shka, suffixed particle of various significations and often
untranslatable in English : i) w^hen connected with substan-
tives, pronouns, and adjectives, it is appended to the subjec-
tive case in -ut, which is shortened to -u, -o, and means
even, just ; ashpiishka even maize 24,4; huta'guska even
the women 22, 2 ; inhu'loska even their enemies 23, i ;
hu'hiska y«5/ in war-titne ; pahoska even the grass 33,6;
nakoska something, lit. "just a thing" ; mii'ska J7ist the one.
3) or it means stich as, something like; Ma'luska fsh of
some kind, such food as fish 20, 32, 34, 5 ; impigiiska food
of some kind 24, 3 i ; ayiktchuska some sorts of medicinal

herbs 21, 14. 3) correlative particle : that one the other

one; inotuska tchunu'liiska either teeth or flint-stones 24,6 ;

or or: ni'htagi tsa/kipaska, ipagiska five or six days,

etc. 22, 3. 4) connected with adjectives, -ska forms a sort
of comparative : hi'll good, hi'luska better, preferable 23, 1 1.
5) by -ska adverbs and conjunctions are formed from
pronouns: ykmiska. just ncxv ; mamiska btit, although. 6)
connected with verbs: ingaska who could tell 21, 26; ho-
panaska it sings at times, sometimes 21, 23.

s 6 k o d s h i door.

solo pi i) soul; 2) ghost.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — HlTCHITl GLOSSARY. [20l] 169

son aba , inflected sunabak, sunaban, expresses the idea of possi-
bility : sunaban ummilis I render it possible ; 'lano/ suna-
ban u'mig making it possible to cross 25, 5 ; adshakilntiti
sunaban ommij^ made it ifnpossible (for the man-eater) to
follow (them) 23, 23 ; itilbi sonaba/tchut ummi'htchdmas
he has been a good fighter ; nanumiti'h (for nanumiti/-
tchut) sunabak tinablc to act differently ; nanumiti'h shu-
nalian ummilis I disable him, m,ake him unable to act in
some xvay or other ; ya-ulidso/ sonabahos 22, 8 ; see ayalis.
Der. is-, linapa {above, in Creek). Cf. itunabas.

sovviikalis, suwakalis, du. sowaskagas, pi. sowaskadshigas /
remove, migrate; sowaskadshik having migrated 20, 33;
cf. asowalis.

suta. The refrain of the hunting-song, vol. i. 79' So? worded
in the archaic style of language : suta kaya, kayap'hu ! up-
ward rise I start up', is not pure Hitchiti, but approaches
Creek. Suta is connected with Cr. suta. Hitch, hasoti sky;
kaya refers to a rise (from the ground), cf. Cr. wi = ka-i
spring of water, and is repeated in the last term of the
refrain.

tafamangali s, du. tafamasgigas, pi. tafamaskadshigas I cross,
step across, step over, as over a fence, log, hill, etc. ; hini
tafamaskadshig (they) having stepped across the path 23,8.

-ta'h-, -ta/-, particle occurring as infix and corresponding to

the Creek -tati, -ta'hti : previously, first, at first; in early

tijncs ; hi-itchakta/tchut ummis as they had perceived, seen

first 25, 28 ; ummikta'htchuti since they formerly zvere

25, 28.

-tahiinga, -tahiinka, inflected nominal and verbal suffix refer-
ring to a past time, which in many cases is further removed
from the present time than when -hunga, q.v., is used. It
occurs frequently in our text, as in aponiktahiingat, ingakta-
hiingat, hunaknosa'loktahunka, inhitslidshatskaktahunkma,
imanoliktahunga, etc.

taka'lilis, pi. of obj. ta/as'lilis / send out, dispatch ; cf. un-
taka'lilis.

tala'lilis, pi. of obj. tala'slilis and sanlilis, salilis I lay down,
deposit, stretch out, the object being of long shape and in-

170 [202] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

animate. Tala'lilis I laid down (one obj.), tala'slilis (more
than one object) ; atasi talalik having abandoned^ laying"
down the blood-stained loar-club 25, 16.

talangalis, du. of siibj. salgigas, pi. salgadshikas I lie doivn^
am -prostrate; I am stretched out. talankawati, archaic
for talankawatis (-wats) it is lying on the ground^ vol. i.
79; ahi talaki log^ lit. "tree prostrate." Forms of this verb
are used as classifiers or idiomatic expletives after words for
river, lake, way, path, valley, etc. : hini hatkut talakan the
white path extending before them 23, 5 ; talakakan the one
stretched out., from talakan and -aka, -ka 25, 9; oki;tch6bi
talakan a river stretched out 20, 29. That the four nouns
preceding, which stand in the absolute case, have to be con-
strued to stand in the objective case is shown by talakan ;
cf. tala/an 20, 32.

tali (a short) stone^ rock ; tali ayoga/tchut ommig rocks being
scattered there 23, 13 ; talun rocks., large stones 25, 4.

talilui dance., subst. Der. talualis.

talualis I dance ; the radical tal- is often nasalized : ta"lualis ;
yatut talhu"was people are datzcing.

ta'lalis, pi. ofsubj. tas'ligas I weave., plait ; ta'lak having
woven, plaited., intertwined ; expresses the term "cross-
wise" of the English translation 23, 22. ta'la'htchi woven
by them 23, 29.

t a m a m a p k i drum 24, 30.

tamo'latcliis, in tsatamo'latchis / undergo change^ become
altered ; I am transformed. Said of the change from health
to disease : itamo'latchiwats mamik fogi whenever they
become sick, referring to menstruation 22, 2. Cf. Iam6'li.

tanki, pi. tantagi, tantaki empty, vacant, deserted; tchiki
tankohin and their lodges deserted 24, 25.

tastenaki, pi. tastenaka'li warrior 20, 18.

tati, in antati my father, said by children ; cf. tsa'lki my fa-
ther, said by adults ; cf. -tati in Creek.

tii'gi, taigi, pi. huta'gi woman 22, 35; huta'guska even the
women 22, 2 ; huta'gak the women also zz, 6.

-ti, -ti- i) negat. particle not, usually suffixed or infixed to
verbs, and differing from the privative particle -ku, -ku, -go,
which is usually connected with adjectives. We find -ti in

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [203] 171

adshakiinti-ti, hitchga-ti-n, ili/tchi'hla-ti'htchut, nanumidshi-
ti-ktawats, etc. 3) causal particle, chiefly suffixed to verbs :
as^ since^ because ; ogli sitagi-ti as there are four towns
22, 9 ; a/li-ti as they thought 20, 26 ; akasami-ti believed
it on that account 35, 35 ; u'mmi-ti as^ because 24, 10.
tukaililis, pi. ofobj. tukaslilis I split ; o'lanun tukailik 5//eV-
ting canes 24, 7 ; the canes are here considered as a collec-
tivity, hence the verb stands in the singular form. Contains
iti wood.

tiikla two; when counting, tiiklan. Tuk'la two (years) 24,4;
tuklak bi'hkun ya-ukan tzvo inarching in advance of the
others 24, 37 ; lak'hatchi tuklan for two years 20, 33 ; tiik-
losik only two (-si suffix, only) 25, 6.

tukladshilis I form., make up two; I have a couple; tuk-
ladshiga composing., making up the tivo (rivers) 20, 3.
Der. tukla.

tulopkalis I jutnp., skip; cf. i. 146.

tu'lpi i) knee., knee-joint ; hitu'lpi someboay' s knee 22, 21.
2) Joint of a cane ; itu'lpi. hitu'lpi its Joint.

-tun, suffix appended to nouns and verbs, and having a po-
tential and optative function. Not easily translatable in
English. We find it before derivatives of hi'li good in ya-
ulitchii/antun 23, 11, inlikantun 23, 26; besides these, in
atasiintun, hantuntun, hantiVntuska 34, 32., mamikantun, etc.

tunu/ga/tchi thunder 21, 2.

tunu/kalis I am thundering ; tunii/kas it thunders; tnnny-
ka;iftchi (abbr. tunu/ka) imungawats it is frequently thun-
dering 21, 10 ; tunu/ka/tchun which was thundering 21,5.

tu'skuli elbow.

tutchini three; pokoli tutchinak and pokoli tutchinan thirty.^
lit. "three times ten" 20, 5. 9.

tchabanas, du. pubanas, pi. pubasnadshis I like., desire^want ;

ibasna'dshik desirous of wanting to 21,3; tchabanatis and

jtchabatis I do not like, am dissatisfied with; ibasna'dshi-

tik being dissatisfied^ not liking 20, 27.
tcha'hni, pi. tcha'htchuni healthy., hale., well 22, 6.
tchayokahas lam blazing up., I am on fire; tchuyut yu/a-

has the pine-xuood is burning. Cf. ayokaha/tchi.

172 [204] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

tchaka hods his; see kadshilis.

tcha/gipi Jive 30, 6. 10 ; tsa/gipaska or five 22,3.

tchalamo'las I become sick, fall sick; lit. "I become chang-
ed." Der. lamo'li : cf. tamo'latchis.

tchama'lalis; see ma'lalis.

t c h a n a'p 1 i 1 i s / shoot, fi^^l tsana'plilis / shot, fired.

-tchangis, -tchakis, in tchatchakis it comes upon me, overtakes
?ne ; intchakis // overtakes him, her, it, them; antchagin,
tchatchakin it having overtaken me, said of time or sections
of time ; intchagin, intchangin having arrived, come upon
him, them 21, 37.

Tcha'tcha, nom. pr., State of Georgia.

Tchatcha'li, nom. pr. Georgian, belonging to Georgia;
Teh. iya/ni the Georgian territory 20, S.

tcha-ulilis I 'write.

tcheihi, tcha'-ihi, pi. tcheitchohi high, elevated, lofty; 'lani
tchaihi mountain ; also expressed by yakni tcheihi vol. i. 81.

tch iga/nadshili s / pile tip into a cone; tchigaknadshik
6miti they were piling, heaping up so 22, 19.

Tchigasa'li, Tchikasa'li, nom. pr. Chicasa Indian 22, 19.

tch ikasipahin ; cf. wasakipalis.

tchiki, tchigi hotise, lodge 24,24. 25,4.

tchikni, tchi/ni, pron. pers. thou; tchi/nak thou also; often
stands for ye also, for when one of the bystanders, as the
chief, is addressed, all others are addressed also. When, as
in 25, 15, tchi;^nak is subject of the sentence, tchiknutak can
stand for it.

tchiknitagi, pron. pers. 2d pers. pi. ye, you.

tchi'kti, pi. tchiktchi'ti thick, said of liquids 20, 29.

tchipilidshilis, / set or stick up in the ground ; tchipi'h-
litchilis / did set up in the ground; tchipi'hli'htchik by.,
after setting up 22, 10; pu/abi tchipi'hlitchiga/a the poles
set up (by us) 32, 13. Cf. hadshalidshilis.

tchi'si rat 22,29.30.33.

tchoba'htchi, pi. ho'ta'htchi large, great 21,7. 22,23.

tchobi, pi. ho'ti, hu'ti large, great, big; composes isihotosi.
okitchobi, q.v. ; tchiikbi ;tch6bi 'lamin one thousand 20, 5,
9; migi tchobi the kitig of Great Britain 25. 34.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [205] 173

tcho'161 i 1 i s, du. tcho'losligas, pi. tcho'loslidshigas I pass ^ go ^
fall through ; ahopuski tcho'h'lolik havhig passed through
the branches 23, 25.

tchii'yi, tsiiyi pine; pine-ivood 23, 29.

tchiik'bi, tchiikpi, tchok'bi ^^^zo^rct/; tchok'bi 'lamin one hun-
dred; tchiik'bi kulnpakin seven hundred 20, ^. g ; tchuk'bi;
tchobi 'lamin one thousand^ lit. "great hundred" 20, 5. 9.

tchukiililis, du. ofsubj. wingigas, pi. i'ligas i) I sit^ I am
seated. 2) I live ^ stay., remain; I reside.^ stay there; 1
am or exist there. This verb, especially its plural form i'li-
gas, is often used as a mere auxiliary to be or to exist., and
differs from the pi. ya-ulidshigas of singular aj-alis only by
the circumstance that the idea of staying., remaining in-
heres to it, while the other embodies motion., ummilis the
idea of being such or so. Tcho/ulilitahunga "where I have
lived., dwelt; tchokolik ummigat located., situated., said of
a mountain 24, 29. i'*liwats it might be., exist, happen
22, 28. alokuntila/a i'liwats when it should happen that
they will approach 23, i ; iliktawats they stopped., remained
there 20, 22-25 > *'^ig' ^'^ remain there 20, 33 ; i'lik fogi
while they were there assembled or seated 21, 36; cf. 37.
mun i'lik settling down., stopping., re7?iaining there 20, 32 ;
i'lik ummitiigas i?iust live., exist there 24, 31 ; yan i'lik
ummihin are residing there., at the same place 25, 11 ;
yan i'lin living., re?naining there 23, 16 ; yatut i'lin u'la-
tchik akliktawats having come there they thought the
(same) people was there 24, 15 ; i'lin ni'htagi next day.,
lit. "a day being there (coming, in proximity)" 21.37. 24,
13. 14. I'lihin being there., or were there 24, 34; settling
there 25, 32. 6klun i'lihin a tribe staying or town situ-
ated there 23, 16 ; apalua'htchi i'ligan those settled on one

on the other side 35, 33. i'liktchut u'mmiwats they

were living together 25, 3i ; i'li/t (for i'li/tchut) u'mme.
wats does at times., lit. "lives there in the habit of" 21, 23 ;
i'lahiinka where they had lived., their former residence
33, 5 ; f'lihunga (same) 24, 8 ; i'liktahungan where they
had been long before 30, 24.

tchiinu'li flint., fint-stone 24, 6.

174 [206] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

tchu'nusbi heart; piidshunusbi our hearts 25, 15; tchunus';
hi'lalatik restless^ lit. "troubled -very -at -heart" 21, 24; cf.
hi'latis.

li'hmisis apparently., seemingly 24,36. For the structure of
that sentence, cf. limmilis (2).

U-i = tumki, nom. pr. of Wetumpka creek, Eastern Alabama,^
24, 12. and p. 65.

-ukma; cf. u'mmigma.

ukolis, okolis, in anukolis I am. alone; pu'hnukolis we Cand
we two) are alone ; anokolosik adshala/kis " I only am'
left alone."

ukuli;ka (for ukoli aka) nothing but, Jtist (this) alone; pi-
tchiktch;ukuli;ka nothing but blood on, blood being smeared
all over 25, 16 ; yati wantak ukolik (abbr. wantak = uk) only
strong people. Cf. ukolis.

ukulintchi, hukulintsi busk ox fast ; in Creek, piiskita.

li'lali s ; see 6'lalis.

umha'hmis 23, 19; see iimmilis (2).

u'mmiga, omiga alike to, resembling ; lit. "for being so, for
doing so." pitchiktch;6mika looking blood-like 21, i ; ha-
yak u'mmiga " ripe-looking,'' ripe 21, 38 ; na;^nos6t ummik
ancient, old, in the sense of brave; lit. "ancient-alike to"
22. 7. nk/oX. u'mmiga ata'ligvm in order to know what it
was, lit. "what-like it was" 21, 6. For u'mmik 25, 28
see limmilis (i) ; tali ay6ga;^tchut ommig being rocky, lit.
"rock-underlaid-looking" 23, 13; hi'lut u'mmika good, lit.
"good-alike" 24, 17; tchokolik iVmmigat situated, lit.
" seated-alike" 24, 29 ; hidshkak ii'mmekat was visible, per-
ceptible, lit. "visible-alike" 24, 25; iVmmigan as it zvas
restless and noisy, lit. "restless-resembling" 21, 25.

ummigayi, ummiga-i alike to, resefnbling ; same as u'mmiga.
lubulidshin umrniga-i acting so as to cover it over, lit.
"looking like covering it" 22, 14; alokiintin ummigayi ap-
proaching as such one, in such an attitude (as previously
described) 23, 3. Der. ummilis, ayalis.

u'mmigma, contr. -ukma though, although 22, 16; laknu't
u'mmikma although it is yelloxv 22, 10; gitistch;ukma al-
though it was red 21, 21.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — IIITCIIITI GLOSSARY. [207] 175

ummikus, omikus may bc^ probably 23, 11. Der. ummi-
ka, hos.

u'mmi/tchi, 6n\v/\.c\\\ looking like, resembling; lit. "being
so"; ma umi/tchut like it 31, 30; pitchiktch = iimi/tchi blood-
like 20,32; iitasi omi/tchut like a war-club 21, 29. Der.
limmilis.

li mm i li s, omilis i) I do or act so; Iperfor?n, act, do;
make, ma /lufact ii r e. umha'hmilis I did so, have done
so; a'ladshi;/tchut ii'mmiktawats (key travelled thus habitu-
ally 24, 38 ; hitchgatin ommiktawats they made it so as
to be invisible 22, iS ; 'lagi li'mik making arrows 24, 17.
omik mattufacturing (arrow-heads) 24, 17; u'mik fnanu-
yacturifig (hows) 24,6; ta'g=abun 6mig fnaking axuoma?z's
likeness 23, 25 ; omik ayi, u'mmik a-i whe?z he ?noves
about, whichever is going along; cf. ummigayi u'mmik
fogi xvhen, after doing so ; after that event 35, 3. 4. u'm-
mi'htchi, omi/tchi the one making, those who made, the
maker or makers of 24, 15. 35. (Also means looking
like, cf. u'mmi/tchti.) omihin doing so 23, 34 ; omiti as,
because they did 32, 18 ; yatun pumanoli/tchut ommi'h-
tchamas has devoured our people, lit. "devouring people
away from us he has been doing so" 33, 18. Cf. quotation
under sonaba. ummikta'htchuti as they had formerly
(-ta'h-) built, constructed 25, 28. — 2) I am such, so;
I am thus; I am. This verb is extensively used to
form periphrastic conjugations with verbals and a num-
ber of particles, and comes nearer than any other Hitchiti
verb to our substantive verb to be; but the function of
being such or so is always perceptible. Very frequently
the idea of habitude, custom, permanence is embodied in
its use. u'mmis, o'mis, omis it is he, she, it; so it is

20, 2 ; so they are. ya-ulidshik u'mmissa/a (what kind of
people) could have been there 33, 10 ; cf. 23, 9. mi'ki
tchobut ommis that he is a great chief 22, 36; umha'h-
milis so 1 was ; afoksak umha'hmis (ellipt. u'mhamis) he
was inside 23, 19; omiwats it was (of the same wood)

21, 31 ; ommiwats is so, viz. "it is a sign, token of" 23,
I ; yatut limmiwats it was the same people as 24, 16 ;

176 [3o8] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCP:.

ak'holi/tchut ummiwats // is commonly believed^ sup-
posed 24, 31 ; inhag'li;^tchut ummiwfits they are hearing-
it each time 24, 32. isiaiilidshi'lit limmiwats they ha-
bitually take it along" with them 21, 2g; cf. omiwats
21, 37; also used in the sense of '' customarily " : u'mme-
wats 21, II. 23; waili'htchut u'mmiwats they were ivont
to make off'erings 32, i. u"hmisis — the sentence runs as
follows: "those who busied themselves (ya-uli'htchigat)
in making the white path had apparently been (u"hmisis)
about there," the}' thought 24, 36. mamut u'mmitis let it
be so 22, 9. yati ilistchi/tchud limmiktawfits xvas wont to
kill feople 23, 34; limmiktawats so (yellow) it xvas 21?
21. omiktawats (same) 21, 29. ummila/as // will be
(the most prominent tribe) 22. 14. i'lik ummitugas /'/
seems to or it 7nust live there 24, 31 ; corresponds to
Creek omatchukis, contr. omadshuks. 6mik;f6gi i'lidshik
whenever they are possessed of, or in case they have,
or wear 23, 2 (omik, it being so, as it is so), yan i'lik
u'mrnihin there they settled or lived then 25, 11. yatut
ya-ulidshi; hi'lut limmihin that people had surely been
there 23, 7. ommiti "as it is so'' : pafaksi/tchut ommiti as
it was smoking 23, 13. u'mmiti 22^ 11 ; see kitistchadshi-
lis. watidut u'mmiti on account of cranes being there 24,
10. limmi/tchi, omi/tchi alike to, lit. "being, having been
so," q.v. hatgut ummahunga if they had been white 24, 21.

u'mmiska although, nevertheless ; hiindshitik {immiska never-
theless they do not leave, give up 25, 29. Der. limmi.
lis, -ska.

umpi'lbalis (for unpi'lbalis) I throw over, on the top of;
imu'mpi'lpahin then they threw over to (his den) for him
23 24. Der. pi''lbalis.

un-, u°- prefix signifying above, over, 07i the top of.

unabaka from that ti?ne, since then 25, 21.

unadshalilis, du. unlo76gigas, pi. unlo/oskadshigas Island
upon, on the top of; unadsalik u'mmigat which zvas
standing upon 21, 24. Der. hadshalilis.

una HI is, pi. una'ligas I tell, speak about, disclose; onalihin
then telling, disclosing 21, 33.

GATSCHET— KAS. LEG. — IIITCHITI GLOSSARY. [209] 177

unalobidshilis I cover 7(p, I cover sornQthmg over ; unalo-
bidshik having- covered (it) 23, 29.

una'lali'htchi cascade, chute of ivaters; oki = tchobi una'la-
li'htchun fall of a river 34, 11 ; oki una'lali/tchun a fall
of -joaiers 24,33. Der. una'lalilis.

una'ldlilis, du, una'lasligas and una'lisyigas, pi. una'lasli-
dshigas I fall tipon, on something ; una'lalihin and Jiaving
tjitnbled into 23, 2S.

una'liyalis, du. of subj. una'lishiyas, pi. una'lyadshigas and
una'ladshigas I go towards, approach; una'ladshiktawats
thc\ approached it 21,3; unati'lya/tchatchkis yc must not
approach 24, 2 3 ; (mark the position of the negative -ti- at
the beginning of the word!) una'ladshik going towards
it 23, 23; going there 24, 21; una'ladshi;yamiktawats
some of them (yamika) approached to 24, 24 (instead of :
yamika una'ladshiktawats).

u'nga/tchi e7nilting sound, noise; alike in sound, voice 21,
2. 23, 3. 24, 30 ; hupana/tch;Ci'nga/tchi something that
sounded like singing, like a chant 21,6; hant;unga;^tchi
noisy 21, 25. linga'ht (for linga'htchut) limmiwats it zis7i-
ally sctmds like 24, 30. Partic.of unkalis, q.v.

iingi noise ^ sound, clang ; Watuli;ungi ha'htchi Crane-whoop-
ing creek 24, S; linga kadshiga calling it ''^ noise, whoop-
ing" 24, 9. Cf. unkalis.

ungomihin 21,8: stands for u'ngak u'mmihin and producing
a sound alike to, being alike in sound to; cf. unkalis.

unkalis, li'ngalis i) I produce sound, inake tioise; I hallov,
vociferate. hap6nik iVngaktawats they made speeches, lit.
"they were noisy in speaking" 21, 2. ungak producing
a sound 21. 8; hupani"htch = ungomihin (or, lingak u'mmi-
hin) like the sound of singing 21, 8. handu'n ungah(3s,
for hantiin un'_;ak limmihos, zchence it might soiind, where
it sounds fro7ii 21. 3; 2) I say, tell; I call by name.
u'ngaktawats they called it 33, 14 ; cf. hodshifalis ; linka-
kat zvcre telling-, saying so 23. 17; lingakat 23, 20. Cf.
ingalis / speak.

un'laniyalis, un'lanialis, du. un'lanishi-igas, pi. un'lanisya-
V. — I — 14

178 [2I0] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

dshigas / ascend^ mount ; un'lanishiakan txvo having as-
cended 25, I. Der. 'laniyalis.

un'linigalis, du. un'linisi-igas, pi. uii'linisyadshigas ; also, du.
unpalakigas, pi. unpalaskigas, unmutagigas 1) I run over
it; 3) I r7in towards it. un'linigak having' run toxvards
(the motherless child) 33, 28.

u'nsalik 33,22; see untalalilis.

unsalkadshin 34,34; see untala/alis.

untaka'lilis, pi. of obj. unta/as-'lilis I send out or dispatch
tozuards ; untakas'liktawats they sent out there., }aiun
more than one 7nan 3i, 7-

untala/alis, nasalized untalangalis, du. unsalgakas, pi. un-
salkadshikas / lie upon^ I afit stretched out upon ; unsal-
kadshin lying thereon (pi.) 24,34.

untalalilis, pi. of obj. unsanlilis, vmsalilis I lav over., on the
top of; I superimpose, u'nsalik having laid over 23 32.
Der. talalilis.

until is, du. ulawigas, pi. lintidshigas I come., arrive from;
u'ndi/tchut coining from 21, 17. iS. 19; linti/tchut (same)
21, 19; lintigat came from 3i, 3i ; untili/tchush I come
from there. Cf. adshakiintilis, alokiintilis.

untch a-ul il i s I zvrite dozvn upon., paint., mark upon; un-
dsha-uholiktawats it zvas ivritten upon (aor. passive) 30, 7.
Der. tcha-ulilis.

utchabosi/tchi very young.

u t c h a' h b i you ng.

u'tski i) species oi reed, thicker than the common reed in the
south ; 3) reed-brake., szvamp or cancbrakc where the u'tski-
reed is growing; 3) smoke 3i, 4. 35, 37.

u"weigalis, du. u"weigigas, pi. u"weigadshigas / surpass.,
excel ; I am ahead of., I overcome, waikak, weigak, for
u"weigak : iti excess., in addition to., besides., with it., over
it; used as a classifier with numerals from one to nine;
tcha/gipa; weigak, tcha'hkipa; waikak or w'i\\;.^.n pve more
30, 6. 10. Cf. i. Si.

wa'dshi tnother ; cf. a/ki.

wahali south; original meaning, "down stream," cf. Note to i.
85. 190. wahalun u'ndi/tchut coming from the south 21, iS.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — HITCHITI GLOSSARY. [3Il"] 179

wasakipalis, du. wasaskipigas, pi. tchikasipigas I am lost^

gone; tchikasipahin then they were gone 34, 24.
watuli crane 24, 9; watulijimgi, lit. (producing) ''crane's

noise," whooping of crane ; also name of a water-course

24, 8.
waililis, abbr. from uwaililis ; du. and pi. of subj. wailigas

i) lofer, hand over to; wiiili'htchut u'mmiwats they are

in the habit of offeritig 21, 38 ; a'sun iwailik or (i-uwiiilik)

tendering to them (i-) the black-drink 25, 14. 2) I offer

for sale, I sell.
weigak, waikak, for u"weigak ; verbal of u"weigalis, q.v.
wiktchi, pi. oposki small, little; thin. Cf. ahoposki, hu-

poski.
wiktchusi/tchi, abbr, wiktchosi/t ; pi. oposki — same as

wiktchi, q.v.
witi/kalis (unusual; occurs in) tsawiti/kas, du. puwiti/kas,

pi. puwiti/kadshis / ain angry; tchawiti/kalis / become

angry ; witi/kak having become atigered, wroth 20, 22 ;

witi/ka'hshi'lut very angry, lit. ".angry-good" 23, 24; wi-

ti/w6gak (redupl. form) angered 25, 3.

I

180 [312] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

APPENDICES.

I.-WM. BARTRAM'S LIST OF MASKOKI TOWNS.

From his "Travels," pp. 462-64 (Philadelphia, 1791).

''List of the towns and tribes in league, and which constitute
the powerful confederacy or empire of the Creeks or Muscogul-
ges, viz. : To-iwis on the Tallapoose or Oakfuske River, viz. —
Oakfuske Upper, Oakfuske Lower, Ufale Upper, Ufale Lower,
Sokaspoge, Tallase Great, Coolome, Chuaclahatche, Otasse,
Cluale, Fusahatche, Tuccabatche, Cunhutke. These speak the
Muscogulge or Creek tongue, called the Mother tongue. Muc-
classe ; Alabama ; speak the Stincard tongue. Savannuca ; speak
the Uche tongue. Whittumke and Coosauda ; speak the Stincard
tongue.

'■^Toxvns on the Coosau river, viz. : Abacooche ; speaks a dialect
of Chickasaw; Pocontallahasse, Hiccory Ground (trader's name),
speak the Muscogulge tongue ; Natche, speaks Muscogulge and
Chicasaw.

^'Tozviis on the branches of the Coosau river, viz. : Wiccakaw,
Fish Pond (trader's name), Hillaba, Kiolege ; speak the Musco-
gulge tongue.

'^ Towns on the Apalachucla or Chata Uche river, viz. : Apala-
chucla, Tucpauska, Chockeclucca, Chata Uche, Checlucca;ninne,
Hothletega, Coweta, Usseta (should be Cusseta), speak the Mus-
cogulge tongue ; Uche ; speaks the Savannuca tongue ; Hooseche ;
speaks the Muscogulge tongue ; Chehaw, Echeta, Occone, Swag-
law Great,. Swaglaw Little ; speak the Stincard.

^'Tozv?is on Flint river, comprehending the Siminoles or Lower
Creeks, Suola-nocha, Cuscowilla or Allachua, Talahasochte, Ca-
loosahatche. The following are traders' names: Great Island,
Great Hammock, Capon, St. Mark's, Forks. The Siminoles speak
both the Muscogulge and Stincard tongue.

''In all fifty-five towns, besides many villages not enumerated,
and reckoning two hundred inhabitants to each to\vn on an aver-
age, which: is a moderate computation, would give eleven thou-
sand inhabitants."

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. APPENDIX II. [2 1 3] 181

II. -TOPOGRAPHIC LIST OF THE CREEK TOWNS AND VILLAGES,

As a help for the study of Creek topography, I add the list of
Creek towns as found in Caleb Swan's Report on the " Musco-
gee nation" in 1791, and printed in Schoolcraft's ^'Indians," v.
pp. 262-63. ^^ gives us the true topographic' order in which
these towns followed each other from North to South.

" The smallest of their towns have from twenty to thirty
houses in them, and some of the largest contain from 150 to
200, that are tolerably compact. These houses stand in clusters
of four, five, six, seven and eight together, irregularly distri-
buted up and down the banks of rivers and small streams ;
each cluster of houses contains a clan or family of relations, who
eat and live in common. Each town has a public square, with
hot-house and yard near the centre of it, appropriated to various
public uses.

"The following are the names of the principal towns of the
Upper and Lower Creeks that have public squares, beginning
at the head of the Coosa or Coosa-hatcha river, viz.: i. Upper
Ufalas, 2. Abbacoochees, 3. Natchez, 4. Coosas, 5. Oteetoo-
chenas, 6. Pinclatchas, 7. Pocuntullahases, 8. Weeokees, 9.
Little Tallassie, 10. Tuskeegees, 11. Coosadas, 12. Alabamas,
13. Tawasas, 14. Pawactas, 15. Autobas, 16. Auhobas, 17.
Wetumpkees, big, 18. Wetumpkees, little, 19. Wacacoys,
20. Wacksoyochees.

"Central, inland, in the high country between the Coosa and
Tallapoosa rivers, in the district called the Hillabees, are the
following towns, viz.: 21. Hillabees, 22. Killeegko, 23. Oak-
choys, 24. Slakagulgas, 25. Wacacoys,

"And on the waters of the Tallapoosee, from the head of the
river downward, the following, viz. : 26. Tuckabatchee Teehas-
sa, 27. Totacaga, 28. New York,* 29. Chalaacpauley, 30. So-
guspogus, 31. Oakfuskee, 33. Ufala, little, 33. Ufala, big, 34.
Sogahatches, 35. Tuckabatchees, 36. Big Tallassie or half-way
house, 37. Clewauleys, 38. Coosahatches, 39. Coolamies, 40.
Shawanese or Savanas, 41. Kenhutka (in text, Kenhulka), [40
& 41. Shawanese Refugees,] 42. Muckeleses.

* Named by Colonel Roy, a New Vork British loyalist.

182 [314] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

''Of the Lower Creeks, beginning- on the headwaters of the
Chattahoosee and so on downward, are the towns of: 43. Ciie-
lucconinny, 44. Chattahoosee, 45. Hohtatoga, 46. Cowetas, 47.
Cussitahs, 48. Chalagatsca or Broken-arrow, 49. Euchees (sev-
eral), 50. Hitchatees (several), 51. Palachucla. 52. Chewackala.

" Besides nearly twenty towns and villages of the little and
big Chehaus, low down on Flint and Chattahoosee rivers, the
names of which I could not ascertain."

III. -THE CREEK TOWKS OF QEORCtIA.

Extract from J. Gerar William de Brahm ''History of the
Province of Georgia; a manuscript from the iSth century, pre-
served at Harvard Coll. Library, Cambridge, Mass. (parts on
S. Car. and East Fla. still unpublished) ; printed at Wormsloe,
1S49, fol. In first part of publication are many Creek names
of localities ; pp. 54 and 55 contain the following :

"Towns of lower settlement or Lower Creeks: Tohowogly
and Cawita, between 8 and 10 miles below Cataract of Chata-
hoochee river. Little Tallesy and Owetomkee old Town, on
Coosaw river (p. 55 :) N.W. of Fort Alabama : Owetomkee
New Town, Mukelossa, Savannow, Coolame, White Ground,
Fegoskatchee, Clually and Ottosee towns below the firs t cata-
ract of Locushatchee now Talepusee river, Nophabee, Tuka-
satchee and Tallesee are towns between first and second Cata-
ract. Hughphala, Lustuhatchee, Oakfusky, Alkehatchee, and
Suchutspaga towns above the second Cataract of Talepusee.
Cojolegee and Oakjoy are towns upon Cojologee, a Rivulet of
Talepusee river ; Oktosawsee and Hillawbes, towns on Okto-
sawsee (all on O. river are Upper Creeks)."

It is of importance to notice that this useful list is disfigured
by many incorrect names, the miswriting being due either to
the author himself or to ignorant proof-readers : Towohogly
for Sawokli, Locus-hatchee for vSocushatchee, Tukasatchee for
Tukabatchee. " Georgia'" then comprised a broad strip of ter-
ritory extending from the Atlantic ocean to the Mississippi river.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — APPEMDIX IV. [2 1=;] 183

IV.-THE CONTEST FOR LEADERSHIP

among' the four ancient tribes of the Creek people, the Kasi'h-
ta, Chicasa, Alibamu and Abi'hka, is recounted in the legend,
pp. lo, 38 to 12, 12. Further information which I received from
chief Ispahidshi on legends concerning his own tribe, which is
that of the Kasi'hta, induce me to believe that this story is sim-
ply the result of an etymologic deduction from the Creek word
abik'hi piled up against^ which is a participle of the past of
abik'hidshas / pile up against. The contest between the tribes
in obtaining the scalps was recounted by him in the same man-
ner as in our legend. The pole around which the scalps were
piled up is described as very tall^ to make the story more mi-
raculous. Cf. vol. i. 125.

The legend, as recounted b}^ Ispahidshi, further relates that
the Kasi'hta and Chicasa people came out of the ground
somewhere in the west ; and that the Kawita issued from there
somewhat later, because a large root growing across the orifice
retarded at first their coming out. The Kasi'hta then proceeded
from the place of issue towards the east to see the cave or hollow
''from which the sun emerges.'" All these statements are merely
etymologic deductions or inventions just like the above ; Ka-
wita being derived from awita to eotne (plural of subject), Tchi-
kasa from tchikaski, a Creek verbal (''opening out" like a flow-
er), Kasi'hta from hasin hidshita "/c sec the sun'' coming out.

That the first and third of these etymologies are grammatically
impossible will appear at once, and the name of the Chicasa
people has to be deduced from some Chicasa or Cha'hta term
in preference to any one occurring in the Creek dialect. We
gather from this and many other instances, \h2J1 false etymologies
have influenced the myth-making tendency of humanity at an
early age in the western as well as in the eastern hemisphere ;
and it may be added, that the idea of the sun issuing from an
orifice in the earth and disappearing through another, is found
among several of the North American tribes. Cf. ii. 37.

Each of the four leading towns of the Creeks had an honorary
title or epithet, the origin of which is uncertain and obscured by
later traditions reposing on fictions. Abi'hka was called nagi,
and Tukaba'htchi ispokogi, none of which the present Creeks

184 [2l6] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

can explain satisfoctorily on account of their archaic character.
The Kawita Indians were called ma'hmayi the tall ones (cf.
m^hi, p. 107), and the Kasi'hta 'lako, \}(\q great or considerable.
The latter epithet may be compared to our grajid in grand
duke^ grandissime, etc., and, when speaking of Kasi'hta, was
not employed in the plural form 'lak'lagi, like ma'hmayi, which
is a term analogous to the French Altcsse^ and the German Ho-
heit^ Uochzv/irdcn.

T.-LIST OF TOWNS NOW EXTANT IN THE CREEK NATION, INDIAN TERRITORY.

The forty-nine towns enumerated below constitute what is
called the Creek Nation of Indians settled on a wide strip of
territory between the Arkansas and the Canadian river, a large
tributary of the Arkansas river. The term tozun is the transla-
tion of the Creek term talua, which also means village and city,
but corresponds more closely to our term tribe. But, since sev-
eral tribes are often included in one Creek town, it is preferable
to interpret the term by tozunship, and some of these towns have
an area as large as a good sized county in a western State. Each
town is entitled to one representative in the Upper house, or
House of Kings, and to one at least in the Lower house, House
of Warriors or Representatives ; towns having over two hundred
men are represented by one more deputy to each two hundred
in this Lower house. The largest and most populous town is
now Yuchi on Arkansas river ; the negro towns, the inhabitants
of which descend from slaves who emigrated with the tribe from
1836 to 1840, possess from 3,500 to 4,000 inhabitants, and their
representatives now hold the balance of power in the Creek le-
gislature, which meets annually at the capital, Okmulgee.

Here follows a list of the present Creek towns, the smallest
of which have now barely twent}^ heads of families, but never-
theless are represented as 'rotten boroughs" in the two Houses
by one deputy for each. The Lower House now counts about
one hundred members. All the settlements are spread out upon
rivers, creeks and streams, and the intervening country is almost
entirely devoid of them.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. APPENDIX V. [^17] 185

Abi'hka ; settled at three places : north of Yufdla, on Deep Fork
west of Niuya/a, and north of Hilabi.

Abi'hkiidshi, or Little Abi'hka, on Deep Fork above Okmulgee.

Akfaski, or Okfuski, on Deep Fork near Canadian river junction,
and another settlement near Niuya/a.

Alibamu, on North Fork, along middle course.

Arkansas river colored town, between Caney Creek & Muscogee.

Assi lanapi, on Alabama Creek.

Atasi, on Deep Fork, west of Okmulgee.

Canadian River colored settlements and town.

Hatchi tchapa on North Fork at influx of Alabama Creek.

Hilabi, southwest of Yufdla No. i, between North Fork and Ca-
nadian river.

Hitchiti, on Deep Fork, half-way between Yufala and Okmulgee.

Hu'li;Wa'hli, abbr. 'Liwa'hli, on North Fork above Hilabi.

Yuchi, south of the Arkansas and its afl^uent, the Cimarron riv-
er, from Cane Creek to Big Pond, on the western border of
the Creek territory.

Yufala No. i, town and railroad station near North Fork and Ca-
nadian river junction.

Yufala No. 2, town near Okmulgee, on southern side of Deep Fork.
Each of the two Yufalas calls the other : Yufala hupayi, "the
distant Yufala."

Ka-iliiidshi, on Canadian river, east of Hilabi.

Kanshadi, Ikan';tchati, spelt Conchanti, between Cane and
Caney Creeks, southwest side of Arkanas river.

Kasi'hta, on Deep Fork, west and east of Okmulgee.

Kawita, north of Arkansas river and west of Fort Gibson.

Kitchu pataki, on the point of land formed by the confluence of
Deep Fork and North Fork.

Koassati No. i, west of Hilabi town.

Koassati No. 2, a few miles west of Yufala No. i.

Lutchap6ga, east side of Arkansas river, north of Wialaka.

'La'lo akalga, or Fish Ponds, near Hilabi, between North Fork
and Canadian river. (G. W. Grayson : on Alabama Creek.)

'Lap 'lako, north side of North Fork, on Alabama creek.

'Le katska, once a colony of the Kawita ; now on Arkansas river,
almost opposite to Wialaka and near Kawita.

186 [3l8] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Niuya/a, south side of Deep Fork, about 96° 20' west of Greenw.
North Fork colored town.

Odshi-apofa, or Hickory Ground, on North Fork below Alabama

Creek junction.
Oktchayi, on Canadian river, near Hilabi town.
O'sudshi, on Deep Fork, below Okmulgee.

Pakan;Talahassi, on Canadian river, below Hilabi.

Taladigi, on Canadian river, southwest of Hilabi.
Talahassudshi or "Little Talahassi," town on Canadian river,

north shore, about 18 miles west of Yufala No. i.
Talmotchasi, near Canadian river, east of Hilabi.
Talsi, at the Old Creek council-ground, west of Uktaha railroad

station.
Talsi, at mouth of Little river.

Talua 'lako, on North Fork, junction of Alabama creek.
Taskigi, 10 miles west of Yufala No. i.
Taskigi on Deep Fork, west of Okmulgee.
Tukaba/tchi, north side of Wiwu/ka river ; migrated there from

a place midway between Yufala No. i and Hilabi.
Tukpafka, on Canadian river, about 8 miles below Little river

influx.
Tchap^'ki 'lako, near junction of Deep and North Forks.
Tchat; aksofka ('^precipice"), town one mile southeast of Yufala

No. I.
Tchiaha, or Chiaha, on Verdigris river, northeast of Wialaka.

U-i;kayi 'lake, between Tulsa station (on Arkansas river) and

Verdigris river.
U-i;ukufki, above Hilabi town.

Wakoka-i, near Hilabi town.

Wiwu/ka, south side of Wiwu/ka affluent of North Fork.

[Talsi (abbr. from Talahassi), or Tulsa, another name for Lutcha-
poga town.]

VI.-THE TOWN-SQUARE OF THE CREEK INDIANS,

Although the diagram appended intends to represent the town-
square of Kasi'hta town in particular, it may be regarded as an

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. — APPENDIX VI. [- I9] 187

■average reproduction all of the town-houses, or tchuko 'lako, as
found to exist at the present time in the few settlements of the
Creek Nation, Indian Terr., which have preser\ed the antique
institution of the busk or puskita.

The four sheds are rather low and of equal size and construc-
tion, each facing- one of the four points of the compass ; the
roof rests on five supports, and thus each shed is divided into
four parts. The fi ont of each measftres about forty feet, and
open passages are left between. Each shed stands upon ground
sloping forward, is open behind, and on its floor contains from
twelve to fifteen logs running parallel and intended for seats. The
sheds or tiipa, lit. "scaflblds," are entered from behind; the space
under the seats is reserved for the storage of objects needed during
the celebration of the busk, which formerly lasted eight days,
but is now in several towns reduced to six or even four days.

The council-house, rotunda, or tchukofa 'lako, where meetings
were held onlv in winter and during bad weather, is built into
the southern end of the western shed, and a road leads from its
door to the square and fireplace, upon which the people often
moved in file or procession. South of the southern shed is the
tadshu or area surrounded by an earth-wall, where games and
dancing have full sway. In the town of Tukabatchi this area
lies behind the western shed. The four logs which feed the
sacred fire lie in the centre of the square, and each in the di-
rection toward one of the points of the compass.

The sheds and partitions assigned to each of the gentes and di-
visions of the people vary greatly from town to tovvn. Talua 'lako,
now the only busking town of the Hitchiti connection, disposes
them, according to G. W. Stidham, in the following order: the
western shed is assigned to the mikalgi ; the south shed to the
tassikayalgi, familiarly called boys : the east shed to the women
and children; the north shed to the tastenakalgi or 'Svarriors."
The details of the present diagram refer to the square of Kasi'hta
town on the Deep Fork of Canadian river, and were obtained
from chief Ispahidshi, who is a native of that town, and well
acquainted with its present and earlier customs.*

* Compare the ground-plan of tlie square and "great house" in Odshi-apofa by C. Swan

(1791) in Schoolcraft, Indian Tribes, v. 264.

188 [--O] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Following his indications, the seats of the Kasi'hta square
are occupied as follows during the busk festival : The western
partition of the northern shed is held by the warriors or
tustenakis, the three others by the wild-cat, fox, panther, and
itamalgi gentes. The front seat in the westernmost corner is occu-
pied by the hiVli opunaya ox war-speaker (Cbi)^ who had to be con-
sulted on war questions and military mattei"s, and has been com-
pared to our '' Secretary ©f War." The other seven front seats
next to each partition pillar (+) are held by busk officials called
ima'Ia, who had to act as masters of ceremonies. Two pots filled
with miko-huyanidsha stand in front of the shed upon the area
of the square.

In the -vestern shed one of the middle front seats is occupied
by the town-chief or miko (2/), who among the Kasi'htas is always
selected from the bear-clan or nokusalgi. Immediately to the
north of him sits the vice-chief (+), who is elected from the bear-
clan also. Around and behind these dignitaries the men of the
alligator and of the fish gens are occupying seats. Three pots
of black-drink, etc., are placed in front of this shed.

The western front seat of the southern shed is assigned to
another dignitary, called Kosi miko (©), selected from the beaver
gens exclusively. He and the talua hiniha 'lako, or "grand
hiniha of the town," who sits in the partition corner next to
him (+), had the privilege of appointing another miko in case of
death or incapacity, provided the two agreed upon the same
person. They tried by their most suggestive means of oratory
to persuade him to accept the office ; afterwards he was silently
recognized as chief by the whole community. In the same shed
are sitting, in succession from west to east, the men of the bea-
ver, wind, ahalakalgi, bird, and deer gens. Two pots stand
in front of the southern shed.

The eastern shed is not occupied by any officials, but re-
served to women, children, and strangers. No medicine -pots
are placed in front of this shed.

On the last day of the busk dancing is going on between the
northern and western sheds. During the festivities the men dance
around the fire in the central part, and then women are not ad-
mitted there, though they are on other dance-occasions. The

Z^ia^mmo/^sJ^si'Ata ^^^wns^ii/^re.

JSTortyftern sJt^^l.

J^

^^

4^

K ^^ + +

t^ wiiWz.c<;it,

&ecUs ^r

pan f her a,^^.

i^t<zmA Z^r ^e ^tes

_/^Qj^

+ +

o o

The^fire

Sf

\

i

^

«

v3

,<^

^

^A

^M

'^^

GATSCHET — KAS.I.EG. — APPENDIX VII. [22 I J 189

mixed-bloods usually do not participate in the busk-festivals,
which generally occur in July.

After the participants have arrived and made themselves ready
on the first day, the second day of the Kasi'hta busk becomes
the great joyful day for young and old. Being a sort of viardi-
gras^ it is called by the Creeks the ''day of all-day eating," or
nita humpi isyafkita. Since men are detailed for almost everv
conceivable ministration connected with the busk, the chiefs send
out on the morning of the second day four men for logs to kin-
dle the "new fire." They cut them as large as each man can
carry, and deposit them on the four corners of the square, where
they have to remain for that day. Then the logs are brought
together with their ends so close as to allow the fire to burn
between them, and on the last day everybody has to take home
some of the new sacred fire (called so because kindled ceremo-
nially), and extinguish the old fire upon his fireplace.

The rest of the busk ceremonies in the Kasi'hta square are
described in vol. i. pp. 177-80. Particular war-symbols, called
atassa;ahaki, are standing in the square of a few of the busking
towns ; they are described in the Creek Glossary.

In the square of Tukabatchi town are preserved the vietallic
plates (in Creek, tchatu lani pulutpuki), referred to vol. i. 147,
described and figured in Schoolcraft, Indian Tribes, iii. S7-90,
and in Pickett, History of Alabama, i. 85. At every busk they
are exhibited to the people from a distance^ then washed in a
stream and carefully rubbed and cleaned. They are said to utter
spontaneously, without being struck or touched, a miraculous
ringing sound.

The Creek towns still keeping up the institution of annual
"busking" in their town-square are: Kasi'hta, Abi'hka, Niu-
ya/a, Assi lanapi, Atasi, Akfaski, Odshi-apofa. Tukabatchi.
Busking towns speaking other languages than Creek are Ali-
bamu, Talua 'lako, and Yuchi.

TII.-THE CREEK TOWNS

which participated in the Indian insurrection of 1S13 and 1S14
against the United States government, or, as the Creeks ex-

190 [222] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

press It, which "made themselves red" (itchatidshalgi), are
enumerated in the Hst inserted in Alb. James Pickett, History
of Alabama, Charleston, 1S51, i. 267, the names being given
in my phonetic alphabet :

Hu"li;Wa.'hli, Fus';hatchi, Kuliimi. Ikanhatki. Sawanogi, Mu-
klasa, Odshi-apofa, Oktchoyiidshi, P6tchus';hatchi, Pakan;tala-
hassi, Wakokayi, VViwii/ka. Hawkins adds to these the Aliba-
mu towns (Appendix to Sketch, pp. 83, 84).

According to my Creek informants, the above Upper Creek
towns were reinforced by a few Yuchi living among the Upper
Creek towns, also by a few men from Oki;tiyakni and Sawok-
li, who are Lower Creeks. The Lower Creeks, Cheroki and
Cha'hta sent auxiliary troops to combat the insurrection, the
latter havino- as a leader the celebrated chief Pushmataha.

yill. — LOAN-WORDS IN SOUTHERN LAN&UA&ES,

The present selection contains a list of words found to be held
in common by two neighboring families of southern Indians, and
by their incorporation in these languages proving an ancient
contact of the two national bodies. For tracing contacts of this
nature and thereby giving a clue to the ancient abodes and mi-
grations of nations, loan-ivords are among the most useful his-
toric documents, especially where they distinctly prove which
nation or tribe has been the loaner and which one the bor-
rower. Loan-words are chiet^y terms for objects of interna-
tional exchange, for plants and trees, and for animals hunted
by man ; and most of them must have been borrowed many
centuries ago.

If by the present list it can be made probable that Maskoki
tribes have many loan-words common with other southern na-
tions east of the Mississippi river, this will help to prove, as
well as the similarities in phonetics, that these tribes have been
neighbors to each other for many centuries, and in the same tracts
which they held when they were first visited by white men.

YUCHI -MASKOKI LOAN-WORDS
are not unfrequent, and with many of them the priority of pos-
session seems to be decidedly on the Yuchi side. Their con-

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. APPENDIX VIII. [223] 191

siderable number goes to show that the Creek branch of the
Maskoki nation had pushed over to Savannah river and vicin-
ity at a very remote epoch.

-aha, -ha, collective ending of substantives, is also coll. ending
in Alibamu and Koassati.

fa side^ direction; -fa is suflixed to all names of the cardinal
points. Cr. fatcha straight^ direct; fatchan towards.

hi'li smooth; Cr. and H. hi'li good.

howita, huta, hoda xvind, gJist ; ho-itale windy; hotekewiwi
stormy. Cr. hiitali wind., hurricane ; cf. ha-utu xvind in
Caddo.

iho, t'ho potato. Cr., Hitch, and Cha'hta ahi, ahe bog-fotato.

lati in tselati I fall on you ; \-\\\dX\ fallen doxvn. Cr. latkiis
I fall ; u'hlatkas I fall upon., attack.

'la i) arrow. 2) ball., bullet; se ti'la arrow and cartridge.
Cr. 'li arrow^ ball ; Alibamu and Koassati 'laki arrow and
ball. The probable original meaning of 'li is reed., as ar-
rows are made from reeds.

pi '16 cylindric; ti topi'lo I roll up something. Cf. Hitch, pi'li
and dimin, pi'ludshi ; Cr., Semin. and Mikasuki pi'hidshi ;
Cha'hta peni, pini ; Alibamu and Koassati pi'lii canoe,
these being round below.

tapi salt; tapi sa" sweet. Cr., Alib. and Koassati hapi salt.

tchissane fnouse. Cr., Alibamu and Hitch, tchissi rat., mouse.

[tchiili pine-tree; tchii boat., canoe (because made of pine-
logs) ; Cr. and Seminole tcholi ; Alibamu, Koassati and
Hitchiti tchilye, tchiiyi ; see below. J

CHEROKI- MASKOKI LOAN-WORDS.

The majority of Cher, terms here mentioned were obtained from
Mr. James Mooney, who, in 1887, studied the dialects of the
mountain or eastern Cheroki Indians in North Carolina. To
these may be added the ones mentioned in vol. i. pp. 212-13.

iX.?^. firewood. Cha'hta iti zvood, stick; Cv. iiu zvood., firetvood,
tree; Hitch. \\\ fire., ovi^imWy wood. i\ta occurs for u'ooaf
in the Iroquois dialects ; cf. ta'hsi.

koe, kuhe wild-cat. Cha'hta koa panther; Cr. koa katcha
wild-cat.

193 [224] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

s6ti persiin7non. Cr. sata.

suli buzzard. Cr. siili.

ta'hsi and atsa war-club; Cr. atasa. Cf. also: atak stick in

Mohawk ; ata'hsa cane., stick., rod in Cayuga and Oneida.

The high post which formerly stood in Atasi village on

Tallapoosa river (vol. i. 128) is probably a representation

of the restless or leaning pole occurring in some of the

Maskoki rrfigration legends,
tchoyi poplar., trough., canoe. Alibamu, Koassati, H. tch6ye

tchoyi ; Cr. tcholi pine-tree. Cf. Naktche. (Tree names

sometimes alter their signification.)
wahya gray wolf. Alibamu and Cr. yaha.

There may be also an old connection between Cher, tiiksi
terrapin and Cha'hta liikshi turtle; cf. also pakani nut o{^\\k-
wano (Algonkin family) with pakanudshi plum., lit. "little peach"
in Creek.

NAKTCHE-MA.SKOKI LOAN-WORDS.

The confederacy of the Naktche villages on the Mississippi
river, with its narrowly circumscribed territory, contained several
villages speaking languages of diflTerent families. In 1885 I had
the opportunity of becoming acquainted with the Naktche lan-
guage as formerly spoken by the ruling class in that confed-
eracy, and herewith present some of its terms which were either
borrowed, or show so close a resemblance as to be easily mis-
aken for loan-words. Two of them, rattle and to cough., are
perhaps onomatopoetic.

a'sha hickory-tree. Cr. odshi. Hitch, odshagi.

a'dsha, atch bog-potato. Cr. and other M. dialects ahi, ahe.

int, i"ta tooth. Cr., H. and Cha'hta niiti ; Koassati nati.

m a k here. Cr. man there.

mak'hawish to speak. Cr. makita.

ne'hkwa, n€\\v.,ViQW grease., fat. Cr. niha ; Cha'hta nia.

ohonaktik to cojigh. Cr. ohokita.

oktu'l eye. Cr. tu'lua.

piiftav / blow. Cr. piifkiis.

shakshak'halish rattle., subst. Cr. sa-uka, shauka.

GATSCHET — KAS. I,EG. APPENDIX VIII. [225] 193

tuliimnaguk and tuluptaguk to roll, v. trans. Cr. tuhimita.

tchiil, shula pi?te-tree, tchii tree, Cr. tcholi, tsiili.

ula snake, borrowed from Cha'lita lila noisy, rattling-; sint'

olio rattlesnake, Cha'hta.
y an ash a buffalo. C. yanasa, yenasa.

The Tiiiiucua language of Florida has borrowed several terms
from the Maskoki dialects, especially from Seminole -Creek,
which was spoken in closest vicinity to it. Among these are
ifa dog", hii'li (spelt there "hurri") war, yatiki interpreter,
tola laurel or siveet-bay ; while the word abu, apu sticky wood,,
tree (in Creek and Hitchiti abi, api stem, stick) was common
to botli fiimilies. The terms hiniha and hola'hta were probably
borrowed by the Creeks from the Timucua, who obtained their
term paracussi sub-chief, village-chief from the Yuchi : pa' Ian
kiusia'" " chief very small."

In the Tonica language, which I had occasion to study in
18S6, some of the shorter terms, like arrow, resemble Maskoki
words, especially of the Koassati dialect, but do not rest on true
affinity. The grammars of both stocks differ entirely. But the
term for b?iffalo, yanasa, is common to Tonica, Naktche, Che-
roki and the Maskoki dialects, while Yuchi has : wetine ka fat
cattle, from wetine cattle, cow.

Comparisons with languages spoken west of the Mississippi
river have yielded but few terms which can with safety be
regarded as Maskoki loan-words, and this may figure as an
additional argument against an immigration of the Maskoki tribes
from these parts in more recent times. We may compare, how-
ever, the word for maize, in Wichita tash (ta'dse tash maize
stalk, tatste-e tash ear of com) with the Cha'hta tandshi maize.
All other Pani dialects differ in this term.

194 [326] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ALPHABETIC INDEX

— OF —

THE TWO VOLUMES.

Note. — Proper names derived from Indian languages are pronounced
in so many different ways by both Indians and whites, that only one form
of spelling them could be received into this Index.

The passages which treat more extensively of a subject are marked by
italic figures. Sometimes one name occurs two (2) or three (3) times upon
the same page.

Names beginning with 7 are placed after /, names with initial tch and
y after those with intial / and w.

Abika i. 16. 25 (2), 53. 87. 88.

93. 120. 122. 124. 125. 195.

223 (2). 224 (2). ii. 63 (2).

74. 134. 183. 185. 1S9.
Abikudshi i. 38. 122. 125. 229.

ii. 180. 181. 185.
Acolapissa i. 34. 44. 95. 103.

112.
Ada-i i. 35. 41. 42.
Adair, James i. 15. 16. 38. 91.

92. loi. 108. 151. 158. 164.

176. 234. ii. 3. 43. 54.
Afosafiska ii. 14. 15. Co. 74.
Ahiki creek i, 78. 125. ii. 135.
Aht i. 217. ii. 55.
Ais people i. 12-15.
Alabama river i. 89. lOi. 104.

126. 234.
Alachua i. 68. ii. iSo.
Alibamu Indians i. (Preface) ;

50. 76. 85-89. no. 115. 119.

194. 226. 227. 228. 234. ii.

41. 78. iSo. 181. 185. 189.
aliktcha i 178.
Alkahatchi ii. 182.
Amakalli i. 119 126.

Amakalola i. 126.
Anati tchapko i, 126.
Annocchy i. 1 1 1.
Apalatchi river i, 75. 151.
Apalatchi tribe i. 22. 52. 74-

76. 194. ii. 67.
Apalatchiikla fort on Savannah

river i. 20. 192.
Apalatchiikla river i. 75. ii.

188.
Apalatchiikla tribe and town i.

22. 66.68. 75. 119. 120. 126.

127. 193. 229. ii. 17. 19. 55.

61. 66. 67, 69. 117. 180. 182.
Apata-i i. 128. 222.
Archaic form of Creek i. 79.

198. 199. ii. 60. 61. 76; of

Hitchiti i. 79. So.
Arikari i, 42. ii. 38.
Arkansas Indians ; see Ug'a/pa.
Ashuk hooma i, 93.
Assi lanapi i. 122. 128. ii.

185.1,89.
Assinai 1.^43. ii. 3.
Atagi r, 89. ii. 181.
Atakapa i. 45.46. 49. ii. 70. 71.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — INDEX.

[227] 195

Atasi i. 119. 121. 122. 128.

171. ii. 180. 1S2. 185. 1S9.
atassa;ahaki ii. 81. 189.
Attapulgas i. 71.
atchina i, 178. 223.
Atchina-algi i. 122. 128.
Atchina iiatchi i. 12S.
Ausile i. 75.
Ante i. 75.
Aztecs i. 215. ii. 35-38. 49.

Cf. Mexico.

Ball-plays i. 223. ii. 49.
Bartram. W. I. 22 (2). 26. 28.

29- 33- 34- 50- 54- iSo.
Baton Rouge i, 114.
Bayogoulas i. 33. 95. 103. 109.

1 12. 113. ii. 39.
bear gens i. 154. 155. 223. ii.

188.
beaver gens i. 154. 155. ii.

188.
Bidai i. 47.

Biloxi i.95. log. 111. ii. 70. 206.
bird, blue ii. 49.
bird gens i. 155. ii. 188.
black-drink (assi) i. 72. 174.

178. ii. 45. 46. 56-59. 60. 80.
blue color ii. 38. 39. 49,
Blue-mouths ii. 28. 29.
body-paint ii. 29. 35. 38.
Boguechito i. loS. 112. 113.
Brahm, Ger. VV. de, i. 28. 29.

ii. 64. 182.
Brinton, Dr. D. G. i. (Preface)

117. 235. 236. ii. 26. 29. 36.

43. 63. 66. 73 (Note),
busk ; see piiskita.

Cabe9a de Vaca i. 12. 41.
Caddo Indians i. 41. 42. 43. 44.

103. ii. 53- 54- 60. 70.
Calusas i. 13. 6j. 68. ii. 67. 180.
Cannouchee river i. 20 (2).
Camp-signals ii. 42. 43.
Capon ii. 180.
Caribs i. 12. 67.
Ceremonial allocutions ii. 59-

61. 89.
Cha'hta Indians i. 50. 52. 76.

100-116. 219. ii. 53-55.
Cha'hta language i. 52. 53.

116-118. 203. 204. ii. 131.
Cha'hta migration i. 219.
Cha'hta towns i. 19. io8. 109.
Charencey, Count H. de, ii.

35- 36-
Chatahuchi river i. 21. 22. 24.

52. 75. 114. 127. 129. 227.

228. ii. 65. 66. 6'j. 69. 180.

182.
Chatahuchi town i. 129. ii.

180. 182.
Chatelaw i. 92.
Che'lako Nini i. 129. i5f. ii.

180, 182.
Cheroki Indians i. 16. 24-29.

35. 38. 87. 93. 229.
Cheroki local names i. 18. 119.

195. ii. 191.
Chiaha i. 72. 75. 119. 121. 129.

193 (2). ii. 126. 180. 182.

186.
Chiahiidshi i. 129. ii. 182.
Chicasa Indians i. 33. 38. 39.

48. 50. 52. 87. 90-97. 229.

ii. 2. 126. 183.

196 [-2 38] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE,

Chicasa language i. 31. 33. .9.5.

96. ii. 131.
Chicasa migration i. 220-222

and 222-224. ii- ^^3-
Ciiicasawhay i. loi. 104 (same

as Ahepat okla). 109, ii. 135.
Chichimecs i. 233 (Note), ii. 2.
Chigilousa i, 1 14.
Chipko town i, 73-
Chiska talofa i, 71. 130; cf.

224.
Choktchuma i. 87. OS. 99. loi.

194.
Chookheereso 1,91.
chunke-game i. 102. 121. 176.
Cofitachiqui i. iS.
Color symbolism ii. 31-36. 37

-41.
Colored towns in Ind. Terr. ii.

1S5. 186.
Comecrudo (of Tamaulipas)

ii. 70.
commanders i. 159.
confederacies i. 9. 12. 13. 15.

31. 41.43.44. 97; cf. Creek

confederacy.
Congarees i. 15. 16 (2). 64.
conjurers i. 178. ii. 45. 68.
Conshac i. ii.5. ii6*. 194. ii. 65.
Coosa, aCha'hta district i. 100.

108 1 16. 137.
Coosa river i. 24. 25. 38. 52.

85. S6. 89. 119. 120. 130.

194-197. 224. 227. 228. ii.

1S0-182.
Coosa, town of Upper Creeks ;

cf. Abika, Kusa.
council-house i. 121. 174. ii.

44. 187.

councils of tribes i. 157. ii.

184.
Crees of Canada i. 60. ii. 42.
Creek confederacy i. 118. 119.

168-171. ii. 26. 27. 41. iSo

-1S2. 184.
Creek glossary ii. 73-130; re-
marks for its use ii. 72. 73.

Cf. also 131-133.
Creek Indians i 50. 52. 57-61.

66. 118 sqq. ii. 108. 180-

182. 184 sqq.
Creek language (grammatic

sketch) 1.198-213; cf. 79.
Cuscowilla i. 6S. ii. 180.

Dakota i. 205. 21^. 218. ii.

35- 38- 39 (2). 48. 70. 71.
dances at the busk i. 177. ii. 188.
deer gens i. 151^. ii. iSS,
Delawares i. 19. 25. zS. 102.

232.
devil i. 216.

Doak's Stand, treaty of i, 108.
dual in the verb i. iS. 55. 204.

211. ii. 61 (in ceremonial

language). 89.

eagle ii. 50.
eagle gens i. 154.
Earth personified ii. 27. 28.
Ehawhokales i. 71. 206.
Erati i. 24.
Escambia river i. 114.
Etowa i. 119. 126.
Etymologic myths and legends

i. 216. 217. ii. 183.
Everglades i. 73.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. INDEX.

[229] 197

fasting- of boys i. 1S5 ; cf. piis-

kita.
Female dialects ; see Archaic

form,
fevers ii. 28.
Fin' halui i. 130.
Fires, of various colors ii. 32.

33-
Fire w^orship ii. 40. 41. 188.

189.
fish gens i. 155. 223. ii. 106.

188.
Fish Ponds i. 121. 137. ii. 180.
Flattening of heads i. 47. 102.

ii. o3-oo. 66. 6'j.
Fletcher, Alice C. ii. 35. 39.
Flint river i. 21. 130. 192. 227.

ii. 4. 180. 182.
Forks, town ii. iSo.
Fort Toulouse i. 88. 130. 191.

229 (2). 234. ii. 182.
four, "sacred" number ii. 6S.
Fowl towns i 71. 148.
Fusi hatchi i. 122.131. ii. 180.

183. 190.

gens or clan ; cf. totemic gentes.

Gerard, W. R., i. (Preface) ; ii.
44. 47.

giants ii. 27, 5^.

Gcvernment of the Creeks i.
152 sqq. ; civil, 156 sqq; mil-
itary, 158-168 ; of the confed-
eracy, 16S-171.

Grayson, G. W., i. (preface) ;
ii. 1S5.

Great Hammock ii. 180.

great house i. 121. 171. ii. 186
-189.

Great Island ii. 180.

Great Spirit i. 45. 51. 215. 316.

218. 222. ii. 41. 62. 95.
Grigras i. 38. 39.

hadsho, war-title i. 161. 163.
Hale, Horatio i. 25 (2). ii. 42.

49. 41.
hapu or camp i. 167. ii. 85.
Hatchi tchapa i. 131. ii. 185.
Hawkins, Benj. i. 21. 25. 38.

61. 6'J. 115. 119. 122. 124.

172. 177. 197. 222, etc. 231.

ii. 4. 43. 44. 47. 51.
hayayalgi i. 222. 231. ii. 83.
Hebrews i. 315. 217. 21S. ii.

34. 42. 51.
Hickory Ground ; cf. Odshi-

apofa .
Hillabi i. 122. 131. ii. 180.

181. 182. 185.
hiniha i. 157. 161. 163. 177.

ii. 57. 87. 188. 193.
History of Creeks i. 188-198.

ii. 68 sqq.
Hitchiti glossary ii. 131-179;

remarks for its use, ii. 72.

73- 131-133-

Hitchiti Indians i. 52. 53. 68.
77-79. 119. 122. 131. ii. 4. 5.
60. 61. 64. 103. 180. 182. 1S5.

Hitchiti language i. 75. 76. ii.
131 sqq. ; grammat. sketch
of, 80-85. '^- 131 sqq. ; ar-
chaic dialect i. 79.

Hitchitiidshi i. 77.

hola'hta i. 161. 164. ii. 193.

hopaya i. 165. 219. ii. 90.

Horseshoe Bend i. 132. 197.

198 [230]

TRANS. ST. I-OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Hostaqua i. i3. 4S.

hiVli opunaya ii. 1S8.

Hu4i taiga i. 131. ii. iSo. 182.

Hu'li Wd'hli i. 131. 16^. ii.

180. 183. 185. 190.
Huma Indians i. 32. 33. 34.

40. 53. 88. 95. 103. 109. 113.

114. ii. 39,
Hurons i. 25. 28. 228. ii. 38.

42. 45.
Hiitali huyana i. 72. 123. 131.
Hykekah i. 91.

Ibitachuco i. 75. 76.
Ibitupas i. 98. 99.
Ikan'iatchaka i. 132.
Ikan'shatki (or White Ground)
i. 132. ii. 180-182. 190.

88.

18:;.

Ikan'itchati i.

ima'la i. 163. ii. 94.

imissi i. 165.

Imukfa i. 120. 132.

Imiissa i. 71.

incapsulation of sentences i.

313. ii. 131.
initiation of boys i. 1S4.
Intatchkalgi i. 3i. 132.
Ipisogi i. 133. 133.
Iroquois i. 15, 25. 26. 28. 32.

61. 92. 205. 218 (2). 228. ii.

34. 38. 40. 49 (2). 62. 70.
Isakita imisi i. 215. 3i6. 333.

ii. 41. 95. Cf. also: Great

Spirit,
isas, verbal paradigm in Creek,

i. 205-209.
Ispahidshi i. 163. ii. 183. 1S7.
Istapoga i. 133.
istatcbakalgi i. 157. 161.

istispapa i. 216. ii. 50. 51

64. 6^.
I'studshi laiki i. 133.
It' ahassi waki i. 72.
itimoklusha i. 105. 138.

Kafetalaya i. 19. 108.
Ka-iliiidshi i. 121. 133. ii. 180

-182. 185.
Kalapuya Indians i. 205. 215.

ii. 28. 43. 50. 55.
Kalasi hatchi (Ala.) ii. 14. i"^.

64.
Kalusa hatchi (Fla.) i. 13. 68.

ii. 180; cf. Calusas.
Kan' tchati or Red Ground (q.

V.) i. 71. 88. 133. ii. 185.
Kasi'hta tribe & town i. 21. 93.

1 19-122. 133. 134. 167. 177.

193. 222-224. 231. 233. 235.

ii- 3-5- 9- 'S- 17- 19- 26. 27.

32. 53. 61. 63. 64. 67. 6^,

180. 182. 183. 1^5; square

188. 189 (2).
Kataba Indians i. 15-17. 26. 64.

6^. 87. 88. ii. 53. 66. 67. 70.
Kawaiki i. 134.
Kawita tribe and town i. 19.

24. 64. 120. 121. 134. 16^.

171-173. 175. I91-194. 223.

333. 331. ii. 4. 5. 19. 49. 60.

65-68. 103. 180-185.
Kawita Talahassi i. 33, 24.

135. ii. 65. 67.
Keowe i. 25.

Kipaya towns ; see Red towns.
Kitowa i. 25. 28.
Kitchospataki i. I33. 135. ii.

185.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. — INDEX.

[231] 199

Klamath Indians of Oregon ii.
27. 28.

Koassati tribe and town i. (pre-
face) ; 52. 53. 89. 90. 119.
137. 228. ii. 180. 181. 185.

Kolos' hatchi ii. 12. 13. 63. 64.

Koroa Indians i. 32. 47. 4S.

95- 99- ii- 53-
Kosi miko ii. 18S.

Kulumi i. 123. 1S6. ii. 180-

182. 190.
Kusa, Creek town i. 25. 120.

136. 137. 189, 194. ii. 64.

104. 180; cf. Abika, Coosa.

Languages of Maskoki tribes,

i- 53-58.

Languages, southern, compar-
ed as to phonetics, ii. 70.

Lawson, John, i. 15. 16. 63. ii.

54-
Linguistic families of the Gulf

States i. 10-49.
Linguistic map of the Gulf

States ; opposite i. p. 49.
List of Creek settlements i. 124

-151. ii. 180-182.
List of Seminole settlements i.

71-73. ii. 180.
Lilafatcha i. 120.
Loan words i. 312. 213. ii.

190-193.
Lower Cheroki i. 24.
Lower Creeks i. 31. 66. 127.

192. 193. ii. 4. 19. 26. 86.

180. 182. Cf. also: Semi-
nole.
Lutchapoga i. 123. 138. ii.

185.

'La'lo;kalka i. I3r. 137 ii.

181. 185.
'Lanudshi apala i, 137.

'Lap 'lako i. 121. 137. ii. 185.
'Le;katchka i. 137. 152. ii.

182. 185.

Macarisqui i. 63.

Marriages among Creeks i. 1 54 ;

cf. 183.
Maskoki, common language, i.

53-58; ....
Maskoki linguistic family i. 49

-53- ii- 70- 71- 108.
Mayas i. 183. 215. 235. ii.

36- 58.
medicine plants i. 178. 179. ii.

43-47. 188.
Melattaw i. 93 (same as Ama-

la'hta :) 94.
Mexico i. i3i. 183. 225. 233.

ii. 2. 36 ; cf. also Aztecs, Ma-
yas, Tarascos.
Miami, Fla. i. 72 ; called Ma-

yaimi i. 13. 14. 15.
Migration legends of Creeks i.

222-235. ii. 183. Of other

Indians i. 214. 333. ii. 61

sqq. 183. 184.
Mikasuki i. 52. 6S. 69. 71. 73.

76. 77.
miko, mikalgi i. 156. 161. 163.

171. 174. 179. 233. 223. 226.

ii. 108. 187.
miko huyanitcha i. 178. 333. ii.

44. 108. iSS.
Milfort, General i. 33. 102.

162. 166. 172. 173. 175. 187.

ii. 39.

200 [232] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Mississippi liver i. 11. 29. 31.
32- 33- 35- 36- 47- 49- 90- 95-

102. 103. III. 114. 230. 221.
222. 227. 230. 234. ii. 2. 5.
29. 62. 69-71.

Missouri river i. 226. 230.
Mobile city, Ala. i. 16. 33. 76.

87. 88. 102. 109. no. 115.

227. 230.
Mobilians I. 16. 33. 76. 87. 92.

110.
Mobilian jargon i. 31. 33. 93.
Moctoby i. III.
Montezuma i. 225. 233.
Morse, Rev., report of i. 4!.

70. 72.
Moskoquis i. 224-228. ii. 2.

See Creek Indians.
Mosopellea i. 32.
Moterell ii. 17. 66.
motherless child ii. 43.
mouth of Earth ii. 27.
Mugulashas i. loS. 109. 111.

112.
Muklasa i. 112. 119. 138. ii.

180. iSi. 182. 190.

Naktche Indians i. ,5^-5,9. 48.

95. 100. 118. 229. 234. ii.

45. 70. 71. iSo. 181. 192.
Naktche tow^n, Alabama i. loS.

194.
Naniabas i. 87. no.
Nani Waya i. 105. 106. 220.

ii. 27.
Nanticokes i. 102.
Napissas i. 95.
Napochies i. 99. 191.
Navajo creation myth ii. 33.

Neshoba i. 229. 234.
Niuya/a i. 122. 139 (2). ii.

i8x. 186. 189.
Nofapi creek i. 139. ii. 14. 15.

64. 65. III. 182.
noises in nature ii. 29-31.
Northern or Great Taensas i.

30-32.
Noxubee i. loi.
Nukfalalgi ii. 66.
Numerals of Creek i. 202. 203 ;

of Hitchiti i. 82.
Nusic heah i. loi.

Odshi-apofa i. 122. 139. 171.

172. 181. ii. 180. 181. 182.

186. 187. 189. 190. See T'a-

lisi. Little.
Ofogoulas i. 98. 99. 100.
Ogeechee river i. 20 (2). 224.

227. 229.
Oglala ii. 35.
Oglethorpe, Gov. J. i. 20. 66.

192-194. 235. ii.4. 19.50.61.
Ohio river i. 227. ii. 63.
Okfuski i. 122. 133. 151. ii.

180. 181. 182. 185. 189.
Okfuskiidshi i. 122. 14(). ii.

I So.
Oki-tiyakni i. 71. 140. ii. 190.
Okitchobi, Lake i. 60. 73- ii-

164.
Okla falaya i. loi. 104. 108.
Okla hannali or Six-towns i.

loi. 104. 108. 1 13.
Oklawaha i. 68.
Okmiilgi i-iver i. 195. 224. 227.
Okmiilgi tow^ns i. 72. 110. 193.

194. 227. ii. 113. 184 sqq. I

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — INDEX. [233] 201

Okonee i. 6']. 119. 123. 14(L

192-194. ii. 9. 61. 133.
Okonee river i. 75 227.
Oktchayi i. 122. 141. 194. 228.

ii. iSr. 1S2. 1S6.
Oktchayu>!shi i. 89. 141. ii.

190.
Oiibahali i. S6. 87. iSS.
Onethcaqua i. 12.
Opelousas i. 45. 47. 114.
Opll'^'hiko i. 141. ii. iSt.

(Pinclatchas.)
Osceola i. 163.
O'sutchi i. 22. 142. 193. ii.

116. 180. 186.
Otari i. 24.
Oti = tutchina ii. 181.
Ouachas i. 95.
Ouispe i. 98. 99.

Padshilaika i. 21. 142. 152

(Note),
paka'dsha i. 159. 165.
Pakanas i. 194.
Pakan' Talahassi i. 142. ii. 180

181. 186. 190.
Pani family i. 42. ii. 70. 193.
Pani Indians ii. 29. 52.
Pardo, Juan del, i. 191.
pa'ssa i. 177. 223. ii. 43. 44.
Pascagoula river i. 102. 109 in.
Pascagoulas i. 40. 95. 109. 111.
Pathways, Indian 1. 11^. 131.

152. 196. ii. 61-67.
Pattali i. 76.
Pawokli i. 89. ii. 181.
peace towns ; see xvliite towns.
Pearl river or Talcatcha i. 44.

108. 112.

P^nicaut i. 29. 33. 36. 87.
Pensacola i. 197. ii. 2.
Pensacola Indians i. 114.
phratries i. 27. 96. 104. 156.
physic herbs ; cf. medicine

plants,
pictographs i. 236. ii. 4. 5.

9. 38.
Pineshuk i. 108.
Pin' hoti i. 142.
plates, metallic i. 147. ii. 1S9.
playground i. 121. 176.
Pocotaligo i. 64.
points of compass ii. 32-37-
Pomos i. 217.
population of Creeks i. 197.

198.
Porter, Gen. PI. i. 17. ii. 49.59.
Potanu i. 12 (2).
Potchus' hatchi i. 143. ii. 190.
Pratz, Le Page du, i. 37. 39.

ii. 31.
Puants i. 39. 123. 124. ii. 180.
public squaie i. 121. 171-176.

ii. 1S6-1S9.
piikabi i. 176. 223.
puskita ("fast") i. 121. 161.

117-183. 231. ii. 44. 6S.

186-189.

Qiiichhua i. 215. 217. ii. 37.

53-
quipos ii. 37.

racoon gens i. 154. 155. .
Reck, F. von, i. 236.
red color i. 114. ii. 38. 39. 40.
Red Ground i. 71. 88. 133 ; cf.
Ikan'; tchati.

203 [234] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Red river of Louisiana i. 40.

43. 103. 104. 109. 187. 323.

335. 230. 231. ii. 29. 40

(Note). 63.
Red stick war i. 197. ii- 39- 190.
red towns of Creeks i. 121. ii.

67. 6S. 190.
restless pole i. 219-321. ii. 41.

42. 19-!.
Robertson, Mrs. A. E. W., i.

(preface), ii. 44. 47.

Sakapatayi i. 143.

salt i. 58. 178. 182. ii. 191.

Santa Cruz i. 76.

St. Augustine, Fla. i. 63. 192.

194.
St. Mark's (Marcos) de Apala-

che i. 74. 76. ii. ;8o.
Santee river i. 15.
Santees i. 102. ii. 35.
Saturiwa i. 12.
Sauga-hatchi i. 143. ii. 181.
Saura i. 16.

savanna (prairie) i. 20. 23.
Savannah city i. 78 (2). 192.

193. ii. 9. 26. 61.
Savannah river i. 18. 19. 20.

24. 192. 195. 196 (2). 334.

227. ii. 61. 71. 191.
Savannahs i. 63.
Sawanogi i. 32 (2). 23. 143.

339. ii. iSo. 181. 1S3. 190;

cf. Shawano.
Sawokli, or Great Sawokli i.

67. 78. 119. 144. 193. 196.

ii. 9. 119. iSo. 1S3 (3). 190.
Sawokli-iidshi or Little Sawo-
kli i. 144. ii. iSo.

scalps and scalping i. 51. 333.

ii. 47. 48. 67. 183.
Seminoles i. 14. 15. 50. 52.

66-73. 123. 197. ii. 180;

see Lower Creeks.
Seminoles now in Florida i.

72. 73-
Shatara i. 91.
Shawano or Shawnee Indians

i. 23. 25. 26. 28. 92. 93. 196.

217. 232. ii. 53. Cf. Sa-
wanogi.
Shetimashas i. 35. 44. 45. 95.

103. 216. ii. 53. 54. 70.
shield i. 223.
Shuqualak i. loi. 109.
Sioux ii. 38. 39. 48.
Six-towns ; cf. Okla hannali.
snake-horns i. 316. ii. 51. 52.
soma-plant ii. 58.
songs i. 79. 80. ii. 28. 51. 52.

(cf. 48.) 169.
Soto, Hern, de, i. 28. 30. 86.

163. 188. ii. 54.
Sounds in Creek i. 54. 198.

ii. 6. 7. 72.
Sounds in Hitchiti i. 54. 80.

ii. 6. 7. 70. 71. 72.
South America ii. 37. 39,
Southern or Little Taensas i.

33- 34- 196-
Southern Indians grouped into

families i. S-i iS.
sowatchko ii. 44.
Stidham, G. W., i. (preface).

ii. 5. 59. 1S7.
Stincards i. 39. 123. 124. ii.

I So.
Stonos i. 48.

GATSCHET — KAS. LEG. INDEX.

[235] 203

Suka-ispoka i. 122. 144. ii.

iSo. iSi. 1S2.
Sukinatchi i. 109.
Sun-worship i. 17. 35. 36. 44.

51- 235- "• 39- 40- 41- 45-
Suola nocha ii. 180.
Swan, Caleb, town-list ii. iSi.

182.

Tactics i. 164.

Taensa Indians i. 80-34. 48.

95. 114. 194. ii. 39.
Talahasochte ii. 180.
Talcatcha ; see Pearl river.
Talisi i. 122. 144. 189. ii. 64.

180. 181. 182. 186.
Talisi, Little i. 139. 230. ii.

180-182 ; cf. Odshi-apofa.
Talladega i. 12c. 144. ii. 186.
Tallapoosa river i. 23. 52. 38.

69. 85. 89. ii^. 119. 120.

140. 145. 194. 224. 227. 228.

ii. 64. 65. 180-182.
Tallapoosa tribes i. 23. 194.

ii. 1S0-182.
Talpatqui i. 76.
Talsi or Tulsa ii. 186; cf. Ta-
lisi.
talua i. 122. 156.
Talua hadsho i. 120.
talua hiniha 'lako ii. 18S.
Talua 'Idko i. 75. 145. ii. 186.

187. 189.
Talua miitchasi i. 71. 145. 188.

ii. 186.
Talua; tchapk'; apopka i. 68.
Tama'li i. 68. 71. 119. 145.
Tampa Bay i. 11. 14.
Tangipahoas i. 34. 114.

Taposa i. 98-100.

Tarascos ii. 36.

Taskigi i. 118. 119. 122. 137.

145. 191. 228. 229. ii. 181.

186.
tassikaya i, 159. 163. ii. 60.

187.
Tattowhehallys i. 72.
Tawassa i. 76. 88. 110. ii. 181.
Tequesta Indians, i. 15.
Theloel i. 95 ; cf. Naktche.
thunder ii. 30. 41. 63.
thunder-bird ii. 49.
Thysia i. 98.
Timberlake, Lieut. H., i. 26.

27. 28. 29.
Timucua Indians i. 11. 12. 49.

63. 68. 75. ii. 48 ; cf. Utinas.
Timucua language i. 12. ii.

70. 71. 193.
Tinlui i. 218.
Tioux i. 38. 39. 98. 99. 112;

cf. Thysia.
tobacco ii. 45. 46. 138.
tobacco, old man's i. 179. ii.45.
Tohomes i. 33. 76. 87. 110.

115-
Tohopeka ; see Horsehoe Bend.

Tokogalgi i. 21. 146.

tola i. 62. 178. 223. ii. 47.

Tombigbee river i. 93. 100-102.

126; cf. 38. ii. 64.
Tomochichi i. 65. 192. 193.

236. ii. 17. 19. 50. 61. 121.
Tonica Indians i. 39-41. 92.

108; language ii. 70. 71.

193. 206.
Tonkawe Indians i. 46. ii. 31.

46. 70. 71.

204 [236] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Tutalosi ; see Fowl Towns.

Totemic gentes i. 37. 28. 44 ;
ofCha'hta 104. 105; of Chi-
casa 96. 97 ; of Creeks 153-
156. 223. 226. 231 (cf. dan-
ces) ; ii. iSi. 1S7. 18S.

Town map of old Creek coun-
try ; opposite i. 152.

Town square ii. 1S6-1S9

Tcha/ki -lako ii. 186.
Tchatiaksiifki ii. 186.
Tchikilli i. 231. 232. 335. 236.

ii. 4. 9. 26. 49. 62. 63. 64.

68. 126.
Tchiika falaya i. 91. 92. 94. 100.

Towns of Cha'htas i. 108. 109; Tchiika 'lako i. 146. ii. 180.
of Cheroki i. zS \ ofChicasas Tchiila i. 99; cf. 213.
i. 96. 97; of Creeks i. 120-

151. ii. 180-182. 184-6; of
Seminoles i. 70-73. ii. 80.

track of Kasi'hta migration ii.

61-67.
tribal names i. 28. 58-62.
tribe i. 152 sq. 156 sq. ii. 184.
Tristan de Luna i. 190.
Tuckahaw i. 192.
Tugelo i. 23.
Tukabatchi i.89. 118. 120. 147.

152. 162. 217. 224. 228. ii.
64. 65. 69. 180-183. 1S6.
187. 189.

Tukabatchi Talahassi i. 122.

148. ii. 181.
Tukpafka i. 148. ii. 180. i86.
Tu/tukagi i. 122. 140. 148. ii.

181.
tiipa or '^scaffolds" i. 172. ii.

1 87. 188.
turkey gens i. 177.
Tuskaroras ii. 15. 25. 63.
Tuskalusa i. 100. 1 10.
Tuskalusa river i. 86. no. ii.

64.
Tuskawillao i. 91.
Tustenuggi 'lako i. 159 (2).

165. 169. 226.

Uga/pa i. 29. 30. 32. 92. 167.

233. ii. 70.
U-i = ukufki i. 149. ii. 186.
Uktaha sasi i. 149. 163. ii. 182.

186.
Upper Cherokee i. 24.
Upper Creeks i. 69. 114. 196.

ii. 4. 9. 19. 26. 180-182.
Urlsperger i. 20. 221. 236. ii.

38. 58. 59.
Uta ii. 2. 48.
Utinas i. 12. 68.

Vacissa river i. 72. 75. 76.
Vandera, Juan de la i. 20. 191.

wahu i. 70- 213.

Wakokayi i. 149. ii. 180. 181.

1 86. 190.
Waksi i. 164.
wampum beads i. iS7.
war-club i. 128. 212. 223. ii.

189. 192.
war customs i. 164. ii. 66.
war fetishes ii. 52.
war titles i. 27.160. ii. 26. 50.

§7; 94- .
warrior class i. 158.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. INDEX. [237] 205

Washo Indians i. 215.
Waterees i. 15. 16.
Watulaihoka hatchi i. 149. ii.

65.
Waxsaws ii. 54. 55.
Wendat ; see Hurons.
Weston, P. Ch.J., i. 28.
Westos i. 48.
white color ii. 38. oO. 40. 57.

59-
white or peace towns i. 121.
Wikai = 'hiko i. 71. 149. ii. 186.
wind gens i. 155. 226. 231. ii.

188.
Witumka creek i. 150. ii. 14.

15. 60. 1 12.
Witumka towns i. 52. 89. 90.

119. 149. 194. ii. 112. 181.

182.
Witchotukmi i. 68.
Wiwii/ka i. 122. loO. ii. 186.

190.
Woccons i. 15.
Woksoyiidshi i. 150. ii. 181.
women, condition of, i. 26.

I S3.
Wright, Allen i. 34. 36. ii. 39.

Yaguene;chito i. 95.
yahola i. 63. ii. 57. 08.

Yamacraw i. 21. 52. 64. Go.

192. ii. 61.
Yamassi i. 12. 16 (2). 49. 50.

52. (>2-Gd. 67. 6^. 118. 192.

ii. 61. 66.
Yaneka i. 91.
Yazoo country i. 227. 234.
Yazoo, Cha'hta district i. 99.

loS.
Yazoo river i. 24. 29. 33. 38.

40. 41. 47. 87. 91. 93.
Yazoo tribe or town i. 47. 94.

97-99-
Yazoo tribes on Y. river 97-

100.
yellow color ii. 39. 40.
Yowani i. 44. 109. iii. ii. 206.
Yuchi Indians i. 17-24. 63. 65.

ri8. 119. 150, 196. 216-318.

228. ii. 2. 26. 56. 70. 71. 103.
Yuchi language i. 17. 19. 24.

ii. 70. 71. 180. 190. 191. 193.
Yuchi, various towns of the, i.

20-22. 71. 193. 194. ii. 4. ^6.

180. 182. 1S4. 185. 189. 190.
Yufabi creek i. 1150. ii. 65.
Yufala towns i. 6^. 71. 90. 122.

loO. 193. ii. 5. 36. 180. 181.

182. 185.

Zuni symbolism ii. 35.

206 [238] TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIEJ^CE.

ERRATA.

Before studying the tixjo Texts, readers should necessarily make the
following important corrections with red ink, as the present readings are
badly disfiguring the sense :

Vol. ii. p. 10, 23: read i'lanafaikit /«5feaef q/" i'lanafai: kit.
10, 24: read Atassa itistead of A tassa.
12, 5: read 6'h'ldnin instead of WhXkvixVi.
12, 27: read lamh'= ihddshi instead of \Amhiha.dshi,
14, 32 : erase comma after ni'li.
16, 2. 3 : read i'lafulidshin (is one word only).
16, 4: read i'lasawa'landtchkatis (is all one word).
20, 12: read immig'- api'ktchi /w^/ewrf o/" immiga = pi'ktchi.
20, 24: read i'liktahiingan u'ladshik.

20, 26 : read ama'hmowats instead of amakmowats.

21, S: read alafdng' limigat (in tvno words).

21, 30: read ma umi.Ytchut instead of ma.-\xmixichnt
22,28: r(ad ak'lik instead of AV-'Vik.

22, 38 : read hatkakat (in one word^.

23? 13 '• read pafaksi,i'tchut instead of pafdktsi^\tchut.

24, 30: erase ungd'htchut as unnecessary.

25. 23 . erase semicolon after kadshik.

25, 25 : read mamiska yamiga instead of mamis kayamiga.

The other addenda and corrigenda in the two volumes are
as follows :

FIRST VOLUME.

p. 16. The '• Nachee" or Notchees were a people on the coast of South
Carolina. Language unknown.
41. The Tonica language is independent of any other now known.
44. The Yowdni or Heyowdni were a Cha'hta tribe.
71. Ehawokales is Tchawdkli, a former Creek-speaking town on
Chalahuchi river.
III. Biioxi Indians. Their language belongs to the Dakotan or Sioux.

family, as I ascertained in 1886.
114. Houma is the parish seat of Terrebonne Parish, La.
165. Erase the form ahopdya.

GATSCHET KAS. LEG. — ADDENDA & CORRIGENDA. [239] 207

200. Read atchiili old, not atchiila.
200. Read lastis, laslatis it is black.
223. Read ika hdibl, not ika halbi.

237. Remove pages 237-251, these being reproduced in a correct form
in vol. ii. S-25. Cf. Note to ii. 73.

SECOND VOLUME.

38. Read (cf. Zuni, p. 35) and not (cf. Zuni, p. 41).

39. Read (line second) 1. people, p. 29.

48. Read (line 5 from below) : and ivas much longer.

60, line 6. Read b'-\\n instead oj" ^\(o"Un).

68. Read: and their importance, not of ih. i.

70. The sound '/ in Atakapa is not quite certain.

86. Read hi'liii'dshas, not ki'liiidshas.

94. Read i'lo'liis instead 0/ ^\6-\s.s.
129. Read (under -usi) hoklusi girl and h6kti woman, not hoktusi

and hokta.
153. Erase (under isa'Iiyalis) : du. and pi.

( 240 )

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE SHAW SCHOOL, OF BOTANY.
No. 3.

Description of Lycoiierdon Missouriense.

By William Trelease.

One of the first plants to attract my attention on coming to St.
Louis, in the fall of 1SS5, was a large puff-ball, quite abundant in
the arboretum of the Botanic Garden, especially in the shade of
low evergreens. The development of a large number of specimens
was watched, and as they reached maturity it became evident
that they belonged to a form quite different from any of the
described species with which I was familiar. In the following-
autumn, the same species was found in large numbers in the
grove just beyond the western terminus of the Papin ave. exten-
sion of the Franklin ave. car-line. It has also been observed in
Forest Park, and was collected by Mr. Pammel at Old Orchard,
Mo. ; and since this description was written has been sent me
from Concordia, by Rev. C. H. Demetrlo. In view of its strik-
ing appearance and distinct characters, I have prepared the fol-
lowing description for the Academy. This species, like other
large puff-balls, is doubtless edible, but I have not tested its culi-
nary merits.

Lycoperdon MissouRiENSK, n. sp. — Young plants smooth,
cylindrical or commonly somewhat constricted at the middle, the
summit dilating with age ; dull, creamy white, drying into some
shade of flesh color, then frequently areolated with paler approx-
imated lines. Mature plants 3 to 4 inches high, 2 to 4 inches in
diameter; brown with a slight admixture of purple, somewhat
glossy : sterile base soft, cellular, very stout, comprising half or
two-thirds of the height of the plant : peridium thin, very fragile,
fiaking away from the dilated fertile apex, exposing the clear buff
sporiferous mass : capillitivmi attached to the sterile base, some-
what olivaceous when old, much of it persisting through the win-
ter in sheltered places ; its threads long, bulbous-septate, remotely
branched, the branches forming obtuse angles: twigs 2.5 to 3.8
u. in diameter, gradually attenuated and somewhat tlexuous
toward the end, the dilatati )ns at the septa 3.8 to 5 j^jt. in diam-
eter: spores gIoi)ose, very thin-walled, smooth, stalkless, yellow,
paler than the capillitium, 3.5 to 3 75 fj.. in diameter. — In sod,
under trees — St. Louis, Old Orchard, and Concordia, Mo.

( ^4' )

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE SHAW SCHOOL OF BOTANY.
No. 1.

On the Pollination of Phlomis tuberosa, L., and
the Perforation of Flowers.

By L. II. Pammel.

Last spring my attention was drawn to a rather large and
conspicuous cluster of Phlomis tuberosa growing in the Botanic
Garden The species is a native of Europe and has become spar-
ingly naturalized in the United States. The pollination of this
species seems not to have been studied, although we have an ad-
mirable account of the pollination of Phlomis Russeliana by Loew.
Our species, altliough agreeing in some important particulars
with the Syrian, differs in color and some other minor points.

The structure of the flower clusters is that common to many of
the Labiates, in that the flowers are borne in cymose axillary
clusters ; but in this case the clusters are very dense, so that the
flowers are not separated readily. The tubular calyx is lo-ribbed,
and terminates rather abruptly in 5 awns.

A plant when in flower is very conspicuous not only from the
purple color of the corollas, but also from the number of flowers
open at the same time, as there are often as many as six or eight
in one cyme ; and on going to the ffower at any time of the day,
one could see several species of Bombus and a Xylocopa collect-
ing nectar, besides other small Hymenoptera which principally
collected pollen. The corolla is decidedly two-lipped. The up-
per lip arches over the lower, and is slightly notched. At the time
of pollination the upper lip lies close to the lower, so that a hum-
ble-bee on entering the flower must force the former back, when
its thorax is dusted with pollen from the anther cells which lie
among the rather numerous hairs in the arched upper lip. This
lip readily returns to its former position on account of the elastic-
ally-hinged arrangement to be found on its posterior part close to
the tube of the corolla. This arrangement is also described by
Loew (6i a, 62) as occurring in Phlomis Pusseliana, and has been
called by him "Charnier Gelank." MacLeod (68) flnds a similar

v. — I — 16 [Jun aS, iSSS.

342 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

arrangement in Scutellaria alpina, which he says agrees in this
respect with Phlomis Russe.liana. In making a comparative study
of several species of Scutdlaria, he finds that this arrangement is
most highly perfected in S. alpina, while S. galertculata is inter-
mediate between 8. alpina and S. minor. The elastically-hinged
arrangement in Phlomis tuberosa is as follows : — That portion
of the tube of the corolla which connects it with the upper lip is
slightly inflated as shown in Figs, i and 3, while above this in the
upper lip, on each side, at its farther end, is a small groove run-
ning to a point, and above this swollen portion on the tube of
the corolla immediately back of these grooves there is a well pro-
nounced keel. This keel enables the upper lip to be moved back
at an agle of 45°. The lip remains in this position till the insect
leaves the flower, when it again returns to its former place. By
this arrangement the flower is protected from unbidden guests, as
only such insects are able to get at the nectar as can push the
upper lip back. The four stamens are arranged in two sets, and
are somewhat shorter than the two-lobed style. The anther cells
face the lower lip. The filaments of the shorter pair are attached
somewhat above the longer pair on the tube of the corolla, well up
to the throat (Fig. 5). The longer pair, attached somewhat lower
down on the tube of the corolla, lie above the style (Figs, i, 3,3 &
5), and extend somewhat farther out than the lower pair, but the
filaments of this longer pair differ from those of the short stamens
in having a peculiar arrangement to hold the style in position
(Fig. $a'). These filaments end in a pair of awl-shaped append-
ages that rest against the opposite side of the tube of the co-
rolla, and form a little arch over the style. Experimentally their
action can be demonstrated by cutting a flower open with a
pair of scissors and applying a needle to the style. The style
has free movement in the arch, and when moved, as it must be
when the insect enters the flower to get nectar, it easily returns
to its position over these appendages. According to Loew (61 d)
the appendages in Ph. Russeliana are for the purpose of holding
the stamens in position, and he thinks that the hairs in the upj^er
lip also serve the same purpose.

Insects, attracted by the clusters of bright purple flowers, find
a landing-place on the lower lip of the corolla, and experience no
trouble in finding the nectar, as there is a well marked groove in

PAMMEL POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 243

tlie middle and larger lobe of this lip, which diminishes in size
downward till the nectary is reached, where it disappears. In
addition to this o^roo\ c there are some nectar marks : two on the
middle lobe (one on each side of the groove), and one on each
of the lateral lobes. These nectar marks are colored somewhat
deeper than the rest of the corolla, and run to the groove, where
they disappear.

There is an abundance of nectar, secreted from the well devel-
oped nectar-gland situated immediately underneath the pistil, in
the form of a fleshy outgrowth arising from the receptacle. This
gland is usually somewhat angled, sending up one lobe between
each of the lobes of the ovary (Fig. 80-/). The nectary occupies
the lower part of the tube of the corolla and measures 5 mm. in
length. Its base is 1.5 mm. wide. The tube of the corolla is 10
mm. long, and at its throat is 2.7 mm. in width. The tube of the
corolla is considerably enlarged above the nectary (Fig. 4 g) ;
this enlargement is not peculiar to this plant, but is also to be
found in Lamixim alhvm, Leonurus Gardiaca, and others. There
is developed at this enlargement a ring of rather stiff' hairs, which
excludes small insects. The occurrence of a ring of hairs above
the nectary is also common to other Labiates, such as Ballota
nigra, Stachys sylvatica, Hormium pyrenaicum, Brunella grandi-
flora, etc. It is also present in species belonging to widely sepa-
rated orders, e.g. Gobcea scandens, Bryonia alba, Pedicularis sps.,
Echiiim, Bouvardia, etc.

As regards dichogamy, the species seems to be slightly proter-
andi ous, the stamens being mature when the upper lip lies close to
the lower, and the style usually lengthening somewhat after this
period. There is indeed considerable variation in this respect.
Ph. Russeliana, according to Loew (61 c), is without any appa-
rent dichogamy, at least so far as he was able to observe. Ziami-
um albian and arnplexicaule, and Salvia gesneria'folia (115 a.), are
also without any pronounced dichogamy. On the other hand,
(Stachys sylvatica (82 a), Salvia splendeas (113 a), S. praten-
sis (82 b), and S. officinalis (83 c, 96}, are proterandrous. In
some cases where there is strongly marked proterandry, there
arise as a result gyno-dioecious species, some flowers of which are
small and with partially or entirely abortive stamens. In such
cases cross-pollination must result unless, as is sometimes the case,

244 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

short-tongued insects visit only the small-flowered forms, which of
course cannot lead to cross-pollination. The genus Calamintha is
interesting in this respect. C. Clinopodium (82 d) is variable as
regards its gyno-dioecious character, and therefore presents all
stages. The American Calamintha Nepeta (no) is proteran-
drous. Mentha arvensis (82 e.), Thymus serpyUuin (82/., 26), and
other species belonging to these genera, are typically gyro-dice-
cious: so that, in this regard, Labiates are variable.

The flowers of Phlomis tuberosa are adapted to pollination
by humble-bees, as has been shown, by the elastically hinged
arrangement in the upper lip and the length of the tube of the
corolla. Several of our species of Bombus must be able to do
efficient work in their cross-pollination, as the measurements
of their tongues indicate. Mr. Robertson, who has kindly identified
the insects I sent him, gives me the following measurements :
The tongue of a female of Bombus separatus measured 11 mm.;
while that of B. Pennsylv aniens was 16 mm. long. I frequently
saw a large species of Bombus, probably B. Pennsylv aniens,
which entered the flowers in a normal way, and most of the flowers
were pollinated by this insect. Besides this there was one other
humble-bee, a worker of B. vagans{ ?), which visited the flow-
ers, but mostly those which had previously been used by B. Penn-
sylvanicus. The tongue of this insect measured 6.5 mm., so
that it was hardly long enough to reach the nectar, and I doubt
whether the insect is strong enough to push the upper lip back
as it regularly visited the older flowers, no doubt it may be of
service to the plant. Anthophora and Melissodes, which have
longer tongues than those of Bombus Pennsylv aniens, are frequent
visitors to flowers with deep seated nectar, but they were not no-
ticed on Phlomis; on the other hand, Xyloeopa Virginica made
perforations and used them exclusively. I shall, however, call
attention to this in another part of the paper.

The two species of Phlomis are much alike in the awn-pointed
lobes of the calyx, the hinged arrangement in the upper lip, and
the compactness of the flower-cluster. The flowers of Ph. Rns-
seliana are somewhat larger, and are therefore adapted only to
long-tongued insects, since the tube of the corolla is 20-22 mm.
long. But the tube of Ph. tuberosa is only 10 mm. long, so that
it is adapted to a much larger range of insects. Accordingly

PAMMEL POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 245

Loew (61 d) found Fh. Russeliana visited in the Berlin Botanic
Garden only by Bombus hortonim, and he says that Anthophora
pilipes is the only other insect in North Germany which can do
adequate service in its pollination.

In both of these species there is a beautiful contrivance for secur-
ing cross-pollination. But while the Syrian, according to Loew,
is proof against such depredators as Bombus ierrestris, which per-
forates many European flowers in order to get at their nectar, Ph.
tuberosa is not proof against these unwelcomed visitors. Notwith-
standing that Xylocopa has a tongue of 7.5 mm. and can there-
fore get at a portion of the nectar in a normal way, it chooses
rather to perforate the flowers, the awn-pointed calyx lobes ofler-
ing no resistance.

But I think the most striking difference between the species is
in color, and as this is such an interesting biological fact I will
summarize what Hermann Miiller says about it in his classical
work "Die Befruchtung der Alpenblumen" (90a) :

Not only have Hjmenoptera been most active in the development of
such peculiar contrivances as the bell-shaped corollas of Convallarias,
Campanulas, and Gentians; the funnel shaped corollas of Rhododen-
drons and Echiums ; the tubular corollas of Loniceras ; the closed corollas
of Linarias and Antirrhinums ; the spurred flowers of Aquilegias and
Aconitums; the labiate flowers of Lamiums, Salvias, Melampyrum, and
Pedicularis ; the inverted flowers with small openings of Arctostaphy-
los and Vaccinium ; and the papilionaceous flowers of Trifolium and
Robinia; — but they have also influenced the colors of flowers in a most
marked degree. Flowers adapted to a large range of insects, like those of
Compositce, Saxifragecv, ValerianaceiB, Poteniilla, and Ranunculus, are
usually yellow or white. But in such highly modified flowers as Lami-
ums, Salvias, Delphiniums, Aconitums, and Aquilegias, the colors are
generally violet, blue, pink, or purple. In these and other genera a change
seems to have stepped in, especially where flowsrs have the same structure
and are pollinated by the same class of insects.

Our species of Monarda show this color-range beautifully. M.
didyvia* is bright red, M. fisiulosa is rose color varying to white,
M. Bradburiana is pale purplish-white, M. punctata is yellowish.
Dicentra Cafiade?isis is white, D. eximia purple. Viola striata is
white, V. pubesce7is yellow, V. pabnata vd^x. cucullata blue. Of Eu-
ropean examples, Aconitum lycoctonum is yellow, A. Napellus blue ;

* This species is adapted to Lepidoptera for pollination.

246 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Pedicidaris tiiberosa is yellowish-white, P. chaincedrys purple. In
Labiates the prevailing colors are blue, rose, lile.c, and purple ;
seldom yellow or white. Lamimn albutn^ hoivever, is white, while
Z. macidatum is red. Phloniis iuberosa is purple. Ph. Russeliatia is
yellow. Salvia ghiiinosa is yellow, S. pratensis blue. Why should
we have changes in color of such closely related species !

Hermann Miiller has shown that bees confine themselves in a
given visit to a given species. Now, much time would be con-
sumed in distinguishing between such closely related species as
Lamium alburn and JJ. macidatum. Miiller has shown that in-
sects, even Ifymenoptera, which have developed a high color-
sense, do not always distinguish between such flowers as Ranun-
culus acris, R. bulbosus, and R. repens ; and they even fly from
these to Potentilla verna and P. alpestris. This also occurs in
some genera where the nectar is seated somewhat deeper, as
in Mentha sempervivum, Androsace, and Compositce. Slight
changes in color must therefore be of great use to an insect, just
as changes in color of parts of a flower after pollination are of
use to the insect by indicating that its services are no longer
needed. Miiller believes that the changes in color, in closely
allied species, have been produced for reasons of this kind.

PERFORATION OF FLOWERS.

The perforation of flowers by insects, and in a few cases by
birds, to get at the nectar by fraudulent means, is a matter of com-
mon observation ; but in a few cases this is the normal way of
procedure, as has been shown by Darwin (34) and Miiller (91 La,
81 a, 82 b'), for insects are obliged to perforate the lax inner mem-
brane of some orchids (nearly all of the British Ophrea accord-
ing to Darwin) in order to get the nectar which lies within their
tissues; and in the case of Laburnum., etc., Miiller has shown
that insects puncture the thickened bases of the standard petal
in order to get nectar.* I ought also to call attention to the
destructive work of species of Megachile, which cut out parts of

* That Lepidoptera should be capable of doing- this is not strange, since in Queensland
and Australia a moth {Ophideres fullonica) bores through the thick rind of an orange.
(Darwin, Fert. of Orchids, p. 40 ; see also a valuable paper on this subject by Breitenbach
in Jenasche Zcitschrift, 18S2, p. 157-214, PI. iv.-vi.) ^

PAMMEL POLLtXATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 247

the petals of Roses, Pelargoniums, etc., and use them to line their
nests. I was led to treat this subject when I saw the notes of
Dr. Schneck and Mr. Van Ingen in the ''Botanical Gazette," and
about the same time noticed that the flowers of Phlomis, Sym-
phytum, and Monarda, are regularly perforated in the Botanic
Garden.

A century ago, Sprengel noticed that flowers were perfo-
rated. Since his time many European as well as American ob-
servers have noticed perforations. Among them I may mention
Darwin, Delpino, Ogle, Kerner, Loew, and Hermann Miiller.
To Loew and especially Miiller are we greatly indebted for pains-
taking labor in giving lists of flowers and their visitors, and, with
the exception of these and a few by other investigators, we have no
statistical tables on the pollination of flowers and their insect vis-
itors, so that we have little accurate information as to what insects
perforate flowers. It is of value to know not only that a given
flower is perforated, but also what relation the insect bears to the
flower which it perforates. It is, indeed, interesting to follow out
these relations from Midler's tables. But much that has been
written on the subject is to be found in the way of short notes
in various journals. I have attempted to bring together some of
these observations, but it has been somewhat difficult to get hold
of full files of some periodicals, so that the bibliograjDhv and ex-
amples are not as complete as I should wish them to be. In this
connection I must express my indebtedness to Professor Ti'elease,
who has kindly placed at my disposal the available literature on
the subject, and especially his slip-index and collection of pam-
phlets.

Darwin (25 a) in his "Cross and Self-fertilization," etc., states
that out of many hundred specimens of Red Clover examined by
him nearly all were perforated, and he has even seen whole fields
in the same condition. Thos. Belt (ir) and others have noticed
the same thing. It is quite as common for Red Clover to be per-
forated in this country as it is in Pvurope. The fact that Symphy-
tum officinale, Linaria vulgaris and Scrophularia nodosa are per-
forated was known to Sprergel (106). In this country large
numbers of flowers of certain species are perforated, as Leggett
(58), Merriaam (79), Stone (107), Bailey (7) and Trelease (113)
have shown to be the case in Dicentrn cucullaria, D. Canadensis,

248 TRANS. ST, LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

and D. eximia, both cultivated and in the wild state. Corydalis
aurea and C. glauca are found in a similar condition, and Prof.
Trelease (112) has found large numbers of the flowers of Impa-
tiensfulva perforated, while W. E. Stone (107) states that almost
every individual of Gerardia integrifoUa which he had occasion
to examine was perforated by some insect. Prof. W. W. Bailey
(3 & 4) also finds G. pedicularia similarly injured.

In the summer of 1S83, in the vicinity of La Crosse, Wis., I
noticed large numbers of honey-bees on the flowers of Red Clo-
ver, and wondered whether they made perforations, or what they
were doing. In some cases they obtained pollen, but in a vast
majority of cases nectar was collected through perforations made
by some other insect. Among bee-keepers there is a notion that
the Italian bee is able to get nectar from Red Clover. I doubt
whether this is true, for in my experience I never found them
collecting nectar in the normal way ; they seemed to collect only
through perforations made by some other insect. One thing will
show, in part at least, why honey-bees go to the Red Clover at
certain times and not on other occasions. It is a well known fact
that the amount of nectar secreted by a plant varies according to
season and locality. There are periods, as I have had occasion
repeatedly to observe, when hive-bees cannot collect enough to
supply their young, and they then freely use the perforations
made by Bonibus and other insects ; but when there is an abun-
dance of nectar they pass over fields of Red Clover, and when
Monarda punctata is in flower, and has a good supply of nectar,
they will even pass over fields of White Clover and fly some dis-
tance to fields of wild Bergamot.

Although the rule seems to be that honey-bees do not perforate
flowers, there seem to be exceptions, for no less an authority than
Hermann Mi^iller states that they perforate the flowers of Erica
tetralix (82 d')^ using their mandibles to bite holes in the tube of
the corolla. The tongue of the honey-bee is only 6 mm. long,
so that it is not able to get the nectar otherwise in these early
flowers. Later he found honey-bees collecting nectar in the nor-
mal way, but he failed to observe whether these late flowers were
smaller or not. He has recorded one other case, that of Nepeta
Glechoma (82 c'), where Apis perforates the tube of the corolla in
order to get nectar. On the 17th of May, 1873, he found a single

PAMMEI. — POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 249

specimen of Apis continually trying new flowers o{ Xepeta Glecho-
ma (89 a) till one was found where Bombus terrestris had perfo-
rated the flower. It is not always an easy matter to tell whether
an insect makes the perforations, especially when these are in the
form of longitudinal slits, or whether it is merely looking for the
perforations of some other insect. In flowers where the tissue is
firm, these slits close over quite eflectively, and, as I have con-
vinced myself in the case of Symphytum and Phlomis, are not rea-
dily seen. While the honey-bee makes at most few perforations,
Miiller records many cases in which it uses perforations made by
other insects; but it is sufficient here to refer to his works for
these.

In this country, Meehan believes that Apis perforates the flow-
ers of Salvia splendens. Delpino, Comes, and a few other ob-
servers, also state that the honey-bee perforates corollas. I think,
however, that generally honey-bees only use the perforations
made by other insects, and they are certainly quick to perceive
these perforations. Miiller records the most interesting case of
Salvia Sclarea (93), in which the tube of the corolla is so long
that the honey-bee is not able to get the nectar in a normal way.
It made several attempts, but did not try to perforate the corollas.
When, finally, it found several in which the corollas had just
loosened, it immediately began to sip the little drops of nectar
which still remained attached to the base of the corolla. It is
certainly a clear case, for the insect tried in every way to get nec-
tar, except by perforating the corolla.*

From observations thus far published, Bombus is the most fre-
quent perforator of flowers. In Germany, Bombus hortorum,
B. senilis, and B. fragans never perforate flowers. Their tongues
measure respectively: worker, iS-i9mm., 11-15 mm., 15 mm.
They pollinate such flowers as Dicentra spectabilis. Some
of the species which perforate flowers, and the length of their

* In this connection it is interesting to refer to Prof. Riley's Entomological Report to
U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1S85, P- 333- Under his direction Mr. X. W. McLain
made some careful experiments to determine whether, as has been claimed, honey-bees
puncture grapes and other fruits in order to get sugar, but found that even when brought to
the test of hunger they made no attempts to grasp the cuticle of the berries with their
mandibles or claws. When the grapes burst from over-ripeness, or whenever the exterior
part was exposed, they eagerly sucked the juices, yet they did not even then penetrate the
delicate film surrounding the pulp.

250 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

tongues, follow : Bombus muscorum, tongue of female 13-15 mm.,
male 12-13 im^i-r worker 9-10 mm. Melampyrum yiemorosum,
tube of corolla 18-20 mm. Bombus Rajellus, tongue of female 13
-14 mm., male lo-ii mm., worker 11-13 mm. The nectariferous
spur of Dicentra spectabilis. is 18-20 mm. long. Bombus lapida-
rius, tongue of female 12-14 mm., male S-iomm., worker 10-
12 mm. Three flowei s are perforated by it : Symphytum officinale,
corolla 14 mm. long; Melampyrum prafense, i^)-i5 mm. long;
M. nemorosum, iS 20 mm. long. Seven flowers are perforated by
Bombus pratorum. Dicentra spectabilis, Melampyrum nemorosum^
M. pratense, and Rhinanthiis major ; in the latter the tube of the
corolla is lo-ii mm. long. The tongue of a female was 12-14 5
mm. long, male 8-10 mm., worker S-i2mm. In Symphytum
officinale and Trifolium pratense, the tube of the corolla is 9-10
mm. long.

The tongue of a female of Bombus tcrrestris was 9-1 1 mm. long,
and of a worker 8-9 mm. In the Alps it visits 85 species ; 54 are
strictly alpine. Ten difterent species are perforated ; 6 of thi&
number are strictly alpine. Miiller, in his " Befruchtung der
Blumen," records its visits to 79 species ; out of these, 17 are
perforated. It perforates such flowers as Aquilegia vulgaris,
where the nectariferous spur is 15-22 mm. long. In Pedicu-
laris sylvatica the nectariferous tube is 10-14 mm. long; Gale-
obdolon luteuiii 8 mm. long ; Galeopsis Tetrahit 11 -17 mm.
long ; Nepeta Glechoma, in small-flowered form 6. 5-8 mm.
long, in large-flowered form 14-16 mm. long. While this spe-
cies perforates a great many flowers, Bombus mastrucatus
opens those of no less than 34 difterent species out of 76 which
it visits ; 36 of these are strictly alpine. The tongue of a female
measured 10-12.5 mm., of a worker 9-10 mm. So intent is this
insect on its malicious work that it perforates many flowers where
the nectar is easily accessible, as in Anthyllis vulneraria in which
the tube of the corolla is 9-10 mm. long; Trifolium pratense and
its var. niva e 9-10 mm. In Salvia pratensis it is hardly 8 mm.
long ; in Yicia cracca 5-6 mm. long. From the above is seen
that Bombus mastrucatus, B. terrestris, B. pratorum, to which must
be added Xylocopa violacea, are the principal perforators of Eu-
ropean flowers. The second is one of the commonest of Euro-
pean humble-bees. The first is found principally in the Alps,

PAMMEL POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 25 I

but also occurring in Middle Europe ; the last is an inhabitant
of the southern and warmer regions of Europe.

The examples of flowers perforated by Bombus terrestris show
that it mainly pierces those from which it cannot get nectar in a
normal way. Miiller (87 a) has found this interesting difference
between its visits to flowers on the plains and valleys and to those
of alpine and sub-alpine regions ; that while in the lower re-
gions it perforates many flowers where the nectar is in part acces-
sible to it, e.g. Vicia cracca and Salvia pratensis, on the other
hand Linaria alpina, Pedicularis asplenifolia, P. ttiberosa and
Trifolium ■pallescens are visited in a normal way in alpine regions.
Miiller also found a constant difference in the length of its
tongue. In the Alps its tongue was usually 8-1 1 mm. long, while
in the lowlands only 7-9 mm. long. Bombus terrestris is one of
the most abundant of European humble-bees, and this is perhaps
one reason why it uses these illegal means to get nectar. But B.
masirucaius, as Miiller's (87) investigation shows, is the worst
enemy to alpine flowers. Notwithstanding that its tongue is of
sufficient length to enable it to reach the nectar of such flowers
as Pedicularis iuberosa, Vicia cracca, and Linaria alpina, it perfo-
rates them, and only pollinates such flowers as Taraxacum, Leon-
todon, Carduus, Epilobium, and others of this class, which it could
not well perforate unless it were to go to more trouble than get-
ting the nectar in a normal way involves.

Miiller has designated this as a case of dystelology,* as the
mutual relations which exist between flowers and insects are de-
stroyed and floral contrivances rendered inoperative by the actions
of this bee. Loew (63 a) would call it rather a case of dishar-
mony, since there is developed in Bombus mastrucatus a morpho-
logical character (the small teeth on the mandibles), useful in the
perforation of corollas. By disharmony he understands the non-
adaptation of certain insects to certain flowers ; for which rea-
son he thinks that some German species of Bombus perforate such
flowers as Lathyrus latifolius and Monarda didyma. This non-

* For a discussion of the modern view of teleology see Haeckel's " Generale Morpholo-
gie der Organismen," "History of Creation," and "Evolution of Man"; also Dr. Asa
Gray's review of Darwin's •' Fert. of Orchids," Am. Jour, of Sci. & Arts, ser. ii. vol. xxxvi.
p. 3j. In Darwiniana, "Charles Darwin: A Sketch," p. 2S3; '"Evolutionary Teleology, "^
p. 356; Delpino, and others.

252 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIFNCE.

adaptation or disharmony must develop among flowers and in-
sects of a given region w^henever some plants begin to develop
tubular flowers which surpass in length the tongues of their former
visitors. In other words, perforations are made by short-tongued
humble-bees and Apis, in consequence of the lengthening of the
tubes of certain bee-flowers beyond the mean length of the tongues
of these insects. For this reason few of the native plantsof Ger-
many have nectaries over 17-20 mm. long. If they had, these
flowers, being more frequently perforated, would stand less chance
of being pollinated than now, and the species might in some cases
even become extinct.

The Carpenter Bees, belonging to the Genus Xylocopa,* do con-
siderable injury to flowers in more southern latitudes, where they
abound. Delpino, Comes, and others, find that XyJoeopa viola-
cea, a native of Southern Europe, perforates many flowers, such
as Antirrhinum majus, Linaria vulgaris, and Mirabilis Jalapa.
JTylocopa Virginica, according to Cresson,t is found in the mid-
dle, southern, and western States, and of the 27 species of this
genus mentioned in his catalogue this is the most northern, and
has the widest distribution. The species no doubt causes con-
siderable annoyance, as Mann, Ryder, and Miss Murtdfeldt have
shown. Mr. Mann was the first to describe one method which
it uses to perforate flowers, in which "the insect applies its sharp
and wedge-shaped maxillse to the grooved surface of the tube and
splits this open 3 or 4 mm. from the base." Dr. Schneck and Mr.
Van Ingen each record several cases — Physostegia, Mertensia, and
Petujiia — in which the tube of the corolla had longitudinal slits,
but as perforators they found humble-bees {^Bomhusf). As these
slits correspond so well to the slits I found on the tube of the. co-
rolla of Phlomis, I bring them up in this connection. I fre-
quently found this Xylocopa in the act of making longitudinal
slits in the tube of the corolla of Phlomis tuberosa. The insect ap-
plies its powerful mandibles against the tube of the corolla until
it gains entrance, then, thrusting its maxillae in as far as it can

• Xylocopa differ from Bombus in that the mouth-parts are adapted to boring as well as
sucking. They are capable of boring a foot or more into pine and even hard wood, and in
constructing their nests show considerable architectural skill.

t " Catalogue of N. Am. Apidce, with Description of New Species." from Trans, of the
Am. Entomological Society, vol. vii. '

PAMMEL — POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBER05A. 253

in a longitudinal direction, the tissue yields easily, so that longi-
tudinal slits are the result. At other times the mandibles are
drawn backward and forward, thus causing longitudinal slits.
The number of slits varied from one to three. The insect did not
take much trouble to find the old slits, but went directly at mak-
ing new ones, as it seemed to be easier for it to do this than to
waste time in looking for the old ones.

Wasps also perforate flowers, especially such as are adapted to
this class of insects. Prof Trelease found that the flowers of Scro-
phularia nodosa^ var. Marylandica (114) are perforated by the
White-faced Hornet, Vespa maculata; he also found that Ribes Cy-
nosbati (i 13) is perforated by the same species. Miiller (82 a)
found a species of Odynerus perforating the flowers of Symphori-
carpus raceniosus, which Prof, Trelease (113 & 1 14) has also found
perfoiated in this country. Mr. Robertson has reported to me
several interesting- cases where wasps use perforations, and, at
least in one instance, make them. At Orlando, Fla., he found five
species of wasps belonging to the genera Poiistes, Eumenes, and
Odynerus, which sucked the flowers of Gaylussacia dximosa, var.
hirtelia,* through perforations (Fig. 6 a, PI. vii.), which are at first
very small, but finally large and irregular. At Clinton, Mo., he
observed that Odynerus foraminatus made perforations in the tube
of the corolla of Monarda Bradburiuna,-\ which, as he thinks,
were made by the wasp taking the tube between her jaws and
cutting towards the mouth of the corolla, thus loosening a tri-
angular piece which could be closed over the opening (Fig. 9 a,
Plate VII.) In the Botanic Garden I frequently found the flow-
ers of this species perforated, but the perforations were in the form
of longitudinal slits.

While wasps do not generally perforate flowers, they are not
above using those perforated by species of Bombus and other
insects ; for these, in their rapid visits to flowers, are certain to
leave some nectar. Insects much lower in the scale than wasps
frequently use the perforations made by species of Bombus, as

* I have found flowers of Vaccinittm coryinbosum perforated at Newton, Mass., but did
not see the insects which made the perforations,

t The flowers are adapted to long-tongued insects, and, as Mr. Robertson informs me,
are rcgulcrly visited by Bombus Pennsylvanicus $ and a species oi Bonibyliiis.

254 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Miiller (91 ii. a) has shown to be the case in a small Ichneumon
Fly which eagerly sought the nectar left in the flowers of Conval-
laria Polygonatum by Bombus mastrucatus.

Ants are especially fond of saccharine matter, and are frequent
visitors to flowers, but only for nectar. Their visits are entirely
injurious to the plant. They frequently gnaw parts of the flowers
and make irregular holes, thus gaining an entrance, or they use
the perforations made by other insects.

Beetles, although not high in the scale of development, and cer-
tainly low as far as the adaptation to flowers and their pollination
is concerned, show, in a few cases, some ingenuity in getting at
nectar, as Miiller (91 i.) found to be the case with Cetonia auratu,
which feeds on delicate parts of various flowers, is especially fond
of nectar, and was found on the flowers of Convallaria Polygona-
tum eating its way from the top of the perianth to where the nec-
tar is found at the base of the pistil, where it began to feed on the
nectar- secreting gland until the wall of the ovary was reached,
when it left the flower.

The acute observer Sprengel found that large numbers of the
flowers of Symphytum officinale were perforated by one of the
flower-beetles, and that ants used these perforations. Mr. B. M.
Vaughan, who found the flowers of Corydalis aurea perforated at
Madison, Wis., is of the opinion that these perforations were
made by one of the flower-beetles.

It is not strange that birds should at times perforate flowers,
since so many flowers are well adapted to pollination by them.
Prof. Trelease (113) mentions that, according to Prof. W. A.
Henry, the humming-bird Trochilus colubris probably perforated
the flowers of Tecoma radicans. Dr. Schneck (103) and George
Sprang (105) have found these perforated, but the latter found
ants gnawing through the corolla. In the Botanic Garden there
was hardly a single fully opened flower of this species which did
not have a few slits. Prof. Beal reports that Mr. HoUingsworth
(50) found the flowers of Fuchsia pierced through at the base of
the cal}x-tube and robbed of their nectar. Mr. Robertson writes
me that he has seen the humming-bird force its bill into a flower-
bud of Lonicera sempervirens so that the lobes of the corolla had

PAMMEL — POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEKOSA. 355

not been separated, but merely cut through.* Prof. Beal (9) watched
carefully for two seasons the flowers of the Missouri Currant
(Ribes aureum), seeing- large numbers of bees collecting nectar
from holes made in the calyx-tube ; yet, after careful examination,
has never seen honey-bees make these holes, but several times
noticed the Baltimore Oriole passing over the bushes and giving
each of the fresh flowers a prick with the tip of his beak. No
other bird having been seen doing this, he concluded that it is the
work of the Baltimore Oriole, while the honey-bee takes the glean-
ings after the Oriole.

I have alluded to the manner in which Xylocopa makes perfo-
rations ; I must also describe how this is done by Bombus and
Apis. The mouth-partsf are somewhat complex : the mandibles
or upper jaws are developed for the purpose of biting ; the max-
illae and labium are brought into use when the bee takes a liquid
into its pharynx. The maxillai are situated on each side of the
labium, and consist of a flattened stipe at the base, then the rudi-
mentary maxillary palpi, and from the stipe projects the triangu-
lar and deeply grooved lacinia. When the maxillte are brought
close together a tube is formed which opens into the pharynx.
The labium or lower lip consists of a central portion and two
pairs of appendages, the paraglosste and labial palpi. The cen-
tral portion of the labium is divided into a basal portion, the men-
tum and a terminal portion, the ligula. " The mentum is hinged
to the submentum, which in turn is hinged to the maxilhc by two
chitinous rods." The labial palpi are deeply grooved, and when
brought together form a tube. In flying from flower to flower
the insect carries its sucking apparatus stretched forward so that
it is enabled to put it directly into the flower. The mouth-parts

* The opening of flower-buds by insects has frequently been observed. Dr. Ogle found
that insects frequently go to the flower-buds of Pediciilaris sylvatica and thrust their max-
illae in between the folds of the corolla so that they can get at the nectar. Mr. Weed observed
the same thing in Pedicularis Canadensis (119). Prof. Trelease tells me he has noticed
this in several species. Thomas Belt (il) found that the flower-buds of Pliaseolus mitlti-
florus were perforated, and Herm;uin Miiller (82 c' ^ found the flower-buds oi Aquilegia vul-
garis treated in a like manner.

t For description of structure of mouth-parts oi Bomhus see Hermann Mailer's Befruch-
tung der Blumen, etc., p. 40, No. S7 I. of Bibliography, p. 29. Lubbock, British Wild
Flowers, etc., p. 13. A valuable paper by Prof. A. J. Cook, "' The Tongue of the Honey-
Bee," Am. Bee Journal, vol. xv. p. 490; Am. Naturalist, vol. xiv. p. 271 ; and Manual
of the Apiary, p. 90. In this connection it will not be necessary to refer to the many other
excellent monographs on the subject.

256 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

of the bee are held in a similar way when the tender cellular tis-
sue is pierced with the tips of its maxillae. While many humble-
bees are addicted to boring the tubes of corollas, they also resort
to biting the tissues of the flowers by the aid of their mandibles.

The opinion is current that perforated flowers are not as pro-
ductive as unperforated ones. Delpino has shown, in the case of
Symphytum tuberosum and Polygala Ghumcebuxus, that the perfo-
rated flowers are absolutely sterile. Ogle (98) states that many
flowers of Phaseolus multiflorus fail to produce seed because of
perforations.

I doubt whether there are many flowers in which one can find
more perforations than in Symphytum officinale.* In stocks which
have several thousand flowers, hardly one can be found which is
not perforated. Several stocks in the Botanic Garden gave me
ample opportunity of seeing the results from perforated flowers.
I did not undertake to count the ripened fruits, but the greater
number of flowers developed some nutlets. At this time I had
not seen Loew's (63 6) experiments on this plant. His results
are so striking and conclusive that I give them somewhat in
detail. On the nth of June, 1885, he took several branches
which had passed anthesis. On these he had 73 flowers, and was
careful to remove later flowers ; on the 4th of August 46 flowers
were dry, while the remaining 27 flowers had matured 41 nut-
lets, so that 37 per cent, of the flowers were more or less fertile.
The full fertility of many plants, as Darwin has shown, depends
largely on cross-pollination. Insects do not commonly visit flow-
ers unless they get nectar or pollen in return, so that, when a
flower is constantly robbed, the regular pollinators do not receive
their due share of nectar or pollen, their visits are fewer, and con-
sequently there is less chance for cross-pollination. If the plant is
capable of self-pollination seeds may be developed, and often in
great abundance, yet Darwin has shown that the progeny of self-
fertilized flowers islcss vigorous than from cross-fertilized flowers.
If the structure of a flower is such that self-fertilization is prevent-
ed, and insects do not go to it in the I'egular way, sterility may
result. But in most of the flowers perforated there is an abun-
dance of nectar, and insects which perforate flowers are very

• Xylocopa Virginica was frequently seen using longitudinal slits in the tube of the
corolla, but I did not succeed in seeing it make the perforations.

PAMMEL — POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 257

hasty in their visits, and therefore always leave some nectar,
as can be seen in many cases where the perforator first robs
the flowers, after which numerous other insects use the perfora-
tions to get nectar, while others again visit the flowers in a
normal way. On the whole, I am inclined to think that sterility
results more from the disharmonic action of perforating insects
than is usually supposed.

The number of individual flowers perforated by Bombus mas-
tivcatus (876) is somewhat startling even in such species as Vicia
cracca (87 />, 90), which it could pollinate with perfect ease, yet
nine-tenths of all the flowers were perforated. On the loth of
June, out of 50 flowers of Gentiana acaulis (90 b) 45 were perfo-
rated. Six days later, out of 100 flowers 19 were not perforated ;
9 with one, 23 with two, 18 with three, 10 with four, 21 with five
openings, so that there were 254 perforations in 100 flowers.
Of 50 flowers of Gentiana verna (90 c), 38 were perforated.

Miiller believes that the work of this insect has caused certain
species to become extinct or at least diminished in numbers.

In England Dr. Wm. Ogle (97 a) found that out of lOD flowers
of Melampyrum pratense 96 were perforated. Many observers
have noticed that in Trifolhun, Erica, Pentstemon, and other spe-
cies, the perforations are quite as numerous.

Insects certainly show considerable intelligence in making per-
forations, or using those made by other insects. One of the most
remarkable cases is that observed by Francis Dai'win (28) in a
cultivated variety of the Everlasting Pea {Lathyrus sylvestris),
where the nectar is enclosed within a tube formed by the united
stamens, at the base of which are two natural openings, one on
each side, the left being a little the larger. Humble-bees which
bit holes through the standard petal always operated on the left-
hand side, so as to reach the larger passage.

The 5 sepals of Aconitum lycoctonum are petal-like and irregu-
lar, with the upper one hooded or helmet-shaped: two petals
(the other three being rudimentary or absent) consist of small
spur-shaped bodies raised on long claws, and are concealed un-
der this helmet. Aurivillius (2) has found that in Sweden there
are two forms of this flower, in one of which the spur is much
shorter than in the other (PI. VII., Fig. 4). Bombus terrestris
goes to these short-spurred flowers in a normal way, but it regu-
V. — I — 17

25S TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SClEi\CE.

larly perforates the flowers of the long-spurred form. Now and
then perforations were found on both sides, or they were found on
whichever side was most convenient for the insect to get the nec-
tar from. When it finds the first long-spurred flower it makes
several attempts to get nectar from the throat, but, unsuccessful,
bites a hole into the corolla, after which it no longer hesitates
about perforating other long-spurred flowers.

Miiller {(^o d-()i a,in. a) records an interesting case where a
female of Bombus mastrucatus obtained nectar from the flowers of
Gentiana verna, which is adapted to L^pidoptera, through perfo-
rations made in the tube of the corolla. From this plant it flew
to Gentiana acaulis, which is adapted to humble-bees; but, so in-
tent was this insect on robbing, that it did not seem to notice that
it had gone to a difl'erent species, for it began to use the perfora-
tions as in G. verna (made most probably by some other B. mas-
trucatus). On flying to a third flower of Gentiana acaidiSy which
was not perforated, it noticed the bell-shaped corollas which bees
of this species had been accustomed to use for so many ages in
species of Campanula and the like. Here it entered the flower
and made several attempts to get nectar, but without successv
came out and flew around for a few seconds, and, as Miiller
expresses it, examined the flower, then entered the corolla once
more and collected pollen, but soon came out and crawled down
the side, where it made some perforations in order to get the nec-
tar. This operation was repeated on several flowers ; but after
this, having learned how to get at the nectar, it did so in a regular
and methodic way, first collecting the available pollen.

Miiller (91 iii. b) records another interesting case where a fe-
male of Bombus terrestris entered a flower of Vicia fabu in the
normal way. Being unable to get the nectar, the insect forced
its head imder the banner and stretched its tongue as much as
possible, but, being still unable to reach the nectar, it withdrew
its head from the flower, and after cleaning its tongue with its
forelegs flew to another flower, where the same performances
were repeated ; but in the fourth she bit a hole in the corolla
above the calyx. The same behavior was noticed on the flowers
of Primula elatior (Say/ 91 iii. c), and in the case of the honey-
bee on the flowers o{ Nepeia Glechoma {Szg, 91 iii.)

PAM.MKL — POLLINATION OF PIILOMIS TUBEROSA. 259

One Other case must be cited as showing how inteUigent the
actions of some insects seem to be. Bombus terrestris, which per-
forates the flowers of Galeobdolon hitetim in and about Lippstadt
(91 iii. c) sometimes flew to another flower without much hesita-
tion, and without making any attempts to perforate the flowers
or to get nectar in a normal way. On examination it was found
that some of the flowers had changed sh'ghtly in color, and that
these no longer contained nectar. The change in color was slight,
but to the acute color-sense of the insect it was sufficient to indi-
cate the absence of nectar. It is a well known fact that many
flowers change their color at'ter pollination when the secretion of
nectar has ceased, e.g. Eibes aiireum, Go&sypium herbaceuyn, JEs-
culus Hippo cast a num, many Boroginea', etc., for the apparent pur-
pose of indicating to insects that their services are no longer
needed, thereby saving them much waste of time in probing
such flowers. While this change of color in Galeobdolon was un-
doubtedly developed for a similar purpose, the insect in this case
utilize this physiological difference in color in obtaining nectar
in an abnormal way.

Humble-bees show preferences in the flowers they perforate.
Dr. Wm. Ogle (25 b) states that in Switzerland he collected 100
flower-stems of a blue variety o( Ac on it urn I^'upellus without find-
ing a single flower perforated, while on 100 stems of the white
variety, growing near by, every one of the open flowers had been
perforated. This dift'erence, Darwin thinks, may be due to dif-
ferent amounts of acrid matter contained in the flowers, the blue
variety being distasteful to bees.

In bringing the consideration of perforated flowers to a close, I
must cite a few cases showing that the perforations are made at
the proper point, so that they are of the greatest service. A inost re-
markable case has been alluded to in Lathyrus sylvestris. Darwin
(25 c) states that in Stachys coccinea one or two slits were made
on the upper side of the corolla near the base. In Salvia men-
thcefolia (*S'. Grahaini) the calyx is somewhat elongated, so that
both calyx and corolla were invariably perforated. In Antirrhi-
num majus one or two holes are made on the lower side close to
the nectary. In Aquilegia and Aconitum they are made in the
spurs, sometimes on one side or on both sides. In Phlotnis tube-
rosa slits were always made immediately above the enlargement

36o TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

on the tube of the corolla. The awned calyx- lobes must in
a measure prevent the insect from perforating the tube of the
■corolla farther down. The same is true of Lamiiim album and L.
•amplexicaule.

The habit of perforating flowers is often very local. I have
alluded to the perforated Howers of Monarda Bradburiana in the
Botanic Garden. Sometime later I looked for perforated Howers
of the same species in several places some twenty miles from St.
Louis, but I never found the flowers perforated, so that insects
are sometimes very local in their habits, as Darwin and others
have shown. Focke (40) also alludes to this localization in some
hybrids between Nicotiana rustica and N. paniculata (the parents
of this hybrid were not touched), in one patch of which the
flowers were perforated, while in another removed a little dis-
tance none of the flowers were thus treated until somewhat later,
and these were undoubtedly made by the same bee, yet both
patches where equally conspicuous. What should cause this lo-
calization of habit .^ It must, T think, be due to the individual
experience of the insects, for those which had once perforated
flowers always did so in this case.

Why should insects perforate flowers? Darwin (25) believes
that, as a general rule, flowers are only perforated when they
grow in large quantities close together ; for he found in a garden
where Stachi/s coccinea and Pentstemon argutus were growing in
large numbers every flower was perforated, but at some distance
from these was a small stock of Stachys coccinea the flowers of
which were much scratched, showing that they had been visited
by bees, although not a single flower was perforated. The same
thing w^as noticed on a small stock of Pentstemon, growing in
the same garden. The same fact holds true in Trifoltuin pratense
when growing in fields, and Phaseoivs multiflorus when grown in
large and conspicuous clusters in gardens. It is a well known
fact that alpine flowers grow in much larger masses than plants
of lower regions. Familiar examples of our flora are aflbrded
by Silene acaulis, Arenaria Groenlandica, Bryanthus taxifolius,
TrifoUum sp. Ledum, etc. Miiller (90 A) has shown of alpine and
subalpine plants that more flowers were visited in the Alps than
in the lowlands, and also that more species were perforated, as

PAMMEI, — POLLINATION OF PIILO.MIS TUBEROSA. 261

is well shown by the list of flowers which Bomhus masfrncatus
visits.

Flowers grown in large masses are conspicuous, and therefore
attract many insects; and, as the perforated tlowers usually con-
tain considerable nectar, the number of insects visiting the flowers
at any one time is very large, and, as Darwin has shown, (25c and
28) some of the nectaries are sucked dry ; now, in order to save
time, for the flowers would have to be probed for their nectar, the
insect makes perforations. To this rule there are exceptions, as
has been shown in some of the cases cited, where an insect,
unable to get the nectar in a normal way, takes to perforating
flowers. Midler, Loew, and others, have shown that there is a
certain correlation between the length of the tongues of Hymen-
optera and the flowers they perforate, as can be seen bv consult-
ing their tables on flowers and their visitors.

I have enumerated enough cases to show why flowers, and esjDC-
cially those with deep-seated nectar, are perforated, and shall
now consider briefly the protection against such unwelcomed vis-
itors possessed by some such flowers.

Delpino recognizes three principal modes of protection :

1. The coriaceous thick hard tubular calyx sometimes found surrounding

the region of the nectar receptacle.

2. Inflated organs, like the calvx o'l Rki7ianthus and the involucre of Con-

volvulus septum.

3. A hooded or spurred calyx enclosing as a second envelope the nec-

tariferous spurs, as in Delphinium^ and still mo' e etYectively in
Acoiiitum.

It will be well to consider these structures somewhat in detail.

In Rhinanthus alectorolophus there is at least a partial protection,
as the calyx is inflated and the arch of the corolla is firm and
smooth. Midler (90 e) observed a female of Bombus mastrucatus
making unsuccessful attempts to bite holes in the tubes of the
corolla of this plant. Ptdicularis vertirillata is also somewhat
protected, as the calyx is globular, smooth, and compressed later-
ally, while the corolla has an abrupt rectangular bend within the
calyx, and the upper lip is very firm. Bombus mastrucatus and
B. terrestris (gob) both made several unsuccessful attempts on
this species.

263 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

In Lahiates the awn-pointed lobes of the calyx are very effec-
tive, as in Lam'um, Melissa, Nepeta, PhlomU, etc.

In Antirrhinum and Linuria the lips of the corolla come close
together, so that only such insects can get the nectar as are able
to push the upper lip back ; but the flowers are often perforated,
so that this is only a partial protection.

In Symphytum officinale and other members of the Borrdginece
scales are developed which close over the throat of the corolla.

In Passijiora the throat of the calyx is crowned with a double
or triple fringe of hairs. Quite as useful as this must be the inter-
mediate and plaited folds in the corollas of some Gentians, from
which teeth project into the opening of the flower. Viscid stems
and parts of the flower in close proximity to the essential organs
may also be of service.

The glandular phyllodia of certain Acacias^ the involucral
bracts of Gossypium, the petioles of Cassia^ etc., secrete nectar,
by which ants and other insects are attracted directly to them,
and so do not molest the flowers. For an interesting discussion
of this subject I must refer to papers by Prof. Trelease,* Th.
Belt,| Kerner,J F. Delpino,§ O. Beccari,|| Ernst Huth,^ etc. etc.

Pollen is protected in various ways. A curious case of protec-
tion is found in Ophrys insectift-ra, where the labellum simulates
the thorax of an insect which visits the flowers of some orchids.
As this plant is self-pollinated, the mimicry may be beneficial in
repelling insects.

In Iris the stamens are sheltered under the over-arching petal-
like stigmas.

The syngenesious stamens of Lobeliacece and Compositce open
inwardly around the style, so that there is not much waste of
pollen. The arched upper lip of labiate flowers, which is often

* " Nectar and its Uses" in Comstock's Report on Cotton Insects, Dep'tof Ag'riculture,
Washington, D. C, 1S79; "Tlie Foliar Glands oi Pop it I lis,'" Bot. Gaz,, vol. vi. p. aSj, 18S1 .

t " Naturalist in Nicaragua." London : 1874. p. 128 and 2ig.

J "Die Schutzmittel der Bliithen gegen unberufene Gaste." Wien : 1S76. English
Translation by Dr. Ogle, " Flowers and their Unbidden Guests." London : 1S78.

§ Atti R. University di Genova, iv. Pt. i. p. 26; " Funzione mirmecofila nel Regno Ve-
getale," In Memoria della R. Ace. delle Scienze dell. Jstit. di Bologna, p. 21.

II " Piante ospitatrici ossia piante form Icarie della Malesia et della Papuasia"; "Male
sia;" vol. ii. fasc. t. ii. 18S4 ; fasc. iii. Florence.

ir " Myrmocophile und myrmecophobe Pflanzen. Sammlung natuvwissenschaftlicher
Vortrage," herausgegeben von Dr. Ernst Hulh. Berlin : 1887.

PAMMEL — POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 263

hairy as in Monarda, Pedicularis, and Castilleia, is very effective,
especially against rain and dew. The same is true of the over-
arching spathe in Aroids.

Ants, which from this standpoint must be regarded as entirely
injurious to flowers, are prevented from getting at this nectar in
various ways.*

I. Aquatic plants arc protected by their isolation in water. Land
plants have occasionally secured for themselves the same ad-
vantages in that certain leaves form cups around the stem, in
others there is a leaf-cup at each joint, while in some there is a
single basin formed of the rosette of leaves at the base. In these
rain and dew not only collect, but are retained for a considerable

* Loew has made the following very convenient classification of insects and their rela-
tions to flowers :

i! I. Eutropic C'Eutrope"), Polytropic ('' Polytrope "J, Oligotropic ("Oligotrope").

o I 2. Hemitropic (" Hemitrope").

« I 3. Allotropic (" Allotro, e").

;^. I 4. Dvstropic (" Dystrope").

X J

Eutropic includes all Apida with the exception of Prosopis and Sphecodcs. In these we
have reciprocal adaptations ; they cqllect both honey and pollen. On the whole they
must be regarded as useful ; in a few cases they are somewhat destructive.

Hemitropic includes Prosopis and Sphectdes ; they are highly developed and have con-
siderable freedom of movement, but these only collect nectar, like Sphegida.

Alio ropic includes the social Vespidce, the Ichneumonidce and TenikreJinidte. The mem-
bers of this group feed not only on nectar and pollen, but are also carnivorous.

Dystropic includes the Formicidce; they are entirely destructive. The mandibles are strong
and well developed : the development of small teeth upon the mandibles enables them
especially to bite and gnaw.

w J Hemitropic (Conopidae. Bombylida>, Syrphida?).

^ 1 Allotropic (Muscida;, Empida;, Tabanidae, Stratiomydae).
P I

. f Dystropic (Curculionidae, Melolonthidae, Chr)Somelid3e).

£ Allotropic (Lepturida>, Melyridae, Cttoniaridse, Phalacridae, some Cleridas, and

§•-( Dermestidx).

~ I Hemitropic (Nemognatha and perhaps also some Euchirida?, Hoplidae, and Tele-
^ I phorida.'.

Most of the Lepidoptera are Hemitropic. Loew uses the word "Heterotropic" to desig-
nate the unequal selections that insects display in going to flowers.

Anthophora pilipes and Anihidium manicatum visit few species, and confine themselves
to bee and humble-bee flowers of Labinta, Scrophiilariacece, etc., and are called Oligo-
tropic, as opposed to the many-sided visits of the species of Bombus which are called
Polytropic.

264 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

time, as in Dipsacu sylvestris, D. laciniatus, and Silphium
perfoliatum*

2. By means of slippery leaves, which often have a cuived sur-
face, over which it is impossible for ants to climb, e.g. in Gen-
tiana firmd. In Cyddmen the reflexed lobes of the corolla are
turned upwards, so that ants cannot crawl over them.

3. Plants, and especially parts near the corolla, are covered
with hairs and spines ; these often point downwards, as in flow-
ers of Salvia, Verbena, Linna'a, and Stachys.

4. Some plants are especially distinguished by viscid and glu-
tinous secretions. These occur on the stem in Silene antirrhinu,
on the involucral bracts of Grindelia squarrosa, on the calyx and
stem of Silene noctiffora, and on the young branches of Bobinia
viscosa, the secreting glands shrivelling up when the flowers
have been pollinated.

5. Kerner believes that the milky juices of some plants, e.g.
Lactnca, Asdepias, Euphorbia, Apocynvm, Chdidonium, etc., serve
to keep ants away. In an experiment, he found that an ant,
placed on a lettuce-leaf, cut the epidermal tissue with its sharp
claws so that the milky juice exuded, and, hardening, held the ant
to the leaf.

In the cases cited, and many others of the same sort, the pro-
tection, though more or less effective, is usually only partial.

To summarize: — It has been shown that flowers with deep-
seated nectar are often perforated, and that in most cases the
perforations are made by insects which are unable to get at the
nectar in a normal way ; that Bomhus mastriicatus is more ad-
dicted to this habit than any other European humble-bee, and
following this are Bombzis terrestris, B. pratorum, and Xylo-
copa violacea. Such flowers as Vicia cracca^ Aqiiilegia vulga-
ris^ Liiiaria vzilgaris, and others, are systematically perforated,
while in North America Xylocopa Virghtica is a frequent per-

* W. J. Beal and C. E. St. John, "A Study of Silphium perfoliatum and Dipsaciis la-
ciniatrts in regard to Insects," Bot. Gazette, vol. xii. p. 268. F. Darwin, ''On the protrusion
of Protophxsmic filaments from hairs in l^ea.tC'a'p , Dipsacus aylvestris," Q^ar.]o\ir. of Mic.
Sci. 1877, P-2tS- F. Cohn, " Ueber vibrirendc Faden in den Driisenharen von Dipsacus,"
Amtl. Hericht. der5o. Versammlung deutscher Naturforscher und vErtze zu Miinchen, p
202 (Botan. Ztg. xxxvi. p. I2j). B. D. Halsted, " Is the Cup-Plant Insectivorous?" Bull.
Iowa Agr. College, ;S86. p. 24. F. Ludwig, " Das Hervortreten von Protopla? mf aden bei
den Drusenhaaren von Silphium perfoliatum," Kosmos, Oct., iSSo, viii. p. 47. Etc. etc.

PAMMEL POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 265

forator of flowers, in some of which the nectar is in part accessi-
ble to it ; that there is a certain correlation in the length of the
tongues of Apidce and the flowers they visit in a normal way,
but when this limit is reached flowers are often perforated ; that
conspicuousness of plants may account for some of the perfora-
tions, but most of them are attributable to the non-adaptability of
the insect to the flower ; that the insect uses considerable inge-
nuity in perforating flowers, attacking them in close proximity to
the nectary ; that this is individual experience and not inherit-
ance on the part of insects ; and that perforated flowers are not
necessarily sterile, but are often quite productive, as is well shown
in the case oi Syniphytu7n offiicinale and PJiloinis tuber osa.

I cannot close this paper without expressing my great indebt-
edness to Miss Mattie Hoke, who has drawn all of the figures
directly on stone for me ; to Mr, Robertson, who has kindly al-
lowed me to use his notes on perforations ; to a few correspond-
ents, who have done several favors for me ; and I am especially
under great obligations to Prof. Wm. Trelease, who has assisted
me in various wavs.

LIST OF PAPERS CONSULTED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS WORK.

1 Armstrong — Red Clover and Humble-Bees. Gardner's Chronicle,

XX. p. 623. Nov. 18S3. See Focke.

2 Aurivillius, C. — Ueber die BlUte und die Befruchtung von Aconitum

Lycoctonum. Botaniska SoUskapet i Stochkolm Sitzung.
, Feb. 17, 1886. Orig. Bot. Centralblatt, Bd. xxlx. p, 125.

3 Bailev, W. W.— Bees on Gerardia pedicularia. Bull, of the Torrey

Bot. Club, vol. ii. p 39.

4 Perforation of Gerardia pedicularia by Bees. Am. Nat., vol.

vii. p. 689.

5 "Apocynum." Bull, of the Torrey Bot. Club, vol. v. p. 9.

6 Humble-Bees and Gerardia flava. Am. Xat., vol. xii. p. 649.

7 Note on Dicentra. Bull, of the Torrey Bot. Club, vol. xi. p.

55. Abstract Just Bot. Jahresbericht. 1S84, p. 64.

8 Note on Gerardia. Am. Nat., vol. xvi. p. 1005.

9 Beal, W. J. — The Honey- Bee Gleanings after the Oriole. Am. Nat.,

vol. ii. p. 3S1, 1869. See Sprang and Hollings.worth.
10 Beckman, Jos. — Birds and Primroses. Hardwicke's Science Gossip ,
1S74, p. 135.

366 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

11 Belt, Thomas — Bees and Clover. Nature, vol. xii. p. 26, 1S75. Ab-

stract by U. Miiller, Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1876, p. 945.
iia The Importation of Humble-Bees into New Zealand. Hard-

wicke's Science Gossip. 1878, p. 89-90.

12 Belvoir, W.I. — Sagacity of the Humble-Bee. Gardner's Chroni-

cle, i860, p. 853.

13 Briggs, T. R. Archer. — Flowers of the Primrose destroyed by Birds.

Nature, vol. ix. p. 509.

14 Britton, N. L. — Dicentra punctured by Humble-Bees : An Abstract of

Leggett's Note. Bull, of the Torrey Bot. Club, vol. xi. p. 66.
Abstract in Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1884, p. 664.

15 Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, vol. v. p. 113.

16 Bundy, W. F. — Flowers of the Golden Currant perforated by Hum-

ble-Bees. Am. Nat. vol. x. p. 238.

17 Burton, F. M. — Gentiana asclepiadea and Bees. Nature, vol. xvii.

p. 201. Abstract by H. Miiller, in Just Bot. Jahresbericht,
1878, p. 319.

18 C. A. M. — Bullfinches and Primroses. Nature, vol. xii. p. 427. Ab-

stract by H. Miiller in Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1876, p. 948.

19 Flowers and Bees. Nature, vol. xi. p. 2S5.

20 C. T. — Insects and Flowers. Canadian Entomologist, vol. vi. p. 206.

21 C. T. H. — Hardwicke's Science Gossip, 1874, p. 184.

21a Collins, John — Fertilization of Flowers. Hardwicke's Science Gos-
sip, 1887, p. 20.

22 Comes, Oratio — Studii sulla ImpoUinazione in alcune Piante, p. 24.

Rendiconto della R. Acad. Sci. Fis. e Matem. di Napoli,
1874. '75. '79-

22a Darwin, Charles — Animals and Plants under Domestication, 2 vols.
D. Appleton & Co., N. Y., 1883. Injuring of the Flowers of Fruit
Trres by Bullfinches, vol. ii. p. 217.
2zl> Origin of Species. D. Appleton & Co., N. Y., 1882, p. 75.

23 On the Agency of Bees in the Fertilization of Papilionaceous

Flowers. Gardener's Chronicle, 1857, p. 725.

24 On the various Contrivances by which British and Foreign

Orchids are Fertilized. D. Appleton & Co., N. York, 1877,
p. 40.

25 The Effects of Cross- and Self-fertilization in the Vegetable

Kingdom. D. Appleton & Co., New York, 1877, p. ^361,
p. ^426, p. C427, p. r/428, p. 6433, P- 434-
Reviewed by Rev. W. T. T. Dyer; Nature, vol. xv. p. 329;
Asa Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, ser. iii. vol. xii.
p. 125.

26 The different Forms of Flowers on Plants of the same Spe-

cies. D. Appleton & Co., New York, p. 298.

PAMMEL POLLINATION OP" PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 267

27 Flowers of the Primrose destroyed by Birds. Nature, vol.

ix. p. 428; vol. X. p. 24.

28 Darwin, Francis — Bees Visiting Flowers. Nature, vol. ix. p. 1S9.

See 25, p. 429, Abstract by H. Miiller, Just Bot. Jahresbericht,
1874, p. 898.

29 Alpine Flowers : A Review of Herman Miiller's yl//)e«^/?<wg«.

Nature, vol. xxiii. pp. 333-35.

30 Delpino, F. — Ulteriori Osservazione sulla Dicogamia nel Regno Ve-

getale. Pt. i. 1S68-69; Pt. ii. fasc. i, 1870, p. 114, & fasc. 2,

1873-74-
Estratto dagli Atti della Soc. Ital. delle Sci. Nat. in Milano,
vols. II i.^ 12.

31 Dyer, W. T. Thyselton — Flowers of the Primrose destroyed by Birds.

Nature, vol. ix. p. 509.

32 E. T. S. — Flowers of the Primrose destroyed by Birds. Nature, vol.

ix, p. 509.

33 Edwards, D. — Primroses and Cowslips. Nature, vol. xii. p. 105.

34 Edwards, E. — Birds and Flowers. Ilardwicke's Science Gossip,

1874, p. 214.

35 Errera, Leo and Gustave Gevaert — Sur la Structure et les Modes de

F^condation des Fleurs. Bull, de la Soc. Bot. de Belg., vol.
xvii. p. 206 & 209.

36 Farlow, W. G. — Flowers of Aconitum septentrionale perforated by

an Insect. Am. Nat., vol. viii. p. 113.

37 Farrer, T. H. — On the Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner and the

Blue Lobelia. Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist., ser. 4,
vol. ii. p. 256-63; vol. iii. 478 & 498.

39 Festing, E. R. — Flowers of the Primrose destroyed by Birds. Na-

ture, vol. X. p. 6.

40 Focke, W. O. — Hummeln und Taback. Kosmos, 1880, p. 473- Ab-

stract by H. Miiller, in Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1S79, p. 147.

41 Der Rothe Klee in Neu Zeeland. Kosmos, 1SS3, p. 687. Ab-

stract by Ludwig in Bot. Centralblatt, Bd. xviii. p. 296.

42 Fordham, George — Destruction of Flowers by Birds. Nature, vol.

xii. p. 783.

43 Gentry, Thomas G. — The Fertilization of certain Flowers through

Insect Agency. Am. Nat., vol. ix. p. 263. Abstract by H.
Miiller, in Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1875, p. 9C6.

44 The Fertilization of Pedicularis Canadensis. Acad, of Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia. 1873, P- 287. Nature, vol. viii. p. 541.

45 Gladstone, J. H. — Flowers of the Primrose dcbtroyed by Birds. Na-

ture, vol. ix. p. 509.

46 Goodale, G. L.— Wild Flowers, p. 4.

268 TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

47 H. M. C. — Birds and Flowers. Ilardwicke's Science Gossip, 1S74.

p. 184.

48 Hardwicke's Science Gossip, 1874, p. 135.

49 Hildebrand, F. — Ueber einige Bestaubungs Einrichtungen. Berich.

der deutsch. bot. Gesellschaft, i. Taf. xiii. Fig. 1-9, p. 455.
Abstract by Lndwig in Bot. Centralblatt, Bd. xviii. p. 201.

50 Hollingsworth — Fertilization of Flowers by Humming-Birds. Am.

Nat. vol. xiv. p. 126.

51 Iloft'er, Eduard — Beobachtungen ueber bliithenbesuchende Apideen.

Kosmos, 1SS5, p. 135. Abstract by Ludwig in Bot. Central-
blatt, Bd. xxiii. p. 342.

52 Huber, M. P. — Observations on several Species of Apis known by

the name of Hiimble-Bees and called Bominantices by Lin-
nseus. Trans, of the Linn. Soc, vol. vi. p. 222.

53 Ingen, Gilbert Van— Humble-Bees and Petnnia. Bot. Gazette, vol..

xii. p. 89.

54 Bees mutilating Flowers. Bot. Gizelte. vol. xii. p. 229.

55 Kerner, A. — Die Schutzm'ttel der Bliithen gegen umberufene Griste.

Wien, 1876. Festschrift. Zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien. Abst.
Nature, vol. xv. pp. 237-39.
55rt Flowers and their Unbidden Guests. English Translation by

Dr. Wm. Ogle, London, 1S78.
Review in Nature, vol. xix. p. 214. 1879.

56 Die Srhutzmittel des Pollens gegen die Nachtheile vorzeitiger

Dislocation u. gegen die Nachtheile vorzeitiger Befruchtung,
71 pp., Innsbruck, 1873. From the Berichte des naturw. med.
Vereines zu Innsbruck, ii. und iii. Jahrg.
56^ Key, Rev. H. C. — Flowers of the Primrose destroyed by Birds. Na-
ture, vol. ix. p. 509.

57 Kirby and Spence — Introduction to Entomology. 7th Edition, Lon-

don, 1873. p. 562.
57a Kuntze, Otto — Die Schutzmittel der Pflanzen gegen Thiere und Wet-
tergunst, u. die Frage von einem salzfreien Urmeere. Beilage
zur Bot. Zeit. vol. xv. Leipzig, 1877.

57*^ L. N.J. — The Fertilization of Plants. The Cultivator and Country
Gentleman, Albany, N. Y., Sept. 8, 18S7.

58 Leggett, W. H, — Bees puncturing Flowers. Bull, of the Torrey Bot-

Club. vol. iii. p. 33. See N. L. Britton.

59 Loew, E. — Beobachtungen iiber den Blumenbesuch von Insekten an

Freilandptlanzen des Bot. Gartens zu Berlin. Sonderabdruck
aus dem Jahrhuch des K. botan. Gartens zu Berlin, Bd. iii. pp.
1-94, 1884. Abstract by Ludwig in Bot. Centralblatt, Bd. xxii.
p. 38, and C. W. v. Dalla Torre in Just Bot. Jahresbericht,
1884, p. 660.

PAMMEL POLLINATION OF PIILOMIS TUBEROSA. 269

60 Weitere Beobachtungen iiber den Blumenbesuch von Insekten

an Freidlandpflanzen des botan. Gartens zu Berlin, bonder-
abdruck aus dem Jahrbuch des K. botan. Gartens zu Berlin,
Heft iv. pp. 94-180, 18S6. Abstract by Ludwig in Bot. Cen-
tralblatt, Bd. xxx. p. 342.

61 Beitriige ziir Kenntniss der Bestaubungs einrichtungen einiger

Labiteen. Sonderabdruck aus den Berichten der deutschen
Bot. Gesellschaft, Jahrgang i886, Bd. iv. Heft iv. pp. 113-43.
Plates 5 iv: 6 : «, p. 114; ^, p. 115; c, p. 116; d, p. 116.

62 Eine Lippenblume mit Klappvisier als Schutzeinrichtung

gegen Honig und Pollen raub. Kosmos, 1886, pp. 119-122-
Abstract by Ludwig in Bot. Centralblatt, Bd. xxx. p. 342.

63 Ueber die Bestaubungs einrichtungen einiger Borragineen.

Sonderabdruck aus den Berichten der deutschen botan. Ge-
sellschaft, Jahrgang 1886, Band iv. pp. 152-7S. Plate 8:
a, p. 154; b, p. 161.

64 Lubbock, John — On British Wild Flowers considered in relation to

Insects. McMillan & Co., London, 1875.
€5 Scientific Lectures (Lecture L : On Flowers and InsectsJ. Mc

Millan i^ Co., London, 1879.
65« Ants, Bees, and Wasps. New York, D. Appleton ^: Co.,

1883, p. 50.

66 M. D. P. — Fuchsia and Bees. Hardwicke's Science Gossip, 1S85,

p. 263.

67 MacLeod, J. — De Onderzoekingen, von Hermann Miiller, omtrent

de Befruchting der Bloemen, mit 3 Platen. Gent, 18S5.

68 Untersuchungen iiber die Befruchtung der Blumen. Wissen-

schaftliche, original Mittheilung, Bot. Centralblatt, Bd. xxix.
pp. 182 & 214, 1887. " Nouvelles Recherches sur la Fertiliza-
tion dequelques Plantes Phanerogame" (Extrait des Archives
de Biologie). par M. M. Van Beneden et Ch. Van Benbeke,
T. vii. pp. 131-66, PI. 5, Gand, 1886.)
68a Contribution a I'Etude du role des Insectes dans la Pollinisa-

tion des Fleurs heterostyles, Primula elatior. Bull, de TAcad.
roy. de Belgique, July 18S0, sdr. 2, v. 50, pp. 27-33.

69 Mann, B. Pickman — Xylocopa perforating a Corolla Tube. Psy-

che, vol. iii. p. 29S.

70 Meehan, Thos. — The Fertilization of Pedicularis Canadensis. Pro.

ceedings of the Acad, of Xat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. xxv, p.
287, 1S73: Abstract in Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist.,
ser. 4, vol. xii. p. 497, 1873; Nature, vol. viii. p. 59, 1S73.

71 Fertilization uf Flowers by Insect Agency. Proceedings of the

Acad, of Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. xxviii. pp. 108-10. Re-
viewed by Asa Gray, same titk. and same number, pp. 110-12.

370 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

72 On Self-Fertilization and Cross-Fertilization in Flowers. The

Penn Monthly, vol. vii. p. 284, Nov. 1876; Am. Ass. for the
Adv. of Science, p. 253, 1876. Abstract by H. Miiller in Just
Bot. Jahresbericht, 1876, p. 938; Gard. Chron., vol. vi. p. 938*

73 Varying Experiences. Nature, vol. xviii. p. 334. Abstract by

H. Miiller in Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1878, p. 318.
73a Boring of Corollas from the outside by Honey-Bees. Proceed-

ings of the Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. xxx. pp. lo-i i .
Abstract by H. Miiller in Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1878, p. 148.

74 Bees and Flowers. Bull, of the Torey Bot. Club, vol. vii. p. 66.

75 Fertilization of Aquilegia. Am. Nat., vol. xv. p. 134.

A Review of Prof. Trelease's paper on the Fertilization of Aqui-
legia.

77 Bees and Colored Flowers. Bull, of the Torrey Bot. Club, vol.

xi. p. 50. Abstract by C. W. v. Dalla Torre in Just Bot. Jah-
resbericht, 1884, p. 671.

78 Mr. Gentry's paper on the Fertilization of Flowers through In-

sect Agency. Am. Nat., vol. ix. pp. 374-75.

79 Merriam, C. Hart — Dicentra punctured by Humble-Bees. Bull, of

the Torrey Bot. Club, vol. xi. p. 66. Abstract by C. W. v.
Dalla Torre in Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1S84, p. 665.

80 Miller, E. S. — Bees mutilating Flowers. Bot. Gazette, vol. xii. p. 277.
8x Moore, N. B. — Poaching Birds. Proceedings oi" the Boston Soc. of

Nat. Hist., 1878; Nature, vol. xvii. p. 509. Abstract by H.
Miiller in Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1878, vol. i. p. 324.
8ia Miiller, Hermann — Ueber die Anwendung der Darwins'schen Theorie
auf Blumen und Blumenbesuchende Insekten. Verb, des Na-
turf. Vereins fiir preuss. Rheinland und Westphalen corr.^
pp. 43-66, 1869. (Translated and annotated by F. Delpino.)
BoUet. della Soc. Entom. Ital., vol. ii. fasc. 3, 1870- (English
Trans, by R. L. Packard.) Am. Nat., vol. v. pp. 271-97, 1871.

82 Befruchtung der Blumen durch Insekten und die gegenseitigen

Anpassungen beider. Engelraann, Leipzig, 1873: a, p. 315;
(&, p. 321; c, p. 323; ^, p. 325; e, p. 329; /, p. 326; rt, p.
361 ; b\ p. 82; c, p. 320; d , p. 353; e\ p. 119; /', p. 347; g^
p. 320.

83 On the Fertilization of Flowers by Insects and on the recipro-

cal Adaptations of both. Nature, vol. viii. pp. 187 & 205.

84 Bedeutung der Honig-Biene fiir unsere Blumen. Eichstadter

Bienenzeitung (Nos. 1-9), 1875, vol. xxxi. : Apr. 15, p. 81-82 ;
May 15, p. 102-104 ; May 31, p. IC9-1 1 1 ; June 15, p. 122-125 ;
July 15, p. 138-141 ; July 31, p. 165. 1876, vol. xxxii. : Jan. 31,
p. 20-22 ^ June I, p. 1 19-123 ; July 15, p. 176-184. Abstracts in
Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1876, p. 948 ; and in Nature by A. J -
G. D., On the Relation between Flowers and Insects, voU
XV. p. 178.

PAMMEL POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 27 I

85 On the Fertilization of Flowers and the reciprooal Adaptations

of both. Nature, vol. viii. p. 187, p. 205, p. 433; vol. ix. p.
44, p. 164; vol. X. p. 129; vol. xi. p. 32, p. no. p. 169; vol.
xii. p. 50, p. 190; vol. xiii. p. 210, p. 289; vol. xiv, p. 173;
vol. XV. p. 173; vol. xvi. p. 507.

86 Gehen auch die deutschen Dompfaften dem Honige der Schliis-

selbliimen nach. Zoologischer Garten, 1875, vol. xvi. pp.
168-170.

87 Bombus mastrucatiis ein Dvsteleolog unter den alpinen Blumen

besuchern. Kosmos, i88o, vol. v. pp. 422-31. Abstract in
Just Bot. Jahresbericht, 1879, p. 146; also, hy Prof. Trelease,
The Humble-Bee .1 Dysteleologist among Alpine Flowers.
Am. Nat , vol. xiv. p. 288: a, p. 425; d, p. 42S.
87a Die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen den Blumen und den ihre

Kreuzuug vermittelden Insekten. Encyclo. der Naturwiss.,
Breslau (Trewendt), Bd. v. Heft i. 1879, p. 68.

88 Weitere Beobachtungen iiber Befruchtung der Blumen durch

Insekten. I. Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereins
fiir preuss. Rheinland und Westphalen, i. 1878, Sep. Abdruck.

89 1. c. ii. 1S79
89a 1. c. iii. p. 52.

90 Die Alpenblumen, ihre Befruchtung durch Insekten und ihre

Anpa&sungen an dieselben. Engelmann, Leipzig, 1881. a, p.
498; 5, p. 335; c, p. 341 ; (i, 335 & 341 ; e, p. 290; /, p. 297 ;
£■, p. 249; A. iv. Abschnitt Vergleich der Alpenblumen mit
denen des Tieflandes.

91 Die Entwickelung der BlumenthJitigkeit der Insekten. Kos-

mos, Bd. ix. 1882 : I. Kiifer, pp. 204-15 ; a, p. 214, p. 208 — II.
Wespen, pp. 258-72; a. p. 261 — III. Bienen, pp. 351-70; a,
p. 366; 5, 366, p 356 ; c, p. 363; ci, p. 366 — IV. Verschie-
dene Blumenthiitigkeit der Miinnchen und Weibchen, pp.
■1I5-32-
93 Versuche iiber die Farbenliebhaberei der Honigbiene. Kosmos,

vol. xii. 1882, pp. 273-9S, p. 278.

93 Memminger, E. R. — Humble-Bees and Rhododendron nudiflorum.

Bot. Gazette, vol. xii. p. 142.

94 Murtfeldt, Mary Esther — Xylocopa and Megachile cutting Flowers.

Psyche, vol. iii. p. 343.

95 Nature — Flowers of the Primrose destroyed by Birds, vol. x. p. 6.

96 Ogle, Wm. — The Fertilization of Salvia and some other Flowers.

Pop. Science Review, 1869, vol. viii. pp. 268-74.

97 The Fertilization of some Plants. Pop. Sci. Review, 1870, pp.

45-56, p. 47.

98 The Fertilization of various Flowers by Insects. Pop. Science

Review, vol. ix. pp. 160-172, p. 167.

272 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

gSa Packard, A. S., Jr. — Half-hours with Insects. Boston, Estes l^' Lau-

riat, 1877, p. 202 & 365.
99 Plarr, Mary J. — Bees and Flowers, Nature, vol. xi. p. 249.
100 Prjor, R. A. — Destruction of Flowers bj Birds. Nature, 1875. vol.

xii. p. 26.
loi Roberts, C. — Destruction of Flowers by Birds. Nature, vol. xi. p. 446.

102 Russel, J. C. — The Fertilization o{ Wistaria. Am. Nat., vol. xiii.

p. 648.

103 Schneck, Joseph — Peiforation of Physostegia Virginiana, Bot. Ga-

zette, vol. xi. p. 276.

104 How Humble-Bees extract Nectar from Mertensia Virginica.

Bot. Gazette, vol. xii. p. iii.
Mutilation of Flowers by Insects. Bot. Gazette, vol. xiii. p. 39.
io4« Seabroke, G. M. — Flowers of the Primrose. Nature, vol. ix p. 509.

105 Sprang, George — The Fertilization of the Trumpet Creeper. Bot.

Gazette, vol. vi. p. 302.

106 Sprengel, Christian Konrad — Das Endeckte Geheimniss der Natur.

Berlin, 1793, p. 94.
io6rt Stebbing, T. R. — Flowers of the Primrose destroyed by Birds. Na-
ture, vol. ix. p. 509.

107 Stone, W. E ■ — Mutilation of Flowers by Bees. Bull, of the Torrey

Bot. Club, vol. xi. p. 65. Abstract in Just Bot. Jahresbericht,

1884, p. 664.
loS Storer, F. H. — Cherry Blossoms destroyed by Squirrels. Nature,

vol. xiii. p. 26.
loSrt Thompson, D'Arcy. The English translation of Dr. Hermann Miil-

ler's Fertilization of Flowers, with a catalogue of books and

papers relating to the Fertilization of Flowers. McMillan &

Co., London, 1883.
109 Trelease, Win. — The Fertilization of our native Species of Clitoria

and Centrosema. Am. Nat., vol. xiii. pp. 6S8-92.
no On the Fertilization of Calamintha Nepeta. Am. Nat., vol.

xiv. p. 15.

111 The Fertilization of Aquilegia vulgaris. Am. Nat., vol. xiv.

PP- 731-33-

112 Action of Bees towards Impatiens fulva. Bull, of Torrey Bot.

Club, vol. vii. p. 20.

113 Note on the Perforation of Flowers. Bull, of Torrey Bot. Club,

vol. viii. p. 68.
ii3rt Fertilization of Salvia splendens by Birds. Am. Nat., vol. 15

p. 265 ; rt, p. 266.

114 The Fertilization of Scrophularia. Bull, of Torrey Bot. Club,

vol. viii. p. 133.

115 On the Structure which favors Cross-fertilization in several

Plants. Proceedings Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., vol. xxi. pp.
410-440, with 2 Plates; a. p. 427.

PAArMEI, — POLLINATION OF PHLOMIS TUBEROSA. 273

1 16 North American Geraniace:e. From the memoirs of the Bos-

ton Soc. of Nat. Hist., vol. iv.

117 Vandenburg, M. \\'. — (ientiana Andrewsii. Am. Xat., vol. ix.

p. 310.
iiS NVebster, A. D. — Fertilization of Kpipactis latifolia. Hot. Gazette,

vol. xii. p. 104. From Trans, of the Proceedings of the Hot

Soc. of Edinburgh, vol. xvi. pt. iii. 1S86.
1 19 Weed, Clarence ^^. — The Fertilization of Pedicularis Canadensis.

Am. Nat. 18S4, vol. xiv. p. S22.

LIST OF PERFORATED FLOWERS.

Aconitiim Ivcoctonum, L. 2, p. 125; 36, p. 113 — Bombus mastrucatus,

B. terrestris.
^Esculus glabra, Willd.
A. flava, Ait.

var. purpurascens, Gray.
Napellus, L. 90, p. 139; white var. 25, p. 428 — Bombus mastrucatus.
Aquilegia. 46, p 43; 30, p. 114; 87, p. 424-
Canadensis, L. 54, p. 229.
Oljmpiaca. 74, p. 66.

vulgaris, L. 106. p. 280; 82, p. 119; 54. p. 229; 9S«, p. 367; 74,
p. 66 — Xylocofa Virginica, Bombus terrestris. Apis is said to
perforate and also use perforations.
Amsonia Tabernsemontana, \\'alt. Longitudinal slits made by Xylocofa

Virginica.
Antirrhinum inajus, [>. 98«. p. 367 — Xylocopa violacea.
Authyllis vulneraria, L. 90, p. 2^3— Bombus Lapponicus., B. mastruca-
tus, B. terrestris.
Arcostaphylos officinalis, N\'imm ^V Grabb. 90, p. t,S6— Bombus mastru-
catus.
Astragahjs glycyphyllus, L.

Brugmansia. 113, p. 69; 25, pp. 371 & 432 according to Fritz Miiller.
Brunella grandiflora, Jacq. 90, p. 314 — Bombus mastrucatus, B. ter-
restris.
vulgaris, L. 90, p. 315 — Bombus mastrucatus.

Canna Indica. gSa, p. 367 — Xylocopa violacea.
Centrosema Virginiana, Benthm. 109, p. 692.

Convallaria Polygonatum. 90, p. 54 ; 91, I- p. 208 — Bombus mastruca-
tus, Cetonia aurata.
Cordia mixa. 30, p. 114 — Xylocopa violacea.
Corydalis. 30, p. 114.

aurea, Willd., by one of the by flower beetles.

v.— I— 18

274 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIFN'CE.

cava, Schweigg. 82, p. 131 — Apis uees the perforations of Bombus

terrestria.
glaijca, Pursh. 107, p. 65 — Bombus sp.
solida, Schweigg. 82, p. 131; 59, p. 10 — Bombus terrestris.

Dicentra. 87, p. 42.'?.

Canadensis, DC. 79, p. 66; 13, p. 68 — Bombus Virginiciis.

cucullaria, DC. 58, p. 33; 14, p. 66; 107, p. 65; 79, p. 66.

eximia, DC. 58, p. 33.

spectabilis, DC. 82, p. 129 — Bombus Rajellus, B. pratorum, B. ter-
restris. The perforations used by Apis melUjica-, Megachile cen-
tuncnlatis and Osmia rufa.
Delphinium. 30, p. 114.
Diervilla. 5^, p. 126.

faponica. Longitudinal slits made by Xylocopa Virginica.
Digitalis lutea, L. 90, p. 114 — Bombus mastruca/us, B. terrestris.

Echium rosulatum, Lge. 63, p. 152 — Bombus terrestris.
Erica tetralix, L. 25, p. 426; 82, p. 353 ; 89a, p. 67. Apis and small
worker of Bombus terrestris.

Fuchsia. 50, p. 126.
elegans, 66, p. 263.

Galeobdolon luteum, Huds. 82, p. 313; ^9 V- 'O — Botnbus terrestris. Apis

uses the perforations.
Ga'eopsis Tetrahit, L. 82, p. 314; 90, ^. t,i2 — Bombus mastrucatus, B.

terrestris.
Gentiana acaulis, L. 9c, pp. 334-35; 87, p. j^ZT— Bombus mastrucatus.

asclepiadea, L. 90, p. 337; 87, p. j^i^j— Bombus fuastrucatus.

campestris, L. 90, p. 426 — Bombus mastrucatus.

obtusifolia, Willd. 90, p. T,t^2,~- Bombus mastrucatus.
Gerardia flava, L. 6, p. 49 — Bofnbus sp.

hevigata, Raf. 107, p. 65 — Bombus s/>.

pedicularia, L. 25, p. 427; 3, p. 39; 4, p. 689; 98, p. 201— Bombus sp.

purpurea, L. 107, p. 664 — Bombus sp.

Halesia tetrap'era, L. 77, p. ^i — Bombus sp.

Impatiens balsamina, L. 80, p. 277 — Bombus sp.

fulva, Nutt. 112, p. 20; 54, p. 22()— Bombus Virginicus.
noli-tangere, L. 90, p. 179; 87, p. ^2^—Botnbu>i sp.
fulva, Nutt, 116, p. 100.

Lamium album, L. 82, p. 310; 90, p. 311; 87, p. j,2^ — Bombus alticola,
B. 7nastrucatus,'B. terrestris. Apis gets nectar through perforations

made by other insects,
maculatum, L. 82, p. 311 ; 60, p. 10^— Bombus Rajellus uses the per-
forations of/?, terrestris.
purpureum, L. 30, p. i[4; 89^, p. 47 — Bombus terrestris.

PAMMEL — POLLINATION OF PIILOMIS TUBEROSA. 275

Lathvrus. 30, p. 114.

latifolius, L. 59, p. 17 — Bombus ierrestrts.

s_ylvestris, L. 28, p. 189; p. 25, p. 429.
Linaria. 30, p. 114.

alpina, Mill. 90, p. 277 — Bombus. mastrucatus.

striata, DC. 35, p. 57 — Croto.

vulgaris, Mil. 106, p. 318; 53, p. 229; 9Srt, p. 367 — Xylocopa violacca.

Litho.';pernum at'gustilblinm. Miclix.
Lonicera Caprifolium, L. 30, p. 114; 59, p. 10.

glauca, Hill. 53, p. 229; 30, p. 114.

gratn, Ait. 53, p. 229.

tlava, Sims. Perlorations probably made by Xvlocopa Virginica.

sempervirens, L. Perforations made by Megackile brevis, 104, p. 39.

Medicago sativa, L. 59, p. 10 — Apis, according to I'rbin.
Melampyrum nemorosum, L. S()a, p. 38 — Bombus lapidarius, B. musco-
rujn, B. pratorutn, B. terrestris, Psithyrus rupestrts. Apis
using perforations,
pratense, L. 82, p. 299; 97, p. 47; 89a, p. 36 — Bombus lapidan'us, B.

fratortim, B. (errestris. Apis uses the perforations,
sylvaticum, L. 30. p. 114.
Mertensia \'irgin'ca, DC. 103, p. in; 59, p. 229 — Bombus sp.
Mirabilis. 25, p. 42S.

Jalapa, L. 30, p. 114; 98^, p. 367; 57, p. 562 — Bombus sp., Xylocofa
violacca.
Monarda didyma. L. 59, p. 229 — Botnbus terrestris.
fistulosa, L. 57/^.

Nepeta Glechoma, Henth. 82. p. 320: 89a, p. 52; 59, p. 10 — Boinbus ter-

rcstris. Apis makes perforations, and uses those of i?. terrestris.
Nicotiana, cross between N. rustica and N. panictilata. 40, p. 473 —
Bombus lapidarius.

Orchis. 5IJ, p. 229.
Orobus, 30, p. 114.

vernus, L. 59, p. 33 ; 89, p. 257 — Apis uses perforations made by Bom-
bus terrestris.
Oxytropis campestris, DC. 90, p. 236 — B. mastrucatus.

Pedicularis Canadensis, L. 44, p. 287 ; 119, p. 822 ; 70, p. 2S7 ; 70, p. 497 —
Bombus terrestris ?

foliosa, L. 90, p. 353; 87, p. 427; 87, p. 146 — Bombus mastrucatus.
lanceolata, Michx. 119, p. 824.
sylvatica, L. 82, p. 303; 89a, p. 41 ; 98, p. 168 — Bombus Scrimshira-

nus, B. terrestris.
tuberosa, L. 90, p. 302 ; 87, p. 427.
verticillata, L. 90, p. 2()S— Bombus mastrucatus, B. terrestris.

376 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD SCIENCE.

Pentstemon argutus? 25, p. 426; 35, p, .:oS.
campanulatus, 97, p- 51.
gentianoides, 35, p. 209.
Ilartwegi, 35, p. 209.
Petunia. 53, p. 89; 69, p. 29S — Xylocopa, Bombus. sps.
Phaseolus multiflorus, ^\'illd. 25, p. 428; 98, p- 365 ; 28, p. 189; 87, p. 25S

— Bombus terrestris.
Plumbago Capensi-, 94 p. t,\t, —Xylozopa Virginica.
Plumeiria. 30, p. 114.
Poljgala charriiEbuxus, L. 90, p. 167; 30, p. 114; 87, p. 146; 87, p. 427 —

Bombus ma&trticatus.
Primula elatior, L. 82, p. 347; 25, p. 425; 87, p. 429; 68 « — Bombus ter-
rest> is.
latifolia, Lap. 87, p. 428 — Bombus sp.
veris, 26, p. 22,

viscosa, Vill. 90, p. 369 — Boinbus mastrucatus.
Pulsatilla vulgaris, Mill. 88, p. 43 — Bombus terrestris robs the flower of

its neclar without perforating.
Prunella. See Brunella.

Rhinanthus Alectorolophus, 97, p. 290; 87, p. 426; 85, vol. xiii.13, p. 210
— worker of Bombus mastrucatus.
alpinus, Bmg. 90, p. 289; 87, pp. 126-27 — Bombus mastrucatus., B.

pratorum, B. terrestris.
Christa-galli, L. 30, p. 114; 106, p. 324 — Bombns sp.
major, Ehr. 106, p. 314; 82, p. 295 — Bombus pratorum, B. terrestris.
Rhododendron azaloides. 25, p. 432 — Bombus sp.

ferrugineum, L. 87, p. 428 — Bombus inastrucatus.
hirsutum, L. 87, p. \2S— Bombus ma-^trucatis.
nudiflorum, Torr. 93, p. 142 — Bombus sp.
Ribes aureum, Pursh. 16, p. 23S; 9. p. 126; 113, p. 69; 25, p. 432 — Vespa
maculata.
Cvnosbati, L. 114, p. 136; 113, p. 69 — Vespa maculata^ Formica fusca.
Robinia Pseudacacia, L. 16, p. 238 — Bombus sp.

Salvia coccinea. 25, p. 425; 30, p. 114.

eriocalyx, Bert. 22, p. 2-i — Apis mellifica, Xvlocopa violacea.
glutinosa, L. 90, p. 317; 8:, p. 324; 25, p. 427 — Bombus terrestris,

Bombus sf'.
Grahami. 25, p. 42;; 30, p. ii-|. See <?. mentiuvfolia.
menthsefolia, 'I'en. 22, p. 24 — Apis, Xylocopa violacea.
Mexicana, L. 22, p. 24 — Apis, Xylocopa violacea.
officinalis, L. 96, p. 267; 106, p. 94 — Bombus terrestris.
pratensis, L. 90, p. 317; 87, p. 428 — Apis uses perforations made bj

Bombwi terrestris.
splendens, 113, p. 68; 73, pp. 318, 334.

PAMMEL — POLLINATION OF PHI.OMIS TUBEROSA.

■//

Scrophulria nodosa, L. io6, p. 324.

var. Mar^landica, 114, p. 136 — Vespa sf.
Silene. 30, p. 114.

inflata, L. 90, p. 199; 87, p. 424 — Bombns mastrucaitts, B. terrestris.
nutans. 90, p. 197; 87, p. 427 — Bombtis masfrucaius, B. terrestris.
Stachys coccinea, — . 25, p. 426.
Symphoricarpus racemosuF, Michx. 82, p. 361; 113, p. 69; 60, p. loi —

Rumenes Odytierus, Vespa sp.
Symphytum. 30, p. 114; 87, p. 424.
asperrimum, 59, p. 17; 63, p. 157.

officinale, L. 106, p. 91; 82, p. 268; 89a;, p. 14; 59, p. 33; 63, p. 157;
30, p. ii^—Bombuslaptdarius, B. pratorum, B. terrestris. Apis
uses perforations made by B. terrestris.
peregrinum, Ledeb. 59, p. 31 — Anthidium manicatum obtaining nec-
tar through perforations made by Botnbus pratorum.
tuberosum. 30, p. 114 — Xylocopa violacea.

Tacsoma. 113, p. 69; 25, p. 371, foot note.

Tecoma radicans, Juss. 113, p. 69; 105, p. 302 — Formica, Troc/iilns, sps ,

Trifolium. 87, pp. 424, 426 — Bombus mastrttcatus.

alpinum, L. 90, p. 241 — Bojnbus terrestris.

medium, L. 89, p. 250 — Bombus.

pratense, L. 90, pp. 241, 242; 82, p. 223; 11, p. 26; 72, p. 93S; 25, p,
431 — Bombus Jiiastriicatiis, B. pratorum, B. terrestris.

var. nivale. 87, p. 428; 90, p. 243 — Bombus mastrttcatus, B. mesome-
las, B. terrestris.
Tritoma. 25, p. 427; 113, p. 68.
Tropajolum. 30, p. 114.

Lobbianum, Hart. 22, p. 24 — Xylocopa violacea.

major, 54, p. 229.

tricolor, 25, p. 427.

Verea crenata, L. 81, p. 509.

A'icia cracca, L. 90, p. 429 — Bombtis mastrttcatus.

faba, L. 82, p. 255; 30, p. 114; 59, p. 10. Apis uses the perforations

made by Bombtis mastrucatns and B. terrestris.
sepium, L. 82, p. 253 ; 90, p. 249 — Bombtis tnastrucatus, B. terrestris.
Apis and Osmia ritfa use perforations.
Viola cucullata, var. palmata, Gray. 113, p. 68; 54, p. 229.

Wistaria. 21.

sinensis, 25, p. 425 : 43 — Bombus sp., Xylocopa Virginica.

( 27S )

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE SHAW SCHOOL OF BOTANY.
Xo. 2.

M easily einents of the. Triinorphic Floirers of Oxalis

SUKSDORFII.
By W. G. Eliot, Jr.

The plant now known as O. Sitksdorjii was for a long time
thought to be a form of O. coruiailata^ but its trimorphism,
together with other characters, constitutes it a distinct species.
It is found in the far north-western part of the United States,
where it was first collected by Nutall.

I spent a part of last summer in a locality where I could col-
lect the flower, and, at the suggestion and with the help of Prof.
Trelease, I have made some notes upon the heterogony of this
species. My work, essentially, was the measurement of the styles
and two sets of stamens in one hundred specimens picked at ran-
dom, and the plotting of curves in order to give a graphic rep-
resentation of these measurements.

Fig. I. — Flower of Oxalis Suksdorft, X2; at the left, a flower with the petals removed,
XS; at the right, the same after removal of the calyx, Xj.

Oxalis S'tksdorfii grows in abundance in the woods and fields
about Portland, Oregon, and even in the yards and paiks of the

ELIOT — OXALIS SUKSDOFUFII.

279

city. I do not know how long the flower remains blooming.
The specimens which I measured were gathered June 17 and 19.
The plant and flower grow larger in shady, moist places, as is
quite natural.

A sketch of the flower is given in Fig. i, which also repre-
sents the same flower afl:er the successive removal of the petals
and sepals. The drawings were made from a flower of the
mid-styled form.

In the one hundred specimens measured, twenty-one were
short-styled, twenty-five were long-styled, and fifty-four were
mid-styled. The correspondence between the ratio of measure-
ments and the proportionate numbers of the specimens of the dif-
ferent forms is noteworthy.

The four Tables following give the result of the measurements
from the base of the flower, approximating accuracy to the tenth
of a millimeter.

TABLE l. — Oxalis Suksdorji'i.

MEASUREMENTS OF STAMENS AND PISTILS FROM LONG- STYLED FLOWERS.

Flower Numbers.

I

2

3

4

5
6

7
S

9
10
II

12
13

14
i^
16

17

18

19
20

^3

24
-5

Pistils.

II. 5 mm.

"•3
II .1
10. o
10.0

.0

■ o

•7

•7

•5

■5

•3

Long Stamens.

Sho

6.0

mm.

5-

5-3

4-

.S-2

5-5

4-
4-

5-3
5-0

4-
4-

5-0
5-1

4-
4-

5-0

4-

5-5

4-

5-0

4-

5-0
6.0

4-

5-

5-0
6.0

4-
5-

5-0

4-

5-0

4-<

5-0

4.(

5-0
4.8
4.6

3-
4-<
3-

4.4

3-'

4.2

3-

4-7
4.6

(I

3"!
3-<

o mm.

3 "

2 "

5 ''•

3 "

28o

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

TABLE II. — Oxalh Suksdorfii.

MEASUREMENTS OF STAMENS AND PISTILS FROM MID-STYLED FLOWERS.

Flower Numbers.

Pistils.

4

5
6

7
8

9

ID
II

12

H
15
i6

17

i8

19

20
21

22
23
24
25
26
27
28

29
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37
38

39

40

41
42

43
44
45 ■
46

47
48
49 ■
5"
51
52
53 ■
54

8.6

6
6

•7
•7

7
8

•3
.0

7

•5

7

.2

7

.1

7

.0

7

.0

4

•5

7
7

7

.0

.8
.8

7

•5

7

.2

7

.1

7

. I

I

.0

7
6

.0

2

7

5

7

3

7-1
6.5
6.6

8

0

8

0

7

8

7

5

7

5

7

2

7

0

7

0

7-

0

7-
6.

8.

0
5
4

7 •

2

7-

0

7-

0

7*

6

7-

3

7-

3

7-
6.
6.

0

5

5

7-

4

/ •

0

7-

0

7-

0

7-

0

7-

3

4.0

Long Stamens.

Short

5-2~

Stam

II. 0

mm.

mm.

10.5

"•

1 5-1

(1

10.5

i(

4-5

u

10.3

u

5-2

((

10. 0

"

! 5-0

((

10.0

l.i,

1 5-0

((

10. 0

u

5-0

((

10. 0

fci

j 4-8

((

10.0

(k

1 5.0

((

10. 0

(i

! 4-5

(1

10. 0

u

1 3-7

((

9.6

"•

! 4-6

u

9-5

"

4-5

((

9-5

4.4

((

9-5

4.4

((

9-5

5-0

u

9-5

5-6

u

9-S

4-5

(t

9-5

5-0

(1

9-5

4-7

((

9-5

4-5

((

9-3

4-7

u

9-3

"

4-5

((

9-3

4-5

u

9-3

a

4-8

i(

9.2

4.1

u

9.0

4-5

u

9.0

"

4-0

"

9.0

4-5

u

9.0

4-5

"

9.0

"

4-5

"

9.0

u

4-5

"

9.0

u

.S-o

u

9.0

((

4-3

"

9.0

4-0

"

9.0

u

4-0

u

9.0

4-7

I(

8.7

((

4-7

"

8.7

u

4.1

"

8.7

u i

4-3

"

8.7

((

4-1

(1

8-5

u 1

4.1

"

8.S

u

4-7

'<

8.5

u

4-5

"

1 8.5

" j

4.0

1(

8.5

" 1

4-5

"

8-5

u

4-5

"

8.4

3-7

u

8-3

'^ \

4.0

"

8.2

"

4.0

u

8.1

" !

4.2

t(

8.0

u 1

4-3

"

7.6

(I

4.0

1«

5-0

3-2

u

ELIOT — OXALIS SUKSDORFII.

2S1

TABLE lU.— Oxalis Suisdoyjii.

MEASUREMENTS OF STAMENS AND PISTILS FROM SHORT STYLED FLOWERS.

Flower Numbers.

3

4

6

7
S

9
10
1 1
12
13
14
15
16

17
18

19

Pistils.

Long Stamens. Sliort Stam.

6 mm.

12.7
12.3
12.2
10.5
10. 1
10. o
10. o

lO.O

9.8

9

9

9

9

9

9.1

9.0

9.0

8.6

S-5

8.5

7.8

9

.5 mm

9

•5 ''

9

7
7
8

5 "
7 "

6 "
0 "

8

0 "

8

0 "

7

8 "

7

I "

7

5 "

7

5 "

7

0 "

7

5 "

7
7

0 "
5 "

7
7

0 "•
6 "

7

5 "

7

2 "

7-

2 "

TABLE IV.— Oxalis Suksdorfi.

AVERAGE LENGTHS OF PARTS.

Forms.

Pistils.

Long Stamens

A. Long-styled Flowers.

B. Short-styled Flowers 4.60-

C. Mid-styled Flowers 7.08-

i 944 mm. I 5-09 mm.

9•78-^ "
9.11+"

Short Stam.

4. 10 mm.

7.77-1- "
4-50— "

Length of pistil in A 9-44 '^^'

'' " long stamens in B 9-78 ''

" " C 9. II "

Average length of longest fart

9-44+ "

Length of pistil in B 4.60 mm.

" '• short stamens in A 4.10 "

'.' " " " " C 4.50 "

Average, length of shortest fart

4.40

282 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Length of pistil in C 7.0S mm.

" " siiort stamens in B 7-77 "

" " long " " A 5.09 "

Average length of middle fart 6.65 "

From A, B, and C, rearranging- according to length of part,
we have

Ratio \ tfe 7'.?? q.ls \ . /.""T/"' . .

4.4 : 6.7 : 9.5

Of the one hundred specimens measured, as has aheady been
stated, the numerical portion of the diflerent forms was

21 : 25 : 54 = 4.1 : 5.0 : 10.8

4- 10

5-09

9.44

4 -60

7-77

9.78

4-50

7.08

9. II

From Table IV. it will be seen that the pistils in either the long-
styled or short-styled forms are intermediate in length between
the two sets of stamens of the other two forms ; while the pistils
of the mid-styled form are intermediate between the longer parts
of the two other forms. In the long-styled and short-styled forms
the distance between the stigmas and nearest set of anthers is
greater than the distance between the anthers, in a ratio nearly
constant.

In the Diagram here inserted, a graphic representation of the
measurements is given. In plotting the curves the flowers were
arranged accortling to the length of the lon<^est part. This causes
the curves 1,4 and 7 to descend uniformly, without interfering
necessarily with their relations. They interlace, thus showing
that in the three forms the length of the long part is nearly the
same. The curve -^ does not interlace so well with 1 and 7 as
it should, because the greater number of points plotted extends it
away to the right. In the curve 7 the stamens of one of the flow-
ers were abnormally small, and I call attention also to the two
very long sets of stamens (12.7 mm. and 13.3 mm.) of the first
two flowers, whose points in the curve lay outside the limits of
our coordinate paper. It will be seen by referring to Table IV.
that the average length for the long stamens of the long-styled
flowers is unexpectedly below the average for the middle part of
the other two forms. This is seen very nicely in the Diagram,

ELIOT — OXALIS SUKSDORFII.

283

Fig. 2, where the curve 2 intersects the lower group rather than
the middle group, to which it properly belongs.

\3,

' V ^

V

N

\ ^

' > A ^

\

^ \;A¥^ N^ V'V \./ ^■''\-'' V \,./-\!3

OXALIS SUKSDORFII — No. 2.

Diagram, compiled from Tables I. to III., showing the relative lengths of stamens and pis-
tils in lOO flowers : — t. Pistils of long-styled flowers; 2 and 3, stamens of same ; 4 and
S, stamens of short-styled flowers; 6, pistils of same; 7 and 9, stamens of mid-styled
flowers ; S, pistils of same. — The bottom of the diagram represents a heiglit of 3.2 mm.
from the bottom of the calyx; and the top of the diagram, a height of 12. t mm. above
the same level.

The curves for the stamens of the long- styled flowers, the
styles and short stamens of the mid- styled flowers, and the short
stamens and styles of the short-styled flowers, run nearly parallel,
showing that the usual distance between the lower sets of parts
is more nearly constant than that between the longest and next
shorter part.

In O. Si/kdsdorjii the fertilization of the flowers is effected
by insects. There are always two sets of stamens to one set
of pistils, and therefore, with insects of ordinary size, there is dou-
ble the opportunity to carry pollen away, and the opportunity to

284 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

carry away double the amount that might be carried away from
the flower if there were but a single set. This last is a natural
provision, since the insect in flying about wastes some of its pol-
len load.

Trimorphism in flowers is a device for their surer and more
abundant cross-fertilization. In studying the fertilization of flow-
ers, one sees countless examples of marvelously intricate and as
it were ingenious mechanical devices for cross-fertilization. In
trimorphic species the effectiveness of the device depends more
upon mathematical principles — aside from the sterility of illegiti-
mate unions, which Darwin and Hildebrand have demonstrated
experimentally.

A small insect reaching for nectar in the long-styled form would
not leave any pollen on the stigmas ; and a small insect crawling
into the short-styled flower might not carry pollen away. There
are three forms of flower, and, speaking roughly, we may divide
the insects which seek these flowers into two classes, large and
small. Consequently, two insects, one large and cue small, flying
from one flower to another, have each a choice, so to speak, of
six combinations. In all six combinations, a large insect (a hive-
bee, for instance) would probably efiect fertilization, while an
insect 5 mm. in length would probably eflect only three fertiliza-
tions. If, on the contrary, all the flowers were of one form, it is
evident that some insects, even if they went from flower to flower
all day long, might fail to fertilize any flower. As it is, the flower
is arranged for any insect, within certain limits of course.

Assuming that the three forms of the trimorphic species occur
in the ratio of 4, ^ and 11, and tliat an insect requires a minute to
go from flower to flower ; and, given the size of the insect and
the number of flowers in the field, a calculation of the probabili-
ties as to the number of fertilizations effected could be made.
The result of such a calculation would serve only to give one an
idea as to the mathematical principle involved. But this calcu-
lation neglects altogether the fact that an insect could get a suffl-
cient burden of pollen from one flower to fertilize perhaps a dozen
others ; and, too, we would have to tike into consideration the
fact that an insect, instead of making one of the six combinations,
might fly from one flower to another ol the same form, and thus

ELIOT OXALIS SUKSDORFI.

2S5

effect fertilization ; yet cross-fertilization between flowers of the
same form is effected in only about one-half the cases, as is shown
by some of Mr. Darwin's experiments upon other trimorphic
species.

Considering that O. S/tksdorfii is an insect-fei tilized flower,
its great abundance can be accounted for by its excellent adapta-
tion to the law of chances ; and this also might be held to account
for the predominance of the mid-styled flowers, for in these the
stigma is at a point midway between the anthers (in other words,
the flower is the average of the other two forms), and any insects
over 7 mm. in length might effect fertilization.

I make mention in closing of two abnormal flowers, or " freaks,"
which I came upon while making m\' measurements. The one
was a flower of the mid-style form, and contained six stamens —
the sixth bearing, instead of an anther, a petal-shaped appendage.

1 he other specimen may be best described by referring to
Table V.

TABLE v. — Abnormal Flower of O. Stiksdorfii.

MEASUREMENTS OF STAMENS AND PISTILS.

Stamens.

3
4
5
6

7
8

9
10

Pistils.

Color of Anther.

Length.

Bright yellow ] 9.1

Dull yellow I 7.7

Lighter yellow i 6.7

Bright yellow .'. ^-8

Buff I 6.0

Grey 5.5

Grey | 5.0

Darker grey 1 4-5

Dark grey i 4.0

Dark grey j 4.0

i;.o

Both of these specimens may be illegitimate offspring of the spe-
cies, as similar examples in other heterostyled plants have been
described by Mr. Darwin, or they may be merely effects due to
unknown causes.

( 2S6 )
Observations suggested hy the 'preceding Pa'per.

Bj William Trelease.

While engaged in a systematic study of North American Gera-
niacecB last winter, I was obliged to give considerable time to the
yellow-flowered Oxa/is that has commonly gone under the name
of O. stricta, now reduced to varietal rank under the name of O.
corniculata ; and I had not gone far before I perceived that the sub-
ject in hand was one of unusual difficulty. Caulescent forms of
this genus, with trifoliolate leaves and (mostly small) yellow flow-
ers, are found over the larger part of the globe ; and as those of
dirterent countries differ considerably in size and habit, they have
been described under a variety of names. Even the American
forms have no less than ten names. But a comparison of the
plants from several countries shows, that, while they may be
quite different from other species associated with them, they can-
not in general be characterized with sufficient precision to justify
their separation from each other as distinct species, without adopt-
ing for them a scale of specific characters much more trivial than
those employed for other sections of the genus. For this reason
the disposition of botanists most familiar with plants of large
range, is to unite them under the Linnaean O. corniculata^ retaining
varietal names for the most distinct forms.

A preliminary comparison of our North American plants led
very readily to the same conclusion. Utilizing the customary
characters derived from habit of growth, pubescence, presence or
absence of stipules, etc., our plants of this section go together
very well, although the stout caudex of the southwestern O.
Wrightii may properly be held, in so far as our ffora is concerned,
as of specific value ; yet in a monograph of the entire genus I
doubt if it would be so considered by many botanists whose opin-
ion is authoritative. Excluding this, our forms of O. coniictilata
are : 0. corniculata^ proper, which varies much, and is the first to
bloom about St. Louis, where, as it first comes up, it is recog-
nized at a glance from its white appressed pubescence, rather
large bright yellow ffowers, and squarrose stipules — at length be-
coming remote as the internodes of the stem elongate. In dry

TUELEASE — OBSEKVAT's SUGGESTED BY PRECED'g PAPER. 2S7

soil, over a considerable i)art of the country, a uwarf form occurs
through the summer, and is chiefly known from its small but evi-
dent stipules, adnate to the base of the petioles. A third form,
common in flower-pots in the cactus-houses of Cambridge and St.
Louis, and presumably found in similar situations elsewhere, dif-
fers in its slender trailing stems. Some of these forms have their
foliage or even flowers somewhat tinged with purple ; but a fourth
form, introduced at the Garden for the edging of flower-borders,
is of a very deep red-purple color, and, as it shows a strong ten-
dency to persist where it has once been cultivated, I suspect that
the St. Louis botanists must take it into account. A creeping
plant of the Gulf region, which reappears in California, has un-
usually large and apparently variable flowers, but for the present
may be placed under O. corniculata, although it requires further
study in the fleld. The last form that I have referred here is the old
O. stricta, with a more compound inflorescence, more erect habit
of growth, often woolly pubescence, and no stipules. While this
is quite distinct when most typically developed, it approaches the
dwarf corniculata on the one hand, and the large-flowered varietv
on the other, and cannot be regarded as more than a pretty well
characterized variety or subspecies of the former.

Aside from the characters that have been referred to, others ex-
ist in some cases which are capable of influencing our judgment
regarding the species of this group. These characters are de-
rived from the flowers. The large size of those produced by
some plants that have been referred to corniculaia or sincia has
struck a number of observers, but in itself has rightly been con-
sidered insufficient for their separation. As I learn from his
manuscript notes on specimens in the Torrey herbarium, the late
Thomas G. Lea noticed that the stamens and pistils ot the large-
flowered plant of the Middle States difl'er from those of the true
O. stricta in their relative lengths ; but he attributed the difler-
ences to mere variability. Li reality' this plant, which appears to
be the Oxalis reciirva of Elliott, is trimorphic, like a very consid-
erable number of species belonging to other sections of the genus ;
and this fact, taken in connection with other characters that alone
would but imperfectly serve for its separation, marks it as very
distinct from all of the forms of corniculata.

288 TRANS. ST. I.(JUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

In restorin<^ O. recurva* which has long been lost as a synonym
of O. stricta, I found that It has an extremely close representative
in the Oregon plant that forms the subject of Mr. Eliot's paper.
This differs mainly in its smaller size and more deeply notched
leaflets, destitute of a dark marginal line found on those of O. re-
curva. If the two plants occurred together, or in adjacent regions,^
one might question the propriety of regarding them as more than
varieties of a single species ; but the complete isolation of O. Suks-
dorjii^ which is said to be very abundant about Portland, Oregon^
but appears to be very local in its occurrence, weighs very heavily
against this union. Both are peculiarly American species, and
with'>ut much doubt both are descended from an ancestral form
essentially like O. stricta.

The trimorphism of O. Suksdorfii, which was clearly shown by
herbarium specimens, is demonstrated to entire satisfaction by the
measurements made by Mr. Eliot. The diagram made by plotting
his measurements on coordinate paper, and connecting the points
so obtained, shows at a glance the peculiarities of this trimor-
phism, though it is probable than in examining a thousand or
more plants the relative number of long, short, and mid-styled
flowers would have been more nearly equal ; and the last meas-
urements on the sheet — from a very short mid-styled flower —
carries the curves for this form very much below their normal
level.

In the diagram of a trimorphic species without variability, one
would expect to find the lines i, 4, and 7 coincident at the top of
the paper ; 3, 6, and 9, at the bottom ; and 2, 5, and 8 superposed
acro>s the middle of the sheet With a small amount of varia-
bility in the flowers, each set of three curves should interlace and
remain quite distinct from the other sets. This is, indeed, very
well shown in the upper set (1,4, and 7), and, as Mr. Eliot has
observed, would be still more evident if a like number of each
kir.d of flowers had been measured, so as to prolong all of the
curves across the sheet. The same relations are observable be-
tween 3, 6, and 9.

On seeing the curves for the first time, I was immediately im-
pressed by the fact that only two (5 and 8) of the other set lie

* Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv. No. 4. ; Bet. Gazette, xii. 166.

TRELEASE — OBSERVAT's SUGGESTED BY PRECEd'g PAPER. 289

across the middle of the diagram, while the third (3) of this set
is displaced so much as to interlace with the lower set. The fact
is remarkable.

In 1881, I was struck by the absence of the mid-styled form of
our common O. violacea, which, from the structure of individual
flowers, should be trimorphic. For purposes of comparison, I
have rearranged the measurements made at that time,* according
to the longest organ of each flower, and have plotted them on the
scale used by Mr. Eliot — Fig. 3.

Fig. 3. — OXAI.IS VIOLACEA.

Diagram compiled from tables published in the American Naturalist (iSSj), pp. 14, iS>
showing the relative lengths of stamens and pistils in Si flowers : — i. Pistils of long-styled
flowers; 2 and 3, stamens of same. 4 and j, stamens of short-styled flowers; 6, pistils of
same. — The bottom of diagram represents a height of i mm., and the top a height of 6 mm.
above the bottom of the calyx.

The percentage relations of the different forms in lOo plants
of 0. Suksdorfii, and 8i of (9. violacea, are as follows :

O. Suksdorjii. O. violacea.

Long-styled 25 63

Mid-styled 54 o

Short-styled 21 37

These proportions would doubtless vary toward uniformity in
a much greater number of measurements, but I believe that the
indications they give are fairly reliable. In both species the short-
styled form is less abundant than the long-styled ; but the mid-

* From a paper in the American Naturalist for 1S82, p. 13.
V. — I — 19

290 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Styled form is (in our wild plant, of which perhaps 1,000 indi-
viduals have been examined) wanting in O. violacea, while it is
more abundant than both other forms in O. Snksdorfii. Observa-
tions on the fertility of these species are lacking, but Mr. Darwin
has shown that the short-styled flowers of dimorphic Primulas
are most fertile,* and the same rule seems to apply to trimorphic
plants, with the single exception oi Lythrum saUcana^\ where the
mid-st)led is the most fertile form. It is, therefore, impossible
for us to draw any inferences from a comparison of the fertility
of the several forms with their relative abundance.

In O. violacea the curve (2) representing the longest stamens
of long-styled flowers is depressed to about the same relative po-
sition as in O. Suksdorjii ; so that it is safe to say, that, aside from
differences depending upon the greater length of all the parts in
O. Suksdorjii, the diagrams of these two species would be essen-
tially alike, were the mid-styled form of O. violacea to be found
anywhere in abundance.

There is doubtless a reason for the depression of the longer sta-
mens in long-styled flowers of these species, but it has escaped
me. While studying O. violacea, I fancied that it might be an
approximation of the two sets of anthers indicating an approach
to normal dimorphism ; but no such approximation is shown in
the short-styled flowers, as may be seen by comparing curves 4
and 5, and the occurrence of the same feature in O. Suksdorjii,
which, as has been shown, has the mid-styled as its predominant
form, entirely invalidates this conclusion.

It is to be regretted that we have no reliable average data on
which to base comparisons with other trimorphic species of the
genus. The rose-purple species of the Southwest, which are re-
lated to O. violacea, and may be found to resemble it very closely
in their floral characters, are good subjects for the study of resi-
dent botanists ; and the botanists of Cincinnati, who have access
to an abundance of O. rectirva, may easily make the necessary
measurements for this species. It is also very desirable that some-
one who has access to enough individuals of the Californian and
southern creeping plant that I have called O. corniculata, var. (?)
niacrantha, should make an extendd series of measurements of

• "Different Forms of Flowers," p. 20. f Darwin, 1. c. 357.

TRELEASE — OBSERVAT's SUGGESTED BY PRECEd'g PAPER. 29 r

its flowers, for it is difiicult to say from herbarium specimens
whether they are trimorphic, or, as I have thought, merely ex-
tremely variable in the relative length of stamens and pistils.

Measurements to determine the heterogony of a doubtful plant
are best made by gathering at random loo or more flowers from
as many different plants, and recording the length of each set of
stamens and of the pistil of each from the base of the flower, in
millimeters and decimals. Projections which show the relations
of these graphically, are then readily made on coordinate paper. At
the same time, the pollen-grains of as large a number of flowers as
possible should be measured : for the general rule is that those from
the longest set of stamens are largest, and those from the shortest
set, smallest ; and any difference in the size of the stigmas of the
different forms of flowers, or of the length of their papillte when
they are roughened, should be recorded. In addition to this
work, a patient and careful experimenter, who lives where any
of our heterogone plants grow abundantly, may do valuable work
in determining the relative fertility of what have been called le-
gitimate and illegitimate unions between the difl^erent forms, by
Mr. Darwin, whose book on different forms of flowers in plants
of the same species is the best possible guide for any work of
this nature.

( ^92 )
Anomalous densities of fused Bismuth.

By C. LUEDEKING, Ph.D.

Presented before the St. Louis Academy of Science Dec. 19, 1887.

Water has, as is well known, anomalous densities. Down to 4°
C. it contracts in volume, whilst from 4° to 0° (its freezing point)
it presents the anomalous phenomenon of expansion. If prevented
from freezing it even continues expanding below 0°, presumably,
until it reaches a density corresponding to the density of ice at that
especial temperature, when it will contract on further cooling.
We have no explanation for this phenomenon that can be called
at all satisfactory.

The phenomenon has been thought to be caused in some man-
ner by, or to have a dependence on, the fact that water at the
moment of solidification expands greatly ; and it has been sup-
posed that ice molecules are formed at these temperatures of
anomalous densities, and, remaining in solution, are the cause of
expansion of volume.

However, all other physical constants such as specific heat,
optical properties, etc., fail to demonsti'ate that such is the case.
We must for the present content ourselves and await further
developments of our knowledge of the exact relationship of the
molecular states of liquids and solids.

To my knowledge the case of water stands isolated in respect
of these anomalous density phenomena. I have been unable to
find any other in the literature at my disposal. It seemed desira-
ble to ascertain whether other substances present similar pheno-
mena (anomalous densities), and it naturally suggested itself by
analogy to select such as also expand greatly on solidification.

Sulphate of mangnesium and sulphate of sodium are salts be-
longing to this category, whilst among metals we have notably
bismuth.

The experimental difficulties in case of the first two substances
?re exceedingly great, and it was impossible to obtain any results.
With bismuth the case stands differently, and I beg herewith to
describe the mode of experiment and give my numerical data.

LUEDEKING — ANOMALOUS DENSITIES OF FUSED BISMUTH. 293

The dilatonietric method was used, and as dilatometers ordi-
nary tin-case mercurial thermometers. A scale was etched on
the stem of each, and this latter then bent at right angles two or
three inches from the tip, which had previously been cut off. The
metal parts were all discarded. The value of the scale was deter-
mined in all parts by the well known method. The entire instru-
ment was then weighed after heating to 300° C, the mercury
distilled out, and then weighed again empty. Thus the volume
of the dilatometer was ascertained at the temperatures of experi-
ment, viz. from 250° to 300° C. Also the weight of the glass of
the instrument was thus ascertained. It was then refilled, placed
in a combustion furnace, and, after the mercury had all been dis-
tilled out, the end of the stem, bent at right angles and protruding
from the furnace, instantly inserted into molten bismuth. When
the bulb was now allowed to cool, the mercury vapor contained
therein condensed and molten bismuth was forced into the bulb
by atmospheric pressure, filling it wholly. The protruding stem
was then seized by means of a pair of tongs and the dilatometer
rapidly taken from the furnace and plunged into a mercury bath
having a temperature of 300° C. This was allowed to gradually
cool, and the readings of the volumes of the bismuth were made
just as in an ordinary mercurial thermometer. By means of a
thermometer the temperatures of the bath were known during
the course of experiment. It will be seen that the whole method
consists merely in the construction of a bismuth thermometer out
of a mercurial thermometer. The volumes of the instrument be-
ing known at each temperature, the various densities of the bis-
muth at diftbrent temperatures were thus determinable. Before
sufficient skdl was acquired to carry out the experiments satis-
factorily months of practice were required, the details to be
observed for successful work being quite numerous and un-
foreseen.

The results may be entirely vitiated if the dilatometer is al-
lowed to cool to the solidification temperature of bismuth very
rapidly. The bismuth under such circumstances rises with great
rapidity and suddenness, through the entire length of the capillary
stem, immediately before the bulb bursts. The reason of this is
easy to find. The bismuth is cooled from the walls of the bulb
and deposits crystals on them where they are least thick first.

294 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENXE.

whilst the rest of the bismuth is still liquid and these grow
towards its centre. The inner liquid portion is forced up into
the capillary from this cause until the capillary itself becomes
clogged with bismuth crystals, when the bulb bursts with a
sharp crack.

The only way of avoiding this is, of course, by having a large
bath of mercury and allowing the temperature to sink very slowly
indeed. As soon as an expansion is observable, it can be identi-
fied as being due to anomalous behavior of liquid bismuth by very
gently raising the temperature and reversing the process, when
the bismuth will contract instead of expanding.

Not so when crystals are the cause of the expansion. It was
utterly impossible to check the growth of the crystals, prevent
further expansion, and the bursting of the bulb in a few seconds
of time following, even by raising the temperature ever so quick-
ly. The phenomena are quite different, and cannot be mistaken
the one for the other.

I herewith give the records of my two most successful experi-
ments :

No. 1. No. II.

Wght. dilatom. -)- mercury at 300° C 11.570 grms. 14-742 grms.

Wght. dilatom 7-7'- '' 9-160 "

Wght. mercury 3-848 " 5-582 "

Volume of 20 divisions of scale a.00102 c.c. 0.00151 c.c.

Volume of bulb and capillary 0.29S87 c.c. 0.43355 '^ ^-

Wght. bismuth in dilatometer 2.814 grms. 4.0S2 grms.

Specific gravity bismuth at 280° 9-415+ 9*4i5 —

Temperature of maximum density of bismuth. ...near 268° C. near 270° C.

(Not readily and sharply determinable.)
Am't of rise of bismuth from maximum den-
sity to bursting of bulb \ div. \ div.

Temperature bursting of bulb 260° C. 261° C.

Evidently the point of maximum density of molten bismuth
lies very near 270° C. The character of the observation and the
high temperature jDlace a more exact determination out of ques-
tion. On further decrease of temperature it expands, presenting
anomalous densities, and this expansion is considerably less than
for water, so that its anomalous behavior is not so pronounced

X

LUEDEKIXG — ANOMALOUS DENSITIES OF FUSED BISMUTH. 295

as is that of water. The actual amount of anomalous expansion
calculated from the data given is for :

No. I. No. II.

0.0000853 -(- O.COO0870 -\-

The actual amount of anomalous expansion of water according
to Volkmann (VVied. Ann. 14, 260) is 0.000122.

The close coincidence of results for the two dilatometers makes
it quite probable that they are a close approach to the actual
magnitude.

It was an easy matter to measure, in conjunction with these
observations of anomalous densities, the expansion of liquid bis-
muth itself in the range of temperature of the experiments. The
co-efficient of expansion of liquid bismuth between 270° and 303°
C. was determined by comparing the readings of the mercurial
and bismuth thermometers between those temperatures. The
value of the divisions of the bismuth thermometer was determined
by first filling it with mercury and observing the readings be-
tween the temperatures above mentioned. A direct comparison
with a mercurial thermometer was thus possible. It v/as ascer-
tained that the bi>muth column moved over only j\ of the dis-
tance of the mercury column between 270° and 303° C. Taking,
therefore, the mean co-tfficient of expansion of mercury, accord-
ing to Landolt and Bornstein, at 0.00016595, it follows that the
mean co-efficient of expansion of bismuth between these same
temperatures is 0.00004425.

The mean co-efficient of cubical expansion of solid bismuth
between 0° and 100° is, also quoting Landolt and Bornstein,
0.000041 1.

The expansion at the moment of solidification of liquid bismuth
is, according to Marx, about 3 p. ct. The expansion at the mo-
ment of solidification of water is about 9 p. ct., being three times
that of bismuth. We may on general grounds, supposing that
the mechanism of solidification is the same for bismuth as for
water, infer that the expansion from the point of maximum den-
sity of bismuth to the point of solidification is less for bismuth
than for water. Our experiments have proven this to be the case,
although the exact quantitative ratio, i.e. whether also the anom-

296 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

aloLis expansion of bismuth is ^ that for water, cannot easily be
established. That it is considerably less than the anomalous ex-
pansion of water is quite certain from our data.

The bismuth used throughout these experiments was the C. P.
preparation of Merck.

The mercury vapor in the bulbs of the dilatometers amounts to
only a few hundredths of a percent of the bismuth introduced,
and could not have exercised any great influence on the experi-
ments.

Mr. G. Vicentini ("Sulla variazione di volume di alcuni Me-
talli," etc., Torino, 1SS6), experimenting also by the dilatometric
method, obtained results which differ in every respect from mine,
and it will be necessary to give herewith his results and a criti-
cism of his method. He finds the mean co-efficient of dilatation
of fused bismuth between the temperature of fusion and 300° C.
to be cc = 0.0001 13, or very nearly three times the value given
as result of my experiments.

He also finds that bismuth has its maximum density in the
fused state at the temperature of solidification, therefore has no
anomalous expansion as is the case with water.

The following are the tssential dimensions of his two dilatome-
ters differing most from one another in sensitiveness. IV is the
volume in cub. cent , and w the volume of one division of the

scales.

I. II.

W= 6.278 4-1965

iu = 0.C0667 0.802498

The sensitiveness of my dilatometer No. I. is 6. i times as great
as No. I. and 3.5 times as great as No. II. of Vicentini's dila-
tometers. It is apparent, therefore, that the anomalous expansion
of bismuth in Vicentini's most delicate dilatometer would be ^ of
one division of his scale if my results are numerically correct,
which, considering the difficulties attending the observation from
a variety of causes, would no doubt be very likely overlooked.
The anomalous expansion of water in that same dilatometer would
only be apparent by a rise of ^ division on the scale. I think,
therefore, that we are justified in the conclusion that the dilatom-

LUEDEKIXG ANOMALOUS DENSITIES OF FUSED BISMUTH. 297

eters used by Vicentini were not sensitive enough for solution of
the question concerning anomalous expansion of fused bismuth.

I now proceed to compare his co-efficient of expans'on of fused
bismuth with that obtained in my experiments. It is nearly three
times as great. In the extensive series of experiments made by
Vicentini, his results agree very well with one another. I pre-
sume, therefore, that the difference is due to a constant error in
the method, which I think is to be found in his mode of filling
the dilatometers. We know how tenaciously air adheres to glass
vessels, and how difficult it is to get rid of it. Even that dila-
tometer par excellence, the mercurial thermometer, contains air
in appreciable quantities in most cases. Vicentini in simply
filling his dilatometers with bismuth, and without resorting to
the known methods of freeing them from air, must have quite
a constant error in his absolute results. His co-efficient would
be too high from this cause, whilst mine must be comparatively
free from such influences.

Chemical Laboratory Washington University.

( 39S )

Synopsis of the Family of Psel aphid J5.

By Dr. Emil Brendel, of Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

T. Antennas approximate, inserted beneath, promi-
nent, porrected contiguous tubercles. - Pselaphini

,„ ~) Posterior cox£e distant.
a y

J Tarsi with two equal claws.

6"" Maxillary palpi, the last two joints similar, in
form like the cotyledons of an acorn, without
appendages. Antennae robust, moniliform, the
last two joints of the max. palpi compressed fu-
siform ----- Ceophyllus Le Conte
Antennae by the last three joints clavate, the last
two joints of max. palpi lunate, the last longer.

Cedius Le Conte
d'" Antennse clavate. Max, palpi, the last three joints
with lateral setiform appendages.

Max. palpi, the last three joints triangular, ap-
pendages short - - - Tmesiphorus Le Conte
Max. palpi, last three joints oval-transverse,
appendages very long - - Ctenistes Reichenbach
//' AntenucB monihform. Max. palpi minute, the
basal joints hidden, the last two connate, together
forming a globular club - - Chennium* Latreille
d' Antennse clavate by the last three joints. Max.
palpi, last joint elongate with a terminal seta.

Pyt)ia Casey ; Tvuus Aube
AntennjE clavate by the last joint, which is enor-
mously enlarged. Max. palpi, last joint very long
cylindroid, rounded at top - - Cercocerus Le Conte

* The genei-a Atinus Horn and Biottis Casey do not differ more from the European
S'peciesoi Chennium than these species among themselves: the uncertRinty in respect to the
number of palpal joints, being in all the Pselaphida four, does not justify a separation from
Latreille's genus.

BKENDEL SYNOPSIS OF FAMILY OF PSEI.APHID^. 299

a Tarsi with a single claw. Posterior coxa; distant.
Max. palpi excessively long, the second and
fourth joint pedunculate -clavate, very long.
Max. palpi long, the second joint clavate -pe-

PsELAPHUs Herbst

duiiculate, the third triangular, the fourth long
securiform ..... Tychus Leach

a' Posterior coxse proximate. Tarsi with a single

claw. Body linear, depressed - Rhinoscepsis Le Conte

II. Anfenuie distant, inserted on the sides of the head beneath
short, distant, not porrected tubercles.

a Posterior coxje distant. Claws, only one fully
developed.

b'" Body broad, transversely eliiptico-cylindrical in
the cross-cut. Abdomen more or less broadly
margined.

c" Abdominal margin retuse, narrow ; dorsal seg-
ments subequal : the two basal ventrals longer ;
elytra narrow- shouldered, very long. Vertex
bifoveate.

Last palpal joint long-securifrom, with a rudi-
mentary hair-shaped second claw.

Bythinus Aube ( Mac hcer lies )

Last palpal joint ovate-acuminate, short; tarsi

with a single claw - - Eutrichites Le Conte

c' Abdominal margin broadly retuse, the basal seg-
ments of the dorsum and ventre much longer,
tarsi with a single claw {Bryaxini).

Vertex bifoveate or foveae wanting, prothorax
utiifoveate, antenna' lo-jointed with the club
3-jointed ; body broad, sexual marks on the
intermediate thighs, elytral lines and abdomi-
nal carinas long parallel - Decarthron Brendel

Vertex not foveate, prothorax faintly trifove-
<ite, undersurface of the head bicarinate, body
broad, antennal club 3 jointed - - NisAxis Casey

300 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Vertex and pronotum trifoveate, body broad,
each elytron with a long^ discal line, antennae
with a 3-jointed club, undersurface of the head
unicarinate ..... Bryaxis Leach

Vertex bifoveate with a transverse frontal im-
pression and obsolete circumambient sulcus,
prothorax trifoveate, only the last antennal joint
enlarged, body elongate - - Eupsenius Le Conte

Vertex bifoveate, different in the sexes ; pro-
thorax unifoveate, elytral discal lines short,
body elongate - - - Verticinotus Brendel*

b" Body more elongate, convex; abdominal margin
linear, narrow ; prothorax with faint punctiform
fovea or none.

Vertex bifoveate, elytral lines wanting, abdo-
men at the base without carinse, antennal club
3-jointed - - - - Scalenarthrus Le Conte

Vertex not foveate, elytral lines wanting, dorsal
abdominal base bicarinate, antennal club one-
jointed PsELAPTUs Le Conte

Vertex with four faint fovccE, different in the
sexes ; prothorax bifoveate, with a flat basal
transverse sulcus ; elytral discal lines obsolete
or wanting ; sutural lines present, abdominal
basal cariucB present ; sexual differences in the
vertex, antennae and anterior tibitp ; tarsi with
two unequal claws - . - Artiimius Le Conte

b' Body circulo-cylindrical, narrow elongate, very
convex ; abdominal margin with the edges not
parallel on each segment triangular the external

* Verticinotus n. g. separated frcm Decarthron. The male was former!}' described as
Decarthron cornutuvt, the female as Bryaxis inor7iata. The genus contains till now two
species, one discovered in Iowa, the other in Florida, Last January I intended the name
Anchylarthron for this genus, which, being rather an improper designation, I retracted it
from being included in my publication through the American Entomological Society of Phi.
ladelphia. Notwithstanding it was published therein, probably by oversight.

BRENDEL — SYNOPSIS OF FAMILY OF PSELAPHID.E. 3OI

edges obsolete ; vertex arcuately impressed ; pro-
thorax with two or three longitudinal grooves,
two unequal claws . - - . Batrisus Aube
a Posterior coxas approximate.

(/'" Body circulo-cylindrical, narrow ; vertex arcuate-
ly impressed, prothorax without longitudinal sul-
cus, the last antennal joint only enlarged, tarsi
with a single claw (^Trimiini).

Elytral base bifoveate, no subhumeral fovea,

head larger (^Trimiopsis Reitter) - - Trimium Aube

Elytral base trifoveate with a subhumeral fo-
vea, head smaller - . - - Actium Casey

d" Body elliptico-cylindrical, convex, broader, the
last three antennal joints enlarged, head trans-
verse, prothorax with sharp straight linear longi-
tudinal and basal sulcus crossing each other, tarsi
with two unequal claws {Trogasterifii),

e" Prothorax at the sides not spinous.

Elytra each with three basal foveolse, sutural
line and two shallow longitudinal discal impres-
sions, body uniformly tapering towards the head.

CoNOPLECTUs Brendel*

Elytra with four basal punctures, each with a
sharp line, the discal ones abbreviated. (^Rhexidius Casey)

EuRHExiusf Sharp

e' Prothorax at the sides spinous.

Prothorax armed on the sides with a single sharp

tooth, elytra with three discal lines ( Oropus

Casey) Trogaster Sharp

* The genus Conoplectus is founded on EupUctus canaliculatus, having a second rudi-
mentary claw, the fourth dorsal segment not prolonged, and an entirely different form of the
body than Euplecius.

t A few months after Sharp's publication this genus was published by Casey by the
name " Rhexidius. "

302 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Prothorax twice as wide as long, sides with three
recurved spines, elytra with one discal line, an-
tennte geniculate - - - - Rhexius Le Conte

d' Body depressed, antennie thicker towards the apex.

f" Tarsi with a single claw, antennal club 3-jointed.
Vertex arcuately impressed, not produced in front.
Body broader, lateral margin of the pronotum cre-
nate, prosternum carinate, fourth dorsal segment
not prolonged ----- Thesium Casey

Body slender, pronotum with lateral longitudinal
grooves, prosternum carinate, fourth dorsal not
prolonged ------ Faliscus Casey

Body linear, lateral margin of the pronotum sim-
ple, the fourth dorsal segment prolongate

EuPLECTUS Leach

f Tarsi with two equal claws. Body linear, anten-
nal joints gradually slightly larger towards the
apex {Sagola Sharp, Sonoma Casey) - Fakonus Aube

( 503 )

On the scale value of the Delhnan Electro meter used
hji Dr. A. Wislizenus.

By Francis E. Nipher.

In the Transactions of this Academy, vol. ii., pp. 115, 3S7,
414, 526, Dr. Wishzenus gives a table of observations on at-
mospheric electricity with a Dellman electrometer. In 1S75 the
writer visited Dr. Wislizenus, and, as he was then unable to
make further observations with the instrument, he consented to
deposit it in the physical cabinet of Washington University.

The series of observations made by him was the first, and for
years tiie only series made in this country, and, in order that the
potentials measured by him my be known in volts, the writer has
made a comparison of the instrument with a Thomson electro-
static voltmeter. The source of electricity was a Rowland water
battery consisting of four plates, having in all 2,500 cells.

The battery was first examined to determine whether any of the
cells were short-circuited. This was done by cutting out the cells
fifty at a time, and reading the potentials on the Thomson instru-
ment. This determination was repeated at various times and the
battery was found to give very constant results, so that the poten-
tials could always be determined by simply determining the num-
ber of cells in circuit. This was the more necessary as the Thom-
son instrument does not give reliable values below 500 volts.

The Dellman instrument is so constructed that when the nee-
dle is at zero it stands directly over the bar which is to repel it.
The needle cannot therefore be brought to zero by turning the
torsion-head, as the needle when charged would then be in an
unstable condition. The arrangement of the torsion-head is such
that it was evidently not intended to be used in this manner.
The measurements were made by first reducing the whole instru-
ment to zero potertial, adjusting the needle to zero by means of
the torsion-head, and then charging the deflection-bar and needle,
and reading the deflection of the needle. This was the method
used by Dr. Wislizenus.

The needle was found to be slightly bent laterally, so that the
ends could not be brought to zero when the centre of the needle

304

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

was directly over the bar. It was not quite at right angles to the
glass fibre, so that one end would touch the bar before the other
did. The vertical distance from the needle to the bar was there-
fore a matter of some uncertainty, and slightly different adjust-
ments, which all seemed equally good, gave reading's varying as
much as fifteen per cent.

After taking a number of series of readings a smooth curve was
drawn through the points determined by the readings of the nee-
dle and the known differences of the potential, the curve being so
drawn as to best satisfy the observations. The scale values are
given in the annexed table, where d is the reading of the needle
and u is the corresponding difference of potential in volts.

St. Louis, March 8, i88S.

d.

u.

d.

u.

I

2

32

85

2

4

34

95

3

6

36

109

4

8

38

124

5

II

40

139

6

13

42

155

7

15

^4

164

8

17

46

1 88

9

19

48

209

lO

22

50

230

II

24

52

250

12

27

54

270

13

29

56

291

H

3t

58

3"

15

34

60

332

i6

36

62

353

17

38

64

374 -

i8

40

66

397

19

42

68

420

20

45

70

447

21

47

72

475

22

50

74

510

23

52

76

557

24

55

78

611

25

57

So

691

26

60

82

790

27

64

28

67

29

72

■

30

76

.

( 305 )

Notes on the Geology of Macon County^ Missouri.

By W J McGee, U. S. Gelogisi.

PREFATORY NOTE.

During the summer of 1SS7 a company was organized in Macon, the
county seat of Macon county, Missouri, for the purpose of putting down
a prospect-bore to a depth of from 1,500 to 2,500 feet, as the developments
might indicate to be wise. The cost of boring was met by subscription
among the citizens. Workable coal-seams within limited depth, petro-
leum or natural gas or both at greater depths, or, failing in all else, arte-
sian water, were the desiderata.

Partly to render the record of the boring valuable to science, and partly
to secure the advantages of scientific direction and prognostication, the
leading citizens and municipal officers united in requesting the Director
of the United States Geological .Survey to have made such a study of the
local geology as the circumstances appeared to require ; and these notes
represent the results of the hasty survey inaugurated in response to this
request.

The tract specially studied includes the west halves of townships 56
and 57 north, range 13 west, the whole of townships 56 and 57 north,
range 14 west, and the east halves of townships 56 and 57 north, range 15
west; or, in civil townships, the west_^halves of Round Grove and Middle
Fork, the whole of Hudson and Narrows, and the east halves of Bevier
and Chariton. It is exhibited upon the accompanying rough map, Fig. i«
Most of the exposures (including all of the more important) in this area
of 144 square miles were carefully examined.

TOPOGRAPHY.

The "grand divide" between the Missouri and Mississippi riv-
ers extends from north to south through the middle of the tract
studied. West of this divide the main drainage is to the south-
ward in a series of nearly parallel streams, flowing in dispropor-
tionately large valleys only a few miles apart, into which fall
numerous small and short but widely -branching secondaries,
generally flowing in narrow, steep-bluffed ravines. East of the

V. — 1 — 20 [Aug. 24, 1S8S.

3o5

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

divide the drainage is more irregular, the waters commonly ga-
thering into a number of streams tributary to Salt river and flow-
in* in a southeasterly direction ; but the first stream east of the
divide in Macon county — an important branch of Salt river —

JBEVIER COAL t^CARBON COAL-- "COAL EXEK)SURE DROCK EXPOSURE

PART OF MACON COUNTY MISSOURI

SHOWING ROCK EXPaSURES AMD, THE DISTRIBUTION OF COAL SEAMS

agrees in behavior v ith the Missouri drainage rather than the
Mississippi, and maintains approximate parallelism therewith
half way through, and for 20 miles north of, the tract mapped.

M'^GEE NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO.

307

The striking contrast in the direction of drainage on opposite
sides of the Missouri-Mississippi watershed is illustrated in the
accompanying drainage map, Fig. 2 ; but the contrast in topo-

AREA MAPP&O IN DETAIL IN FIG X

HYDROGRAPHY OF NORTH-EASTERN MISSOURi

graphic configuration and in the value of the relief, and the in-
congruity in size of stream and valley so strongly marked on the
west, could not be shown without more accurate cartography.
Except that it marks approximately the boundary between dis-

308 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

tinctive t)pes of drainage, the ''grand divide" is in no respect
specially noteworthy or distinguishable on the ground from its
scarcely lower analogues on the east and west, beyond Salt river
and the East Fork of the Chariton respectively.

As its local designation certainly does not imply, the ''grand
divide" is simply a broad and remarkably smooth and level plain
extending from the immediate blutis of Salt river to within a mile
or two of the East Fork, scalloped and ravined by secondaiy
drainage along its margins, but imperfectly drained interiorly.
Its altitude at Macon, where it is somewhat broken by ctoss-
drainage, is about S90 feet, and it inclines southward gently to
866 feet at Excello, and 5 feet less at Jacksonville,* just south of
the county line, at both of which points the divide exhibits its
normal aspect — i.e. a smooth, monotonous, sensibly horizontal,,
and imperfectly drained plain.

The divide between the East Fork and the Middle Fork (of the
Chariton) is a similar plain, ravined along its margins but level
and imperfectly drained within, of almost exactly the same alti-
tude as the principal divide, and, like it, inclining gently south-
ward. The Middle Fork, which bounds it on the west, is however
deeper than Salt river, giving this plain the greater average
height above its base level ; and thus it is more deeply scalloped
and more profoundly broken along its margins than the "grand
divide." Moreover, it is noteworthy that both Salt river and East
Fork generally approach the western sides of their valleys, and
that the blufis on this side are steeper than on the east ; and sa
the eastern margin of the lesser divide is more steeply bluffed
than the western margin of the "grand divide."

East of Salt river the surface quickly rises as on the west, and
in like manner assumes the form of a level, uniform plain — "Crip-
pen's prairie" — which extends eastward far into Shelby county^
and is only slightly incised by the south-flowing Salt river tribu-
taries. This plateau is only a few feet lower than the "grand
divide," and slopes so gently southeastward that the inclination
is imperceptible, except by comparison of altitudes at widely
separated points.

* Gannett, Dictionary of Altitudes, Bull. U. S. Geol. Snrvey, vol. i. No. 5, 18S4.

M'GEE — NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO. 309

The three phiteaus, are generally prairie, but their crenulate
margins and the subordinate valleys of the short tributaries are
commonly wooded with oak and other hard-wood trees, frequent-
ly of stunted growth ; while the valleys of the two rivers by
which they are divided generally support a more luxuriant and
varied forest growth.

The principal waterways of the tract — Salt river and East
Fork — occui)y the valleys by which the low plateaus are sepa-
rated. In many respects these valleys are similar: each is dis-
proportionately large as compared to the stream ; each is a broad
flat-bottomed trough bounded by steep, even precipitous, bluffs,
which commonly assume the forms of spurs and salients separa-
ted by narrow, sharply incised ravines, or by the broader valleys
of the secondaries ; through each the stream flows in a narrow
channel 15 or 20 feet deep, which meanders from side to side of
the valley in closely recurved loops, as does the Lower Mississippi
on a larger scale ; each most frequently approaches the western
side of the valley, sometimes exposing there low precipices of the
stratified rocks ; each is lined by alluvium to and generally below
the channel bottom ; the floor of each is diversified by crescentic
ponds and bayous, and also by the deeply cut channels of the
secondaries and the runnels extending from the lateral ravines ;
and each valley bottom has a slope in the direction of stream-flow
little greater than the gentle southward slope of the plain in
which it has been excavated. The Salt river valley ranges from
a quarter to fu'ly three-quarters of a mile in width, averaging
perhaps half a mile, and its depth is 50 or 60 feet. The East
Fork valley ranges from a quarter of a mile to over a mile wide,
averaging perhaps three-quarters of a mile, and its depth proba-
bly lies between 90 and 100 feet. Most of the secondaries are
small, have high declivity, and flow in narrow V-shaped ravines,
frequently bifurcating and forming widely branching dendritic
systems sharply incised in the plateaus ; but the more important
— eg. Long creek and Claybank creek — meander in deep chan-
nels through flat-bottomed valleys analogous to those of the
rivers.

The leading characteristic of the topography is the combina-
tion of level plain and steep slope : a profile transverse to the

3IO TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

principal drainage (or indeed in any direction) would exhibit, as
its typical feature, horizontal surface-lines suddenly and sharply
giving place to slopes as steep as tenaceous clay long exposed to
the action of the elements will maintain ; and, moreover, such a
profile would shov/ that all the uplands have essentially the same
altitude, the slight southward inclination of the whole area and
the still less inclination east and west from the "grand divide"
being inconspicuous. This is imperfectly illustrated in the profile
of the accompanying generalized section, Fig. 6 (p. 331). It is
indeed manifest that the entire tract represents a single wide-
stretching plain in which the efiects of erosion are limited to the
excavation of the narrow ravines and broader valleys, leaving
the greater portion of the surface absolutely untouched.

It is necessary to recognize a distinction among plains, easily
caught by the eye and essential in considering their origin, though
difficult to express in words. The type of surface commonly
comprehended under the term is more or less diversified by ele-
vations and depressions of greater or less vertical measure, regu-
larity, and symmetry ; the relative value of the relief (compared
to that of contiguous surfaces), as well as the absolute relief, is
consciously or unconsciously considered in defining the type, so
that what is a hilly tract in a plain country may become a plain
in a mountainous country ; the mean surface may be concave,
convex, or unequal, and the summits and depressions may be in-
dependent in their relations to the mean surface ; and, as the term
is commonly employed, it includes an endless variety of surfaces
between which the differences are differences in degree alone.
But there is another type of surface, in which there is more or
less close approximation to the" geometric plane, in which
(generally) the mean surface is not sensibly concave, convex, nor
unequal, and in which (generally) the summits and depressions
bear a constant relation to the mean surface ; and this type of
plain (exemplified by partially eroded terraces, certain mesas,
etc.) is discriminated at a glance, conveys a distinctive impres-
sion to the mind, and appears to differ in kind rather than in de-
gree from the other type. The standards or ideals to which these
types approximate are elusive, have never been clearly defined,
and may be indefinable; but it maybe suggested tbat the first
type is represented by any terrestrial surface in which the ele-

M'"GEE NOTES ON TilE OEOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO. 3II

ments and individual inequalities do not fall into a system of
horizontal lines or planes, and which is intuitively referred to an
independent mean surface : while the second type appears to be
represented by any surface of which a considerable portion natu-
rally falls into one or more horizontal or slightly inclined planes
to which the whole surface is instantly and intuitively referred,
the inequalities being simultaneously excluded as fortuitous and
non-essential. Certainly the distinction between these types of
surface, elusive and intangible as it appears on paper, is con-
stantly recognized on the ground by students of terrestrial confi-
guration, and, indeed, lies at the very basis of that branch of
geologic science which interprets in terms of geologic history the
significant language of topographic forms. Contrasted profile
sketches representing them, which are partly ideal though largely
actual, are exhibited in Fig. 3.

The interfluvial plateaus of Macon county belong to the latter
type of plain ; sensibly, they are not simply plains — they are
planes.

This strongly individualized topography is not confined to the
southeastern quarter of Macon county ; it extends over nearly the
whole of northeastern Missouri and from 50 to 100 miles into
Iowa ; and, indeed, essentially the same topographic type is main-
tained (except in the immediate vicinity of the large rivers)
throughout southern Illinois and southwestern Indiana, as well as
throughout a considerable area in southern Missouri and northern
Kentucky — though its southern limit has not been accurately de-
termined. Over the greater part of this area of probably at least
50,000 square miles the topographic type exemplified in the
tract under review, though locally masked by other types, re-
mains characteristic and easily recognizable ; the entire area is one
of level plains, or rather a single plain, dissected by deeply and
sharply incised waterways. This configuration is intimately asso-
ciated with the superficial deposits of the region ; and, although
the barely adolescent drainage systems have not yet fully invaded
the plains, the drainage, together with the topographic forms
developed thereby, represent on a grand scale what is elsewhere*

* Eightli Annual Report of the U. S. Geol. Survey. (In press.)

312

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

designated the aiitogcnetic type— i.e. the drainage developed
upon a level or nearly level plain surface unaftected by local-
ized orogenic movements either antecedent or subsequent to

DISTINCTIVE TYPES OF PLAINS.

' -x

I i'lu

.\rGEE NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO. 313

the birth of the waterways. Yet the surface of this vast plain
could not have been absolutely horizontal when the drainage was
first determined, since the parallelism of the streams is confined
to comparatively limited tracts, and the direction of drainage in
contiguous tracts is not coincident. The remarkable parallelism
of the drainage in Missouri, shown in Fig. 2, suggests that on the
west side of the "grand divide" there was a decided slope south-
ward, and on the east side nearl}^ as decided a slope southeastward
when the waterways originally extended themselves over the sur-
face.

THE SUPERFICIAL DEPOSITS.

Alluvium. — So far as can be determined from exposures in
stream channels, the smaller runnels, and the few artificial exca-
vations examined, the valleys of Salt river and East Fork, as well
as those of the more important tributaries, are lined with water-
laid deposits extending from bluft^to bluft^, and forming a sensibly
level floor, generally wooded densely, and little diversified by
abandoned channels or other irregularities. The maximum depth
of this deposit was not ascertained ; but since the channels were
dry (except in the deeper pools) at the time of examination, it
was found that the streams have occasionally cut through it and
into the drift or the subjacent rocks ; and it may be inferred
hence that the average depth is little greater than that of the river
channels — i.e. some 15 or 20 feet.

The fluvial deposits of the principal streams exhibit two gener-
ally distinct phases, the first and more important consisting ot
massive or rather obscurely laminated brown clay or sand,
while the second and subordinate phase is made up of irregularly
arranged and heterogeneous loam, sand, and gravel, with occa-
sional intercalated vegetal layers. The brown clay is unlike, but
the more heterogeneous deposits are like, the deposits now laid
down by the streams ; the latter are evidently derived from the
adjacent drift and indurated rocks, while the former is as evi-
dently derived from some other source ; and, where both occur in
the same exposure, the sands and gravels rest upon the clay.
The alluvium of the tributaries is generally identical with the
superior heterogeneous phase of the deposits as found along the
rivers. It is noteworthy that in this as in all other regions of
growing autogenetic drainage the s.naller streams and ravines are

314 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIKXCE.

practically destitute of alluvial deposits ; each considerable tribu-
tary being tiivisible into three portions, in the first of which the
declivity is high and the gathering waters do not deposit their
detritus, in the second of which the declivity is less and deposi-
tion results from seasonal and non-periodic variation in stage,
while in the third the stream approaches base-level and flood-
plain deposition prevails.

No tei racing was observed in the region, if the occasional rock-
shelves and spurs due to the presence of obdurate ledges in the
sub-terrane be excepted.

Glacial Deposits. — The entire area, with the exception of the
valleys of the rivers and their principal tributaries, is overspread
by a mantle of glacial drift which conceals the inequalities of the
subjacent surface, and upon which the characteristic topography
already described is impressed. The observed thickness of the drift
deposits varies from a foot or two to the 30 or 40 feet sometimes
exposed in shafts and borings ; and the average thickness doubt-
less approaches and perhaps exceeds the latter figure. Drift ma-
terials are occasionally (though rarely) exposed beneath the allu-
vium in the bottoms of the river channels ; but in such situations
they are perhaps rearranged.

So far as seen, the drift consists of massive or obscurely stra-
tified, tenacious, and nearly impervious yellow or bufl' clay^
containing rather rare bowlders and pebbles disseminated through-
out, but most abundantly below ; the pebbles and bowlders con-
stituting about one or two pr. ct. of the mass. Perhaps half of the
pebbles and bowlders are erratic, i.e. crystalline rocks from north-
ern Minnesota or still farther northward ; while the remainder are
local or sub-local — i.e. limestone, sandstone, shale, etc., mainly
from the Palaeozoic rocks of northern Missouri and Iowa. Many
of the bowlders and pebbles, both local and err.itic, are beautifully
striated and polished. In one case (in an abandoned railway
cutting a mile and a half northwest of Macon), a block from the
first limestone ledge above the Bevier coal was found to be dis-
tinctly striated and to have its angles truncated, though moved
but a few feet from its original position. Calcareous nodules,
identical widi loess-ki/idchen, abound in the drift, especially in
the upper portions. They sometimes occur in vertical or hori-
zontal lines, in which they occasionally merge and form nearly

.M"GEE — XOTES 0\ THE GEOI.OGV OF MACOX CO., MO. 315

continuous sheets several feet in length ; and pebbles and bowl-
ders are frequently incrusted and cemented by the calcareous
sheets or attached to the nodules. Sand is an unimportant and
inconspicuous element in the drift of Macon county.

Although the drift sometimes appears to be vertically homoge-
neous in exposures however deep, the better sections exhibit cer-
tain constant differences between its basU and summital portions :
the upper third or half is more or less regularly bedded horizon-
tally, contains fewer and smaller and more irregularly dissemin-
ated pebbles than the lower, and exhibits more abundant calcare-
ous concretions and sheets ; while the lower portion is generally
massive and destitute of regular bedding, and, in short, exhibits
throughout the minute but readily recognizable structural and
other features which characteri-ze the glacial drift of the upper
Mississippi valley generally. The distinction is indeed so
strongly marked as to be coinmonly recognized by the miner and
well-digger; yet the two phases invariably intergraduate imper-
ceptibly.

The structural difference between the inferior and superior por-
tions of the otherwise indivisible drift-sheet is evidently genetic :
the abundant and well striated local and sub-local bowlders and
the characteristic structure and texture of the deposit, the plan-
ing of the rock surface (indicated by configuration rather than
striation, so far as observed), and the displacement of ledges, all
prove that the lower portion of the deposit is the homologue of the
till, or unmodified glacial drift, of Iowa, Wisconsin, northern Illi-
nois, and the upper Mississippi valley generally ; while the strati-
fication, the assortment of pebbles and other materials, the /oess-
kiiidchen and other structural characters, and the remarkable
horizontality of both bedding and surface-lines over a great area,
all indicate strongly that the upper portion is water-laid.

The superior division gives origin to soil and sub-soil of pecu-
liar tenacity and intractability, evidently by reason of the finely
comminuted coiditionof its materials and the presence of a small
percentage of unoxidized rock debris, and the consequent tend-
ency to pack closely and undergo partial cementation. Unless
carefully and judiciously tilled, the soil is prone to *Mrown"
in spring and "bake" in summer, especially on the imperfectly
drained plains forming the uplands ; but these characteristics are

3l6 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

lost in a measure along slopes where the natural drainage is su-
perior and the subsoil is leached to a considerable depth by more
freely percolating waters. It is unquestionably to this peculiarity
of the soil that the confinement of forests to slopes and valleys
is due ; and the superior porosity and fertility of the naturally
drained soils indicates that the "sour" soils of the plains might
be gradually reclaimed by means of persistent and thorough
imder-drainage.

It should be added that the peculiar phase of the drift rep.
resented in the upper portions of the Alacon county sections
may be observed throughout nearly the whole of the area
of fifty thousand square miles or more characterized by the
peculiar topography already described, though it is frequently
overlaid by loess or other superimposed deposits ; and it seems
probable that the upper portion of the drift throughout this whole
region was laid down in a continuous body of water by whose
M^aves the great plains were fashioned, and that the characteristic
autogenetic drainage of these plains was developed as the waters
receded.

TJie Relations of the Deposits. — Neither glacial drift nor allu-
vium were traced southward beyond the limits of Macon county,
nor were they directly correlated with the "second bottom," the
Port Hudson, the loess, or other deposits of central and south-
eastern Missouri. But the former was traced northward into a
region already carefully studied in southern Iowa, in which the
superior phase maintains its characters and has received various
local designations commonly expressive of its character as a soil
— "gumbo," "hard-pan," "white clay," " push-land," " crawfish
flats," etc., — and in which, as in Missouri, the upper portion gra-
duates imperceptibly downward into unmodified glacial drift.*
Here, however, the drift is frequently overlaid by loess, a forest
bed being sometimes intercalated, and somewhat farther north-
ward another drift-sheet comes in at the base of the loess and
above the forest bed ; and the loess frequently graduates imper-
ceptibly downward into the newer drift, much as the laminated
portion of the Macon county drift sheet graduates into its lower
portion. The full sequence of deposits is therefore :

* Trans. Iowa State Hort. Soc. for iSSi, vol. i6, 227 40.

M'GEE — NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO.

3'7

Loess (frequently graduating into but sometimes resting upon — )
Upper Till (disappearing southward sooner than the loess) ;
Forest Bed (absent south of the loess margin);
Gumbo (or water-laid upper portion of the lower till) ;
Lower Till.

The relation is represented graphically in the greatly general-
ized section forming Fig. 4. The terminal moraines, so well
described by Chamberlin and others, are either confined to the
second member of this series and do not extend to its extreme
southern margin, or (more probably) to a third epoch of cold not
represented in the glacial deposits of Missouri ; and the last two
members only are found in Mncon Co.

Recent work in the Middle Atlantic slope has shown that the
Qiiaternary period, during which the above series of deposits
was laid down, comprised two widely separated epochs of cold,
the earlier of which was by far the longer and was accompanied
by considerable depression of the land and submergence of low-
lying areas ;* and these conclusions are in harmony with the
phenomena of southern Iowa and northern Missouri. It would
appear that during the earlier epoch of cold the Quaternary ice-
sheet extended into Missouri about to the Missouri river, that
before its recession the land along its margin was submerged, and
that the currents of the expanded Gulf or an inland lake modified
and arranged the upper portion of the drift-sheet, while its waves
fashioned the extensive plain of autogenetic topography stretching
from Indiana to western Missouri ; and it would also appear that
during the second epoch of cold the ice-flow stopped a hundred
or a hundred and fifty miles short of its earlier limit, and was
without effect in the tract under review unless the disproportion-
ately large valleys were then excavated and the homogeneous
alluvium — the apparent homologue of the "second bottoms" —
was accumulated within them as the ice-formed rivers subsided-

* Eighth Annual Report U. S. Geol. Survey (in press).

3l8 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

The early Qiiatenary submergence thus chronologized has already
been recognized in central Missouri by Dr. J. W. Spencer.*

THE INDURATED ROCKS.

Only the more important of the exposures observed are noted
in the following pages. The sections are located upon the map,
Fig. I, and most of them are represented graphically in Fig. 5.

Exposures on Salt River. — The best exposure observed on
the river is at Bengee's coal mine, a mile south of the Hann. &
St. Jos. railway-.

1. Bengee Section.

Feet.

1. Compact light gray limestone with conchoidal fracture,
magnesian in spots and bands; no identifiable fossils but
abundant obscure shell impressions 3J-

2. Thinly laminated bright black fissile shale, containing
large ovoid nodules 5

3. Coal, about 2

4. Under clay passing into a slope with blue loam at base,
about 13

5. Impure concretionary dolomite in a discontinuous ledge... i

6. Argillaceous shale, yellow above and blue below, wea-
thering into tenacious c'ay 4j

7. Discontinuous bed of friable dolomite ^

8. Argillaceous shale, incoherent above but firm below 5

9. Massive compact limestone, containing abundant Producti
(including P. (squicostatus), forming a single continuous
ledge I

10. Blue argillaceous shale, quickly weathering into clay,

abounding in detached valves of Chonetes 7ncsoloba 3

The section extends from near the summit of a low bluft^to the
bottom of the river channel. In addition to affording one of the
best series of strata observed within the area, it is of interest in
that it exhibits what appears to be a slight local misplacement in
the lower strata of the section : the /'r(?<//'/c///.s--bearing limestone
and the underlying shales being at one point thrown upward per-
haps three feet above the general level in a sharp-crested anticli-
nal, quickly fading out in both directions. The flexure, if such
it be, appears to be lost in the superjacent shales, and was not
observed to aflect the coal seam. It is claimed that the coal here
is 3 feet thick, but the above estimate — two feet — cannot be far
wrong, though the seam was not measured.

* "Sand-bowlders in the Drift, or subaqueous Origin of the Drift in Central Missouri,"
Am. Naturalist, vol. xxi., 1SS7, 917-21.

.M'^'GEE — NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO. 319

The next noteworthy exposure occurs in the river channel a
mile and a half south of Carbon ; and, in addition to the strata
laid bare by tlie river, large ovoid nodules, such as come from
the black shale above the coal, were scattered about, while, near
by, limestone resembling that above the coal at the Bengee and
Sherman workings crops out in the steep bluft" some 25 or 30 feet
above the Product us limestone. The combined exposures are
as follows :

3. Salt Kivor Section.

Feet.

I. Massive, heavy-bedded limestone, magnesian in spots 3

1. .Slope, with ovoid nodules exposed, about 27

3. Slightly arenaceous shale or clay 2

4. Firm massive limestone in one heavy and two discontinu-
ous thin ledges, containing abundant traces of brachio-
pods, and yielding a fine specimen of Productus cequicos-
tattis 2^

5. Argillaceous shale weathering into clay with abundant de-
tached valves ot Chonetes mesoloba 4

6. Slope to bottom of channel 3

41^
Perhaps a mile farther down the river, and in the next westerly
bend, a similar exposure was observed in the river channel as
follows :

Feet.

1. Slope, passing down into arenaceous shale with "coal-
blossom" 5

2. Produc/us-hQ&r\x\g limestone in a heavy ledge with one or
two thinner and discontinuous ledges 2

3. Bluish argillaceous shale weathering into clay, with abun-
dant shells of Chonetes mesoloba 3

4. Slope to bottom of channel 3

The Sherman coal-working- is on a little stream falling into
Long branch, half or three-quarters of a mile above its confluence
with Salt river. There are several openings and a few natural
exposures, which, combined, afford an excellent section.

3. Slierniaii .Section.

Feet.

1. Compact massive limes'tone, sometimes magnesian in

spots and bands, discontinuously bedded ; without well
preserved fossils, but with many traces of shells 4^

2. Calcareo-argillaceous shale (sometimes absent) i

330 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SriEXCE.

3. Thinl}' and regularly laminated black fissile i-hale. con-
taining ovoid nodules 5

4. Coal 2

5. Fire-clay 4

The workable coal is barely 2 feet — ii^enerally running from 22
to 23 inches. The base of this section is 2 or 3 feet above the
bottom of the ravine, and perhaps 25 feet above the bottom of the
river-channel.

A number of coincident exposures were observed on Long
branch within a mile from its mouth ; and a mile farther south-
ward there is an exposure of J-'roductus-hearing limestone in the
bottom of the river channel, the associated beds being invisible.

The next important exposure is at Hunt's coal-working, some
2 miles below the mouth of Long branch. The following section
is made up of a natural exposure in the stream channel, which
there hugs the western side of the valley, and the artificial expo-
sure of the working a few yards distant. The lowest member
was only seen in an excavation in the channel bottom.

4. Hunt Neetioii.

Feet.

1. Slope, witii a few fragments of limestone 5

2. Bright black fissile shale, with ovoid nodules 4

3. Coal, about 2

4. Fire-clay passing down into slope 12

5. Calcareo-arenacfous shale, locally lithified 10

6. Slope 2

7. Irregularly bedded knobby limestone with abundant shells

oi Productus, etc 2

S. Incoherent argillaceous shale 2

39
The absence of the limestone stratum commonly overlying the
black shale is remarkable, since it ordinarily forms the verge of
the escarpment in which this coal-seam occurs and in which the
openings are located.

The coal-workings from which Carbon was named are now
abandoned, and the strata there are no longer well exposed.

Ex^osiires on East Fork. — Th'e most northerly outcrop ob-
served is on the land of W. H. Payson, Esq., some zh miles north-
west of Macon, in a ravine perhaps a quarter of a mile east of and
40 or 50 ft. above East Fork. It is supplemented by coincident

J

M''GEE — NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO. 32 I

exposures at about the same altitude in an abandoned railway
cutting a mile and a half northwest, and in the Bevier road a mile
west, of Macon.

5. Pavsoii Section.

Feet.

1. Regularly bedded slightly inagnesian limestone, no fossils
observed, about 2J

2. Calcareo-arenaceous shale, about.. 3

3. Arenaceous shale, sometimes locally lithiiied into moder-
ately firm sandstone, about 6

The next section observed is in the channel and west bluft' of
East Fork, just above the brid^^-e on the Bevier road. It is much
obscured by talus, but the various portions exposed at difterent
points were readily combined.

6. Bevier Briilae Section.

Feet.

1. Compact limestone, generally pure but sometimes slightly
magnesian, containing no good fossils but occasional tra-
ces of shells. In one or two heavy ledges 3

2. Thinly laminated black fissile shale 3

3. Slope, about i.S

4. Irregularly bedded knobby limestone with abundant Pro-
ducti, etc. 2

5. Slope to bottom of river channel i

In descending the river an exposure w'as observed at the bridge
on the McGee College road which supplements and corroborates
the Patton creek section. It is as follows :

Feet.

1. Limestone, heavy-bedded and massive, bluish-gray, gen-
erally pure or slightly argillaceous but sometimes magne-
sian, with conchoidal fracture; containing no well pre-
served fossils but many obscure markings 3

2. Bright, jet-black shale, thinly and evenly laminated, with
nodular concretions, darkest below 5

3- Coal li

4. Fire-clay, bluish-gray, tenacious 3

5. Slope to clay-bed of creek, about 5

The next noteworthy exposures are on Patton creek, from half
a mile to a mile and a half above its confluence with East Fork.
A dozen or more exposures were combined to foim the section.

322 ■ TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

7. Patton Creek Section.

Feet.

1. Limestone, generally light gray but sometimes bluish,
commonly pure but occasionally argillaceous or magne-
sian, heavy-bedded, with shaly partings, rare fossil im-
pressions 2 to 5

2. Glossy black thinly laminated shale with ovid nodules 8

3. Coal ih

4. -'Soapstone" (fire-clay) 5

The coal here was roughly estimated to be 20 feet above the
bottom of the channel of East Fork.

About the mouth of Patton creek the exposures in the blufls of
both creek and river become more extensive. This locality was
examined nearly thirty years ago* by Prof. G. C. Broadhead, then
Assistant State Geologist, and an important section is recorded
in his report. t A part of this section, which was observed " at
Reese's coal-bed," was re-examined and verified, though the 13-
inch coal-seam is not now visible. The section is as follows :

S. Broaclbeatl .Section.

1. Limestone i'

2. Bituminous shale 15"

3. Bituminous coal 13"

4. Slope, showing clays and shales 6 to 10

5. Drab inclining to olive argillaceous shales 5'

6. Bluish-drab limestone, weathering to brownish 3'

7. Bluff" shales or clay 6"

8. Shales; olive at top, dark blue at bottom 11"

9. Bituminous shales, containing at the lower part a bed
of indurated pyritiferous shales containing many
fossils, viz. : P roductus muricatus^ P. cBquicostatus,
MachrocJteihcs, Seleiiofiiya, Orbic/iloidea, Cho?tetes
Smitht\ Teniopteris 4'

10. Bituminous coal 22"

11. Bluish fire-clay

There is an exposure on the McGee College -Excello road
in the bluft' half a mile west of East Fork, from which the
following sequence is easily made out, although thicknesses are
indeterminate :

* Within the ^jeriod from iSS7 to 1S61. Vide Trans. Si. Louis Acad. Sci., iv., No. 4,

18S6, p. 5(7.

t Rop. Geol. Survey Mo., iSsS-'7', hy Broadhead, Meek, and Shumard; 1873, p. Si.

M'GEE — NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO. 323

1. Sandstone and arenaceous shales.

2. Coal and coaly debris.

3. Brown limestone.

4. White limestone.

The same succession may be observe J in adjacent hills, where,
indeed, these firm ledges and the soft associated shales j^ive cha-
racter to the topography. The stratigraphy here is significant
in that it supplements and connects the Claybank creek and May-
field sections.

A good section is exhibited in the bluffs, in the mine, and in a
freshly excavated well near by, at the Mayfield coal-working 3
miles west of Excello. The sequence is as follows :

9. May field Section.

Feet.

1. Brittle clinking limestone with splintery fracture, no fos-
sils 3

2. Slope 10

3. Moderately firm sandstone, about 4

4. Slope 4

5. .Vrenaceous shale or clay i

6. Coal 5^

7. Under clay and slope, about 5

S. White limestone, containing no fossils but abundant crys-
tals of calcite, generally pure but sometimes shaly 4

9. Slope 13

10. Blue clay ("in well)

The base of this section is estimated to be 40 feet above the
bottom of the East Fork channel ; but the corresponding strata
in the road toward McGee College appear to be 10 or 20 feet
higher.

Another instructive exposure occurs just below the bridge over
East Fork on the Excello road. It appears in the channel and
east bluff' of the river, which the stream there approaches. It is
as follows :

10. £xceIlo Bridg'e .Section.

Feet.

1. Drift 10

2. Heavy-bedded limestone in discontinuous ledges, gener-

nWy pure but sometimes magnesian 4

3. Thinly :ind smoothly laminated jet-black shale, with ovoid
nodules 5

324 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCP:.

4- Coal ii

5. Light blue fire-clay, extending to bottom of channel 3

riiree-quarters of a mile east of the river thei'e is a series of
exposures in a ravine and in road-side gullies, which combine to
form the following section :

II. Excello Itoail Section.

Feet.

1. Limestone 2

2. Slope 3

3. Coal li

4. Claj and Slope, about S

5. Hard clinking limestone with splintery fracture, about.... 2

6. Slope ID

7. Sandstone, generally friable but sometimes firm 7 ',

8. Arenaceous clay (sometimes absent) i

9. Coal, exposed 4

The heavy coal-seam at this point was estimated at 50 feet
above the channel at East Fork.

In the creek crossing this road about a mile and a half west
of Excello there are several exposures from which a closely coin-
cident section may be constructed. It extends from the clinking
limestone of the above section to the brown and white limestones
and the subjacent shales seen on Claybank creek ; and in a hill
just east of the Emerson coal-working, a mile west of Excello,
there are exposures showing that a heav}' bed of fire-clay occurs
below, and the heavy coal-seain above, a conspicuous bed of
limestone, as is the case on Claybank creek. The coal-seam at
this working is about 42 feet thick.

Exposures on C/aybauk Creek. — There are several expo-
sures in the road from Bevier to McGee College (or College
Mound) in the vicinity of Claybank creek ; and there are addi-
tional exposures along the south side of the creek for half a mile
west from the road. Combined, these constitute an excellent
section :

12. C'laybaiik Creek Section.

Feet.

1. Heavy-bedded sandstone, sometimes incoherent 4

2. x\renaceous shale or sandy clay 1

M'^GKE NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OK MACON CO., MO. 325

3- Coal : 5

4. Clay and slope, about 5

5. Brown ferruginous dolomite with peculiar vertical mark-
ings probably formed hy a coral now completely dissolved 2

6 Light gray heavy-bedded limestone with conchoidal frac-
ture, sometimes argillaceous with shaly partings, some-
times dolomitic in spots and bands, with no good fossils
but many obscure traces of shells and corals 3

7. Light blue shale rapidly breaking down into clay with
abundant detached valves of Chonetes mesoloba 11

31
The section extends to the bottom of the channel of Claybank
creek, immediately below the bridge. The coal is best exposed
in two workings, an eighth and a quarter of a mile farther west
respectively ; but it is also seen in its proper place in the road.
It is noteworthy that in the half or three-quarters of a mile of
more or less imperfect exposures combined in this section there is
a westward inclination of not less than 30 or 40 feet.

Exposures on the Hauii. d- St. yos. Raihvay. — Some three-
quarters of a mile east of Macon there is an abandoned coal-work-
ing, near the lower brick-yard, in which the coal appears to have
been obtained only a few feet below the surface ; and about a
quarter of a mile farther east, and at a somewhat lower level, a
few ledges of rock dipping gently eastward are exposed in the
dry channel of the stream below the railroad bridge. The strata
appear to fall into the following arrangement :

13. I^ower Uriok-yarcl Section.

Feet.

1. Gray shale or clay 2

2. Slope \\

3. Evenly-bedded limebtone li

4. Hiatus, probably about 2

5. Coal ' ?

7
At Bevier the coal-workings are of great extent and import-
ance, yet little rock is exposed. In the channel of the creek
near the depot there appears a rather friable sandstone, frequently
nodular and irregular, sometimes cavernous and intersected by
peculiar shrinkage crevices recalling the interior structure of
locss-kiiidchen, though the scale is much larger; and the cement,

326 TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

where the hthifaction is perfect, appears to be at least in part cal-
careous. This sandstone is overlaid, and appears also to be
underlaid, by arenaceous shale. Only one of the coal-workings
was carefully examined. The coal (which is quite uniform)
averages 4 feet 5 inches in thickness, and was found to be under-
laid by dark shale or clay and covered commonly by arenaceous
shale, sometimes lithified, but occasionally by argillaceous shale.
The seam is sensibly horizontal, and lies perhaps 50 feet below
the railroad grade. It is sometimes affected by '^ difficulties,"
comprising both "rolls" and "horsebacks"; and more rarely it is
interrupted by clay -partings, which are usually slickensided.
Consistent and unquestionably reliable information, derived from
different individuals at this point, indicates that at Summit and
elsewhere there is a thin (about 15-inch) coal- seam some 25 or
28 feet above the heavy seam, and that a few feet below the lat-
ter a notable ledge of limestone occurs. The various data fall
into the following relation :

14. Re^ler Section.

Feet.

1. Drift, variable, but in one case 20

2. Hiatus, say 5

3. Coal li

4. Hiatus, say 7

5. Arenaceous shale, sometimes lithified, not less than 20

6. Argillaceous or argillo-arinaceous shale i

7. Coal 4h

8. Under-clay, etc., about 5

9. Compact limestone, say 5

6SJ
T/ic Borijig ill Macon. — The prospect bore is located in the
southeastern part of the city in a ravine some 30 feet deep, where
the drift was found to be 36 feet in thickness. An ordinary
plunge drill was used. The diameter of the bore is 13 inches in
the drift and 8 inches in the rock to 320 feet from the surface,
where a strong flow of water was encountered and the diameter
was reduced to 5 inches. Samples were taken by means of the
"sand pump" at frequent intervals, particularly when change in
character of material was indicated by the behavior of the drill ;
and special care was exercised in taking samples and in deter-
mining thicknesses of strata when the boiings indicated the prox-

M^GEE NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO. 327

iximity of coal-seams. The samples were collected and preserved
by the well-driller and one or more representatives of the citizens'
committee acting- in conjunction with him ; and the depth from
which each was taken was indicated upon the box in which it
was preserved. In t!>e following notes the depths are transcribed
from this record. The specimens were personally examined ; and
the notes represent the inferences then made as to the character
of the strata from which specimens were derived rather than ac-
curate descriptions of the specimens themselves.

15. >Iaroii Section.

Thickness Total
of Stratum. Depth.

1. Drift (no specimens preserved) 36' 36'

2. Blue calcareo-argillaceous shale breaking down

into clay with a few firm fragments 9' 45'

3. Hard brittle blue limestone with conchoidal
fracture, mixed with shaly debris and mud evi-
dently derived from the breaking up of shale .... i' 46'

4. Black shale breaking up into graphite-like mud 2' 48'

5. Coal, with a few fragments of shale 1' 1" 49' i"

6. Blue shale or clay containing a little grit, break-
ing down into mud, with a few shaly scales 5' 11" 55'

7. Tenacious blue clay with a few shaly flakes and

a trace of grit 10' 65"

S. Gray calcareous shale with a few fragments of
limestone, of which some are veined with calcite

and exhibit conchoidal fracture 5' 70'

9. Black shale, the larger fragments of which ex-
hibit parallel lamination : 3 2.V' 73 2^

10. Coal I 9^ 75

11. Tenacious blue clay containing a little gritty

matter 33' 8" io8' 8"

12. Black graphite-like clay with a few bits of gray
clay, the whole containing a little gritty matter

and scales of shale 17' 4" 126'

13. Dark gray or black clay evidently derived from
slightly calcareous shale containing fragments
of dark blue limestone

14. Firm black carbonaceous shale

15. Slightly calcareous gray clay with abundant
shaly scales

16. Calcareous gray clay with shaly scales 18' 6" 155'

17. Slightly calcareous dark gray shale 30' 185'

6"

126' 6"

I' 9"

128' 3"

8' 3"

136' 6''

7'

220'

53'

273'

3

276'

5'

6"

■ 2S1' 6"

5'

2S6' 6"

3'

6"

290'

3o'

320'

5'

325'

32S TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Thickness Total
of Stratum. Depth.
iS. Light gray limestone, pure, probably massive

or thick-bedded, with conchoidal fracture 2S' 213'

19. Light gray sub-crystalline limestone intermixed
with dark gray shale

20. Light gray slightly calcareous shale and clay...

21. Dark gray slightly calcareous clay

22. Calcareous gray shale

23. Light gray cherty limestone

24. Light gray limestone, dark gray calcareous
shale, and chert

25. Light gray cherty limestone

26. Bluish gray calcareous shale

27. Light gray cherty limestone and dark gray cal-
careous shale 10' 6" 335' 6"

28. Light gray and dark gray nodular calcareous

shale 39'6 375'

29. Light gray siliceous limestone and chert 21' 396

30. Light buff pulverulent rock containing beautiful
crystals of carbonate of lime and carbonate of
iron, and leaving a considerable residue (proba-
bly siliceous and magnesian) after digestion in

acid 14' 410'

31. Dark gray arenaceous shale, light gray calcare-
ous shale, and crystals of calcite 72' 4S2'

32. Light gray arenaceous and calcareous shale

with light buff powder like 30 27' 509'

33. Blue sparry limestone with fossil markings 23' 532'

34. Shaly blue limestone 43' 575'

35. Light gray and dark blue shaly limestone 60' 635'

36. Blue limestone 17' 652'

37. Light blue sparry limestone 112' 764'

38- Light blue cherty and arenaceous limestone 36' 800'

39. Gray sparry limestone and fine fissile blue shale 95' 895'

40. Massive blue shale or indurated clay 100' 995'

41. Fine ca'careous sand 5' 1000'

T/ic General Section. — It should be mentioned that while
only the more important of the exposures observed in Macon
county are recorded in the foregoing paragraphs, a large number
of outcrops of single ledges or beds were examined and found to
afford material aid in tracing and correlating the strata ; and it
should be added that many strata — e.g. the clinking limestone,
the brown dolomite of Claybank creek, the Proditctiis limestone,
the nodular black shale, etc. — exhibit numberless minute but per-

M^GEE NOTES 0\ THE GEOI.OGV OF MACON CO., MO. 329

sistent and easily recognizable diagnostic features by which they
can be readily discriminated wherever found.

In following the exposures down Salt river from the Hann.
& St. Jos. railway to Hunt's coal-workirg it is found that the
strata have a southward inclination somewhat greater than the
slope of the river ; for not only does an identical and unmistaka-
ble rock-sequence — semi-dolomitic limestone, nodular black
shale, coal, and fire-clay, of constant thickness and uniform order,
and uniformly related to an underl}ing fossiliferous limestone of
peculiar character — appear at progressively decreasing heights
above the channel bottom, but the obscure yet unmistakable rock-
shelf formed in the bluffs by the limestone declines perceptibly
with respect to the river. The strata on East Fork have in like
manner a southward dip slightly greater than the river slope ; for
not only does a distinctive horizon iS feet above the channel bot-
tom at the Bevier bridge descend to the extreme bottom of the
channel at the Excello bridge, but the conspicuous sandstone
beds sink from mid-height of the bluffs in the latitude of Bevier
and Macon to only a quarter or third of the way up the slightly
higher bluffs in the latitude of Excello.

Moreover, since the rock sequence exposed on Salt river is
duplicated so exactly on the East Fork as to leave no doubt
of its identity (the chief difference being a slight thinning of a
coal seam), and since the latter valley is some 35 or 40 feet
deeper than the former, it is e\ ident that the strata have a dip
westward ; and t!>is dip appears to be about equal to the south-
ward inclination. The true inclination is therefore southwestei'ly.
The mean rate may be roughly estimated at about 7 or S feet per
mile ; and the local inequalities are unimportant. This uniform-
ity in dip facilitates correlation of the detached sections.

On seeking to so combine the various exposures as to form a
general section exhibiting the succession of strata in the region,
they fall at once into three groups : The first of these includes
the four Salt river sections, the Bevier bridge section, the Patton
creek section, and the Excello bridge section ; the second includes
the Claybank creek. May field. Excello road, Bevier, and Payson
sections; while the third includes the Broadhead section, the
Lower Brick-\ ard section, and the Macon boring. The first two

330 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

of the groups correlate readily among themselves ; while of the
third group one section was personally examined only in part,
another is isolated, and the last is necessarily less satisfactory
than an outcrop section, and the group thus becomes of secondary
importance.

The hiatus between the first and second groups, measured be-
tween the 5-foot coal seam and the seam so conspicuous on Salt
river, was estimated to be 45 ft. at the Pavson and Bevier bridge
sections, 50 feet at the Excello road and Excello Bridge sec-
tions, 50 feet at the exposures northwest of Macon (also referred
to Bevier bridge), 40 feet at the Mayfield and Excello bridge
sections, and 60 feet between the Excello bridge section and the
exposure on the road toward McGee College. It is believed that
all of these estimates are within 20 or 35 per cent, of the truth.
The mean is about 50 feet. This hiatus is in part filled by the
Broadhead section, a portion of which was verified and the 22-
inch coal seam noted near its centre correlated with the iS-inch
seam of Patton creek. On adding the upper part of this sec-
tion to the Excello bridge sequence, and juxtaposing with that of
Claybank creek, the hiatus appears to be nearly filled ; but, since
none of the strata can be certainly correlated, there is some un-
certainty as to the relation ; and the exact thickness of the miss-
ing strata cannot be ascertained.

On juxtaposing the Broadhead section and the Macon boring,
the relations of the strata penetrated liy the prospect drill become
at once apparent. It is true that the limestone above the lowest
coal becomes ''calcareous shale" in the boring record, that the
vertical interval between the coal seams in the exposure appears
too small unless the larger estimate of the "slope" (number 4 of
the section) be adopted, and that there are a few other incongru-
ities ; but, when the uncertainty inseparable from the methods of
determining the stratigraphy in the one case and the thickness in
the other is considered, this discrepance becomes insignificant.
The Lower Brick-yard section also falls into a position consistent
at once with the stratigraphy and with relative altitudes ; but
the imperfection of the section is such that the coincidence can
scarcely be regarded as corroborative of the accuracy of the
correlation.

Accordingly the several exposures may safely be combined as

M'GEE — GEOLOGY MACON CO., MO.

331

'"^

"000

ill the accompain-ing- diagiam, F\g. 6 ;
and the general section of the Lower Coal
Measures of Macon county, Missouri,
from the limestone above the Summit
coal to the Sub-carboniferous limestone —
a section measuring not less than 210 and
certainly not more than 225 feet — may be
formulated as follows :

(oiispcotiis of .Msieoii C'otiiily SIrata.

I. Upper limestone 2'

Shale or clay (slope in sec. 11) .... 3

.Summit coal j 5"

Shale or clay (slope in sec. 11) .... 8

Clinking limestone 2 6

Arenaceous shale or sandstone .... 17

Bev^ier coal -

Fire-clay and shale 5

Brown dolomite 2

White limestone 3

Upper Chonctis shale or clay

Hiatus '

Clay or shale

Limestone j

Black shale 2

Eleven-inch coal

Shales, clay, etc 16

Semi-magnesian limestone 4

Glossy black shale with ovoid

nodules -

Carbon coal 2

Fire-clay ij

Shales and clays 8

Impure limestone i

Shales and clays 10

Productus limestone 2

Lower C^o«e/fe5 shale 4

Total observed thickness (in-
cluding hiatus)

13

5

14.
15-
16.

17-
18.
19.

^3-

24.

-5-
26.

132 2

27. Predominantly carbonaceous
shales, etc. (bottom of 11, with 12
-14 of sec. 15) 23

28. Calcareo-ar^illaceous shales (15-

17 of sec. 15) 56 9

Sub-Carboniferous limestone.
Total from boring recoid alone 79 9

A-ggregate 212

332 TRANS. ST. LOUtS ACAD. SCIENCE.

The relations of the more important members of this series
both among themselves and to the surface are shown graphically
in the general section through the tract surveyed forming Fig. 6.

The relations of the series as a whole to the subjacent forma-
tions are roughly indicated by the boring record. While it is
evident from the record, and still more from the borings them-
selves, that samples were not taken with sufficient frequency to
give an accurate sequence, inspection shows that borings brought
up from beneath the summit of the first heavy limestone fall natu-
rally into nine groups, viz. :

Group. Petrographic Character.

1 Limestones

2 Somewhat calcareous shales

3 Cherty limestones and associated shales

4 Nodular calcareous shales

5 Silicious limestones, calcareous shales, etc.,

of heterogeneous character

6 Shalj and non-silicious limestones

7 Cherty limestones passing into shales

8 Shales or indurated clays

q Sandstone

T'axouofny. — The time at disposal did not permit, and the exi-
gencies of the investigation did not require, sufficiently extended
collection of fossils or of stratigraphic data to warrant correlation
of the Macon county series of deposits with those of other re-
gions. It was found, indeed, that the fossils are of little value
in identifying the several beds in which they occur, partly no
doubt because they were not collected and studied with sufficient
care, but partly because the same genera and species occur at
various horizons wherever the strata are of like composition.
Thus Cho7ietes mesoloba* is found in equal abundance in two
beds separated by a vertical interval of over 70 feet in Macon
county, and, according to White, ranges '^ through the whole se-
ries of strata of the Carboniferous period in Illinois, Missouri, and
Iowa";t while Product us ivquicostatns^ whose type comes from

* Identified by Mr. CD. Walcott, Palaeontologist U. S. Geological Survey.

t Rep. Geog. and Gaol. Expl. and Surveys W. of the looth Mer., iv. pt. i, 1S75, 123.

Boring
ecord No.

Thicl

18-19

35'

20-22

62'

23--7

54'

28

40'

29-33

157'

34-37

232'

38-39

131'

40

100'

41

M''GKE NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO. 333

the Coal Measures far above the Macon county series,* together
with its associates, occur in nearly equal abundance in the two
limestones below tlie Carbon coal, and more rarely in all the lime-
stones of the series. Fortunately the occasion for examining the
taxonomic relations of the naturally exposed strata does not exist,
since they have been acceptably referred by the widely-known
othcial geologists of the State, Professors Swallow and Broad-
head to the Lower Coal Measures, as defined by the formerf and
applied in Macon cou:ity by the latter. J The ^'Ferruginous Sand-
stone" of these authors was not recognized either in outcrops or
in the boring records ; and the Coal Measures may be regarded
as terminating above the 35-foot limestone forming Nos. 18 and
19 of the record.

The data atlbrded by the borings are too meagre to indicate
decisively the relations of the several strata penetrated ; but, on
comparing the materials and thicknesses of the groups into which
they fall with the general sections developed by the State surveys
of Missouri, Illinois, and Iowa (a sort of composite of which was
prepared for use in prognosticating the results of the boring), it
becomes apparent that the first group, with perhaps some of the
subjacent shales, simulates the St. Louis ; that the combined
second and third, with perhaps part of the fourth, correspond
closely with the Keokuk ; that the fifth and the remaining part
of the fourth occupy the place and exhibit the characters of the
Burlington ; that the sixth is allied to the Kinderhook ; that the
seventh agrees fairly well with the Niagara ; and that the eighth
closely approaches the Hudson River, to which the ninth may
also belong. Accordingly, the various strata exposed naturally
and penetrated by the drill in Macon county may be tentatively
classified as in the following table, in which there is also intro-
duced, cliiefly to indicate the possible extent of the personal equa-
tion in influencing the classification, the section predicted when
the drill was in the 35-foot limestone.

* ist & 3d Rep. Gen'l Survey Mo., Swallow, 1855, pt. ii. 201, pi. C fig. 10.
\ Op. cii., S9-91.

t Rep. Geol. Survey of Mo., 1855-71, by Broadhead, Meek, and Shumard, 1S73, 74-92;
Atlas ace. Rep. on Iron Ores and Coal Fields, 1873, pi. v.

^34

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

^ cs -z:

c/j ^ ifj O y-,

^ s ^ s

H O

THE COAL FIELDS.

As shown in the accompanying map and generalized section
(Figs. 1 and 6), as well as in the foregoing conspectus, there are
in southeastern Macon county four coal seams, viz : (i) the
Summit coal, (2) the Bevier coal, (3) the xi-inch coal, and {4)
the Carbon coal.

The Summit coal is not known to exceed 16 or 18 inches in

M'^^GEE — NOTES ON THE GliIOLOGY OF MACON CO., MO. 335

thickness in the tract studied ; nor is it known to have been
worked. Its field corresponds roughly with that of the Bevier
coal save that it has been further reduced by erosion ; and its
periphery accordingly fidls from a few yards to a mile within the
margin of the latter. It may perhaps be economically mined in
a small way by open workings ; but its extraction would proba-
bly be found improfitable under existing conditions.

As shown by the detailed sections represented in Fig. 4, the
Bevier coal ranges in thickness from an average of 4 feet 5 inches
at Bevier to nearly 5 feet on Claybank creek, and about 55 feet
at the Mayfield working ; and these measurements probably
represent fairly the thickness of the seam over the field lying
between East Fork and Middle Fork. 'The seam appears to
attenuate, however, both northward and eastward ; at the Ex-
cello working it is only about 4 feet thick, and farther north-
ward on the "grand divide" its thickness is probably still less.
The area occupied by the Bevier coal is represented roughly
and in part hypothetically upon the accompanying map, Fig. i.
West of East Fork this cartography is approximately correct ;
but east of that river its representation involves inferences as
to altitudes, dip of strata, and the depth of the drift, which
are liable to considerable error. Moreover, so rapidly does
the seam attenuate northeastward that it is doubtful whether
it will ever be found workable far east of the East Fork. It is
questionable, too, whether it can be profitably worked much
farther northward than Bevier. Over the entire Bevier -McGee
College field the quality of the coal appears to be fully up to the
standard already established for the well known Bevier coal of
the markets; the height of the seam above the main drainage
lines is such as to insure dr}' or easily drained workings ; and its
thickness appears to be maintained. On the whole, this may be
regarded as one of the finest coal fields in the trans-Mississippi
basin.

The I i-inch coal seam has been opened at different points
along the East Fork and in the vicinity of Macon, but it is not
now worked, and probably cannot be with profit under existing
conditions.

So far as personally observed on East Fork, the Carbon
coal is of quite uniform thickness, ranging from 17 to 18 inches ;

33^ TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

but it is reported by citizens to thicken locally to 2, 3, 4^ and
even 8 feet. Certainly it thickens materially eastward, as indi-
cated by the Macon boring record of 31.^ inches, and the observed
thickness of 33 to 25 inches on Salt river — where, again, extrava-
gant claims are made concerning its thickness and quality. It is
a reasonable inference that the thickness continues to increase
eastward until the bed is cut off" by erosion probably near the
county line, as the Bevier coal is cut off' on the "grand divide" ;
and there is presumptively a corresponding attenuation westward.
Its area is approximately represented in the accompanying map.
Fig. I. The Carbon coal was formerly worked largely at the
now defunct town of Carbon and elsewhere ; but since the great
development of the Bevier mines took place its extraction has
been confined to a few drifts and open workings operated in a
small way to meet local demands. It is doubtful whether this
field can be successfully brought into competition with the Bevier
and other coal fields of Missouri, at least for the present, and for
the portion lying westward of the "grand divide," but judicious
prospecting and exploitation along and east of Salt river is ad-
visable ; and eventually the Carbon coal will form a resource of
great value.

TRA NS ACTIONS.

The Fressure of the Wind on Roofs and Inclined

Surfaces.

By J. H. KiN-EALY.

The formula generally used to calculate the normal pressure of
the wind on a surface inclined at an angle to the direction of the
wind is the one deduced by Unwin from experiments made by
Hutton in 17S6.

This formula is

»r T, , . .V I.S42 COS i — I,

A' = F (sin I) ^

where iVis the normal pressure per square foot of surface ; z, the
angle of inclination with the direction of the wind ; and Z', the
pressure per square foot of the same wind upon a surface perpen-
dicular to its direction.

In making the series of experiments from which the above for-
mula was deduced, a complete description of which is in Tract
36, 17SS, titled "Resistance of the Air to Bodies in Motion,"
Hutton used an apparatus that consisted essentially of a small
wooden lever fastened at one end to a cylinder that turned easily
about a vertical axis. The cylinder was made to turn on the ver-
tical axis by means of weights fastened to a cord wound about
it. A small rectangular plane was fastened by one of its edges
to the outer end of the lever. By noting the weights necessary
to turn the cylinder, and making due allowances for friction, Hut-
ton measured the resistance of the air to the plane when it was
inclined at various angles to the horizon. It is evident from his
description of the manner of making the experiment, that, al-
though he does not mention the matter, Hutton, by the experi-
ments, found not the normal pressure of the air on the plane, but
the horizontal compoiient of the normal pressure.

As a result of his experiments he gives the formula

„ r> , . .. 1.S43 cos /,
R ^ P (sm t) ^

where P is the resistance when the plane is perpendicular to its

V. — 3-1 [May 14, 1SS9.

,33^ TRANS. ST LOUIS ACAD. OF SCIENCE.

direction of motion, and R the lesistanee when the plane is in-
clined at an angle i to the direction of motion.

If then R^ /'(sin i) ' "^ is the expression for the

horizontal component for the pressure of the air on the plane, the
normal pressure, JV, on the plane is

__ R r^w . .X 1.S42 cos / — I.

sm z ^ ^

This is the formula given by Unwin, and used by him to cal-
culate the table of wind pressure on roofs published in his book
on "Iron Bridges and Roofs."

This formula JV=z P (sin i) ''^^^ cos z— i ^.^^^ ^j^^^ ^^^^^
to be some very peculiar results.

It is evident that N is equal to P when

, . .. 1.843 cos i — I,

(sm I) ^ — I5

, , . .. 1.S42 cos z — I, , .,,

and (sin t) ^ — i^ when eitlier

sin / =: I , or when i .843 cos i — • i zir o,

sin / =^ I when i = 90° ; and 1.842 cos / — 1^0, when

'^^^ '= 1784^ °^' ' = 57° lo'-

In other words, the formula says, the normal pressure on a
surface inclined at an angle of 57° 10' to the direction of the wind,
is the same as it would be if the surface were perpendicular to the
direction of the wind.

If the surface is inclined at any angle between 57° 10', and 90°
A'' will be greater than P. Since for all such angles 1.843 cos i

— lis less than zero, and sin /, in the formula, has a negative ex-
ponent ; and as sin i for any value of i less than 90° is less than
unity, A^ becomes equal to P divided by a fraction.

From what has been said, it is evident that TV has its maxi-
mum value for some value of i between 57° 10' and 90°.

Differentiating the expression for A" with respect to z, and put-
ting the differential co-efficient equal to zero, we obtain the equa-
tion

— 1.843 (sin i) ^' ^^ ^'^^ ^ log sin i -\- (1.842 cos i — i ) cos i

, . .. 1.842 cos / 3

(sm I) ^ =0,

, . . 1 .842 cos^ i — cos t

whence log sm z = — 5 -, ^^t~

^ 1.842 (I — cos- t)

KINEALY — PRESSURE OF THE WIND ON ROOFS, ETC. 339

Letting the right-hand member of the equation be represented

by y, we have sin / = e-^, where e is the base of the Naperian
system of logarithms.

Expanding this expression, we have

Sin/=I J^y-\-^-^^-{-8LC.

Throwing away all of the terms but the first and second of the

right-hand member and reducing, we have as an approximate

result —

cos I

1.842

sm t =z ^,

I — cos- 2

Solving this equation by trial, we find that IV will have its
maximum value when t is about 6S°.

These results given by the formula are incompatible with good
theory, for the impulse of either a limited or an unlimited stream
upon a plane inclined to its direction. The impulse of wind on
a roof may be considered as that of an unlimited stream upon a
plane surface of the same area and inclination as the roof.

According to Weisbach, if A is the area of a surface impinged
upon by an unlimited current whose density is d and velocity v,
the impulse on the surface when it is perpendicular to the direc-
tion of the current is

_ K v^ Ad,

where A' is a constant to be determined by experiment, and g" is
the acceleration due to the force of gravity.

According to Duchemin, when the surface is inclined at an
acute angle / to the current, the impulse in the direction of the
current is

Tj ICv^Ads'xn'^t

■^ ; i '• 9 rr (See Weisbach's Mech.)

^(i +sm- i)
Dividing this expression by the former, we obtain
2 T'sin^ i P

R =

I -j-sm^ / I -j- cot^ i

2
7? in this formnla represents the horizontal compone7it of the

340 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

normal pressure, and not the normal pressure, as was stated in
the Annals of Math., vol. i, No. 3, p. 44.

Duchemin applied this formula to the results of experiments
made by Vince, by Hutton, and by Thibault, and found it to agree
with the results of all better than did the formula, given on page
337 that was deduced by Hutton from his experiments alone.
(See Annals of Math., vol. i, No. 2.)

The normal pressure is A^= . — .and the vertical component

of the normal pressure \%V :=. R cot i.

-r, ^^ c T7.T R '2' P sin t

l:'rom the formula JV =1 — — z= ,- .0 •
sm I I -\- sni- I

it is evident that Nz=. P when 2 sin / = i -(- sin^ ?', whence

sin z =: I, or i — 90°. For all values of i less than 90° N is-

less than P^ as it would seem should be the case.

_, ,;- 7-1 • P cot i . , , -.^ . ,

rrom K 1= 7t cot i = ; ^r-^ it is seen that k is equal to

I -\- cot^ z

P when cot^ I — 2 cot i ^ — 2. Whence cot i =z i ^ \/ — i.

A result that indicates that V is never equal to P. V is-

cot i , • , • ,

equal to zero when — j 5— . :=o, which is true when cot ^ 1= o,

^ I -|- cot^ t

or / = 90°, and also when cot i =: cc , or z = 0°.

-r^ . ^, . . , . P cot I , . ,

Dinerentiatinsf the expression V=z — ; ^=—7 and puttine the

^ ^ I -|- cot2 /, * *=

differential co-efficient equal to zero and reducing, we have
cot^ / — 2
(2+cot2 2)^ .— °*

Whence we see that Kis a maximum when cot /:= \/2, or z i&
about 35° 15'.

The results obtained by using the formula iV=: — , — ^—^.
•^ * I 4- sin2 t

agree not only with good theory, but also with the results of ex

periments, and, therefore, it is the formula that should be used.

in calculating the wind pressure on roofs and bridges.

KINEALY PRESSURE OF THE WIND ON ROOFS, ETC.

341

TABLES.

Table i gives the values of the horizontal component of the
pressures per square foot of inclined surface, as deduced for vari-
ous angles by Hutton's formula and also by Duchemin's, when P
is equal to 40 pounds per square foot.

Table 2 gives the normal pressures per square foot of inclined
surface, as deduced by Unwin's formula and also by Duchemin's,
when P is equal to 40 pounds per square foot.

Table 3 is designed for the use of engineers and architects,
and gives the normal pressure with its horizontal and vertical
components upon each square foot of inclined surface when P is
assumed as 40 pounds per square foot.

The Plate shows the two curves represented by the polar equa-
tions used to calculate Table 2, drawn to a scale of 16 pounds to
the inch.

.to

x«S"J"

{ ; ,' / / / /' / ,'' ,.' / A

I /' / / // //' / y' y An

I ,' / / / / / / / y <^ J"^^

^o-

ScaU '/'6"= J^*

^"^^

342

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.
TABLE I.

c .
l« c

HUTTON.

DUCHKMIN.

is

<- 2

C w

HuTTON.

DUCHEVIN.

u eti

1.842 COS i.
R=P (sin ?■)

P

P

^= I + cota i

^= \-\- COl2 i.

Mr

I.S42 COS /.

R=P (sin /)

<

2

50°

2

5°

0-454

0.600

29-175

29-584

lO"

1.670

2-344

55"

32-383

32.120

k;"

4-515

4.984

60"

35-037

34.280

20°

6.245

8-376

65"

37-051

36 . 080

25"

9-552

12.123

70"

38-417

37-512

30"

13.240

16.003

75"

39-344

38.616

35°

17.290

19.804

80^

39-805

39-384

40"

21.440

23-390

H5"

39-975

39.848

45"

25.469

26.666

90"

40.000

40 . 000

TABLE 2

•

id

UNWIN.

DUCHKMIN.

s .

UNWIN.

DUCHEVIN.

^-.2

•B.2
.50°

1.842 COS?— I

N=P (sin ?•)

2 P sin i

1.842 COS «■— 1

A^=/'(sin 0

2y7-_- 2 P sin t

s 0

■"^ — 1 + sinS i.

i+sin£»

5°

5.214

6.919

38.0S6

38.620

10°

9.620

13-485

.55^

39-532

39-217

15°

13-956

19.450

60-^

40.457

39-590

20°

18.260

24.496

65"

40.881

39.808

25°

22.601

28.686

70-

40.882

39.922

30°

26.480

32.000

75"

i 40-732

39-976

35°

30.144

34-527

80"

t 40 . 420

39-995

40°

■ 33-355

36-388

81; '^

j 40.128

39-999

45"

36.019

37-713

90"

40 . 000

40 . 000

TABLE 3.

Angle

of
Inclina-
tion i.

O"

5°
10°

15°
20°

25°
30°
35°
40°
45°
50°
55''
60°

65°
70°

75°
80°
85°
90*"

NORMAL PKKSSURE.

^ 2 P sin i

I + sinS ;■

0.000
6.919

13-485
19.450
24.496
28.686
32.000

34-527
36.388

37-713
38-620
39.217

39-590
39.808
39.922
39.976

39-995
39-999
40.000

HOR.

COMPONENT.

R =

2 P

sin* i

I +

sinS /■

VERTICAL COMPONENT

0.000
0.600

2-344
4-984
8-376
12.123
16.003
I 9 . 804
23.390
26.666

29-584
32. 120
34.280
36 . 080
37-512
38.616

39-384
39.848
40.000

P cot i
V— I + cots i

2 _

o-ooo

6.894
13.280
28.788

23.019

25.998
27.718
28.283

27-S75
26.666
24.826
22.494

19-795
16.823

13-654
10.346

6-945
3-499
0.000

i

( 343 )

CONTRIBUTIONS FR0:M TIIR Sir AW SCHOOL OF BOTANY.
Xo. 5.

Revision of North American Ilicinex and Celastracese.

By William Trelease.

(Presented Feb. 4. 1S89.)

Pending the desired continuation of Dr. Gray's Synoptical
Flora, I have thought best to place the following synopsis of
these small Orders in the hands of botanists, in the hope of se-
curing information and material needed for some species. The
manuscript, based on a study in 1887 of the material in the Gray?
Torrey and Engelmann herbaria, has been used in an examina-
tion of the specimens contained in the herbarium of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, in that of Mr. I. C. Martindale, and, more
recently, of the herbaria at Kew and Berlin. For the privilege of
using the large collections named, and for other material kindly
placed in my hands by correspondents, I am very grateful.

Both Orders are taken in the sense of Bentham and Hooker,
Gen. i. The first includes, besides our two genera, only the small
Pacific genera Byronia^ Endl., and Sphenostemou^ Baill. The
second comprises some 400 species belonging to 39 genera, —
largely tropical.

IL.I€13i E.K.

So far as our flora is concerned, Ilex is represented by endemic
species limited to the eastern half of the continent ; but some of
them are represented by closely related eastern Asiatic species.
Bentham and Hooker recognize about 145 species, all told. The
only recent comprehensive study of the genus is by Maximowicz,
in Mem. Acad. Imp. St. Petersb. 1881, ser. 7, xxix. No. 3, where
about 170 species are admitted, of which 120 have been studied
by the author. The greater number belong to tropical regions,
especially of this continent. Nemopanthes includes only the one
species of our flora.

Biologically, there is little of interest in the species of either
genus. The leaves o{ Ilex aquifolho)/, the European holly, and

344 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

of its American representative, /. opaca^ are known to be varia-
ble as regards the pungent toothing of their margins, and it has
been observed that the upper branches are apt to bear more entire
leaves than the lower, as though in correlation with their smaller
need of protection, removed, as they are, from the reach of her-
bivorous animals, or protected from them by the lowerpart of the
plant. As a parallel case, it may be observed that the upper
branches of the Osage orange {Madura aurantiaca) are com-
monly spineless, while the lower bear spines ; but this, of course,
adduces no real proof as to the cause of the observed variability.

The flowers of both genera are small and not conspicuous,
though the petals may be more or less white. All our species
appear to be polygamo-dioecious, from the abortion of stamens or
pistils.* The cross-fertilization which this separation of the sexes
necessitates, is effected by small insects, chiefly Diptera — though
Hymenoptera and even Lepidoptera visit them to a certain ex-
tentf — attracted by pollen or the very accessible nectar at the base
of the flowers. J

Dissemination is brought about by birds which feed upon the
pulpy fruit, the seeds being enclosed within stony, indigestible
nutlets. § The red-fruited species often show yellow-fruited races,
but these are scarcely more worthy of varietal name than floral
albinos of other groups. Parenthetically, it may be said that this
remark applies equally to the white-fruited races of Gaylussacia,
Fragaria^ &c.

The Hollies, like many other woody plants now abundant in
our flora, appear to have become well established in the Tertiary
age. Nemopanthes is said by Schimper to have had one repre
sentative at that time,|l and Hex occurred in numerous species
which, as a result of the mild climate of high latitudes, reached
into the far north of what are now the two great continents,

* Cf. Darwin; Different Forms of Flowers, 297-8.

t SeeDelpino: Ult. Osservazione, ii. (2), 300, and Just's Jahresbericht, 1S75, S9;. It
is doubtful if tlit-y are at all aneinophilous, as suggested by Meehan in Proc. Philad. Acad.
1877, 128.

X Bonnier states that the entire abortive ovary in male flowers of /. aquifolium serves
^s a nectary. — Ann. So. nat. 1S79, viii. 140.

§ See Hutli : Kosmos, ix. 2S2, and Verbreitung der Ptlanzen durch die Excremente der
Thiere, 1889, 11. Many scattered observations on this subject occur in journals such .ts
Nature and Hardwick's Science Gossip.

II Traite de Paleontol. Veg.— Just. 1S74, 6S0.

TREI.EASE ILICINE^ AND CELASTRACEyE. 345

whence they were driven by the subsequent cold of the Glacial
period, which ushered in the Qiiatenary. It is interesting to
observe the distribution of this genus over our western country,
Europe, &c., in Tertiary times, in contrast with its present
limitation.

SYNOPSIS.

ILEX, L. — Shrubs or small trees with short-petioled leaves and minute
pointed stipules ; flowers 4- to 9-merous ; calyx present and persistent in
both fertile and sterile flowers; corolla somewhat gamopetalous at base,
its lobes oblong and very obtuse; stamens adnate to the base of the short
tube. — Gen. No. 172 ; Benth. & Hook, /. c. 356 ; Maximowicz, /. c. — Includ-
ing Prinoss L. and AquifoUum^ Tourn., as well as several genera of Rafi-
nesque. The leader should consult Watson's Bibliographical Index for
synonymy.

* Flowers 4-merous ; drupe red or occasionally yellow ; nutlets prominently few-ribbed
on the sides and back; leaves coriaceous, evergreen. — § .^(7?<//b/;«;«, Gray, Man-
ual, I ed. 276. — Aquifolium, Tourn.

1. OPACA, AiT. — Tail shrub, or in the south a tree as much as 45 ft.
high; young twigs sparingly velvety-pubescent; leaves broad, 2 to 4 in.
long, elliptical to obovate-oblong, pungentlj* acuminate, mosth- spi-
nosely dentate, at least above; petiole and upper surface of midrib some-
what puberulent; sterile cymes 3- tog-flowered, mostly 12 to 24 mm. long;
fertile, i- (rarely 3-) flowered, 6 to 12 mm. long, the puberulent peduncle
bibracteate at or below the middle; caljx segments acute, ciliate, espe-
cially in the fertile flowers; stigma verj' broad, sessile; drupe spheroidal
or ovoid, S to 10 mm. long. — Hort. Kew (1789) i. 169; Watson, Index, 160;
Maximowicz, I.e. 29; Sargent, Forest Trees of N. A. 34: Meliichamp,
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, viii. 112. — Massachust tts to Florida, west to s.e.
Missouri and Texas. I have seen no specimens collected north or east of
New York.

2. I. Dahoon, Walt. — Shrub or small tree not over 25 ft. high; young
growth and lower surface of le aves, at least the midrib, usually pubescent ;
leaves rather narrow as contrasted with the last, 2 or 3 in. long, elliptical
or mostly oblanceolate to obovate-oblong, usually cuneate, obtuse, acute,
or somewhat mucronate but not pungent, entire or with a few remote firm
serratures above ; inflorescence nearly as in the last, but the fertile cjmes
commonly 3-flowered ; calyx segments acute, more or less ciliate; drupes
subglobose, 4 to 6 mm. in diameter, on pedicels of equal length, mostly 3
from a common peduncle of the s-ame length. — Fl. Carol. (17S8J, 241;.
Watson, Index, 158; Maximowicz, I.e. 26; .Sargent. I.e. '}^^. — \'irg'nia to
Florida Passes through a form with elongated narrow leaves (/. angus-
tijolia, Willd. Enum. 172) into the variety.

34^ TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Var. myrtip'olia, Chapm. With crowded mostly entire mucronate
glabrate leaves, frequently only 8 to lo mm. long, and shorter-stalked
drupes. — Chapm. Fl. So. States (iS6o), 269; Watson, /. c. 158. /. myrti-
Jolia, Walter, /. c. 241 ; Maximowicz, 26. 31 ; T. F. Wood, Bull. Torrey
Bet. Club, xi. 136. — North Carolina to Florida, west to Louisiana.

3. I. Cassine, Walt. — Shrub or occasionally arborescent; twigs and
petioles puberulent; leaves half inch to inch and a half long, elliptical or
elliptical-oblong, very obtuse, coarsely cienate-serrate, with a deciduous
gland or denticle at each sinus; sterile cymes about 8 mm. long, short-
peduncled ; fertile, sessile, i- to 3-flowered ; calyx segments rounded, scarce-
ly ciliate ; ovary contracted below the stigma ; drupes round, 4 to 6 mm. in
diameter, on pedicels of equal length. — I.e. (178S), 241; Watson, 158;
Maximowicz, 22; Sargent, 36. — Virginia to Florida and Bermuda, west to
Arkansas and Texas.

An effort to improve on the nomenclature of this species, unless it is
called /. Cassine, ft. L. Sp. (1753), 125, would probably cause it to stand
as /. Peragua (L.) = Cassine Peragua, L. Mantiss. (1771), ii. 220.

* * Flowers 4- to 6- merous ; drupe red or purple ; nutleis as in the last; leaves deciduous >
— § Prinoides, Gray, /. c. 276.

■^ Cymes i-flowered, bractless.

"'"'■ Leaves typically spatulate to obovate, at length firm but not thick, crenate-sernilate.

4. I. decidua, Walt. — Shrub or small tree Avith glabrous gray twigs;
leaves 2 or 3 in. long, glossy above and narrowly grooved along the mid-
rib, pubescent below, at least on the midrib; cuneate-obovate or mostly
spatulate-oblanceolate. blunt-acuminate to obtuse or emarginate, the low
teeth tipped with minute glands ; petiole mostly pubescent; flowers ap-
pearing with the leaves ; sterile pedicels 6 to 12 mm. long ; calyx segments
broadly triangular, mostly dark-pointed and scarcely ciliate; drupes de-
pressed globose, about 6 mm. in diameter, usually with short styles. — /. c.
(1788), 241; Watson, 158; Maximowicz, 30; Sargent, 37. — Virginia to
Florida, west to Missouri and Texas.

•'-'■ ■'-'• Leaves ovate to lanceolate, rather thinner except in one variet)', sharply serrate.

5. I. LoNGiPES, Chapman, ined. — Related to the last; leaves a couple
of inches long, elliptical to very broadly lanceolate, sparingly ciliate with
short broad hairs, otherwise glabrous; drupes about 8 mm. in diameter,
globose, solitary on pedicels about an inch long. — North Carolina {Buck-
ley^ to Tennessee (^Gattinger), Alabama {Buckley., Beaumoiii)., and Lou-
isiana {Drum7nond) .— Nemopanthes Canadensis, Gattinger, Tennessee
Flora, 31.

6. I. ambigua, Chapm. — Shrub or small tree with mostly glabrous
twigs; leaves an inch or two long, slightly glossy, glabrous or with scat-
tered hairs on the petiole and upper side, especially along the midrib,
ovate or lanceolate, mostly acute or acuminate, the base acute, sparingly

1 RELEASE — ILICIXE.E .it CELASTK ACE.«. 347

serrate with low sharp teeth, or biserrate; caljx segments rounded, usu-
ally strongly ciliate; drupes subglobose, about 6 mm. in diameter, their
pedicels one-half shorter. — Fl. So. btates (1S60), 269; Watson, 157; Max-
imowicz. 30. — North Carolina to Florida, west to Arkansas and Texas.

The earliest name appears to be Cassiue Carolininna, Walter, I. c.
(17S8), 242. If this specific name is to be accepted, the plant becomes /.
Carolintana (Walt.) The Cussi'ne Carolitiiaiia of Lam. Diet. i. 652
(17S3), is /. Casstfie.

\'ar.(.'') coriacea. Leaves glabrous, firm and apparently evergreen.
— Tampa, Florida {Garber, 1877).

7. I. MONTicoLA, Gray. — Leaves large, 2 to 5 in. long, frequently
rounded at base, with more conspicuous serrations, and usually sparingly
hairy along the veins on both sides; caiy.\ segments rather acute and less
ciliate; drupes spheroidal, with an evident style. — -Manual (1867), 306;
Watson, 159; Maximowicz, 30; Chapman, Supplement, 633. — Mountains,
New York to Alabama.

8. I. MOLLIS, Gray. — At first closely soft-pubescent, the twigs and upper
surface of the leaves at length glabrate; leaves more broadly ovate; oth-
erwise resembling the last, of -which it is, perhaps, only a well-marked
variety. — I.e. (1867)5306; W^atson, 159; Maximowicz, 30; Chapman,
Suppl. 633. — Mountains, Pennsylvania to Georgia.

As the Prinos ditbtus of Don, Mill. Diet. (1832), this becomes /. dubia
(Don.) of the Torrey Ckb Catalogue.

•*~ "^ Sterile cymes several-flowered from a common peduncle.

9. I. Amelanchier, M. a. Curtis. — Low shrub, somewhat pubescent;
leaves an inch and a half to 3 in. long, elliptical to lance-oblong, incon-
spicuously or low serrulate, downy or finally glabrate above, the lower
surface rugose-reticulate; stipules apparently rudimentary; calj'x seg-
ments acute, scarcely ciliate; drupes globose, about 10 mm. in diameter,
solitary on bractless pedicels as much as 18 mm. long. — Chapman, Fl. So.
States (1860), 270; Watson, 157; Sargent, Garden & Forest, ii. 40, with
illustration. — Borders of swamps, Society Hill, South Carolina {Curtis),
Covington, La. {Druminotid, 1S33, in hb. Kew and Brit. Mus.), ''Alaba-
ma" (yDrtimmond) in hb. Kew.

* ♦ * Flowers 6- to 9-merous ; drupe red or black ; nutlets not ribbed. — § Pri'iios, Gr^y,
Manual, 5 ed. 307. Prinos, L.

■^ Leaves coriaceous and evergreen, dotted below; fruit black.

10. I. GLABRA, Gray. — Low shrub; young twigs finely puberulent;
leaves an inch or two long, cuneate-elliptical to oblanceolate, crenately
2- to 6-toothed near the mostly obtuse apex, the teeth ending in minute
appressed serratures; staminate and sometimes fertile peduncles several-
flowered, bibracteate; calyx segments variable in form and ciliation ;
drupes subglobose, 4 to 6 mm. in diameter, their pedicelsof equal length ;
style scarcely evident. — Man. (1867), 307; Watson, 159; Maximowicz.
26. Prinos glaber, L. Sp. (1753), 330. — Near the coast, Nova Scotia(!),

34S TRANS, ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Massachusetts to Florida and Louisiana; chiefly southern. A specimen
of this species(!) in hb. Kew is labeled "Saskatchewan, Drummond."

11. I. LuciDA, ToRR. & Gr. — Taller shrub; leaves 2 or 3 in. long, the
larger oblanceolate, not at all crenulate, mostly acuminate, with a few ap-
pressed slender serratures above; peduncles i -flowered, bractless ; style
often prominent ; otherwise much like the last. — Watson, Index (1878),
159; Maxmiowicz, 26. Prinos lucidus^ Ait. 1. c. (1789), i. 478. — Georgia,
Florida, Alabama, and Louisiana.

*~ ■*" Leaves thinner, deciduous, not punctate; fruit red or occasional!}' yellow.

12. I. verticillata. Gray. — Shrub, usually tall; young growth most-
ly soon glabrate; leaves 2 or 3 in. long, lanceolate or oblanceolate to cu-
neate-obovate, obtuse to acuminate, serrate or biserrate, veiny, the lower
surface commonly with persistent pubescence, blackening before they fall
in autumn ; sterile cymes fascicled, motly short and 3-flowered, but occa-
sionally ample and forked; the fertile, i- or occasionally 3-flowered from
an often rudimentary bibracteate peduncle; calyx segments usually ob-
tuse, loosely hairy and ciliate; drupes subglobose, styleless, 6 mm. in
<liameter, on pedicels of scarcely equal length. — /. c, (1867), 307; Watson,
160; Maximowicz, 30; W.W.Bailey, Bull. Torrey Club, ix. 152. Prinos
x'ertict'llaius, L. Sp. (1753), 330. — Canada to Florida, west to Wisconsin
and Missouri.

Two forms have received varietal names — var. tefiiiifolia, Torr. Fl. U.
S. (1824), 33S, and \a.Y. padifolia, T. & Gr. in Watson, I.e. (1878), 160, —
but the species is so variable that it has scarcely seemed to me desirable
to keep them up.

13. I. LAEVIGATA, Gray. — Low shrub; twigs glabrous; leaves about
as large as in the last, lanceolate, mostly acute, crenate-toothed or low
serrulate, veiny, somewhat villous on the midrib and principal veins be-
low, turning yellow in autumn; sterile flowers solitary on bractless pedi-
cels a half inch long, the fertile shorter-stalked; calyx segments mostly
acute, glabrous, not ciliate; drupes ripening somewhat earlier than in
the last, usually short-styled, subglobose, 6 to 8 mm. in diameter, on pedi-
cels of equal length. — I.e. (1867), 307; Watson, 159; Maximowicz. 30.
Prinos IcBvigatus, Pursb, Fl. i. (1814), 220.— New England to Virginia,
west to Pennsylvania. I have seen no specimens collected north of Mas-
sachusetts nor south of New Jersey.

14. \. lanceolata, Chapm. — Twigs glabrous; leaves 2 or 3 in. long,
thin, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, tapering to both ends, serrulate or
biserrulate, not very veiny, glabrous or with a few fine hairs above, espe-
cially on the petiole and midrib; sterile flowers umbellately clustered on
pedicels about 3 lines long, the fertile i to 3, from a rudimentary pedun-
cle; calyx segments rounded, ciliate; drupes subglobose, about 6 mm. in
diameter, on shorter pedicels, red(?) or in the herbarium black. — I.e.
(i860), 270; Watson, 159; Sargent, Gard. & Forest, ii. 40. Prinos lati-

TRELEASE ILICINE^E * CELASTRACE^. 349

ceolatits of Pursh, I.e. 220, and, presumably, llill, Veg. Sjst. (1770), xvi.
pi. 61. — Georgia and Louisiana.

Regarded by Watson and vSargent as a very doubtful species. My de-
scription is based upon rather unsatisfactory specimens from Dr. Chap-
man, in the herbarium of Columbia College. If this stands, the Ilex
lanceolata of Grisebach, Cat. PI. Cub. Wright. (1S66), 56, may bear the
name /. VVrightii.

NEMOPAXTHES, Raf. — Shrub with slender-petioled nearly estipu-
late leaves; flowers 4- to 5-merous; calyx obsolete in the fertile flowers;
petals distinct, linear, acute; stamens free. — Journ. Phys. (18 19), 96;
Benth. cS: Hook. /. c. 357.

I. N. Canadensis, DC. — Glabrate; leaves half inch to 2 in. long, el-
liptical, often somewhat acute at both ends, mostly mucronate, entire or
sparingly low-serrate, finely reticulate-veined; flowers solitary on slender
bractless pedicels half inch to i in. long; drupe red, ovoid, styleless, about
6 mm. in diameter; nutlets faintly ribbed on the back. — Mdm. Soc. Gen.
(1821), 1.450; Watson, Index, i6a. — Canada to the mountains of Virginia,
west to Minnesota and Indiana.

As Vacciniuni mucronaium, L. Sp. (1753), 350, was founded on a fruit-
ing specimen of this according to Dr. Gray (Syn. Fl. ii. 20), the attempted
change in principles of nomenclature would cause it to bear the name N,
mucronata (L.)

€ E I. A S T R A C E ^E .

This group is somewhat heterogeneous in the sense in which
Bentham and Hooker accept it, and especially as it is limited by
Baillon (Hist. Nat. des PI. vi.), but there appears to be no very
good reason for recognizing the component Tribes as of ordinal
rank,

Etionytnus., which comprises about 40 species, centering about
Southern Asia, is represented with us by 4 endemic species rather
closely related to those of Europe and Eastern Asia. Like Ilex,
it was established, especially in the old world, in the Tertiary age,
although it may have originated earlier.* Two common Euro-
pean species, E. Europceus and E. latifolms, are said by Sa-
portaf to have existed in Europe during the Qiiaternary period.
Pollination is effected mainly through the agency of flies and
small bees, chiefly the former, which feed upon the readily acces-
sible nectar, crossing being favored by protandry in the Euro-

* For a Post-Cretaceous species see Ward ; Bull. U. S. Gaol. Surv. 1887, No. 37, p. Sa.
t Bull. Soc. Geol. de France, 1874; Just's Jahresbericht, 1874, 644.

350 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

pean species which have been studied,* or by the abortion of one
of the sexes. Dissemination of the ripened seeds is effected by
birds which eat them for the sake of the fleshy colored aril, ulti-
mately disgorging the uninjured seeds, according to Huth.f The
mechanism by which weakly twigs are cast oft' (as in poplars,
elms, willows, and many other woody plants), is described by
von Hohnel in a comprehensive study of the subject.;

PachysHma is represented only by our two species, one of very
narrow geographical distribution ; the other showing more clear-
ly the arctic-alpine character of the genus. No biological obser-
vations on either species have come to my notice.

Celastrus^ represented in our flora by the single common form,
comprises some i8 or 20 species, largely of India and eastern
Asia. Like Euonvmus^ this genus was represented in Tertiary
times by many more species than at present. Lesquerevix de-
scribes three North American species from the Green River Ter-
tiary ; and Ward§ refers here 7 new species of the Post-Cretaceous
Laramie formations. The pollination of the flowers of C. scan-
dens is briefly discussed by Sprengel.|| Dissemination is eflected
by birds attracted by the aril, as in Euonyinus ; and, as in that
genus, the contents of the seed are protected chiefly by a single
layer of sclerotic cells.

Maytenus^ a genus peculiar to the American continent, in-
cludes about 50 species, with a maximum development in the
tropics, from which a number of species reach into temperate
South America, while only one comes into the flora of our warmer
region. Several Tertiary species referred to this genus occurred
in more northern parts of the old world. Nothing is known to
me of the biology of our existing representative of the genus.

* Cf. Darwin: Different Forms of Flowers, 2S7 (sexual relations of E. Europieus).
Delpino : Ult. Oss. ii. (2), 300, 302, Just, 1875, SS3, SjS (fetid odor of E. verrucosus, agency
of Diptera, &c,) Fournier: De la Fecondation dans les Phanerogames — Thesis, Paris,
1863, — 118 (protandry). Mueller: Befruchtung der Blumen (1S73), 153; and English trans-
lation (£. Europceus) ,

f Kosmos, X. 279, 287; Verbreitung der Pflanzen durch die Excremente der Thiere, 11.
On the structure of the protective seed-coats, see Weiss: Allgemeine Botanik, i. ^rf^Just,
187S (I), 31.

X Mittheil. forstl. Versuchswesens fur Oesterreich, Heft 3; Just, 1S7S (1)1 91-

§ Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 37, 1SS7, 77.

II Entdeckt. Gerheimniss der Natur, 131.

TRELEASE — ILICINE.-E & CELASTRACE^. 35 I

Mygi}ida is a genus barely separable from the last except in
the dehiscence of its fruit. Its few species are peculiar to tropi-
cal America. So far as our flora is concerned, it is represented
by some of the more characteristic species of the West Indies
and adjacent Central America, which have become settled in the
sub-tropical Florida region, I have no references concerning
their biology.

Schcefferia includes only our species, one of which belongs to
the Texano-Mexican region, and the other to the West Indian re-
gion. The small disk and large divided stigma of this genus are
quite aberrant in the Order. Nothing appears to have been pub-
lished on its biology.

If, as I believe, Mortotiia Palmeri^ Hemsley, of Mexico, is
only a form or variety of M. Greggii^ this genus likewise includes
only our species, which belong to the Texano-Mexican region.
Nothing has been written on their biology.

Hippocratea is a tropical genus of wide distribution, including
about 60 species, chiefly centering about Brazil. Our single rep-
resentative belongs to the West Indies and Central America, and
has established itself barely within our limits, like the species of
Myginda. Several Tertiary species are described from more
northern latitudes. The prehensile twigs of a species of this
genus are described by Fritz Midler.* The winged seeds are
adapted to dissemination by the wind. Nothing appears to have
been written about the pollination of species of the genus.

SYNOPSIS.

Tribe I. Celastre^e. — Stamens 4 or 5, inserted on or below the mar-
gin of the disk; seed albuminous except in some species of May-
tenus.

* Leaves opposite; fruit dehiscent. — § Euoiiymece.

I. EuoNYMUS — Flowers seemingly hermaphrodite but really polyga-
mo-tricecious, 4- or 5-merous; calyx shallow; filaments very short;
anthers didymous, the subglobose cells dehiscing across the top; style
short, terminal; ovary immersed in the disk, 3- to 5-celled, with mostly
a pair of ascending or pendent ovules in each cell; capsule more or less
lobed, coriaceous, colored, with usually a single seed in each cell; seeds
enclosed in a scarlet or orange aril.

* Kosmos, 1S82, xii. 323; Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 1865, ix. 34.5.

352 TRA.NS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

2. Pachystima. — ^'lowers hermaphrodite, 4-merous; calyx shallow;
filaments longer than the round anthers ; style short, at length commonly
unilateral; stigma capitate; ovary nearly immersed in the disk, 2-celled,
with a pair of erect ovules in each cell; capsule oblong, 2-edged, usually
i-seeded and inequilateral by abortion, tardily loculicidal ; seed with a pale
lacerate aril at base.

* * Leaves alternate; fruit dehiscent. — § Celastrece.

3. Celastrus. — Flowers subdioecious, 5-merous; calyx cup-shaped;
filaments longer than the oval mucronate anthers: style short, terminal,
slightly 3-lobed; ovary free, usually 3-celled, with a pair of erect ovules
in each cell; capsule orange, more or less completely 3- to 4-celled, with
usually a single seed in each cell; seed enclosed in a red aril.

4. Maytenus. — Flowers polygamo-dioecious ; calyx shallow; filaments
longer than the round-cordate anthers; ovary confluent with the disk be-
low, narrowed to the slightly lobed stigma, usually 3- or 4-celled, with an
erect ovule in each cell; capsule obovoid, triquetrous, imperfectly 3- to 4-
celled and as many seeded; seeds v/ith a red aril open above.

* * * Leaves alternate or opposite ; fruit indehiscent. — § El<eodendre(e.

5. Myginda. — Flowers hermaphrodite, 4- or 5- merous ; calyx shallow
cup-shaped; filaments thrice as long as the round anthers; style short
and terminal, or elongated and then commonly unilateral; ovary partly
immersed in the disk, i- to 4-celled.

6. ScH^EFFERiA. — Flowcrs dioecious, 4-merous; calyx shallow; disk
small; filaments thrice as long as the round-oval anthers; style terminal ;
stigma 2-cleft, with large incised or fimbriate divisions ; ovary free, 2-
celled, with an erect ovule in each cell; drupe spheroidal, compressed or
grooved when immature, 2-celled; seeds not arillate.

7. iSIoRTONiA. — Flowers hermaphrodite, 5-merous and symmetrical;
calyx obconic; filaments thrice as long as the subglobose mucronulate an-
thers; style terminal, 5'-lobed; ovary free from the crenulate disk, 5-celled,
with a pair of erect ovules in each cell ; fruit oblong, fluted, dry, i-celled
by abortion; seed solitary, filling the ovary, not arillate.

Tribe II. IIippocrate.c — Stamens 3, mostly adnate to the ovary be-
low; seed exalbuminous.

8. MiPPOCRATEA. — Flowers hermaphrodite, 5-merous; calyx shallow;
filaments about as long as the didymous anthers ; style short, terminal,
somewhat 3-lobed ; ovary 3-celled, with several axile ovules in each cell;
fruit capsular, the carpels compressed and wing-like above, united only
at base, the outer half of each falling away; seeds several in each cell,
flat, winged at one end.

TRELEASP: — ILICINE^ & CELASTRACE.E. 353

EUONYMUS, TouRN. — . Shrubs or small trees with incurved-serrate
ample leaves, and rather few-flowered dichotomous axillary cymes on
elongated peduncles; flowers large for the Order, white or greenish to
brown-purple. — Inst. 617; L. Gen. 271; Gray, Gen. ii. 187; Benth. &
Hook. Gen. i. 360.

* Corolla greenish; fruit rough with crowded acute warts.

1. E. Americanus, L. — Low shrub ; leaves inch and a half to 3 in.
long, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute or rounded at base, acuminate, cre-
nate-serrate, with a minute mostly incurved denticle at apex of each tooth,
glabrous except for occasional short pubescence toward the base of the prin-
cipal veins ; petiole 2 mm. long, mostlj' pubescent when young; peduncles
not over 1 in. long, i- to 3-flowered ; flowers 6 to 12 mm. in expanse ; sepals
round, entire; petals orbicular-rhomboid, abruptly short-cldwed, with
undulate frequently erose margins ; fruit not deeply lobed. — Sp. (1753)1
197; Watson, Index, 161. — Moist woods, New York to Florida, west to
Arkansas and Texas. — I have seen no specimens collected north of New
Jersey.

Var. angustifolius, Wood. — Leaves linear-lanceolate, somewhat fal-
cate.— Bot. iS: Fl. (1870), 76; Watson, 162. E. angustifolius, Pursh, FL
i. (1814), 168. — Georgia {^di^ Pursh), Florida (Graj).

Var. sarmentosus, Nutt. — Trailing and rooting, otherwise like the
type. — Gen. i. (1818), 154; Watson, 162. — Southern range of the type.

Var. obovatus, Torr. & Gr. — With decumbent, often rooting branch-
es; leaves obovate or elliptical-obovate, rather obtuse ; flowers small (6
mm.), with approximated petals and mostly erose sepals. — Gray, Gen. ii.
(1849), 188; ^^ atson, 162; J., Garden and Forest, i. 212. E. obovatus,
Nutt. Gen. i. (1818), 155. — Canada {Macotm) to Pennsylvania (fide
Nuttall) and Kentucky {Short). Blooming earlier than its congeners.

* * Corolla brown-purple with pale margin (white in the second) ; fruit not tuberculate.
■^ Atlantic species with 4.merous flowers and small winter buds (2 to 4 mm. long).

2. atropurpureus, Jacq^ — Shrub or small tree; twigs at length with
crowded lenticels; leaves inch and a half to 4 in. long, elliptical or ovate,
conspicuously acuminate, irregularly serrulate or biserrulate, mostly pu-
berulent on the lower surface; petioles 6 to iS mm. long; peduncles slen-
der, I to 2 in. long, the twice or thrice dichotomous cymes usually 7- or
15-flowered, with prominent bract-scars ; flowers about 12 mm. in expanse ;
sepals rounded or somewhat acute, mostly entire ; petals obovate, undulate
and usually erose; fruit deeply lobed. — Hort. Vindob. ii. (1772), pi. 120;
Watson, 162 ; Sargent, Forest Trees, 38 — Woods. Canada to Florida, west
to Montana and Indian Territory. Flowering later than related species.

E. EuROP.EUS, L. —Related to the last, but the cymes mostly 3- to 7-
flowered, and the 4 or 5 petals greenish-white or yellowish. — Sp. (1753)
197; Torrey Club Cat. Anthoph. & Pteridoph. 11. E. vulgaris, Scop. FI.

^- — 3~2 |May22, 1SS9.

354 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Carniol. (1760); Nyman, Consp. Fl. Europ. 144. — Often cultivated, like
the last, and persistent in old gardens about Xew York city {Byitton), but
scarcely naturalized.

■*~ ^ Species of the P;icific coast, with j-merous flowers and larger oblong winter buds.

3. E. occiDENTALis, NuTT. — Tall shrub ; buds 4 to 6 mm. long ; leaves
ovate to lanceolate, acute or acuminate, the lowest rounded or subcordate,
the others acute at base, irregularly serrulate or biserrulate, glabrous;
petioles 4 to 8 mm. long; peduncles mostly elongated, i- to 3-flowered ;
flowers 10 to 12 mm. in expanse; sepals obtuse, glandular-ciliate ; petals
round-obovate, undulate and somewhat cucullate, mottled ; fruit not deeply
lobed. — Torrey in Pac. R.R. Rep. iv. (1856), 74; Watson, 162. — Oregon
and California.

4. E. Parishii, n. sp. — Weak shrub 8 to 10 ft. high; ends of twigs
flattened; buds 6 to 10 mm. long; leaves glabrous, elliptical-ovate, finely
crenate -serrulate, obtuse or blunt-pointed, abruply contracted and cune-
ate at base ; peduncles 2 in. long, 3- to 7-flowered ; flowers about 6 mm. in
expanse; otherwise similar to the last. — San Jacinto Mountains, Califor-
nia (5. B. & W. F. Parish, No. 957).

PACHYSTIMA, Raf. — Low shrubs with corky-areolate branches,
nearly sessile coiiaceous small leaves low-serrate toward the apex, and
very small brownish flowers solitary or in short-stalked axillary cymes. —
Am. Monthly Mag. 1818, fide Benth. & Hook. Gen. i. 361.

1. P. Canbyi, Gray. — Span or two high, with rooting branches;
leaves very obtuse, oblong or the lowest rarely obovate; peduncles i- to
3-flowered, bibracteate, the elongated slender pedicels again bibracteate
toward the base; fruit elongated ovoid, 4XS mm. — Proc. Amer. Acad,
viii. (1S73), 623; Watson, 163; Meehan, Native Fl. & P^erns, i. 173, pi.
44; Chapman, Suppl. 613. — Rocky places in the mountains of southern
West Virginia (yGtay) and western Virginia {^Canby^ Skriver^ Redfield).

2. P. MYRSiNiTES, Raf. — x\ foot or two high, erect Or spreading ; leaves
elliptical to round-oval or occasionally oblanceolate-oblong; peduncles
very short, mostly 3-flowered, the short pedicels scarcely exceeding them,
bibracteate at or about the middle ; fruit as in the last. — I.e.; Watson,
163,460; Coulter, Rocky Mt. Bot. 46. Ilex^'f) myrsinites. Pursh, Fl. i.
(1S14), 119. — Mountains, British America to California, extending along
the Rocky Mountains into Mexico.

CELASTRUS, L. — Twining shrub with terete branches, ample serrate
petioled leaves, and greenish flowers in compound racemes (in our spe-
cies), terminating the branches. — Gen. 270; Gray, Gen. ii. 185, pi. 170;
Benth. & Hook. Gen. i. 364.

I. C. SCANDENS, L. — Glabrous; leaves more or less two-ranked from
torsion of the stem, ovate to ovate-lanceolate or occasionally obovate,

TRELEASE ILICINE.E & CELASTRACE^. 355

acute at base, taper-pointed, low-serrate or crenate-serrate, the teeth
mostly with incurved points ; pedicels articulated below the middle. — Sp.
(1753), 196; Watson, Index, 161. — Borders of woods, fence-rows, &c.,
Canada to North Carolina, west to Minnesota, Kansas, and New Mexico.

MAYTENUS, Molina. — Shrub or small tree with coriaceous entire
leaves and small flowers solitary or clustered in their axils. — Storia Nat.
Chili, 152; Benth. & Hook. 'Gen. i. 364.

I. M. PHYLLANTHOiDEs, Benth. — Glabrous ; leaves thick, dull, short-
petioled, abovate-cuneate or cuneate-spatulate, rounded or emarginate at
apex; flowers very short-stalked ; fruit contracted at base or substipitate.
— Bot. .Sulphur (1844), 54; Watson, 162. — Florida Keys. Also found in
Lower California, on the Rio Grande, in Mexico, Sic.

MYGINDA, L. — Shrubs or small trees with mostly coriaceous leaves
and small flowers in axillary^cymes. — Gen. 178; Benth. & Hook. Gen.
i. 366.

* Style slender, at leng'th somewliiit unilateral; drupe obovoid, seed erect.
*~ Leaves spinose-toothed.

1. M. iLiciFOLiA, Lam. — A foot or two high, downy or glabrate ; leaves
half an inch long, round-ovate, pungently dentate-serrate and pointed,
contracted to a very short petiole; inflorescence shorter than the leaves,
the reddish flowers on slender ascending pedicels ; drupe 4 to 6 mm. long,
i-celled. — Diet, i v. (1797), 396; Watson, 162. — Southern Florida and the
Florida Keys.

■^ ■*" Leaves not at all pungent.

2. M. Rhacoma, Swartz. — Small shrub, glabrate or slightly downy;
leaves rather thin, under an inch long, obovate or elliptical-obovate, ob-
tuse or emarginate, sometimes mucronate, tapering to a short petiole, low
crenate-serrate; inflorescence half or two-thirds as long as the leaves, the
dark red flowers on slender ascending pedicels; drupe 6 mm. long, one-
celled. — Fl. Ind. Occ. i. (1797), 340; Watson, Index, 163. Rhacoma
crossopetalum. L. Atnoen. v. (1760), 393. — Florida Keys.

3. M. fallens, .Smith. — Arborescent, glabrous or glabrate; leaves as
in the last or more ovate and often somewhat narrowed to the apex; inflo-
rescence nearly as long as the leaves, the red flowers on slender ascending
pedicels; drupe 4 to 6 mm. long, 2-celled. — Rees, Cycl. xxv. No. 4, fide
DC. Prodr. ii. 13; Chapman, Suppl. 612; Watson, 460; Sargent, Forest
Trees, 38. M. arborea, Shuttl. No. 121. — Florida Keys. — Teratoiogical
specimens appear to be rather common, with the inflorescence densely
compound and many flowers replaced by cc>nes of imbricated scales, appa-
rentlv the result of insect attacks.

35^ TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

* * Stigma sessile and terminal ; drupe spheroidal; seed suspended.

4. M. INTEGRIFOLIA, Lam. — Shrub, glabrous throughout, pale; leaves
thick, inch and a half long, elliptical-obovate, somewhat narrowed above,
obtuse, tapering to a short petiole, entire but with a few rudimentary den-
ticles along the margin; inflorescence not over half the length of the
leaves, the lateral pedicels stout and divergent; flowers greenish-white;
drupe 4 to 6 mm. long, i-celled. — Diet. iv. (1797), 396. — Key West.

5. M. LATiFOLiA, SwARTZ. — Rather large shrub, glabrous; leaves
thick, inch or inch and a half long, obovate-cuneate, petioled, rounded at
apex, crenulate to subentire; inflorescence often nearly as long as the
leaves; flowers white; drupe 6 to 8 mm. long, oblong-spheroidal, 2-celled.
Fl.Ind.Occ. i. (1797), 342; Watson, 162. — Florida Keys and Guadeloupe.

SCH^FFERIA, jAcq_. — Shrubs or small trees with firm glabrous leaves
and small flowers clustered in their axils. — Stirp. Amer. 259; Benth. &
Hook. Gen. i. 367.

1. S. CUNEIFOLIA, Gray. — Shrub with rigid somewhat spinescent twigs;
leaves coriaceous, half inch long, spatulate-cuneate, subsessile, round-
ed or emarginate at apex, entire or occasionally slightly crenate-lobed
above, rugose-veiny ; flowers sessile ; fruit 4 mm. long and about as broad,
flattened, with a longitudinal groove on each side. — PI. Wright, i. (1852),
35; ii. 29; Watson, 163. — Texas and New Mexico, extending into Mexico.

2. S. FRUTESCENS, Jacq^ — Small tree with less rigid twigs; leaves
larger (2 in. long), elliptical to obovate, mostly very acute at both ends,
entire, rugose-veiny ; flowers pedicelled ; drupe about as large as in the
last but less compressed and grooved. — Stirp. Am. (1763), 259; Watson,
163; Sargent, Forest Trees, 39. — Southern Florida and the Keys, from the
West Indies.

MORTONIA, Gray. — Shrubs with small crowded thick entire leaves
and small flowers thyrsoidally clustered at the ends of the branches. — PI.
Wright, i. 34, pi. 4; ii. 28; Benth. & Hook. Gen. i. 368.

1. M. SEMPERViRENS, Gray. — Twigs and inflorescence pubescent;
leaves small (4 to 6 mm. long), smooth and glabrous, elliptical, obtuse to
subacute, very short-petioled ; pedicels bibracteate close to the flowers,
the bracts obtuse; fruit oblong, 2X6 mm. — PI. Wright, i. (1S52), /. c. ;
Watson, 162. — Texas and New Mexico ( Wright).

2. M. SCABRELLA, Gray. — Pubescent; leaves often twice as large,
elliptical or round-elliptical, obtuse or stout-pointed, papillate-rough-
ened; otherwise resembling the last. — PI. Wright, ii. (1853), 28; Watson,
162. — Arizona and New Mexico, extending into Mexico.

3. M. Greggii, Gray. — Twigs and inflorescence pubescent, leaves
longer (half inch to inch long), spatulate to oblong, tapering to a short

TRELEASE — ILICINE,^ & CEI-ASTRACE^. 357

petiole, mucronate or acuminate, glabrous; bracts acute; fruit shorter
and thicker.— PI. Wright, i. (1S52), 35; Walson, 162, 460; Proc. Amer.
Acad. xvii. 336. — A Mexican species, extending into Texas.

HIPPOCRATEA, L. — Climbing shrub with prehensile twigs, ample
creiiate leaves, and rather small flowers in loose dichotomous axillary
cymes. — Gen. 363; Benth. & Hook. Gen. i. 369; Pejritsch, in Fl Brasil.
Fasc. 75.

I. II. ovATA, Lam. — Leaves thin, elliptical-ovate, obtuse or blunt-
pointed, low-crenate with a slender appressed deciduous denticle at each
sinus, short-petioled, glabrous; inflorescence somewhat rustj'-pubescent ;
flowers almost sessile; petals rather hairy; valves of capsule'an inch and
a half long, elliptical, obtuse, closely parallel-veined. — lUust. i. (1791),
100, pi. 28. — Everglades of Florida, climbing over mangroves {Cur^iss,
^"0.474*).

( 35S )

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE SHAW SCHOOL OF BOTANY.
No. 6.

North American Rhamnacese.

By William Trelease.

Presented Apr. ij, 1SS9.

I am indebted to Mr. Watson, Dr, Vasey, Dr. Britten, Mrs.
Curran, Mr. Martindale, and Captain J. D. Smith, for the privi-
lege of using the large collections which they own or control, in
the study of this Order, begun two years ago. More recently,
I have been permitted to look through the herbaria of Kew Gar-
dens, the British Museum, Berlin, and Copenhagen, where some
additional light has been obtained. Specimens clearing up doubt-
ful points, or indicating erroneous conclusions, are requested, and
will be gratefully received.

According to Bentham & Hooker (Gen. i. 372), there are
about 430 species of Rhamnaceae, distributed through the tem-
perate and warmer parts of both the Old and New World. Du-
rand (Index Gen. Phanerog. 6S) has since increased the number
of seemingly good species to about 475- Torrey and Gray (Fl.
N. Am. 1838, i. 359) describe 34 species from our region. Wat-
son (Bibl. Index, i. 163) enumerates 47 as belonging to our flora.

With the exception oi RhanDiiis cathartica ^ which has escaped
from cultivation, our species are peculiai'ly American, either
belonging exclusively to our flora, or extending on the one hand
into that of northern Mexico, and on the other into the tropical
Gulf region.

The Rhamnaceaj, as arranged by Bentham and Hooker (Gen.
i. p. xi.), belong in the Cohoit Celastrales, of discifloral Polype-
tala;, which (for our flora) also includes the Celastracefe and
AmpelidejE (or Vitaceae). All, so far as we are concerned, are
woody plants with small flowers having a rather prominent re-
ceptacular disk, under or at the margin of which the stamens are

I

TRELEASE N. AM. RHAMNACEiE. 359

inserted, and (excepting some Celastracea?) one or two basi-fixed
ovules with a ventral raphe, for each carpel. The Rhamnaceoe
difler from both of the other Orders in their valvate calyx, the lobes
of which are mostly keeled or crested within, and in having their
stamens alternate with these, hence opposite (and usually clasped
by) the petals when they are present. From most of our Celas-
traceffi they also differ in the uniform absence of an aril ; and
from the Ampelidete, in their drupaceous or dehiscent fruit, rela-
tively larger embryo, and in never producing compound leaves,
nor tendrils opposite the leaves.

In most species of Rhamnaceaj the flowers are hermaphrodite.
Exceptions are found in Gouania and one section of R/iajiunis^
where, by suppression of stamens or pistil, they become essen-
tially dicEcious as in Hiioiiymits^ Ilex, Acer, etc. Mr. Darwin
has called attention to the curious differences in length of the pis-
til in the dicEcious Rka?i/nits cathartica, which bears long- and
short-styled staminate, and long- and short-styled pistillate flow-
ers. This unexplained differentiation apparently dates back to a
time anterior to the separation of the sexes by abortion of one or
the other of them. Long- and short-styled flowers of R. lanceo-
lata — first carefully observed, I believe, by Professor Porter —
are described by Dr. Gray.* Our species of RJianimis of the
hermaphrodite section Frangula, are likely to prove protan-
drous, like the European R. Frangtila\ and Paliitriis aculea-
his. The variability of R. crocea in the presence or absence
of petals, is to be compared with that noted by Mueller for R.
pumila^X though it may not be explicable on the same grounds.
So far as our flora is concerned, the entire Order seems to be
adapted to pollination by small Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, and
Diptera, but observations on this point are wanting.

A climbing habit has been acquired in Bercheinia and Gou-
ania, the former twining, the latter having twig-tendrils.

Dissemination by birds is apparently provided for in those

* Darwin: Different Forms of Flowers. — Index,
\ Mueller: Befruchtung; der Blumen, 152.
\ Alpenblumen, 169.

360 TRANS. ST LOUIS ACAD. OF SCIENCE.

species with really fleshy fruits. Huth* has a short note on R.
JFrangula in this connection, but I cannot place my hand on
observations upon our American species. The widely dehiscent
cocci of some species of Rhamnns pave the way for the elastic
dehiscence of those of Ceanothus and Coliibrina, in which the
fruit soon becomes dry and the seeds are expelled with consider-
able force.f The seeds of Gouania are rendered 2-winged by
the attached pericarp, each wing consisting of half of one of the
prominences originally developed over each septum.

The seed-characters of Rhamnus ^ especially of R. infectoria^
which furnishes a dye-stuft', have recently been discussed at length
by Marshall Wai'd, and Dunlop.J

SYNOPSIS.

Tribe I. Zizyphe.e. — Lobes of calyx deciduous (except in some species
of Condalia) ; disk lining the shallow cal_yx-tube, nearly or quite
free from the ovary; fruit mostly fleshy and edible, with a single i-
to 4-celled stone enclosing as many seeds or i-seeded by abortion.

* Embryo relatively large ; albumen not ruminated.

'*~ A single ovule to each carpel.

■^ Apetalous,

1. Condalia. — Style somewhat 2- or 3-lobed.

"" ■" Petals present.

2. ZizYPHUS. — Petals cucullate and clawed; style bifid, flowers um-
bellately clustered.

3. MiCRORHAMNUs. — Petals cucullate and clawed ; style notched ; flow-
ers solitary; leaves minute, revolute to the broad midrib.

4. Berchemia. — Petals clawless, acute, with incurved margins; style

slightly 2-lobed.

"*~ '*~ Two ovules to each carpel.

5. Karwinskia.* — Petals cucullate, very short-clawed; style slightly
2- or 3-lobed.

* * Embryo small in the center of copious ruminated albumen.

6. Reynosia. — Apetalous; style somewhat 2-lobed.

* Kosmos, ix. 2S2. No mention is made of this Order in the more recent paper by this
author on Verbreitung der Pflanzen durch die Excremente der Thiere.— Berlin, iSJg.
t See Parry: Proc. Davenport Acad. I. c.
X Annals of Botany, i. j.

TRELEASE N. AM. RHAMNACE^. 3OI

Tribe II. Rhamne.e. — Lobes of calyx deciduous (except in Sageretia
and one species of Colubrina), the mostly shallow tube lined by the
disk, or both adhererent to the lower half of the ovary; fruit drupa-
ceous or dry, enclosing 2 to 4 nutlets or cocci.

* Fruit flcsliy, free from the calyx.

7. Rhamnus. — Tube of calyx rather deep; petals small and clawless,
sometimes wanting; style notched; cocci sometimes perforate at base;
usually tardily dehiscent.

S. .Sageretia. — Calyx shallow; petals cucullate and clawed; style
short, 3-lobed.

* * Fruit dry or nearly so, partly inferior.

9. Ceaxothus. — Calyx-lobes petaloid ; petals cucullate and clawed;
style elongated, mostly 3-lobed with spreading divisions ; inflorescence
usually compound and thyrsoid.

10. Colubrixa. — Chiefly differing from Ceanothtis in habit and the
collection of its less showy flowers in axillary umbel-like clusters.

Tribe III. Colletie.e. — Nearly leafless green-stemmed plants; lobes
of calyx persistent; disk lining the cup-shaped calyx tube, mostly
investing, but free from, the lower half of the ovary; fruit dry, en-
closing 3 cocci.

11. Adolphia. — Petals cucullate; cocci perforate at base, dehiscent.

Tribe IV. Gouanie.^. — Lobes of calyx persistent, its tube adherent to
the entire surface of the ovary; fruit dry, 3-winged.

12. Gouania. — Petals cucullate ; fruit separating through the wings
into 3 indehiscent, 2-winged segments.

COXDALIA, Cav. — Rigidly branching, mostly spiny shrubs or small
trees, with alternate or obliquely opposite pinnately veined leaves, and
small flowers solitary or clustered in the axils. — Ann. Hist. Nat. i. 39;*
Gray. Gen. ii. 171 ; Benth. 6: Hook. Gen. i. 376. — About 6 species, of the
warmer parts of America.

* Spinose; leaves alternate, rather small ; flowers solitary, or fascicled without a common
peduncle; sepals not conspicuously crested, at most tardily deciduous.

I. C. obovata, Hook. — Small tree, velvety-pubescent or at length gla-
brate, the somewhat angled twigs with white flaking epidermis ; leaves
often fascicled, half or three-fourths inch long, petioled, spatulate to

* The first three volumes of this publication (Madrid) bear the title "Annales de Histo-
ria Natural," subsequently changed to "Ann. Ciencias Nat," as quoted by Bentham and
Hooker. The copy at the South Kensing^ton branch of the British Museum, which is the
only one I have seen, bears date 1599-1S00; but the title page of part t is dated 1799 with
the additional imprint 1S29, while part 2 is dated, and with imprint, 1799.

362 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

obovate-cuneate, mostly mucronate and entire; flowers few in each axil^
very short-s-talked ; drupe subglobose, about 4 mm. in diameter, the short
stout style disarticulating at about the middle; stigma 3-lobed. — Icones,
(1840) pi. 287; Watson, Index, 167; Sargent, Forest Trees of N. A. 40 —
Texas to Mexico.

2. C. SPATHULATA, Gray. — Shrub, glabrous or velvety, the twigs with
white flaking epidermis or somewhat pruinous-incrusted ; leaves less than
a half-inch long, short-petioled, spatulate-cuneate, acute to emarginate;
pedicels 2 mm. long; drupe obliquely obovoid, 4 mm. long; style slen-
der, slightly 2-lobed, disarticulating near the top. — PI. Wright (1852), i.
32; Watson, Index, 16S. — Southern California, Arizona, and Texas, into
Mexico.

3. C. Mexicana, Schl. — Shrub, somewhat intermediate between the
last two; leaves spatulate-obovate, acuminate; drupe ellipsoidal, 6 mm.
long, with a thicker stone. — Linnjea (1842), xv. 471. — Southern Arizona
{Pritigle), from Mexico.

* * Spineless; leaves ample, often obliquely opposite; flowers mostly umbelled, on a short
peduncle; segments of calyx triple-crested above.

4. C. FERREA, Griseb. — Small tree, with somewhat velvety ascending
twigs, often rough with crowded ienticels ; leaves coriaceous but rather
thin, glossy above, mostly inch to inch and a half long, broadly elliptical,
emarginate-mucronate, entire or with wavy margins, glabrous except on
the petiole and upper surface of midrib; peduncle about 2 mm. long,
notched at apex, each branch bearing a few short-stalked flowers, the
fruiting pedicels as much as 6 mm. long; drupe globose-ovoid; style
short, forked nearly to the middle. — Fl. Brit. W. Ind. (1864), 100; Chap-
man, Suppl. 612; Sargent, 39. Scutia ferrea, Brongn.Ann. Sc. Nat. (i),
X. 363; Watson, Index, 170. RAamnus feyreus, Vahl. Symb. (1794), iii.
41, pi. 58. — Southern Florida and Florida Keys, from the West Indies. —
If the person who applied the oldest specific name is to be mentioned, this
becomes C.ferrea (Vahl.) Griseb.

ZIZYPIIUS, Juss. — Spiny shrubs with alternate leaves 3-nerved or
with their principal veins confluent toward the margin, and small flowers
in umbel-like clusters. — Gen. 380; Gray, Gen, ii. 169; Benfh. <!\: Hook. i.
375. — About 65 species, chiefly in the warmer parts of Asia and America,
ours destitute of the stipular spines which characterize a part of the
genus.

* Umbels on a short peduncle; calyx fleshy; drupe beakless, with a thin-walled stone.

I. Z. OBTUSIFOLIA, Gray. — Rigid and spinose, or, when more luxuri-
ant, slender-branched, somewhat pubescent to glabrate, the angled twigs
pruinose incrusted ; leaves mostly glabrate, quarter-inch to inch long,
typically thin and green, spatulate to elliptical or on long shoots ovate-
deltoid, acute to emarginate, entire or the broader forms unequally coarse-
serrate or lobed ; peduncle and pedicels each about 2 mm. long, mostly

TRKLEASE — N. AM. KHAMNACE^. 363

villous, like the caljx ; drupe siibglobose, about 8 mm. in diameter. — Gen.
(1849) ''• ^7°' P'- '^3' ^Vatson. Index, 170. R/iam}ius(^'i)obfusiJ'olius, WooV..
in Torr. cV Gr. Fl. (1840), i. ()S^. Paliurus Texensis, Scheele, Linnsea
(1S4S). \xi. 594. — Texas to Mexico. — The broadest leaves, on long
shoots, are sometimes nearly 3 inches wide and mo'itly 3-nerved. The
name will be written by some botanists Z. obtusifolia (Hook.) Gray.

2. Z. LYCioiDES, Gray. — Very rigid and spinose, the striate zig-zag
branches mostly velvety and whitened; leaves pale, half-inch long or less,
short-petioled, subglabrous. oblong or occasionally ovate, obtuse or
emarginate, frequently rounded at base, usually entire; drupes globose
or somewhat elongated, about S mm. in diameter. — PI. Lindheimer. (1850)
168; Watson, Index, 170. — New Mexico to Mexico.

Var. canescens, Gray. — More hairy, the mostly tomentose 3-ribbed
leaves thicker and broader, elliptical to ovate-deltoid, entire to denticulate
or somewhat 3-lobed — Rothrock, Bot. Wheeler (187S), 82. — Arizona to
southern California and Lower California. — Intermediate between Z^. /jcA
oides and Z. obtusifolia in its leaf characters, and perhaps distinct.

* * Umbels sessile; segments of calvx thinner and less strongly keeled; drupe beaked,
nearly dry, with a thick.walled liard and bony stone.

3. Z. Parryi, Torrey. — Glabrous throughout, flexuouslj' much-
branched and spiny; twigs less sulcate and scarcely incrusted ; leaves
fascicled, about half-inch long, green, glossy, at length firm, obovate to
elliptical, tapering to slender petioles; pedicels very slender, 4 to 6 mm.
long; drupe ovoid, about 14 mm. long, the recurved fruiting pedicels of
like length. — Bot. Mex. Bound. (1S59). 4^! Watson, Index, 170; Benth.
(!!C Hook. Gen. i. 376. — Southern California.

MICRORHAMNUS, Gray.— .Spiny shrub with fascicled heath-like
leaves, and small solitary flowers. — PI. Wright, i. 33; Benth. cV Hook,
i. 376.

I. M. ERicoiDES, Gray. ^Minutely puberulent or mostly glabrous;
leaves 2 to 6 mm. long, acute, with strongly revolute margins, the enclosed
grooves densely short-tomentose ; stipules broadly triangular, ciliate;
pedicels about 2 mm. long; drupe oblong, 6 to 8 mm. long, the slender
style disarticulating from its abruptly pointed summit. —Z.c. (1852), 34;
Watson, Index, 168. — New Mexico to Texas and Mexico. ^The only spe-
cies of the genus.

BERCHEMIA, Neck. — Twining shrub with alternate slender-petioled
conspicuously pinnately-veined leaves, and minute flowers in rather loose
panicles. — Elem. Bot. ii. 122; Gray, Gen. ii. 173; Benth. & Hook. i. 377.
— About a dozen species, in the warm parts of both hemispheres.

I. B. voLUBiLis, DC. — Glabrous throughout; twigs slender, terete ;
leaves ample, inch or two long, ovate, acute or narrowly acuminate-cus-
pidate, with slightly revolute undulate margins; drupe ellipsoidal, about

364 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

8 mm. long; style deciduous near the base. — Prodr. (1825), ii. 22; Wat-
son, Index, 163. Rhamnus volubtlis^ L. f. (1781), 152, Jide DC. R. scan-
dens, Hill, Veg. Syst. (1769), xiv. 64. — Virginia to Florida and Texas,
climbing over trees to a great height. — The specific name of Hill appears to
antedate that employed here and now in general use. Some authors
would, therefore, write B. scandens (Hill).

KARWINSKIA, Zucc. — Unarmed shrub, with mostly opposite pin-
natelj veined leaves, and small flowers in short peduncled axillary clus-
ters.— Denkschr. Baier. Akad. iv. 349; Benth ix. Hook. i. 377.

I. K. HuMBOLDTiANA, Zucc. — Twigs morc or less puberuleni and
pruinose; leaves inconspicuously pellucid-punctate and sometimes dark-
dotted, mostly glabrate, slender-petioled, i to 3 in. long, elliptical-ovate,
obtuse to acute or mucronate, rounded or subcordate at base, entire or
undulate, the conspicuous mostly simple veins ending in a marginal
nerve; peduncle 2 mm. or less long, few-flowered; pedicels of about the
same length, both elongating in fruit; drupe ovoid, apiculale, half-inch
long; style articulated near the top. — Miinchen. Abhandl. (1832), i. 353;
Watson, Index, 168. — Mexico and Lower California, extending into Texas
and New Mexico.

REYNOSIA, Griseb. — Unarmed shrubs or small trees, with mostly
opposite pinnately veined, very thick and coriaceous evergreen leaves, and
small flowers in sessile axillary umbels. — Cat. PI. Cubens. 33; Eggers,
Vidensk. Meddelelser, Copenhagen, 1877, 173, pi. 2.

I. R. LATIFOLIA, Griseb. — Small tree; twigs glabrous or at first slight-
ly puberulent; leaves half-inch to inch and a half long, on short thick
petioles, elliptical to spatulate-oblong or obovate, rounded at both ends,
emarginate and commonly short-mucronate, entire, with revolute mar-
gins; flowers appearing with the new leaves; pedicels about 4 mm. long,
increasing to 8 mm.; fruit elliptical, half-inch long, short beaked. — I.e.
(1866) 34; Gray, Bot. Gaz. iv. 208; Chapman, Suppl. 612; Sargent, For-
est Trees, 39. Rhamnidiutn revolutum, Chapm., Suppl. 612 (and in part
of Eggers' distributions).- — Southern Florida and Florida Keys, from the
West Indies. — The leaves of the Cuban type rather shorter, thicker, and
more bronzed, than in our plant.

I was unable to find Vahl's type oi Rhamnus Icevigatus (Symb. iii. 41)
at Copenhagen, and the evidence that it was this plant seems too slight
for even the most ardent reformer of nomenclature to yet venture on re-
storing Vahl's specific name.

Rhamnidium revolutum, Gr., of the West Indies, which resembles
this species very closely in foliage characters, has petals, and the albumen
is not ruminated.

TRELEASE — N. AM. RHAMNACE^. 365.

RHAMNUS, L.— .Shrubs or stnall trees, with alternate or more or less
opposite pinnately veined leaves,, and small flowers in sessile or short-
peduncled axillary umbels. — Gen. 265; Gray, Gen. ii. pi. 16S; Benth. &
Hook. i. 377. — Includes Frajigula., Tourn , etc. — About 65 species, mostly
in the warmer parts of Europe, Asia, and America.

* Flowers mostly polygamo-dicecious, without a common peduncle; seeds more or less
deeply grooved down the back (except in R. alnifolia), the raphe lying in the groove;
cotyledons rather thick, curved with the seed. — § Eurhamnus.

'*~ Leaves coriaceous, evergreen, often pungently toothed; flowers 4-nicrous;
fruit red ; cocci widely dehiscent on the inner angle.

1. R. CROCEA, Nutt. — Spreading shrub with rather red bark, the diva-
ricate puberulent or glabrate twigs forming blunt spines; leaves fascicled
or alternate, glossy, the lower surface mostly bronzed, glabrous, or some-
what puberulent on the petiole and midrib below, quarter-inch to 3 in.
long, subrotund to broadly ovate or elliptical, emarginate to mucronate-
acuminate. glandular-dentate or bidenticulate ; flowers mostly (but not
always) apetalous; fruit 4 to 6 mm. long, i- to 3-seeded. — Torr. & Gr.
Fl. (1S3S) i. 261 ; t\"atson, Index, 169; Mrs. Curran, Proc. Cal. Acad. 2
ser. i. 251. — California and Arizona.

Var. pilosa, Trelease. — Densely pilose throughout; leaves revolute;.
fruit rather shorter and broader. — Mrs. Curran. Ic. (1888). — Mountains
of San Diego Co. Cal. {^Palmer, 1875, No. 38; Mrs. Curran).

R. tfisulus, Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. ii. 20, restored under the name
i?. insularis, by Greene, in Bull. Cal. Acad. ii. 392, with its synonym R.
ilt'cifolius, Kellogg, I.e. 37, is said by Professor Greene to differ from R.
crocea in its arboreous habit, gray bark, and larger leaves and fruit, but I
cannot clearly make it out in the herbarium.

*- "*- Leaves thinner, deciduous, never pungently toothed ; fruit becoming nearly bl.ick.
■*"'• Petals present; flowers mostly 4-merous.

2. R. cathartica, L. — Tall shrub; branchlets glabrous, opposite or
obliquely opposite, the longer ending in short abrupt spines; leaves often
fascicled on short spurs, inch or two long, slender petioled, more or less
hairy on the veins below, broadly elliptical to subovate, obtuse or blunt-
pointed, somewhat acute at base, crenulate or serrulate with glandular
denticles, some of the larger veins running to the apex; flowers appearing
a little later than the leaves, mostly solitary in the lower axils; pedicels
glabrous, 6 to 8 mm. long; carpels 3 or 4; groove of seed deep and nar-
row.— Sp. (1753) 193; Watson, Index, 168. — A hedge-plant, escaping
somewhat in the East, in dry places.

3. R. lanceolata, Pursh. — Tall shrub; branchlets puberulent or gla-
brate, alternate, not spinose ; leaves i to 3 in. long, short-petioled, golden-
pubescent, the upper surface at length glabrate, lanceolate or ovate-lan-
ceolate, obtuse when young, but mostly blunt-acuminate when grown,
rounded or tapering at base, serrulate with incurved gland-tipped teeth,
pinnately veined ; flowers appearing with the leaves, 2 or 3 together in the

366 TRANS. ST, LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

lower axils; pedicels 2 to 6 mm. long, at length mostly glabrous; carpels
2; seeds with a broad open groove. — Fl. (1814) i. 166; Watson, Index,
169. — Woodland, etc. Pennsylvania to Missouri, south to Alabama and
Texas. — What appears to be this species also collected at Pagosa Springs,
Col. {B. H. Smith) .

"^ ■" Petals wanting; flowers 5-merous.

4. R. ALNiFOLiA, L'Her. — Low shrub; branches puberulent, alter-
nate, not spinose; leaves i to 4 in. long, short-petioled, soon glabrate ex-
cept on the veins, ovate or broadly elliptical, obtuse to acuminate, mostly
acute at base, irregularly glandular-serrate or biserrate with strongly in-
curved teeth ; flowers appearing nearly with the leaves, solitary or 2 or 3
together in the lower axils ; pedicels from 2 to 4 mm. becoming 8 mm.
long, glabrate; carpels 3; seed not grooved, and with nearly plane (but
thin) cotyledons, in this respect approaching the next section. — Sert.
Angl. (1788) 5; Watson, Index, 168; Coulter, Rocky Mt. Bot. 46. — Cold
Swamps, New Brunswick to Saskatchawan, Montana and Oregon, south
to Pennsylvania, Illinois, and California.

* * Flowers mostly hermaphrodite, appearing after the leaves, in usually peduncled um-
bels; fruit dark; seeds not grooved, generally notched at base; cotyledons thick
and fleshy; stems unarmed; leaves alternate. — § Frangula.

■^ Leaves deciduous ; flowers j-me reus, puberulent; carpels 3.

5. R. Caroliniana, Walt. — Tall shrub or small tree with more or less
puberulent twigs ; leaves 2 to 5 in. long, on petioles of half or three-fourths
in., firm, usually glabrate or somewhat hairy on the veins below, ellipti-
cal-oblong to broadly elliptical, acute or acuminate, rather obtuse at base,
remotely and obscurely low-serrate or crenulate ; peduncle mostly 6 to 8
mm., pedicels 4 to 6 mm. long. — Fl. Carol. (1788) loi ; Watson, Index,
169; Sargent, Forest Trees, 4c. — Woodlands, etc. New York to Florida,
west to Kansas and Texas.

6. R. PuRSHiANA, DC. — Small tree with somewhat pubescent twigs;
leaves 2 to 6 in. long, on short downy petioles, typically thin and mostly
dull, more or less hairy below and on the veins above, broadly elliptical,
very obtuse to abruptly blunt-pointed, rounded at base, irregularly and
closely serrulate or denticulate and often obscurely crenate; peduncle
mostly 8 to 30 mm., and pedicels 4 to 6 mm. long. — Prodr. (1825), ii.
25; Watson, Index, 169; Sargent, Forest Trees, 41; Coulter, Rocky
Mt. Bot. 47. — British Columbia, and southward in the mountains to Cali-
fornia, Montana, and Texas.

"^ ■*" Leaves evergreen, or tardily and mostly incompletely deciduous ; flowers 4- or 5-
merous ; carpels 2 or 3.

7. R. Californica, Esch. — Tall shrub with more or less tomentose
twigs; leaves i to 3 (rarely 4) in. long, on short petioles, mostly some-
what puberulent, rather dull or the lower surface glossy, elliptical-oblong
or the smallest obovate, obtuse or acutish, mostly rounded or subcordate

TREI-EASE N. AM. RHAMNACE^. 367

at base, the slightly revolute margin serrulate or denticulate to nearly en-
tire; peduncle mostly 4 to 16 mm., and pedicels 2 to 6 mm. long, like the
flowers glabrous or puberulent; nutlets large and commonly not attenu-
ated at base. — Mem. St. Petersb. Acad. (1828), x. 281; Watson, Index,
16S; Sargent, Forest Trees, 40; Mrs. Curran, Proc. Cal. Acad. 2 ser.
i. 252. — California and Nevada to southern Colorado and Mexico. — In
the broad-leaved form distributed and described by Howell as R. occi-
dentalisi from Oregon (list of 1S87, No. 1105), this species appears to
range farther northward than usual, and to approach the preceding.
Indeed, some herbarium specimens are hard to place.

Var. lO.MENTELLA, Brew. & Wats. — Rather low and spreading; leaves
densely short-tomentose below. — Bot. Calif. (1S76) i. 10; Watson, Index^
168; Sargent, /.c. 41. — /?. iomevtellus, Benth. PI. Ilartweg. (1846), 303. —
Southern California, Arizona, and New Mexico.

Var. rubra. — Twigs slender, more or less reddish, glabrous; leaves
narrowly obovate to mostly oblong or lanceolate, usually acute at base,
glabrous or pubescent along the midrib below, deciduous; fruit mostly
obovoid, and nutlets attenuated below. — R. rubra, Greene, Pittonia (1887),
i. 68, 160; Mrs. Curran, under R. Calijornica, I.e. — Eastern slope of the
Sierra Nevada, in California. — Considering the variability of R. Califor-
nica^ scarcely to be kept up as a distinct species.

.SAGERETIA, Brongn. — Shrubs with rigidly spreading spiny twigs,
mostly obliquely opposite pinnately veined glo.-sy leaves, and very small
flowers scattered along slender loosely branched axillary and terminal
spikes. — Ann.Sci.Nat. x. 359; Gray, Gen. ii. 175; Benth. & Hook., Gen.
i. 379. — About a dozen species, mostly of Asia and Java.

1. S. MiCHAUXii, Brongn. — Trailing or scrambling; branches finely
checked, at length nearly glabrous, twigs somewhat tomentose; leaves
commonly inch and a half long, ovate, more or less cordate, acute or
acuminate and submucronate, incurved-serrulate ; petiole and veins below,
somewhat tomentose ; inflorescence ample and very loose, leafless above,
terminating the upper branches, the lower spikes from the axils of foliage
leaves ; fruit about S mm. long, nearly or quite sessile. — /. c. (1826) ; Wat-
son, Index, 169, and Proc. Amer. Acad. xx. 358. Rhamims minutiflorus,
Michx. Fl. (1803) i. 154. — Along the coast. North Carolina to Florida and
Alabama. An Arizona specimen (Santa Rita Mts., Prtngle., 1884, No. 50),
though in the range of the next, appears rather to belong here. — If the
specific name given by Michaux is to be retained, the plant becomes 5.
minutiflora (Michaux).

2. S. Wrightii, Watson. — Spreading shrub 2 to 5 ft. high, slenderer
than the last; leaves 6 to 16 mm. long, elliptical to obovate, cuneate, en-
tire or serrulate; inflorescence small and inconspicuous, the few axillary
spikes seldom exceeding the leaves. — Proc. Am. Acad. (1SS5), xx. 35S. —
New Mexico ( Wright) to Texas {Havard) .

\

368 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

CEANOTHUS, L. — Shrubs, or occasionally arborescent, spinose or
unarmed, with alternate or opposite pinnatelj veined or 3-nerved leaves,
and small but showy white or blue flowers in often long-peduncled and
dense axillary or terminal clusters. — Gen. No. 267; Gray, Gen. ii. iSi, pi.
T69; Benth. Si Hook., Gen. i. 37S ; Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. x. 333;
Trelease, Proc. Calif. Acad. 2 ser. i. 106; Parry, Proc. Davenport Acad.
V. 162.

This exclusively North American genus is represented in Mexico by 3
well-marked species, our flora including, according to my opinion when
my pieliminary synoptical list was published, 32 species. Dr. Parry, re-
ducing some of these, and adding several others, makes 30 for our region.

COLUBRINA, Richard. — Shrubs or trees, with rigidly divaricate but
scarcely spinose branches, alternate pinnately veined or 3-nerved leaves.
and tomentose flowers in axillary umbel-like clusters. — Brongn. Ann. Sc.
Nat. X. 368; Grisebach, Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 100; Benth. & Hook. Gen. i.
379. — About 10 species, belonging to the warmer parts of America, with a
single exception.

* Leaves usually rather small, somewhat toothed (at least some of them), more or less

3-nerved ; common peduncle very short or wanting ; calyx segments tardily and incom -
pletely deciduous; fruit short-beaked by the persistent style.

1. C. Texensis, Gray. — Shrub as much as 15 ft. high ; branches mostly
rigidly divaricate, terete, gray-tomentose or soon glabrate and glaucous ;
leaves usually less than i in. long, pubescent or ultimately glabrate, ellipti-
cal to spatulate-obovate, subcuneate to more or less rounded at base, obtuse
to acute or mucronate, glandular-denticulate ; fruit 8 mm. in diameter, the
recurved pedicels of equal or greater length.— PI. Lindheimer. (1850), 169;
Watson, Index, 167. RhamnHs{}) Texensis, Torr. .i: Gr., Fl. (1838) i.
263. Condalia obovata. Gray, Hall, PI. Tex. 5! — Texas and Mexico. — In
one of Lindheimer's specimens, and in Drummond Nos. 67 and 652,
the leaves are broadly oval and as much as 2 in. long. — A citation of dou-
ble authority makes C. Texensis (Torr. iv: Gr.)Gray.

* * Leaves ample, entire, not at all 3.nerved; common peduncle evident; calyx segments

soon falling; styles deciduous at base.

2. C. RECLiNATA, Brongn. — Large tree, the old trunks deeply fissured;
twigs less divaricate, sulcate, soon glabrous, with numerous small lenti-
cels; leaves slender-petioled, inch and a half to 3 in. long, at length gla-
brate, elliptical or ovate to lanceolate, mostly blunt-acuminate, with a few
conspicuous submarginal (nectar?) glands; inflorescence becoming gla-
brous ; fruit 6 to 8 mm. in diameter, on pedicels of equal or greater length.
— I.e. (1826) 369; Sargent, Forest Trees, 41. Ceanothiis reclinatus.,
L'Her, Sert. (178S), 6. Rha7nnus ellipticus., Ait. Hort. Kew. (1789) i.
265. Zizyphus Domingensis., Nouv. Duhamel (1806), iii. 56. — South Flo-
rida, especially on Umbrella Key, from the West Indies. — The name may
be written by some C. reclinata (L'Her.) Brongn.

TRELHASE \. AM. RHA.MNACH.«. 369

3. C. FERRUGINOSA, Brongn. — Shrub or small tree at first densely red-
tomentose; twigs nearly terete, with fewer lenticels; leaves stout-petioled,
somewhat glossy above, i to 4 in. long, elliptical to ovate-lanceolate,
obtuse or blunt-pointed, the lower surface with a number of conspicuous
scattered (nectar ?) pl'iricls ; cymes dense, becoming somewhat racemose ;
fruit 6 to 8 mm. in diameter, more clustered than in our other species. —
I.e. (1826)369; Watson, Index, 167. Rhamnus Colubrinus, L., Sp. 2 ed.
(1762), 195. — Southern P'lorida and Florida Keys, from the West Indies.

ADOLPHIA, Mkisn. — Small-leaved or nearly leafless shrubs, with op-
posite divaricate green branches articulated with the stem and ending in
spines, and small flowers in sparse axillarj' clusters. — Gen. pi. 70; Benth.
& Hook. Gen. i. 3S4. — Contains only our species.

1. A. INFESTA, Meisn . — Mostly puberulent or villous, with often re-
flexed short hairs; leaves short-petioled, 2 to 10 mm. long, i-nerved, spar-
ingly hairy below, sublanceolate, acute or mucronate, entire or low-ser-
rate; fruit subglobose, crowned with a beak i mm. long, formed by the
persistent base of the style. — I.e. (1837); Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xi.
126. and Index, 163. — Arizona and New Mexico, from Mexico. — In 1825,
three specific names appear to have been given this plant, viz. : Ceanotkus
t'n/estus, HBK. Nov. Gen. vii. 61; ColletiaCi) muliijlora, DC. Prod,
ii. 29: and C.(?) disperma, DC. I.e. Adopting the one in general use,
the name might be written A. infesta (HBK.) Meisn.

2. A. Californica, Watson. — Upper branches often more virgate and
less spinose; leaves rathtr longer-petioled and more pubescent, spatulate
to obovate, mostly mucronate and entire; fruit beakless, the style decidu-
ous close to the ovary; otherwise resembling the last. — I.e. (1876), and
Index, 460. — Southern California.

Incomplete specimens of a plant with more virgate, striate branches,
not articulated, which have been collected in Arizona {Parish, No. 770),
may prove to belong to some southern species of Retanilla or Colletia.
Material is much desired.

GOUANIA, L. — Shrub, climbing by twig-tendrils, with alternate
coarsely serrate often 3-nerved leaves, and small polygamo-dioecious flow-
ers loosely fascicled along the slender naked ends of the spreading branch-
es.— Gen. No. 1157; Benth. & Hook. Gen. i. 385. — About 30 species,
largely of tropical America.

1. G. DoMiNGENsis, L. — -Branches fluted, loosely hairy to glabrate ;
leaves short-petioled, i to 3 in. long, becoming glabrous, or persistently
hairy along the veins, ovate, narrowly acuminate, subcordate, the blunt
teeth commonly ending in cup-shaped (nectar.') glands; inflorescence to-
mentose; fruit glabrous, about 6 mm. long and 8 broad (including the
wings), notched at top and bottom, when partly grown resembling some-
what that of Vaceintum. — Sp. 2 ed. (1763), 1663; Watson, Index, 16S. —
Southern Florida and the Keys, West Indies, etc., to Brazil.

V. — 3 — 3 May 3a, 1S89.

I

( 370 )
Contribution to the Chemistry of Combustion.

By C. LUEDEKING, Ph.D.

The ordinary combustion of organic substances in atmospheric
air produces as final products carbon dioxide and water, and also
gaseous nitrogen if the substance be nitrogenous. These are the
products of combustion of alcohol, coal oil, coal gas, wood. etc.
In the course of certain experiments on Titanic acid, it was no-
ticed that in the inner part of the Bunsen flame made just slightly
luminous by properly regulating the air supply, the well known
cyanogen Titanium compound, so often found in iron blast
furnaces when titaniferous iron ores are smelted, was readily
formed. By its characteristic appearance, in fact, it is possible
by this means to detect or confirm quickly very minute quantities
of Titanic acid. The manner of procedure is to dissolve in a
small quantity of carbonate of soda, on the loop of a platinum
wire, the precipitate or substance in question, and volatilize all
the alkali in the inner flame, when the copper-red cyanogen Tita-
nium compound will be formed if Titanium be present. The en-
tire test requires but very little substance, only a few minutes' time,
and is exceedingly delicate.

I employed this test in a reverse manner, viz., to discover the
presence of cyanogen in various flames. Herein I was perfectly
successful in most different cases. The copper-red compound
was formed in the flame of a tallow candle, parafR i candle, coal-
oil lamp flame, and alcohol flam?. It was evident, therefore,
that in all the above-named flames cyanogen is formed and bound
by the Titanium. Is Titanium now the inducing agent so that
cyanogen does not ordinarily exist in these flames.-* This question
is quite justified in view of the following experiments.

Bunsen & Playfair (Journ. f. prakt. Chem., vol. xlii. p. 397)
Slowed that carbonate of Potassium, intimately mixed with Car-
boa and heated in a current of Nitrogen to the reduction temper-
ature of Potassium, is completely converted into cyanide of Po-
tassium. This, and not the nitrogen of the nitrogenous fuel is

LUEDEKING — CHEMISTRY OF COMBUSTION. 37I

the mode of formation of cyanide of Potassium in iron blast fur-
naces, as was demonstrated by the same authors.

By passing ammonia gas over red-hot charcoal cyanide of Am-
monium and Hydrogen are formed, according to Langlois, thus :

2NH3 XC = NH^ CN X 2H.

Here Hydrocyanic acid is formed probably by the dissociation of
the ammonia and a reaction upon one another of the nascent
elements.

Again, the cyanogen Titanium compound is formed by heating
Titanic acid and Carbon in an atmosphere of Nitrogen to the tem-
perature of fusion of platinum according to Wohler and Deville
(Annal. d. Chem. u. Pharm. vol. ciii. p. 231).

Here, then, vv^e have an experiment under conditions similar to
those in our own. In the reducing flame we have nitrogen of the
atmosphere, free carbon shown by the luminosity, and Titanic
acid and a very high temperature. The formation of the cyano-
gen Titanium compound in the reducing flame is brought about
chemically in exactly the same manner as in the Wohler & De-
ville experiment.

The general assumption is that Carbon and Nitrogen cannot
unite directly without the inducing action of another substance.
On the basis of the mechanical data we should also expect this to
be the case. The heat of formation of Cyanogen gas out of Car-
bon (Diamond) and Nitrogen is — 3S300 calorics. The heat of
formation of Hydrocyanic acid out of Carbon (Diamond) and
Nitrogen and Hydrogen is — 30200 calorics. The heat of forma-
tion of Cyanide of Potassium solid out of Carbon (Diamond) and
Nitrogen and Potassium is -|- 30300 calorics. Whilst the forma-
tions of Cyanogen and Hydrocyanic acid are accompanied with a
disappearance of heat, are endothermic reactions, the formation
of Cyanide of Potassium is accompanied with powerful evolution
of heat, it is an exothermic reaction.

There is, however, one experiment byMorren, C. R. 48, p. 342,
demonstrating the direct union of carbon and nitrogen, in passing
electric sparks bitweei electrodes of carbon in an atmosphere of
nitrogen. The reasons for this result, so antagonistic to thermo-
chemical expectitions, we shall enter upon later.

37^ TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

As it was possible to form the cyanogen Titanium compound
in the reducing- flame of various combustibles, it seems desirable
to ascertain whether the presence of Cyanogen or Hydrocyanic
acid could be demonstrated in these same flames under condi-
tions precluding the presence of an inducing agent. It was
attempted to ascertain whether Cyanogen or Hydrocyanic acid
occur in these flames due to the direct action of atmospheric
nitrogen, or, in other words, whether atmospheric nitrogen plays
a role chemically in the ordinary process of combustion of
carbon compounds.

For this purpose the gases of the reducing flame were tapped,
as in the ordinary lecture of experiment, to show the combustible
nature of the gases in the flame of a candle. However, since
glas^s is dissociated to a great extent, and the alkali metals vola-
tilized under such conditions, and as these are inducing agents for
formation of cyanogen compounds, and as these were to be en-
tirely eliminated, a platinum tube was taken. This was mounted
in a glass tube for conducting the gases. It was 90 mm. long and
5 mm. in diameter, and of very thin platinum. The gases were
conducted into a test tube containing a few cubic centimetres of
caustic soda solution, and the end of the gas-conducting tube
made to closely approach the surface of the liquid without being
obstructed. This mode of experiment was found to give results
only. When the gases were made to actually bubble through the
caustic soda : no reactions could be obtained. The reason is ob-
vious, for the gases contain such large amounts of Carbon dioxide
that any Cyanogen or Hydrocyanic acid is displaced from solu-
tion, or, in other words, it cannot accumulate.

The time of combustion necessary before one can obtain a pre-
cipitate of Prussian blue, in the well known manner in the test-
tube liquid, is about one hour. When coal oil or candles are
experimented with, the platinum tube must frequently be cleared
of soot, and the caustic soda must be filtered for the same reason^
before the tests can be made. In much less time, however, one
can obtain the reaction as indicated by the green color of the
liquid, the prussian blue remaining in solution on account of its
minuteness of quantity. I will also say that never was it possible
for me in one hour to obtain an immediate precipitate ; but only
so after several hours' standing of the intensely green liquid.

LUEDEKING — CHEMISTRY OF COISIBUSTIOIS . 373

Considering the ease with which the Cyanogen Titanium reac-
tion can be obtained in the same flames in a few minutes' time,
it may seem strange that the prussian-blue reactions are not
stronger. However, the conditions of experiment are of neces-
sity very unfavorable. As it is, only a part of tlie Cyanogen or
Hydrocyanie acid is absorbed, the greater quantity being carried
away by the current of Carbon dioxide.

The best way of experimenting is to cool the test tube with ice
and thus condense most of the aqueous vapor of the gases; much
of the Cyanogen can thus be retained.

By this mode of experiment a prussian-blue reaction could be
obtained in the combustion of coal gas, various candles, and
alcohol.

It is necessary to guard carefully against ammonia in the atmo-
sphere, as otherwise we have an inducing agent for the formation
of cyanogen.

We proved then, firstl}', that in the combustion of ordinary
fuels Cyanogen occurs in the reducing flame, being generated by
the process of combustion.

The final answer to our proposition can, however, not yet be
given ; for, is it not possible that the combustibles referred to
above contain Nitrogen ? If so, we have an inducing agent ; for
by our mode of experiment both nitro and amido compounds
mixed with alcohol were found to produce large amounts of Cya-
nogen in their combustion, and consequently it need not be atmo-
spheric nitrogen that causes the formation of Cyanogen or
Hydrocyanic aci 1 in our experiments.

Coal gas we know contains nitrogenous compounds, and of
tallow we should also expect the same, as well as of alcohol, for
in alcoholic fermentation volatile nitrogenous bases are formed.
We should least expect paraffin to contain Nitrogen, but cannot
positively say.

It was necessary, therefore, to prepare a combustible entirely
and certainly free from all nitrogenous matter.

Marsh gas is such a combustible. I prepared 50 litres of this
substance out of pure acetate of soda, and lime and soda, previ-
ously heated. This Marsh gas was passed from a copper gas-
ometer through a Buiisen burner placed under a bell-jar, and the
experiment conducted as in previous cases. The air for combus-

374 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

tion was thoroughly pui'ified by passing- through several towers
of sulphuric acid and lime before reaching the combustible.

The reaction for Cyanogen was very pronounced : a splendid
precipitate of prussian blue was obtained quite easily. The time
of combustion of the 50 litres of Marsh gas was little over an
hour. In this experiment we have positively the answer to our
inquiry, ^'whether atmospheric Nitrogen plays a role chemically
in the combustion of Carbon compounds?" All inducing agents
for formation of Cyanogen were scrupulously excluded.

We conclude, then, that nitrogen of the atmosphere takes part
chemically, generally, in the combustion of carbon compounds
forming transiently Cyanogen or Hydrocyanic acid. In other
words, we affirm with Morren that Carbon and Nitrogen can
unite directly at very high temperatures. Together with a great
preponderance of exothermic compounds, we have formed an en-
dothermic compound. This is the general rule in the formation
of endothermic compounds. I mention only the formation of
Chlorate of Potash.

The reason of the formation of this endothermic compound in
the case of combustion may, I think, be found in the most pro-
bable fact that we have atoms and not molecules reacting upon
one another. When the compound is broken up, there is a cer-
tain time when carbon must be in the nascent or atomic state.
What its affinities are there we may judge from analogy. It is
not impossible that the formation of cyanogen is under such cir-
cumstances really exotheimic. The heat of dissociation of the
carbon molecule is, according to Thomsen, 39610 calorics; so-
that we see that atomic carbon forming cyanogen would cause
an evolution of about 9000 calorics, and would under the cir-
cumstances be exothermic.

We may presume, also, that in Morren's experiment the mole,
cules of carbon and nitrogen are dissociated previous to actual
combination.

( 375 )

Tlie Jlj/dration of CoUoi(h.

By C. LUEDEKING, Ph. D.
I. — On th<> vapor leiisioiis and boiling;'- points of Solution.s of l'olIui(Is>

In a work that Prof. Wiedemann and I published recently "On
the heats of hydration of certain Colloids," we determined that
the vapor tensions of solutions of gelatine are less than that of
water at 40° C. This isolated experiment went only to show that
the facts were really as our experiments on heats of hydration
would lead us to expect them. When gelatine takes up water it
actually becomes chemically hydrated, and holds this water with
an affinity whose intensity is indicated by our work. It is, there-
fore, held fast by the gelatine so that the vapor tension is less than
for pure wattr. Our results led us to doubt the correctness of
Guthrie's observations on the boiling-points of solutions of Gum
Arabic and of Gelatine, published in Phil. Mag. for Sept., '76'
Guthrie says that a 40 p, ct. solution of Gum Arabic boils at 98°
C. and that a 45 p. ct. solution of Gelatine boils at 97°-5 C.
These results are net in accordance with what we should be led
to expect from our thermo-chemical observations. We should
expect, as did also Guthrie, that the boiling-points of these solu-
tions are higher than that of water. We should expect this also
from the fact of their being tenacious liquids.

It was determined, therefore, to investigate the boiling-points
and vapor tensions of Colloid hydrates more fully. Experiments
were made on Gelatine, Gum Arabic, Gum Tragacanth, Dex-
trine, Starch, and Agar Agar.

GUM ARABIC

Pure powdered gum arable was used. A wide test tube con-
taining a 40 p. ct. solution was subjected to the heat of a water
or brine-bath of 103° C. Fragments of platinum were added to
facilitate the formation of vapor. At 90°, when in the water-bath,
bubbles formed slowly and regularly, and as the temperature rose
their number increased until, at 99°. 8, the temperature to which

3^6 TRANS. ST, LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

the thermometer rose, a constant and rapid evohition of gas was
observ^ed. As this did not in character resemble an evolution of
steam, an examination was made, and it was found to be due to
Carbon Dioxide. When a solution of like strength was placed in
the brine-bath the thermometer rose to ioo° C. and the phenome
non was entirely different. It was then actually boiling. There-
fore we conclude that the boiling-point of this solution of Gum
Arabic is the same as that of water.

GELATINE.

A 50 p. ct. solution of confectioner's gelatine did not evolve a
bubble of vapor when subjected to the heat of a water-bath, al-
though the temperature rose to 99°. 8. In a brine-bath, however,
the solution did boil, and the thermometer immersed showed a
constant temperature of 100° C.

Determinations of vapor tension of the same solution at 100°
C. showed it to be less than that of water at the same tempera-
ture by 2-3 mm. mercury. Consequently the boiling-point must
be slightly above that of water. This is in acordance with the-
ory. Under no circumstances can gelatine solutions boil lower
than water. Let us consider that dissociation of the solution does
take place at 97° C. The wa'er liberated can only have the ten-
sion of water, which at that temperature is less than the baro-
metric pressure, and therefore a phenomenon of boiling cannot
be observed.

We need not enter into detail of description concerning experi-
ments on Gum Tragacanth, Agar Agar, Dextrine, and Starch.
The results were in every instance the same in character as those
obtained for Gum Arabic and Gelatine. They aie all in agree-
ment with our thermo-chemical results, and contradictory of Gu-
thrie's results.

II. — Tlie dissociation of Oelatiiie and Cwiini Arabic Hydrates at low

temperature.

Gelatine hydrates containing 50, 60 and 75 p. ct. of water were
cast in cylindrical form, and cavities formed in the axis of each
for the reception of thermometers. They were subjected to — iS°
C. for several hours, when they presented no signs of being frozen.
The same hydrates were subjected to the same temperature as
above on slides, and examined under the microscope in polarized

I.UEDEKING THE HYDRATION OF COLLOIDS. 377

light. Clusters of ice crystals had segregated from the mass. Our
conclusions are that gelatine solutions do not solidify as a whole
when subjected to low temperatures, but become partially disso-
ciated. The amount of dissociation is directly proportional to
the degree of hydration and the depth of temperature.

These results differ from those of Guthrie, who did not exam-
ine the circumstances in polarized light. Only when examined
in this way can the process of freezing of colloid hydrates be
understood.

III. — <'oiiil('iiNa(ioii ill thp i>rores.*« of Hydration.

As we found that by the process of hydration of colloids heat
IS evolved, we should expect it to be attended by condensation.
The densities of gelatine solutions of 50, 25 and 10 p. ct. were
determined. The densities of solutions of these strengths were
also calculated. Following are the results :

50 per cent. Gel. sp. gr. found, 1.22S sp. gr. calc. i-iSjS Dift". 0.422
25 " " " " 1-153 " " 1-0929 " .0601

10 " " " " 1.064. " " 1. 0165 " -0485

We see that the calculated spec. grav. is less than the observed
spec. grav. in every instance. la other words, water unites with
gelatine with condensation. The first equivalents of water are
condensed more than the equivalents bound later. In this respect
the hydration of colloids is analogous to the hydration of salts.
In the 50 p. ct. gelatine solution, condensation of 0.423 is ob-
served ; in tlie 25 p. ct. gelatine solution, the condensation is
.0200 ; and, final y, in the 10 p. ct. gelatine solution, the conden-
sation is .0054. We see that the force of chemical affinity is like
the force of gravitation ; it diminishes with the distance. The
first equivalents of water are near the center of attraction, the
molecule of colloid, and are consequently bound with superior
force.

The above is a mere sketch of the work on which we base the
results given. Tiie detail would hardly be of interest.

It was our purpose to bring certain physical phenomena atten-
dant on the process of hydration into harmony with one another.
The process of hydration is accompanied with evolution of heat.

37^ TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Where there is evolution of heat in chemical reac'ions thtre
is necessarily condensation. Our experiments proved this actu-
ally to be the case. Again, where there is contlensation the
substances reacting upon one another must be united more
firmly than when each is in the free state. In other words,
the vapor tension must be less. This we actually found to be
the case also. The phenomena of hydration of colloids are by
no means unimportant. A proper understanding of their values
is absolutely necessary for a true understanding of the economy
of the animal body. As yet there have never been drawn into
consideration these factors. Nor can we draw them into cal-
culation until many more investigations of all the colloid hy-
drations in the animal frame will have been made.

ELiEfTRICAL, CONDUCTIVITY.

In 1SS3 Prof. E. Wiedemann demonstrated in his experiments
on solutions of zinc sulphate in water and glycerine, that the reis
no relationship between coefficients of friction and galvanic con-
duction. For a solution of zinc vitriol in water and glycerin the
coefficients of friction were to one another as i : 68.7, the resist-
ances of galvanic conduction as i : 12.1. In continuation of these
experiments I have made, at the ins^tigation of Prof. Wiedmann,
an examination of the behavior of zinc vitriol dissolved in gela-
tine solutions of different strengths at different temperatures.
Experiments on the same subject have been published since the
time of completion of my work by Arrhenius and B. v. Tietzen-
Hennig. However a communication of my resultswill not be
superfluous as my experiments were made on much more con-
centrated solutions of gelatine.

The solutions employed by me contained 25 p. ct. and 50 p. ct.
of gelatine, and 2 p. ct., 54 p.ct. and 10 p. ct. of zinc vitriol. The
mixtures of definite concentrations of zinc vitriol, water and gela-
tine were made in the following manner :

The gelatine was first weighed out in a beaker glass, and the
quantity of water necessary for a certain concentration then added.
The solution was boiled in a brine-bath and the necessary amount
of salt added, i'he water lost by evaporation was replaced when
the solution was complete. To obtain a 50 p. ct. gelatine solution

LUEDEKING THE HYDRATION OF COLLOIDS.

379

with lop. ct. ZnSo ^ -\- yH .jO , there were mixed 3co g. of gelatine
with i6o g. of water and 40 g. of ZnSo4 + 7H20 added when
the solution had taken place. Finally, the entire mass was made
to weigh 400 g. by adding water.

The galvanic conductivity of each of the six solutions was com-
pared with that of an aqueous solution of the same concentration,
which was maintained at a constant temperature. The measure-
ments were made between about 5° and 90° C. A Kohlrausch
universal rheometer and a Wiedemann galvanometer were used
for this purpose. The current was closed only for a very short
time and often reversed in direction. The solutions were con-
tained in vessels of construction given in figure, which is a slight

modification of Kohlrausch, and permits of determining the tem-
perature of the substance under examination by means of the ther-
mometer /. This is very desirable in case of such tenacious
liquids as solutions of gelatine are, as the temperature does not
become equalized in them by convection currents. The appara-
tus was clamped and held in position in the water-bath by the
thermomet&r.

The following tables contain the results obtained. The figures
express the relations of the conductivities of the solutions exam-
ined to that of an equally concentrated aqueous solution of 20° C.
As electrodes, amalgamated zinc plates were used.

The plates appended to this paper give a graphical representa"
tion of the variation of electrical conductivity with temperature.

2 p. Ct. Zn. Yitriol in (l) Water; (2) in 25 p. ct Gelatin soi.; (3) 50 p. ct. in Gel. Sol.

1. /.

4

t5

9

12

13

18

24

32.5

41

i.

0.724

0.78-2

0.855

0 . 'J30

0.953

1.099

1.22

1.45

1.66

a./.

4

9.5

10

13

13.5

16

19

36

53.5

i.

0.461

0543

0.559

0 625

0.629

0.676

0.724

1.13

1.45

vt-

15

17..=.

25

33

34.5

44.5

55

59

63.5

k.

0, 14-2

0.1.54

0.202

0.-2.il

0.263

0 342

0 444

0.477

0.521

3So

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.
[continued.]

1. 1.[

46

64.5

77.

k.

1.89

2.27

2.50

2./.

63

11.

90.

k.

1.61

1.82

2 13

Vi.

69

80.5

8S.

k.

0..578

0 68.5

0 724

5.4 p.ct. Zu. Vitriol in (i) Water; (2) iii 10 p.ct. Gelatin

in 50 p. ci. Gel. sol.

(3) in25i),clGel. Sol.;(4)

9 I 11 , IS I 20 I 28 35 i 40 j 4.>

0.877 0.9181.0751. 099 1.28 1.47 1.58 1.69

10 11 13 I 14 15.5 17 ■ 20 i 24

0.645 0.658 0.7i4 0.724 0.764 0.807 0.885 0.953

9 11 14.5 ; 17.5 20 26 30.5 40
0.36')|0 .378 0.4^0,0.4 63 0.488 0.600 0.621,0.741

7 I 11 , 14 23 I 28 31 41 149.5
0.154 0.182 0.20010.264 lO 30310.333 0.41310.485

50 55
1.77 1.91
25 28

0.970 1.04

50 60

0 893 1.03
.56 59.5

0.521 0.571

^0

65

70

80

1.96

2.10

2.16

2.31

32

37

42

46

1.11

1.20

1.33

J. 37

69.5

SI

90

1.12

1.22

T26

69

76

79.5

89.5

0.649

0.694

0.730

0.782

[continued.]

.85

.90

2.38

2.40

.50

.61

.69

.80

.8-.

.90

1.49

1 69

1.85

2.00

2.00

2.04

10 p.ct. zn. Vitriol in (i) faier; (2) 25 p.ct. in Gel. sol.; (3) in 50 p.ct.

I. t

6 10

15

18.5 [ 33 1 41 : 47 1 .59 I 73 80 90 i .... 1 .... ,

k.

0.649 0.730

0.847

0.926 1.23 1.39 1.5ll 1.72! 1.92 1.96 2.00' ....! ....

a. t.

5 \ 6

10

15 15.5 19 26 i 36 i 46 56 6') 76 1 90

k.

0.303 0.333

0 377

0.431 0 443! 0.488 0.568 0.690 0.833 0 962 l.OO; 1 16 1.26

.V t.

15 ; 18

22

30 ! 36 } 38.5 50 57 60 '69 70 1 79 1 99

k.

0.129 1 0.1431 0.161

0.187] 0 213! 0 222 0.286 0.323 0.337| 0.391 0.400 0.4451 0.476

From these values there are then deduced b^- graphic interpo-
lation the following- for the galvanic conductivity k at 5, 10, 15,
20, 30°, etc. The follow^ing table contains these :

2 p.ct. Zn,S044-7H,0,

5.4P.C, Zn.S04-f74.0.

lOp.c. Zn.S04+7420.

+ Water. 4 25 p.e. +50p.c. + Water. 4-lOp.o. +20p.c. +50p.o. + Water. 4- 25p.c. 4-lOp.c.
Oel. Qel. ael. Qel. Gel. Oel. Qel.

5

TO

0.741 0.469
0.869 0.555
0.990 0.653
I. Ill 0.735

0-757
0.877
0.990
I .III

0.562 0.305
0.64? o.^6S

0.143
n. r.9i

0.617
0.729
0.847
0-943

0-303

0-378

0.44: 0.129
0.495 0.151

15
20

0.769 0.424 0.207
0.877 0.490 0.239

0.167

30

1. 351 0.892

0227

1. 316

1-075

0.609

0.322

1. 149

0.613 0.1S8

40

1 . 666 I 099

0.301

1 .562

1.266

0-751

0.405

I -370

0.741 0.227

50

1.923 1. 351

0.388

1. 818

1-51.^

0.892

0-493

1.562

0.S77 0-287

60

2.174 1.587

0.490

2.000

1.666

I .020

0-575

1.724

1. 000 0.338

70

2.381 1.786

0-585

2. 174

1.786

I. Ill

0.654

1.S87

1 . 087 0 . 400

bj

2.500 1. 96 1

0.6S3

2.272

1-923

I. 190

o-73^

2.000

1.205 0.446

90

2.072 2.127

0.725

2.381

2- 000

1.250

0.787

2.000

1.2S2 0.476

LUEDEKING — THE HYDRATION OF COLLOIDS.

3S1

For the coefficients of change « = '^'(90 -'^2o)'^2o we have from
the above table the followino- values :

2 p.ct. eel. ZD.S04
+ 7H20.

5.4p,Ct.Zll.S04-f 7H2O.

lOp.ct.zn.sui + Vd^o.

ii

+ 50 p.ct.
Qelatin.

+ Water.

4- 10 p.ct.
Gelatin.

1

+

+ 25 p.ct.
Qelatin.

|i

x'

1-315

I.S94

3-341

I -143

1.2S0

i-55> 2.293

1.121

1.589

2.152

A comparison of the values for zinc vitriol solution in water
with those of Beetz* shows a good concordance, as will be seen
from the following table :

10 p. cl Zn.So, + 7H,o. GalvaDlc CondnctlTity x lO^

30°
40°
50°
60°
70°

Found,
2916
3471
3964

437^

47SS

5077

Calculated.
243S

3492
4056
4610
5164
5718

We see that at higher temperatures just as Beetz found the con-
ductivity increases less than corresponds to the formula —

Z= ^32.09 + 4.0364;^ -o.0473/2-)io9.

The tigures representing the dependence of the galvanic conduc-
tivity upon the temperature show, that at the point of change of
the liquid gelatin into the solid state, even for very concentrated
solutions, there is no sudden change.

The coefficients of change show that the change of conductivity
with temperature is greater in proportion as the concentration of
the gelatin solution is greater. But the influence of the addition
of gelatin changes with the concentration of the zinc vitriol.

The first result is contrary to that obtained by Arrhenius, that
the coefficients of change are independent of the concentration of
gelatin. The reason of this contradictory result is to be found in
the fact that Arrhenius used only very dilute gelatin solutions.

Beetz, Wiedemann's Galvanismus, 1. p. 328.

382 TRAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

I also examined the velocity of ditlusion of the zinc vitriol so-
lutions into gelatin. Similar results to those of B v. Tietzen-
Hennig were obtained. However, I have for the present post-
poned drawing any conclusions from them. We have here a far
more complicated phenomenon than would appear on first sight.
For not alone does the zinc vitriol diffuse into the water contained
in the gelatin, but also water^from the zinc vitriol solution. How
complicated this phenomenon is will appear from the fact that,
if a concentrated zinc vitriol solution is allowed to diffuse into a
concentrated gelatin, crystals of zinc vitriol separate out in the
upper parts of the gelatin. Before, therefore, we can compare
experiments on diffusion with those on electric conductivity nu-
merically, it is necessary to follow these phenomena more close-
ly, and with this I am engaged at present.

I

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

The monthly rain maps give in each case the average rainfall
for that month for ten years ending December 31st, 1887.

The rainfall is given in inches and tenths. On some of the
maps the decimal point was not reproduced in the copper plate.

Average monthly values which have been approximated by
means of monthly maps are indicjated in the tables by asterisks.

>fl£SOURI
,.-, ^VVFATHERSEHVlfiE

MISSOURI
WEATHEK iitHVlCB

^^i2iJ&^^

WIATHERSEBnCE

^^""'^Y o-ryvK <^ '*^2:iri:4?^:^

,r /-> 1 ^ ^x, 4-;^r£w-.

MISSOURI

WXATHER SEHVlfiB

nTjptTJ^TrTnfn|rfiirt?l(iii|lM'ii y\ [ iiiiulimiiMiLiimiiiiiiy

MISSOURI

\ ^^4i|t. IVEATHERSERVIGI:

MISSOURI

y.r

ms,soimi

VVEATH£R SEBVleB

3.J-

f^j.;. MISSOURI

r^ .'

M/SSODRI
WEATHER.SERV1CE

'^ S '^•^^^^^^22i:^&2^

MISSOURI
T 'I VVLAFHER .-SERVlfeF'

"IS '

//I.

m

IC

MISSOURI
VVX/JHCR SERVICE

^CAL^ or SHADES rOR. MEAN ANNUAL PRECIPlTAnoN..

SCALE or SHADEJS FOR MEAN SCASONAL PRECIPITATION.

sckLZ. or s^^^DEs rc

l-I.S,x \/,S-- 111 I- i.S-" IS 3

MISSOURI
WEATHUR SERVICE

is/L T s s o Tj :r X

:Rj^xisr:rA.i^i-..

Boonville

Cairo

Carthage

Cenlreville

Chamois

Glasgow, Horrison Obserratorj-

Glasgow

Greenfield

Hermann

Irouton

Kansas City

Keokuk

Klrksville

Lamar

Leavenworth

Lexington

Louisiana

Mascoutah

Mexico

Miama

Oregon

Pierce City

Pleasant Hill

Savannah

Sedalia

Bhelbina

Spriiigfield

St. Charles

St. Joseph

Bt. Louis, Washinston Onircreitj
" Signal Oflice

Cooper

Jasper

Reynolds ..

Osage

Howard ....

Howard

Dade
Gasconade

Iron

Jacksou

Iowa
Adair
Barton

Lafayette-
Pike

Bt. Clair

Audrian

Saline

Holt

La-wrence..

Cass

Andrew . ...

Pettis

Shelby

Greene
8t. Charles
Buchanan .

.tj3 1879

.43' 1879

.48 1879

.90| 1885

.40i 1879

.40 188B

.651 1879

.70! 1879

.661 1879

.80 188S
.401879,'85

.00, 1885

.87' 1885

l.OS
0.87
0.92
0.51
0.00
0.34
0.50
0.85
0.97
0.42
0.17
0.01
0.75
0.31
0.42
0.10
0.56
0.38
I878| 0.45
1886 0.40
1882

0.50
*0.40
0.43
0.23
1.40
0.50
0.17
0.49
0.40

1879
1885
1883
1879
1885

1879
1885
1885
1885
1879
1885
1885
1885
1885

1885

1879.'8!
1879

6.00
4.67
3.181 5.20
3.37 7.25
3.351 5.80
4.04 6.80
3.42iI0.0o
3.11
3.21
2.21
3.75
3.05
.67

1882
1886
1885
1887
1878
1885
1885
1884
1878
1878
1885
1880
1882
1885
1885
1883
1885
1878
1885
1885
1882

1882
18S5
1882

1.45 1883
1.43 1885
1.47 1883
1.18 1882
1.29 1883
0.99 1880
1.07: 1880
0.65 ISsl
1.02 1883
1.43 1879
1.26 1886
1.00 1887
0.9S'1886,'8'
n.09 1881
0.42' 1879
0.1.8 1883
1.07 1884
1.00 I87H
1.83 1881
1.52 1880,'8;
2.15 1887
l.aii 1881
»1.50 1881
♦2.00' 1887
1.40 1881
0.81 : 1880
»2.00 1880
1.451 1886
1.66 1884
2.50. 1886
2.10; 1886

5.19 7.92:1878
4. OollO. 2211882
4.131 6.471878
4.u! 8.06 1882
4.07 7.331882
1883!
3.63, 6. 0011880
4.22| 7.0o]l878
5.5711882
9.551882
3. -541 6.47 1883
3.78 7.1lll882
3.32i 4.951886
4.4K| 6.61 187S
7.83 1883
6.23 1SS3
0.37 1880
5.81 1886
6.35 1880
6.2911883
6.I4I188I
6.70U88I
6.65,1886
6.50|l883
6.51:1886
*6. 1011878
9.30jl886

5.901881
5.291883!
7.93'l886|
7.84,18881

1879
1887
1886
1884
1879
1879
1873,'8I
1884
1879
1879
1879
1881
1881
1887
1879
1887
1879
1879
1879
1887

1884
1886
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879

6.57 10.84 1879
4.23 8.7018791
4.81 7.23 1887
5.37 10.73 1885
4.581 7.94 1885
4.99: 8.0411883
6.50,11.00 1883
4.34*6.50'lS83
4.371 7.24,1886
5.23I 9.15'l885
5.49'10.96,1883
4.90! 9.45;18S2
12.6l!l882
6.90 1887
10. 84, 1883
10.72|l883
9. 75 '1883
6.6911883
6.67|l885
11.43,1883
14.94'l883

7.40 ;s,sn
.91

1884.
1880 ;
1880-
1878!
1878 1

.32 l.s
S.Oil.s

8.6!

1SX5

fi.i'.S

1887

7.90

18,85

11.09

1879

7.261SS6

7.68 1885

U.ll IsMl

!.4311Sb7
2.6711884
1.35!l8S7
1.0511880
2.29'l8S7
2.40,1878

.69 6.83 1884'
.25 7.95 1883:
.21 12.18 1883'
.64 7.95 1878!
.71 5.93 1885
.51 12.16 1884
.81 10.95 1884,
.62 9.001883'
.90 8.201884,
.85 7.00 1884 1
.42 6.93 18831
.39 4.231882!
.99 5.951882!
.46 7.75:1^85!
.96 9.43 1884!
.34 7.26 1884'
.061 6.28,1884
.84 4.84,1882,
.22 6.75!lS84!
.62 14.17ilS84,
.18' 7.18'l878!
.67 9.30 188.<!j
.45 7.05^1883
.25*6.60:1879
.98 7.83!1883
.61 7.1511S8-1
.68 9.22 1884
.82] 5.4011880
.34! 9.55,1879
.76| 5. .37 1880
.01, 5.1711880

1.05

0.18

1.50

0.05

0.24

0.40

0.40

1.70

0.00

0.95

0.00

0.65

1.

1.40

0.37
0.03
0.20
0.20
2.00
0.00
0.30
0.1

n.oi

1.18
0.50

1881
1881
1886
1881
1886
1886
1881

1886
1886
1881

nvniSSOXJI^I I^.A.I3SrF.A.LL (Continued).

August.

September.

October.

November.

December.

■3

s

a

i

a

a
a

< .

SPBIHS.

SDMKER.

Auroinr.

WHTEB.

Max. ' Min.

Max.

Min.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Is'

Max.

Station.

County.

State

S

£

s

s

1°

veruge
Raiufai:

aximun
al Rain

ear.

IS

March
Apl.

June.
July.

Sept.
Oct.

Dec.

M

b

60

^

C

.uS

M

-U

^

a •

•i

. ^

^

u

T

^•

a-|

^

Jan.

> ' a

i lis

% ' a

s

1

>

a

g

a

»

> \ a

g

a g

>

a

g

a

a

S«

C3

ia

<i 1 <

>'.<;>*

< «!

|x

<

^

<

<i

>*

<

f«

< ' <

>'

< p«

<

<

i^

<

r-i

< \S ' ><

S

><

May.

Aug.

Nov.

Feb.

Boonville

Cooper

Mo.

I

2.15 4.38

1880

0.05! 1879

4.79 10.13 1884

0.251883

3.43 8.43

1882

0.74

1879

2.40! 5.98

1881

0.631878

1.90, 3.00 1887 0.78

1886

40.55'54.85 1882 28.56 1879

10.85

12.41

10.62

6.67

Cairo

Ills.

2

2.7ol 7.05

1879

0.111881

2.88: 5.021884

0.34 1883

3-13' 6.97;i883

0..38

1887

4.06 5.96

1882

2.4111884

:j.88 8.99 1884 1.74

1886

43.13 61. 58:1882!26. 75 1887

10.79

10.23

10.07

12.04

Carthage

Jasper

Mo.

3

3.43; 6.42

1883

0.52,1878

3.21 5.0U1880

0.40 1883

4.11 11.76 1883: 0.88

1886

2.03 4.36

1881

0.84 1885

2.25 6.91 1884 0.89

1882

38.93 53.67:1883:28.711879

9.41

13.45

9.3.3

6.72

Centreville

Reynolds .

Mo.

4

3.74111.27

1879

U.71 1881

2.73,' 6.26 1885

0.64 1883

2.77! 7.50 1883 0.48

1884

4.28 6.82

1879

1.30 1884

3.00 7.22 1884 1.82

1883

42.66 55.02:1883:34.43 1887

9.97

13.75

9.78

9.16

Cliamois

Osage

Mo.

5

2.02 5.13

1885

*0. 25,1881

4.16 8.93 1881

0.35 1883

2.92: 8.701883 1.00 1886, '87

2.97 8.34

1881

0.60 1885

2.24 4.37 1884 0.75

1886

36.33,43.62.1882:21.08 1880

9.73

9.31

10.05

7.24

GIuHgow, Morrison Obgenalorj.

Howard ....

Mo.

6

2.23' 6.08

1880

0.371883

4.02 8.381884

0.49 1883

3.32' 7.581883 1.42

1887

1.61 3.96

1882

0.46:1878

1.90 4.20 1878 0.41

1886

33.06:47.961884123.65 1879

8.28

10.73

8.85

5.22

Glasgow ,

Howard

Mo.

2.19 6.00

1885

0.23 1879

4.39 8.641884

0.39 1883

3.54; 7.93,1883 1.60

1880

1.89 4.13

1882

0..5«|1S78

1.97 3.82 1878 0.40

1886

35. 43i48. 50 1884:26.09:1879

8.19

11.50

9.82

5.92

Greenfield

Dade

Mo.

8

3.02i 7.00

1885

0.101882

3.47 7.60,1885

0.00 1883

2.91: 8.3018811 I.O5

1879

1.70 3.40

1881

0. 60' 1 885

1.80 3.80 1884 0.97

1882

33.75:42.60,1885 26.101879

8.79

11.98

* 8.08

4.90

Hermauii

Gasconade

Mo.

9

2.60 4.71

1885

0.20:1881

4.60 8.73 1885

1.55 1883

2.15: 5.58 1881' 0.28

1887

2.97 6.36

1879

1.46 1878

2.16 3.62 1883 1.15

1886

36. 58]46.78;i884 27.611883

9.95

9.87

9.72

7.03

Trenton

Iron

Mo.

10

2.99, 8.30

1879

1.20 1884

2.87 4.901888

0.75 1883

3.26: 8.50!i883 0.70

1887

4.67 8.72

1879

1.69 1878

3.33 7.47 1S84 1.92

1883

43.99 56.64 1883 33.311887

11.33

12.07

10.80

9.79

Kansas City

Jackson

Mo.

11

4.(l9;i2.26

1880

0.49 1879

4.41' 8.991885

0.82 1883

3.69

7.781883 0.75

1878

2.19 4.97

1879

0.511878

1.42: 3.34 1878 0.00

1880

35.73:49.52 1885 19.041886

8.20

13.00

10.29

4.24

Keoliuk

[la. or

Iowa..

12

3.69] 5.98

1885

0.86 1881

2.82J 4.25'1S84

1.12 1879

3.36

8.01,1881 0.28

1879

1.88 3.91

1879

0.881885

1.83! 8.91 1884 0.67

1880

33.09:41.24 1882:22. 5l!l879

8.37

10.88

8.06

5.78

KirliBville

Adair

Mo.

13

3.ii8! 4.54

1884

0.98 1881

2.75! 5.0511881

1.12 1883

3.70

11.301881 1.38

1879

1.68 3.65

1879

0. 2511885

1.391 2.53 1884 : 0.22

1886

31.73

45. 431882:22. 20:i886

7.43

11.63

8.13

4.65

Lamar

Barton

Mo.

14

3.72i 7.20

1680

l.f.7 188.1

4.40:i3.24

1885

0.25 1883

3.04

7.83il883 0.88

1878

1.93 4.45

1879

0.491886

2.09

*5.00 1884 : 0.82

1886

37.63

48.75:1885:33.481886

9.89

12.18

9.37

6.09

Leavenwortli

Kas.

15

3.38i 7.11

1887

0.1 5 1879

3.98: 7.65

1885

0.95'1882

3.93

8.311883' 1.16

1878

2.48 7.85

1879

1.10]l886

1..S5

2.55 1887 1 0.40

1880

36.30

44. 72il884i22. 251886

8.80

12.91

10.39

4.S0

Lexington

Lafayette. .

Mo.

16

2.96 5.14

1880

0.44 ;879

4.23 6.84

1884

1.251883

3.26

6.42:1883 1..58

1878

2.01 4.10

1882

0.501878

2.06

4.00 1878 , 0.51

1886

36.74

45.6011885

23.73:1886

8.47

12.96

9.50

5.8U

Louislann

Pike

Mo.

17

2.54! 5.12

1886

O.OU 1881

3.34: 8.46

1886

0.19:1883

2.861 8.95:i881 0.41

1887

2.20 3.95

1881

1.30 1884

2.13

3.62! 1887 : 0.61

1883

32.37

41.02 1882

21 ..50 1879

8.23

9.23

8.40

6.52

Mascoutaii

St. Clair

Ills.

IS

2.28 4.35

1885

0.54 1881

3.06j 7.25:1886

0.03:1883

3.42: 7.81 1883 0.76

1876

2.84 6.65

1881

0.71 1878

2.99

5.38, 1884 , 1.55

1881

37.65

43.09

1883

31.48:1879

9.99

10.03

9.32

8.31

Mexico

Audrian

Mo.

19

2.42 6.68

1878

0.09:;881

3.89 8.211884

0.3lll883

2.39 5.39 I88I: 0.73

1877

2.68 5.83

1870

1.26 1878

2.48

4.02: 1887 0.88

1886

35.19

46.09

1882

27.041887

9.09

10.21

8.96

6.93

Miami

Baliue .

Mo.

20

3.43 6.52

1884

0.69 1>*h3

4.34I 6.59 1884 *0.80!1883

3.67' 6.47:1883' 1.63

1878

1.97 »3. 01

1882

0.64 1878

2.23

3.68 1884 ' 0.70

1886

40.12.55.68

1884

31.131880

9.34

14.51

9.98

6.29

Oregon

Holt.

Lawrence

Mo.

21

2.59. 6.61

1880

0.67 v. ;2

3.32; 4.97:1887

0.74 1882

4.22, 6.50:1883 1.85

1887

2.02 7.81 1879

0.48|1S85

1.37' 2.19 1878 0.81

1886

36.03 46.91

1883^29.57 1885

9.07

12.47

9.56

4.93

Pierce City

Mo.

22

3.71: 7.20

1885

0.00 1S>2

3.38: 7.30ll8S4

0.20,1883

4.61, 9.60 1882 1.40

1885

3.19 6.00 1879

1.30|l878

2.82 10.10 1884 1.00I882.'85

45.70 51.95

1883'36.60 1879

11.29

14.47

11.18

8.76

Pleasant Hill

Cass

Mo.

23

2.55 6.50

1880

0.20 it 1

3.56 10.30 1884

1.31 1879

3.67; 8.13 1883; 1.27

1878

2.05 »4.30 1879

0.621878

1.88 3.98 1878 O.40

1880

34.24 48.10:1883 23.95 1886

8.79

10.87

9.18

6.40

Savannah

Andrew .

Mo.

24

2.57 6.81

1880

0.75 18 .

3.06 5.25 1887

*0.70 1882

4.13 7.75 1881*2.00

1878

2.10 8.90 1879

0.70,1878

1.36 2.20 1884 0.46

1886

32.79 41.21ilS8122.16 1886

8.33

10.86

9.29

4.32

Seiiaiia

Pettis

Mo.

2.5

1.87 2.8i

1878

0.60 18 I

4.50 10.64 1884

»0.40 1883

3.09 7.07 1883! 0.51

1878

1.96 3.17 1881

O..53 1885

2.00! 4.77 1884 0.53

1886

36.68 49. 84il884

23.28 1880

9.43

11.41

9.55

6.29

Shelbina

Shelby .

Mo.

26

2.66 4.70

1884/86

0.02 1881

3.94 7.50 1886

0.20 1883

3.72: 9.90 1883*0.50

1879

1.87 3.60 1879

0.181884

1.81, 4.20 1884 0.76

1880

34. .30 43.98:1883

24.75 1879

7.97

11.09

9.53

5.71

Springliold

Greene

Mo.

27

2.9J-4.43

1878

1.50 1879

2.79 6.15:1885

•0.40 1883

3.40 7.62 1882 0.40

1886

2.99 6.30 1882

0.52 1878

2.69 7.62 1884 0.76

1886

40.84 .55.431882

25.06 1879

11.78

12.20

9.18

7.68

Bt. Charles

Bt. Charles.

Mo.

28

2.76 5.70

1885

0.60 18.Si

2.75 5.101886

0.00 1883

2.77| 6.40 I88I! 0.70

1886

3.32 B. 601881

1.10 1878

2.10 3.70 1884 0.80

1881

35.4044.301884

29.11 1878

9.19

9.93

8.84

7.44

Bt. Joseph

St. Louis, Waibinclon Dninnity

Buchauan ..

Mo.

29

2.96, 6.98

1880

0.51 18S2

2.85 5.41 1886

0.46 1882

4.02:12.24 1881' 0.62

1884

2.13 8.451879

0.76 1886

1.00 1.92 1878.79 0.46

1885

31.3944.2111879

22.611884

7.76

11.24

9.00

3.38

Mo.

30

2.20 6.06

1878

0.27 1881

3.99, 9.57;i886

0.00 1883

3.23i 7.60 1881 0.67

1879

3.28 6.32:1881

1.021878

2.76 6.03 1884 1.42

1883

38.60 46.4011886 25.96 1879

10.39

9.10

10.50

8.61

" Signu! Oflico

Mo.

31

2.21 4.75

1878

0.31 1881

3.98 9.60 1886

0.01 1883

3.39 7.511885 0.68

1879

3.40 6.741881

1.381878

2.75: 6.18 1884 1.40

1881

38.76 45.59,1885'25.70 1879

:

10.17

9.52

1U.77

8.29

( 3S3 )

Report on Missouri Rainfall, with Averages for Ten
Years ending December, 1887.

By Francis E. Nipher.

In the autumn of 1877 the writer secured the cooperation of
observers in various parts of Missouri, with a view of making
observations on rainfall and temperature. The volunteer organi-
zation then formed, and which began operations in December of
that year, was known as the "Missouri Weather Service." The ob-
servers were nearly all furnished with rain-gauges similar to those
already in use in the Iowa Weather Service, and for which they
paid the cost price. These gauges were plain cylinders of heavy
tin plate, having a depth of one fjot and a diameter of 7.06 centi-
meters, so that each cubic centimeter of water caught represented
a hundredth of an inch of rainfall. The rainfall was, however,
in most, if not all, cases determined by observing the wetted part
of a small l)ox-wood scale, graduated to inches and tenths.

The rain-gauge was the only instrument furnished to observers
by the central office. In a few cases, observers bought Green's
thermometers, and others observed temperatures with ordinary
thermometers. The labor involved in the direction of a complete
meteorological service was, however, greater than the dii'ector
could undertake, and it has unfortunately happened that the su-
pervision needed in order to obtain first-class rainfall data could
not be given. It was hoped that Missouri would follow the
example of Iowa, and establish the weather service as a state
institution, and to that end a bill was introduced into the Legis-
lature in 18S2 to establish such a weather service, granting a
couple of thousand dollars per annum for its support. The con-
sideration of this bill furnished an occasion for mirth to some of
the members of that body, but failed to awaken any general
interest.

This experience was, in fact, so depressing that no further at-
tempt has been made in that direction.* Twenty-five other states

* Since the above was written a bill has been introduced into the Legislature by Mr.
Tuttle, of Pettis county. There is little reason to believe that it will pass, althougli mem-

384 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

now have weather services, and the number receiving state sup-
port is increasing in a very gratifying way. The function of the
state weather service is as clearly distinct from that of the na-
tional weather service as that of the state government is from the
national. The state weather service should study the climate
of the state, giving particular attention to the distribution of rain-
fall and temperature. It should also make a complete study of
local summer storms — which are of such supreme importance to
the farmer. When the telephone shall have become public pro-
perty, so that county telephone services can be organized to serve
farmers at lower rates, it will be possible to combine such ser-
vice with local storm warnings which will save millions of dollars
to the farmers of the state. In the mean time the local peculiari-
ties of these storms should receive a thorough investigation in
each state where the people understand their own interests suffi-
ciently to establish a weather service, and a state weather service
is the only feasible way to study them. The national weather
service should give warning of cold waves and the larger storms,
occurring mainly in winter, the movements of which are revealed
by the barometer. These predictions are of great value to ship-
ping on the lakes and the Atlantic coast, and to dealers in perish-
able goods. In this direction lies the great value of the national
weather service, and the state services could give efficient aid in
distributing such predictions. But the national weather service
will never be able to deal with summer thunder-storms, which
usually cover only a few counties. It will be the work of state
weather services to establish systems of "harvest warnings," and
in the near future this will be done.

The present paper gives the results of ten years of rainfall ob-
servation by the observers of the Missouri Weather Service. This
work has required much patience and self-denial on the part of
the observers, and they are entitled to the thanks of the people of
the state.

Before pr^ceeding to a description of the stations of observa-
tion, it should be stated that the observations made by those re-
porting regularly to this office have all been reduced anew from

bers of the appropriation committee were disposed to recommend it if the Director would
consent to serve without salary. As a rule, statesmen who make such propositione do not
take their own medicine.

NIPHER REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, 1877-87. 385

the daily observations, on file at the Washington university. This
work, as also the working out of all the average values, has been
done by Serg't G.A.Weber, of the Signal Service, now acting as
assistant in this office. In the following list of stations, those
reporting to this office are indicated by the initials M. W. S. fol-
lowing the name of the station or observer. In case of M. W. S.
observers, where the gauge is not described, it will be understood
that the Iowa gauge was used. Other data has been republished
from Mr. Schott's paper in the " Smithsonian Contributions to
Knowledge," vol. xxiv. Such stations are indicated by an S.
following the name of the station or observer. The latitudes and
longitudes are only approximate. The word '■^ grade" preceding
the word "elevation" means that the altitude given is that of the
railroad track at that point.

Allento?i, St. Louis Co.. Mo. S. Lat. 38° 39' ; Lon. 90° 45' : elevation
482 ft. *V. Fendler obs.

Ashley, Pike Co.. Mo. S. Lat. 39° 20'; Lon. gi° 12': elevation about
850 ft. Jno. C. Watkins obs.

On Big- Creek, Lincoln Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 57 ; Lon. 90° 59'. F. L. Jabin
obs. M.W. S., Jan. 1878 to Apr. 1882. E. J. W. Pollien obs. M. W.
S. after Apr. 1882 to Jul. 1883. — Mr. Jabin's gauge w^as about 56 rods
s.w. of the n.e. corner of sec. 28, tp. 48, r. i w. of the 5th principal
meridian. The top of the gauge was 24 in. above the ground. The
nearest objects were, a clump of cedars 14 feet'high, 25 ft. e. ; smoke-
house 16 ft. high, 75 ft. s.; hen-hause 12 ft. high, 50 ft. n. The latter
stood about 4 ft. below the level of the top of the rain-gauge.

Bolicar, Polk Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 35' ; Lon. 93° 30' : elevation 1,000 ft.
J. A. Race obs. S., Dec. 186S to Dec. 1869. J. W. Farmer obs. >L W.
S., Jan. 1878 to Mar. 1884.

Boonevilh, Cooper Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 54' ; Lon. 92° 46' : grade elevation
about 700 ft. Chas. W. Hazell, Signal Service river observer, Aug.
1875 to Dec. 1887. The signal service standard gauge was used. T.
A. Johnson, of Kemper School, obs. ^L W. S., Jun. 1878 to Feb. 1881.
W. M. Hoge, of the same school, ^L W. S. obs., Mar. 1881 to Dec. '84.

Bruns-vick, Chariton Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 27'; Lon. 93° 14': grade ele-
vation 655 ft. G. W. Kennedy, .S. S. river obs., Jul. 1874 to Apr. 1883,
with S. S. standard gauge.

Carrollton, Carroll Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 22' ; Lon. 94° 22' : grade elevation
6S0 ft. J. B. Conkling, ^L \V. S. obs., Aug. 1879 to Mar. 18S1.

Carthage, Jasper Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 36'; Lon. 94° 22': M. Wilson obs.
M.W. S., Jan. 1878 to May 1880. D. Matthews obs. M. W. S., July
1880 to Feb. 1885. D. R. Goucher, M. W. S. obs. Mar. 1885 to Dec. '87.

V. — 3-4 IJune II, 1889.

3S6 TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Cave Springs, Grecjie Co^ Mo. Lat. 37° 20'; Lon. 93° 30' : elevation
1300 ft. R. H. McCon and M. Cochrane obs. S., Jan. 1871 to Mar. '75.

Centreville, Reynolds Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 25'; Lon. 90° 58' : elevation

ft. M. McKenzie obs. M. \V. S., Apr. 1878 to May 1887.

Ckatnois, Osage Co., Mo. Lat. 38^39'; Lon. 91° 45' : elevation grade
525 ft. G. W. Dallas obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1879 to Dec. 1S86. — Gauge
exposed in the midst of a garden 41X39 ft without any object inside
the enclosure. Two walnut-trees about 25 ft. e. and s.e. having height
of about 25 ft ; about 10 ft. e. of these trees was a two-storj building ;
no other high objects near. Top of gauge 18 in. above ground.

C/ii'llicot/ic, Livingston Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 48' ; Lon. 93° 37' : grade ele-
vation 775 ft. Dr. A. .S. Cloud ob'. M. W. S., Jan. 1878 to Aug. 1878;
W. B. Costin. May 18S0 to Dec. i8n. Eugene Daly 00s. M. W. 8.,
Jan. 1S82 to Jun. 1SS2.

Clinton, Henry Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 22'; Lon. 93° 48' : grade elevation
I, coo ft. J. W. Keil obs. M.W. .S.. Jan. 1878 to Aug. 1S78. T. M.
Roberts obs. M. W. S., Nov. 1879 to Aug. 1881. II. F. Dodge obs.
M. W. S., Nov. 1881 to Feb. 1883.

Conception, Nodauay Co., Mo. Lat. 40° 22'; Lon. 94° 44' : grade eleva-
tion 975 ft. Re\ . F. M. Eckstein obs. S., Nov. 1883 to Dec. 1887.

Corning, Holt Co., Mo. Lat. 40° 17'; Lon. 95° 31' : grade elevation 900
ft. Horace Martin obs. M. W. S., Apr. 1870 to Sept. 1883.

Cuba, Crawford Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 03'; Lon. 91° 22 : grade elevation
925 ft. E. A. Pinnell obs. M. W. S., Jun. i878 to Aug. iSSi.

Curryvi Ic, Pike Co., Mo. Lat. 39° o' ; Lon. 92° 23° : elevation ft.

W. W. Vermillion, obs. S., Feb. 1882 to Apr. 1884.

East Prairie, Missisisppi Co., Mo. Lat. 36° 50' ; Lon. 89° 20'. A. Miller
obs., Jan. 1S68 to Dec. 1870 «., and Jan. iS78 to Nov. 1879 M. W. S.

Edina, Knox Co., Mo. Lat. 40° 10': Lon. 92° 12'. J. C. Agnew obs. S.,
May 1859 to Dec. 1866.

Fayette, Howard Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 16'; Lon. 9:. 45' : elevation 700 ft.
T. B. Smith obs. M. W. S., Feb. 1886 to Dec. 1887. S. S. standard
gauge. A sycamore 40 ft. high stands 36 ft. s.e. ; a maple 20 ft. high
stands 35 ft. n.w. ; a building 20 fc. high is 30 ft. e. ; a closet 8 ft. high
is 10 ft. s. ; two or three small fruit-trees about 10 to 20 ft. distant.
The rain is measured by a graduated stick.
Forsytke, Taney Co., Mo. Lat. 36° 43'; Lon. 95° 05'. J. J. Brown obs.
M. W. S., Oct. 1878 to Aug. 1882.

Gayoso, Pemiscot Co., Mo. Lat. 36° 15'; Lon. 89° 40'. H. Treser.riter
obs. M. W. S., Jan. 187S to July 1881.

Glasgow, Howard Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 13'; Lon. 92° 52' : grade elevation
550 ft. M. B. Collins obs. M.W. S., Jan. 187S to Feb. 1883. T. B.
Smith obs. M. W. S., Mar. 1883 to May 18S6. C. W. Pritchett, Direc-
tor of Morrison Observatory, Jan. 1S7S, to Dec. 18S7. The observa-
tory gauge was made by James Green, N, Y., and "has a perfectly

NIPHER^REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, 1877-87. 3S7

circular opening of exactly 20 square inches, and is fitted with lock
and key into a copper case firmly attached to a base. Several ever-
greens have gradually grown up at the distance of 10 to 20 ft. from the
gauge; some of these are now 20 ft. high; they enclose the gauge at
the centre of a circle. The gauge will be removed; it is 6 ft. above
the ground.

Grant City, Worth Co., Mo. Lat. 40° 29': Lon. 94° 27. J. II. Ilouser
obs. M. W. S., Jan. 187S to April iSSi.

Greenjield. Dade Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 24'; Lon. 93° 50'. S. B. Bowles
obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1878 to Dec. 1886.

Hamiltofi, Caldivell Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 46'; Lon. 94"* 02° : grade eleva-
tion 1,000 ft. M. C. Martin obs. M. W. S., June 1S7S to Oct. 1879.
Lilla Martin obs. M. W. S., Nov. 1S79 to Dec. 1880.

Hannibal, Marion Co., Mo. Lat. 39^ 43'; Lon. 91° 23': grade elevation
480 ft. O. H. P. Lear obs. S., Jan. 1854 to May 1855. F. W. Gill obs.
M. W. S., Sept. 1878 to Apr. 1886.

Harlem, Clay Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 07'; Lon. 94° 38': grade elevation 670
ft. J. C. Evans obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1878 to Mar. 1879.

Harrisonvflle, Cass Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 30' ; Lon. 94° 25'. J. Christian
obs. S., Oct. 1863 to Sept. 1870. G. W. Houston, obs. M. W. S., June
1878 to Mar. 1S85. A. J. Sharp obs. M. W. S., Aug. 1887 to Dec. 1887.
Mr. Sharp's gauge is made of galvanized iron and has a diameter of
8 inches. A dip scale graduated to hundredths of an inch is used in
measuring the rainfall. The gauge is on the ground, the top being 14
inches above : it is placed 30 feet n. of a house 14 ft. high.

Hematite, Jefferson Co., Mo. Lat. 38'^ 11'; Lon. 90° 37': elevation 475
ft. J. M. Smith obs. S., Apr. 1868 to Mar. 1872.

Hermann, Gasconade Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 41', Lon. 91° 23': grade eleva-
tion 495 ft. Charles Maushund obs. Sig. Service, Feb. 1874 to Dec.
1SS7. Signal service s-tandard gauge with top 5 ft. above ground.

Hermitage, Hickory Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 56'; Lon. 93° 15'. J. Moore and
Dr. W. Moore obs. S., Sept. 1867 to Dec. 1869.

Hopkins, Nodaway Co., Mo. Lat. 40° 33' ; Lon. 94° 51' : grade elevation
1065 ft. John Donlin obs. M. W. .S.

Houstonia, Pettis Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 53'; Lon. 93° 24'.

Ironton, Iron Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 35'; Lon. 90° 38' : grade elevation 935
ft. J. W.Wilkinson obs. M.W.S., Jan. 1878 to July 1879. W.H.De-
lano obs. M. W. S., Aug. 1879 to Dec. 1887. The gauge is placed 40
ft. from any surrounding object, the highest being trees 30 ft. high.

Jackson, Cape Girardeau Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 20'; Lon. 89^46'. J. W.
Cannon obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1878 to Jan. 1879.

Jefferson Barracks, St. Louis Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 28'; Lon. 90° 15' : ele-
vation 472 ft. Assis't Surg. U. S. A. obs., July 1S40 to July 1862. C.
E. Goddard, Surgeon U. S. A., obs., Jan. 1882 to June 1884.

388 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Jefferson City^ Cole Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 35'; Lon. 92° 11' : grade elevation
550 ft. L. C. Lohman obs. S., Apr. 1S75 to Nov. 1876; Maj 1879 ^°
Feb. 1885.

Kansas City, yackson Co.. Mo. Lat. 39° 07'; Lon. 94^^37' : grade eleva-
tion 775 ft. J. P. Kenmuir obs. :M. \V. S., Jan. 1878 to Dec. 18S7.
G. R. and .S. W. Salisbury obs. S., Mar. 1870 to Dec. 1S74. II. P.
Childs obs. S., Jan. 1875 to Dec. 1877.

Ktrksville, Adair Co., Mo. Lat. 40° 10'; Lon. 92° 39' : grade elevation
loooft. Prof. B. S. Potter obs. M. W. .S. Jan. to June 1878. J.T.Rees-
man obs.M.W.S., Julj 1878 to Nov. 1881. Chs. Patterson obs. M.W.
S., Apr. 1882 to Dec. 1887. Mr. Patterson's gauge is about 10 ft. above
ground, and about 25 ft. w. of a building 30 ft. high. Maple-trees 25
feet high are 30 ft. n. of gauge, and evergreens 15 feet high are 25 to
30 feet n.e.

Lamar, Barton Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 32'; Lon. 94° 15'. Dr. J. W. Dunn
obs., Jan. 1S78 to June 1884. U. S. Signal Service obs., Mar. 1885 to
Dec. 1887.

Lamonte, Pettis Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 46' : Lon. 93° 22' : grade elevation
877 ft. R. A. S. Wade obs. M. W. S.. Mar. 1885 to May 1887.

Lebanon, Laclede Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 41'; Lon. 92° 41 : grade elevation
1262 ft. J. II. Wolf obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1878 to Jan. 1879. W. J. Dif-
fenderfer obs. M. W. S.. Feb. 1879 to Feb. iSSo.

Lexington, Lafayette Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 11'; Lon. 93° 56' : elevation

ft. Dr. J. B. Alexander obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1878 to Sept. 18S7. The
gauge is on the roof of a building about 30 ft. above ground; it is
above all surrounding objects.

Louisiana, Pike Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 27'; Lon. 91° 05'. J. D.Dawson obs.
M. W. S., Jan. 1878 to July 1885. M. J. Hassler obs. M. W. S., Feb.
1886 to Dec. 1887. Mr. Daw^son's station was on his farm some 2 miles
from town. The exposure of his gauge was satisfactory, although no
record of it is now at hand. Mr. Ilassler's gauge is the Signal Ser-
vice standard : the top is about 4 ft. above ground. A building 15 ft.
high stands 25 ft. n.w., and a tree 12 ft. high stands 15 ft. w. of the
gauge.

Macon City, Macon Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 44'; Lon. 92° 31': grade elevation
880 ft. J. T. Ridgeway obs. :M. W. S., Jan, 1S78 to June 1884.

Mexico, Audrain Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 10'; Lon. 91° 53': grade elevation
812 ft. J. F. Llewellyn obs. M.W. S., Jan. 1878 to Dec. 1887. The
gauge consists of a cylindrical collector 2|f inches in diameter, ter-
minating below in a funnel which passes into the neck of a bottle.
The rainfall is measured by means of a graduated cylinder, one cubic
centimeter representing an hundredth of an inch. The top of the
gauge is 2 ft. above ground. One building 25 ft. high is 30 ft. e., and
another 8 ft. high is 25 ft. s. of the gauge.

NIPHER REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, lS77-'87. 3S9

Miami, Saline Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 19'; Lon. 93° 17'. Dr. A. II. W. Sulli-
van obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1S78 to Dec. 1887. The top of the gauge is
20 inches above the ground; there is no object in the vicinity of the
gauge.

Mound City, Holt Co., Mo. Lat. 40° 09' ; Lon. 95° 17'. Lawrence Kau-
cher obs. ^\. W. .S., May 1886 to Nov. 1887.

Mine La Matte. Madison Co., Mo. Lat. ; Lon. . J. D. Sanders

obs. The gauge is a plain cylinder 8 in. in diameter and 12\ in. high ;
it is mounted on a post, the top of the gauge being 4 ft. 5^ in. above
the ground. The nearest object is a slender pear-tree 18 ft. high and
9^ ft. n. of gauge. The nearest building is 150 ft. s.w. of gauge. A
small tree stands 30 feet. s.w. ; these trees have grown up since 1885.
The rain was measured with a 2-foot rule to the nearest i6th of
an inch.

Mount Vernon, La-jurence Co.. Mo. Lat. 37° 04'; Lon. 93° 55': elevation
1,420 ft. W. Ilowis obs. S., July 1871 to July 1874.

Neos/io, Ne-ivto7i Co., Mo. Lat. 36° 52' ; Lon. 94° 22' : grade elevation
1,020 ft. J. M. Sherwood obs. M. AV. S., Jan. 1S78 to Oct. i88i.

O'Fallon, St. Charles Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 47'; Lon. 90° 35' : grade eleva-
tion 605 ft. Dr. W. C. Williams obs. M. W. S., June 1881 to Dec. '85.
Gauge exposed in a garden, with no obstacles near.

Oregon, Holt Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 59; Lon. 95° 09': elevation i.ioo feet.
William Kaucher obs. M. VV. S., July 1855 to Dec. 1887. From 1855 to
Mar. I, 1867, the rainfall was approximately measured by means of
buckets or other vessels, allowance being made for varying diameter.
Since that time a gauge made by James Green, N. Y., has been in use.
These periods have been separately reduced. The gauge is — inches
in diameter and 10 inches high. It contains a false bottom 5 inches
from the top, which is perforated at the centre to allow water to pass
through into the lower compartment. The perforation is covered by
a cap of zinc, which has openings to allow the water to pass through.
The object of this arrangement is to prevent evaporation. Immedi-
ately below the false bottom is a tubulure (closed by a cork) through
which the water can be discharged into a graduated cylinder which is
used to measure the rainfall. The gauge is 6 ft. 4 inches above ground.
It is 30 ft. east of a building 15 to 20 ft. high. A few trees are in the
vicinity of the gauge, but not near enough to influence the rainfall in
the gauge.

Piielps City, Atchison Co., Mo. Lat. 40° 23 ; Lon. 95° 40' : grade eleva-
tion 915 ft. J. S. Wade obs. M. W. S., Mar. 187S to July 18S5.

Pierce City, Lawrence Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 07 ; Lon. 93° 50' : grade eleva-
tion 1205 ft. J. J. Spilman obs. M. \N . S., July 1878 to Dec. 1SS7.

Pleasant Hill, Cass Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 46'; Lon. 94° 20': grade elevation
855 ft. G. C. Broadhead obs. M. ^V. S., Jan. 1878 to Aug. 1887.

390 TRANS, ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Near Profetn, Taney Co., Mo. The station is in Arkansas, in tp. 21, r.

17 west of the 5th principal meridian. Silas Turnbo obs. ]M. \V. S.,
Sept. 1881 to Dec. 18S7.

Richland, Pulaski Co., Mo Lat. 37° 51'; Lon. 92° 24': elevation 1,134
ft. .S. L. Goodwin obs. S., June 1872 to June 1874.

Rolla, Phelfs Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 56'; Lon. 91° 32 : elevation 1,150 feet.
Station 3^ miles west of the city. H. Ruggles obs. S., April 1866 to
June 1876.

Salejn, Dent Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 38'; Lon. 91' 31': grade elevation 1,070
ft. W. IL Lynch obs. M. W. 8., Mar. 1880 to May 1882.

Savannah, Andreiv Co.., Mo. Lat. 39° 57 ; Lon. 94° 49' : grade elevation
1,145 ft. R. Van Buskirk obs. M. W. S., Nov. 1879 to Dec. 1S87. The
gauge is on a post 4 feet high. A building 75 ft. s., a tree 20 ft. high
45 ft. w., are the nearest objects.

Sedalia, Pettis Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 42'; Lon. 93° 16': grade elevation S95
ft. C. L. Mitchell obs. M. W. S., Jan. to May 1878 ; C. G. Taylor obs.
M. W. S., May 1878 to Dec. 18S7. The top of the gauge is 18 in. above
ground. The nearest objects are a wood-shed 8 ft. high 16 ft. ea-t. a
building 24 ft. n., and a tree 27 ft. n.w. of the gauge.

Shelbina, Shelby Co., Mo. Lat. 39° 41'; Lon. 92° 03' : grade eleva'ion
795 feet. J. S. Chandler obs. M. W. S., Nov. 1879 to Dec. 1S87. The
top of the gauge is 12 ft. above ground. The nearest objects are a tree
15 ft. high 20 ft. w., a barn 20 ft. high 18 ft. s.s.w., and a house 15 ft.
high 30 ft. n.w. of the gauge.

Sfrinfcjield, Greene Co.., Mo. Lat. 37° 12'; Lon. 93° 18' : grade elevation
1245 ft. A. Milton Lapham obs. M. W. S., Feb. 1877 to Dec. 1877;
O. IL Barker obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1878 to Dec. 1880; U.S. Signal Ser-
vice obs., Jan. 1S82 to May 1883; Prof. E. M. Shepard, M. W. S.,
obs., May 1884 to June 18S7 ; E. F. Coff, M. W. S. obs., July and Aug.
1887; U. S. Signal Service obs., Oct. Nov. and Dec. 1887. The top
of Mr. Shepard's gauge is 18 in. above ground. The nearest objects
are a tree 15 ft. high 30 ft. s.w., and one 25 ft. high 40 feet n.w. Mr.
Coff" has a U. S. Signal Service standard gauge; the top of the gauge
is 15 ft. 7 in. above ground, the gauge being on the roof of a building.
The nearest object is a tree 20 ft. high 48 ft. distant. The Signal Ser-
vice observer has a standard gauge; it is on the roof of a building 74
ft. above ground. Mr. Barker's gauge was at the surface, the top being

18 in. above ground.

St. Charles, St. Charles Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 45°; Lon. 90' 30' : grade
elevation 520 ft. J. R. Mudd, M.D., obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1S78 to Dec.
1887. The top of the gauge is 5 ft. above ground. The nearest ob-
jects are two trees 10 ft. high about 10 ft. s.e. and n.e., a one-story
stable 27 ft. w., and a house 9 ft. high 10 ft. n.w. of the gauge. Trees
were set about four years ago. Previous to iSSi the gauge was ex-
posed on an open space with no object nearer than 40 or 50 ft.

NIPHEU— REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, iS'/J-Sj. 39I

SL Joseph, Buchanan Co. Lat. 39^ 46 ; Lon. 94° 49' : grade elevation S45
ft. Observer not known up to Dec. 1S69. From Jan. 1S70 to April
1873 Smithsonian Record, Schott. Robert Gunn obs., July 1S74 to
Dec. 1SS7.

Sieelville, Cra-wford Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 57' ; Lon. 91° 21' : elevation 5S5
feet. E. A. Pinnell obs. M. W. S., Oct. 1884 to Dec. 1S87. The
gauge is on a hill side, n.e. exposure, the top being 6 feet above
ground. The nearest objects are a house 30 ft. distant, the top of the
house being 12 ft. above the gauge, and an apple-tree loft. higher than
the gauge 25 to 30 ft. s.

St. Louis, Mo., at Washington University. Lat. 38° 38' 03". 8; Lon.
90° 12' 15". 3: elevation 5:0 feet. F. E. Nipher, obs. M. W. S., Jan.
1878 to Dec. 1887. The gauge is in the rear yard of the dwelling-
house on the s.e. cor. of iSth and Washington av. It was surrounded
by houses and closed fences which protect the gauge from the wind :
this, therefore, made it desirable to raise the gauge about 6 feet above
ground in order to have it out of the way. When a gauge is exposed
to the wind, the effect of raising the gauge above the ground is, as is
well known, to cause it to lose some of the rain on account of the drift-
ing effect of the wind. The gauge itself forms an obstacle, over the
top of which the wind sweeps with a greater velocity than it would
have done were the gauge not there, and the rain drifts to the lee-
ward of the gauge. Hence gauges exposed to the wind should have
the same altitude in order to be comparable. It is never good to ex-
pose a gauge on a small building in the country.

St. Louis — Sigfial Office. Up to Sept. 14, 1883, the gauge was exposed on
the roof of the St. Louis Life Insurance Building, on 6lh and Locust.
Since that time it has been exposed on the roof of the Custom House.
The standard gauge of the Civil Service is used.

St. Louis, Mo. Dr. George Engelmann. The observations were made at
the residence of Dr. Engelmann. From 1836 to 1847 inclusive the
gauge was exposed at the s.w. cor. of 2d and Chestnut sts. ; from 1848
to Feb. 1868 inclusive the gauge was at the s.w. cor. of 5th and Elm
sts. ; from Mar. 1868 to Dec. 31, 1869, the rainfall was observed at 5th
and Almond (now Valentine) sts.; from 1870 to iSSi the gauge was
exposed at 3003 Locust st.

St. Louis, Mo. "Smithsonian Tables." This table of observation is from
^Ir. Schott's tables. The names of the observers are given on the
table, but the localities of observation are not known.

St. Louis Waterivorks. A. J. Chaphe and .V. W. Grote obs., Jan. 1S79 to
Dec. 1887. M. W. S. gauge. The top of the gauge is 16 in. above the
ground, with no tree nor building within 75 yds.

St. Louis, Mo. Tower Grove. ob-.. June 1S61 to June 1863.

Troy, Lincoln Co., Mo. Lat. 38° 56' ; Lon. 90^59'. J.A.Ward obs.

>r. w. s.

392 TRANS. ST LOUIS ACAD. OF SCIENCE.

Unionville, Putnam Co., Mo. Lat. 40° 29' ; Lon. 93° 03'. J. G. Hart
obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1S78 to May 1879; B. II. Bonfoey obs. M. W. S.,
Sept. 1879 to Jan- 1881.

Warrensburg^, Johnsoji Co.., Mo. Lat. 38° 45' ; Lon. 93° 40' : grade ele-
vation 870 ft. S. L. Goodwin obs. S., July 1S68 to ilay 1875; W. L.
Hedges obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1878 to Nov. 187S; Pres't Geo. L. Osborne
obs. M. W. S., Dec. 1878 to Dec. 1881. The top of Mr. Osborne's
gauge is about 20 ft. above ground. The nearest object is a house 15
ft. high 20 ft. n.e.

West Glaze, Camden Co., Mo. Lat. 37° 57'; Lon. 92° 35 : elevation 1450
ft. A. Y. Carleton obs. S., Jan. 1S72 to Oct. 1S78.

IVyaconda Prairie, Leivis Co., Mo., near Canton. G. P. Ray obs. S.,
Apr. 1862 to Dec. 1868.

STATIONS IN ADJOINING STATES.

Cairo, Ills. Lat. 37° 00' ; Lon. 89° 10' : elevation 377 ft. U. S. Signal
Service obs. Record from Jan. 1872 to Dec. 1^87, but only 10 years
record here published. The top of the gauge is 78 ft. above ground,
the exposure being on a building.

Keokuk, Iowa. Lat. 40° 23'; Lon. 91° 27' : elevation 584 ft. U. S. Signal
Service obs. Record extends from July 1871 to Dec. 1887, but only 10
years published. The 'opof the gauge is 60 ft. above ground.

Leave?iivortk, Kansas. Lat. 39° 19'; Lon. 94° 58' : elevation 842 ft. U.
S. Signal Service obs. The top of the gauge is 50 ft. above ground.

Mascoutah, St. Clair Co., Ills. Lat. 38° 32' ; Lon. 89° 55'. Theo. En-
gelmann obs. M. W. S., Jan. 1878 to Dec. 1887. The gauge is of cop-
per and was made in St. Louis; the diameter is 7.9 in., and is made
after the Signal Service pattern, a measuring-stick being used. The
top of the gauge is 3 feet above ground. The nearest objects are a
building 100 ft. n.w., grapevines on trell ses 55 ft. high 10 ft. n., cedar-
trees 30 ft. high 40 ft. n.w. It is fastened between two stakes which
do not reach the top of the gauge.

In the tables which follow there are first given a number of
stations where the record covers more than ten years. Where this
record covers the ten years ending December, 1887, the means for
that period are in all cases separately reduced, and were used in
the construction of the normal rain charts.

Next follows a series of stations where observations were begun
with the ten-year period mentioned. Finally a series of fragmen-
tary records are given, some of which have been taken from Mr.
Schott's paper, and some being the records of our own observers
who have not covered the entire ten years. These series were not

NIPHER — REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, iS'J'J-S'J. 393

used in constructing the normal maps. They were however used
in constructing anew the rain maps of the individual months, in
order to obtain interpolated values where observations were miss-
ing in the ten-year series.

An interesting question which suggested itself, was to compare
the total amount of rainfall on the entire state, in cubic feet, with
the amount of water flowing past the city of St. Louis in the Mis-
sissippi river during the same time.

In order to solve this problem, the map showing the normal
annual rainfall was used. The map area of the whole State as
determined by a planimeter was 0.443 square decimeter. The
area of the whole state is given as 69,415 square miles. Hence
i{ s be the planimeter area of any portion of the map of the State,
the area square miles of that portion of the State represented
will be

a = ^9Alls= 1566935.
0-443
Also if r = the annual rainfall in inches over any part of the
state having a map area of s, the total fall of water in cubic feet
per second on that area will be

jR = 69415 X (5280)^ ^^^

0.443 X 1 2 X 365 X 86400

= ii543-^''-
The area of the regions bounded by the consecutive lines of
equal rainfall and the boundary lines of the State were deter-
mined by planimeter. For instance, the region between the rain
lines of 42" and 44" annual fall was 0.037 square decimeters.
Over this area the rainfall was assumed to be 43", as is shown in
the table below. The fifth column of the table gives the number
of square miles, where the rainfall has the value given in the cor-
responding place in column one. The total rainfall in the state
in cubic feet per second is

i? = 11543 Isr

= 1 1545 X 16.96

= 195,800.

The average annual rainfall in the state is

Isr

^ 38 28 inches,

0.443 •

394 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

which is about the rainfall at St. Louis during the ten years.

Rainfall.

r .

..

s r .

Square miles area.

Over 44"

45"

0.0S3

3-735

'37OO5

42 to 44

43

0.037

1-591

5-797

40 to 42

41

0.037

I - 5 1 7

5-797

38 to 40

39

0.034

1.326

5-32S

36 to 38

37

0.074

2.738

i'vS96

34 to 36

35

0.CS7

3045

1363^

Over 38

38.2

0.014

0-535

2,194

32 to 34

33

0.043

1.419

6.73S

Less than 32

31

0.034

1.054

5-3::S

0-443

16.960

%-4i5

The river discharge at St. Louis was obtained by converting
the average gauge readings for each month during the ten years
into cubic feet per second, by means of the discharge-curve con-
structed by the Missouri River Commij-sion. This is not quite
accurate as discharge is not a linear function of gauge reading,
so that fluctuations of level during the month are not properly
represented. The error, however, will not be more than a few
per cent., and will not at all aflect the general conclusions which
will be reached.

The following table gives the river discharge for each month,
the unit being 1,000 cubic feet per second. Thus in January,
1 878, the average flow of water was at the rate of 108,000 cubic
feet per second, etc.

RIVER DISCHARGE AT ST. LOUIS.

Year.

Jan.

Feb.

Mar

Apr.

May.

June July.

Auk.
208

Sept. Oct. !nov.

1

Dec.

Year.

1S78

108

159

221

210

311

3S8

294

I
102 105 98

S3

2,287

1879

fc6

78 105

162

132

213

240

149

87 81 Il2i 90

I 535

1880

130

79

109

189

202

267

35«

I-I6

136 105 74 59

'■854

i88i

84

i2r

262

499

506

340

3i«

127

112 308. 435 235

3 347

1882

139

177

245

3 '3

392

4«5

455

17.

98, 86 112 68

2-741

1883

70

198

299

223

349

56.S

.37«

iq8

85' 94 127 79

2,665

1884

106

149

179

?.9^

312

270

221

r.38

128 272 136 93

2.402

1885

156

"5

235

304

312

3^7

270

208

237', 106 114 64

2-493

1886

170

233

237

337

370

210

129

77

68| 72 6^ 51

2,017

1887
Sum

88
"37

149
1458

217
2IC9

210
2845

204
3090

179
3-84

161
282^

81
ji5'3

86i 7o| 58, 53

I 556

Ii39,t2c,9:i329; 875

22,897

NIPUER — KEPORT ON MIS'^OURI RAINFALL, iSj'J-'S'J. 395

The average river discharg;e during the ten years ending Dec.
31, 1SS7, as appears from the above table, was

Y^2 2,289,700 = 190.S00 cubic ft. per second.

The amount of water falling per second upon the whole state
during the same interval was

195,800 cubic ft. per second.

It thus appears that if all the rain which falls upon Missouri
alone were to be fed into the rivers it would yield a greater flow
than we have in the Mississippi river at St. Louis.

The writer has now under examination the comparison be-
tween the total rainfall on the basin draining past St. Louis, and
the river discharge at this point. At present it will be sufficient
to compare the total area drained with the area of Missouri. This
area was measured on 59 of the monthly rain maps of the Signal
Service, and found to be 0.4429 square decimeters with a proba-
ble error of ±0.0002. By a singular coincidence, this is the
same as our map area of Missouri. The scale of the map was de-
termined by measuring on the same maps the area of Missouri,
Kansas, Nebraska, and Iowa, which was fonnil to be 0.1718
square decimeters.

The areas of those States are given as follows :

^Missouri 69,415 square miles.

Kansas 82,cSo '" "

Nebraska 76,855 " '•

Iowa 56,025 ■' "

Total : 284.375 "

Hence the drainage area of the Mississippi and Missouri rivers
above St. Louis is 733? 120 square miles, or over ten times the
area of Missouri.

FUTURE WORK OF THE SERVICE.

It is very much to be regretted that it f^eems to be impossi-
ble for us to make a careful study of local summer rain-storms.
These are the storms which most vitally aftect the agriculturist,
and it is certain, that, with the general extension of the telephone
among farmers, there will be developed a sysetm of harvest storm-
warnings. This matter was urged upon the Legislature of 18S2,

39^

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

and it has again been brought to their attention in 18S9. There
seems to be no probability that Missouri will be the first to inau-
gurate a system which will result in such profound and lasting
advantages. It is simply out of the question for private citizens
to carry on such work as this at their own expense, and it also
seems to be out of the question to secure the organization of a
state weather service by simply making a dignified presentation
of the advantages of such a service.

Station Boonville, Cooper County, Mo.

Year

Tan.

Feb. ! Mar.

Apr.

May.

June. July.

Aug. Sept. 1 Oct. Nov. Dtc. Year.

1875

1

3.30 1.100.671-71

1876

1.49

0;68 2.45

2.25

1.90 2.046.273.73 2.05 1.56 3.490.20 28. II

1S77

*i.b5

0.42 4.90

i.i6;4. 3

10. 19 2

953-80 3.90 7.582.284.2647.12

1878

1.02

4-575-"4-55i7-92

3-57j2

522.42 1.43 1.020.63 2.45 37.21

1879

0.92

0,95 0.58 2.18 1.94

10.843

320-05 2.88 0.742.331.8328.56

1880

0.90

2- 08 1 . 10 2.93 6. So

4.884

824.38 2. 04' 1.62 1.79 1.24 34.58

1881

Q. 19

4.893.93 2. 35'3. 37

6.i4'i

051-51 5-98 6. 095. 9S2. 39 43.87

1882

1-95

6.0412.586.26,6.48

7-S2!5

422.12 2.72 8.432.712.3254.85

1883

^•3:i

1.89I1.961.45

5.10

18.50! 2

490.79 0.25 6.47 1.93 1. 14 33.30

1884

1.24

*2.99 3.00 1.80

5.61

4.426

83

2.94 10. 13 3.282.402.5947.23

1885

1-53

2.62 0.68 2.95

5-94

.';-75 6

52

2.91 9.96 2.822.641.2745.59

1 88b

4.00

2.14 2.005.19

4. 16

8.19 1

05

3.481 8.96 2.21

2.770.78 44.93

1887

1.99

4.42.1.524.47

4-57

5.61 2

89

L-93 3-58*1-60

0-793-00 35-37

lOyra.

I-5I

3.262.253.41

5-19

6-57 3-69

2-15 4-79' 3-43

2.40 1.90 40.55

ATerase

I

for 12

1.52

2.81 2.483.13

4.82

6. 503. 84 2.42J 4.49' 3.62

2.48 1.96 40. c6

yeara.

1

* For 26 days only.

t Approximated.

Station Corning, Holt County, Mo.

Year Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct, Wov. I Dec.

1870 .

1871 O

1872 0.5010

1873 1.250

1874 2.430

1875 0.30 I

1876 0.87 O

1877 0.700

1878 1.25 I

1879 0.871
18800

iSSi I
1882 o

2.
93o.45|o-
30 1 .29 2.
1510.402.

742.12|l.

43 1-33 I-

13 o

194
230

18S3 0.71

Kormals
for 13 o.{

256.50
90 I .50

37,3-45
00,0.62

35,0.55
7111.67

7312-15
000.57

2211.74

1.25
5.38
3-75
0-45
2.00
90

10

55
12

03
3-63
7.68

•79
■30
■63
.90

•45
.40

•07
•30
.80

•75'
•70

3
5
4
I

"4.50 *2

'16,50 3

]4-4o;4

92!2.200

37 1 .002

■5So.75|i
75 1-105
103.60 2
703-95|2
60 3. 82 I
23 0.40 2
27 I. 81 5

99i2.6r2

452.976

00 I . 09 o
37 1-831

•73' 5

•95 I

.30 I

. 10 o

•25 o

•75 I

■97 I

90 4

33 3

,27 I

46 2

73 6

40 5
44*6

•65 o.
.46 I .
•53 *o-
.90 o.

•35
.40
.41
20

•75
43

91 I
24 I
00 *i

45 i o.
31 o.
30 o.
20 *3.

•75 !•

.02 2.

.82 o.

.10 I.

.87 I.
.18 I.

•34 o.
.86 o.
.64 I .
.CO *o.

Year.

35

75 18.44
33 23.23

00 19.08
05 20.99
15 29.68

01 37^93
3037^94
03 31^52
84 34^84
60 36.28

73' 39-72
65 28.06
75 44-00

,764.04 5-39 3

562-S52-76 2-88 1-65 1-17 30.90

* Approximate.

t 1S70 not considered in normals.

NIPHER REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, lS77-'S7.

397

o

c
e
n

E

X

1

o

"*• •:*-

^

o

n

„

i--CO

—

>0 NO

n

Tt-

co i^ 1

>-' 1 X CO N fO O VO M ^ ^^ J>-\0 N lO iy-1 lo

« ! J LOOO CO d f"' <^ '^ "^ t^V£5 0 •4- O VO CO

>* ' 'sj-ri-'^rOTi-rOcOfO'd-N-^^tOrO coeo

N t^ rovo ^ t^ ON^ N n CO 0 i^i fO vo f^

a!

fO t^CO i-ou-^rCONfO-^toriON"« ^ f'

D

*

. ; VO - iJ-.'Xi vo VO N ^ rO '^ ^>D fO N X:^ VO

> i « HH i:^^ -t- CO -, ■- lo Cn -H t^oc '^ 0^ ON

;2 Tj-wNrO^tr-, N'^-NfCtO^Nf^ f' fi

u

0 ON - r^ Tj- t^vo CO ON I- ON u--^ 00 m VO

1

u-iOO MI) ON O i>- N u~i C\ '^co '^co M -; "^

«^i-dj>-f5>-<piiocod — f^dd f^i N

o

00 'O "-1 Th " ^ ir^vo CO m •^ fO toCO O '-'

c. 1 CO tJ- N inCO NOMfOlOt---t>'J>-'^M3 I-;

W ^dLO"Nri-c^VCCC"- i>-o6 ■4- •4- -^ "*•

t^ 0\t-^i-ii^, OvotxOMDioN^u^m O -^

= >-«vr'>NNU-)NONN^'^"-t^ 1>.00 VO On

<

^ '^ Lo ThVD Oi^-Lo OVO TJ-OM3

' >, _ CO J>- -+CO riC7\Orr;o^<^0^ Cn'O

^ fi„TJ->-4-„r<:riTf CON >- f^co

1

fiio" — l/~;Ou~llOl-lO^-"^v^— i>»M

ONrt--Xr^"I>.'-t---ODOOMO fOON

^

*

^ POOO t^-^-Nt^O'^"^'" Onio
. ^ -^ t->. w i^j t^ u-, u-j M ON ONVO On On

jt •4-fOfO'g-NcorO'-opr;fr;tri'^-4- fOcO

H—

1 <~5COCOVONVOTi-t^LOPlM I^CO ON 0 f1

•r rOTj--T)-u-^t>.t^ — \r)OfO^O\cO rOfO

5" cc-^rrjN^M'rO—rri^pi'^f^cO cOcO
*

— -^oo O '^fOri-i-i U-, ^^^^^ lovo n \D >-

u

N"0 ONmN t^cOt^^NO u-iCO ON '^ NO N

s

S

CO »^ lO to u^ N i-i CON N COO '-I N c« CO
*

3

Ti-yr, ON w CO CO On^ vr> - vo OnvO O i>. CO

ONOO Ot^-OON^vOi-iOOCOU-jcO Geo

NNCOQN'-i-'^OiJ-jCOO'-CO CO CI

>.

M N tJ-cICO "^ O On-^ ThMX>. toVO O N

:4

OOc^OOOcO'- u-)VO ■>*• On - w CO O

c

C<N<*-C^Nf<'-'0N"ONCO'-' "N

A 1 * * * 1

^.

z5 ■^-~

^ ~"

^;

-)- \OVO t^V3 0^ O - N CO •^ u-,vo i>. = —

H

t^ I^ t^ t^ t^ t^>0 VOOCCOCOCOC/DOO S;^ =

>•

ooco-ococococo'-ocococococoa) _ =

'

398

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIEN'CE.

Oregon, Holt County, Mo.

Date.

Jan,

Feb.

Mar.

Apr.

May.

June.

July.
6.75

Aug-.
8.50

Sept.
2.43

Oct.

1.75

Nov.

Dec Year.

1855....

2.90

1.65

185G....

2.55

2.05

1.30

3'. 60

3'. 16

'4.66

0.3.=.

G.Ou

2.10

1.80

1.80

1.95 36.60

1857 ...

1.35

1.75

2.65

1.05

3.05

3.50

3.20

6.10

3.30

3.25

3.05

1.15 33.40

18.38....

I.IO

3.10

2.40

5.40

8.35

7.00

6.65

2.10

0.93

2.50

2.06

1.5?' 43.15

1859....

2.00

2.(i0

3.75

6.33

11.65

6.70

4.73

4.45

2.9D

1.15

1.80

1.15 49.2i

186 t

1.55

1.30

0.20

0.9.1

3.23

4.30

2.17

2.40

2.83

0.73

1.05

2.40 23.12

1861....

5.20

1.75

1.70

1.20

7.30

7.85

3.95

3.33

3.40

305

1.00

1.25 41.(0

1862....

2.28

1.15

2.47

6.05

4.50

0.95

2.55

5.30

3 60

2.50

1.10

1.86 34.30

1863 ...

1.60

2.21

1.10

2.93

3.48

5.ii5

4.0(1

0.75

1.70

2.00

2.30

3.83 37.47

18t>4 ...

1.17

0.14

2.67

3.11

3.53

1.33

2.60

6.05

4 55

2.08

2.05

0.92 30.22

1865....

0.50

3.39

1.61

6.70

2.30

9.00

5.80

7.7u

2.50

1.45

0.70

1.80 43.45

Sum..

19.30

19.44

19.85

87.29

50.51

50.20

42.02

50.20

27.85

20.53

16.90

17.87 371.96

10 years'

1

mean...

1.93

1.94

1.98

3.73

5.03

5.02

4.20

5.02

2.78

2.05

1.69

1.79 37.20

1866....

2.81

1.01

1.52

3.37

4.43

5.75

3.90

3.26

7.61

2.38

1.60

4.99 42.63

1867....

2.08

4.89

2.93

2.48

5.84

4.10

12.24

2.95

3.20

2.10

0.40

1.40 44.63

1868 ...

1.00

1.55

3.6J

3.43

3.50

3.5!

4.22

3.02

2.87

1.68

3.05

2.17 33.60

1869 ...

2.06

2.51

1.28

3.31

4.42

7.49

5 74

6.90

3.28

1.24

1.49

1.46, 41.18

1870 ...

1.0.1

0.03

2.30

1.99

2 70

1.27

0.76

8.44

4.20

6.14

0.35

0.45! 29.63

1871....

1.27

3.11

0.56

2.14

2.13

2.30

4.00

3.40

1.13

2.42

3.10

2.42 28..54

1872....

0.20

0.07

2.03

3.85

6.50

3.84

0.71

3.97

3.55

2.46

0.26

l.lll 36.75

1873...

2.76

0.29

0.76

4.15

3.79

3.33

2.18

2.03

3.18

0.79

1.13

3.(10' 27.41

1874 ...

1.86

1.10

2.38

2.85

2.39

5.49

2.73

1.86

6.15

1.47

2.83

1.22, 32.33

1875 ...

0.55

2.25, 1.80

1.31

2.14

5.13

6.45

4.98

3.58

1.42

0.18

2.51 32.30

1876 ...

0.72

0.48, 5 35

4.61

5.25

4.30

4.70

6.04

2.62

4.(i2

3.18

0.15 41.42

1877 ....

1.5)

1.01

2.9.4

7.32

5.20

5.00

2.45

5.36

*2.on

4.54

1.88

2.09 41.34

1878 ...

1.58

1.36

1.84

2.05

3.48

4.82

7.18

0.84

3.59

3.07

0.87

2.19 33.47

1879 ...

1.20

0.48

0.52

3.30

3.09

6.95

0.98

1.70

3.11

2.49

7.81

1.37; 39.06

1880 ..

1.58

0.61

0.79

2.96

5.52

3.70

4.81

6.01

2.89

1.89

1.6t)

1.16' 34.18

1881....

1.14

5.25

2.31

2.57

6.14

528

1.22

2.66

4.49

6.27

3.32

1.30 41.98

18S2 ..

(1.71

0.89

1.82

5.80

3.52

4.01

4.64

0.67

0.74

6.33

2.03

1.58 32.74

1883 .

1.7U

3.34

0.72

3.S1

4.79

1494

5.95

1.59

2.15

6.50

1.08

0.841 46.91

1884....

1.45

l.OS

2.34

3.76

5 18

5.49

6.35

3.63

4.01

3 26

(1.72

1.(30' 38.87

1885 ....

1.7'i

1.57

0.40

5.77

1.90

4.34

2.87

0.82

3.62

5.18

0.48

0.92: 29.57

1886 ..

3 113

0.98

■2.71

3.23

2.58

4.34

0.20

2.06

3.66

5.41

1.29

0.81: 30.30

1887 ....

1.4-2

4.48

1.48

2.15

3.96

3.08

1.63

5.31

4.97

1.85

0.95

1.91 33.21

Sum

33.88

38.94

43.08

76.31

88.45

108.46

98.43

78.12

76.60

72.91

39.72

36.65 791.05

Mean for

2i yrs ..

1.52

1.77

1.96

3.47

4.02

4.93

4.47

3.55

3.48

3.32

1.81

1.07

35.97

10 years'
average

.^ ormal

1.56

2.00

1.50

3.55

4.02

5.70

4.18

2.59

3.32

4.22

2.02

1.37

36.03

for 32
years...

1.63

1.82

1.97

3.55

4.34

4.96

4.39

4.01

3.26

2.92

1.77

1.70

36.34

* Approximate.

iSjS not considered in normals.

NlPllER — REPORT OX MISSOURI RAINFALL, iSyy-'S/.

399

Rolla, Phelps Co., Mo.

Year.

Jan. Feb.

Mar.
*3.4')

Apr
6.12

May.

2.85

June. July.
2.37 6.36

Aug.
1.50

Sept.
13.75

Oct.

Nov.

Dec. Year

1S66 . ,

*2.08 *2.-21

2.18 0.58 1.10 44.57

1867...

1.92 3.70

2.40

*4.48

7.32

1.09 6.62

1.2.i

0.26

1.50 2.08 1.4134.06

186S ..

.. 1.33 0.29

6.59

7.1(1

3.39

3.2.i 1.87

7.15

4.85

1.34 1.47 2.56 41.19

1869...

.. 2.06 1.57

3.24

4.47

5.6(5

6.09 4.0 J

5.52

2.31

2.53 5.05 1.62 44.12

1870

I.IS 1.06

4.61

2.64

0.68

2.73 3.99

5.64

2.33

3.56 2.55 2.44 33.44

1871 ..

3.2! 2.89

2.31

1.53

4.52

2.24 4.90

5.44

0.05

2.98

1.69

1.6!) 33.35

1872...

.. L8S 1.82

2.5!)

3.5:i

o.f.O

3.27 0.18

1.76

2.42

0.60

1.36

1.20 32.10

1873...

.. 4.61 2.3't

1.92

5.17

3.14

4.01 3.42

1.38

4.51

2.19

1.01

6.02 39.71

1871..

.. l.'Jo 3.83

3.44

3.57

3.01

3.89 2.04

2.14

2.08

2.45

4.60

1.95 31.95

1875 ..

.. t'.6t 2.4-1

4.00

6.20

8.20

5.35 12.25

2.85

0.15

3.85

1.80

2.65 5J.35

1876 .

.. 6.75 1.6)

5.30

5.89

4.11

9.99 ....

1877...

. . 0.69 ....

1.30

....1 ...

1

Normals
for te

J 2.08 2.21

3.46

4.18

4.43

3.43 5.16

3.46

3.27

2.32

2.22

2.26 38.78

years.

^

1876-1S77 not considered in normals.

* Normals substituted.

Springfield, Greene County, Mo.

Year.

Jan.

Feb.

Mar.

Apr,
6.95

May.

8.55

June.
15.2 t

July.

Aug.
6.60

Sept.
1.90

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.
3.20

Year

1877 . ...

tl.75 1.15

4.76

2.45

7.9)

4,75

65.21

1878

1.99 2.07

3.27

6.04

7.25

5.19

4.86

4.43

1.05

3.00

0.52

1.92

ll.r9

1879

1.82 (i.<iO

1.40

2.61

2.59

2.80

1.18

1.51)

0.6S

0.97

4.62

4.15

25.06

1830

0.87 2.97

2.58

ft. 10

4 20

4.0.1

4.53

*3.00 *2.00

2.00i 3.05

0.8 1

35.12

isn

*1.5'1 *3.00

*3.00

*2.'t(i

*5,00

*4.50

*1. 50*2.50

*3.50

*7.00 *3 50 *2.00

39.00

1832

2.6V 7.29

3.19

3.71

8.07

2 70

4.98

2.14

4.48

7.62; 6.30

2.30

'-•5.43

1883 . ...

1.05 5.6,3

1.68

3.11

7.3'J

*6.00

*7.00

*3.00

*0.4()

*7.oO *2.00

*2.50

47.19

1884

*0.70*3.2l

*i0)

*4.20

5.48

2.67

9.22

3.17

3.80

1.73 3.03

7.62

46.82

1885

2.80

1.05

2.10

5-01

3.29

5.15

9.14

3.73

6.15

1.75 2.05

1.50

43.72

1886

1.55

3.43

1.50

2.90

9.30

*6.00

1.75

2.60

3.4)

0.40*1.60

0.75

35.18

18S7

2.60

4.10

2.50

2.80

4.60

6.65

2.63

3.29

2.43

2.08 3.27

2.39

39.34

Ten yrs. )
averages. \

1.75

3.34

2.32

3.75

5.71

4.58

4.68

2.91

2.79

3.4a

2.99

2.59

40.81

Normals ^
for ele /en

1.75

3.14

2.51

4.01

5.97

5.54

4.47

3.27

2.71

3.82

3.15

2.65

43.06

years. )

t Normal substituted.

* Approximated.

400

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD, SCIENCE.

St. Joseph, Buchanan County, Mo.

Year.

Jan.
1,28

Feb.

1.98

Mar.
1.04

Apr. May.
4.(10 5.85

June.
10.65

July.

Aug.

Sept.

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.
2 20

Year

1S69

8.40 5.41

1870

0.45

0.00

1.45

2.20 3,80

6.30

1871

3.10

i'.76

1872 ...

0.20

. . . 2.50

4.50

6.80

6.05

1.90

2.30

1.49

1873

1.90

O.IO

3.60 . .

1874....

0.80

1.55

7.10

0.60

1.71

0.74

1875.. ..

i.60

i.io

1.82

1.82 4.i4

7.79

6.82

4.89

1.97

1.54

0.12

1.88

34.94

1876

1.42

0.18

4.77

8.30 6.18

5.42

2.40

(iM

3.02

1.84

2.93

(1.05

42.87

1877

0.55

1.11

3.99

5.10 7.50

12,35

4.32

6.32

5.47

.^.99

2.17

2.36

57.13

1878

2.18

1.93

2.33

2.19 4.86

5.06

4.68

3.55

3.30

2.13

1.13

1.92

35.26

1879 ....

1.50

OJo

0 17

3.03 1.39

11.09

9.55

0.73

2.64

3.34

8.45

1.9i

44.-.'l

1880

1.64

0.48

2.32

2.38 3.81

1.05

2.12

6.98

2.07

2.00

1.48

0.79

27.12

1881

0.62

3.27

1.37

4.03 4.3=1

*6.00

1.86

2.14

3.29

12.24

2 80

1.30

43.27

1882

1.14

1.09

1.93

4.11 3.51

2.26

4.83

0.51

0.40

3.92

2.11

0.87

26.74

1883

1.17

3.33

0.50

2.48 5.29

8.16

4.I0

2.28

i.3y

*7.00

*1.50

*1.00

38.22

1884

0

*1.20

2.12

1,66 2.97

2.58

3.39

,3.31

3.22

0.62

1.00

0.54

22.61

1885

0.29

0.40

*0.40

2.55 3.65

3.16

0.95

3.37

3.61

4.16

0.95

0.46

23.95

1886

*2.00

*0.f.0

*-l.'0

*2.30 4.20

5.64

0.42

0.73

5.41

3.30

0.76

*0.50

27.7ri

1887

0.16

0.48

l.oO

*2.00 2.26

4.40

1.50

*6.00

3.13

1.47

1.13

0.70

24.73

Ten yrs. 1
averages. \

1.07

1.31

1.46

2.67 3.63

4.94

3..34

2.96

2.85

4 02

2.13

1.00

31.39

Normals 1
for 13 yr.s. \

1.05

1.19

1.94

3.22 4.16

5.77

3.61

3.63

3 00

3.81

2.04

1.10

34.52

* Approximate.

St. Louis Signal Service Records.

Date.

Jan.

Feb.
2.86

Mar,
1.31

Apr.
0.45

May.

3.13

June.
2.51

July.
1.50

Aug.
2.97

Sept.
0.25

Oct.
2.07

Nov.
1.83

Dec.
1.17

Year

1871

2.56

22,61

1872

0.6i

1.15

2.43

2.77

5.97

4.28

4.59

0.93

3.38

0.55

2.01

1.70

30.40

1873

3.^3

1.52

2.10

6.87

5.27

6.68

5.96

0.07

3.0i

3,27

1.64

5.10

45.03

1874

3.14

3.66

4. ,36

3.44

3.70

2.00

5.71

4.70

2.S0

1.09

2.32

1.46

37.88

1875

0..54

2.^9

4.1 8

2.53

5,48

10.84

9.49

2.66

0.24

1.23

0.89

2.42

42.99

1876

4.75

2.86

6.90

2.25

3.13

6.43

5.18

5.03

7.63

1.66

1.74

0.18

47.74

1877

1.24

0.88

3 41

2.86

3.11

8.69

2.88

2.61

3.56

4.92

3.76

3.34

41.26

1878

2.36

1.69

2.79

6.74

4.63

2.40

3.92

4.75

3.42

3,27

1.38

3.48

40.83

1879

1.64

1.48

1.92

2.31

0.95

4.C4

1.97

2.23

1.34

0.68

4.30

2.84

25,70

1880

3.83

2.65

2.51

3.31

3.44

2.46

5.17

1.53

3.10

2.09

2.67

1 .80

34.56

1881

0.49

4.16

1.95

3.14

3.96

2.74

2.13

0.31

3.14

7.21

6.74

1.40

37.37

1882

2.80

8.94

3.49

3.58

4.55

4.53

3.84

2.20

1.73

2.44

3.24

1,81

43.15

1883

0.94

5.88

2.29

3.31

2.89

5.04

4.31

3.34

0.01

6.60

3.71

1.78

40.10

1884

0.79

4.43

3.00

4.15

2.68

4.52

2.86

1.21

6.04 2.48

2.30

6.18

40.64

1885

3.26

0.87

0.40

4.84

2.80

7.08

2.58

2.96

8.98 7.51

1.68

2."3

45.59

1886

3.11

1.71

3.04

2,10

7.84

7.09

0.55

2.44

9.60 0.85

3.36

2,65

44.34

1887

0.65

3.68

3.54

4.36

5.27

2.64

2.74

1.14

2 47

0.76

4.61

3.54

35.30

Ten yrs. )
average, j

1.99

3.55

2.49

3.78

3.90

4.30

3.01

2.21

3.98

3.39

3.40

2.75

38.76

Normals )

2,13

3 00

2.91

3.47

4,05

4.97

3.84

2.42

3.54 2.86

2.83

2.52

38.56

for E7 yrs. (

NIPHER — REPORT OX MISSOURI RAINFALL, iS'J'J-'S'J. 4OI

■ ■* GO O) r ^ — [- 1': X — :-: ^^ ■» h- 30 t-r — ' •^ GO X :s • 1—

• It; ^_ ul (M r; o I- O i~ cr ^ — ' o 'M -f ^_ O c: ic o GO ■00

.■ « c: c-i I - -m' CO Ti I'tx 05 CO if; « ~' ^ ~i — ' cj -^ d tA '.<i

coe>)coMcop;-*coccccccir:c':'t<-t-*-t<^io-*iCi ■*

oco — '-i--CO:rTi<— i;t— .cti-H — -;:

M r: ffi m o . r^ O

i-i-tiT-i-'^'*li-l— VJiMfM-^OrOClCCTtfCDitrcC-^^IO -"^CC

iKOTi'— ■--ccvDrtrt — ?iTt<.-^':s-*?i.(;cO'-iM^

COCi*OCOO'-ll— '(^O-flO-^l— C-^ClOLtt^COO'M "-(<
>— _ S; CO I-; GO t-; ^ 00 Si 00 1-; 00 05 Jl ■* O CI 00 <M_ C; =_ Oi • t-; <

id — ' o 10 1-J rH CO o ci 'ii tJ o ci -*' ct -h" cc 10 ■*' co id ci ' i-< <

ic;— 'mi--— leocsoocioco^oor-oocot-h- oioo -(Mh- • ci

iM_ If; CJ a.; t>; iC O O 1-1 l~ C» O CI O -* ■* 3: t-; 00 ■* CO C5 • lO CO • CO

(N (ji i-I C? O •* si ^ •*' '*" U5 t-^ CO t-^ 1-4 CO lO O^ — CO O -* " CO C<9 ' CO

r^oci— ococ5if;i^— io>out'M!=-ti;xif;>Cr~0— lOLCOfOGO

C5G0r-C0'MGC^Tt<ct^05:ct-r:S5i cscoootct — ^col— co

Tt< rA rH ci id CO ©' ■*' ■*' t-' (N -+' ri :o c" t-^ ci id i-^ cc c; ^ i-< ■* -rj! c^

^ias-iif;05n-*t-in>-HiC'--co-t*?icot-cot-'-''0-*co-*c>j

• lO— '— ir-VOOOGOO — I~-'MT1GOO"^'M'MOC— O

• C5 CO o -M "M iC CC ic. _ -+ n — ic c: r-; r; c-i :o Ti ~ co_

!—'-*' CO I - CO co' -t ci TJ co' co' GO :o' •■£ -t- co" ^ CO — ' co' £~

-^s^Ttico— i-+-ti— ^iC(M— <coco — cpridcoiC-*

■^■MyiS^lCOiHCOi-KM-^r-l— OCSCO— irt— ■MO'*'H5-)C<ICO

. 1— CO .-I -M c; — -M o r> CO .c: — I ^ CO o CO <n i-i ^ -M ?! 1

•00T)<h-C500OOC0i-lif5O-*t-OC5 = Olt5— tCOOwlOSHC

•0-^s^'-;'-;co-*oo-i'CO'*coif;cic;oo^co-* c ioc:ooioio
: s-i o 54 c4 — CO o-i r-.' co' T-3 o co' o t-I -t — ' o co' ai ci ■*' <m' c-i o o

_■;■••■•••; ; ■ ' ■ ■ .5 ^

0<— 'C<icO-*iCCCt-GOC50— (MCO-l-L-OCOt^OOOO-^ClfMCO^ = 5

■<j(-^-*^rf(^-:t<rt>-j<^i-;i;:i-iOLOiOif:>OOif:;oooaooooo c 1.

OOOOODGOCOGOXOiOOGOOOOOaOCOGOX/OOXCOGOaJGOXOOOOGO ^c

4o:

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

CO

O

a

Ass't Surgeon.
Dr. G. Engelmann.

A. Wislizenus.

B. D. Kribben.

J. H. Luenemann.

C. J. B. Leib.
J. Stratmann.
B. B. Brown.
G. Prender.
A. Fendler.

: -^M P5 "CO OnNvO t^pj ON" P^ PI ^CO - O CO
1 ON PI T+- PI i-H N On "^ t-^CO M H-NOCOVO PICO ONON

! Vo" \d rj- d ►^ pi pi CO CO d CO Tt-cO pi o6 PO On lo "
■ P» PI ^'^^POPO'^PCLO iJ-)VD u^j t1- PO ■^ PI PO "J^

PO
rl

1 ^
Q

c

1 i-i !>. O POCO ON^t^t^POw ONOcyo POON" Onj>.
5 0 pO O lO -^ PONO On NO P> O >J~iCO po '^ *"' C^ — O

NO

ONONOpON'- i-iOP'('-iiJ^'-ipiPOPCO"-PO

N

>

o

^; ON On '^ (^ Tt- covq 00 '^^ poq'i>.^f^, 0 >^t^C7N

VO

q

PO

V

c
O

C\ CN fOVO CN'^1J>-MVO PON 1- J>.CO CO « O r'^ t^ r^

o

PO
PO

a.

C
C
u

LOPTiPI^NO t^HH t^h-iVONO ioOn t^CO " -^ O O

^oo t/"j ■rr Onoo w " i-icoioO -co on»^po— rt-Lo

^
^

-)f^dpipopipipiddioPOi-'Tj-pid'-'4-i-ipO

N

si)

3

CO
PO

VD CO !>• LO^ VO O « N ON PO Tt-VO fDNO 00 0 CC i- "
VO ■^Lo^r<^cDt>.tO« ppO cO-^i^ONioN - roo

PO M P^ LO pi PO « CCCO pi -^toVO'-' POi-i PI "^^ lO

On
CO

PO

6

c

■—1

VD O PO t-». 0 PI '^h OnOO t^'^PlOO P> O ^i-' ONO

tm>.m nco "i>.mco q o o O'vo q q -:hi>.pi

PO PO l>.Nd pi lOPOt>." LTidcO 1-1 d LT-, ONPOpi 4-

PO

>>

ci

O PO i>~CO ON PI lo LT. PONO lOPI Lr)T^'s^Pl iot>.ON
OVONO ioi>.Pi uow 1:^00 ~ 9 ^ "^ ^'^ "^ '^^.
to— r^Th"-^ pOtJ-^h po-^-ioONTt-iopi T:t-PDiOi>.

NO

ON

H.
<<

•rtCC O - •-■OOlOi-iCO N N "^NO VD O w VO lO w
P^VO p'^POJ^^'+"^-t^ONP1 — O POt^O " -hONTj-

CO
ON

pi pi TJ-topOPOT'^piv^Nd PO PTiNO 4- pi po Ln p)

PO

PO'-O'^'^LO'-H ONPOmNO " ON U-^NO '^ PO '^ 0 P«

w po '^-co POP1CO qNo '1 ppq « pi t^co co po o
PO'-' pi pitopi pi -^popi pomd po u-> pi *>. d i->. to

to
PO

ft,

looo li-, OnOnO O "")0 pO'^wVO lOPOO 0\D Th
POCO rt- M '^ ON NO 1>- "^ l>» fONO to LO O CO ON t^ O

J,JMwdpo-pi"'-'POpidpoi>»">-<piw

CO

p<

CS

3
C

Tj-i-i P^VO ONtO'^P'CO ONlOi-iCO PI too tO" •^
00 Xr^CO " ON'^w M '^toON ^-JO q Th M Lo ON '^

Opr)«-dOPi^|--pi«'-topidi-<dd'^

o

q

pi

S

VD

p'

CO

t^OO' ON d -' P' PO ^ iJ-,\0 t-^C»0 On O w PI PO '^ to
■3POPOPOrt-^'^Tj-T:}-'rr'^'*-'^'^tOLOlOlOtoto
OOOJOOCOCOCOCOCOyjCOCOCOOOCOCCOOCOCZJCO

c i; ;S

XIPHER — REPORT OX MISSOURI R.A.IXFALL, iSyy-'Sy.

403

St. Louis, Mo. Dr. G. Engelmann's Record.

<
3.36

4.68 3.73

3.13

■<
4~48

1

i ti

i 0

0

55

1

1 CD

a

s

Ant.
1 Year

1838....

3.72'1.25' 1.51

0.06 3.06 2.09

0.44 .... 9. .55 11.34 5.21 31.51

18.% ..

2 21 12.50 2.59

5.46

7.93 7.26

5 71

2.89

2.45 3.96' 2.48

2.00 5.15 15 98 15 86

8.89 47.44

1840....

1.801.38 2.10

3:31

4. .58' 6.27

2.36

7.15

3.96 6.301 1.73

0,71 5.18 9.99 15.78

11.99 41.65

1«4I....

0.840.881 4.99

3.85

2 38 1.67

3.09

5.63

3.22 6 81 ! 5.44

3.93 2.43 11.22 I11.39

15 47 42.73

I8J2 ...

0.45;3.90! 2.21

3.48

3.22 5 12

1.76

2.64

2.17 2.57 2.38

2.39 8.28 8.91 9 52

7.12 32.29

1843....

2.341.90 3.49

4.87

4.15 3 95

2.49

I 32

2.19 1.551 4.82

1.72 6.63 12.51 7.76

8.56 -34.79

1844....

3.36 1.73 4.84

3.86

11.26 6.85

8.13

0.45 0.30' 2 25I 1,17

1.61 6.81 19.96 15 43

3.72 45.81

1«45....

1 83 1.07, 3.18

2.28

4 22 10.01

4.75

6.23

1.03 1.161 1.10

0.93 4 51 9.88 20.99

3.29 37.99

1846....

2 98ll 27 1.27

4 84

3 75 5.21

0.84

4.73

4.84 2.71

2.11

IO.9O1 5.18 9.86 10.78

9.66I45.45

1847....

2.12;i.5Si 2.28

3.98

4. .36 8.61

5 .37

0.90

3 26 8 74

8.63

0 89 16.60 10.02

14.88

20 63 52.72

1.S48 ...

1.86 2.27 6.61

3.16

8.IO1I7.O7

5.37

9.74

1 12 2.41

1.91

5.74 5.02 17.87

32.18

5 44 65.36

1849....

4 18 0.56 2.70

2 64

2 711 6. 46

9.40

5 15

5 81 2.17

2.11

1.82 10.48 8.05

21.01

10.09 45.71

1850...

1.944. 10, 5.63

7.68

7.471 1.47

4.83

2.10

3.74, 2 71

6.24

2.59 7.86 20.78

8.40

12.09 50 50

1851....

O.61I6.74! 3.14

4 70

2 S3! 6.19

1 77

8 97

0 491 1.51

1.99

3.90 9.94 10 67

16.93

3.i,9,42.84

18.52. . . .

0.99 2.12 7.67

2.2s

5.19 10.25

3.. 36

1.60

1 47 5.26 3,29

3.48 7.01 15.14

15.21

10.02 46.96

18.5.-! ...

0.52il.67i 0.79

3.24

3 64[ 3.23

4.10

5.48

4.67 0,961 1 51

1.08' 5.67 7.67

12.81

7. 1430.89

1S.54. . . .

1.183.11 7. -19

7 60 6.3o! 3.21

0.92

1.80

1.44 4.15' 1.94

1.49 .5.37 21.39

5 93

7.53 40.63

1855. . . .

4.o6!0,70 2.89

2.65

7.46 4.27

5.17

6 53

3.89 3.89 5.16

3.10 6.85 13.00

15.97

12.94150.37

1856 ...

1.0313 64 1.U6

6.35

3.03 1.24

4.61

6.32

3.51 2 10 4.90

4.29 7.77 10 44

12.17

10.5142.08

VoJ...

0.4117.74 l.SO

1.72

4.81I 3 71

2 82

4.15

3.18 3,02 3.80

1.87 12.44 8. .33

10 68

10.00 39.03

1858. . . .

3.422,12 3.96

6.07

10.64! 6-69

8.03

2.87

3.80 7.73 4.92

8 52 7.41 20.67

17.59

16.51 68.83

l."<59....

2..',2i5.35 7.32

4.89

6.60,11.02

5.54

2.93

4.44 1 80 5.43

3.76 16.19 IS 31

19 49

11.67 61.40

I860....

1.80|2.60 1.16

2.03

2.29 6 .58

2.97

2.96

2.111 1.58 1.63

2.08 8.16 5. 48

12 51

5.32 29.79

1861 .

I.I6I2.OI 7.38

3.18

4.39, 4.96

2.04

3.44

4.14 2.85 1..39

1.09 5 25 14 95

10.44

8.38 3*. i'3

1862....

4.01 '0.80 4.11

4.82

2.51| 2 85

3.61

1..32

6.271 3 73 3.59

6.38 5.90 11.44

7.78

13.o9'44.00

1863. . . .

4. III3 99 3.02

1.55

2.681 3.16

2.51

6,93

1.561 4.76 2.15

4.03 14 48 7.25

12.60

8.47'40.45

1864. . . .

2.74^0 82 1,71

5.58

3.90| 0.41

3.60

4.91

2.82 3.15 5.25

2.72 7.59 11.19

8.92

11 22,37.61

1865....

0.873 75 8.61

3 31

5.661 5.21

7.94

1.96

2.60' 3.33 0.00

3.63 7.34 17 58

15 11

5 93146.87

1866....

4.162.24 2.80

1 56

2.24 5.59

3.67

5.16

10.53 2.01 1.37

1.87 10.03

6.60

14.42

13.91 43.20

1857. . . .

2.28,4 SI 2.37

0.53

8.26 5.64

3.71

2 2'i

0.17 1.31 2.74

3 65 8,96

11 16

11.64

4.22 37.76

1868. . . .

1.7l'o 55 7.66 7 08

3 96 1.58

2.03

8^53

5.25 2 11 2.04

3.09 5.91

18.70

12.14

9.40 45.59

1869... .

2.0212.49 4 24 4.61

3.60 6.25

2.49

5.51

1.70 3.42 7.48

3.16 7 60

12.45

14.25

12.60 46.97

1870*. . .

2.00 1.00 2.00

2.55

1 93 1.38

1.59

6.. 55

1.14 3.35 1.94

2.76' 6.16

6.48

9.52

6.43 28 19

1871....

■i.60'2.64 1.14

0.25

3.40 2.S7

1.14

3.00

0 02 1.75 1.21

0.85: 9.00

4,79

7.01

2.98 21.87

1872....

0.791. 69 1.70

2,85

6.57 4. .38

5.03

0..36

2 84 0.29 1.S9

1.76 3.33

11.12

9.97

5.02 30.35

1873....

3 58 1.44 2.07

5.29

4.45 6 89

6.18

0.04

2. .38 2.62 1..39

4.43 6.78

11.81

13.11

6.39 40.76

1874....

2.47

2.23 3.75

2.80

3.48 2.00

5.30

4 01

2.33; 0.84 2.37

1.45 9.13

10 03

11. .31

5 5433 U3

1875....

0.54

2.61 3 28

2.80

4 55 10.09

10.00

2.54

0.331 1.30 0.91

2.25 4,60

10.63

22.63

2. ,54 41.23

1876...

4.44

2.91 6.79

2.11 2 84 5.76

5 78

5.55

7 32 *2.60 11.55

1.19 9.64

11.74

17.09

21.47 58,84

1877....

l.4l!o.63 4.07

2.43 2.59 8 .50

2.37

.3.17

2.20i 4.16 3.06

2.61 3.23

9.09

14.04

9.42 37.20

1878,...

2.44*1.85 2.50

6.17 4.88 1.88

2.59

5.79

3.61

3.07 0.20

3.03, 5.48

13.55

10.26

6.88 38.01

1S79 ...

1.65J1.38 1-81

2.62 0.Q6 3 83

1.85

2.23

1.34

0.43 4.05

3 15 6.06

5.39

7.91

5.82:25.30

18* ...

3. 2712.60 3.10

3 22 2 70 1.13

9.02

ItSl....

N 1 '

0.39

5.41 2 06

2.73 4.34 ....

'.'.'.'.'[ ■■■■

Aver-
age 4
years

2.19

2.54 3.60

3.72 4.605.22

4.14

4,07

2.90

2 96 2.89

2,86

7.59

11.92

13.43

8.98 41.92

and 18S1 not Included.

Stations having a Record for lo Tears ending- Dec. 31, 1SS7.
Cairo, Ills. Signal Service Record.

Date. Jan. i Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. i Sept. Oct. Nov. ' Dec, Year.

1S78 ..
1879 .
1880...
1881 . .
1882...
1883 ..
1884...
18 85...
18 86..
1887...

3.0.0 1.94-2
2.81 2.03 2
4. .06 5.014
3.50 4.97 1
0.35 10.14 4
2.74 8.52 2

2.32
3.49
3.82
2.15
;3.48i

5.58 4
1.48 1
2.54 2
4.60 2
4.68 2

.45l2.99;2.
050.933.
.61J4.55I6.
.11 2.742.
4(jl3.28 2,
.73:0.340.
.745.02 1.
.40 4.70,2.
.84^2. 52:0.
.lOtl.6710.
,752.883.

593.803.
87 3.25 0.
9G3.98 2.
74 4.98 3.
57 5 . 90 2 .
97 4.30 2.
Sit 2.41 8.
89 2.79 3.
455.731.
38 3.33 4.
13 4.06 3.

41.70
45.31
49.56
32.18
01.58
52.54
51.66

.99
.98
75

43.13

404

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

tr:

^

C:

'^'^

C5

t^

^

r^

--,

t^ CO

. :r t^ ^ 'M

1—1

—

X

CO'

CO

O C^

^[ic: ac -^ ci

^H

CO

o

C5

lO

O X

j^ jIO <M CO so

^

lO

"*

CO

CO

^ CO

i;o iQ t^ lO

C5

^

1— (

C5

o X lo

u

0> CO »o o

X

T— 1

C5

«c

Oi

O <M

Q

—H ^r^ 1— 1 3^

o

!M

C£>

1—1

o

G<J (M

.iO -1+ C5 to

o

,_,

»C

'^

~t

t^ CO

o

--T

X

t^

lO o

?C -^ so ' r

Ol

Ol

^^

c-

'~^

1-^ n

o »o ^ »o

CO

^

r-

05

X

o ^

*^

T-l X X iQ

a

t^

o

o

X

-rf rH

o

^1 r-H r^ X

yO

1— i

CO

1—1

o

CO -+

lO l>- O "O o

o

X

CO

Cft

1—1 1—1

o.

■-H 'M O Ci

iM

-*

CO

t^

X

t- <M 1

c«

CO -— 1 lo CO

CO

o

CO

-*

CO

05 CO

d

i *

,,■1^ O -H CO

X

Ol

i-O

o

'M

'+ CO

S

'>}

-^

c:

CO

X

1-1 '^

,.

< d '^ -)5 ^

I— 1

^C'

^

-t

CO

CC' CO

o
n

* *

-^ o ^ o

^.

X

r

■—M

•TT''

(Ol r-^

b.

>.

"O O T-i lO

-+

OI

1^

^c. 'T'l

0)

e.

3

-*' '^^ -r ^"

id

'M

id

-t

d

o^ 'd

en

T— I

^H

n

-9

* * * *

0)

flj O O O' o

-o

>o

CO

^^

^

CO 1—1

c O O lO O

lO

1—1

t^

CO

^

'M X

a

•— 1 'i^ O 05 »o

-t<

ira

CO

lO

lo

I>^ Tj^"

«<

k

O

i t^ T-H O «0

& -^ CO iQ O-

r^

o

oa

o

(M

CO CO

(M

1—1

CO

^

1— 1

O 1-1

S o CO ^' CO

CO

lO

CO -^

T— 1

O T*<

— ■ O «0 lO '-H

CO

t^

o

^

-^

X X

■g_ (N t' '^ O

•■^

'^t*

^

"O

lO

O CO

<; id '-^ -^ i-H

CO

1—1

^

l^

1—1

(M CO

j=

CO O 'M CO

»c

r>.

o

o

o

(>J o

^
S

O O X '^

t^

X

'>J

en

CO

CO C5

'M r-l ^ (M

CO

o

1— (

I— 1

T—t

(M i-t

*

■8

05 lo o lo

fM

X

C<1

o

a

CO fN

C5 UO O i-H

I— 1

t^

t^

1—1

lO

i-M C5

p^

<M 1-1 <M CO

iC

-+

CO

1— 1

i-H

CO (N

O X no ^

^

X

o

o o

O no

c

(M 1-1 X '^

no

CO

o

CO

CO

t^ lO

t— 1

(>J T-H O I— '

1— 1

'-'

1—1

fM

CM

O' 1— 1

• 6

I be

ii

: 83 1

^ 1 X c; O ^
w t- t^ X X

Ol

CO

•^

lO

CO

X «

X

X

X

X

X

X

1-^

X

X

1— (

X

X

1—1

X

1—1

X

1—1

X

X

1-H

1—1

t^

CO

iC'

t^

^1

-~,

—

•a

/^^

iC i

C

CO

t^

CI

1-1

c

0

L^

0

I- rji CO

55

no

oq

CO

t^

OS

no

r^

1—1

Oi '^ (M

>

^

^

^

CO

'^

no

CO

-+

CO CO

*

0

1—1

t^

no

CO

-M

CM

no

CM 0 0

u

L-

0

a

1—1

1—1

X

(M

X

'^ t- 0

Q

CO

CO

1—1

<N

CN

T-(

t--

CM

CM CM CO

1

*

.1 CO

(M

t^

no

CO

no

^'

CM

CO 0 X

^; "

X

0

~

~

lO

CO

t-

X "O <M

;?;; oi

—

lO

-t

-f

'O

^^

OJ

10 CO '^i

*

CO

X

fl

l^

'M

0

CO

1—1

CO 0 t^

■^

CO

t^

t^

t^

—1

>o

-^^

t^

Ci 0 t^

o

Ol

""^

Ol

-f

~^

L^

~

i-H

~ l-H Ol

I

*

• 1 1—1

^ 10

l-H

'^f

>*

CO

CO

CO 0 CO

o.i (>i

'Tt^

!>)

1—1

CI

CO

'^

CM

t>- CO !>•

.

W CO

1—1

-h

!OI

,-H

0

1—1

CD

-+ 1-1 (M

o

s

*

>^

. lO

t^

X

1—1

CO ^

CD

1—1

CM 0 ■*

bfi X

c^

C5

t^

X

X

0

CO

(M 0 t^

c

< ^

d

d

d

CO

id

i-H

1-3

no Ccj CO

o

1—1

*

*

V

>,

»o

c

lO

iC

t^

1^

3

CO

10 0 '^

C5

no

^^

c^

X

i^

0

no

0 X CO

S.

o
c

^—t

t^

CO

^

0

t^

no

t^

no

0 CO ^

0

>>

1

«

f

*

*

ec

• o

1—1

(M

t^

^

0

0

CO

^ 0 t^

<.

Cj 'N

c*

CO

1—

Ci

-+

0

t^

CO t— CO

«

3' •
1— il <N

t-^

id

'O

oi

CO

nO

0

no CM no

*

1—1

>

K X

1—1

CO

fM

CD

no

CO

*

0

CJS I>- 1-1

c

(N (70 ■*

0

^

0

CM

X CO 1-1

^ ^

'M

(M 1*

X

CD

1—1

CO

(>) no '^

O

r^

CO

OS

X

X

10

0

0

CO CO no

0.

no

-*

(>)

0

1—1

CN

Cl

0

CM no 05

<:

CO

1—1

CO

3<1

1—1

-*

CM

(?^

■<^ T-i (M

1 *

0

Ol

1—1

0:

1—

(T^

X

C5

t- 0 ^

a

0

0

1—1

X

CI

CO

-H

'^

CC' 'Ci a

id

^

0

-

CO

Ol

I— 1

(M

I— (

CO 1-1 (M

*

^•' '^

0

1-H

T^

'+

no

^J

no

!-!!»-*

•g no

CO

(M

<J<1

'^

C5

CM

X

T-( CO 0

*

1—1

^

no

CO

CO CO 0 (M no ■^

., 0

X

r^

^

Ci

CO

1—1

-*

0 X oq

%' ^

X

iQ

CO

CM

CO

1—1

1— 1 Oi 1-1

->, ^

1—1

CO

1—1

(TO

(M

I— 1

(M

(M 1-1 CM

1*

S X

Ci

-M

CO

-*

0

CO

t-

!xi t-

r^

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X 53

1 '^

1 I— 1

X

I— 1

X

1—1

X

X

1—1

X

1—

X
1—1

X
1—1

X

X

l-H

^

NIPHER REPORT ON MISSDURI RAINFALL, 1877-87. 405

t- C<5 X 0 C-l (M -M f-H -+ 0
CtCOOOCiSCOi— lOOOC'-*

0 CC rH 0 10 l^ (M 'M r-H CO

coco(ri-*-^co-^-*cocc

CO
CO

eo

0

t^ 0-5 0 'M 0 r-H t- :o if: 0

-*

(M

CO 'M rt rl CJ i-H -tl r-H 0 ^1
* *

C^

>

0

Ot^CJ-^XOOOOO

oi^iricocootoi^OfM

1— ICOr-(|>.00-^S^OCO'M

* *

-5
0

c If: If: CO TO 0 -+ 1^ 0 0
ic i^ i^ 0 0 t- c/: ic 0 0

r-i -M ^ >S -+ X T-H 1-H r-H r-i
* *

en

0 0 0 CO 0 1;: 'M -+ i= 0
CC'MCJClOCOOt^itlO

CO

(MU30XCOO»ftt^CO'+
* *

-+

1 3
<

0 c: X i;^ r-1 CO 0 -0 TI 0
iM -i* c: ^1 ^i '^ zc 'r^ ^ ~.

CO 0 0 0 !— 0 CO lO Tl 'M

* * -t-

17-1

c

0 0 ^ -t i« 33 0 CO 0
0 10 t- 'T^ IC !>. CO Si 0
*

I-H

OI:^'MOX-+-*-l<':0 0
'M X rH X ^ CO CI 0 iS l^

-M ;3 'M CO CO It: CO i- t^ 'm

* *

X

Its

<

0 >f: J.^ c: CO X 0 :s CO 0
t-X'Tiiccoiccoco'Mif:

0

-ti— (cocol>-^o'^1co:i-^

I-

CO

C; -+ 13 'M tc c: r^ c: 'M 0
CO o-i la 'M c: 'M lit -+ ;? 10

— COCO'MCOr-CO-t'ClCO

* *

Ji
S

OC0--^XC:-+f-^C0O

0 1^ X lO 0 If: CO 1;; -M CO

^ r-i 0 n 1— 1 -M -+ 0 i-i 'ri
* *

(M

/2

o^Oi-HXT-iT^iaTt^o

lOr— !t>.COClIOrHt^t>.0

CO

(M.-li-I^XlCllSOOCO
* *

CO

1—1

0 0 -- c; -M -f X If: CO 0
0 X 0 0 — 'M X — . — If:

'Mr— — O^-^Ci-MCOrH
* *

iS

X c;' =; — 1 -M CO -+ 10 -^ t^

l-l-XXXXXXXX

xxxxxxxxxx

0
be

2

<

<B

a

u
u
0

i; ~ :s CO t^ c: 0 o-i 3: 0
if: 0 15 -* ifs X »c "+ CO tts

ad CO 0: X C5 G5 x' x' c: if:

5^'?1(MCOC0C0^COiT^CO

'M X CO 0 t^ 'M l^ CO 0 0
X CO 'M X C-l fM CO 'M -tl I--.

CO

CO

05

COr-li— 11— (1— (I— iCOrHOCO
*

PH

>

0

0 la i^ in CO 0 !>■ iffl c. 0
irj 'T) CO o-i I— I It; -M rt t>. It:

05

X

0 iM rH fM -il r-i 'M i-H ^ rH
* *

rH

0

CO «:■ 0 0 X CO It: t- 0 0
CO CO If: CO t^ c; X -+ 0 C5

:2

r-(rHt-<lC-i<l^'+CO'MrH
* *

CO

T^rHlCia-t^Cl^COOO'
OCOiMOfMCOCOCiXfM

CO

<r> CO ic '^ Tj< 0 X i» ^ iti
* *

^

^
■<

0 CO lO 10 CO 0 X 0 0 0
rHOCOOr— IOOT:OCOi— 1

* * *

I-H

"3

1—1

xo5i— icoocoiacooo

t-XXCOC0 01C5CO-*0

I-H

X

(MCOCOT'T'+COOCOOCO
I-H * *

CO

4J

c

■CO -1< fM X it: 0 X 0 0 0
c; t^ I— 1 rH -M 0 fM If: 0 0

0 i^ T— 1 0 It: 1— 1 CO CO !>• CO
* 1— 1 * *

0
if:

^
%

cocsocococsoocso
t-cooit:oiO'MOcot>-

CO

*

CO

a,

01 '^ t^ CO it: 0 CO rH >fl 0
1>.COOOCOCOOCOCOCO

(M r-l I— 1 Ol n ri CO If: CO CO
*

CO
'M

If: —1 GC' c: It: X CO -ti 0 0
CO It: 'M CO t- -o CO CO 0 If:

0

-tlOi— ICO'Mr-i'MO'M^

* *

(M

J3

t^ r^ CO It: X 0 CO "* 0: 0

CO '^ X '^ CO 0 'M 0 tM 0
COOl— llf:cO-*'MOr- ICO

*

0
CO

1— 1

It: CC' rH ^H CO CO "t: CO 0 0
CO c; 5: 0 -M IS 01 1— 0 0

CO

--H 0 0 0 r-H I-H i-H 'M O) -M
*

"

0

X 0: 0 r-H -M CO ■«*< IC CO t-
I- I^ X X X X X X X X

xxxxxxxxxx

a;

4o6

TRANS. SI . LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

C

t^ cB ?H O CO fM — ~ t-^ -p

X ic t--" >o C^' iC L^ — " t- o

O (M X' X 't -* >C fM ^ 'N
'M X "^^ '^^ i-i CJ n -fi -f t^

O 'M r-l O IC

to lO O X Ci X CO CO 'M <M
t-^iCXr- lLCiOCO(M-*

T— ii— (i— i'T'-rtit>--^co'r-ji— I

CO ^ O »o t'- CO t^ »c ^ t^

1— lO — T- 1'— IO(NCOS<>'— I

CO CO 00 -^ O ICO "-j: o O c:

XCOt^t^COCO-— ii-H-^'O
OCOCOr-^'+CO'^^CO'Ol-H

C5 Cl O -O t 1< O-l X 'O CO

t^ lO O ^ t^ O O lO CO CO

G<i t^ i-H ifi -+ x' CO c; >o lO

Cit^i^CO^t-OCOt-iO
ai»Ot^t^C5t»CO!>5t>-<lD

COi-HiO'^CO>OCO(M'-HfM

f— l?MC5!ri»Ot^OX(M'-+l CO

t>-iOC5(M^O^-*OCO X

(>ii-HO(>i'>i'-^coo-^co (N

XC0--H'*X-*O0'-lO
CO -f ^1 "N ^' -^ CO O i— ' O

-^5 O i-H CO (>j --H fN o" '>^ o

■rHi— ico»oo^o«oa5-*
coO'-H-^coco(?iooi>i

(TO lO't^ O X

T-i t^ ;0 O t^

'-0 O

T-H CO

T— lOOOOi— 'i— I'— 1<>1'— I '-H

XClO-— ifMCO^iO^Ol^
t^ l^ X X X 3C X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X

o
o

u

1-.*

Dec
3.21

>

o

I— 1

o .

X

*

a.
t/3

<

_>1
>— 1 j

6
c
a
1—1

May.

<

S

to

*~> 1 :

u

a

V

>

t>

2

NIPHER — REPORT OX MISSOURI RAINFALL, iS'J'J-'S'J. 407

O

^*

0 0 0 0 i-H >n 0 0 c 0 •»
.C5 rt X 0 i« -ji -ji :o 1^ -t< t-

>:

-*< CS Ct' 12 re 'M IC -M -0 IS M

1
0

Oi': 001^ 000000
-f O' 0 i^ c; -+ X 0 i« -M GO

U

-M 'M i-l ^ 0 rl to i-H rH 'M r-(
* *

>*

c

oifiis 00000000

•M -TO C-1 -* l« (M rH 0 ^ 0 t^

'/T.

r^rti— 1105^1— I'J^Or-l'TqrH
*

0

O.JJOOOOOOOOrH
X 0 t^ ■« X -M IS ^ rt itt CS

^ f-H rt X 'M IC 'M 'M rH -M- "M
*

I —

lOr— l-ri;SO-^l^-t^TCCO

ri 'M is '^^ o ^ o I-'

TC'TJ-^i-icottoac-*'?^-*

?0 12 rt -t< Tl 15 '

!>■ m -t* CO CO !M 'M l-C IS ?o -*

IS O -+ O 'M '

O -* I-H -+ CO

•M 1— ! O 'M -M O

O 1-^ -H i-H

^ ^ ' ^ — — .

•s

ooino«ooooooi2

F-i»a^ioDifflOi— I15XOO

b

•Ml— ii— ii— liO*li— lOOCC'N

r^rHOrt^OOOr-^^

be I

=5 X =; o rH -M cc -t- IS tc; 1^ S
Q i^ 1^ X X X X X X X X S

X X X X X X X X X X 'S

o
o

#

o
c
o

T— i'Mo^o?o»ccciftccco

-*-tiS^-*»ft-i*-jii0C0-fi

-t* ec 'M 'M <M 1— I t^ CO 'M -M CO

ssc^T^oiooiaooist^

ot^oocoGCi-HOiaiso

r— iCOiffl»C-*lD'?ieO»OCO'^

O 'M O O O O IS O IS o :o

~ X X CO ;S IS C5 1; -+ l-^ fM

CO (M 'M -+ CO !X O Co' r-H O CO

D.

OTqxiciciaioiooob-
i-HOi— loiat-csiccsirHx

7,

C05^^C05^0rHTj(TJ<rH(M

b/,

3

IS 0 p IS 0 IS p 0 IS r- c;

<

'M X i-H -+ rt -M ^ CO -^ -M ^1

"M !>. 'M 10 IS 0 0 IC 0 IS IS

X-tlt^C5lS!— IO-*COrHX

COCO'!*OCOlSI>.'*rH-*CO

c

s r' P s '* "^^ "^ '" ^ 0 CO

-M I- t- 0 c; en t^ -H r) 0 'M

^

'^J ;: CO t~ CO 0 is c: -+ ^m is

X IS 'Tl 10 IS 0 0 IS 0 0 CO
CSCOt^CSlSCOCO-MCOSOi— 1

^'

»Si— (-^cooii>.iscoeoisis

V

IS I— 1 -ti CO "M -+ 'M -M CO "M CO
*

CO l>. t~- IS O T'T O IS o o »

XCiCI-MXCOOiSiS-^X

CO O IS "M "M •M CO 1— I CO (M G^

Or- llSlSlSt>.lSOr- (COCO

'M r-l iS i-l CO -M i-( CO rH (TJ (?1

(U

M

X

0

0

,— 1

'N CO -)^

IS

:£ !>.

n

X

:/j

'/J

XXX

X

X

X

X

X X

be

4oS

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

O

t- TC X .; O •s 'M CI -r — r^

r-^ L- O 1-1 'M C: O l-fi O ;^ 1 -

X -t c: :s Si cc '^^ c: ct IS ic

o

Q
1

-ti X o 'M ~ r-i ic — -^ is 22
re 1— 1 o :^ i^ X ~ i^ i^ li: -+

IC ri C: t- O O f^ C O <M r-^

>■

o

1— 1 t>. O CC rH -^ !>. CO t- » Oi

o

t-ociicoi't-coi— i^d o

O -* 9-1 "* CC t^ ■* "* I— 1 T^ CO

fOGOJCJKi— I'MOOsi— iia 1— 1

t-r-lOi— iIOODCKCiOOO -^
C^eCCOO-*OM3GOiMn5 -^

be

<

'M -* fM IC O; (M l^ 1— 1 O IS o

rHO(M'MCi-^»XOa5 ^

1— ,

fM rM t- rH i-H CO re t^ O t- 'M

00 I— 1 o <?) (TJ c; 1-- rc o X -^

V

c
1— >

-M »n ff-1 (M t^ 03 O t- eC rH -^

si.

CO O O 'IT' ^ t^ 'M '^1 ^0 ~ -t
— I- X X C>1 -t iO X I- Tl IS

-+ r-H CO ^i -* — ■M 'M -t 'M CO

S.

CIXi— (XXiCCOX'MX Ci

'MCOCOl— IT-I^COlIr— 1— 1 (M

12

CO C: 'Tl 'M O X ~ -M ^ rH -H

;o i-^ i^ CO CO o :^ -t- O t- i>-

'M ,— 1 1— 1 -M T-^ r-1 'M O -M 1— 1 1—1

d ?D 1— 1 1— 1 'rt 'T IC CO CO -* O

lacoeoi-HO'^xciT^r-; c;

(T^Or— -f'MCOr-OO'M r—

c

OS

CO O lO C: lO iS O f-^ C: X 0-1

CO r-H CO c CO X o-i -h CO X ct

r^ O' 'M O O O r^ rl O O O

::::;::::;&£
• \ ■.■■■.:■■•■■■ p

X ci o >— 1 oi CO -r lO ;o r- ^

t- l^ X X X X X X X X >

i X OO GO X X X X X X X ^

i:

— . r -^ -f CO l^ t- " — —

X lo lo 3 'M i; X o I- -T ~

>•

^ 0-1 -ii s; rH X oi >s CI' IS CO

C05<lCOCC-rt<COCOeOTq<N CO

Q

IS IS I- o iS o .— :o CO CO CO

Ct -*! :0 1- I- 'M ~. ~ CO l^ GO

r^r^Oi— r— r-COl— ^'M r^

0

CO rt CO CS IS « -M X IS X GO
0SC5rH»ST-1Ot--XrHr-< CO

i-HCOi— I0^5<10*li— lOi-li— 1 i-l

6

rH X CI r-J ^ IS IS c: X X to

CO -M c: c t- ~ CO is CO c: co

'M O iM X O-l --; CO CO T-l rH CO

a,

V

:o Ti ^ o oi :o IS t- IS CO <>i

CO ^ O-l rH IS l^ O^l 1-- Ci rt X

rHi-HCO-^1— lrH-*C0COCO 01

s

1--.I>.I-I5005 0-1-^XOGO Ci
OllSCJCXCCOt^OSCiCO »S

iS-fCOOCOrHOliSlSOl CO

1—1

t~- X IS X CO ■T^ o c: is t^ c;

CO CJ Ol CO 'M I— 1 CO O-l '2: IS CO

0^1 r^ O-l CO ^ CO Ol "M O <— 1 O-l

s

>— 1

COCOtOOiSl^COt^COiS o
CSOOI^Tt^XOCiGOiS CI

CO'MCOXOiiS'*CO(Mr-l ■*

>,
§

t, I, oi .s .-H t-^ -^ c: 2 -J CO
-+ oi o: CO .-H X 1— IS -+ IS t-.

co' O-i is' r-! 1>1 -* CO 'M -+ 01 CO

<

1— 1 :o Ci 0^ 0^ t~- T— 1 CO o-i o »!

COiSt-i— I5<10COCOOO IS
0>irH-*COCOOlr- ICOi-li-l ^

X »-< CO Ol O 1- I- I- IS p t^

I- t- X -f CO c; CO. ^ o-i i- c

CO 1-^ --I OI CO !— CO o o> O O-l

J2

isco-^X'^isxooc: CO

aiSCliSiSr-IGOi-^-^rH iS
'^^ O rH 'M ^ CO i-l rH rH »a Ol

t^Or-!Ol--H>S^XX 2

r-(Sc;iS0'MX-*0't -*

O' O CO O rH r^ O 0^ "M r-H T-l

:..;;.■.:•; a>
:::::::::: iC
:::;:; I i :: jS

X c: CO ^-< oi CO -f 'S :o t-- q^

p; r. X X X X X X X X >

X X X X X X X X X X ;;

NIPHER REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, l877-'S7. 4O9

u
>

CO

I— I

CO

0

u

p

■^ ' - 'r ? ^ S ^ '2 a' ?

CO

-M .-^ 0 1-^ T-1 rH 'M O' 0 "M
*

^

>■
0

00

^ r: -M -?) -M ^ rH 0 l-H 0

?— 1

i

^ X t^ C: 0 i^ :r !>. 0 -M

-f ?c :;: cc r^ 1^ =;• ic X -M

0 1

^ „ ^ ^ -M ,- ^ _f -M -M

CO

i

CC -M t^ 0 itt 'M CO X 0 I— I

IS

1^

T-CMi— lini— l^-^rH-^JO

5^

be

3
<

GOcooooi^o^-rJOX;
I— 1^*1— iSiO'MiaiKcix

GC

1—1

:2 :s n 0 IS >a -f >s 0 -f

'N l-- X C5 C; r-l ^1 -i< 0 IC

i

CM

c

3
1—1

iMTjH^Xl-Hf-'MfflCOt^

-*corccocctr:o-T<i-^t-

0

C5

Ot^rtX-Mt-rO^i— l(M

-f

r; X t- X ^t X IS t- 1;; t-
X -+ is 1^ :r i^ -M 1- c: 1-H

CO

-* *i n 0 -f ^ Tj' ?i Tf 1-1

CO

1^

<

'MOOOOCOCQO'* 'XOO

X C: IS i>. >— -M 'M cc c: CI

C5

-M ,-^ r- -M IS ^ -M re d 0

fM

c

13

0 1- "M 1^ 0 r: i^ '-' X t^

Otccisot^x =;c:is

X

:Or-;or:r:o^c:— 0

^

x 0 c -M 0 ^ « 0 t^ fl
c; '^ t^ I- i^ 1-- ic i^ 12 0

0

?— lOi— t-+rt:ci— lOOco
*

C^

-•

0 X i^ 0 — :r 0 0 t- 0
Tl -r i^ cr iS 0 iS 0 t^ t^

C:

•—1

O^TSOOi-lO'Mr--—

■-"

K>

CO' -t iS X Cl' 00 t- >S X 'M

CO IS -J :s 'i' -* i-H t^ -ji t^

s

-r< CO >s >s :c 1-- -+ X CO >s
COCOCOCO^COCO'*COCO

u

0

§SS?i*c^:'£SH5£

£

CO 'M r-1 'M 0 'M iS 0 0 'M

* *

Ol

i
2;

SiiC-M-tiO.— OCtXO

IS -CM tt :c 't j.^ -t i: IS

CO

0;

O-trlCO'M^rtOr^^ r-H

*

s
0

X ^ 0 i^ IS CO 0 t- c:—t
X -J 'M t^ X X 'S is 'M c:

3

0 OJ !-H -+ -+ I- 'M 1— ( 'M ^

*

CO

4J

4)

0 IS 'M 0 0 >S 0 -+ 13 1—

■rt< IS iS c; 0 o-i -M -M CI 0

^

r-li-H<HSlSO^COlS^

r^

bi

3

<

-+ r-H 0 0 >S l>. 0 '^ 1^ >S
-n t- 'M t>. t>. »S t>. C CO X

'M»Sl--rHr- !rHt-iI>.^eO CO
*

1—1

t^ :0 (M 0 IS 1ft 0 IS C5 t>-

'^i— lOTi<r-l»SOI>-r-lX

0

-ti jm IS I— 1 IS i>- CO t^ oq in
* '

Tt*

u
c
3
1—1

C5i— lOt^CS^CS-MCOO
OOlS'ft'*rH-^<i— lt>.CS

0
0

COift'nCO'^iSi— ICO-^JO

*

^

^ •-; CO oi -H is CO oi CI -t

•-C CO c: w IS 'M c; 0 iS 1:^

-f

:C-fiSCOlS-*(MiSCO'M

-t-

C

a
-<

0-*t^C5QO--l05^00X

i>.'MOOi>-ci^:oi>-t-

-Tfr-HlSOCOO'+Oi— I'*

CO

1

X IS t- IS r- IS C: 1- -ti CO
X 1- "S -r CO X IS 'M C-. -^

0

CO 0 T-^ oi -M --H ^ .-^ ^ -ri
-it

'M

J2

inoi— l^^icoo^>•'^^l>•

c:'
0

lr^ I— 1 'M -t t--. CO 01 0 1— 1 1— 1
* *

*i

C

2'5^^2f2igSB

I— 1

CO

'~-

^^0^01^0;p«0

i-H

6E

X ~ O — O! CO -r iS •-; 1^ 3J
t~ I- X X X X X XXX >
X X X X X X X X X X ^

c; c:: — 01 CO -t

I - X X X X X
X X X X X X

4IO

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

<I<1 Tq O i-H t— I O I— I ;

i-Ht>.5qiOi— (C5l— IrHi— li— ( (?vl

■M X CC -f ^-^ CO ?C

T-T fO 'M w O rH lit t^ -M I

CO O l^ 'M O

CO'+COrH?OCOCSTf<Or-H CO

»« ClrHlS IS OCO-tl-+l

mcoiaco(Mi>.-^if5-tico ^

■:0'nooo>at~--^coi>.C5 la

GO-*COQ0i— IC5 1>.C5^C5 O

fMOi— IT-I-+0-+0'— IrH Tq

Iffi 'M 'M 1— I ifi Ifi O ^H iCt C; 'T-l

CO CO T-l "M I— I O 1-- CO CO IS O

'T^OC'l'Mi— li-HCOOrHi— I rH

C5lO-*GOi— IOS-*OOOC5 CO

(?qOrH-*i-li?lrHOOrH r^

-tH -^c o -i^ CO lo t^ i^ o t^ CO

CO f-H O -r X I- ~ -r -O -M C^J

fM rH 'M O O O O ■— I rH 1— I 1—1

i i i i ^ ! : i . r <»

::::;::: t : M

!!:=:•■: 1: ?3

00 3; O 1— I "M CO -+i <f5 CD t^ S

t^ 1- X X Oj X CO X CC Xi >

X X X X X X X X X X ^

eo =.

13

3

O U: O 'CJ o :o O O CO 00
--r 1- --c o c: CO » lO i>. J>.

<

X l>. 'M O O CO O 1ft CO 1«

'^^cocococo^-l^^lr•^co

50
00

O CO t^ X ift X 1ft ift ^ --^

o •-; r: CO CO' X -* ^ 1ft' -M

o

-i^'MO'Mi— lOlM^O-*

(M

>

o

O'ti— icooffli-Ht^com

iftCtlftO^iftiftCOOO

O

OC05<IiT^'^'. rHrHi— li— lO

>>}

o

X Ol -+ '^ -+ 'M O ^ C^l O-l

ift ^ 'M o c; -t< ift I- t- CO

C5

r-i CO' C-l 1ft CO 1ft "+ 'M r- -M

CO

a.

V

W -

X-MI^COXlft-^^SCOO
l>.OC0-t<C05^C0lftC0C0

CO

T^CO-+»COr-l'OCC>COlR'

^

to
<

O-i^-t-t^t-iftCOCt'O
oi -t .— '^^ t^ X c; c; r— X

E

rt o Ift '>) "n "M CO Ift ^ -t

r^l

>>

OC:'OOco:2i;'Mr-ii>.

OXI>.rHCOXC<lI;--COr-(

CO

rJ^acOiM-^CCt^iftOCO

-+

t^ CO Ift -1H O C<l Ift CO tC S5
t^ Ift O c: t^ t^ X l^ tt CS

CO

Ol — O 1ft 1ft ^ 1— X -+ -J<

1ft

:£ Ift CO ct o-i CO (M i^ c; -i<
o-j ti :d c: t--. -M ci o Ift oi

CO 'm' CO CO -+ --i '^ -+ CO c^

2?

CO

u

^

^1 -t CO 'M t-^ X l^ O -t< -+

-tc^or-ix-joocnt-^-*

g

CO ^ CO iM CO O 'M Ift (M fM

"M

c
rt

S

"X I- Ift t^ Ift O -t< 'M Ift —

Ift O X ;2 t- -t ~ -+ !— o

1ft

1—1

t-OO'MClO'+r-lOJXCO

ift-ti05<iiftt-»fteoo^

coo-— i^'MCOt-Ht-Ht-IC^

17-1

i-A

-in 1ft 'Ct' -t — ' 1ft O I- 32 X

CO ~ -M CO r; 1 - 1 '^ X i^ -^

'X

^ -H 'M 'O' O ^ ^ •-- --^ I— 1

r-l

>

XC;Or-IO'1CO-tllfttSt>-

t^t^xxxxxooxco
xxxxxxxxxoo

5^
be

>

<

J

NIPHER REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, lS77-'S7. 4II

■f

—

/^

l~

'M

^^

i^

1^

CI

iC

t^

i:

-M

*^

-^

C^

C:

'—

ct

—

;c

V

,_l

,^

-Tt< X

,_,

IC

~

-f CI in

iM 1

IC'M'TjeC-^COICICJO'M

CO

ir:

_

—

^

l-

_

_

^

,^

CI

„

V

1;;

—

-r

-t

—

C

-M

rt

-!■

—

—

U

'M

__

,_

-^

-M

—

•c

,_,

,^

—

CI

*

0

I °"

0 0 0 IS t- T*! 0

^_l

1!C

0

•r)< (M OS C; 00 GO

sc

iC 0

r— 1

CI

: ^

r-i JO 1— 1 ecr^

^

I— 1

^

1— 1

CI

(N

1

*

,-

irr

^.

tC

IM

■M

"M

_

1'-

^

._

0

—

—

-:

-"i

1^

—

X

0

—

-f

X

(J

-M

•»

0

X

-1-

^

-

*"

■^

0

CI

0

ic

•c

itr

IC

j_.

0 0

.-

h-

-+

c

:ii

-+ 0

»S

^^

t^

-f

CO

M

,_,

^

1— t

:o

^

3

t^-t< X ot

cc

*

it

3

,-

1-

,^

^

r~

I'T

IT

_,

CI

X

-+

'■^

-p

X

i-^

■—

rc

it

—

■—

CI

<

'-^

-M

■M

~

-M

-^

IC

*"

m

"

CI

>.

0

^

--

J-,

—

la X i« ph !>.

cc

Tt*

"— 1

I— 1

0

X l^

CI t^OTO

0

•—1

JC

"Ml— li— lr-((J^iai— 10

1—1

CI

,^

^

0

_

(M in

:o

^

X

h-.

CO

c

—

l^

0 ^ -ri" !>. X

cc

!>.

"

_^

^_

10 !>.

h-

c:

-j< Tt"*

^^

~v

*

^

d t^ b- IC

t--

•."i

»n

CI

»n

CI

rt

'— '

wl

M

Vi

C^

CI re c; i>.

>— t

Ift

§

-

0

-

I— 1

-f -f ec -M -M

10

CO

-h

^

-+ 0 -M

^

i>- 0

^

^

<

-*< 'M

r—

X

0 0 m t-

IR

cceo

1— 1

1— 1 fM

^

i-H :0 (M Cl

CI

'M

V,

-M

,_

r^

It

,^

_

CI

,_

,_

«

1^

■— '

l^

~-

-M

TC

rt

^-

I^

-+

—

^

-*

■-^

—

K

cc

--

CI

-

"

'-^

CI

, 0

looicoiciftocsost^

CI

>— '

eo'+t^iGt^t^Oiso

a

ta

eoo

-'

ec CO 10 CO 1-H 0 51

CI

-M

iT

_

^

I'-

iT

"^

X

0

^

I--

c

cc

~

X

C:

—

—

0

X

O' -f

-*

1—1

-

c;

C:

0

-

-

-

CI

*"

--

--

13;

bO

0

cS

Q

X

ot

^«

-M

-r^

-t

»n

--;

t^

1^

t^

-/

V

■/

-/

/,

V

V

•>j

<5

X

a.

X

-J.

X

X

X

X

-J.

X

?• -t^

1 >^

X X -f It ;= =; -r -r r: It
1— i-t'Ocoi-^^t-cto-t-

CO

Tt' rt It CI CI CO 0 r— 1 X t-
cocococo-t*-i<-t-<*coco

CO

'J

D

Q

S 0 S It X -^ CO X I't S

Ci

-^ ^ ^' ^ ^ ^"- ^ ^, „

c»

>

c

rw 0 CI It -+ CO c: -f t- -+

t^ 1-1 CO CO 0 <t -P 0 Cl CO

X

0 -^ CO -^ CO CO CI CO CO -^

CT 1

4J
0

o^:o-fit--^ctv:-H
CO CO -r r; >t X — — I- r^

CI

CO -H Cl -^ CO I- — it 0 rH

CO

i "^

X »S Ci It CO CO -+ 0 IS !>.

c;coc2jot^O'*^cTo

CO

0

Cli-(rHrH(MOTt*iat^Cl

CO

1 .
ip

<

CI CT It -f t^ :s iS >t CO — 1

:o t- X It 10 CO It CO " It

X

rt CI c: 0 CI CI CI -t CI CI

CI

1—1

-t023:oxc:i-iococi

00

CO'+Cli— I'^COCICOOCJ

CO

a*
c

3

CO^COCR'^ClOt^OCO-
CI CO CI CO c: CO It X 0 C5

^ It CI CI -# CO It CO It ^

CO

^

§

XXCOCOOXCOCOi-H^

1— lO^coci^Oitxcs

X
X

iti-^iaci^co-+coitcoco 1

0,
<

t^Or-CiCOOOscocco:

COOClOi-HTjiXXCiCI

CI

-+1— ICOCICICOCICOCOCO

CO

s 3 ?i 2 ?. i^ ^ s c; s

0;

CI CI -r CI CO CT CO 0 CO It

CI

J2

CO'*>ftCI'Tj<CIXXOO

xcdn^incoxcjcoc;

It

i-ii-ieo-^coio-+i— i^co

CO

e

1—1

t^ -t< ^ r^ f^ 1- ci CO -f CO

-t CI X CI X 0: — CO — oc

XI

CI — CI C: CI 0 1-^ CI rH 0

--■

Q

i

t-ir^xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxx

0)

^1 2

TKANS. ST. I. GUIS ACAD. SCIENCt.

J;, ic o; -* C5 o 00 c in -+ r:

GOCSOOi— lOOOICGCCCO F—

m 00 g; o CO jc Ti c; 1-1 r>l ir;

to G^ ff-l ^ -J< CO -^ CO (M 'M TO

O

o

s

'M O M l^ rH 1- O TO X. O

-t

1-1

rOrtr-^r:<NM-*C>JO-l'

(M

i

o eoir^c; CO

1^

O

'-r

C5 'M

'M

'JO

c;

!>. C<1

:d

C

X

o

'4,

■-^

IC

"

CO

CO ';>i •?!

-^

^

rH

iri

..

X

—

_

.-

,

rj

O r-

CO

ra

u

-f

I— 1

'^^

'/I

.*;

1^

CI

1-

CO

O

iM o

'-

.n

CO -+

"

t-x

o

i?i

X »0 Its fN (M rH rH r-i t-- 05 05

O'*cscooco'nmi>.co go

rHC<lrH»IM0001>.'*CO CO

XXf— "t^ClCOfMCOCl
Irt >n C-l O' 'M rH CO o irt CO

m O CO O -+ O 17^1 iS Tl o

(M

■—1

u

c
3

1— >

o -+ r^ CO i>. d If: i>. TO CO

-f o X c; (M m i-^ CO o t--.

-rH-+-*'MiacOCO'MOO

CO

OrHOC0Tf05(MI>.C0C0

■^ooxoin-)<::oxio

in

cococo-ftcco^Mttisiyq

Tt*

l^ -t< m l^ 'M CO 'M m X O

TtiCOCO'NCOC'COl-XCO

o
1^

'*rHCO(MiCrJH(M(M(M-rH

00

'MI>.C5C0'r)C5OOXO
ODCDOOGOr--G<J01'MOCO

eO(MrHr-lT^(?qffqiacOCO

00
1— (

CO

tT
rt

S

;^ r- OJ X t^ -— t-. X rH m

J0rHrH-#fMrH-t-Or-^-H

oq

o

c

Q

COCO-t'CO'MOCJCC'TtO
rH CO CO l-O CO C: -M CO W X

X
X

coOrH-t<:o-)<cooocN

-f OCOC:cO-f I- rrr-X

o; CO 'C<i -M -^ CO CO — • ir: CO

^ ^ ^ CD r- rH ri CI CM rH

-^

X — . O r^ -ri CO -f lO CO 1 -

1- 1- X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X

bt,

s

1 .

a

><

55 lo 2 X ii iX -S ^ X {^

-t 1-- ^ r- c; CO ifi in CO X

COeOCO-rJiCOTfiOTtcOCO

CI

4

o

(LI

Q

O >n X C: O O X CO C' --o

in -M . f in o CO o I- o

COClr-COr-i.— COCIOCO

* * *

c5
ci

o

z

'^rJ^'MinOCO^COOSCO

inmccicoocicocii--.-^

05

O <rJ C^ ci CO rH rH i-i rH rH rt
*

o

CO in CO CO -+ t- c:::' X CO o
CO in CO IS m -t c X t- m

CO

rH (M CI in CO CO in -* rH cq

CO

Ot>.TtH'+COCC5C5rHX

rHXcoiMooxincoin^ti

(Nso-^ineooifflin'^co
*

CO

3

<

00-t"XO^COOl'MCOa5r)<

coxcodcomm-tt-.'*

CO

(M(M-tr-COOCO;OCO(M

CO

"3

r-i

X-*rH-rt<rHXl>.OOC1

cocodc;c;xrHc:(MCt

CI

^intMOcoco-^cooco

'^

a

inrHt^OOOin-rt^COGiOO
XrHO^(MT)<XCOCOOO

rHrHrHCC-*rHrt<COt^l^

«o

^
§

ffictooocioxom
CO o rH CI m CI t^ CO in c^

l^

o

inCICO-t^COCOCJCOrH

*

■^

ciocixocicsincooo
rHc:in-^cDincici-*t^

CO

COCflrHCq-TttrHCOt-COtM

C5 CO CO CO m o o m CO in

X t^ l^ CO ~ CO CO -+ CO CO

g

COCr-ClClrHCJOrHrH

*

rH

CO CO CO CI CO O CI X 1-- CI

in -t CO in X X CO CI rH CI

in

COOrH-tClCOr-rHClCO

*

d

3

CI c CO CO CI o CI CO m t^
CI CO t^ CO c; t- in t^ c in

rHOrHOOrHr-lciCOrH

*

in

xcco-rcico-tmcot^

1- 1- X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X

be

> I

CIPHER— REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, lS77-'87. 413.

■^rHCO-^iOlOt^i-HO^JiOCO-^

O eO !N '-' G^ ■^' CC CO — ' '— I '-1 O (N

(«iiOS03<l-*^(MO(NCO»<-t(M

>,•„' 05 05 CO O •* "C <C 05 CO ^- -J r-i
- -. <© O U3 -riH S^_ (N -- ^_ X 00 «0

<5 cj cj CO (M* ■*'■*''- SO ^ (N eo

^ t>.>ot^<oa5t>-ci^cocosoeo

^ OCO<NiOO»0»OCO«3(N-*^

Tfcoco'^ioecco'^ooco— <to

'<0— 'uOOiO— 'QOOOiC-^'M

• oeoi»'Mt^cocoio(Na5t~

t>.i-icoso^^Tti(Mco-*i-ico

CO(N-*(MCO(N(Nt-(CO<N(M

.-ii-.-*-*t~ao'00(>)->*'*

s

1— »

• — oo-t<o>— 'GOioco-^eo

• CO "O 0 "* r-. CO so t>. CO 'J^ lO

!sOr-<lOrHs6c^l-i(>i(Nr-5(>j

r^COClC-— 'MCO-HuOOt^ es

r-i^t^-GOQOcooooooD-^ CO a>
GoaOQOGOcocoaoQocoaoao»H

I— li— ir-l— It-'i— 11— ir-i.— 11— ir-l^

_>1

>

00000 'Ooct> 000

r-^tOt^:;350C5CiOO^tCl-.

t-^^t>I?oo^^050'+<i

eOSOT^-*iO'0>Or»<-*Tti -r

COOOOOOOOO-M
CO 00 ^ t>. 0 CO ^ w "O - _ cc

r-J (m' (Tq r-* i-I oi 0 i-< »H ^* '>!
I-H *

>■

0

OOOOOOOOOOSl

sooot^«5Qoa3-+coQO —
-HOi-«co>oc^c^(?4.-ico:o

0

0000000000—1

^-^lOXCiaO'M'-HG^liO-f
*

en

OOOOOOOOOOX

eoo-<*i'*cofMsocisot^co

CO ^- i-I id irj 0 t>." i^o -^ r-i r;
*

3

000000000c—
'*(>)rHia30Gor-5^-HOi^

0' 01 l>^ -N 0 -*' so' t^ CO ?0 CO

«

1— >

oooooocooor^

t>. — iOOC^COi-il>.-^l>«C>

eosouoc^ooojidodooo^uo
«

B
3
1—1

OOOOOOOOOOCT!
0-+iO'-^0(M-'-+it>-0

o-^coidco^TiHot^iCirj
* *

>•

3

OOOOOOOOOOCi
Oao«£>t^co-^i— iirjtMcoco

co-^-i^oidr^'^'idG^co-'^

C.

ooooooo^oo-^
ot>-cooooqt--.cocO'rjt^o
»o<Ncd'Hcoa<i»d«o(NC^-*

OOOOOOOOOiOO

o?oaq-^oo5coo5co«oifs
eoo<NeO'*rHi-HT-Hcoeoc^

OOOOOiOOOOO— 1

oa5G<)^(M«ot~Oiaot^tM

coiO"*»didr>-*Oi-HcO'#

3
1— 1

OOOOOOOOOOsO
(N 0 CO :0 CO 0 03 3M ^_ (N !>

<>i .— * c<i — cri r-i 0 1-H CN oi rH

• »

• ...••..•••

(U

c

'■JUClO— '(MCO'^iCCOt^ oS

t^i-aooococO'Xoooooo ai
xxjcocooccocoxccoog

414

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ba

>

c

'J^ o

„j

^

r^

O

O

OCO o

•o

«5 CC

lO

30 O

Ci

C/J

o

-fl

■*

o

'A

o ■*

*

•N

*

CM

*

*

^^

^

*

CM

— (^_0-*CO-<#<N^(M CO

M.^ ■ ^l- *_• «t»J V»^ \_^ \^^ V^ -^^ Vi„/

XlCOiOOCOOCOOO-rK^O lO

— . r- 'o ^ cm' o ^' cm' CO eo'

OOOO'O'WOOiOO ul

oo<Mooa5t^coo^o "O

-^ 1— OiocoosoTji(M,-ied c<i

*

1— I

OOOO-^iOOOOtO
<MO>0OC0O-*OO-<*l

CO <o CO ^ 1-J o' TjK »o o c<i
* * *

Co'

-^ "O lO O ^T O O »C O O t^

CO •^o CO o CO 31 lo o -ti o 00
-r CO (>i lo CO GO ^ Tji (M ?o -*

5* I 1-- o uo o CO o 05 'ti ^ — . t^

S 1 -* >— I CO' -*' '!l< CO O C^ -,0 t>^ CO

<

Oir- (fMOOOfMOiOCOO
OrHOOOSOOO'-'l?-

<^^(^^o^.^c^^^^oo■^^co

♦ * T-l

CO

OsiCO'OOOOO-^iC t^
OiOaOiOuOOOCOiOC^JCO CO
G^ O t-I (M cm' ^' j4 O >-i' r-I 1-4

»— I O rH -^ C<1 CO "-H

OOC^lO"— I'-i-H'-''— I'— I i-H

CO as o — -M to -c lO -o r^

r^ t^ c» 00 CO CO cci CO CO CO
ccx)ooaococoQOcoco»

<; <

0>CC^-^Ci'>Jh-OCO'C' CI

j; j t>; t>. -:> (M 00 Cl Ol O ^ CM 1^

J5 — !>.' 'Tl rH CO CO <5 O i^i — •' CM

^ CO Cr. CO -T <M CO CO CO CM CO CO

»

OuOCOCOOOO'S'OO
<McoO'-_coao<J<iciTjHco

* » »

CO
CO
rH

>

o

OOUOOOOOOOO

i>. Oi 1-H CM r^ o -o o 35 o

c3 00 ■-<" co" -H — i ,-< T-i' o — <
♦ * * *

O

OOCOOOOiOuOiOO so

■M ouoi— 't^-couooicocrsac >— i

O CM''MC^1t^-tlcOCOiCcO<N Tfl
* * * *

COCOCMCOO^-tCOCOuCS CO

00^^<MOOO>0(MO t>.

toooo•^(»OOt>;|?^(^^ o

^i-HC0(MO'-<'*O(N>0 (M

COCOCO"— •■— IG<»'^'#0'^ CO

c
1—1

00^-fOC<)0000

00<M^OCOOC^CO<>J

-* i-J co' r^' lO oo' uo CO (M CO
* • » * *

q

S ^CM'^TjICOCOCOCMi-ICOCO

* » * *

I

(MncMCOiOCMCMTfiCM'M CO

g |G<lOi-i.-t--iO^O(M^

OOO(M(MO<Mu0Ou0 O

0^aO(Mco-^q'-;'*<M t>

.-HOO'^'— iCOi— ii— lOCO 1—1

00(Mt^OOOO<M>0

oj q 'O "O q »o 1-; o. -H 00

— <* i-I T-H O >-< r-I r-< — '* C^ O

* * * *

CO
(M

bi

>

<5

V

0

00310—1^1 CO -^uOCOf^

r^t^ooc0300oc»oo JOX)
coaocooococOGOooooao

NIPHER — KEPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, l877-'S7. ^15

><

I—

SO

Oi 0 -* r^ -M t^ QO

CI CC X' -* ?M Ci -0

?^ ->! c; -^ «d t^ ^
CC -^ ■>* •* CO 00 CO

Q

^1 ^M

^.

•^ -H t-^ 0 CC O' 0
0 0 t^ 0 »C -— 1 0

^ 0

-N

1-1 r-1 -tl r-l 0 CC (M

.• t^ i^ :r' t^ '-C -^ ^ CC --H O cr:

S [ CO t^ ^ <— I iQ »o in i-c 00 X' ci

.^i— 11— I'MXC^t'-i— teOO'OC^
t;,iOOt^5<»OiOX<:OTt<^0

"^ o" •>i -H o •*' L--^ 5<i (N 5<i --^ CO

„• cr. i^ o "M i-H c; T ~ X 'O o
c ^r t^ O -n X -^ ic ^H CC C o
1)

K .-HCC'Nt^'— lOOt^-^CC^
*^ * i-H

. • '— I O ^ I>- 'M O 'M '— ' 'M Cl 1--

3 X tD UC 'N CC C^ 'M — -r -^ --0

^ireo^iO'Ticocccot-s^iccx

•— >CC-^i— ii— liOL-^CD»iCOCCCC •^'

._

X

1

._

lO

-~

,-^

'M

1—1

-^

CC

X

^

I— 1

C:

^^

CC

CC

Ci

'^

X

t^

1—1

•N

X

5^

!M

'^

t^

*

X

X

I>

0

CO

1^

CO

0

X

CC

0

Ci

T— 1

X

r^

;i'

T— 1

cs

0

CC

CO

CC

0

CC

10

Ci

(M

^

CO

0

»o

'sti

'^i

10

CO

*

»o

CC

CO

^

-M

CC

•0

0

CC

10

0

OS

t^

fM

^

D.

0

CO

-^

<M

X

CC

0

CC

.— 1

5^1

<

'CC'

'-f

'^^

'-'

'N

^

CC

*

lC

-*

'T'

CC

^-1

CC

•M

t^

,

lO

0

'O

10

•^

10

~

-t-

0

■M

0

iC

'^^

^c

CC

X

n

-M

^

T— 1

CC

3^1

C^l

CC

0

^H

1—1

I— 1

r^

10

,_,

X

>0

-f'

0

^

'^^

-t-

ICC

u

0

tc

X

C.

^

0

CC

r-*

lO

44

CO'

0

^

CC

"*■

^

*'

^H

^

^H

^

-M

r^

X

-^

^

0

CC

^

0

.—1

-*

c

0

^

X

T— 1

Tj<

-^

iC

0

0

0 t-

^

T-H

0

~

,— 1

T—

CC

't

^H

'M

1—1

*

X

X

X

X
X

X
X

-M CC
X X
X X

X
X

X

X

X
X

X
X

0>OCCi— iXXX'^^l'-tO
1— lt>-i— lOOOiCO-^CiCOCO

fM '^i kO X' C5 CO t--^ ci 1— I d -^
C0C<IG^<C0CO-<*COCO9OCOCO

u

4)

0

l^ 0

■^

CI

0

CM

0 0 0 --H

C: CC CC X

*

1—1

0 1—1

CM

1—1

■n'

r-( 1— ( CC >— 1

S CO CC

^ 0
^ CC

0

0
1—1

X

0 0 0 t^
CO CC CC X

CC

(N (N

(M

CM

=

I— 1 I— 1 1— ( 1— 1

. 0
o;0

0

0 0

CC
05

0

0

1—1

0 0 0 CM

0 ^ >o t^

^ CM

*

0
*

•M X

■rH

Ci

CM

CO CM i-c CO

0

5^1 X

0

CM

0

C: 0 O' tH
-^ 10 -f Oi

3 CC

CI

*

--* -+

C^)

0

CC

CC t^ 0 CO

0
0

0 'M

.?

t^

t^

0 C: ^ CC
X t^ iC CC

< CO
*

CC

*

'N 0

0

CO

'CfH

CM -tJ< T-l C-l

^ >o 10

CC 0

•0 CC

§

><c

0

X

0 1—1 0 '—1

X 0 CM CC

*

CC

CC T-,

CC

t^

'O

-t 0 ^ CC

c ( 0
3 1 •

>-i CI

1*

0
0

'M —1

X '^

CI

2

5

1-1 0 CO CM
CC -+ ^ X

*

r-l X

L^

•-C

-+

X CC 1-1 -(H

^/o

0

0 0
0 0

0
0

0

0

0 0 0 CO
lO CO C^ CC

;^ ci
*

1—1
*

lO C4 ^

^

CO

CO CM CO CO

a, 1—1

0

1-1 0
X CO

0
0

CM

X

0
1—1

0 0 0 '-I

C>l 0 CI CM

*

*

0 CI

iC

0

I— 1

'^ CM CM CM

*

^•!0

cs,X

§

0 10

1—1

1— i

s

0

CC 0 0 CO

CM r-- 0 '-I

-^icc

*

*

1-1 CC

CO

1—1

CM

0 .C^ 1— 1 C5

J3

0

0

CM

CO

0
10

0 1— 1 t>> 1— 1
C< CM >0 -*

fe

CC

0
*

^ CC

CM

^

CM

1-1 1-1 CM CM

c

t-i

0

1—1

0

0 CC

cs 0

0
CM

0

X

0

0 0 0 Ci
^ <Ji Oi ^

1—1

*

0
*

1—1 0

1—1

T— 1

0

CM C-l d -H

aj

bf

CS

X - 0 ^

CI CC -^

>.C CC t-

l^ t^ X X

X X X

XXX

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-5J

4i6

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

(O

— i --^ t^ ^1 :^ -M O O O ~ o

i,- -H X — X r-l CM CC X' >C 'O -:t<

.•It^oooicoooooo

ulXCi^XfN^t^OOOrH
r>

.• O 'M O O O iC lO O O O T^)

> ^0'-Hcc'M~irx xoco

^ ^ — iH CO O CO CO ^ i-H CO -^i CO

'M '^ O X t- O L^

— ^ CO 5") — CO' uO i>J '^ O

a;CO 0^1— li>i(MO'>jkOT— l»Ot^

i/jie6T-3i-H-+'-HO-^'^iiO(>5o'j

--I'OOOOOOOO
-^ lO O "-^ -f -Tl ■* t-^ o

**! i 1-H -+ T-I o '^i ^ -^ >o <M 5^1 fM

cOCOOOOOOOOOfM
— I>-T— (■>!tiOiCO^Ht>-CO»C'— IX

•->0-^iOOCOCO-*COO'M'M
,.. ! ^ O lO (M O O »0 O O »iO lO

c!ioo:ii— is^ix^oaiiQcoco
►^j^(?i^co'^ioot^>iO'— 1^

.• -* i— I O O O O »C O- >C lO ■*
^iC^ X ^ ~ — — ^ --H — !>• O

S '— )- O CO iC -li 'M '>» '>1 -^ 'O CO

.. >0 lO CO O O O O O lO
o. -* XCCO'OO'-icO'*

C5 O
CO CO

.• I lO -^ »C O >Q o o o o o o

Si-^C005(NiO<M<MiOXXira
*C0'>^'-H(M'M'T<i'^O(M(J<|(M

X ^

>0 0'-iOOOOiOiO
cr:' L-- O -H X X >0 '-H to

U<

1—1 -H

'^^^XI-^'*0'-l^co

c

lO X
X t>-

t>- lO >iO O lO lO O 'O 05

•— >

^^

1— lOlMO'-tCNCOO'— 1

X
X

X

X
X

T—

1— <
X
X

X

X

CO 'ti o cr:

X X X X
X X X X

X
X

tO' w

3

X

■^ Ol

X o

^,

-+

^

t: to o

T-H tC' lo -* c; --^ -ti

• ~ "-0

^ d >o

t- X 5<J >C 1— 1 1— 1 O

to X

>- ^ (N

CO CO 't CO -^ -* -^

CO CO

J O t-

^ O lO -N CO r- 1 ^

-<* to

® CO ri

iO lO t> -^ C£> O O

T^l t>-

1— 1 i-H 1— 1 T— 1 O ?M CO

CO (M

>
c

fM (M

^+1 'N CC X Ci O t^

cr- X

O <M

(M CO -H --i -H X X

t- -M

;<5

T-1 ^

CO <ID CO '7<1 (M T— 1 CO

^

CO

'M t>-

X C CO O s^O (M »0

O

CO

CO iQ

O O CO O X O C^

to CM 1

u

CO O

|>1 t» (M to i-H l> O

O CO

„• CO »o

lO O to O CO (M t^

O Ol i

a 05 ■<*<

Tj^ X ^ o o <x; lo

to 05 1

C/3 CO r-i

CO 5<l 1— 1 o to X o^

G^ Co' 1

3 — >— '

O t^ CO -+ C-. '^ o

^^ -^

O (M lO O-l CO t>. to

O CM

< >o c^^

(>1 O ^1 rM ^ ^1 ^1

r-l 'M

"5

t>. t^

1> lO to 1-1 -^ X '^

o to

CC 1-H

CO CO UO i— 1 35 CM <M

t^ t^

!M (M

lO (M CO -* (M 1— 1 O

(M CM

«• TtH <^

O CO X CO T-J o to

cs ^

C ^ X

>^ a<i CO

lO (M t^ t" O CO i>l

CM '-H

CM CO -* '* rt^ to t^

CM ^

o o

--1 O to i-H C5 O CO

to

CM

-M O CO to ^ O Oi

-* X

^

^ o

CO -t ^ !M CM (M t^

O CO

C '-I '^

'ji^^OtMCMXOOtol

o.

CO C£5

-* O CO to Oi (M K5

lO X

<;

to CM

CO CO "^ CX CO "^ f?^

»0 CO

T(< O

O l^ ~ ^ CO Oi o

t- i-H

OS t>.

^H -t CO CM to -*. CO

X t>-

fN 1-1

CO CM CO 5<l CO O CO

CO (M

T— 1 to

CO ■^< ^ t^ X O CO

X o

t^ ^

— ' t-^ CM c^^ X o to

t^ »o

ll.

1—1 T—i

CO "^ t>- to CO 1— i >— 1

CO CO'

.'o^n^asxeoxcc^

o to

c X X

05 CO to O O »0 KO

t^ CO

'"' (T^ 1-H

CO O CO i-H CM CO CO

O (M

.

<v

tfl

Q

X c:

c

,_^

CM CO

^' iC

to

I>

t- I--

X X X X X X X

00 s

X X

X

X

X X

X X

1— * 1— ^

X

1-H

X

1—i

<\

NIPHER — REPORT O.V MISSOURI RAINFALL, lS77-'87. 417

t:::

^
^

!<

r.'^

^-0

-3-6

i

X
X

t;-

X

^

1

W

CO

■^

-?

CO

•J

V

10
0

OJ

0

X)

Q

^H

'>\

■ri

CO

(>i

(>i

0

C5

-*

-M

1—1

c

t£

«o

Z

CO

>—

irj

0-i

iC

ri

ti

CO
1— 1

CO

0

i-H

c

'N

oi

T— (

rH

Ol

-)H

CO

0

0-1

10

^M

0

S

V)

CO

x"

d

L^

'-*

0

hi
3

S

CO
10

10

0-1

t-^

0

<

1— 1

co'

o-i

>o

oi

10

>,

^

!>

CO

>o

0

01

X

t--

X

-H

^

-

*

-+

0<1

G-i

^H

co

-f-

c

I--

CO

t^

0

1—1

X

X

rs 1
^ 1

•^

-*

00

>o

T— I

x'

■'*

I— 1

>.

ti

c

0

X'

1— t

1—1

uo

CO

1

-^

cc

t-^

lO

CO

C-l

-t""

oc

X

X

0

X

0

§ '

<

c^

CO

^

-^

-

>

1-H

c

«

s

I--

X

t^

X
X*

1—1

UO

CO
1—1

0

1

X

X

1—1

fa

'i

H

CO

d

(>i

c

-*

IT

5

0
CO

0

3+

■ CO

«o
(>1

1— 1

c

>

(N

1—1

1— 1

->

h

-t

X

X

X

I— 1

X

X

1—1

X

X

1-H

1—1

X

1— 1

co' '>{

1— I t>- CO
(jfl oa 1-H

>o o
0^ 0-5

o
c

3
O

O

o

CO -+

o o

(M O t^

X t^ 1^-

^ X ^

CO

CO

0

<M

CO

1—1

I— 1

1—1

CO

1— <

1—1

0

X Ci O '-'
b- t>. X X

X X X X

4i8

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENXE.

O

1-1 if: o o 'M

rs 'T X t^ X)

i-H '^i t-' c~ C5

CC 'M (M IC' 10

t^ O O lO lO
(M ^ iC X O

CC* oi >— I O fN

— T-H t- t- O

^ lO — "^ iQ

2; c '^

O O (M W O
t; X L^ ^ ". 5v|

^ O O --^ "^ CO

c« ^ tH "M ~- '>i

ii) 'O -^^ — '-' O
= X 'N L^ O ^

•^ ^i d> -^ cS o\

■ -» Til -^ CO l>. lO
- ^ CO '~ 'O --ti X

^ ,-h" r^i CO c^^ ^ ,-1

lO -^ ^ "^ X Ci

o '^ c^ X 1— I c;
,-H (^^ rN rN ^ .d

tl X "M O — iQ lO
a ri "N — ^ ^^ :£> O

S -li r-I -^ G<i -^ -^

— O 'M O lO

O ^. O X ^

-r i-H c^i i— I CO

o CO 'N o vr o

L^ L-. C: t- rH L-

CO <T<) O CO O) i-H

O 'O 'O !>• O O
T-H O L^ 'O -^ C^

oo o "— ' ^ ^ "^

O 'M CO (M iQ lO
t^ lQ ^h (M — 'M

^" -^5 --! o 'N i— I

X ~ O i-^ C^» CO
L^ t^ X X X X

X X X X X X

iC iC O iC O CO

CO ;r; 'N O ci t-

CO' !» CO "^ CO CO

o so 't

O O 3 o o
^ ^ CO CO' CO

''iH -* 3^ C^

O O o o o o o

lO L->. rM CO O X X

1— I CO '— I '^

o o o o o o

CO CM t^ C*

■o o o o O' o o ■

rM ^H itt O 'M Ci CO

^ ^' 'C '^i '^ o o

^ O O '-I o o o

X L— iC >0 CM X 'O
1^ ^1 O^ CO ^J "IM ■— '

'— ' uO "C^l ^-^ '— O lO

CO O 5^ ^ >— I ■'M "-O

O O O O O O' 'O

t^ ri .— I CM ^ •:m -^<

o

0.

CO

'*'

iQ <>i <-J 5^» — '

18

>

o

'5

O — O 'O CO
'M l^ ^r L-- O

o
la

CO

X

CO ^ ^ o -*

lO

o

o
CO

o o o o o

iC CO >— 1 '^ 'M

'O O 'O O O 'O o o
~* O CO CO C^ X o »o

c:5 o o o o o o

X -* -^ CO O O lO

^ »0 iQ (M

0 0 0 0 3 0 0
•N iO X -ti d ^ f>*
■-H O O O 1— I o o

OOOS QOOlO'-fCMCO-*

o «r> i>. t^ 'X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X

NIPHKR REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, iSj^-'Sj. 4I9

O '— I !0 -* 00 "* i— I

CO 1— I c^ CO «o o^ so

0:5 tC fN >0 1—1 CO O

(J<1 (M CO CO ■* CO •*

T-H -H lO o »o -^ o

OC t^ ^ 'O 'O r-H X

CO >— ' >— I "M >-< '— ' CO

00 'M CO -t^ i— I C-O 'C
-r^i -^ -^ -^ CO C^ Ci

O ^ '-^ CO '^ ^ o

o t^ o i^ o

^ oj o "* o

i-H IQ O CC CO

*

u ct t- '^ r: O 'O ^^
c/2 rH 'M CO ic oi C; O

~; O CO CO C5 00
-,::: O Ci o^ !>■ -*

(>) O >>* — 'M O CO

^ COOC'COiO^'^CO ^

^ '^4f^^'^oco<^^c£5 H

to o o o o o

'M 'rti O rM O O

t^ (Tl -!* CO <J5 O 00 1— I
T-l I- :t< (M O f-l O -<i<

t-eo^MOsccicoajoo

COT}<->i<COCOCOCO(M

0"^iO»Q'— lOCOCOO
CO'+lOi— lOi— l-*CO00

O CO O CO* --H (N O (M O

as 10 ^
O O CO

o >o o 10 o

•-0 CO -^ 'IN O

f^ji— If— li— lOCO'Mfl^CO

CO i— I >0 O O T— I O kO o
OClOOi— l!>1Clt--CO

tH T-( 1— I C^ OJ CO fM O CO

.jvi X CO >-o lO X -r

O if^ 30 >0 'Tf fN CO
O ~. X '00 t-- X t--

■»* 1— I lO CO kC -^ !>»

O i-" '^ '— O CO i-H
O t^ 'M ^^ •"• ^, ''^
^ O co' CO ^I ^1 CO

O <M O O r; — X

(j^ CO O "O OS r^ 'M

CO O <N "* '* CO CO

*

. o l"^ OC X lO 1-1 '^
3 lO Ci X O iC lO <N

QT Ci O 1— ' O) CO ^
t^ L^ X X X X X
X X X X X X X

"^

(M lO (>1 Ol CO -tIh -* 0

0

s

1-H

10 "* ><o 0 0 0 10 01

COOCO>OOOS<I-:^

>1

c
3
0
0

■>l UO -* CO CO X --1 CO

lOCTlO-^OOOX
CO-^t-COiOT-l'— ICO

c
0

•M
CO

..c

0

(M

^H '-0 1— 1 'O -^ Ol T-H 5<)
1—1

10 lO 0 'O 0 'O 0 iQ

5-1 ^ x- ~. >o -f c; ^

lO wi X o^ 0 ^ a-- -H
1—1

1

^i^xooiooi>-

CO'^-^t-'-Tfi'TIi— ICO

^COiOt'-'-IXiOCO

CO

; CO X 0 CO' 0 10 c; Ci 0
. ^ -* 0 X t^ — . n CO iQ

<M O 1—1 CO O

: 01 — <

. CO -*

ic >o 0 0 0 ^

rN CO CO t^ X ^

0

: 1-1 CO

CO "* 0 ^^ 1—1 1—1

0

»oo5ooooocoo
i>.-*oxasxoi— 1-*

dddcod'-HcO'— ICO

C: O lO ^ X O O O O
O' iM X (M t^ CS O OJ Ci

di-^di-^Oi— 1000

■^lOCC't'XClOi— l5<ICO
t-^ t^ t^ t^ t^ t^ X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X

420

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

5 &•
^ S

O C5

^.

o .o

a

CO 1—1

73

^ lO

d

S

bJ}

3

1—1 —H

<1

. •

•k

>%

■•^

c

3

. ^-s

>i

O

O

"3

07 ^

c o

C5 C -— I
t^ X X
XXX

: '^<

o o

X CO

c o

(0

&D

c
'Z
a

CO

o

>

o o

o CO

lO o

X

o

X

T^l 1—1

(M

o

X X

X

X

X

c

3
O

O

c
o

w

bo

c

O O

o o

O t^ P £

CO i-H t^ ^

rH d «* 5

o n

c. o o o

CO o o CO

<N CO O-l 1-1

C5 o o >o
o o ci o

>0 O CO

X O' ^ 'TJ
t^ XXX
X X X X

J

NIPHER REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, iS'j'J-'S'J. 42 I

o 'O o

i7<l 00 tH

O O O OS o
O <?1 -^ "^ <M

O O O w C'
-^^ >o C -^ "C'

y^ r^

OJ

>o

rM

0

X

C/3

*

*

*

.

bL

0

0

0

-V-,

0

s

<

'M

00

5^

^"

^

5^

^

*

>«

**

£

>i

0

t-

c^

CO

3

~

t^

t^

l^

0
0

'"^

TC

1—1

1— I

-*'

>«

k

•

^H

O'

0

>o

C

r:;

L-

CO

iC

X;

0)

p

z

»— I

*o

i>i

CO

-m'

..

c
2

>^.

:^

-^

0

r;

a;

^1

r-i

^

—

c

I>

>o

-t^'

tC:

*

0

-^

^

0

'X>

a,
<

«£=

^^

0

lO

•^

^

^

oj

*

>c

c

0

lO

d

1—1

^c

X

'— '

O O L^ 'rt(

L^ O --r^ lO

O CO -^ -TJH

O O Ci o

CO O t^ o

O O T- 1 T-l

GO cr. o

O. t^ X
XXX

fM CO

X- CO
» X)

0

■0

CO

CO

0 0
CO t>-

CO

0

r-H

^ 0

0

CM

;^

0 3S

-0 CO

OS

CO

CO (M

(M

^

lO (N

0

0 .-1

-*

O)

>c 0

0

10

CO

>0 00

■H

£

T— 1

.-1 CO

3
0

fM

10

X L^

0

0

r-A

0 r-l

(8

<8

0

T-l CO

■0
0
Z

CO

CI

(M '^

E

CO

CO 0
t^ 0

0
'•13

a
a

£

CO

T— 1

CO'

'o 0

0
0

!>*

-+I

fM i— 1

T— 1

0

I— 1

: ^

'^l

0

: CO

CO

»0 Ci

0

0 'M

<M id

CO -* iC C£> !>.
X 00 X X ■»

X X 00 00 00

■^ X CO (M

X (I^ CO X

^" t^ -+* i>;

Tt< CO CO CO

C5 l>- O 10
(N «0 O l>-

oi ^i co' o

CO c^i X o

rt^ L^ X »0
t4 '* (>j O

0

0

0

X 0

^

*

0
10

CO

X 0

CD 0

CO

^

0 0
*

0

:^

0 10
lO 0

g

X

CO

0 0

>^

£

-3

■C^

C' CO
^1 c^

0
0

^

uO

CO 0

■0
(8

3

0

0

^ 0

X --1
CO L^

0

CO
*

X
1—1

CD 0
00 >o

*

0

0
10

0

0 0
10 0

0
*

*

10 <M

* *

0

0 lO
t- CM

CO

*

1—1
*

* *

0

n

^l CO

0 -^l

'M r— 1 CO tJH

O — . -+ CD

■r: ^ L^ L^
'^i ^ -^^ O

X crs O i-H
t- t^ X X

X X X X

422

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

>o o t^ ~t

(M CQ CO 'O

O >0 iT-i «C'

•^ CO IC CO

O CO lO o
«C X ^ ^_

lO T— I <N CO

■coo o o

^ T-H -^ 5<1 CO lO

,

c

CO

1—1

:^

o

0

73

-^

C:

d

CO

a^

^

ti

,_,

C'

iC

0-1

c

3

c:

»c

CO

OI

3

-+'

T— 1

■^

oi

O

O

,_

>^

>C

o

o

L^

a

t^

t^

^

-T

a

>—,

CO

d

id

'>\

w

T— 1

w

"5

1)

C

1—1

>o

1—1

>o

U)

CO

(M

'JtH

1—1

i

3

^

(>i

oS

-*'

.2

^

>.

lO

'N

o

o

G^'

•*

*

Ol

fi

g

k

(^

CO

1—1

>d

0.

•I'

«

■

lO

c

^^

t^

o

(8

<

tM

c

Ci

~

-*

bi

CC

'^t

(Tl

o-i

CO

t-

lO

,_,

o

I— 1

(M

'^

t^

c^

!>•

id

!>i

'^^

oi

^

o

o

o

o

o

CO

X'

o

1— 1 Ol CO i-H !M

t- »0 lO

CO (N -^

1—1 tH

c£ O

CO i-i (M

(M CO

X c; O
CC' CO t-
XXX

X ci
X X

X X 'O 'M -M CO ^

X O -rfi t>. '* ^ Ci

d X '** -^ cT d d

C<« (M CO 'N (M -^ -t

OXCO'Cb-OOiO
«0 X !M "* ^ t^ O X
O CO 1— I -+ Ol 'M ^H •>!

C "-C "O OI >0 iCt O' O'

'O :^ o 1— I L-~- -f o >o

'M O 1— I 1-H O Ol O 1— I

lO >^ ^ t-^ 'C X >o Ol

(>jt>-iOCOCOX01i— t

dO'-1r^^'^i^-)^^

»0 'X' CO lO O iC iC Ol

t^ X CO Ol o t^ --o ^

co' ^1 CO' '-h oi CO d d
1—1

i0»0c0O-riHO-^>-0
O t^(>]COO«NO — -t<

g CO CO d CO co' ^ T-H d

♦; oc^«oxiQoo»o

C i-O CO 'CO CO CO O 01 t^

5 i-Ii— ll-^1— i^Hcdd'd

O

>< o O' CO' c:; CO co -H t-j

O o ijO O --^ CO o X 1— I

^ oi lO -<+ ic T— I ^i iC' -f

C !>• 'M t>. '* 01 CO 'M CO

.- X CO 'X O ^ CO '-^ 'O

2 CO d 1-H !>i -r" ^ d --^

Ol t^ C Ol X t- o

1—1 CO' iC CO t-^ uO O

O CO' -^ O iC >-0 -j"

lO O CO' CO Oi
'N X S<1 -+ t^

: o

o

X

O

CO

o

CO

• 1—1

c:

o

'M

o

<M

1—1

o >o >o o x

X CO t^ X '-I

c; o 1— I o-i CO -^ >o CO

iccocDcococococo

X X X X X X X X

1-1 1^-

co CO

,

?

— "*".

CO d

>%

•».>

c

CO t-

o
U

t^ so

o ^

■D

CS

o

o o

■<*< CO

iC CO

X

flj"

'ri iQ

1—1 lO

■!->

0)

CO -^

>>

(S

u.

t^ 'N

lO CO

CO CO

CO (M
CN i-H

CO t^
X X

X X

NIPHER — REPORT ON MIS'^OURI RAINFALL, iS'J'J-S'J. 423

• 0 — ri

0000

(N

0 CO 00

: 0 X ^

CO 0 00 00

10

X 'O 00

: C5 CO X

^ -d d t>-'

1

a<j

CO d !>■*

--H CO -M

-+'+'*'*

(M

(N CO (N

0000

0000

!

0

000

'J

0 'M iC -*

Ci lO -^ 10

I

0

'

CO -* t>-

Q

CO* oi 0 >i

0000

^i !>•' CO* "N*

*

0000

*
0

c^ T-H* d

CO 0 0

6

1:4:5 rH -Tf CO

X t^ 00 0

t>.

uo iC O'

Z,

0 co' oi --H

CO* ^* CO* id
*

0000

d
*

0

d ^ (N*

^^^ ^ ,^-^

0

X 2 X X

CO 10 0 10

1—1

«5 i-H 0

r-^ _■ -t ^'

'N ^ CO (>i

(>i

d <d co'

*

: O' 0 c

0000

1— 1

t^ X 0

g-

• CO 'O X

•^ Oi X '^l

0

X -+ t-

c«

: 0 r^ T-;

*

I

d

CO* T-H* ^ 5^;

(M*

d

oa* oi o^J

0

hi

: 0 C: 0 0

J s

0 0 0 0

d

0 0

S

'— CO t^

g

<

• 0 0 'O c

-r 0 >— 1 iQ

s

!>• 00

cr. -t t^

: '-H 'O; oi --

■^' >;

1— 1 1>- o^i ^5

^

oi — <

>!

CM* OJ ^

w.

*

'»'

*

>lf

•*j

c

£

■♦J

z

: c c 0 'c

^ • 0

0 O' 0 O'

c

3

0

O'

3
0
0

^ <M lO

3
0

>^
0)

c

•3'

; c >o 0 '-^

~. '^": — . -;

"' r -c

Ci 0 0

; --^ -t' -H 1^
* *

: c; 0 0 '-

1 0 1 «

>0 -^ ^ T— 1
0000

0

JZ

10 : a
0 : 1

(>J -** oj

0 t^ ^

c

. (^^ X 0 0

<» 0 X Ci

0

t- : ^

■0

X CJ^_ 00

(8

1-

3

• Co' CO* .0 5C

*

lO CO ^ ,^

^
^

d : 1
*

r-^ !>.* .-;

£

>>

• t-- c; 0

0"

10 'O

c

r: '-t t>-

>>

rt
§

: -. "^1 ~

X 5 -2 ^1

Q

0 0

0

lO ^ CO

m

: oi -^ oi

0

-* 1— < '>! ^

■M

ol -M*

O-I >— 1 CO

0

><
(8

c

E

IL

0

*m

(S

.J

' "T ^ 'O

3000

a

-+00

z

I- 0 10

<

J —■ c; ~

q 0 0 0

1— 1 CO CO

<>\ 'O <M

**

-t* CO* ic ^

1

i-H oi ^*

rH ^H 'Oi

c

• n ~ —

1
O' 0 0 0

._ —

X 0 iC

• ~ — ' —<

'— 1 0 ^ 1*

^ ^ :

-r CO iC

S

: 0 '+" T-I

CO '^^ CO* 'N

'-' ^ '■

'M — o^i

• 0 0 —

0 c 0 -

■^ r^

0 X 10

; i^ '^ ^^

5x1^ —

0 01

X CO !>.

h

• ~* 0 -+*

CO ol t^ d

0 d :

CM* d d

c

• 0 0 c: C

0000

0 O' :

0 'O 0

: L- ^ x M^

^ CO iC. 1— 1

0 10 : 1

^ t^ 00

:* — * d ^* CO

o-J -t-* d -j5

^0 I

d d T-I

x r; d -^' ->?

X d 1-1

x d d

t- t^ X X X

I- L^ X X

i^ t- 00

t^ l> X

00 X X X X

X X X X

XXX

00 00 X'

424

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

oc E^ r: -T

^^ ct cc -t-

O 5^ O O (>i (>i --H CO rH

(MCOOOOOO

o

(M

O

O !>• -M

•rt ct r;

X X -T

■n <— I ic o

•^ -* c; c^

X O X X

cc O 3<i o

cc ?:■ (N t^ r: c -^ 5

(j4 O <— I C T't x' t'-j CO

C- X I- I- l^

o 3-
S <

1—1

^

d

CO

-^

-^

*

^*

X

o

o

o

c

1—1

o

o

CO

O

1—1

CO

1— (

o

^

1—1

CO

-T^l

o

cc

O

o

§

o

o

^^

cc

1— t

Ol

5^1

lO

•M

0-1

*

»o

o5

c

g

X-

t^

t^

T

c

X

^

<M

(M

X

o

Oi

r-^

-^

c

o

-^

L^

-T

o

o

-r

g.

'^

t^

(>a

^

r>\

lO

'Tl

CO

-^

00

05

o

O

-f

o

~

s

l^ i^

CO

o

'-'

'-'

c

-+

^

-I

'^ <M

1—1
X

c

i

CT

5

X

s

^

oo

OJ

-^

--^

cc

-^

-T

o

0

,

g

^

„

>t

^_

c

X

3

,_(

O

O

>i

^

(8

i^

U

o

..

F

»

o

k

(8

<M

I

to

X

CO

o

d

ol

-

L^

-■

,-;

cv

X

CO
0^

ct

X

~.

kO

0

g

1—1

o

o

o

X

^^ "iD -^ I>1

O — t- o
'Q — X ^

CO o t>^ O^

l^ -^ X X

cc 1— ' CO o
(>i (>J 'TjJ f>5

c

: o "+ o-i -T"

o

• 0-1 — iC —

(A

: oi -^ ic o

-H o o
-r (M c:

CO (>i -^

^ 1-; d

~ ^

: X X oi c; -M t^ c: i^

■1 c

• O.-^'NCOCOi-i^O

O O C: C' O O
-f O 'C i- X -o

■*>o xciOi— '(McO'+urjco
iiO »o t>> t^ X X X X X X X

XX xxxxxxxxx

X —

X X

CO -r 'O U: l>;
X X X X X

NIPHER REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, l877-'S7. 435

rt

l;^

OC'

"N

CO

ri

S

CO

>

CO

^.

55

->)

CO

X

o-

X

"M

0

-*

^

^

0

0

Q

^

1-H

Ct

n

0

-M

T— 1

-I

CO

>

0

ri

w

S

I-

L^

Z-

ri

I-

X

'A

•0

^

=

'Tt-

^

•-^

^

^

^H

n

cc

i*

'M

t^

:^

X

:^

■^

-r

'^^ o

O 'T 'M w CO -* -f

uO O (M l^ CO

c; 'M C5 CO lO

c

— r

L^

CO

X

lO

0

X

0 1>. :

CO Ci •

>«

'"'

0

^0

^

'^J

CO

-

■M 0 '■

X

01

0

i-O

■^

X • •

L^ : :

1^

~'

^s

3

^

iC

'-'

'O

— ' : :

5

0

-

.9

i-O

'rS

I— 1

0

0 10

w X 1

O T- i O T-H (T^l "-H (N

X~C: XnOi— l^CO^iOt-
— -^ I- l^ I- X X X X X X X
XXX XXXXXXXX X

O O fM

iC 'O X

id ^N X*

'^ CO -M

»C 1.0 Ol o

-t 'M 'S: Ol

CO (N CO -—I

kO O Cl X
O ^1 ^ —

(T^J Lfl 0^1 i-H

1— I 'M ^ rN

•*^

CO

>c

.—1

^H

X

•0

—

T-H

3

X

.~

10

(3,

t- X

«;:;

iC

'-H

'O

X

■M

X

0

^^

^H

'-^

'^

CO' -r

-^

CO

-*

I— 1

'M

^

>o

!>)

I— 1

~J

00

t^

Ol

--1 0

0

in

tc;

UO

CO

^

<l^

l^

lO

iC

CO

0

0

^

0

^

■~z -—1

3

CTJ

X

^

0

cx.

'M

^

en;

'M

CO

0

^—^

•0 'M

^

X

CO

t^

00

0

10

CO

0

CM

'N

0

>\

'O

t-'

-* r-4

■c

c

a

3

c

-^

rH

C^j

X

kc

O^l

>o

~

»o

oa

0

0

'~

^ VD

r.

"3

0

CJ

— ■

10

X

iC

X

0

X

-t<

0

lO

-^ L^

c

T— 1

OI

'M

C-)

'^

CO

T— 1

(M

Ol

■N

c
0

fN

-rf

-^ '^

0)

(A

~

V

CC'

o^

:^

CO

r-t

X

o^

X

c^

0

0

»o

iC l^

>

^

cd

x'

'^^

0
c^

1—1

CO

X '^

1— 1 r-I

0

-9

(S

X

>,

CO

CO

'w

L^

O'

»o

01

lO

0

0)

.^.

•0

'O X

"-

c^i

'^^

L^

;_;

»

>o

0

'M

C^

-IJ

t—

~

-M -ti

**

-t

CO

•M

co

'M

^

UO

L^

0

(8

t^

CO

,-1 -f<

iC -* Ol 'M

'O 'O CO ^£'

fM O CO 'M

^ tS.^ CO

rH (m' -^'

X r-. c; --I oi
•-^ v: I- i^ i^

X X X X X

CO

n 'M O

— -f T

O CO 'N

CO >c 0

--C CO ^

00

-^ CO

Ol

i-H ^

CO

T<l iM

1-H

1—1 t>.

'O

C^ ^

0

g

iQ T— 1

>»

>0 I— 1

c

3

0

'~ 0

u

O' 0.1

>>

^ lO

0

Y

0

t^ 0

'^i (N

z

T— 1 t^

pt

0

— 01

01 -M

E

1— ' —

b

0)

z

CO X

as X

: CO X

t^ X ci

w u> ^D

X X X

426

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

(A

C

!2

a
o
z

>< <M

O ii

5 <

c
3
o

(S

o

S o

CO

-^ <;

O -^ 'M

t>. O 'X>

i^ 06 ci

CO fM CO

^ -^ o
C' o o

,-H O CO

o -o o

-+ -+ 00

10 -t" o
'M CO 'O

T-H 'X CO

T-H X T-^

O O X
>o t> -t

>o o t--
X X X
XXX

0 rs 0

10

000

t^

'-r' -t --^

d

_h'

*

g

d

^ 0 t^

-

—

g

X iO C5

c

0

^

(M r-l 1— 1

3

'm"

9s

0

*

C

0

3

Cf*> CC' *>!

3

>o

0

ci c: L-

-d

A

»o

0

-* C rA

0)

^r',

«

s

'■5

•s

(8

•♦-

'-^ -tH t^

0

k

^

0
QL

X fM C

s-

0

X

iC ^' 0

^

0

'N

«"

*

a

(S

"E

'M 0 r:>

0

0

0

O' -H T-t

0

>»<

en

co" »o ^'

c

'^

3

0

0

w

X

t- !M Oi

J!^

0

(^^ 'sfH CO

(8

"O

0 «^ CO

CD

0 CD t^

CO

X '^ 0

t^

o

CO

X a

X X

O -M

O' O O 'O C:
"M O -M X -r

O -* O X 5 ^

0 0

0 (M

0 to

0 'O

— ^ ,__(

d

?

O' iQ

X ^

><

0 'O

-M

c

3

0

X ^

U

Oi CO

CD ri

0)

0

0

1—1 a

CO T-H 10 lO O 'M

CD' ■>! X O -O --D

^ O co' O CO r-H

O O O O r-H O

O ^1 --D w Ci -th

'ij O O C - t- O
-- --D -M -M vr — CD

P O 7-i c' ^' :d' id

X' C' o O' O CO o

CO X X CD' ^ CO -*

O' ^H iQ O ■*

0 O O O' t^ o

01 10 X 'M CO X

CO T^l '^

c

CO

lO

X

0

fN

(M

-^

(0

CO

'M

10

Q)

t

«

-H

'M

CO

-3

^^

X

t^

00x0

O S^ '^ 'O

CO CO lO 3<l

CD 2 X -H

0000
'TtH X X 'X

'^^ 'M <N 'Ta

O-l O X X -* o
fM ^1 id 'm' 'N o

CO

iQ CD t> X CJ5 O !-< 'M CO ^ iC
t^ t^ t^ t- t^ X X X I/O X X
X X X X X X X X X X X

NIPHER REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, iS^J-'Sj. ^2'J

" t^ l^ . X O 'M ^

o o

»0 C5

u X X

■O it

f« :o CM

^ X c
O — X

0

^

-^

X

X

o -^

2

X

1-H

X

"~ l^ '.

<

>o

'>i

o

.— 1 -71 ;

>%

■i-i

C

3

2f.

o

iO

'M

o o

O

t^

to

1—1

ic o :

u

•^

CO

iri

CO

T-H t>; 1

c

o

en

_.

>c

CO

"0

o

'M -fi

o

(S

a

Oi

Ci

CO

—1 lO '.

A

T^

oc

CO

'>i

Tj5 CD :

(5 ^

< 1- — •

o ^

C5 -+

'^i CO

D d '-^

CO O X CO

d> -^i ^\ S

S, O' T-H 'N CO ^ ICO t-

■^ l^ t^ l^ !>• t^ t^ l>.

X X X X X X X

o

X

X

CO

o

CO

X

o

-M

o

o

CO

UO

■^ G<i

lo o

O t^ -3*

'd -+" -^

lO iC o

!>l -^ O

O lO o

IQ to lO

o "o

iQ <:r: t^

XXX
XXX

X o
t- o

>o o

UO !M

>C l^ t^
O — X

CO 3^

X C5 o
C^ t^ X
XXX

428

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

O O (N C-. O O

-^ -^ »o cc o -*

O iC t^ '^ iC O

CO ;m c^ -^ ^ "^

P ^•

iC C i-H l^ CO

•^ oi lO a a T-t

-^ >C 'T !>•

1— I 'M 1— I 'N (M 1— I

CO CO T— I X' X' GO
!>• CO t^ X CO I— I

tH O r-i 00 lO X

^ X T-i >0 lO X >o

g< (3^ -^ >0 CO' CO' CO

'^ CO ct' ^ Ko ^i o

<M X O >0 '^ X
iC ^H I>- (M Cl 1>-

ti X X L^ »0 C~. X

■^ X '+ ~ 'M -* O

(M 'M X O T :^ O

iC i-C l^ C O iQ >o

iC CO O t- C5 CO <

O t>- ^ t>- CM lO !>•

^ X t- -^ '-^ C-- o
t^ c; '^ "y; 'O id ^

O ^ O C5 <M X O

i—i Ci lO lO ^ »0 CO

-J ^ o i— I c; X vo

X X t^ ^ O Ci l>-

Co' O i-H (M -^ >— I T— t

O iC -t< CO O CO >o
iC <» CI C^ X <M X

CO O' O Ol f— ' O I— I

O -^ CO O X c o
O C^ >0 O '— I (M o

r-H o c<i o o oJ i-^

k^ jT, OS ;_)'—' 5^ CO '^
•^ l^ t^ X X X X X
X X X X X X X

X
CO

"* lO

»o o

o ^

g '^

CO

a d
o

z

c o
o ^

o

CO

CO

lO "-0 >o
w CO 'O

o

X

o
*

1— 1

o
o

o

-M

*

o

X
X

X
X

lO

CO'

c >o • o

-^ t^ : X

6

o

CO '^ ; O

>^

T-H

CO

"o ^ : ?o

c

04 fM • r-t

3

o

u

o

c

0)

q

>0 O "O lO

CO t^ '^i^ X

X ^ ^ -^
1—1

^

^

..o o >o o

-* o t^ o

(8

^ CO T-H X

■>

c
o

c

>

o uo o >o
t-^ CO — I— 1

CO CO 'M -*

g

• t^ o o

. Ci >o '^

: -* 'Tp o

: o 'O :

; (M CO :

o 'O :

1— I (M CO '^t^ lO
t^ t^ t^ t^ «>•
X X X X X

NIPHER — REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINP'ALL, iS'J'J-'S'J. 429

O'

T— 1

X 0

(N

-*

CO

10 t^

Ci

CO

>o 0

^ CO

C-I CO 'M ■>!

CO -M ^ O

CO 'M X >iO

cr. •-: .c X
- -. -. >Q o
O ^ ^ -o i>I

. r: !>• — ' X
a -f CO ^ L-

0

bii

l^

(M

zo

(M

s

-+

T— 1

lO

-^

<i

0

CO

-+

01

>«

3

..-

-H

!>.

'M

r^

r-

^^

r-l

u

3

•

0

1— I

tr

^

»C

'— '

c

0

^

'^ >0 t^ X .5

Ol -T X 3 X

o

L- Ct CO l^ fe

oi ^ --r 01

X ci «::; ci

10 CO »o to

J o '^ "* o

rt O X <M fM

^ CM i-H CO .CO

CO (M '^f -t<

> X - c -
X X X X

CO Ol X 'w

o o

X o

000

to 'M t-

^H Ol CO
XXX
XXX

o (>• o »o ?o

X ^ CO o o

CO ci O ci cr

C<l ">• CO CO ^l

CJ 0 CO «o

tr^

: X

0 <M '-I 0
* * *

1—1

: 0

»0 »Q >0 0
-* (M tH lO

10

: 0
. 10

O >0 1— I i-H o

O iC o >o >-0
(M iM iC X O

T— I »— I O^ CO -^

lO 'O o o

^ :-: oi Ko

t^ lO X o

■•-• o "-^ c; 01

c ^

3

O

O

vo lO O lO O o 'O o
iC t^ O OJ <-< Ci X X T3
rt-r^-+dol,-4ioco ■§

— O O >0 >0 O O lO P

— c;-+oco^i>t>. 5.

1— I en ic t-^

o <

CO '^ »0 CO ^ O

-p — t-- -M :i

O Ol O O O • C:
ic oa o-i iO t- .0

o >o O^ o o o o o

O uO T^ CO 'M CO ~ X
1— lO'— I"— lOOOO

X r: C'— i'MC0'*»O
I- l^ X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X

430

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD.

0

§

Ml

a.

•J"

>«

■M

C

3

O

>-,

o

3

1 — i

>>

Qi

C

(8

H

E

V

■!-»

O

^

<-<

Q.

k

(S

0)

S< COCOtC^CNCOCO

f I r-l S5

O t^ 'O ^H il: -* CC

^ '^ T-H »o •^■^' 00 -^

: (M

i^

X

CO

"Z^

X

: —

't

-*

CM

CO

X

O ^+1 1— I --H 'N

:;d o CO C5 X

; ^

'M

to

fM

O

: t^

'O

CO

CO

>o

O

; io

o

CO

o

tr-
io

: o

X

iC

CO

(>1

X

: ^

X

I-

X

X

CO

5i

: ^

CO

CO

iC

>o

CO

o t^ ^
CO X X

X CS CO t^ >— I X
05 1— I Oi -tJi CO o

X X O' <— I <>4 -^

• 1—1

: CO

lO

>-0

o

>o

CO
CO

: CO

^

^

17^

5^

tH

^ 'M CO -* lO CO t>
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X

—

fM

X

CO

C5

1— (

: *«

c3 ;

X

CO

(M

X

1—1

t-

. 1—1

CO

X

■M

—

CO

OS

; 1-H

t^

l-

—

^

-*

^

'^

. "M

CO

(M

I^

o

T— 1

Ci

lO O

i X

n

lO

CO

CO

o

CO

t- O

■J r,

'M

-^

1— I

^»

1—1

CO

1—1 X

. I— 1

fN

1^

^

(^

CI

^

O lO

i Ci

iiO

t>-

t^

>o

'^

CO

CO 1-1

o >c

X CO

O lO

lO CO

>0 lO

CO X

IK 'O lO

3

Q.

tt"

; 1—1

o

c

iQ

(S

: -*

CO

O' o

o o

CO Ci

i7<l CO Tt^
l^ l^ t-
CC X Xj

SCIENCE.

!-( X

■M

X CN

Oi X
CO fN

'M

CO

CO CO

CO CO

X O
CO O

iC

iC

CO ^

1—1 1—1

>o

o

5^1 Cvj

OS o

(M X

X

lO

'N O

UO >0

(M CO

(T<l

o

CO CO

C5 1-1

COi

o

c: lO

CO r-l

en lO
lO o

o o
t^ o

'^_' -^' -n

O X

CO Ol -*
t^ Ci o

^ o ^

t^ X X

1— I CO rH
O TtH -^

o to -^
o c t-

O i-i (M

XXX
XXX

>— I CO' C: 5<l

' c^

>^ IC

. L-

rH lO

Tti

CO (M

d

g

>iO

>o o

^

—.. t^

>t

rt

O (M

♦J

c

3
O

o

»0

o o

(>1

(M 1-1

CO

O CO

■o

w

0

S

lO

O »iO

iC

(M (>J

?

o

CO 1—1

o

aj"

X

o o

o

CM X

>

(M

CO 'jji

0)

«

(0

CO

O X

UO

CO X

OJ

(M CO

X

(M t-

X

t- O

•^ lO CO t—
X X X X
X X X X

NIPHER — REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, iSj'J-'S'J. 43 I

C^ L^ -T X •>! 'M CO n X

O '^ :>" ^H L^ ^H CO fM -^

CO -H Ci t^ -H -^ — i— I O

tN W 00 00 -^ CO CO -t CO

»0 '^ l^ C5 X 1— I 'M X O

L^ rp O '^i lO .-N (M ^ Ci

'C — I 'M L- L- "M kO X 'M

(N OS CO L^ 'O o L^ (>) c::

-!*<<M:£(MCOiri'— lOOCO

O '-0 O 1— I L^ ~ O) -T O
'T' 'M C; ^1 O O iC »o L^

i-^ -M l-^ CO •— ^ O O O

(M O ^ X' o X 7^) c; o

Ci lO l>- CO O 01 C: "M ■— I

O "M CO --H

C O rM t^ lO X ~ ^

o ic :o o cji 05 1— I iQ

<N — O fM CO 1— H -^ Ol

»o Ol — O t^ --H CC X o

--C ~ n ^ CO rH ~ Ifl L^

T^'+fM^H'^COO^O'-H

c —I :r t^ X r^i X o o

O L^ X »0 r- 1 -^ '^l lO Ci
-^^C0'^OC0:^O.-H

s «•

O 0^) '^ -+ oa 'M 'M l>. -:t

C; r; -H i^ i^ O C; '>) -m

•-c r-H ::d -f X :o "O 'O O'

T-i CO ^i co" co' CO ^ ^ '^'

^oasuoo^cooc^
rHoai-Hcoc^icoO'COco

c;c;rHCi-T"-r-+oo

C^l lO O 'O^ O L^ ^ -^ CO
^^ "M -^ -c: — CO O t-H CO

1— ^(^^0(^^'— i03^3>^'-H

C50i— ItMCO-^OOt^
!>. X' X X X' X X X X
XXXXXXXXCX)

co

CO

X

0

d

^

-

g

^

0

CO

>«

»

VD

■M

c

-^

0

3

0

0

CO

CO

(A

3^

lO

•^

1—1

Til

3

0

J

X

L- ^,

*>

L^

(M CO

U)

CO

CO ^

»

>

0

L^

L- .0

1.

'O

'C. ^

u

CO

rN '^J

k

s

^

^^

— •

0

^ •

1-

c^

^ :

0 L^ Oi

0

0 ^

CO (M

CO rH 00
'-^ lO IQ

-^ d CO

1— i (M CO
O CC O
X X X

0

J-H

0
10

0

0

CO

(M

(N

0

0

0

0 iQ

S CO

c o

3 ^

O —1
O

£ o

O O

2 -^

o

O

O
O

00

CO

t>-

1^

00

00

X

X

X

1-H

rH

rH

432

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

CN CO

o o <x>
■^ cc t>»

o • •

o

S

h(i

O O •

3

<

CO 00 :

a.

CO fM •

♦■

* *

C

1

-— s -■*- .

o

t'" O"

O

f-l

'M CO

E

* *

m

r

lO o •

1-t o :

3

3
1— i

CO t^ •

U.

*

•.

>.

O "O .

t- T—

>

S

co' o '.

£

0

c

j^

lO >o .

z>

c.

L^ i-H ;

'-H O o

OS ID t>.

Ol O '^i

CC l^

O C5

d d

^ 00 05 O i-H
"^ t- !>■ 00 00

00 00 00 X'

3
(0

c

o o o

t^ t^ >o t:;

d- <6 -fi -yi

CO' CO 'M CO

X t^ -M -*

X -r o <— I

1—1 1—1 1— I CO

X t- C 'M

lO r: C' c:

O CO ^ 'O

-too

CO o o

'M O -r O-i

* *

O lO O CO

X CO O -H _.

^1 t^ 'N '— I H

I— X X 'O

1-- T— I Ol CO

O O CO -t
>iO <M fM CO

: o

. lO

<M :r O ^

; Ol

: "^^

CO' (OI 0<1 i— 1

Ol O r-l Ol

X CO t;^ -—I

^ ,-H r-^ d

00 Oi

't lO

X C: O -H

Z-: o

t^ t^

t^ L^ X X

X X

X X

-K zc CC x:

9 9 ^ I-

— . X '-I OI

: i?: t^ :

o o
X o

: o ■* :

O CO

O' o o c
i-O t^ t^ c

o o
X c;

c (M CO ^ cr CO

ri

lO

CO

Ol

~

fM

CO

--f

CO

T— 1

d

§

o

o

o

o

t^

w

c

-t

T— I

l^

'"'

C<l

J

o

o

l^

o

iC

X

o

o

c
■o
E

>c

^

"

t^

T— 1

CO

CO

~

c;

0^1

O

X

(Ol

CO'

(>)

>c

UO

,.

0)
N

o

o

o

o

o

CO

o

a

O <M (M lO ^ CO

<, o lO' o o : o

5 O — --^ lc ; <M

-^ ^ ^ 'fij! : ■*

o -i; 'X X
o-i 1— I c>i o^

-t O O CC o o

—. i-; 'X t^ tC t-^

d (M o^ (>i '^ d

(M CO "^ »0 ID t^
O. t^ t^ L^ l>. t^

X X X X X X

NIPH

ER — REPORT ON MISSOURI RAINFALL, iSj'J-S'J.

433

. lo ^ -o n

u ■- - o ri

O -^ -C -r --

. o 'o X c;

§ 00 G^ '>J C
^ ^ i-J C~ O

'M u; ^ ^ :

• t-

u

t^ .~ *C r: ;

; CO

0

--^ i-^ lO CO :

: '^i

1-1 CD -t" '^■l :

: "*

V

lo X 'M "* :

: to

6

Cfl

o '>! ic L-^ :

: '^

§

"^

9^

bi

t^ -rti •^ CD to

• CO

3

2

'M lO 'M O "-^

• ^.

<

lO CO CO ^ Ol

j 'N

0

O

_>.

t^ l^ X -+ t-

• CD

<A

>0 t->. ^ lO ^

: lo

$

■"•

-+ c »• X 'O

• s^i

O

J

„

•

-^ uO ^ ^ t^

: '^

0)

2

O CD ^ — ■ ^

I CO

5

k

>— .

X d — ' 'C: ^

: 'i^

"5

k

(L

>.

^ .^ t^ -H 10

: »^

(6

c:; CO o t- --J

: R

■o

«

T-H '^i (?« d (>i

: CO

•TCI CO oi CO tr- !>•

CD X X 1-; CO o

'.i T-H X* 'Tl i-H ^

CO O CO c

'>! -+ iC • O

5^, CO -^ lO CO t- X
CO CD CO CO CO CO CD
X X X X X) X X

v.— 3— 7

( 434 )

On the Output of the N on- condensing Steam Engine,
as a Function of Speed and Pressure *

By Francis E. Nipher.

In the discussion which follows, the engine is supposed to be
running at a fixed cut-oft', and without change in the throttle.
The pressure changes required to produce a change of speed are
supposed to be effected by a change in boiler pressure. The
effect of the throttle or the governor with automatic cut-oft' will
be pointed out as we proceed.

The difference between the two belt-pulls, or the load on the
brake, is represented by zc\ r being the brake-arm, or radius
of the driving-wheel. If the belt-pulls are jF' and i^", then
-^' — F"' = ~v. It is supposed also that the mean effective pres-
sure required to drive the engine when w ^ c? is constant for all
speeds. In an engine with balanced valves and where the amount
of lubrication used increases with the speed, this assumption
may be tolerated for a general treatment of the case, although
the peculiarities of engines will doubtless cause them to depart
from this assumption in a more or less irregular way. Engines
are usually built for definite speeds, and often behave poorly
when run at widely different speeds from those for which they
were designed.

For these reasons, some portions of this treatment cannot lay
claim to very great precision. It will serve mainly to present
the general conditions of the problem, and may serve as a basis
for investigating the peculiarities of individual engines.

Let Pq = mean effective pressure when w = c,
/'o == boiler pressure above atmospheric pressure when xv = o.
P = mean effective pressure with load w.
R =z piston radius,
/ == stroke, fi = revolutions per minute.

Then, during one stroke of the engine at uniform speed,

* Re;id May 3oth, 1SS9.

NIPHER OUTPUT OF THE NON CONDENSING STEAM ENGINE. 435

or P=P,^'^^^ .... (I)

2~R-ln

Multiplying this equation by

33000

/IIP = ^^-^^^'i^ 1 ^^^""^ (2)

33000 33000

The indicated horse-power is equal to the brake horse-power
plus the power required to drive the engine alone.

In the equation leading to (i) the second member should
strictly contain a term =f{F', F") the exact form of which
would depend upon how the belt is applied. It is so small that
it cannot usually be measured on an indicator card, and is here
omitted. It may be inserted, however, without changing the
form of any of the succeeding equations.

The equation for brake horse-power is

^ilP =

2 - r n zv
330'30

^"' = iP-Po) (4)

33000 ^ "' vt/

-^T R^ In P
/IIP = ""^ ^^ ^ . . . . (5)

33000

Taking /HP, as a function of ft and /', and (5) is the equation
of an hyperbolic paraboloid, the constant for which is entirely
independent of the condition of the engine or the steam with
which it is supplied. It depends solely on the geometry of the
engine (the unit of power being fixed). It involves only the
volume swept through by the piston-face during one stroke. The
performance of all engines in which this volume is the same
would always be represented by points on a common surface.
These points may be made to move about in any arbitrary man-
ner by variations in boiler pressure and load.

If the boiler pressure is held constant, then h becomes some
definite function of if, and the point representing the 'perform-

436 TRANS. SI . LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ance of any engine would traverse some definite line upon the
surface.

Equation (4) which represents brake horse-power, is also the
equation of an hyperbolic paraboloid, having the same constant
as the one represented by (5). The two surfaces have a common
pressure axis, and the coordinate planes of HI*, n for the two surfaces
are separated by the distance Pq. On each of these surfaces,
a condition of constant load, tv, would be represented by some
definite line, and (3) which is the ordinary formula for ^111' is a
projection of that line upon the coordinate plane of HI', n.

For any definite values of n and P, a vertical ordinate drawn
through the surfaces of ^ HP and /HP would determine simulta-
taneous values of brake and indicated horse-power. The distance
between the surfaces measured on this ordinate would represent
the power consumed in the engine itself. Passing a plane through
these surfaces at right-angles to the speed axis, the intersections
with the two surfaces would be parallel lines. The distance be-
tween these lines measured parallel to the HP axis is constant, and
represents as stated the power consumed in the friction. It is
constant for all loads, as experiment shows it to be, and increases
uniformly with the speed at constant pressure, or by (4) and (5),

r^(/HP)1 zTtR^lP

I ^'' ) p ^ 33000

r^(^llP)l 2 7:R-^l{P-Po') _ 2-^'^^'

[ ^« J ^ ^ 33000 ^ ■" 33000

In Fig. I, oP' and oA" are the axes of pressure, and HP. ^.4 "
is the line of atmospheric pressure, and VV is the vacuum line.
The lines of and P^ p' are rectilinear elements in the surfaces of
/HP and ^HP at constant speed, the ordinates Pp" and Pp' rep-
resenting simultaneous values. If the mean effective pressure
were reduced to zero, the engine being driven at the same
speed by means of the belt, the power required is represented by

NIPHER OUTPUT OF THE NON-CONDENSING STEAM ENGINE.

43:

od. The line K^ represents ^ IIP as function of boiler pressures,
O/'and OP' bein<4" simultaneous values of mean effective and
boiler pressure, measured from the atmospheric line. V K rep-
resents the belt-power requii'ed to drive the engine if boiler and
mean effective pressure were zero.

Calling // ^ the atmospheric pressure, and P' =z boiler pressure
measured from atmospheric pressure, we have

h + A _ h -h^
h + P\ - h +P'
or

h -\- P

(6)

In this equation the value of P is known from (i). Po is de-
termined by means of the indicator. It remains to determine
P' Q-, the boiler pi-essure required to drive the engine at the fixed
speed represented in Fig. i , when tv = o.

Fig. 1.

If the engine were driven at a very slow speed, the cylinder
pressure would be identical with boiler pressure until the point

438 TRANS. ST, LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ofciit-oft'. The mean effective pressure would be less, and the
back pressure would be h. Increasing the boiler pressure, the
back pressure increases by a quantity which is proportional to
the speed.

Measuring P\ from the atmospheric line,

P'^ = cn-^ P.^E^bn (7)

where en is the mean back pressure, Po the mean effective pres-
sure, E a function of the inverse expansion ratio, and bn is a
term applying to the entry port which is entirely analogous to
en. The constants c and b depend upon the size of the ports, b
also depending to a less extent upon the pipes connecting the
steam-chest and boiler. In a throttle governor, the value of b is
changed in order to change mean effective pressure. In a gov-
ernor which varies the cut-ofF. both E and b are changed by the
action of the governor.

The action of any governor changes the inclination of the line
K, B in Fig. I. For a constant boiler pressure P\ if the cut-off'
comes earlier, or, if the steam is throttled, the line V^B becomes
less steep, and the points p' and f" sink to represent a smaller
output.* In Fig. 2, the action of the governor changes the posi-
tion of the line u'= c, and in fact the entire surface of IIP as func-
tion of P' .

Making the indicated substitutions in (6)

P'=-h+^^^^-^^{h + Po-\-E-\-{b + c)n) . ■ (8)

Solving this equation for w,

tt' = vLm-^p7+:e+(^ + c)« - (^^+^°)J • • (9)

Multiplying (9) by " ^/^''
33000

33000

r ih + P,) {k + P')n ,, , o^ ] , ,

♦ In an experimental engine the head of the screw which controls the steam should be
provided with a divided scale like a micrometer.

NIPHER — OUTPUT OF THE XOX-CONDENSING STEAM ENGINE. 439

For any constant boiler pressure there will be some definite
speed which will make ^5111' a maximum. The condition is

L J/-

Imposing this condition we have
(// + /") (/i^Po-\-B) = [A-\-Po-\-E-{-{5-]-c) «]2

(II)

The speed must be such that the boiler pressure required to drive
the unloaded engine at that speed, is a mean proportional be-
tween the constant boiler pressure under consideration, and the
boiler pressure required to start the unloaded engine, [see (7),]
all pressures being measured from vacuum. The load corres-
ponding to this maximum is of course found by imposing this
condition in (9) by the elimination of n.

P'

-^0^

Fig. 2.

V ^/"^ const.-tnt.

^

^.^ P

0 __

^■^r:^^

^

-— "■ ' ~~- —-£___

Po

-__

Po

Atmospheric Line

h

Vacuum Line

400

600

Equation (11) gives the relation between n and P' for a max-
imum output at any boiler pressure P' . It is the equation of
a parabola, which crosses the pressure axis at its intersection
with the line of zero load (7). The slope of this parabola is

dP'

dn

= 2(3+c)+2

(12)

44° TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

When n = o the slope is therefore twice that of the line of
zero load.

The value of « in (ii) is

h-X-P^A-E , I I ; :

« = - ^47 ± f+cj (^'+ A+^) (/'+/") . (13)

Hence the vertex of this parabola is at the intersection of the line
of zero load (7) with the vacuum line. Its position is

P' = — //

^^„ _ _ h + P, + E
b-\-c

This value of «'' is rather lai'ge and therefore the part of the para-
bola which corresponds to -a possible range of engine speed will
be very nearly a straight line. The axis of the parabola is of
course parallel to the pressure axis. It will be observed that all
lines of constant load represented by (8) intersect the vertical line
(parallel to the HP axis) which contains the vertex of the parabola
of maximum effort. In (8) the condition P' = — h at once gives
the condition

" = V-\r^

and this entirely independent of iv.

The observations made regarding the parabola of maximum
output justify the presentation of another formula which was de-
duced empirically from a large number of brake determinations.
The discovery of that formula was in fact the occasion for the
present investigation.

The experiments were made by taking constant loads on a fixed
brake-arm varying the speed of the engine from 200 to 800 revo-
lutions, for each load, by means of a throttle. The pressure of
the supply steam was measured by means of a gauge between
the throttle and the steam-chest, the cut-off remaining fixed.

The observations for constant load all satisfied, equations of the

form

P> = a-\-b'n . . . . (14)

This equation is identical with (S). Computing from each
equation the value of n for a given pressure, these values of n
were plotted with their respective values of ty, and gave a line

NIPHER — OUTPUT OP" THE NON-CONDENSING STEAM ENGINE. 44I

which could not be chsthiguished ftom a right line. Its equation
was of the form

ZV =: k /''// . . . . . (15)

This equation corresponds to (9) with P' constant, which is
however the equation of an equilateral hyperbola, the asymptotes
of which are

if « =

b-\-c

/?2 /

« = CO if ^y = ^ - {k-\-P,)

It is manifest therefore that the part of the parabola examined
would differ so little from a right line that (15) would satisfy any
observations made upon an engine.

Multiplying (15) through by ^~^" ^ve have

33000

S^^ ^2.rkn _2r:rkn^ (16)

33000 33000

This is the equation of a parabola and corresponds to (10),
which is likewise a parabola when P' is constant.

Differentiating (16), the condition of maximum output is found
to be

n' = ^ \, (17)

or the speed must be one-half that which the engine should have
at the same boiler pressure if rv = 0.

The condition for maximum, according to this, would be

P- = a^ + 2b'^n (iS)

It will be observed that this is a right-line, tangent to the para-
bola (11) where n = o. According to (11), these values of n
represented by (17) would be somewhat too large.

2 TT ^ TV

Solving (15) for n and multiplying by

33000

The condition for maximum obtained from this equation is

iv' = \ k (20)

where ~v' is one-half the load which will bring the engine to rest
-at that pressure.

442 TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

This value of w is somewhat too small to satisfy (ii), although
as stated the error is probably always too small to have any im-
portance. Substituting these two values of «' and iv' in (3) and
we undoubtedly have a very close approximation to the maximum
output at any pressure P.,

^HP

k

33000 '^'

where -— is the speed at that pressure when w ^ <? as com-
puted from (7) 'Vnd kr = the turning moment which for that
pressure must be applied to the shaft in order to bring the en-
gine to rest. This can be computed from (9). It is wr when
n = 0.

In a similar manner we may represent indicated horse-power
as a function of boiler pressure. Solving (6) for P and substi-
tuting, as before.

It may be remarked in passing that, for a constant value of/",
this is an hyperbola which represents the relation between mean
effective pressure and speed, with varying load. The asymptotes
of the curve are the vacuum line and the axis of the parabola of
maximum output, where

b-\rc

The only part of this curve which has any practical significance
is that included between the pressure axis and the line where P=^
Pq. This part of the curve is marked P on Fig. 2, P' being the
line representing the corresponding fixed boiler pressure. Dur-
ing the operation here considered, the point representing the
performance of the engine would travel through a definite path
on the surface represented by (4). The hyperbola marked P on
Fig. 2 would be a projection of that path on the plane /*, «, while
the parabola (10) with P' constant would be a projection of that
path on the plane HP, n.

The engine might indeed be driven by a belt at a greater speed
than that given it by the steam when w = o, and the mean eftec-

NIPHER OUTPUT OP^ THE NON-CONDENSING STEAM ENGINE. 443

tive pressure would continually fall as represented by the hyper-
bola. The part of the curve corresponding to negative values of
n has no physical significance. The engine when brought to
rest with any fixed load tc, by a decrease of boiler pressure,
would not reverse if the boiler pressure were still more reduced,
until it became less than the atmospheric pressure.

2 - R'^ln
Multiplying (21) by

1 J to \ /J 33OCO

33000 \ ^ k^P,^E{jb^c)n] ^ ^

This equation corresponds to (lo).

The condition of maximum /HI' for constant P' is

This like (ii) is the equation of a parabola. The value of n is

h^P j^E ^ I I (/, + />,+Jg) (/,4-P„)(>i4-P^) .
" = 3+^ ^ ^^cV /. ^-^^

The slope of this parabola is

which when n = o \s
(dr'-] 7.

while the line of zero load has the equation

/, + /"= ^' \/^+P^-^B+(5 + c)n] . . . (27)

« ~r -* 0 L J

as is readily determined from (22).

The writer has examined engines in which the friction pressure
increases with the pressure of the supply steam at constant load*
The value of P^ then becomes PQ-\-en, and the surface of brake
horse-power as a function of mean effective pressure is then
represented by equations similar to that which in this paper

444 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

represent brake horse-power as a function of boiler pressure.
The discussion then becomes more complex, although it can be
made on the lines here laid down. It is better to avoid this
discussion by refraining from building such engines.

The experience of the writer with condensing-engines has been
very limited, but it would appear that the equations here given
will apply also to them.

The four surfaces here discussed may all be constructed by
means of threads to represent the two sets of rectilinear elements
in each. These are constant speed, and constant load. Such
models represent the working conditions of an engine in a most
interesting way.

( 445 )

The loiijj-corituiued Action of the Eleetric Disch(ir<jc

on Iodine.

By C. LuEDEKiNG, Ph.D. (Leipzig).

Some time ago, the author attempted the study of the eflects
of the electric discharge on iodine vapor, when continued over a
long space of time. The researches of V. Meyer showed that
with increasing temperature the vapor density of iodine becomes
rapidly less than what is demanded by theory, finally reaching
two-thirds of the theoretical value ; a fact explained by the par-
tial supposed dissociation of molecular into atomic iodine.

Later, J.J. Thompson {Proc. Royal Soc, vol. xiii., pp. 343-
345), showed that the silent discharge produces the same phe-
nom-ena of anomalous densities that were observed by V. Meyer
for higher temperatures. Several hours of time were necessary
for the vapor to regain its normal density.

It was desired by the author to act upon the vapor of iodine,
through along period of time, by means of the electric discharge,
and subject the result to analysis, with a view to establishing, if
possible, any changes brought about.

Four Grove cells, of Browning's make, were used as electro-
motive force. The circuit was passed through a Ruhmkorf coil
capable of giving sparks two inches long by this arrangement ;
the wires of the coil were connected with heavy platinum wires,
sealed in a small heavy glass tube, with their ends opposite, and
i inch apart from one another. In this tube 0.036 grm. of iodine
was sealed hermetically. By gentle heat it was then vaporized
in part, the contents assuming the appearance of an intensely deep
violet color. The spark was now passed incessantly for three
weeks, day and night, and the character of the light phenomena
watched as carefully as possible. As the experiment advanced
the color of the contents of the tube gradually changed, losing
the rich deep violet tint it had at first, very much resembling
bromine vapor in appearance, and, passing through this stage,
becoming more and more faint, until, at the end of the afore-

44^ TRANS, ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

mentioned time, the tube was entirely colorless, and evidently all
iodine had disappeared. What had become of it?

When reading Mr. C. P. Smyth's Address before the British
Association, I recalled these experiments of mine that had been
made some time ago. His experiences are quite analogous
to my own. In iSSo, his iodine tube showed 148 iodine lines,
and 3 exceedingly faint reproductions of the chief liydrogen lines ;
"yet, in the present year," he goes on to say, "there is not one
iodine line left in that tube, and its spectrum range is filled with
nothing but both high and low temperature hydrogen lines of
astonishing brilliancy, while of the large amount of iodine gra-
nules hermetically sealed into the tube in 1878, only a very small
amount of apparently inert dust is now left." Further, he states :
"Whether this change is an infinitesimally small part of the
progress of everything to turn into hydrogen, and for assisting
thereby the whole solar system to explode some day into a so-
called and spectroscopically bright-lined hydrogen star, I will by
no means weary the Section by enquiring now."

It is clearly expressed tliat iodine has disappeared from a cer-
tain tube ; that, whereas, this tube contained at first only faint
indications of hydrogen, it, after the disappearance of the iodine,
showed the presence of this element in remarlcable brilliancy or
amount. The inference must be that iodine has been decom-
posed and that hydrogen is present as product of decomposition.

As our experimental results are similar in respect to disap-
pearance of iodine, it will be of interest for me to describe my
analytical manipulations of the contents of my iodine tube, ana
to show what my conclusions necessarily were.

As stated, the iodine had disappeared entirely from my tube.
The platinum poles in the tube were much corroded and rough-
ened ; during the discharge the ends were constantly at a bright
red heat ; the spark itself had a livid appearance, was uncertain
in its course, changing frequently. The sides of the tube were
afiected as if by hydrofluoric acid, and there was in the tube what
seemed to me also only a small amount of dust.

The tube was opened under water by nipping oft^ the end ;
there was a partial vacuum, the water entering and filling it about
one-fifth, by a rough estimate. I inferred at the time that the
oxygen of the air, originally contained in the tube, had disap-

LUEDEKING — ELECTRIC DISCHARGE ON IODINE. 447 .

peared, and that what was left was nitrogen. This result is con-
trary to what we should expect had hydrogen been formed by
dissociation of the iodine. The confined gases would have been
under a pressure.

The contents of the tube were thoroughly extracted by wa-
ter, the solution so obtained made slightly alkaline, and sulphu-
retted hydrogen passed to saturation. After expulsion of the
gas and slightly acidifying with nitric acid, nitrate of silver was
added, and the precipitate filtered, washed, dried and weighed.
The quantity of precipitate produced was nearly equal to what
theory requires for iodide of silver ; it weighed 0.061 grm.

Evidently, then, in my experiment the disappearance of the ele-
ment iodine was not due to any other cause than its uniting with
the constituents of the glass. Under the influence of the electric
discharge iodine certainly acquires superior chemical affinities,
attacking the substance of the glass and forming iodides, and,
from the disappearance of one-fifth of the volume of gas, I should
say, also some iodates. To meet this eventuality, I reduced bv
sulphuretted hydrogen previous to precipitation.

The changed brilliancy of the spectral hydrogen lines that
Mr. Smyth observed must, then, it seems to me, be attributed to
another cause than a generation of hydrogen by a decomposition
of iodine. First of all, it is certain that the changed condition of
the tension in the tube has something to do with it.

I determined to decide the matter experimentally. An excess
of iodine was sealed up in the same kind of tube that I used
above. On passing the discharge at the ordinary temperature,
only faint indications of hydrogen were observed in the spectro-
scope. The tube was then heated gently, so that a great part
of the iodine was volatilized. As the temperature rose, and the
iodine vapor became more and more dense, to my surprise the
hydrogen blazed in the spectrum with remarkable brilliancy. On
cooling, the spectrum slowly changed back to its original appear-
ance ; hydrogen was again only faintly perceptible. It was clear
then why the hydrogen lines in Mr. Smyth's tube should become
so brilliant after the disappearance of the iodine. This latter is
capable of binding hydriodic acid, which is the form in which
the hydrogen is introduced into the tube. When by the process

44S TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

of action of the iodine on the walls of the glass tube it becomes
united with alkalies, this hydrogen, finally, is liberated entire-
ly, and, instead of an iodine tubc^ we have a hydrogen tube
developed.

On taking a tube containing iodine in an atmosphere of hydro-
gen, I found that at first the hydrogen lines wery very bright at
ordinary temperatures. However, after a short time, and on
continued passage of the spark, the lines became more and more
faint, and finally scarcely perceptible. On then heating the tube
the hydrogen lines became very brilliant, and on cooling again
disappeared almost entirely. On opening such a tube, dense
fumes of hydriodic acid were emitted.

These experiments, I think, show conclusively: firstly, the
cause of disappearance of iodine in tubes on long-cotiti)iued
sparking ; and, secondly, xvhy the iodine lines are replaced by
hydrogeu lines during that process.

I shall probably be in a position to make further communica-
tion on the sparking of iodine in the near future.

Clicmical Laboratory Wasliington University, St. Louis, Mo., U. S. A.

( 449 )
Flowers and Insects — Umbellifer.e.*

By Charles Robertson.

The Umbelliferae have remarkably uniform flowers, the nectar
being generally exposed, or at most only slightly concealed by the
incurved petals ; and, since they bloom in succession from early
spring to late autumn, are particularly w^ell suited for an in-
vestigation which aims to discover the effect of the time of bloom-
ing on the character of the visitors. It is obvious that a flower
must depend for visitors not only upon the fauna of the region in
which it grows, but upon the insects which are flying while it
blooms. t Accordingly, I have arranged the plants in the order
of blooming, or at least in the order in which they were observed.
This will enable us to consider the order in which they succeed
one another, their relations to the particular insect fauna upon
which they depend, and to the general insect fauna which reaches
its maximum of variety in the hot summer. We can compare a
plant with one blooming earlier or later, can discover peculiari-
ties in the lists which are due to time of blooming, and can elim-
inate this cause to ascertain the effect of difterence of structure.

For aid in the determination of the bees I am indebted to Mr.
E. T. Cresson, of the flies to Dr. S. W. Williston, of the beetles
and bugs to Mr. C. A. Hart. The Chalcids, as far as made out,
were named for me by Mr. L. O. Howard. My collecting and
identification of the minute hymenopteraand diptera are very im-
perfect. The flowers with exposed nectar are very abundantly
visited by these forms, but to collect them requires special atten-
tion to them. Then, they have been so imperfectly studied, that
it is hard to determine them or to assort them accurately.

* Compare especially Miiller: Fertilization of Flowers, Weitere Beobachtungen, and
Alpenblumen. AlsoSchulz: Beitrage zur Kentniss der Bestaiibungseinrichtungen und
der Geschlechtsvertheilung bei den Ptlanzen.

f The importance of the time of blooming is especially emphasized by MacLeod : Sta-
tistiehe Beschouwingen omtrent de Bevruchting der Bloemen door de Insecten, Botanisch
Jaarboek, eerste jargang, 1889, Gent.
V.-3-8

450 TKANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

I withhold for the present the lists of visitors in order to com-
plete the determination of certain groups, and to raise the num-
ber in certain lists, so that the comparisons can he more satisfac-
torily made. The tables give the number of species of the several
groups. Unless otherw^ise stated, the observations were made
near Carlinville, Ills.

Erigenia biilbosa, Nutt. — On the first warm days of spring this plant
raises its small white umbels just above the leaves. The plants often
form rather large patches, so that they are very attractive to insects, fur-
nishing both honey and pollen in great abundance. All of the flowers
are hermaphrodite, and, from a careful examination, I am satisfied that
Foerste* is correct in regarding them as proterogynous.

The petals are longer than in most umbellifers and are not so widely
expanded, so that the disc is not so freely exposed as in many of the fol-
lowing species. In the female stage especially, the petals are more erect,
and the incurved stamens aid in concealing the nectar.

A flower blooming so early as Erigenia does, cannot be sure to find a
set of flower-loving insects waiting for it, for anthophilous insects cannot
afford to appear until they are sure of a floral diet. But any weather
warm enough to bring out Erigenia flowers is certain to bring out a set of
insects which are able to do good work until the flower-insects come.
The first day I found Erigenia in bloom in 1889 was on March 21st, when
I noted as visitors Apis mellifica, Gonia frontosa, Lucilia cornicina, Sca-
tophaga squalida, and a Sarcophagid. With the exception perhaps of
Gonia, all of these insects may be observed on any warm day during the
winter. The hive-bee is introduced and so must always be regarded as
an intruder on native flowers. None of the other insects depend upon a
floral diet. We see, therefore, that Erigenia is sure of the visits of flesh-
flies and dung-flies at any time it may appear. It would be eftectually
cross-fertilizad if it depended upon Lucilia cornicina alone. The plant
has an advantage over Dicentra Cucullaria,f which has to wait for long-
tongued bees. On March 23d I found among the visitors x\ndrena hir-
ticeps (5" and Brachypalpus frontosus — the first of the native flower-in-
sects. On the 26th I found 7 Andrenidse and 2 Syrphidse, so that this was
the first day when the set of visitors showed an anthophilous character.

As a result of early blooming, however, Erigenia is so far from sufter-
ing in the character of its visitors that it is the highest specialized of the
family, for it shows the largest proportion of bees. Of 62 species of insects
captured on the flowers, 28 are hymenoptera, and ail of these are bees
except a single Chrysid. During the time when this plant is in bloom I
have observed no other hymenoptera flying except Tenthredinid?e and Pa-
rasitica; these appear to be rare. The preponderance of bees, therefore,

* Bot. Gazette, vii., 70. f Bot. Gazette, xiv., 125.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS .t INSECTS — -UMBELLIFER^. 45 I

is not a result of structural adaptation to them, but of the paucity of the
early fauna in lower hymenoptera. By referring to the table it will be
seen that only two other species show as many bees, viz., Zizia and Pas-
tinaca. In the first place, these are exposed to a more numerous bee-fauna.
But while Erigenia shows 27 bees in competition with i hymenopteron and
34 other species, Zizia shows 35 bees in competition with 32 hymenoptera
and 64 other species, and Pastinaca 30 bees against 97 hymenoptera and
148 other insects. In Erigenia bees are nearly 2< in Zizia nearly J, in
Pastinaca less than i of the number of visitors.

Erigenia agrees with all of the earlier species, except those with con-
cealed nectar, in showing a preponderance of flies over hymenoptera, and
this is also a lesult of the absence of competition of the lower hymenop-
tera. The list of visitors is peculiarly rich in bees of the genus Andrena,
another result of early blooming.

Chcerophyllum procumbens, Crantz. — The plant grows in rather thin
patches in dark woods. The umbels contain three or four small flowers,
which bloom in succession and are very inconspicuous. The flowers are
hermaphrodite, imperfectly proterandrous or homogamous, with short
stamens and styles. Sometimes I have found a dehiscent anther in con-
tact with the stigma, but even then most of the stigmatic surface remains
bare and ready to receive pollen from other flowers. However, all of the
flowers appear fruitful even in bad weather, so I think self-fertilization
always occurs in the absence of insects.

The plant blooms next after Erigenia. The inconspicuousness of the
flowers is compensated for by a rich supply of nectar, so that I was ena-
bled to take 50 species of insects in three days. The nectar is more freely
exposed, and, as a consequence, we find fewer bees than in Erigenia and
an increased proportion of other insects. This is first to show Parasitica.

Zizia aurea, Koch. — The plants grow in rather large patches, which
are made conspicuous by the yellow umbels. Five umbels of each order
produced an average of flowers and umbellets as follows :

1st order — 294 male and 37 hermaphrodite flowers in 15 umbellets.
2d order — 170 •' " 178 '• " " iS "

3d order — 89 " " loi " " " 14 '•

The primary umbel commonly bears only male flowers : the proportion
of hermaphrodite flowers increases in umbels of 2d and 3d orders. The
fruitful umbellets have male flowers within, except a single central flower
which is hermaphrodite. The hermaphrodite flowers are proterogynous.
While the primary umbel is discharging pollen, the hermaphrodite flow-
ers of the secondary umbels protrude their receptive stigmas. Then they
and the male flowers discharge pollen to supply the first stage of flowers
of the umbels of the 3d order.

The nectar is concealed by the inflected petals, and in the first stage
by the incurved stamens. This plant is |first to show Scoliidse, Pompi-
lidie, Crabronidse, and EumenidcE, which are now flying. The number

452 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

of bees is larger than in any other species in the table. Compared with
Erigenia, this is owing to concealment of nectar and to the presence of a
more numerous bee-fauna. Compared with Eryngium, which has more
deeply-seated honey, it is owing to a smaller number of competitors, re-
sulting from early blooming. The proportion of bees to other hymenop-
tera is reduced by the appearance of lower forms. The proportion of
diptera is reduced by concealment of nectar.

Polytcenta Nuttalltt\ DC. — This plant agrees with Zizia aurea in color,
proterogyny, time of blooming, mode of nectar concealment, and in the
general character of its visitors. Five umbels of each order produced an
average of flowers and umbellets as follows :

1st order — 335 male and 9 hermaphrodite flowers in 14 umbellets.
2d order — 275 " " 120 " " " iS "

3d order — 48 " " 55 " " "11 •'

The primary umbel is, as a rule, entirely male, the proportion of her-
maphrodite flowers increasing in the secondary and tertiary umbels. On
a plant bearing umbels of the 4th order, the primary and all of the second-
ary umbels bore only male flowers; an umbel of the 3d order bore 384
male and 74 hermaphrodite flowers in 18 umbellets; one of the 4th order
bore 63 male and 54 hermaphrodite flowers in 12 umbellets.

Osinorrhiza longistyh's, DC. — Five umbels of each order bore an av-
erage of flowers and umbellets as follows;

1st order — 58 male and 27 hermaphrodite flowers in 6 umbellets.
2d order — 47 " "18 " " " 6 "

3d order— 38 " " 15 " " " 5 ''

4th order — 29 " •' 11 " " '" 5 "

The hermaphrodite flowers are proterandrous, and the proportion of
male flowers remains about the same in umbels of all orders. The flow-
ers are white. The nectar is fully exposed, and, as a consequence, the
number of diptera equals the number of hymenoptera.

Saiiicula Marilatidica, L. — The umbels contain i to 4 hermaphrodite
flowers surrounded by from 20 to 70 male flowers. The styles of the her-
maphrodite flowers are strongly exserted from the start, and, although
without receptive stigmas at first, the stigmas develop before dehiscence,
so that the flower is proterogynous. When the stamens become dehis-
cent, the styles are strongly recurved, holding the stigmas down against
the sides of the ovary. Sometimes the petals hold an anther so firmly
between them that it is not released until it has lost its pollen.

S. europsa has the styles exserted at first, but Schulz* regards it as
proterandrous.

The petals are incurved so that they cover the disc, making the nectar
less accessible to the shortest tongue. Accordingly, the list shows more
hymenoptera than diptera. Although the heads are by no means showy,
a rich supply of nectar insures an abundance of industrious visitors.

ROBERTSON— FLOWERS * INSECTS UMBELLIFER-(E. 453

Heracleuvi lanatum, Mx. — This plant bears large umbels of white flow-
ers. Well developed plants have 2 or 3 secondary umbels and sometimes
one of the third order. Five umbels of each order bore an average of flow-
ers and umbellets as follows :

ist order — • o male and 420 hermaphrodite flowers in 19 umbellets.
2d order — 120 " " 303 " " " 20 "

3d order — 389 " " 46 " '• " 20 ''

As a rule, the primary umbel is entirely hermaphrodite, and umbels
of the third order are entirely male. A single umbel (primary), borne
on a weak plant, produced 160 male and 94 hermaphrodite flowers in 14
umbellets. The opposite of what occurs in Zizia ana Poiytcsnia, the pro-
portion of hermaphrodite flowers decreases from the primary umbel. The
hejmaphrodite flowers are proterandrous.

This is the first plant to show Larrida; and Sphecidse. On account of
the exposed situation of the nectar, we find a diminution in the propor-
tion of bees and an increase in Parasitica, Crabronidae, and especially of
diptera. I found more flies on Heracleum than on any other umbellifer
except Pastinaca. But Pastinaca shows only 7 more flies in a much larger
list. Heracleum is especially rich in .Syrphidae, showing 21 species in a
list of 174 visitors, while Pastinaca shows only 22 species in a list of 275.
The list is also rich in Crabronidse, especially species of Crabro- Cicuta
shows an equal number, Crabro being partly replaced by Oxybelus.

Pimfinella integerritna, Benth. & Hook. — This agrees in a general
way with Zizia and Polytsenia, and should be compared with them. Five
umbels of each order produced an average of flowers and umbellets as
follows :

1st order — 409 male and o hermaphrodite flowers in 14 umbellets.
2d order — 174 " " 72 " " " 14 "

3d order— 35 - " 47 " " •' 9

A primary umbel on a plant bearing only i umbel produced 36 her-
maphrodite flowers, with many male ones, in 17 umbellets. The herma-
phrodite flowers are proterogynous.

Eulophus Americafius^ Nutt. — The flowers are white. Five umbels of
each order- produced an average of flowers and umbellets as follows :

1st order — 25 male and 1S2 hermaphrodite flowers in 13 umbellets.
2d order — 159 "' " 13 " ' " 12 "

3d order — 51 •' '• o " " " 7 "

Commonly, umbels of 1st order contain only hermaphrodite flowers,
those of the 2d order only male flowers. Umbels of the 3d order are rare
and entirely male. The hermaphrodite flowers are proterandrous.

From their early blooming and fully exposed nectar, Eulophus and
Heracleum show the greatest proportion of flies. Eulophus shows 52 flies
in a list of 97. Tiedmannia, which is exposed to a richer hymenopterous
fauna, shows 52 flies in a list of 156.

454 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Tliasfium aureum, Nutt. ; var. trifoliatum, C. & R. — Resembles Xxta^l,
Poljtienia, and Pimpinella. Plve umbels of each order bore an average
of flowers and umbellets as follows :

ist order — 174 male and 37 hermaphrodite flowers in \i umbellets.
2d order — 98 " " 90 " " " 10 "

3d order — 57 " '■ 98 " /' " 12 '•

var. atropurpureum, C. \: R.

Is^t order — 170 male and 13 hermaphrodite flowers in 11 umbellets.
2d order — 129 " '' 80 " " •' 12 "

3d order — 94 " " 85 " " " 11 '

Umbels of the ist order are commonly male. The hermaphrodite
flowers are proterogvnous.*

Pastinaca sativa, L. ("adv. from Eur.") — Schulzf has observed that
the primary umbels contain principally hermaphrodite flowers, while the
number of male flowers increases in umbels of the 3d order. The herma-
phrodite flowers are proterandrous, as is well known.

The large umbels of yellow flowers are very attractive to insects. The
nectar is freely exposed. In comparing the lists it must be remembered
that this is the largest one, much more time having been given to it than
to any other plant. It shows the first Nyssonidas, and an increase in all
hymenoptera except Crabronidae, Andrenid?e, and Apidse. Although ob-
served nearly four times as much as Heracleum, it shows only 5 more flies.
Heracleum shows 20 more flies than hymenoptera, while Pastinaca shows
35 more hymenoptera than flies.

In the P^ertilization of Flowers, 284, and Weitere Beobachtungen, i.,
36, Miiller gives a list of 7 diptera and 8 hymenoptera. In the former
he says : " So the dull yellow flowers of this plant, like those of Buplurum
and Anethum, are visited by Diptera and Hymenoptera, not by Beetles."
Again, on p. 287, he says : "As a peculiarity which influences this assem-
blage of insects, I must mention the yellow color, for I have never found
the flowers of Buplurum, Silaus. or Pastinaca, visited by beetles." This
generalization was founded in the case of Buplurum falcatum on a list 01
only 8 visitors, and he afterwards, in the Weit. Beobachtungen. records
the occurrence of beetles on B. falcatum as well a*, on B. rotundifolium.
In a list of 46 species found in Anethum, no beetle occurs, but this may
be accidental. The list of visitors of Silaus is very fragmentary, -contain-
ing only 3 insects. In Bot. Gazette, vii., 24, Foerste mentions beetles as
visitors of Pastinaca, and on page 27 of the same Prof. Trelease refers to
Mlillei's statement. Finally. I have found Pastinaca to be visited by 40
species of beetles, which is nearly twice as many as Miiller ever found on
any plant of the order.

* Foefste seems to have regarded some species of Thaspium( ?) as proterogynous. See
Bot. Gazette, vii., 71. f 1. c.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS * INSECTS UMBEI.LIFER^. 455

Cicuta maciilata, L.- — I'ive umbels of each order bore an average of
flowers and umbel lets as follows :

1st order — 4 male and 4S5 hermaphrodite flowers in 16 umbellets.
2d order — 127 " " 824 " " '' 28 ''

3d order — 360 " " 448 " " " 27 "

4th order — 438 " " 43 " " " 22 "

As a rule, umbels of ist order bear only hermaphrodite flowers, those
of 4th order only male flowers. The hermaphrodite flowers are proter-
androus.

This plant bears many large umbels of white flowers with fully exposed
nectar. Cicuta was observed nearly three times as much as Ileracleum,
but Ileracleum shows 15 more flies. As we have observed, Heracleum has
20 more flies than hymenoptera, but Cicuta has 71 more hymenoptera than
flies, nearly twice as many. While diptera reach their maximum on Ile-
racleum, hymenoptera reach their maximum on Cicuta. It is the first to
show BembecidJE. Compared with Pastinaca, which blooms earlier, it
shows an increase in all hymenoptera except Parasitica, Philanthidae,
Ermenidie, Andrenidae, and Apidje. The Parasitica would no doubtequal
the numbers taken on Pastinica, or Slum, if I had given the sam^ atten-
tion to the collection of them, and then the extent of the preponderance
of hymenoptera on Cicuta would have been better indicated.

Eryngiutn yucc<sfolium, Mex. — Agrees in general with E. campestre,
as described and figured by Miiller in the "Fertilization of Flowers," 271.
Although the styles are strongly exserted from the first, they do not seem
to become receptive until after the pollen is discharged, so that the flower
is proterandrous. The early elongation of the styles seems to be to ob-
struct the passage to the nectar, so as more effectually to exclude short-
tongued insects. The nectar is more deeply seated than in any other
species here considered, and, as a consequence, we find a marked increase
in insects of large size and long tongues. Compared with Zizia, we find
a smaller number and proportion of bees, on account of the increased
abundance of other hymenoptera. We also find fewer diptera, on account
of deeper honey and competition of hymenoptera."

But the effect of deep-seated honey is best shown by comparison with
Cicuta, which was observed nearly equally and under equally favorable
conditions, and, since they bloom at the same time, they are exposed to
the same kinds of insects, so that the differences in the lists may be re-
ferred to differences in floral structure. The Parasitica are limited to
Leucospis. Chrysididse and Nyssonidse are absent. Pompihdse fall from
20 to 6; Larridse from 12 to 3; Crabronidce from 14 to 4; Sphecida; from 12
to 8. The larger and longer-tongued species — Scoliidje, Philanthidae, and
Eumenidse — remain about the same, while the large Bembecidje show an
increase. There is marked increase in long-tongues, such as Apida?, Bom-
bylidiE, Conopida-, and lepidoptera. Indeed, the list shows more Bom-

456 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

bylidse, Conopidre. and lepidoptera, than on any other umbellifer, and
more Apidae than any other except Zizia.

E. campestre, according to Schulz,* has the first umbels with only her-
maphrodite flowers, and the last with only male ones. Miiller's list of 24
species whollj' fails to indicate the character of visitors favored by the
floral stiucture.

Slum cicu/cr/bli'um, Gmelin. — Five umbels of each order bore an aver-
age of flowers and umbellets as follows :

ist order — o male and 415 hermaphrodite flowers in 13 umbellets.
2d order— o ' •' 689 " ' ' 23 "

3d order — o " " 521 " " " 21 ''

4th order— 279 '• " 58 " " "16 "

Umbels of the 4th order are usually entirely male. In less vigorous

plants, umbels of the 4th order are wanting, and those of the 3d are en-
tirely of male flowers. The hermaphrodite flowers are proterandrous.

This plant closely resembles Cicuta, but the list is much smaller, since
they do not grow under conditions as favorable for observation.

The list shows more species of Bombylidse than in Eryngium, but the
five species were represented by only one individual of each.

Tiedmannta rigida^ C. & R. — Five umbels of each order bore an av-
erage of flowers and umbellets as follows :

ist order — 27 male and 594 hermaphrodite flowers in 23 umbellets.
2d order — 385 " " 70 " " " 19 "

In well developed plants the primary umbels are entirely of herma-
phrodite flowers, and umbels of the 2d order are entirely male. Umbels
of the 3d order are rare and contain only male flowers. They represent
umbellets of secondary umbels. Twenty plants bore 20 umbels of ist or-
der, 50 of the 2d, and 3 of the 3d. The hermaphrodite flowers are pro-
terandrous.

In regard to visitors, Tiedmannia agrees essentially with Cicuta and
Sium, but there seems to be a tendency for hymenoptera to fall off, proba-
bly on account of the late blooming. Thus Sium shows 25 more hymen-
optera, but only 6 more flies. Cicuta shows 63 more hymenoptera and
only 20 more diptera.

Hydrocotyle umbellata, L. — I found only hermaphrodite flowers, which
are proterandrous. While the anthers are discharging pollen the styles
are bent over upon each other.

The plant was observed at Orlando, Florida, in March, and, although
it blooms earlier than Erigenia in Illinois, it shows insects which do not
occur when Erigenia is in bloom. It agrees with early species having
fully exposed nectar in showing a preponderance of diptera.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS & INSECTS UMBELLIFER^. 457

Review of the Umbellifer^.

In a general wav. insects increase in numbers as it becomes warmer,
and we may expect to find more species on the later forms.

Flies are common throughout. They show a preponderance in the
lists of early species, except those with concealed nectar. They reach
their maximum proportion on Ileracleum and Eulophus. In Cicuta they
decrease on account of increased competition with hymenoptera, and in
Eryngium also on account of concealment of nectar. As far as the food
of the adults is concerned, the earlier months seem to be much more fa-
vorable to flower-flies.

Bees also appear to be equally common throughout, only Zizia and
Pastinaca showing more species than Erigenia. The flowers with con-
cealed nectar and those blooming in early spring are most favorable to
them.

Other families of hymenoptera show a marked increase in number of
species from early spring. x\ few forms appear as the season advances,
and they reach their maximum in July and August. The Eumenidas and
Crabronid?e are the only families in which the increase is not well
marked. We can best understand the changes in the lists if we regard
the bees and flies as practically stationary, their proportions and their
actual numbers in the lists being reduced by the increase in numbers and
the competition of the lower hymenoptera.*

The character of the visitors of Umbelliferte. therefore, must depend
upon the insects to which they are exposed, i.e., upon the time of bloom-
ing. Indeed, the time of blooming is almost or quite as important as
modifications to hide the nectar. If we take three white-flowered forms
with exposed nectar, but appearing at difl'erent times, we will find the
extremes in character of visitors. Thus, Erigenia shows the highest
proportion of bees, Eulophus the highest proportion of flies, and Cicuta
the highest proportion of low-er hymenoptera. Zizia, Polytsenia and
Eryngium agree in showing a preponderance of hymenoptera over flies
as an eff'ect of concealment of honey. Pastinaca, Cicuta and Sium show
the same result as an tflFect of time of blooming. Forms with hidden
nectar also show marked contrasts on account of time of blooming.
Thus, in the case of Zizia. which blooms in May, one-half of the hymen-
optera are bees, while in Eryngium, which has more deeply-seated honey
but blooms in July, only one-third of the hymenoptera are bees.

Concealment of nectar, however, accomplishes one important result
which cannot be accomplished by change of time of blooming, and that
is the simultaneous exclusion of flies and short-tongued hymenoptera.
The eff'ect of concealment of nectar can only be ascertained by compari-
son with a form having free honey, and blooming at the same time as
Eryngium with Cicuta.

* See Table II.

45S TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

In Erigenia bulbosa, Chaerophjllum procumbens and Hydrocotjle um-
bellata I found only hermaphrodite flowers; all of the other species bear
male flowers as well. Male flowers are most abundant in the centre of
the umbels, in the centre of the umbellets, and on the side of the umbel-
lets which is nearest the centre of the umbel. It follows that hermaphro-
dite flowers are most abundant on the outside of the umbels, on the
outside of the umbellets, and on the side of the umbellets which is nearest
the outside of the umbel. In Sanicula. however, the hermaphrodite flow-
ers are central, and in Zizia the fruitful umbellets commonly have a sin-
gle, central hermaphrodite flower.

Erigenia, Zizia, Thaspium, Polytaenia, Pimpinella, and Sanicula Ma-
rilandica, have the styles strongly exserted, and are abundantly visited
by insects before the anthers are dehiscent. From a careful examination
of the styles in all stages, I am satisfied that they are proterogynous.
With the exception of Erigenia, they have the nectar concealed by the in-
curved petals. In the character of their insect visitors, with the exception
of Eryngium, they are the most highly specialized of Umbelliferae.

In the proterogynous species — Zizia, Thaspium, Polytoenia, and Pim-
pinella— the primary umbel commonly contains only male flowers to sup-
ply the first stage of the secondary umbels, and the proportion of her-
maphrodite flowers increases in umbels of the 2d and 3d orders. On the
other hand, the proterandrous species — Heracleum, Eulophus, Pastinaca,
Cicuta, Sium, and Tiedmannia — commonly have the primary umbels en-
tirely of hermaphrodite flowers, and the last umbels entirely male, to sup-
ply the pollen for the second stage of the preceding umbels. This differ-
ence in behavior goes to support the view that the plants mentioned in
the former group are really proterogynous.

In well developed plants the first and last umbels thus tend to special-
ization; but when the flowers are reduced to a single primary umbel, as
in the plants mentioned under Heracleum and Pimpinella, this umbel
contains both male and hermaphrodite flowers.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS & INSECTS UMBEI-LIFER^.

459

IB^OX

11 n M rt M -H ■-.

•Bjajdoanas];

•Bjaidopids^

•Bjaiditugfj

•vjid%do3\o^

••Bjsidia J3mo

•aBppsnj/^

•aepiqdaX§

•aspidouo^
•sepidv

•aepiuajpuy

•aepidsa^V

■aspiuauing

•aepiuojqBJQ
j -aepiqiUBiiqd

OnOO O lo ro

M N l-C M M N

N « vo "I M •* •^

P)f<00P»r)-<J->-iNt^ThO :7\'sioc<1

p» OwO "".00 t^ "-i 00

fO LD Tt- -" CO Tj- 11

lO II M ►- fO ■^ 1-1

\OrOr<r«ii>iiofO ;iioo>0'-«'^i-'>-«

n in ; M !>. M m P>

O\00 M P> 00 : ro ro N 00 CsvO t-

ro "1 *>• ro M <*■ •

•aepiuoss.Vj^

•aepp^qmag

•aepiJiUT;

•aepioaqdg

•aBpijiduioj

•aepiiioog

•3epiiiqni\[
cy aeppiuijcoj

•33pipisXaq3

•■BOIJISBJBJ :y

a3piutp3jqiu9j^

•sa^BQ

II II to i^vO vO c^

« P> CO -^ lO M

t^ M 00 t- >0

r> J:-~vO -^ ■^ i-i

« « M -^ w >-i ro

rO\0 : <rs -^

1 00 ONf^ ; I— I 00

i 7

CO ; : :
O : . CO N .

2^ ^ 3 bj: hJD Q,

I. I

I ' - I '►^, o

•^ lO

o t- 1 v « :r 1^ o I '^ I ■" -I*- o :: ::'

\<%

O

5^ O

P " C
- 3 <u

._ r^.ii e u C _

— a: -n - !- rt rt

bc5

<u u ^

M-n OS

^^ o:^ sflg

^ ">. S _=, i S g ^ ^; c

:t~ Z."^ -^ :i 3 5j 3";

cc-K-3-r.S-^O

NCiC7::::cia'w»

^ I* c 3 c >^

U S 3 O 5 O

c ^ coo " S o

*J 3 i- H -Q _
X U -^ — U ^

;l, U a X H S

>H n ro •* lovO t^oo a^ o " f^ fO ■^ icvo

460

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

XJa:xit»elli«eree. — Tcit>le II.

O

c
<u

S

s

u ■

With exposed Nectar :

Erigenia bulbosa

Chserophyllum procumbens .

Osmorrhiza longistylis

Ileracleum lanatum

Eulophus Americanus

Crjptotasnia Canadensis

Pastinaca sativa

Cicuta maculata

Sium cicuticfolium

Tiedmannia rigida

With concealed Nectar :

Zizia aurea

PoljtEenia Nuttallii

Sanicula Maiilandica

Pimpinella integei rima

Eryngium yuccEefolium

28

20

10

67

36

26

127

143

105

80

67
26

14
10
76

30

25
10

87

52
22
92
72

4
5
2
20
9

XI

56
2;^

58 I 28
52 I 24

48 ' 16

13 2

[
13 I 2

4
30

27

12

8

18

7
12

30
21

13

35

II

II

9

25

49
29

14

97

122

92

72

32

15

3

I

51

30

25
10

87
52
22

92

72

58

13

13
9

41

( 46i )

Winter Temperatures .

By Francis E. Nipher.

The temperature of the December just past is above that of
any other in fifty-two years. The normal December tempera-
ture during that time is 33.5. The monthly means have varied
from 33.3 in 1S76 to 49.4 during the last year.

For purposes of comparison, we may define a normal Decem-
ber, one which varies less than two degrees from the average of
the Decembers of 52 years. A mild December will fall within
a range of four degrees just above the normal range. Above the
mild Decembers, over a range of four degrees, will be the warm
Decembers, and above will He the very warm months. Simi-
larly below the normal, we have three four-degree belts, which
we may define as cool, cold, and very cold months.

Including the month just past, the number of times the month
has fallen within these groups since 1S37, are given in the follow-
ing table. There have been two very warm Decembers, five
warm, thirteen mild, etc. Similar values for January and Feb-
ruary are given in the same table.

Very warm

Warm

Mild

Normal

Cool

Cold...

Very cold ..

December January. ' February.

I

I

0

5

10

4

• 13

11

20

H

6

10

13

16

12

4

6

2

2

2

3

53

52

52

It will be observed that the divergence of these Decembers
from the normal is very symmetrical. A probability curve
would represent them with precision. January, however, is a
month of extremes. There have been only 6 normal Januaries

462

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

in fifty-two years, while there have been 16 cool, 1 1 mild, and 10
warm Januaries.

Some years since Dr. Engelmann stated, that, according to
past experience, a warm December is likely to be followed by a
warm January and February. This seems to have a rational ba-
sis, as the earth when kept warm during December is likely to
aftect the character of the following months.

The following table gives the character of the months follow-
ing the very warm and warm Decembers, and the final column
gives the character of the January and February following, taken
as a whole :

December.

January.

February.

Jan. & Feb.

1877

very warm

mild

mild

mild

IS46

warm

cool

normal

normal

i8s7

( 1

warm

cold

"

1862

"

1 1

normal

mild

1875

(i

a

mild

warm

1S81

ii

normal

warm

mild

In two cases of a warm December the remaining portion of
the winter was normal, while in four cases it was above normal.
Only one out of the twelve winter months which followed warm
Decembers was really cold, viz., February, 185S, having a mean
of 27.1, or 7°. 9 below the average of.53 years.

In case of the 13 mild Decembers, the character of the rest of
the winter was

Below normal 5 times,

Above '' 6 "

Normal 2 *'

The 14 normal Decembers were followed by winter weather:

Above normal 4 times,

Below normal 6 "

Normal 4 "

The 13 cool Decembers were followed by winter weather:

Above normal 4 times,

Below " 5 "

Normal 4 "

In all of these cases, excepting warm and very warm Decem-

NIPHER WINTER TEMPERATURES.

46-

bers, the character of "that month affords no criterion of the cha-
racter of the rest of the winter.

Coming now to cold and very cold Decembers, it appears that
they have also usually been followed by winter months of normal
temperature or above. This is shown in the table below.

1

i

December.

! January.

February.

Jan. & Feb.

i IS3S

cold

i

1 warm

mild

mild

1845

a

cool

"•

' IS59 •

a

mild

mild

a

1872

verv cold

cold

cool

cool

J IS76

a 1.

normal

mild

normal

' 1878

cold

cool

normal

cool

This state of affairs does not seem to rest on any rational basis,
and is well calculated to make us look with some distrust on the
prediction based upon warm Decembers.

( 464 )

FREDERICK ADOLPHUS WISLIZENUS.

By Dr. G. J. EngelmANN.

Dr. Frederick Adolphus Wislizenus was born in May, iSio,
at Koenigsee in Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt, one of the most beau-
tiful of the many little German principalities of that time. He
was the youngest of three children of a Protestant minister whose
ancestors, certainly not of German, probably of Polish origin,
are said to have fled from their homes in Bohemia victims of the
religious fanaticism which led to the persecution of Huss and his
followers.

Wislizenus entered upon the study of medicine at the Univer-
sita of Jena in 1828. and later studied at Gottingen and at Wiirz-
burg. With many of his fellow-students, he became deeply
interested in the patriotic but visionary plans of the Burschen-
scliaft, of which he was a member, and was one of a handful of
young enthusiasts who determined to overthrow the monarchial
government of Germany, but were speedily overpowered after a
first bold stroke in the city of Frankfort. Some were captured ;
others escaped, and among them young Wislizenus,* who fol-
lowed his friend and teacher, the great clinician Schoenlein, to
Zurich. While here he became interested in the cause of Italy
and joined an expedition to aid Mazzini in his struggle against
Austrian rule ; but again he was forced to return to his studies,
well-intentioned Swiss troops disarming the young men before
they had succeeded in reaching the border.

Wislizenus graduated in Zurich in 1834, visited the Hospitals
of Paris, and then sailed for New York, where he entered upon

* One of his compatriots was Gustavus Koerner, a fellow-student at the University of
Jena, who likewise made his escape and Med to the United States, settling in Belleville,
111., where he rapidjy assumed prominence, was elected Lieutenant-Governor of the State,
and later accredited as United States Ambassador to Spain. In his work, " The German
Element in the United States," Koerner pays a handsome tribute to his friend Wislizenus.

ENGEL.MANN — OBITUARY OF F. A. WISLIZENUS. 465

the practice of his profession in 1S35. -^^ remained there only
two years, actively at work with his pen both as political pam-
phleteer and poet,* having acquired the language, and familiar-
ized himself somewhat with the country. He set out for the West
in 1S37, '^"^^ Joined Koeiner and others of his fellow-exiles who
had found a home in St. Clair county, Ills. Until 1839 ^^^ prac-
ticed in the small town of Mascoutah, and then, tired of the mo-
notony of country life, came to St. Louis and at once found a
long-wished-for opportunity. He volunteered to accompany one
of the expeditions of the St, Louis Fur Company for trading with
the Indians. With these hardy pioneers he penetrated far into
the Northwestern country toward the source of the Green River,
in the Wind River Mountains; but, when the traders had ex-
hausted their supplies and turned homeward, Wislizenus, eager
to explore this boundless and unknown territor}', joined a band
of Flathead and Nez-Perces Indians, aud moved on with them,
crossing the Rocky Mountains to the high lands of the present
Utah, and as far as Fort Hall, then the most southerly trading
post of the British. No guide being found willing to take him
over the Sierra Nevada to California, he turned back. Crossing
the lower Green River and the south fork of the Platte, he fol-
lowed the Arkansas to the border of Missouri.

Unfortunately he was not able to utilize his opportunities for
scientific purposes, as he was without instruments or facilities
of any kind, so that his hazardous journey proved little more
than a pleasant i^ecreation.

Upon his return to St. Louis in 1S40, Dr. Wislizenus resumed
the practice of medicine and soon became identified with the
varied interests of the rapidly developing city. A Democrat in
politics, he took an active part in all that pertained to local af-
fairs, and especially such as concerned the German population.

* He wrote constantly for the German papers of New York from the standpoint of the
American citizen, urging^ his coimtrymen to identify themselves more thoroughly with the
home of their adoption, and throw aside all clanish feeling. But amid his new surround-
ings he had not forgotten his old home, and with poetical fire he gave vent to his contempt
for the petty tyrants of the old world. A number of these verses were publiished during
the period of his New York residence, and others appeared now and then at intervals in
later years. They are extremely interesting as indicative of the times and not without po-
etical merit.

V— 3-9

466 TRAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

He was one of the few regular attendants at the meetings of the
Western Academy of Science, and efficiently aided his friend,
Dr. Engelmann, in all his eflbrts in behalf of the new institution.
Among the projects in which they were interested, and which
failed like others of their premature undertakings, was the esta-
blishment of a Botanic Garden. The minutes of the Western
Academy bear witness to the difficulties encoinitered

Dr. Wislizenus soon g-ained a lucrative practice, and was loved
and respected as a physician. But, no sooner did a good oppor-
tunity present itself, than he was again in the saddle. Well
equipped with instruments for observation and facilities for col-
lecting, he joined a trading expedition to Mexico, which was
thoroughly organized and afforded him all the advantages he had
so sorely missed on his first trip. In Santa Fe the travellers first
heard of the war which had broken out between Mexico and the
United States ; but Wislizenus managed to secure passes and
pushed on to Chihuahua, where he (with other Americans) was
seized and imprisoned. Wislizenus was sent to a distant moun-
tain village, where he remained a prisoner during the winter,
with ample leisure to studv the surrounding country and arrange
his notes and collections. The prisoners were finally liberated
by the arrival of Col. Doniphan's troops in Chihuahua, in the
spring of 1847? '^^^^ ^^^^ doctor remained with them in a profes-
sional capacity until they were disbanded at New Orleans in the
summer of 18471 when he returned to St. Louis.

It was due to the efforts of Senator Thomas H. Benton, who
had become acquainted with the enthusiastic }oung student, that
Wislizenus was summoned to Washington and requested, by
vote of Congress, to publish the results of his investigations. The
"Memoir of a Tour to Northern Mexico in 1846 and 1S47, by
A. Wislizenus, M.D., Washington, i8^S," corrected many erro-
neous views of the Western country, afforded a fairly accurate
knowledge of an entirely new territory along the Rio Grande,
and was deemed of such importance that the Senate ordered
5,000 copies for distribution. In this memoir we find the first
notes of the country between Santa Fe and the mouth of the Rio
Grande, an excellent map of the entire route, as well as a geo-
logical sketch and a profile chart of altitudes. The meteorologi-

ENGELMA.NN — OBITUARY OF F. A. WISLIZEXUS. 467

cal and astronomical observations were extremely valuable at the
time, and the determination of elevations by daily barometric ob-
servations, from the borders of Missouri through Northern Mexico
to the mouth of the Rio Grande, has required but few alterations
since. The measurements made by Wislizenus likewise served
to complete the hydrography of Mexico, and the value of this
part of the work was acknowledged by Alexander von Humboldt
in a very complimentary manner.

Among the trophies of this expedition was a valuable botanical
collection containing many new plants which were classified and
described by Dr. Engelmann, who commemorated the work of
the explorer by giving his name to several of the new species.

While engaged in the publication of his ''Memoir" in Wash-
ington, Wislizenus met Miss Lucy Crane, sister-in-law of the
Hon. Geo. P. Marsh,

After completing his work in the East the doctor returned to
St. Louis, where he served with untiring energ}^ and zeal during
the terrible epidemic of 1849 ; but, scarcely had the cholera sub-
sided, when, in 1S50, he hastened to Constantinople, where Mr.
iSIarsh was then living with his family as United States Minister
to Turkey.

Dr. Wislizenus and Miss Crane were married at the United
States Legation in Constantinople, and, after visiting his old
home in Thiiringen and the great cities of the old world, with
his bride, the doctor returned to the TJnited States. Leaving his
young wife with her friends in the East, he sailed for Panama
and spent some time on the Pacific coast in search of a more
desirable and profitable location ; but, dissatisfied with the pros-
pect in California, he returned again to St, Louis in 1852, and
here this restless traveller at last permanently settled down to the
practice of his profession. He never again left the city unless
for brief recreations at his country-seat near Kimmswick, Jefler-
son Co., Mo., a most attractive spot upon a high bluft' command-
ing a view of the Mississippi River as far as Carondelet to the
North, and far away over the prairies of Illinois to the East and
South.

Dr. Wislizenus was one of the founders of The St. Louis Acad-
emy of Science, and in early years an active worker in, and one

468 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

of the officers of, The St. Louis Medical Society and The West-
ern Academy. For many years, also, he was President of the
German Medical Society of St. Louis. His barometrical obser-
vations, and his botanical and mineralogical collections in the
South-west, together with his ''Memoir," must be considered as
valuable contributions to Science. In later years an extensive
medical practice absorbed almost his entire time, but did not
altogether interfere with his scientific work, and he contributed
largely to the proceedings of this association. His meteorologi-
cal observations, begun in the interest of his friend, Dr. En-
gelmann, during the latter's absence in Europe in 1S58, he
continued until his eyesight began to fail. In 1S61 he took up
the study of atmospheric electricity with his wonted enthusiasm
and perseverance, in the belief that this would prove the most
important factor in meteorological science. Equipped with the
best instruments obtainable at the time, he continued his tedious
investigations until he became convinced that they would lead to
only negative results — a fact now generally acknowledged. He
found that daily variations existed as well as numerous sudden
changes, local in character and without positive significance- — a
result that has not been materially altered by the improved in-
struments of the day.

With advancing age Dr. Wislizenus withdrew more and more
from contact with his fellow-men, and during liis last years he
led a most secluded life at the home of his son, being closely
confined to the house by increasing infirmity and the loss of his
eyesight ; he was now seen but rarely at the meetings of the
Academy, and from the practice of medicine he was forced to
retire altogether. After a lingering aud extremely trying illness
Dr. Wislizenus died on the 226. September, 1S89, in the 80th
year of his age, and in accordance with his long expressed wish
he was laid to rest on a projecting spur of the forest-clad hills
of his country home.

( 4^9 )

8irrf<(ce Iiifer/raJs in Meteorology.

Bv Francis E. Nipher.

This country is now so well provided with observers of tem-
perature and rainfall that it is easy to ch\aw lines of equal rainfall
and temperature with great precision.

Some years since the writer began an examination of the rela-
tion between the amount of water falling upon various sections
of the Mississippi and its tributaries and the amount of water
discharged from that area in the rivers. It was found, for exam-
ple, that the rainfall in cubic feet upon the state of Missouri dur-
ing the two years ending in iSSS was exactly equal to the water
flowing past St. Louis in the Mississippi river, as determined
from the daily gauge readings.

It is evident that a similar integration of rainfall over the
United States will be a very stable quantity, and it is a matter of
great interest to learn how much this quantity varies from year to
year. I have applied this method to the ten-year rain charts of
the Signal Service which cover the period ending in iSSo. The
map areas were determined by the planimeter. The rainfall be-
tween the nine-inch line and the ten-inch line was asssumed to
be nine and a half inches. The scale of the map was determined
by measuring the map areas of a group of states whose areas in
■square miles may be considered as well known. The amount
of water in cubic feet is then easilv determined by a summation
of such integrals. Where the lines closed upon themselves
around maximum or minimum areas, special methods of deter-
mining the rainfall to be assigned were used, which it is unneces-
sary to explain here.

The results for the whole country in cubic miles of wa-
ter are —

470

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

January 96- 1

February 94-2

March ii4-7

April ii9'7

May 126.9

June 146.5

July 13S.1

August 121. S

September 102.5

October 90-4

November 100.9

December io5-5

Year 1357-3

The map showing the average rainfall for the year gives by a
similar treatment 1406 cubic miles, which differs from the value
deduced from the monthly maps by less than two and one half
per cent.

This water would fill a ditch half a mile deep and a mile
wide, reaching nearly from New York to San Fi-ancisco.

The average rainfall per second on the whole country would
fill a cubical box whose edges are 187 feet.

According to measurements which I have made on the velo-
city of falling rain-drops, the average velocity is between 180 to
200 ft. per second. This total rain is therefore equal, roughly,
to a stream of water 1S7 ft. square in section delivered upon the
earth with the velocity of falling rain-drops.

Similar methods are used in finding average temperatures of
a country or a state. Such integrals afford a reliable means of
comparison of any monthly values with normal values, and cer-
tainly afford the most delicate method of testing any systematic
change in the climate of a county or any part thereof.

( 47' )

On the AiKiJijsix of tlic Pxirnim (n-oiip.

By C. LUEDEKIXG.

The method ordinarily used for examination of the Barium
group precipitate, as it is described in Fresenius' Qiialitative
Analysis, proved itself to be unsatisfactory on several occasions.
It occurred that Barium was mistaken for Strontium, and that it
was impossible to find the latter at all when these substances
were present in small quantities with large quantities of Calcium.
After having assured myself of this fact by special experimental
investigation, I came to the conclusion that the method is inca-
pable of giving exact results, and that it is possible to overlook
quite considerable quantities of Barium and Strontium in work-
ing according to it. The thought involuntarily forces itself upon
one, that, in view of this fact, it has, no doubt, ifrequently hap-
pened that in mineral analysis these two elements have been
overlooked when accompanying Calcium.

For the purpose of more exactly determining the limits of deli-
cacy of the method, I prepared a series of mixtures containing
different relative quantities of Barium, Strontium and Calcium
chlorides, and examined them according to it. I here give my
results in brief.

A solution containing 0.003 ,?'• °^ ^^ ^^2 "^ -^ ^•^- ^^ water,
to which I c.c. of saturated solution of Ca SO^ was added, gave
an undoubted reaction for Barium.

A solution containing 0.003 gr. Ba CI., in 3 c.c. of water gave
no immediate precipitate on addition of i c.c. of Ca SO^ solu-
tion ; however, after some time, so that one would have declared
that Strontium was present. This is therefore to be regarded a
limit of the delicacy of the reaction for Barium, and accordingly
we may say, that, if there is less than . i % of Barium in the solu-
tion, it cannot be detected by the Ca SO^ test.

At the same time, for the purpose of comparison, I examined
into the delicacy of the test for Barium by Chromate of Potas-
sium solution. It was found tliat o.ooi gr. of Ba Cl.>, dissolved

472 TRAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

in 3 c.c. of water, still gave a perceptible precipitate on addition
of one drop of a saturated solution of Chromate of Potassium.

We conclude, therefore, that the reaction for Barium with Po-
tassium Chromate is more delicate than with Ca vSO^, since by
the Chromate test we can detect Earium if there is only .03% in
solution. According- to the usual method of the analysis of the
Barium Group the (NHj^)2 COg precipitate is to be dissolved in
H CI, then evaporated to dryness in order to expel any excess of
H CI. The residue is now dissolved in the least possible amount
of H., O, and a portion tested with Ca SO^. We must, therefore,
show the delicacy of the Ca SOj^ test under other conditions also,
that is, in the presence of an excess of Strontium and Calcium.

The following are the results of the experiments made for
this end :

To 0.020 gr. Ba Ci._, and 0.9S6 gr. CaCl,,, dissolved in 4 c.c-
of water, i c.c. of Ca SO4 solution was added. There was no
precipitate.

To 0.003 gr. ^^''^Clo and 0.986 gr. Ca CL,, dissolved in 2 c.c. of
water, 3 c.c. of solution of Sodium Acetate with 2 c.c. of a satu-
turated solution of Potassium Bichromate were added. In the
cold there was no precipitate ; after boiling, one appeared. Sodi-
um Acetate and Potassium Bichromate were used in order to
make the solution strongly acid with Acetic Acid.

To o.oio gr. Ba Cl., and 0-986 gr. Ca CU, dissolved in 13 c c.
water, i c.c, of Ca SO4 solution was added. There was no pre-
cipitate., which was however the case on the addition of a solu-
tion of Bichromate of Potassium.

These experiments show with sufficient clearness that the reac-
tion of Barium with K^CrgO; is more delicate than with Ca SO^^
under similaf conditions. It' also appears that the presence of
the large access of Calcium retards the Ca SOg to such a degree
that it can no longer be called delicate.

In our experiments we used of Barium Chloride only -^i^ as much
as of Calcium Chloride, or about 2fc of it. Further, we see that
by the conditions of the experiment 0.02% Ba CL, may be over-
looked in the course of the usual analytical method.

We see, too, that the K2 Cr^ O- test is not only more delicate
in general, but, what is more important, it is influenced in a much
less degree by the presence of an excess of Calcium.

LUEDEKING — ANALYSIS OF THE BARIUM GROUP. 473

We have, then, sufficient grounds for putting aside the old
method of analysis and substituting- the Chromate test.

It must also be added that dilution appears to decrease the
effect of the Calcium, and therefore that tlie effect is proportional
to the concentration of the solution. But by dilution again the
test for small quantities of Barium is rendered impossible, so that
we are obliged to work with concentrated solutions. But even
in the most dilute solutions the K2 Cr., O- shows itself far supe-
rior to the Ca SOj^ test, as is shown by our experiment.

In a similar way the delicacy of Ca SO^ as a reagent for Stron-
tium was tested.

To a solution of 0.001 gr. vSr CI 2 in 2 c.c. water, i c.c. of Ca
SO4 solution was added and the mixture heated to boiling. There
was no immediate precipitate, as the Strontium reaction requires ;
but, after boiling ] of an hour, a very slight precipitate appeared.

A solution of 0.003 gr. of Sr Ci^ in 3 c.c. water, to which i c.c.
Ca SOj^ solution was added, gave on boiling a very fine precipi-
tate, and one could conclude with perfect impartiality that Stron-
tium was present.

These are therefore the limits of the Strontium reaction with
Ca SOj^ under the most favorable circumstances, and it is possi-
ble by that means to detect 0.06 c^ of Strontium in solution. We
conclude, also, that the Ca SO4 test is somewhat more delicate
for Strontium than for Barium.

For the same reasons which we gave above in the case of Ba-
rium, it was necessary to ascertain the effect of the presence of
much Calcium upon the Ca SO^ test for Stronium. This influ-
ence— an item of great importance in practical analysis — was
proven to be far greater upon Strontium than upon Barium salts.

As a matter of fact, the test by means of Ca SO4 is not in the
least delicate, and therefore is perfectly ready to be laid aside.

To 0.030 gr. Sr CI 3 and 0.986 gr. Ca Clg, dissolved in 4 c.c.
water, i c.c. of Ca SO4 solution was added. There was no
precipitate even after boiling hard for ten minutes. To it was
then added i c.c. Ca So^ solution and 0.020 gr. SrCU dissolved
in 2 c.c. water. There was still no precipitate even after boiling
several minutes. There was added 0.120 gr. SrCl., dissolved in
12 c.c. water, and also i c.c. Ca SO4 : still no precipitate after
hard boiling. There was added in large quantities both SrCU

474 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIE.VCE.

and Ca SO4 and still it was impossible to get a precipitate even
after boiling a long time.

These experiments need no comment. The influence of Cal-
cium salts in hindering the test for Strontium with Ca SO^ is
enormous, and it is possible to overlook large quantities of Stron-
tium in testing by the usual analytical method.

In practice, the retarding influence of Strontium upon the Ba-
rium test is of minor importance ; but, to make the discussion
complete, I have examined this case also. In the presence of
much Sr Clo in solution it is not possible to distinguish as to the
absence or presence of small quantities of Barium. It appears
as though the Strontium reaction with Ca SO^ more and more
likens the Barium reaction in the measure of its concentration.
Thus a 30 </f Sr CI. 2 6-aq. solution gives with Ca SO^ an imme-
diate precipitate even in the cold ; thus giving an appearance
which should indicate the presence of Barium.

With more diluted Strontium solutions we get a very different
result. In this case the influence of Strontium in solution is ex-
actly similar to the influence of Calcium considered above.

For example, 2 c.c. of a Sr CU 6-aq. solution, with 0.003 §''•
Ba Clo in solution, gives, on the addition of i c.c. Ca SO 4, no
immediate precipitate ; so that it is impossible to detect small
quantities of Barium by this means. Indeed, the precipitation is
no quicker in this case than wath an equally concentrated Stron-
tium solution, under the very same conditions.

Of a very different character is the reaction of a small quan-
tity of Barium in the presence of a large amount of Strontium,
with the reagent K, Cr^O-.

2 c.c. of a 6-% SrClg 6-aq. solution, to which 0.002 gr. BaCl^
had been added, was acidified with Acetic acid, and to that was
added a few drops of Sodium Acetate solution, and then Potas-
sium acid chromate. On heating, the solution became very dis-
tinctly turbid, and in the course of a few minutes a precipitate
of BaCr04 had deposited. A Strontium solution of the same
strength, under the same treatment, showed not the slightest
turbidity. These experiments indicate plainly the delicacy and
trustworthiness of the Potassium Chromate.

By our experiments two facts have been proven :

LUEDEKIXG — ANALYSIS OF THE BARIUM GKOUP. 475

ist. The presence of Calcium and Strontium salts are prejudi-
cial to the Ca SO^ test for Barium.

2d. The presence of Calcium affects even in a greater degree
the delicacy of the Ca SO4 test for Strontium.

In the light of these facts we are bound to seek for a more ex-
act method of analysis. From these same experiments such a
method, I believe, has been suggested.

This method rests, in the first place, upon the fact, that, even
in the presence of large quantities of Calcium and Strontium,
Potassium Chromate will precipitate Barium on boiling if the
solution has been acidified with Acetic Acid. Eveh small traces
of Barium give this reaction, and there is no danger of confusing
it with either Calcium or Strontium.

In all cases saturated solutions of K^ CrO^, or of K, Cr„0^,
must be used.

After the separation of the previous groups, precipitate the
Barium group with (NH4)^C03, heat to boiling and filter ;
wash carefully the precipitate and dissolve in the least possible
quantity of Acetic Acid. Add to this solution an excess of satu-
rated K3 CrOj^. Heat for several minutes to boiling. If there is
a turbidity or precipitate, the presence of Barium is proven. Pre-
cipitate by this means all the Barium ; filter. Make the filtrate
alkaline with Ammonia and add (NH4)2''C03 in excess. A pre-
cipitate formed may be Strontium or Calcium, or Strontium and
Calcium. It is filtered, washed, dissolved in the smallest possi-
ble quantity of H CI, and tested for Strontium by means of the
spectroscope. Then H^ So^ is added to the solution, heated, the
precipitate filtered oft', and in the filtrate Calcium is tested for in
the ordinary way by means of Ammonium Oxalate.

This method is capable of quick execution and certain in its
results, which is not the case with the old method.

One other circumstance is to be noticed, i.e. large quantities
of Barium and Strontium do not hinder the detection of small
quantities of Calcium.

Now this modified method has the disadvantage that for its
execution it is necessary to use the spectroscope, and consequent-
ly it is impossible to judge as certainly concerning the quantity
of Strontium present as in case of a precipitate test. The author
sought in vain for a long time to discover such a method.

476 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENXE.

Strontium salts, in the absence of Calcium salts, are precipi-
tated even in traces by Chromate of Potassium in ammoniacal
solution. However, the detection of Strontium in this way suf-
fers from the same inconvenience as the Ca804 test for Strontium ;
it is not at all delicate in the presence of Calcium salts.

Further fractional precipitation by means of Hg SO4 was. tried
in the expectation that Strontium salts would be precipitated
first in order. This was, however, found not to be the case.

Further experiments for the purpose of finding, if possible, a
precipitation method are at present in course, and I hope soon to
be able to make communication of my results.

( 477 )

CONTRIBUTIONS KKOM THE SHAW SCHOOL OF BOTANY.
So. 7.

A C((talo(jii,e of tlie AiithopJnjfa and Pteridophyta of
Ames, Iowa.

By A. S. Hitchcock.

Read Oct. 30, 1S90.
INTRODUCTION.

The following list is based upon collections made during the
years 1S82 to 1SS9. All the names are founded upon specimens
in my herbarium unless otherwise stated. A few specimens are
in the herbarium of the Agricultural College at Ames, while a
very few names, indicated in each instance, are admitted on good
authority without specimens.

Considerable care has been taken in the identification of spe-
cies, and in doubtful cases the name has been omitted from the
list. As Aster^ Sa/ix, Potouwgctoii^ Carcx^ and Equisetum
have not been thoroughly worked up, there will doubtless be
many additions in these genera. In order that the names in dif-
ficult genera should be authentic, the specimens ha\"e been sub-
mitted to specialists, to whom I wish to acknowledge my obliga-
tions. Many grasses were sent to Dr. Vasey and Prof. Scribner ;
carices to Prof. L. H. Bailey ; Cypenis and Eleocharis to Dr.
Britton ; Euphorbia to Dr. Millspaugh ; Umbellifcrcc to Dr.
Coulter ; Fraxini/s and Crativgiis to Prof. Sargent ; roses to Dr.
Best ; miscellaneous specimens to Dr. Watson.

Gray's Manual, sixth edition, has been followed for the names
and sequence of the orders, and, in most cases, of the genera.
The principle of using the earliest specific name has been adhered
to as closely as possible ; that is, commencing with Linnteus'
Species Plantarum, in 1753, the earliest specific name, in what-
ever genus first used, is retained, provided it does not result in
two species of the same name in one genus, or in the specific

478 TRANS. ST. r.OUlS ACAD. SCIENCE.

name being identical with, or too nearly resembling, that of the
genus. The same principle has been applied to varietal names.
Date of publication as indicated by the title-page or collateral
evidence, and lineal sequence in a given publication, have been
taken as the grounds for deciding priority. In the absence of some
works, recourse has been had to dated lists in Pritzel, Thesau-
rus ; DC. Syst. ; Don, Mill. Diet. ; Torr. Fl. N. Y., etc.

The question of identity and synonymy has been a difficult one.
For this I have depended upon the standard authorities, as I have
been able to refer to the specimens in but few cases. I have used
the earliest name concerning which there seems to be no reason-
able doubt, while those which were less certain have not been
taken up. Consequently there are names which may give way
to earlier ones when investigated by those more competent for
the task ; but the bibliography of each name has been worked
out as thoroughly as my resources would permit. In this work
I have been very materially aided by Dr. Watson, Dr. Britlon,
Prof. Scribner, and Mr. D. G. Fairchild.

Following each name is the place and date of publication, so
far as this could be ascertained. To avoid repetition, a dated list
of the principal works quoted has been appended to the cata-
logue. Where a species was originally placed under a different
genus from the one accepted, the author of the specific name is
quoted in parenthesis, followed by the author of the accepted
combination. A name has been considered published when, in
connection with the generic and specific name, there is sufficient
description to identify the species. The date of publication has
been taken to be that of issue. For example, a description of
Cvpripediuni spectabi/c, Salisbury, was read before the Lin-
Utcan Society in 178S, but was not published until 1791, subse-
quent to C. regincT, Walt., and C. albtun^ Ait. When an author
transfers a species from one genus to another, but does not make
the combination under the new genus, he is nevertheless quoted
for that combination if he singles out the species. For example,
Robert Brown in his Prodromus Florae Nov^e Hollandiaj esta-
blishes the genus Eicocharis. In a note he says, "genus na-

turale eflbrmat cui pertinent Scirpus palustris, L., et

acicularis, L." I have quoted Brown as the author of E. palus^

HITCHCOCK — PLAXTS OF AMES, IOWA. 479

tris and E. acicnlaris. though these combinations first formally
appeared in Roemer and Schultes' Systema Vegetabilium.

Following the accepted names in the list, is the synonymy :
first, the original combination ; second, the combination used in
the last edition of Gray's Manual ; third, any others having a
critical bearing on the nomenclature. Following this, is the
habitat and frequency of occurrence. The latter is indicated by
the following terms, in the order given : common, abundant, fre-
quent, not uncommon, infrequent, scarce, rare. When the spe-
cies is rare, or known only for a few stations, these are indicated.
Names of indigenous and well established introduced species are
in small capitals ; those of species which do not appear to be
established, and hence are not real!}' a part of the fiora, are placed
in lower-case type ; but those which were formerly abundant,
and have become scarce, are retained in small capitals. No dis-
tinction has been made in the list between well marked varieties
and forms which have received varietal names. As the species
have been arranged under the genus on an equal footing, the
s.ime has been done with the varieties.

Notes have been frequently introduced in order to call atten-
tion to ditKcult points, and that errors may be the more easilv
located. An attempt has also been made to discriminate between
closely allied species.

In conclusion, I wish to thank those botanists whom I have
mentioned above, and also Dr. Trelease, who has given me valu-
able advice throughout the work ; Prof. L. H, Pammel. to whom
the inception of the work was due, for notes and specimens; JNIr.
Sirrene, for specimens collected during 1890, — and last, but
by no means least, Mr. H.J. Webber, who has kindlv consented
to undertake, in m}' absence, the arduous task of proof-readino-.

SCOPE OF THE FLORA.

The region included in this catalogue is essentially the vicinity
of the Agricultural College at Ames. Qiiite thorough explora-
tions have been made within a radius of three or four miles about
this point. From four to nine miles they have been confined to
certain directions ; viz., along the railroad from Ames to Gilbert,

4'^0 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

and from Ames to Nevada ; southwest to the' "Big prairie," and
southeast to a small "lake" about ten miles from the College. A
few plants have been included from the Des Moines river west of
Boone, eighteen miles distant ; several have also been included
from Cairo lake and vicinity, about twenty-two miles away.
But in all cases it is so stated if the plant has been found only
beyond the three-mile circle.

The topography of the region presents little diversity. We
have: prairie, the treeless, grassy land, which has not been
brought under cultivation. This is fast disappearing, and in a
very few years none will be found except along the roadsides
and railways. A Irage tract known as the '^ Big prairie" lies
about six miles southwest of the College, just across the Boone
county line. Formerly this was a good collecting ground, espe-
cially on account of the ponds it contained, but its distinctive
characters have been lost as a result of close grazing and a suc-
cession of dry seasons. I have designated as 'Mow " or "wet
prairie" depressions which are wet most of the season, but not
sufficiently so to be called ponds. In such places may be found
Caltha paliistris and Cardamiiie bulbosa.

Then there are sterile hills ^ where the soil is usually stony.
Such is the land northeast of the College beyond Squaw creek.
The hills forming the east side of the valley of Skunk river, from
the northwest school south to the "lake," are very sandy. Here
are found Cyperns filiculniis and (Enothera rhombipetala.

The wooded portions are mostly confined to the proximity of
the streams, five of which are included in our region. The
upland xvoods are found along the bluffy side of the streams,
or, in case of the smaller streams, all is upland. Here are found
^iiercus alba,, Hicoria ovata^ etc. Frequently near by, or often
at considerable distance, occur thickets or copses composed of
Pr units Americana., Pirus Americana,, Corylus Americana,,
etc. The lo-vland woods are found on the lower and moister
portions. Here thrive Plata/ius,, yugians, and Ulmus. Bottom
land is the low land along streams, especially the treeless por-
tion. It is subject to overflow in the spring, and later is covered
with a rank growth of Vernonia fasciculata, Spartina. Verbe-

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 48 I

nas, etc. The portion in the angle formed by the junction of
Squaw creek and Skunk river is called "The forks."

There yet remains to be spoken of, the habitat of water-plants.
A few can be found in the streams, but the greater part are only
found in still or slow-flowing water. The nearest lakes are Cairo
lake and the walled lakes of Hamilton county. Besides these
there are ponds, of which there are two kinds : First, those which
have muddy banks and water, and which are often bayous from
the streams ; in these scarcely any vegetation grows. The secontl
class is found in depressions in the prairie. The vegetation is
very dense, and the bottom is of peat. Here will be foimd water-
lilies, pond-weeds, and Uiriatlaria. Formerly these prairie
ponds were very numerous, but the extensive system of drainage
employed of late years, and the series of droughts from 18S4 to
1SS7, have caused them to almost disappear. For this reason many
water-plants, which were abundant a few years ago, have been
marked in the catalogue as "becoming rare." During the sum-
mer of 18S9 I was unable to find a single specimen of Castalia
tnbcrosa^ Utricularia vulgaris^ Pontederia cordata^ and a num-
ber of other aquatics, though I collected them frequently five or
six years ago It is for this reason, chiefly, that plants from
Cairo lake are included, as the excursion was made for water-
plants.

On the other hand, introduced species become established in
our flora, and may soon become a constituent part. Lactiica
Scariola is an example. Within a few years this species has in-
creased to a marked extent. Sola/i/iin rostrattt/ii^ now common
in Southwestern Iowa, will undoubtedly reach Story county in
a few years.

It is hoped that the following catalogue may be of value as a
record useful in studying the changes in the flora of which
it treats.

482 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

CATAI.O«lIE.

RANUSCULACEJE.

Clematis Virgixiana, L. Amoen. iv. 1760.

Thickets and lianks; frequent.
C. PiTCHERi, Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. p. 10.

River banks; frequent.
Anemone patens, L., var, hirsutissima, {V\\x^\\).— Clematis

kirsutt'sshiia^ Pursh. Fl. — A. patens, L., var. Nu/talliana, Gray- Man.
5th ed.

Prairie ; rare.

Flowering; in early spring". It has been collected about two miles southeast of
the College.

A. Carolinian A, Walt. Fl.

Dry hills ; infrequent.

Along the ridge east of the barns, and elsewhere.

Dr. Watson writes that, according to Dr. Gray, our plant is distinct from the
South American A. decapetala, L., which extends as far north as Arkansas and
Texas.

A. CYLiNDRiCA, Gray, Aun. N. Y. Lye. ill. p. 221.

Dry woods ; frequent.
A. ViRGiNiANA, L. Spec.

Dry woods and banks; frequent.
A. Pennsylvanica, L. Mant. ii. p. 247.
Moist prairies near sloughs; abundant.

Dr. Watson writes that A. duhotoma, L., is a Siberian plant.
I have not access to A, Canadensis, L. Syst. I2tli ed. 3d appx. 176S. It may be
that this name should be used.

A. nemorosa, L. Spec.

Rich upland woods; abundant.

Plentiful in early spring around cemetc-ry.

A, Hepatica, L., var. acuta, (Pursh).— 7?epa<«ca triloba, Chaix,
var. acuta. Pursh, ¥\. — H. acictiloba. DC. Prod. i. — Ane7none acuti-
loha. Lawson, Ranunc. 1S7C.
Rich upland woods; abundant.

The first flower to appear In the spring, preferring northern slopes.
Watson's Index cites for Anemone Hepatica, var. acuta, Bigel. Fl. Bost. p. 135;
which is evidently an error as this name does not appear. The index also cites Hepa-
tica triloba, var. acuta, Bigel. Fl. Bost. 2d ed. p. 222. What is reallysald is, ' He-
patica triloba, n. Lobes acute." In Hooker, Fl. Bor.-Am. i. p. iS, is, " H. triloba ,
A^ foliorum segmentis acutis " with synonym, "^4»^wo«(r triloba, var. j]^ acuta,
Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2, p. 222," a combination which Bigelow does not use.

Anemonella thalictroides, (L.) Spach, Hist. Veg. vii. 1839. —
Anemone thalictroides, L. Spec.
Rich upland woods ; abundant.
Thalictrum dioicum, L. Spec.

Rich upland woods; not uncommon.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 483

T. PURPURASCENS, L. Spec.

Low prairie and rocky woods ;. abundant.
Ranunculus Cymbalaria, Pursh, Fl,

Dry hills ; scarce.

Norlheasl corner of " Big Prairie."

R. LACUSTRis, Beck & Tracy, ia Eat. Man. 3d ed. 1822.— 7^. multi-
fidus-i Pursh, Fl.

Ponds ; becoming rare.

When a pond containing- it is drained, the plant persists for a year or two, but tlie
finely divided leaves are replaced by lobed or incised forms.

For remarks on the nomenclature of this species, see Greene, Pittonia, ii. 8; Eat.
Man. 5th ed. p. 359, note 3; DC. Syst. i. 270 & 303; Prod. i. 34 & 43. DeCandoUe
places R. multifidus, Forsk. Fl. JE.^. 177;. under R. Forskcehlii, among " Ranun-
culi non satis noti."

R. ABORTivus, L. Spec.

Low woods; common.
R. SEPTEXTRiONALis, Poir. Dict. vi. p. 125.

Moist prairies and meadows; common.
R. Peuusylvanieus, L. f. Suppl. 1781.

^\'et ground; south shore of Cairo lake.
R. acrls, L. Spec.

Waste places. A small patch lias persisted for several years near the northwest
corner of the Chemical Laboratory, probably introduced with packing- material,
but it has shown no tendency to spread.

IsoPYhUM BiTERNATUM, (Raf.) Toir. & Gray, Fl. i. p. G60. — £"»€-
mio7i bttertiatum^ Raf. Journ. Phys. ii. 1820.
Low woods ; common.
Caltha palustris, L. Spec.
Swamps; frequent.

Bog near pump-house, and elsewhere.

Aquilegia Canadensis, L. Spec.

Rocky woods ; frequent.
Delphinium azureum, Michx. Fl.
Prairie; not uncommon.

Quite abundant along railroad west of lower gate.

Dr. Watson writes that D. Caroliniaiiiim, Walt. Fl. is doubtful.

ACT-EA spicata, L., var. rubra, Ait. Hort. Ke^-.
Rich woods; infrequent.

Woods near cemetery, Onion creek, Skunk river, and elsewliere. The red ber-
ries ripen in early August.

A. ALBA, (L.) Bigel.iaEat. Man. 4th ed.— ^4. spicata^ L., var. alba,
L. Spec.

Rich woods ; scarce.

Oni-on creek, growing with the preceding which it mucli resembles, but its white
berries ripen later.

MENISPERMA CEM.

Menisper^ium Canadense, L. Spec.

Low woods; frequent, but rare in fruit.

484 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

BERBERIDA CE^.

Caui.Ophyllum thalictroidics (L.) Michx. ¥\.—Lronti<-r thalio-
troides, L. Spec.

Rich woods; infrequent.

It has been suggested that Z^ow/o/f/n/ow ///«//<://-oJc/<'.s, Hill, Syst. Veg. xvi.
p. 26, be taken up, but 1 have not been able to satisfy myself that this should be done.
The above work gives under the genus Leontopclalon the following species : i, Le-
ontice crysogonttm \ 2. Leontice Leontopelaltim; 3. Leotttopelalon ihalictroides; 4.
Leontice Leoniopetaloides. These are the four species that are included by Linnaus
in his genus Leontice.

Podophyllum peltatuim, L. Spec.
Rich woods ; frequent.

j\l MPHyEA CE.E*

Brasenia nymphoides, (Thuub.) Baill. Hist. PL iii. p. 82, 1872.
— Menyanlhes ttytnphoides, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 1784.
Ponds; rare.

Along railroad a few miles northwest of Ames.

Castalia tuberosa, (Paine) Greene, Terr. Bull, xv, 1SS8. — JSj/m-
phaa tuberosa, Paine, Cat. PI. Oneida Co. 1S65. — Nyiiip/icsa re?iifor-
?«/>-, DC. Syst. ii.(?)
Ponds; becoming rare.

In the immediate vicinity of the College there is no suitable habitat, but it occurs
frequently in the prairie ponds of the Big prairie and elsewhere.

If Nyniphaa tuherosa, Paine, and N. renij'ormis are the same, as indicated in
Gray's Manual, 6th ed., our plant becomes Caaiali'a rtniformis (DC.) ; but there
seems to be much doubt as to tlie identity of DeCandolle's plant.

Nymph.ea advena, Solauder, iii Ait. Hort. K.q^ .— Nuphar adve-
na. Ait. f. Hort. Kew.

Ponds and slow streams; infrequent.
In the vicinity of Gilbert and Story City.

PAPAVERACE^E.

Sanguinaria Canadensis, L. Spec.
Rich woods; not uncommon.

FUMARIA CEA:.

DiCLYTRA Cucullaria, (L.) DC. Syst. ii. — Famaria Cucullariay
L. Spec.

Rich woods ; abundant.
The original spelling of the genus has been retained, since the evidence seems to
show that Borckhausen intended the word to be Diclytra. If the error be purely typo,
graphical it should be corrected. I have not access to Borckhausen's paper (Romer,
Archiv. f. d. Hot. i. 3, p. 46), but Bernhardi quotes from this paper (Linnxa xii. p.
66S, 1S3S), "Diclytra nenne ich (Borckhausen) sie (die Gattung) von fj,- zwei,
und K/.VTijni' !^porn, weil sich die Blume so deutlich durch ihre zwei Sporne
auszeichnet."

Prof. Trelease suggests that the error may have arisen in a transfer of kenlton
from the original script into the Greek letters. The e. being made too high, be-
came an /, and then the « was read as !«, making klutron,

* For valuable notes on this Order, see Lawson, NympIiaaccE.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 4S5

CRUCIFER^^.

Dentaria LAcrxiATA, Muhl. in Willd. Spec, ili.
Rich woods ; not uncommon.

Most abundant along; Skunk river.

If Dentaria is referred to Cardamine,\.\\\i becomes Cardamine laciniata (Mulil.)
Wood, Bot. & Fl. 1S71.

Cardamine BULBOSA, (Schreb.) B. 8. P. Oa^t. — Arabis bulbosa,
Schreb. in Muhl. Ind. Fl. Lane. 1793.
Springs and ditches ; frequent.
C. i-M.KXUOSA, With. Bot. Arr. Brit. PI. 3d ed. 1796.— C hirsuta, L.,
var. sylvatica. Gray, Man. 5th ed.

Springs and bogs on wooded hillsides; infrequent.

Spring' on bank of Squaw creek north of the College, and elsewhere.
Comparison with European specimens shows that our plant is this rather than C
hirsuta, L. For notes see Britton, Contr. Herb. Columb. Col. 13, (Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. ix. 1SS9).

Arabis hirsuta, (L.) Scop. Cam, 2d ed. 1772,— Turrilis hirsufa,
L. Spec.

Rocky woods; infrequent.
Skunk river, northeastof Ames. An Ames specimen in the I, A. C. herbarium,
labelled A. hevigata, belongs here.

A. Canadensis, L, Spec.

Rocky woods ; infrequent.
Iloggatt's woods; Skunk river.

A. dentata, Torr. & Gray, Fl. i, p. 80.— Sisymbrium dentatum,
Short, Pi. Ky. 3d suppl. 1837 (name only).
Low ground; scarce.

Squaw creek north of College.

Draba Caroi.iniana, Walt, Fl,
Sandy places ; infrequent.

In the gravel near Prof. Budd's house; north of the barns; and elsewhere. The
flowering season is short and the pods mature quickly, hence it often escapes the
collector.

Aiyssuni calyciuuni, L, Spec,

•• Ames-Bessey." Specimen in I. A. C. herbarium.
Camelina sativa, (L.) Crantz, Stirp, Austr, i. 1762. — Myagrum, sati-
vum. I>. Spec.

Waste places ; scarce. Occasionally occurs along the railroad,
Nasturtium officinale, R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew, — Sisymbrium
Nastttrliutu, L. Spec.

A few specimens found in 1SS3 in Hoggatt's woods, about 20 rods north of the
slaughter-house.

;N, sessiliflorum, Nutt. in Torr, & Gray Fl, i. p, 73,
Wet places ; rare.

Near iron bridge four miles southeast of Ames. Common in the eastern part of

4^6 TRANS. ST. I,OUIS ACAD. SCIEXCE.

N. PALUSTRE, (Leys.) DC. Syst. n. — Sisymbrium palastre, Leys..
Fl. Hal. 1761.

Wet ground ; common.

As a synonym of X. paluslre, Watson's Index gives Sisymbrium fn/usire, L,.
The New York Catalogue gives Nasturtium palustre, (L.) DC. But I liave been,
unable to find Sisymbrium palustre in any of Einna-us' works, so I have followed
the sj'nonymy given in DC. Syst.

N. Armoracia, (L.) Fries. Fl, Scan. 1835.— Cochlearia Armoraeia,
L. Spec.
Escaped from gardens into wet places.
Barbarea vulgaris, R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kaw. —Uri/simum Bar-
barea. L. Spec.
Grain fields; infrequent.
Hesperis matroualis, L. Spec.

Occasionallv spontaneous around gardens; a few plants found in the lower part
of "The forks."

Erysimum cheiranthoides, L, Spec.

Woods; common.
Sisymbrium canescens, Nutt. Gen,

Rocky places, infrequent.

Along railroad south of Ames, and elsewhere.

5. pintiatam, (Walt.) Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad, ii., is invalidated by S. pinna-
turn, Barneoud in Gay, Fl. Chili.

S. OFFICINALE. ( L.) Scop. Carti. 2d ed. ii. 1772. — i?/'.ysi?nM;n offici-
nale. L. Spec.

Roadsides and waste places; common.
Theeypodium pinnatifidum, (Mich.) Wats, iu King's Eep, v.
1871. — Hesperis pitinatifidum. Mich. Fl.
Low woods ; frequent.
Brassica Sinapistrum, Boiss, Voy. Esp, p, 39, 1839-1815,
Fields and waste places; common.

Specimens with sparsely hirsute pods were collected three miles east of Ames.

B. alba, (L.) Boiss. Voy. Esp. p. 39. — Sinapis alba, L. Spec.

a specimen was collected along the railroad, between Ames and the College, bv
Mr. Corbett, and it has been reported by others.

By the accidental omission of the authority in the 5th and 6th editions of the
Manual, this would appear to be one of Dr. Gray's species.

B. nigra, (L.) Koch in Roehl, Deutsch. Fl.Sd ed, iv, \%?>?j.—Si}iapi^
nigra, L. Spec.

Waste places ; common.
Capselea Bursa-pastokis, (L.) Moench, Metb, 1794. — Thlaspi
Bursa-pastoris, L, Spec.

Gardens and waste places ; common.
Lepidium Virginicum, L. Spec.

Woods and waste places; common.

Plant more leafy, usually less branched, pedicels rather longer and pods some-
what larger than in the next; leaves cut-serrate; petals usually present; cotyle-
dons accumbent. Prefers shady or moist places.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 4S7

L. rNTER:\iEDiUM, Gray, PI. Wright, ii. 18o3,
Dry or sterile soil ; common.

Plant bushy-branclied. with nearly entire linear leaves ; petals usually minute or
absent; cotyledons incumbent. To determine this last and decisive distinction,
examine the seed, or, mucli better, a cross-section, with a good hand-lens or com-
pound microscope.

Raphanus sativus, L. Spec.

Often persists for a year or two in neglected gardens.
CA PPA RIDA CE^E.

PoLANisiA gravp:olf.ns, Raf. Am. Jour. Sci. I. i. 1819.
Siind or gnivel ; abundant.

CI STAGE. E.

Helianthemum majus, ( L. ) B.S.P. Qa,t. — Lechea major, L.
Amcen. iii. 1756.

Dry liills ; infrequent.

Northeast of College beyond Squaw creek; fandliills near Enterprise School.

"Lechea minor."

"Ames-Bessey, 1876." Specimen in I. A. C herbarium.

J'JOLACE.E.

Viola'pedata, L. Spec.

Prairie and open woods , frequent.
V. PINNATIKIDA, Don, Mill. Diet. i. 1831.

Prairie; not uncommon.
V. PALMATA, L. Spec.

Low ground ; not uncommon.
Var. OBLiQUA, (Hill)— V. obliqua, Hort. Kew. 1768. — V-x^almata,
L., var. cticullata. Gray, Bot. Gaz. 1SS6.
Low ground ; common.
The leaves vary from reniform to narrowly hastate, and from glabrous to downy-
pubescent. All the Ames specimens in the I. A. C. herbarium labelled V. sag'tt-
taia. Ait., belong here. The latter is frequent in the'eastern part of the State; but I
have not seen it withm our limits,

V. PUBESCENS, Ait. Hort. Kew.
Low woods; abundant.

CARrOPHTLLA CE.E.

Saponaria officinalis, L. Spec.

Escaped from gardens in inany places.
S. Vaccaria, L. Spec.

Waste places; rare.

Specimens occasionally appear along the railroad between the College and Ames.

SiLENE .STEi;LATA, (L.) Ait. Hort. Kew. — Cueuhalus stellatus, L.
Spec.
Upland woods; common.
S. NIVEA, DC. Prod. 1.

Low woods ; infrequent.

DeCandolle cites "Muhlenb. Catal.," but does not adopt his nam-.— 5'. a/ba.

4SS TRAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

8. ANTIRRHINA, L. Sl^eC.

Gravelly soil ; infrequent.
Lychnis Githago, (L.) Lam. Diet. iii. p. 643. — Agroattnuna Githa-
go, L. Spec.

Fields and waste places; scarce.
Stellaria media, (L.) Vill. Deli^li. iii. 1785. — Alsine media, L. Spec.
Damp, shady places; scarce.

Quite abundant in east end of flower garden.
Smith, Engl. Bot. 1790-1S14, is given in many places as the authority for S. media.

S. LONGiFOiiiA, Muhl. in Willd. Enum.
Low, grassy places; not uncommon.

PORTULACACEyE.

PORTULACA OLERACEA, L. Spec.

Cultivated ground and waste places; very common.
Claytonia Virginica, L. Spec.

Low woods ; abundant.

HTPERICACE^.

Hypericum Ascyron, L. Spec. 2d ed.
Moist places in woods; scarce.

Hoggatt's woods near bridge; Onion creek; woods south of College,

H. macuuatum, Walt. FI.
Wet places ; rare.

Near mouth of Onion creek.

H. Canadense, L., var. ma.tus, Gray, Man. 5th ed.

Sloughs; not uncommon.

AfALl'ACE,^.

Malva rotundifouia, L. Spec.

Yards and roadsides ; infrequent.

Qiiite abundant east of Skunk river.

M. sylvestris, L. Spec.

One specimen found along roadside one mile south of College.

Abutilon Avicenn.e, Gaertu. Fr. ii. 1791, p. 251. — Sida Abu-
tilon, L. Spec.

\Vaste places ; infrequent.
Hibiscus Trionum, L. Spec.

Around flower gardens occasionally.

TILJACE.E-

Tilia Americana, L. Spec.
Woods ; frequent.
Prefers clay bluff's.

LINACE.E.

Linum suucatdm, Kiddell, Cat. Pi. Ohio, suppl. 1836.
Dry hills ; frequent.

HITCHCOCK — PI.ANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 4S9

Linum usitatissimum, L. Spec.

Escaped from cultivation ; frequent.

GERANIA CEj^.

Geranium maculatum, L. Spec.
L'pland woods ; abundant.

OxALis viOLACEA, L. Spec.

Rocky places and cultivated ground ; frequent.

0. coRNicuLATA, L. Spec.

Woods and pastures ; common.
Var. STRiCTA, (L.) Sav. in Lam. Diet, iv.— O. stricta, L. Spec.
Woods and pastures; common.

Impatiens aurea, Mulil. Cat.—/ jjalllda, Nutt. Geu.
Low places in woods; abundant.

1. BiFLORA, Walt. Fl.— /. fulva, Nutt. Geu.

Low woods: frequent.

RUTACE.E.

Xanthoxylum Americanum, Mill. Diet.
Low woods ; abundant.

CELASTRACE^E.

Celastrus scandens, L. Spec.

Thickets and woody bluffs; not uncommon.

f'requent along clay bluffs of Skunk river.

EuoNYMUS atropurpureus, Jacq. Hort. Vind. ii. 1772.
Low woods; not uncommon.

RHAMNA CE^E.

Ceanothus Americanus, li. Spec.

Prairie and open woods; abundant.

C. OVATUS, Desf., var. pubescens, Torr. & Gray, Fl. i.

Dry hills ; scarce.

Northeast of the College, beyond Squaw creek. Fruit matures earlier than in
the above.

VI TA CE.^.

VlTis RiPARiA, Michx. Fl.

Woods and thickets, both upland and lowland; common.
Ampelopsis quinquefoeia, (L.) Michx. Fl. — Hf^dtra quinquefo-

lia, L. Spec. — Viiis quinqnefolia. Lam. 111. ii.
Lowland woods ; abund-rint.

SA FIND A CE/E.

.^sculus glabra, Willd. Euum.

Des Moines river at Boone (Prof. Budd).

490 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Acer saccharum, Marsh., var. nigrum, (Michx. f. ) Britton,
Trans. X. Y. Acad. Sci. .ix 1SS9. — A. nigrum. Michx. f. Arb. Amer.
ii. iSio. — A. sacckarinum. Wang., var. nigrum, Torr. ^: Gray, Fl. i.
p. 24S. Upland woods; frequent.

A. SACCHARINUM, L. Spec. — A. dasijcarpuni, Ehrh. Beitr.iv. I789.

LrOvv woods ; common.
Negundo aceroides, Moeach, Meth. 1794. — ^cfi/- N^gundo, L.
Spec.

Low woods ; abundant.
Staphylea trifolia, L. Spec.

Moist woods; not uncommon.

A NA CA RDIA CEyE.

Rhus glabra, L. Spec.

Open upland woods, especially along the borders; abundant.
R. RADiCANS, L. Spec— i?. Toxicodendron, L. Spec.

Two species, R. raidcans and R. Toxicodendron, were recognized in the Species
Plantarum. These are now quite generally considered as but forms of one species,
which should take the name having priority of position. Engler ( Anacard. in DC.
Men. Phan. iv. 18S3) uses R. Toxicodendron, L. emend, Torr. & Grav,whicli includes
four subspecies. The first is the only one with which we are concerned : CC vxilga-
ris, Pursh, Fl. Under this two forms are recognized — i . radicans {R. radica>is,'L.);
2. foUihilis. DC. Prod. ii. {R. Toxicodendron, L.)

We have both forms ; 1. climbing high on trunks by rootlets, leaves usually large
and entire or sparingly dentate ; frequent on bottom-land. 2. Low, erect, or twin-
ing, leaves smaller and iisually deeply notched; found on drier soil, fence rows, etc.
But the low form occasionally has entire leaves, and the rooting form dentate leaves.
If the latter form is kept as a variety it is R. radicans, L., var. Toxicodendron,
Pers. Syn. i.

POLTGALACE.E.

PoLYGALA Senega, L. Spec.

Rich upland woods ; frequent.
P. INCARNATA, L. SpeC.

Moist prairie ; infrequent.
P. SANGCINEA, L. SpeC.

Along sloughs ; frequent.
P. VERTICILLATA, L. SpeC.

Prairie and open woods; infrequent.

LEGUMINGS^.

Baptisia leucoph^ea, Nutt. Gen.
Prairie; not uncommon.

B. liEUCANTHA, Torr. «fe Gray, Fl. i. p. .385.

Low ground ; frequent.

This appears first as Podalyria alha, Sims, Bot. Mag. 1S09. Eaplitia, Vent,
was separated in iSoS. Our plant loses its birthright in the specific name alha by
being transferred to Baptisia too late (jff. alba. Hook, Fl. Bor.-Am.), there being
already B. alba, R. Br. iSio.

Trifolium arvease, L. Spec.

"Ames, 1S71, Besse^'." One specimen in L A. C. herbarium.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 49 I-

r. PRATENSK, L. Spec.

Meadows and pastures; common.
T. KEPEXS, L. 8pee.

Meadows and open woods; common.
T. agrarium, L. Spec.

Several specimens collected along the railroad two m'les east of
Ames in 1S86.
T. procumbens, L. Spec.

Meadows and pastures; infrequent.

College campus; Union creek; Skunk river northeast of Ames.

Melilotus officinalis, (L.) Willd. Enum. — Trifolium Melilo-

tus officinalis^ L. Spec.

Roadsides and waste places; infrequent.

Streets of Ames, three miles north of College, and elsewhere. Pods plump and
smooth.

M. ALBA, Lam. Diet. iv. p. 63.

Roadsides and waste places; infrequent.
Abundant along road two miles west of College.

Medicago sativa, L. Spec.

Sparinglj' escaped along roadsides.
M. lupulina, L. Sjiec.

Occasionally found in waste places.
PSORALEA ARGOPHYLLA, Pursh, Fl.

Prairie; abundant.
Amorpha canescens, Pursh. Fl.
Prairie; common.
The name first appears in Fraser's Catalogue, which is a seedsman's catalogue
and contains no description of it. Pursh uses the same name and publihes a descrip-
tion, but does not quote Fras. Cat., although he does quote it for other species.
Nuttall in his Genera publishes a description, and quotes " T. N. Fras. Cat." He
prefixes the -jf, which indicates n. s/>. The remark is made that Pursh saw a flow-
ering specimen only, in Nuttall's herbarium.

A. FRUTicosA, L. Spec.

Sloughs and river banks; tVequent.
Dalea alopecuroides, Willd. Spec. iii.

Infrequent along the railroad.
Petalostemon violaceus, (Willd.) Michx. Fl. — Dalea violacea,
Willd. Spec. iii. p. 1337. — D. furpurea, \'ent. Hort. Cels. iSoo.
Prairies; abundant.
P. CANDiDUS, (Willd.) Michx. Fl. — Dalea Candida, Wild. Spec. iii.

Prairie; abundant.
P. villosus, Nutt. Gen,

A few plants collected along the railroad two miles east of Ames
in 1S86.
Robiuia pseudaeacia, L. Spec.

Sparingly introduced along hedges two miles south of the College; four miles
south of Northwest School.

492 TRAXS. ST. I.OUrS ACAD. SCIEN'CE.

Astragalus caryocarpus', Ker, Bot. Reg. 1816.
Prairie; not uncommon.

A. Canadensis, L. Spec.

Moist clay bankj. ; frequent.
GliYCYRRHIZA LEPIDOTA, Pursh, FI.

Prairie; scarce.

North of College beyond Squaw creek ; ne;ir Ontario depot.

Desmodium grandiflorum, (Walt.) DC. Prod. u. — I/ed>jsarum
grandiflorutn, Walt. Fl. — D- acumitiaiutn, DC. Prod. ii.

Upland woods ; common.
D. Illinoense, Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. viii. 1870.

Prairie; not uncommon.
D. DiLLENii, Darl. Fl. Cest. 2d ed.

Borders of upland woods ; abundant.

Stem pubescent at summit, glabrate below ; racemes usualh- simple and rather
fe\v.flowered ; pods often with as many as six joints.

D. Canadense, (L.) DC. Prod. u.—Hedysarum Canadense, L. Spec.

Upland woods; frequent.
D. sessilifolium, (Torr.) Torr. &Gray, Fl. i. p. 363.— '^Hedysarum
sessi'h' folium, var. angustifoliumy Tor." in Curtis. PI. Wilming-
ton, 1834.

Copses; abundant.
Lespedeza frutescens, (Willd.) Ell. Sk. ii. — Hedysarum fruies-
cens, Willd. Spec. iii. — L. capitaia, INIichx. Fl.
Prairie; abundant.
Li. leptospachya, Engelm. in Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. xii. 1876.
Prairie ; rare.

Beyond road south of Veterinary Barn. There is also a specimen in the Engel-
mann herbarium from Ames, collected by Dr. Arthur.

Vicia Cracca, L. Spec.

A few plants collected on the campus near South Ilall.
V. Americana, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iii.

Low ground ; frequent.
Lathyrus venosus, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iii.

Upland woods ; infrequent.

Skunk river northeast of Ames, and elsewhere.

L. PALUSTRis, L. Spec.

Sloughs; not uncommon.
Apios tuberosa, Moeuch, Meth. 1794.

Moist thickets ; not uncommon.
Strophostyi.es angulosa, (Ort.) Ell. Sk. ii. — Phaseolus angulo-
sus, Ort. Nov. PI. 1797-1S00.

HITCHCOCK: PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 493

Amphicarp.ka comosa, (L.) Riddell, Synops. 1835. — Glycine co-
mosa, L. Spec. — A. motioica, Ell. Joiirn. Acad. Phil. i. iSiS. .^

Low copses ; frequent.
Cassia Cham.t;crtsta, L. Spec.

Dry. sterile soil; frequent.
GYMXOCLADUS DIOICUS, (L.) Koch, Deudr. \S%^-\%~o.— Guilatidina
dioica, L. Spec. — Gymtiocladtis Cafiadensis, Lam. Diet. i.

Low woods; infrequent.
Gleditschia triacanthos, L. Spec.

Lowland woods ; frequent.

ROSACEA.

Pruxus Americana, Marsh. Arbust.

Thickets; frequent.
P. Pennsylvanica, L. f. Suppl. 178L

According to Prof. Budd. this is not uncommon in upland woods.
P. Virginiana, L. Spec.

I'pland woods ; frequent.
P. SEROTiNA, Ehr. Beitr. iii. 1789.

Woods; frequent.
RUBUS OCCIDENTALIS, Li. SpeC.

Upland woods ; frequent.
R. viLLOSA, Ait. Hort. Kew,

Upland woods; frequent.
Geum album, Gmel. Syst. ii. 1791.
Woods ; frequent.

Watson's Index gives as synonyms of tliis : G. Canadetise, Jacq. Hort. Vind. ii.

1772, {G. Canaden^e, Murr. in Comm. Soc. reg. sci. Goett. v. 17S3.'' is G. strictum

Ait. Hort. Kew.] and G. Carolinianum, Walt. Fl. In the absence of sufficient

literature, I has-e retained G. album, as given in tlie N. Y. Catalogue and Britton

Fl. N. Jersey.

G. Virginian UM, L. Spec.
Low ground; frequent.

Fragaria Virginiana, Duch., var. Tllinoensis, (Prince), Grav,
Man. 5th ed. — F. Illinoensis, Prince (said to be in a seedsman's
catalogue).

Moist prairie and banks; abundant.
POTENTILLA ARGUTA, PuFSh, Fl.

Prairie; abundant.
P. NoBVEGiCA, L. Spec.

Low ground; abundant.

Erect, simple, or branching above; leaves all 3.foliolate; petals about the lengtli
of the calyx.

494 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIEN'CE.

P. KiVALis, Nutt., var. pentandba, (Eng-el.) Watson, Proc. Amer.

Acad. 1S73 (Revision Poten.) — P. poiiandra. Engel. in Torr. & Gray,

Y\. i. p 447.

Sandy soil ; infrequent.

Along the railroad near lower gate; near first bridge on wagon road south of
Ames; bottom-land in ''the forks."

Resembles P. Norvegica. and often grows with it, but always in sandy soil. Usu-
ally much branched at the very base, but sometimes simple; branches ascending;
lower leaves 3.foliolate, but lateral leaflets parted almost to the base, thus appear-
ing as if palmiitely 5-foliolate; petals minute; stamens usually 6, sometimes more;
flowers smaller and pedicels more slender than in the last. The same was collected
at Davenport, Sioux City, and Hamburg. The descriptions of this read, "stamens
5, opposite the sepals," but all the flowers examined showed usually 6, or sometimes
7 or S. In the Engelmann herbarium is a specimen from Neoshe river bottom,
labelled "/*. pentandra, Engel.," accompanied by a sketch showing j stamens.
Another specimen from Humboldt county, Iowa, collected by Dr. J. C. Arthur, is
accompanied by a note, "stamens 6-S (10?)." etc.

P. Anserina, L. Spec.

Abundant along the railroad embankment at Jewell Junction.
P. Canadensis, L. Spec.

Dry banks; abundant.
Agrimonia Eupatoria, L. Spec.

Woods; abundant.
Rosa blanda, Ait., var. Arkansana, (Porter) Best, Torr. Bull,
xvii. 1890. — R. Arhansana^ Porter, Syn. Fl. Col. 1S74.

Prairie; abundant.

This is the common wild rose of central Iowa. It has passed for JJ. hlanda, Ait.
PiRUS CORONARIA, L. SpeC.

Copses ; frequent.
€ratjegus coccinea, L,, var. mollis, Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. p. 465.

Woods ; frequent.
C;. TOMENTOSA, L. SpeC.

Woods, chiefly lowland; frequent.
C PUNCTATA, Jacq. Hort. \'ind. i. 1770.

Thickets; frequent.
Amelanchier Canadensis, (L.) Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. p. 473.
Mespilus Canadensis, L. Spec.

Clay bluffs; not uncommon. Hoggatt's woods; more abundant on Skunk river.

SAXIFRA GA CEM.

Heuchera hispid a, Pursli, Fl.

Prairie ; frequent.
Parnassia Caroliniana, Micbx. Fl.

Swamps; scarce.

Bog near pump-house, and elsewhere.

RiBES Cynosbati, L. Spec.
Woods; not uncommon.
R. GBACILE, Michx, Fl.

Woods; abundant.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 495

R. FLORIDUM, L'Her. Stirp. i. 17S4.
Woods; not uncommon.

CRASSULACEJE.

Pentiiorum sedoides, L. Spec.
Wet places ; common.

JfALORAGEA!:.

Myriophyi.lum spicatum, L. Spec.
Ponds; scarce.

Rig Prairie; abundant at Cairo lake and all tlie hirtfer ponds in the county.

Prosrrpinaca palustris, L. Spec.

Ponds; scarce.

LTTHKACE.E.

Ammannia coccinea, Rottb. PI. Hort. lar. 1773 (fide Koehne).
Sloughs and river banks; scarce.

Lythruini ALATu:\r, Pursh, Kl.

Low ground ; abundant.

ONAGRACE^E.

LuuwiGiA POLYCARPA, Short & Petei-, PI. Ky. 2d suppl. 1835.
^^'et places; frequent.

Epilobium lineare, Mnhl. Cat.

Wet places; scarce.
E. COLORATUM, Muhl. ill Willd. Euura.

Low ground; abundant.

E. ADENOCAULON, Hausskii. in Oesterr. bot. Zeitschr. xxix. 1879.
Wet places ; frequent.

GUnothera biennis, L. Spec.

Neglected ground ; abundant.
<E. rhombipetala, Niitt. in Terr. & Gray, Fl. i. p. 493.

Sandj soil; abundant along sand-hills south of Northwest School.
<IE. SERRUIiATA, Nutt. Geu.

Drv clay soil ; infrequent.

CiRC.E.A LuTETiANA, L. Spec.

Woods ; abundant.

C UC UR I'.ITA CE-E.

EcHiNOCYSTis ECHINATA (Mulil.) B. S. P. C^t. — Mornordicci echl-
nata, Muhl. Ind. Fl. Lane 1793.
Banks of streams; frequent.

FICOIDE^.

MOLI.UGO VERTTOII.LATA, L. SpeC.
Sandj places; common.

49^ TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENE.C

UMBEL L IFER.JL.

Daucus Carota, L. Spec.

Occasionally spontaneous around gardens.
CONIOSELIXUM Chinensr, (L.) B.S. p. Cat.— ^^Aamanto C/(»irn-
5i5, L. Spec. — C. Ca9iadefise, Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. p. 619.

Woody hillside a mile and a half east of Ames.
TiEDEMANNiA RiGiDA, (L.) C. & R. Bot. Gaz. xii. 1887.— /S'iMm rigi-
dum^ L. Spec.

Sloughs; abundant.
Heracleum lanatum, Michx. Fl.

Rich moist woods; not uncommon.
Pastinaca sativa, L. Spec.

Frequently spontaneous in proximity to gardens.
P0LYT.BNIA NuTTALi.ii, DC. Mem. Umbel. 1829.

Dry places; scarce.

Field two miles and a half east of Ames.

Foeniculum officinale, Alii. Pedem. 1785 (1795, ex Nyman's Con-
spectus).— Afieihum Foenicuhim. L. Spec.
Occasionally escapes from gardens.
PiMPiNELLA INTEGERRIMA, (L.) Benth. & Hook. Gen. PI. 1. 1867.
— Smyrnium integerrimuni, L. Spec.
Rocky woods; abundant.
Cryptot.enia Canadensis, (L.) DC. Mem. Umbel. 1829. — AS'^so?^
Cana dense, L. Spec.
Low woods; common.
SiUM C1CUT.T5F0I.1UM, Gmel. Syst. ii. 1791.

Sloughs; frequent.
Zizia aurea, Koch, Umbel. (Nov. Act. Leop. xii. 1824).

Low prairie ; abundant.
CiCUTA MACULATA, L. Spec— C. virosa, L., var. maeulaia, C. & R.
Revis. Umbel. 1S88.
Sloughs; abundant.

For remarks on this species see Greene, Pitt. i. p. 271, and ii. p. i.

Ch^rophyllum procumbens, (L.) Crantz, Umbel. \~Q~ .— Scan-

dix proctifnbens, L. Spec.
Low woods ; infrequent.
OsMORRHizA Claytoni, (Michx.) B. S. p. Cat.— il/yrrAw CTa?/-
toni^ Michx. Fl.— O brevistylis, DC. Prod. iv.
Rich woods; abundant.
O. LONGiSTYLis, (Torr.) DC. Frod. iv. — 3/ijrrhis longistylis, Torr.
Fl. U. S.

Rich woods ; abundant.
Eryngium yucc.eeolium, Michx. Fl.
Wet prairie ; abundant.

For a note on nomenclature see Greene, Pitt. i. p. 1S5.

HITCHCOCK PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 497

Saxic'ULA Canadensis, L. Spec— ;S'. Marylandiea, L., var. Cana-
densis, Torr. Fl. U. S.

Lowland woods ; frequent.

Var. Marylandica, {'L.)—S. Marylandica. L. Spec.
Lowland woods ; common.

ARALIACE.^.

Aralia rackmosa, L, .Spec.

Rich woods -, not uncommon.
A. NUPiCAULTS, L. Spec.

Woods along clay bluffs; infrequent.
A. quinquefolia, (L.) Decaisne & Planch. Rev. Hort. \^b\.— Panax
quinquefolia, L. Spec.

One specimen among my plants collected at Ames, but locality not noted.

CORNACEjE.

CoRNUS CIRCINATA. L'Her. Cornus. 1788.
Rich woods ; rare.

Clear creek one mile west of College, and elsewhere.

C. SERiCEA, L. Mant. p. 199.

Moist woods; abundant.
C. ASPERI FOLIA, Mlchx. FI.

Lowland woods ; abundant.
C. CANDiDissiMA, Marsh. Arbust. — C. x>aniculata, L'Her. Cor-
nus, 17S8.

Woods ; abundant.

C. ALTERNIFOLIA, L. f. SUppl. 1781.

Rockv woods; rare.

CAPRIFOLIACEuE.

Sambucus Canadensis, L. Spec.

Lowland woods ; abundant.
Viburnum pubescens, Pursh, Fl.

Rocky woods ; not uncommon.

Fruit ovoid, dark purple, 3 to 4 lines long; ripe in July.

V. Lentago, L. Spec.

Rocky woods ; not uncommon.

A small tree. Fruit black, 4 to 6 lines long, with very fiat stone: ripe in Sep-
tember.

Triosteum perfoliatum, L. Spec.

Upland woods; abundant.
Symphoricarpus vulgaris, Michx. Fl.

"Ames." One specimen in 1. A. C. herbarium.
S. occideutalis, Hook. Fl. i.
Woods; rare.

" Ames," Bessey ; Anderson. Both specimens in 1. A. C.nierbarium. Occurs
frequently at Jewell Junction, Des Moines river at Boone, and around Des Moines.

v.— 3— II

49^ TKAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

LONICERA GLAUCA, Hill, Hort. Kew, 1768.
Rockj woods ; infrequent.

Hoggatt's woods; Skunk river northeast of Ames.

li UBIA CEJE.

Cephalanthus occiDENTAi.is, L. Spec.
Sloughs; infrequent.

A low shrub, 3 to 4 fett high. (In eastern Iowa it throws taller— 6 to S ft. high.)

Galium Aparine, L. Spec.
Low wood.s ; abundant.

Annual; stems reclining, often forming dense mats; leaves 6, or mostly S, linear
to oblanceohite: fruit hispidulous.

G. TKiFiDUM, L. Spec.

Wet places ; common.

A low diffusely-branched perennial; leaves lineai', about i inch long, 4 to 6 in a
whorl; fruit smooth. A form with mostly 6 narrowly elliptical leaves, grows abun-
dantly in upland woods.

Var. LATiFOLiUM, Torr. Fl. U. S.
Wet places, common.

Plant usually less branched; leaves broader.

G. coxciNKU^M, Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii. p. 23.

Dry hills; abundant.

Resembles G. trifiduiii, but leaves all in sixes and flowers more numerous.
G. TRIFLORUM, Mlchx. Fl.
Woods ; frequent.

Leaves elliptical-lanceolate, all in sixes, larger and broader tlian in the other
specis ; fruit hispidulous.

COMPOSIT.E.

Vernonia fasciculata. Mlchx. Fl.

Bottomlands; common.
EuPATORiUM ruRPUREU-'\r, L. Spec.
Low woods ; not uncommon.
Var. MACULATUM, (L.) Darl. Fl. Cest. 1837. — E. maculaium, L.
Amoen. iv. 1760. — E. purpiireum. /3. L. Spec.
Sloughs and low woods ; frequent.

This is more common than the type, and easily distinguished; tlie inflorescence
is denser, tlie leaves shorter, and veins more reticulated.

E. ALTissiMUM, L. Spec.

Dry banks; infrequent.
E. PERFOLiATU^r, L. Spec.

Low grounds; common.
E. AGERATOIDES. L. f. SUppl. 1781.

Woods; common.
KuHNiA EUPATORioiDES, L. Spec. 2.6. ed. appx.

Dry prairie; abundant.
Var. GLl'TiNOSA, (E\\.)—K.gJ^dinosa, Ell. ^\i. i\.—K. (xqiriiori-
oides, L.. var. coryinbulosn. Torr. tV (jray, Fl. ii.

Dry prairies; abundant.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 499

LlATRIS CYLINDRACEA, Michx. Fl.

Prairie ; frequent.
L. SCARIOSA, (L.) Willd. Spec. iii. p. \63o. — Ser^-atula seariosa,
L Spec.

Prairie; abundant.
L. PYCNOSTACHYA, Michx. Fl,
Low prairie; abundant. ,

SOI^IDAGO.

^. Inflorescence in the axils of feather-veined leaves.
S, IjAtifolia, L. Spec.

Rich woods ; frequent.

Stem smooth, angled, more or less zigzag; leaves ovate, large and thin, or upper
smaller and lanceolate, all tapering into margined petioles, sharply and deeply ser-
rate, pubescent beneath.

* * Inflorescence a terminal panicle.
•1- Leaves not triple- ribbed.
++ Racemes not secund.

S. SPECIOSA, Nutt., var. angustata, Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii. p. 205.
Prairie; infrequent.

Stems strict, 2 to 3 feet high; leaves entire or nearly so, lower spatulate, upper
narrowl}' elliptical, becoming small and bract-like in the inflorescence.

True S. speciosa, Kutt. is abundant in eastern Iowa, but I have not seen it here.
It should be sought along the borders of upland woods.

++ ++ Racemes secund. {S. yietnorolis might be sought here.)

S. ulmifolia, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iii.
Woods; common.

Leaves thin, elliptical, pointed at both ends, sharply serrate, or sometimes the
upper entire; branches of panicle long, slender and recurving. Qiiite variable. (For
note on S. lateriflora, Ait., see Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. xvii. p. iSo.)

-!- ■*- Leaves more or less triple-ribbed.
++ Stem smooth, at least up to panicle.

S. MissouETENSis, Nutt. Jour. Acad. Phil. vii. 183^.
Prairie; common.

Low, seldom more than 3 feet high; glabrous throughout; leaves narrow, thick
and rather rigid, entire or sparingly denticulate. Flowering earlier than the other
species.

S. SEROTiNA, Ait. Hort. Kew.

Open ground or along fences and roadsides; common.
Tall, glabrous up to the ample panicle; leaves large and sharply serrate,

Var. GIGANTEA, (Ait.) Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. xvii. 18S2. —
5. gigantea. Ait. Hort. Kew.
Open ground ; not uncommon.
Around .North Hull and elsewhere. Leaves'more or less pubescent beneath.

500 TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

++ ++ Stem pubescent,
S. Canadensis, L. Spec.

Open ground, roadsides, moist woods, etc.; common.

Resembles S. seroiiiia in general appearance, but stem, and usually smaller anil
narrower leaves, pubescent.

Var. PKOCEKA, (Ait.) Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii. p. 224.— /S'. procrra^
Ait. Hort. Kew.

Open ground ; not uncommon. <

Plant paler, leaves less serrate, and panicle much smaller than in S. Canadensis .

S. NEMOKALis, Ait. Hort. Kew.
Dry gravelly soil ; abundant.

Stem (a few inches to z feet high) cinereous-pubescent; leaves spatulate or ob-
lanceolate, entire, or the lower sparingly serrate; panicle recurved, or in the taller
specimens sometimes erect.

* * * Heads disposed in corymbiform or cymose clusters.
H- Stem densely pubescent.

8. BiGiDA, L. Spec.

Prairie; common.

Stem 2 to 3 feet high, softly pubescent or scabrous; radical leaves on long peti-
oles; lower cauline, oblanceolate tapering into slender petioles; upper, ovate to ob-
long, sessile ; all entire or nearly so.

-H- -;- Stem nearly or quite glabrous.

S. RiDDELLii, Frank, in Riddell, Syuojis. 1835.

Sloughs, often growing in the water; infrequent.

I^ow prairie north of Ames, and elsewhere. Stem smooth, : to 2 ft. high; leaves
entire, long and narrow, erect from a sheathing base.

S. GRAMINIFOLIA, (L.) Ell. Sk. ii. — Chrysoeoma c/ram in {folia, L.
Spec. — 5. lanceolata^ L. Mant. p. 114.
Wet places; abundant.

Stem much branched, usually smooth, i to 3 feet high, with long and slender
rootstocks; leaves narrowly lanceolate, 3-nerved , heads glomerate - sessile. I'low-
ering late.

Boi.TONtA ASTEROIDES, (L.) L'Her. Sert. Augl. 178S. —J/a^ncaHa
asteroides, L. Mant. p. 116.
Sloughs ; frequent.

This has the general appearance of an Aster, but the pappns consists of two
(under a lens, setose) awns and a ring- of short bristles; the achene is setulose on
the upper part of its winged margin.

Aster OBLOJSGiFoiiius, Nutt., var. rigidulus, Gray, Syn. Fl. i. 2.

Rocky bluffs ; infrequent.
A. Nov.e-Akglt.e, L. Spec.

Sloughs and moist places; abundant.
Var. EOSEUS, (Desf.) DC. Prod, v.— ^. /osrtfs, Desf. Cat. H, Par.
3d ed.

With the above; an infrequent form.
A. SERiCEUS, Vent. Hort. Cels. 1800.
Dryl)anks; infrequeiit.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 5OI

A. AZUREUS, Lindl. in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. i. 1835.

Prairies and thickets; frequent.
A. CORDIFOLIUS, L. Spec.

Woods; common.
A, li.EVis, L, Spec.

Rocky woods, especially bluft's ; not uncommon.
A. AMETHYSTiNUS, Nutt. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. vii. 1841.

Moist places: scarce.
A. MULTiFLORUS, Alt. Hort. Kew.

Prairie; common.
A. LATERiFi^ORUS, (L.)^Britton, Trans. X. Y. Acad. Sci. ix. 1889.
— Solidago lateriflora. L,^ Spec. — A. dij/~usus. Ait. Hort. Kew.

Low woods ; abundant.
A. PANicuLATUS, Lam. Diet. i.

Low ground : common.
A. PRENANTHOiDES, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. ill.

Low ground ; infrequent.
A. PUXiCEUS, L., var. lucidulus, (Weudr.) Gray, Syn. Fl. i. 2. —
A. lucidulus. ^Vendr. Ind. Sem. Marb.

Moist places; not uncommon.

A. UMBELLATUS, Mill. Diet.

Low ground ; not uncommon.
Var. PUBENS, Gray, Syn. Fl. i. 2.
Low ground ; infrequent.

Erigerox Canadensis, L. Spec.
Neglected ground ; common.

Commonly 4 or 5 feet high, but depauperate specimens sometimes only a few
inches.

E. DivARTCATUS, Michx. Fl.

Prairie or open woods; not uncommon.
E. ANNUUS, (L.) Pers. Syn, ii. — A^^trr annuus. L. Spec.

Prairie and neglected fields; abundant.

The typical form is pubescent with spreading hairs; leaves broad, thinnish and
toothed. Passes into the next.

E. RAMOSUS, (Walt.) B. S. p. Cat. — Doronicum ramosum, Walt.
Fl. — E. strig-osus. Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iii.
Dry ground ; common.

Typical form pubescent with appressed hairs : leaves narrowlv spatulate, thick-
ish, usually entire. Apparently crosses freely with £. annuus.

E. Philadelphicus, L. Spec.

Upland woods ; abundant.
Antennaria plantaginifoi-ia, (L.) Hook. Fl. i.—Onaphalium

flattfaffinifolium. L. Spec.
Upland woods; common.

50- TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

S11.PHIUM LACiNiATUM, L. Spec.
Prairie ; frequent.

Radical leaves varying from narrowly oblanccokite and entire to bioadand twice
pinnately parted.

S. INTEGRIFOI.IUM, MicllX. Fl.

Open upland woods; frequent in the woods west of Nevada.

Leaves sometimes narrowed to a sessile base.

S. PERFOLiATUM, L. Spec. 2d ed.

Moist soil; frequent.
Ambrosia trifida, L. Spec.
Low ground; common.
Var. INTEGRIFOLIA, (Muhl.) Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii. p. 290.— J..
integrifolia, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iv.
A form with entire leaves.
A. ARTEMISLE FOLIA, L. SpeC.

Prairies and roadsides; common and quite variable.
A. PSILOSTACHYA, DC. Pfod. V.
Prairie; infrequent.
Dry hills north of College, beyond Squaw creek.

Xanthium Canadense, Mill. Diet. 8th ed.

Cultivated ground and waste places; common.
-V. Canadense, Mill., var. echinatum , (Murr. ) Gray, Syn. Fl. i. 2. — A', echhiatuin ,
Murr. in Comm. Soc. reg. sci. Goett. vi. 17S3-4. If I have the right understanding o f
this variety, it does not occur in our flora.

Heliopsis scabra, Dunal, Mem. Mus. Paris, v. 1819.
Prairie and open woods; common.

It has the appearance oi Helianthus, but the ray-flowers are fertile.

Echinacea angustifolia, DC. Prod. v.

Prairie; abundant.
Kudbeckia laciniata, L. Spec.

Low woods ; common.
R. TRILOBA, L. Spec.

Moist woods ; common.
R. SUBTOMENTOSA, Pursh, Fl.

Moist prairie or open woods ; frequent.
R. HiRTA, L. Spec.

Prairie; common.
Lepachys pinnata, (Vent.) Torr. & Clray, Fl. ii. p. 314. — Rud-
beckia pi?i?iata, Vent. Ilort. Gels. 1800.

Prairie ; abundant.

Helianthus annuus, L. Spec.
Waste grounds ; infrequent.

Ordinarily tall and stout, but ours is frequrntly depauperate, sometimes only a
few inches high with a single small head.

HITCHCOCK PLANTS OF AMES. IOWA. 503

H. DIFFUSUS, Sims, Bot. Mag. 1818.— i/^. rigidus, Desf. Cat. Hort.
P.iris. 3d ed. 1829.
Prairies; frequent.
H. i..ETiFiiORUS, Pers. Syu. ii.
Prairie; infrequent.

Along the railroad near the stone arch.

H. GROSSE-SERRATUS, Martens, Sel. Sem. Hort. Lovan, 1839.

Low ground; abundant.
H. STRUMOSUS, L. Spec.

Borders of woods ; abundant.
Var. MOLLIS, (Willd.) Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii. p. 327.-7/. mollis,
Willd. Spec. iii.

Woods; infrequent.
Leaves often somewhat cordate at base, softly pubescent beneath.

H. TRACHELiiFOLius, Willd. Spec. iii.

Borders of woods ; scarce.
H. TUBEROSUS, L. Spec.

Open places ; abundant.
ACTiNGMERis ALTERNiFOLiA, (L.) DC. Prod. V. — Corcopsis cilter-
nifolta, L. Spec. — A. sqicarrosa, Nutt. Gen.

Woods in low ground ; frequent.
Coreopsis palmata, Nutt. Gen.

Prairie; abundant.

Specimens sometimes occur with narrow, entire leaves.

C. TRiPTERis, L Spec.

Upland woods ; infrequent.

Woods west of Nevada; Squaw creek 3 miles northwest of College.
BiDENS FRONDOSA, L. SpeC.

Moist ground; common.
B. CONNATA, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iii.

Wet places; common.
B. CERNUA, L. Spec.

Wet places; common.
B. CHRYSANTHEMOIDES, Michx. Fl.

Wet places ; common.
B. Beckii, Torr. in Sprenof. Neu. Entd. ii. 1821.

I observed a few plants in a pond north of Ames in 1SS3, but have no specimens.

Helenium autumxale, L. Spec.

Low ground ; common.
Dysodia papposa, {Vent.)— Tag rtfs 2:>cipposa, Vent. Hort. Cels.
iSoo. — D. chrysanthemoides. Lag. Nov. Gen. & Spec. 1S16.
Sterile soil ; frequent.

The pappus consists of "scales dissected into bristles" instead of -'capillary bris-
tles," as it may at first appear.

Anthemis Cotula, L. Spec.
Roadsides; common.

504 ' TIIAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIKXCE.

A. arvensis, L. Spec.

•'Ames-Bessey." Specimen in I. A. C. herbarium.
Achillea millefoliuji, L. Spec.

Prairie; common.
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, L. Spec.

Plants occur occasionally on the Campus, along the railroad, and elsewhere, but
tlie species has not, so far as I know, become established.

Tauacetum vulgare, L. Spec.

Escaped along roadsides in a few localities.

Artemisia caudata, Michx. Fl.

Sandy soil; abundant along the sand-hills south of the Northwest
School.
A. DKACUNCULOiDES, Pursh, Fl.

Prairie; not uncommon.
A. SERRATA, Nutt. Geu.

Low ground; infrequent.

Bottom-land in '-the forks" ; quite abundant on Clear creek about one mile west
of the College.

A. LuDOViciANA, Nutt. iu Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii. p. 4:20.

Prairie; common.

Leaves incised, or entire (var. gnaphalodes) .

A. BIENNIS, WiUd. Phytog. 1794.

Dry and sterile ground: frequent.

Senecio aureus, L. Spec.

Marshy places; not uncommon.
Var. OBOVATUS, (Muhl.) Torr. & Gray, Fl.ii. p. 442. - »S'. obova-
ius, Muhl. in \V'illd. Spec. iii.
Wet prairie; infrequent.
Var. BALSAMiT.E, (Muhl.) Torr, & Gray, 1. c. — S. halsaniitce,
Muhl. 1. c.

Rocky bluff's on Des Moines river at Boone.

Cacalia tubebosa, Nutt. Gen.

Wet prairie ; frequent.
Ebechtites hieracifolia, (L.) Raf. iu DC. Prod. \\.— S<n< do

hieraci/olia, L. Spec.

Moist places; not common.
Arctium Lappa, L. Spec.

Neglected ground ; common.
Cnicus lanceolatus, (L.) Hoffm. Fl. Germ. iv. \i>i)A.— Carduus
lauceolatus, L. Spec.
Pastures; infrequent.

Rather abundant in a pasture aljout one mile nortlieast of Ames; also west of
the College beyond the brick-kiln.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 505

C. ALTissiMUS, (L.) Willd. Spec. iii. — Carduus altissii/ms, L. Spec.
Open woods and roadsides; abundant.
Var. DISCOT.OB, (Muhl.) Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. xix. 1SS3. —
C. discolor, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iii.
Borders of fields, along fences, etc.; common.

Seems to pass into C. altissimus. The white-flowered form occurs along Skunk
river.

€. odoratus, Muhl. Cat. 1st ed..— Carduus odoratus, Muhl, Cat. 2d
ed. — C. pnmilus, Torr. Compend. 1S26.
Pastures; not uncommon.

[Of this, Mr. Watson writes : — The Cnuiis sent is not true C. pumilus. While
the loliage and shape of the involucral scales agree well enough, the latter have x,
black, glutinous thickening above, which I do not find on eastern specimens. Of
more importance are the more acuminate anthers, like those of the other western spe^
cies of the group. It will not go into C. Drummondii, and I suspect that it is a
fairly good undescribed species. — T.]

C. arveusis, (L.) Hoffm. FI. Germ, \\.\%Q\.—S(:rratida ciz-vcnsis,
L, Spec.

Introduced in a few places but not established.
HlKEiACIUBI SCABRUM, Michx. FI.

Upland woods ; a few specimens collected on Onion creek, north-
west of stone arch, in 18S6.
H. LONGIPII.UM, Torr, in Hook. FI. i. (note under H. Scoukri).
Prairie; infrequent.

Campus south of Prof. Osborn's house; abundant a few rods south of the veter-
inary barn.

Prenanthes racemosa, Michx, FI.

Low prairie; not uncommon,
P. aspera, Michx. FI,

Prairie; infrequent,
P. ALBA, L, Spec.

L'pland woods ; frequent.
Troxi^ion cuspidatum, Pursh, FI.

Prairie ; scarce.

Along railroad 3 miles east of Ames, and elsewhere.

Taraxacum officinale, (With.) Weber in Prim. FI. Holsat. 1780.
— Leofifodon officinale^ With. Bot. Arrang. 1776,

Grassland; common.
Lactuca Scariola, L. Spec. 2d ed.

Waste places ; becoming frequent.

This was first described under L. Serriola (Amoen. Acad. iv. p. 32S), which is
probably a typographical error, for in the Species, 2d edition, the description is the
same as in the Amcenitates, to which reference is made without comment.

L, Canadensis, L. Spec.

Moist places; common.
L. LuDOViciANA, (Nutt.) DC Prod. vii. — Sonchns Ludovirkmus,

Nutt. Gen.

506 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

L. Flobidana, (L.) Gaertu. Fmct. ii. 1791. — Sonchus F/oridanus,
Li. Spec.

Shady places ; frequent.
Li. spicata, (Lam.) — S'onehus s^yicatus, Lam. Diet. iii. — L. Uuco-
phcea, Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. xix. 18S3.
Moist open woods; not uncommon.

LactHca leucoplura, Sibth. Fl. Gr;cc. 4. 79^, 1S33 (ex DC. Prnd. vii.) is pl;iced by
Boissier (Fl. Orient ) under L. Cretica, hut it may be revived at any time, in wliich
case JL. leucophaa. Gray, would be untenable.

SoNCHUS OLERACEUS, L. Spec.

1 have no specimen of this, but Prof. Pammcl assures me that it occurs at Ames.

S. ASPER, Vill. Fl. Delph. 1785.
Waste places ; not uncommon.

LOBELIACE.E.

Lobelia cardinalis, L. Spec.

Wet places in lowland woods; frequent.
L. SYPHILITICA, L. Spec. .

Low ground; abundant.
L. SPICATA, Lam., var. hirtella, Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. 1.

Prairie; frequent.
L. INFLATA, L. Spec.

Open woods ; a few specimens found in the woods w-est of cemetery.

CAMPANULA CE^E.

Specularia perfoliata, (L.) A.DC. Mon. Camp. 1830.— Camjja-

7iula perfoliata., L. Spec.
Campanula aparinoides, Pursh, Fl.
Low grassy places; not uncommon.
C. Americana, L. Spec.

Moist woods ; abundant.

ERICACEAE (MOyOTROPE.E).

MoNOTROPA uniflora, L. Spec.

1 have one specimen collected near the stont- arch, a few years ago, by Mr. C. L.
Spencer.

PRIMULACE^E.

Steironema ciliatum. (L.) Raf. Ann. Gen. Phys. Brux. vii. 1820.
— Lysimachia ciliata, L. Spec.
Low ground; abundant.
S. lanceolatum, (Walt.) Gray, var. hybridum, (Michx.) Gray,

Syn. Fl. ii. i. — Lysimachia hybrida., Michx. Fl.
Sloughs; aliundant.
S. QUADRIFLORUM, (Sims). — Lysimachia quadriftora, Sims, Bot.
Mag. 1S03. — 5. long-ifoliuni. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. xii. 1S76.
Low prairie; frequent.
Lysimachia thyrsiflora, L. Spec.
Ponds; becoming rare.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, lOW'A. 507

OLEACEyE.

Fraxinus A3IERICANA, L. Spec. 2d ed.
Upland woods.

Tliis species is apparently rare, Altliough diligently searched for, only one tree
was found near the railroad, north of the brick-kiln. It is easily recognized by its
cylindrical fruit with the wing not decurrent, and by its rather slender-petioled leaf-
lets being whitened beneath.

F. viRiDis, Michx. f. Hist. Arb. Am. iii. 1813.
Woods ; abundant.

A small or medium sized tree, growing in both upland and lowland woods ; leaf-
lets mostly 5, oi-al to narrowly lanceolate, sharply serrate, or nearly entire, gla-
brous or with more or less pubescence along the veins beneath, tapering into a
somewhat margined petiole; fruit with slender striate body, tapering to an acute
base, and decurrent obovate oblong or lanceolate retuse or acute wing i to 3 times
the lengtli of the body.

Var. PUBESCENS.

Upland woods; Ames; Hamilton county, Fremont county, Sioux
City.

This differs from F. liridis in liaving the twigs of the season densely pubescent.

F. SAMBUCIFOLIA, Lam. Diet. ii.

Along streams ; infrequent.

A medium sized tree with oblong spray, dark green foliage, and close bark,
becoming mottled with white as in the Black Maple; leaflets sessile, 7 to 11. Oc-
curs along the clay bluft's of Skunk river, mostly near the water but often on the
sides or top; also sparingly on Clear creek about one mile west of the College, on
Onion creek, and in a few other localities.

APOCYNACEjE.

APOCYXUM ANDROS.T'IMIFOLIUM, L. SpeC.

Rich open woods ; frequent.
A. CANXABIXUM, L. SpCC.

Moist banks; abundant.

AS CLE PI A DA CE^E.

ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA, L. SpeC.
Prairie; abundant.
Var. DECUMBEMs, (L.) Pui'sh, Fl. — Asclcpias dccunibens, L
Spec.

Sterile soil ; infrequent.
A. PURPURASCENS, L. Spec.

Prairie and open woods; not uncommon.

A. ixcARXATA, L. Spec.

Low ground; common.
A. Syriaca, L. Spec— ^. Cornuti, Decaisne in DC. Prod. viii.

Fields, pastures, and open woods; abundant.
A, SuLLiVANTii, Engel. iQ Gray Man. let. ed.
Low prairie; frequent.

roS TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

A. OVALIFOLIA, Decaisue in DC. Prod. viii.
Prairie; scarce.

The following specimens are in tlie I. A. C. herbarium: "Ames — R. Burgess,
187S;" "Ames— H. A. Gossard, 1SS7;" "E. Ames— E. K. Paine, 1SS7."

A. VERTiciLiiATA, L. Spec.

Banks and prairie ; frequent.
Acerates Floridaua, (Lum). — Asclepias Floridana, Lam. Diet. i.
— Acerates lons^ifolia^ Ell. Sk. i.

Prairie ; southeastern part of Story county.
A. viRiDiFi.ORA, (Raf.) Ell. Sk.i. — ^scZc^^ias'uiHd^'/Zoro, Raf. Med.
Rep. xi. 1807. (?)

Prairie ; not uncommon.
Var. LANCEOi.ATA, (Ives) Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. X. — Asclepias lan-
ceolata, Ives, Amer. Jour. Sci. iv. iS22.(?)
Prairie; infrequent.

GENTIANii CEyE.

Gentiana crinita, Froel. Geut. 1796.
Swamps ; rare.

Near pump-house, and reported elsewhere.

G. QUINQUEFOLIA, L., var. occiDENTALis.— G"'. quinquefoUa, Lam.,
var. occidentalis. Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. i.
Open woods; not uncommon.

G. PUBEBULA, Michx. Fl.

Prairie ; infrequent.
G. Andbewsii, Griseb. Gent. 18.39.

Low ground ; not uncommon.
G. FliAViDA, Gray, Amer. Jour. Sci. 2d s. 1. 1846. — G. alba, Muhl,
Cat. 2d ed.

Low ground; infrequent.

Along the railroad east of Squaw creek bridge, and elsewhere. For note on no-
menclature see Porter, Torr. Bull. xvl. 1SS9.

P OLEMONIA CEM.

Phlox maculatai L. Spec.
Sloughs; scarce.
Near Shearer School.

P. PiLOSA, L. Spec.

Low prairie; abundant.
P. DIVARTCATA, L. SpeC.

Woods; abundant.
POLEMONIUM REPTANS, L. Spec. 2d ed. (Syst. Nat. 10th ed. ex
Richter.)

Rich woods; not uncommon.

Frequent along Skunk river nortli of Ames.

HITCHCOCK PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 509

Hl'DROPH I'LLACE^IL.

Hydrophyj.lum Virginianum, L, Spec.
Low woods; common.

This is commonly quoted as H. Virginicum, L.

H. appeudiculatum, Michx. Fl.

Rich woods; Des Moines river west of Boone.
Ellisia Kyctelea, L. Spec. 2cl ed. — Polononium J^ycteka^L,.
Spec.

Low sandy ground ; abundant.

B ORRA GIN A CE^E.

EcHiNOSPERMUM ViRGiNiANUM, (L.) Lchm. PL Aspor. 1818. —
Myo$otis Virginiatia. L. Spec. — M. Virgitiica., L. Spec. 2d ed.
Woods; common.

It is probable that the name as it appears in the 2d edition of' the Species, is a
tvpographical error, which was followed by Lelimann; hence I have quoted the lat-
ter above, although in PI. Asper. it appears as E. Virginicum.

E. Lappula, (L.) Lehm. PL Asper. 1818. — Mijosotis Lappula, L.
Spec.

Sterile soil ; frequent.

Mertensia Virginica, (L.) DC. Prod. •&.-,- Pal monaria Virginica,
L. Spec.

Low woods; abundant.

LiTHOSPERMUIvr I.ATIFOLIUM, Mlchx. Fl.
Upland woods; scarce.

Skunk river northeast of College, and elsewhere.

L. CANESCENS, (Mlchx.) Lehm. PL Asper. 1818. — Batschia c-ancs-
ceiis, Michx. Fl.
Prairie; frequent.
L. ANGUSTiFOLiUM, Michx. FL

Prairie; frequent.
Onosmodium Carolinianum, (Lam.) DC, var. mollis, (Michx.)
Graj', Syn. Fl. ii. i. — O. mollis^ Michx. Fl.

CONVOL VULA CE.E.

Ipomcea purpnren, (L.) Lam. Illustr. i. — Convolvulus lyurjiuna,
L. Spec. 2d ed.

Escaped from cultivation in the neighborhood of dwellings.
Convolvulus sepiuim, L. Spec.

Low ground ; abundant.
C. arvensis, L. Spec.

In a field a short distance northwest of Mr. Sexton's house.

5lO TKAXS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Cuscuta Cephalanthi, Engel. Amer. Jour. Sci. xliii. 2, 1842. — C
tenuiflora^ Engel. Gray, Man. ist ed.
Low ground; frequent.

Growing on Salix, Vernonia, Solidago, etc.

Dr. Engelmann first described tliis species under the impression that it grew only
on Cephalanthiis. The next year (1. c. xlv. i, 1843) he says, " I did wrong there,
fore, to name them from the genera upon which they grew, and I should much pre-
fer to see the names C. Cephalanthi changed into C. ienuiflora, C. Coryli into C.
incitrva. * * * if they had not yet been published." Nevertheless, in 1S4S, he
makes this cliange.

C. CoBYLi, Engel. Amer. Jour. Sci. xliii. 1842.— C. inflexa, Eugel.
Trans. St. L. Acad. Sci. i. 1S59.
Dry thickets; infrequent.
Usually on Corylus.

C. Gronovii, Willd. Reliqu. iu Roem. & Sch. Syst. Veg. vi. 1820.
Moist places; frequent.

Growing on Solidago and other tall herbs.

C. GiiOMERATA, Choisy, Mem. Genev. 1841.
Low ground; not uncommon.

Usually on Solidago. According to Dr. Engelmann (Cusc. p. 510) Rafinesque's
earlier name. C. paradoxa, Ann. Nat. 1S20, should be discarded because of the ob-
scure description.

SOLAN^ACE^.

SOI.ANUM NKJRUBC, L. SpeC.

Shadv places; common.
S. Carolinense, L. Spec.

Well established in the field west of the greenhouse.
Physalis Philadelphica, Lam. Diet. ii.

Waste ground ; rare.

One siiecimen collected on tlie streets of Ames.

P. PUBESCENS, L. Spec.

Low ground: not uncommon.
P. ViRGINIANA, Mill. Diet.

Sandy ground; frequent.
P. UANCEOI.ATA, Michx. Fl.

Fields and prairies ; frequent.
Datura Stramonium, L. Spec.

Pastures and waste places; infrequent.
D. Tatuua, L. Spec. 2d ed.

Waste ground; not uncommon.

5 CR OPHULARIA CEjE.

VERBAScuBt Thapsus, L. Spec.

Neglected fields ; frequent.
V. Blattaria, L. Spec.

Qiiite abundant in an open place in the woods northeast of Ames,
near .Skunk river.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 51I

LiNARiA VULGARIS, Mill. Dict— Antirrhinum Linaria, L. Spec.
Roadsides, etc. ; not uncommon.

ScROPHULARiA NODOSA, L., var. Marilandica, (L.) Gray, Syn.

Fi. ii. I. — 5. Marilandica, L. Spec.
Woods; common.
MiMUiiUS RiN(J^EXS, L. Spec.
Low woods; abundant.

Ilysaxthes GRATioiiOiDES, (L.) Beiith. in DC. Prod, x.— Capra-
ria gratioloides, L. Spec. 2d ed.

Wet places; not uncommon.
Veronica Virginica, L. Spec.

Upland woods : frequent.
V. Anagallis, L. Spec.

Borders of ponds and streams; infrequent.
V. peregrina. L. Spec.

Damp places; common.
V. ARVENSis, L. Spec.

Upland woods; rare.

Rather abundant in locality mc-ntioncd for \'erhascuiu Blattaria.

Gerardia auriculata, Michx. Fl.
Low prairie; not uncommon.

G. longifolia. Benth. Comp. Bot.Mag. i. 1S35.— G'.as^jcrft, Beutli.
in DC. Prod. x.
Prairie; abundant.

G. longifolia,"ii\\\X. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. X. S. v. iS37..is G. selacea, Walt.,
var. longifolia. Gray, (ex Syn. Fl. ii. i).

G. TEXUiFOLiA, Vahl. Symb. iii. 1794.

Low ground: abundant.
Ga^tilleia sessiliflora Pursh, Fl.

Dry hills ; rare.

Along- railroad 3 miles east of Ames.

PEDicuiiARis Canadensis, L. Mant. p. 86.

Upland woods; abundant.
P. LANCEOLATA, Michx. Fl.

Low prairie; not uncommon.

OROBANCilACE.E.

Aphyllon uuitloruni, (L). Gray, Man. 1st ed. (there cited "Torr. «&
Gray"). — Orobanclie nnijloruni., L. Spec.

I have a single specimen collected northwest of the College by Mr. I. B. Clark.

LEN TIE UL A R I A CE.'E.

Utricui.aria vuLGARrs, L. Spec.
Ponds; becoming rare.

512 TRANS. ST. I,OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

VERBE.VACE.E.

Verbena urtic.efolia, L. Spec.

Low woods; common.

Originally spelled V. urticifolia.
V. HASTATA, L. Spec.

Low ground; common.
V. STRiCTA. Veut. Hort. Cels. 1800.

Prairie; common.

Often becomes a troublesome weed in close-fed pastures.
V. BRACTEOSA, Michx. Fl.

Pastures and roadsides; abundant.
V. Aubletia, L. f. suppl. 178L

Escaped from cultivation. Specimens contributed by Prof. Panimel.

Phryma T.EPTOSTAcnYA, L. Spec.
Woods; common.

LABIAT.E.

Teucrium Canadense, L. Spec.

Wet places; abundant.
Mentha Canadensis, L. Spec.

Wet places; abundant.
Var. borealis, (Michx.) Wood, Bot. & Fl.—Af. <5o;-rrt//5. Michx.
Fl. — M. Canadensis, L., var. glabrata, Benth. in DC. Prod. xii.

Wet places; infrequent.
Lycopus Virginicus, L. Spec.

Wet places; frequent.
L. RUBELLUS, Moench, Meth. suppl. 1802.

Low places; infrequent.
L. SINUATUS, Ell. Sk. i.

Low ground; common.
Pycnanthemum Virginianum, (L.) V^x^.— ^aiurfia Virginidna,
L. Spec, (ex Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. i.) — Pycnanfftemutn lanceolatiim,
Pursh. Fl. — Thymus Virginicus. L. Mant. p. 409.
Prairie; common.

According- to IJentham, Satureia Virffiniana, L., is Pycnauthemum miiticum.
Pets. Dr. Britton informs me that in the N. Y. Catalogue the authority was inad-
vertently omitied, and should be P. Virginicum, (L.) I^ers. instead of P. Virgini-
cum, (L. ) B. S. p. as given in Fl. N. Jersey.

Hedeoma pulegeoides, (L.) Pars. Syn. ii.— Mflissajyuhgioldcs,
L. Spec. — Cnnila fulegioides. L. Spec. 2d ed.
Open woods; scarce.

Abundant in locality mentioned for Verbasciim Bliiltaria, and elsewhere.

H. HISPIDA, Pursh, Fl.

Dry ground ; abundant.
Salvia lanceolata, Willd. Eiiuni.

A few specimens along railroad, northwest of Ames, collected by Mr. Sirrene.

HITCHCOCK PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 513

MONARDA FISTULOSA, L. SpeC.

Prairie and open woods; common.
Blephilia hirsuta, (Pursh) Benth. Lab. 1832-1836.— J/onarda hir-
SHia, Pursh, Fl.

Damp woods on Des Moines river at Boone.
LOPHANTHUS NEPETOiDEs, (L.) Benth. Bot. Reg. XV. 1829.— iJy/s-
soptis nepeioides^ L. Spec.
Open woods ; infrequent.
L. scrophulari-i-:folius, (Willd.) Benth. Bot. Reg. xv. 1829. —
Hyssopus scrophularicBfolius. Willd. Spec. iii.
Open woods; not uncommon.
Nbpeta Cataria, L. Spec.

Waste places; not uncommon.
N. hederacea, (L.) B. S. P. Ca,t.— Gh ehovia h(cl(racca, L. Spec.
—N. Gleckoma, Bonth. Lab. 1832-1S36.
Around dwellings; frequent along streets of Ames.
Scutellaria lateriflora, L. Spec.

Moist places; abundant.
S. PARVULA, Michx. Fl.

Sandy prairie ; frequent.
S. GALERICULATA, L. SpeC.
Bogs; rare.

Near pump-house,

Brunella vulgaris, L. Spec.
Open woods; abundant.

In the Linn?e:in works it is written Prunella.

Physostegia Viuginiaxa, (L.) Benth. Lab. 1832-1836.— Z)raco-
cephalum Virg^itu'anum. L. Spec.
Low ground; frequent.

Leonukus Cardiaca, L. Spec.

Waste places; a few specimens collected on Squaw creek north of
College.
Stachys palustris, L. Spec.

Low ground ; frequent.
S. ASPERA, Michx. Fl.

Low ground; abundant.
Var. tenuiflora, (Willd.)— 6'. tenidflora, AVilld. Spec, iii.— /S'.
aspera. Michx.. var. glabra, Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. i.
Wet places; infrequent.

PL ANT A GINA CEjE.

Plantago 3iA.roR, L. Spec.

Waste places; not uncommon.

Prefers rather dry phices, as streets, yards, and pavements. Leaves thickish,
often pubescent; base of petiole green; spike usually 4 or 5 inches long, obtuse and
densely flowered; capsules ovate, obtuse, with line of dehiscence in sight, i.e. above
the summit of calvi.

v.— 3— 12

514 TRAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

P. RuGELii, Decaisne in DC. Prod, xiii.l.
Moist places; common.

Often growing with P. major,\\\\\c\\ it much resembles, though much more com-
mon ; but preferring moister soil, as lowland woods, where this species alone is
found. Leaves dark green, thin and smooth, in damp soil often very large and re-
motely denticulate; base of petiole purple; spikes a foot or more in height, with
the apex attenuated and sometimes branched; capsules acutish, with line of dehis-
cence hidden by the calyx. This species certainly seems to be indigenous.

P. lanceolata, L. Spec.

Specimens have been occasionally collected by students, but I have none in my

herbarium.

NTC TA GINA CE^^.

OxYBAPHUS NYCTAGiNEUS, (Miclix.) Sweet, Hort. Brit. 1827.—
Allionia nyctaginea^ Michx. Fl.
Gravelly banks ; frequent.

PAR ONI CHI A CEM.

Akychia Canadensis, (L.) B. S. P. Cat. — Queria Canadensis, L.
Spec. — A.capi'llacea, DC. Prod, iii.
Open woods; frequent.

See note on this species by Britton, Torr. Bull. xiii. iSSs.
AMARANTA CE.E.

Amaranths retroflexus, L. Spec.

Cultivated ground ; common.
A. albus, L, Spec. 2d ed. (Syst. Xat. lOth ed. ex Richter).
Cultivated ground; frequent.

Most abundant in newly broken sod, wlien the larger specimens become "tumble
weeds."

A. BLITOIDES, Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. xii. 1876.

Dry open ground ; abundant.
ACNIDA TUBERCUEATA, Moq. ill DC. Prod. xiii. 2.

Low ground; abundant.

CHES O P ODIA CE.E.

Chenopodium Boscianum, Moq. Cheuop. Euiini. 1840.

Shady places; common.
C. ALBUM, L. Spec.

Cultivated ground; common.
C. URBicuM, L. Spec.

Waste places ; infrequent.
C. HYBRIDUM, L. Spec.

Woods; infrequent.
C. Botrys, L. Spec.

A few specimens collected along the railroad near Ames in 1SS4.
POLrCONACE.E.

RuMEX ALTissiMUS, Wood, Cl.-B. 2d ed. 1817.
Low ground ; common.

HITCHCOCK PLANTS OF A.^^ES, IOWA. 515

R. VER riciLT.ATUs, L. Spec.

Around ponds and ditches; abundant.
R. c'Hispus, L. Spec.

Roadsides and waste places; common.
R. maritimus, L. Spec.

Abundant on the borders of Cairo lake.
R. ACETOSELLA, L. SpCC.

Pastures; infrequent.
Polygonum aviculare, L, Spec.

Yards and roadsides ; common.

In dry soil it is prostrate-spreading; in damp places, erect.

P. ERECTUM, L. Spec.

Roadsides ; common.
P. RAMOSISSIMUM, Michx. FI.

Roadsides; frequent.
P. LAPATHiFOLiUM, L., var. iNCARNATUM, (Ell.) Watsou In Gray,
Man. 6th ed. — P. incarHutiim. Ell. Sk. i.

Damp places; common.
P. Pennsylvakicum, L. Spec.

Damp places: common.
P. amphibium, L. Spec.

Ponds ; infrequent.
P. MuHLEXBERGii, Wats. Proc Amer. Acad. Sci. xiv. 1879.

Low and often sandj soil ; abundant,

I have not been able to satisfy myself that P. terrestre. (Willd.) B. S. P. Cat
(F. atnphibium. L., var. terrestre ,y^\\\A. Spec, ii.) should be used.

P. Hartwrightii, Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. viii. 1870.

Ponds or even on sandy banks; becoming scarce.
P. orientale, L. Spec.

Neglected ground. Ames.
P. Persicaria, L. Spec.

Damp places; common.
P. Hydropiper, L. Spec.

Wet places ; common.
P. ACRE, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. ii. 1817.

Wet places ; common.
P. ViRGTXIANUM, L. SpeC.

Woods ; frequent.
P. Convolvulus, L. Spec.

Cultivated grounds, especially stubble; common.
P. DUMETORUM, L., var. SCANDENS, (L.) Gray, Man. 5th ed.— P.
scandens, L. Spec.

Thickets; common.
Fagopyrum esculentum, Moench, Meth. 1794.

Cultivated ground ; frequent.

5l6 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ARISTOLO CHI A CE^E .

Asa RUM Canadense, L. Spec.
Low woods; frequent.

SANTALACEuE.

CoMANDRA ijmbellata, (L.) Nutt. Gen.— Thesium umbellatumy

L. Spec.

Prairie; frequent.

E UPHORBIA CE^.

Euphorbia petaloidea, Engel. in Bot. Mex. Bound, ii. 2, 1859.

A single specimen found along the railroad near lower gate ; others have been
reported.

E. gi.yptospervia, Engel. in Bot. Mex. Bound, ii. 2. 1859.
Sandy prairie and banks; common.

In an open sandy or gravelly soil it is prostrate-spreading; in grassy places it is
erect or spreading.

E. MACuiiATA, L. Spec.

Prairies and banks ; common.
E. HYPERICIFOLIA, L. SpeC.

Fields, pastures, and woods; common.

Specimens sent to Dr. Millspaugh were pronounced to be this species. E. Pres-
lii, Guss. Fl. Sicul. i. iSj7, which much resembles it, may also occur.

E. marginata, Pursh, Fl.

Specimens arc occasionally found along the railroad.
E. COROLLATA, L. SpeC.

Prairie and open woods ; abundant.
E. hetekophylIjA, L. Spec.
Rocky woods; scarce.

Bluffs, Hoggatt's woods. Leaves of specimens so far collected are all linear
and entire.

E. cyparissias, L. Spec.

Escaped around gardens.
ACALYPIIA ViRGINICA, L. SpeC.

Low places; abundant.

UR TIC A CE^E.

Ulmus fulva, Michx. Fl.

Lowland woods ; frequent.
U. Americana, L. Spec.

Lowland woods; abundant.

Woodmen have informed me that formerly the " Hickory - Elm " (probably f'.

racemosa, Thomas) was rather common, but, on account of its valuable timber, has

been almost entirely cut away.

Celtis oocidentalis, L. Spec. 2d ed.

Woods; infrequent.
Cannabis sativa, L. Spec.

Waste places; frequent.
HuMUiiUS LuPULUS, L. Spec.

Banks of streams; frequent.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. ^17

MoRUS RUBRA, L. Spec.

Lowland woods ; scarce.

Bottom- land of Skunk river; Squaw creuk, and woods near cemetery (Prof.
Pammel).

Urtica gracilis, Ait. Hort. Ke\v.— U. dloica, Ait., var. procera,
Wedd. in DC. Prod. xvi. i.

Lowland woods and waste places; infrequent,
Laportea Canadensis, (L.) Gmel. Bot. Voy. Urau. \%'2Q.— Urtica
Canadensis, L. Spec.

Low woods; frequent.
PiLEA PUMiLA, (L.) Gray, Man. 1st ed.— Urtica pumila, L. Spec.

Lowland woods in moist places ; frequent.
Parietaria Pennsylvanica, MuhL iu Willd. Spec. iv.

Dry banks in woods; not uncommon.

I'l.ATAJVACEyi:.

Platanus occidentalis, L. Spec.
Lowland woods; not uncommon.

JUG LAND A CEJE.

JuGLANS ciNEREA, L. Spec. 2d ed.

Lowland woods ; not uncommon.
J. NIGRA, L. Spec.

Lowland woods; not uncommon.
HicoRiA/ OVATA, (Mill.) Britt. Torr. Bull. xv. 1888. — Juglans
ovata. Mill. Diet. — Carya alba, Nutt. Gen.

Upland woods ; abundant.
H. :\[INIMA, (Marsh.) Britt. Torr. Bull. xv. 1888. — Juglans alba
minima. Marsh. Arbust. — Carya amara, Nutt. Gen.

Lowland woods; abundant.

* CUPULIFER^.

CoRYLUS Americana, Walt. Fl.

Upland woods and thickets; abundant.
OsTRYA ViRGiNiANA, (Mill.) Koch, Deudr. ii. 2. — Carjyimts Vir-
giniana^ Mill. Diet. iv. — O. Virginica. Willd. Spec. iv.
Upland woods; frequent.
QuERCUS ALBA, L. Spec.

Upland woods ; abundant.

A larg-e tree with liglit colored bark and smooth twigs; leaves obovate, usually
nearly equally lobed all around, the siDuses shallow or extending nearly to the
midrib.

Q,. MACROCARPA, Michx. Hlst. Cheues, 1801.
Woods ; abundant.
A large tree with deeply furrowed bark and rough or corky-winged twigs, grow-
ing more commonly on the bottom-lands ; leaves obovate- rhomboidal, usually with
the lower half lobod, and the upper half or terminal lobe merely sinuate.

5l8 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Q. Muhlenbergii, Engelm. Trans. St. L. Acad. iii. 1877. ■^

Des Moines river at Boone (Prof. Pammel. Prof. Budd).

Q. RUBRA, L. Spec.

Upland woods; abundant.

Q. coccinea, Wang. Beitr. 1787.

In the I. A. C. herbarium is a specimen, with acorns, collected by Dr. BesseVj
said to come from a tree northwest of the College near the railroad. I have been una.
ble to find the tree, and have not observed the species in the county. It is abundant
in the eastern part of the State, where, to a large extent, it replaces ^. rubra, and
extends at least as far west as Waterloo. The leaf is not to be distinguished from
^. ^-w^^-a, although it is generally more deeply parted; the acorns of the two species
are quite different.

SALICACE^.

Populous TREMui.oiDES, Michx. Fl.

Borders of woods ; infrequent.
P. GRANDIDENTATA, Michx. Fl.

A few young trees and sprouts were found along the bluffs of Skunk river nortli-

east of Ames, Prof. Budd informs me that formerly it was quite abundant.

P. MONiLiFEKA, Ait. Hort. Kew.

Lowland woods ; not uncommon.
Salix NIGRA, Marsh, Arbust.

River banks ; common.
S. LONGiFOLiA, Muhl. Neue Schrift. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, iv. 1802?
(ex Anders. Salic.)

Low, especially sandy ground; common.
S. DISCOLOR, Muhl. 1. c.

Low ground ; common.
S. HUMiiiis, Marsh. Arbust.

Dry hills and copses; frequent.
S. CORDATA, Muhl. N. Berl. Schr. I.e.

Low land ; common.

CERA TOPHTLLA CE^E.

Ceratophyllum demersum, L. Spec.
Ponds ; becoming scarce.

COIVIFER.E.
(This Order more properly follows Graminerf.)

Juniperus Virgiuiana, L. Spec.

Along the Des Moines river (Prof. Budd).

HI DR O CHAR /DA CEjE.

Elodea Canadensis, Michx. Fl.
Ponds; becoming infrequent.

For synonymy see Pringsheim's Jahrbiicher, i. p. 499.

Vallisneria spiralis, L. Spec.

Cairo lake.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 519

ORCHIDACE.^.

Spiranthes cernua, (L.) Rich. Bot. Reg. — 0/)/irys cn-nua. L.
ypec.

Low prairie ; infrequent.
Orchis spf.ctabilis, L. Spec.

Springj places in rich woods; scarce.
Woods soutli of College, and reported elsewhere.

Habenaria bracteata, (Willd.) R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew.
— Oi'ckis bracteata, M'illd. Spec. iv.
Rich woods ; rare.

This species seems to be well distributed over the county, but is usually solitary
and only occasionally found.

H. J.EUCOPH^EA, (Nutt.) Gray, Man. oth ed.— O/-C///5 leucop/i^a.
Xutt. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. N. S. vii. 1S41.

Low prairie; infrequent.
Cypripehium candidum, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iv.

Low prairie not uncommon.
C. PUBESCENS, Willd, Spec. iv.

Rich woods; infrequent.

Woods west and south of College ; on Skunk river, and elsewhere. C. parvifio-
rum, Salisb. has been reported, but I doubt if it occurs with us.

C. REGIN.E, Walt. Fl.— C. spectabilc, Salisb. Trans. Lin. Soc. i. 1791,
(read 178S).— C. album. Ait. Hort. Kew.— C. hirstitum. Mill. Diet.?
Rich woods; rare.

Onlhe east side of Skunk river north of Ames, a short distance above the ford.
This species was formerly much more frequent, but many causes, not tlie least of
which are the ravages of eager students, have almost exterminated this beautiful
plant.

IRIDA CE.E.

Iris versicolor, L. Spec.

Marshes: common.
Belamcanda Chinensis, (L.) Adans.— Zx-ia Chincnsis, L. Spec.

Occasionally escapes from gardens.

In tlie absenceof sufficient literature I have followed the Manual in the authority
for the accepted combination. The Xew York Catalogue gives B. Cliiueiisis,
(L. ) Redoute.

SiSYRixcHiu^r axgustifolium, Mill. Diet.
Prairie; abundant.

1 he white-flowered form is frequent.

AMARTLLIDA CE.TZ.

Hypoxis erecta, L. Spec. 2d ed. (Syst. Xat. 15th ed. ex Riehter.
Prairie; common.

DIOSCOREA CE.E.

DioscoREA viLLOSA, L. Spec.
Thickets; not uncommon.

530 1 KANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCI?;VCE.

LILIA CE.K.

SMUiAX HERBACEA, L. SpeC.

Moist grassy places ; not uncommon.
Var. PULVERULENTA, (Michx.) (iray, Man. 5th ed. — S. pulverulenta,
Michx. Fl.

Woods ; infrequent.
S. HiSPiDA, Muhl. Cat. 2d ed.

Rich woods ; frequent.
Allium tricoccum, Ait. Hort. Kew.

Rich woods ; infrequent.
A. Canadense, Kalm, iu L. Spec.

vSloughs ; frequent.
PoLYGONATUM coMaEUTATUM, (Schult.) Dietr. ill Alio;. Gartenz.
iii. 1835. — Convallaria conimutata. Schult. in Roem.iS: Schult. Syst.

vii. — P. giganteum, Dietr. 1. c.
Asparagus officinalis, L. Spec.

Escapes frequently from cultivation.
Smilacina racemosa, (L.) Desf. Ann. Mus. Paris, ix. 1S07.— Con-
vallaria racemosa, L. Spec.

Upland woods ; frequent.
S. STELLATA, (L.) Desf. 1. C. — Convallaria stellata, L. Spec.

Woods ; frequent.
Maianthemum Canadense, Desf. 1. c.

"Ames, J. C. Noble." Specimen in I. A. C. herbarium.
UvuLARiA GRANDIFLORA, Smith, Exot. Bot. p. 99, 1804-1805.

Rich woods ; abundant.
Erythronium albidum, iSTutt. Gen.

Low woods; abundant.
LiLiUM PHiLADETiPHicuM, L. Spec. 2d ed.

Low prairie; not uncommon.
L. superbum, L. Spec. 2d ed.

A few specimens found at Jewell Junction.

L. Canadense, L. Spec.

Low ground ; infrequent.
Trillium erectum, L. Spec.

Two specimens (var. declinatnm) in the I. A. C. herbarium from " Amc^" . Oc-
casionally reported.

T. cernuum, L. Spec.

A specimen in the L A. C. lierbarium from '■Ames,"

T. nivale, Riddeli, Synops. 18o5.

"Boone — Besscy." Specimen in \. A. C. herbarium.
PONTE DERI A CE.E.

Pontederia cordata, L. Spec.
Ponds; becoming scarce.

Formerly abundant in the Big Prairie region.

HITCHCOCK PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 52 I

Hktkranthera graminea, (Michx.) Vahl. Enum. ii.—Lejitan-

ikus gra7ttinea, Michx. Fl.

Muddy banks of ponds and streams; scarce.
Lake 7 miles southeast of the College; Cairo lake.
COMMELINA CEJE.

Tradescantia Virginiana, L. Spec.

Low ground ; frequent.
A white-flowered form was found along the railroad, near the first bridge, going
towards Ames.

JUNCA CE.E.

JuNCUS TENUIS, Willd. Spec. ii.
Grassy places ; common.

Qiiite variable in aspect. In dry soil it is low, with few- flowered panicles; in
wet places it becomes stouter, often two feet high, with more crowded inflorescence.
One form corresponds to "Forma major, floribus subsecundus" of specimens in the
Engelmann herbarium. It is not uncommon. Low or, usually, tall; flowers crowded
on the inner side of the ascending branches of the panicle, which tends to curve in-
ward at the top.

J. NODOSUS', L., var. megacephalus, Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii.

Wet places ; abundant.

Tl'J'/rACE.E.

Typha latifolia, L. Spec.

Sloughs and ditches ; abundant.
Sparganium eurycarpum, Engel. in Gray, Mau. 2d ed.

Marshes ; frequent.
S. SIMPLEX, Huds. Fl. Angl. 1762.
Marshes; scarce.
Four miles southwest of the College.

AJiA CEjE.

Aris.ema TRIPHYLLU3I, (L.) Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii. — Arum triphyllvm.,
L. Spec. — A atrortibens^ Blume, in Rumphia, i. 1S35. (Engler, .i4rrt-
cecB in DC. Mon. Phan. ii.)
Rich woods ; not uncommon.
A. Dracontium, (L.) Schott, Melet. 1832. — .4/ M»i Dracontium,
L. Spec.

Low woods ; infrequent.
AcoRus Calamus, L. Spec.
Marshes; scarce.
Two miles north of Ames, and elsewhere.
LEMXACE.E.

Spirodela polyrrhiza, (L.) Schleid. iu Limi:ea xiii. 1839. —
Lemna polyrrhiza^ L. Spec.

Bayous and slow-tlowing water; not uncommon.

522 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENXE.

Lemna tkisutx'A, L. Spec.
Ponds; becoming scarce.

This species prefers still water that is filled with vegetation, wliile Spirodela is
found also in more open water.

L, MINOR, L. Spec.

Stagnant water ; infrequent.

alismace.t:.

Aj.isma PiiANTAGO, L. Spec.
Wet places; abundant.

Sagittaria VARIABILIS, Eiigel. iu Gray, Man, 1st ed.— ^'. sa-
gittifoUa, L., var. variabilis, Micheli in DC. Mon. Plian. iii. i8Si.
In shallow water or wet places ; abundant.

We have the three forms known as: — var. ohtiisa, (Willd.) Engel. ''I.e. 2d ed.
( S. obtusa, Willd. Spec, iv.), leaves large and broad, obtuse, usually with an abrupt
short point, lobes broad and short, flowers dicEcious; var. latifolia, (Willd.) Engel.
1. c. {S. latifolia, Willd. 1. c.) , leaves rather large and broad, obtuse or usually acute,
lobes often longer and narrower than in the preceding, flowers moncecious ; var. has-
tata, (Pursh) Engel. I.e. (S. /laf/n/a, Pursh, Fl.), leaves with terminal and basal lobes
quite similar in size, long, narrow and acute, flowers monoecious. For notes on
these forms see Britton, Torr. Bull. xvii. p. 5, 1890.

S. HETEROPHYLLA, Pursh, Fl.

Muddj' shores of ponds ; scarce.

Pond nortlieast of Ames, beyond Skunk river; abundant at Cairo lake.
S. GRAMINEA, Michx. Fl.
Wet places; infrequent.

I have also found what appears to be S. cristata, Engel. in Arthur, Contr. Fl.
Iowa (Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci. iv. p. 29, 1886), but more study is needed.

XAIADACE^E.

Triglochin maritimum, L. Spec,

A single specimen in my herbarium collected by Mr. M. E. Wells in the "forks."

Potamogetou fluitans, Roth. Teut. Fl. Germ. i. 1788.

Streams around Cairo lake.
P. Illinoensis, Moroag in Bot. Gaz. v. 1880.

Ponds and lakes ; infrequent.
P. HETEROPHYLLUS, Schreb. Spicil. Fl. Lips, 1771,

Ponds; infrequent.
P. lucens, L. Spec.

Sterile specimens, from the pond under the first railroad bridge below the gate,
appear to be this species.

P. zoSTERiEFOLius, Schum. Enum. i. 1801.

Lakes and streams; not uncommon.
P. obtusifolius, Merteus & Koch, Deutschl, Fl. i, 1823.

What appears to be this species was found in the pond, under the first railroad
bridge, in considerable quantity, but has disappeared.

P. pusillus, L. Spec.

Abundant at Cairo lake.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 523

Zan'xicheli.ia palustris, L. Spec.

Ponds and slow streams; not uncommon.
Naias FiiExiLis, Rostk. & Schum. Fl. Sedin. 1824.

Ponds; becoming scarce.

CTPERACE^E.

Cyperus diandrus, Torr. Cat. PI. N. Y. 1819.

Wet sandy places; scarce.
Var. CASTANEUS, (Pursh) Torr. I.e. — C. flavescens, \ax.casta-

nens, Pursh, Fl.
Wet sands ; abundant.
C. aristatus, Rottb. Gram.

Wet sand ; not uncommon.
C. SCHWEiNiTZii, Torr. Cyp.

Sandy soil ; frequent.
C. FiLicuLMis, Valil, Euuni. il.

Sandy hills ; frequent.
C. erythrorhizos, Muhl. Gram.

River banks; abundant.
C. ESCULENTUS, L. Spec.

Low ground ; abundant.
C. strigosus, L. Spec.

Low or sandy ground; abundant.
Var. robustior, Kunth, Enum. ii.

Low ground ; common.
Ej.eocharis palustris, (L.) R. Br. Prod. Fl. Nov. Hoi. 1810 (by
implication). — Scirpus palustris, L. Spec.

Wet places ; common.

E. ACicuLARis (L.) R. Br. 1. c. — Scirpus acicidaris, L. Spec.

Muddy banks of ponds and streams; common.
Scirpus puxgens, Vahl, Enum. ii.

N\'et clay ; scarce.
S. LACUSTRis, L. Spec.

Sloughs, common.
S. FLUViATiLis, (Torr.) Gray, Man. 1st ed.— *S. maritimus, L., var. ?

fluviatilis, Torr. Cyp.
Marshes ; infrequent.

S. ATROViRENS, Muhl. Gram.
Sloughs ; common.

Ertophorum lixeatum, (Michx.) Benth. & Hook, Gen. PI. iii. 2,

1SS3. — Scirpus lineatum^ Michx. Fl.
Wet places; scarce.

Bentham and Hooker by a slip say, "Hie includinuis . . . . E. liiieaUis, Mich."
Miciiaux is not reallv the author of this combination.

534 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

E. CVPERINUM, L. Spec, 2d ed.
Wet places ; rare.

I have seen the specimens of this, but have none in my possession.

E. POi.YSTACHYON, L. Spec.

Low prairie; frequent.
Hemicarpha micrantha, (Vahl) Britt. Torr. Bull. xv. 1888.
— Sct'rpus mi'cran^/ius, VahL Enum. ii. — //. subsqiiarrosa, Nees in
Mart. Fl. Bras. ii. i. 1S29.

Wet sand ; scarce.
Carex intumescens, Rudge, Trans. Liun. 80c. vii. 1804 (read 1803).

Low shady places ; common.
€. Gkayii, Carey, Amer. Jour. Sci. iv. 1821.

Low woods ; common.
C. LUPULINA, Muhl. iu Willd. Spec, iv.

Sloughs.

Prof, Bailey notes one specimen as nearly typical; another as approaching var.
feditnculaia.

C. LURIDA, Wahl. Konigl. Ac. Handl. xxiv. 1803.
Sloughs; infrequent.

Prof. Bailey savs our specimens are a " depauperate form" of this species.

C. FiEiFORMis, L. Spec.

Swamps; abundant.
Var. LANUGINOSA, (Michx.) B.S.P. Cat. — C. lanuginosa, Michx.
Fl. — C. filiformis, L., var. latifolia, Boeck. Linniea, xli. 1876-7.
Swamps ; frequent.
C. TRICHOCARPA, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iv.
Marshes; infrequent.
Var. iMBERBis, Gray, Man. 5th ed.

Swamps; common.
Var. LJEVICONICA, (Dewey). — C. Iceviconica, Dewey, Amer.
Jour. Sci. xxiv. 1833. — ^- trichocarpa, Muhl., var. Deweyi, Bailey
in Bot. Gaz. x. 18S3.
Low places ; common.
Var. ARiSTATA, (R. Br.) Bailey in Bot. Gaz. x. 1883. — C. aris-
iaia, R. Br. in Narr. Frankl. Exped. app.
Swamps; infrequent.
C. RIPARIA, W. Curtis, Fl. Lond. iv. 1821.

Low places; common.
C. FUSCA, All. Fl. Pedem. ii. 1785.

Grassland; infrequent.
C. STRiCTA, Lam. Diet. iii.

Sloughs; common.
C. LONGiROSTRis, Torr. in Sehwein. Ann. Tab. Car. (Ann. N. Y
Lye. i. 1823.)

Shady places; abundant.

HITCHCOCK PLANTS OF A.AIES, IOWA. 52:5

C. Da VISIT, Schwein. & Torr. Mod. Cyp. 1825.

Wet places ; abundant.
C. GRISEA, Wahl. Koaigl. Ac. Haudl. xxiv. 1803.

Grassland; common.
C. LAXIPLORA, Lam., var. latifoi.ia, Boott, 111. 1858-1867.

Rich woods; infrequent.
C. TETANicA, Sehkuhr, var. Meadii, (Dewey) Bailey, Syu. Car.
iS86. — C. Meadii, Dewey, Amer. Jour. Sci. xliii. 1842.

Grass land ; frequent.

C. EBURNEA, Boott, ill Hook. Fl. ii.
Woods; infrequent.

C. Pennsylvanica, Lam. Diet. iii.

Dry woods; common.
C. PUBESCENS, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iv.

Rich woods; not uncommon.
C. CON.TUNCTA, Boott, 111. 1858-1867.

Low grass land ; common-
C. GRAVIDA, Bailey, var. laxifolia, Bailey, Types. Car. 1889.

Low ground; not uncommon.
C. vuLPiNOiDEA, Michx. Fl.

Low grass land; common.
C. Sartwellii, Dewey, in Amer. Jour. Sci. xli. 1842.

One im])erfect specimen, marked bv Prof. Bailey, "probably."

C. SPARGANioiDES, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iv.

Low ground ; common.
C. CEPHALOPHORA, Muhl. in Willd. Spec. iv.

Low ground; frequent.
C. MuSKiNGUMENSis, Schwelu. Ann. Tab. 1823.

Sloughs; frequent.
C. TRiBULOiDES, Wahl., var. cristata, (Schwein.) Bailey, Syn.
Car. iSS6. — C. cristata^ Schwein. Ann. Tab. 1S23.
Low ground, common.
C. STRAMiNEV, Willd., var. festucacea, (Willd.)— C./es<t<eaeea,
Willd. Spec. iv. — C. siramitiea^ Willd., var. brevior^ Dewey, Amer.
Jour. Sci. xi. 1S26.

Low ground ; common.

Var. at.ata, (Torr.) Bailey, Cat. Car. 1884.— C. a^ato, Torr.

Mon. Cyp.

Grass land.

GRAMINE.i:.

Spartina cynosukoides, (L.) Willd, Enum. i. — Dactylis cynosu-
roides, L. Spec.

Sloughs; abundant.

526 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Beckmannia erucaeformis, (L.) Host, var. uniflorus, Scrib. in Va-
sey, Desc. Cat. 1885.

Escaped around station-house.
Panicum glabbum, (Schrad.) Gand. Agros. i. 1811. — Synthcrisma
glabra, Schrad. Fl. Germ. 1S06.

Roadsides and sandy places ; common.
P. SANGUINALE, L. SpeC.

Fields; common.
P. PBOiiiFERUM, Lam. Diet. iv.

Roadsides and cultivated soil; common.
P. CAPILIiARE, L. Spec.

Fields; common.
P. viRGATUM, L. Spec.

Prairie; common.
P. i^ATiFOLiUM, L. Spec.

Upland woods ; frequent. ■

P. SCOPABIUM, Lam. Diet. iv.

Prairie; common.

One form is nearly smooth except the margins of the leaves; another is stouter,
with leaves, sheaths and spikelets liirsute.

P. DiCHOTOMUM, L. Spec.

Prairie; common.
P. (RUS-GALLi, L. Spec.

Fields and waste places ; common.
Var. MUTicuM, Torr.

Damp places; frequent.
Setaria glauca. (L. ) Beauv. Agrost. \8\2.—Fanicum glaucum,
L. Spec.

Fields; common.
S. viRiDis, (L.) Beauv. Agrost. 1812.— Fanicum viride, L. Spec.

Fields; common.

Some specimens with oblong, purplish spikes, are apparently hybrids with S .
Italica.

S. Italica, (L.) Kunth, Gram, (ex Kunth, Euum. \.l).— Panictim
Italtcum^ L. .Spec.
Abundantly escaped.
Cenchrus TRiBUiiOiDES, L. Spec.

Sandy soil; not uncommon.
HoMALOCENCHRUS ViRGiNiCA, (WiUd.) Britt. Traus. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. ix. 1889. — Leersia Vtrgintca, Willd. Spec. i.
Low ground ; abundant.
H. ORYZOIDES, (L.) Poll. Enum. PI. Palat. ITiS.— Phalaris oryzol-
des, L. Spec. — Leersia oryzoides, Swartz. Fl. Ind. Occ. i. 1797-
Wet places ; common.
ZrzANiA AQUATiCA, L. Spec.
Ponds; scarce.

South of Shearer School ; Onion creek.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 527

Andropociox I'RoviNCiAi.is, Laiii. Diet. i. — A. furcatus, Muhl. in
Willd. Spec. iv.
Prairie; common.

See Hackel, Androp. p. 443 ; Watsmi, Confr. Am. Bot. xvii. p. 139 (Proc. Anier.
Acad. XXV. 1S90)-

A. scoPARius, Mictix. Fl.

Prairie; common.
Chrysopogon nutans, (L.) Bentli. Jour. Linn. Soc.xix.lS81. —
Andropogon nutans, L. Spec, (retained in Hackel, Androp.)

Prairie; common.
Phalaris Canariensis, L. Spec.

Streets of Story City.
P. ARUXDiNACEA, L. Spec.

Marshes; infrequent.
Aristida gracilis, Ell. Sk. i.

Dry hills ; infrequent.
Stipa spartea, Trin. Stipje, 1842.
Prairie; abundant.

Oryzopsis mrlaxocarpa, Muhl. Gram.

Dry rocky woods ; not uncommon.
MuHLENBERGiA SOBOLIFERA, (Muhl.) Trin. Diss. i. — Agrostis
sobolifera. Muhl. Gram.
Dry hills ; infrequent.
:M. racemosa, (Michx.) B. S. P. G&X,.— Agrostis racemosa, Michx.
Fl. — AI. glotneraia^ Trin. Diss. i.

Dry clay bluffs or wet grassy places ; frequent.
M, sylvatica, (Torr.) Torr. & Gray, in Gray, Grani.& Gyp. i. 1834.
— Agrostis sylvatica. Torr. Fl. U. S.
Upland woods; frequent.
M, TEXuiFLORA, ( Willd.) B. S. p. Cat.— ^(/ros^is tenui flora, Willd.
Spec. i. — M. Willdenovit\ Trin. Diss. i.
Upland woods; not uncommon.
M. Di-FFUSA, Schreb. Gram. ii. 1772-1779.

'Open lowland woods ; abundant.
Brachyelytrum erectu:m, (Schreb.) Beauv. — Muhlenberr/ia
erecta, Schreb. Gram. ii. 1772- 1779. — B. aristatum. Beauv. Agrost.
1812. — B. afistosum, (Michx.) B. S. P. Cat'. — Dilepyrum ayistostim,
Michx. Fl.

Rich woods: frequent.
Ours is the form, var. Engelmanni, Gray, Man. Jtli ed.

Phleum pratense, L. Spec.

Meadows and pastures; common.
Sporobolus vaginfeflorus, (Torr.) Vasey, Desc. Cat. 1885. — Vilfa
vagincejiora. Torr. in Gray. Gram. iV Cyp. i. 1S34.

Sandv and sterile soil.

52S TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

8. ASPER, (Miehx.) Kuntb, Gram. i. (ex Eiiura. i.)

Sandy soil; common.
S. HETEKOLEPis, Gray, Man. 1st ed. — Vilfa hctirohpis, Gray, in
Ann. Lye. N. Y. iii. (read Dec. 1S34).
Prairie; abundant.
S. CRYPTANDRUS, (Torr.) Gray, Man. 1st. ed. — Agroslis C7-ijpian-
drus, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N, Y. i. 1S24.
Sandy hills; infrequent.
Agrostis alba, L. Spec.
Meadows; common.
Var. VULGARIS, (With.) Thurb. in Watson, Bot. Calif, ii. 1880.
— A. vulg-ay/i, With. Eng. Bot. 1776.
Moist meadows ; common.
A. PERENNANS, (Walt.) Tuckemi. Aiuer. Jour. Sci. xlv. 1843. —
Cornucoj)i(E? perennans, Walt. Fl.

A. HYEMAL, (Walt.) B.S.P. Cat.— C'orwitcopzcc hyemalis, Walt. Fl.
5 — Agrostis scabra, Willd. Spec. i.

Prairie, especially in open or barren spots; common.

CiNNA ARUNDINACEA, L. SpeC.

Upland woods ; abundant.
Calamagrostis Canadensis, (Michx.) Beau v. — Arundo Canaden-
sis., Michx. Fl. — Deyeuxia Canadensis, Hook. Arc. PI. 1S62.
Sloughs; abundant.
Calamovilfa longifolia, (Hook.) Scribn. in Hackel, True Grass-
es, 1S90. — Calamagrostis longifolia., Hook. Fl. ii. — Animophila lon-
gifolia^ Benth.

Dry hills; infrequent.
BouTELOUA HiKSUTA, Lag. Eleiich. v.? 1816 (ex Kunth, Euum. i.)
Dry hills ; infrequent.

B. cuRTiPENDUL.'i-, (Michx.) Gray, Man. 3d ed. (or earlier?) — CAZo-

ris curtipendula, Michx. Fl. — B. racemosa. Lag. Varied. Cienc.
1805 (ex Kunth, Enum. i.)
Prairie ; common.
Phragmites vulgaris, (Lam.) B.S.P. Cat. — Arundo vidgaris,
Lam. Fl. Franc, iii. 177S. — P. comnuinis^ Trin. Fund. 1S20.
Ponds; frequent.
Kceleria cristata, (L.) Pers. Syu. i.—Aira cristata, L. Spec.

Prairie ; abundant.
Eatonia obtusata, (Michx.) Gray, Man. 3d ed. 1857 (or earlier).
— Aira obtusata, Michx. Fl.
Prairie; abundant.
E. Pennsylvanica. (Sprang.) Gray, Man. ed. of 1857 (or earlier?),
■ — Aira Pennsylz'anica, Spreng. Act. Petrop. 1810;
Sloughs; abundant.

It also occurs in upland woods, where it is low and slender.

HITCHCOCK — PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 529

Eragrostis hypnoides, (Lam.) B. S. P. Cat.— Poa hypnoides,
Lam. 111. i. — E. reftans^ Nees, in Mart. Fl. Bras. i. 1829.

Banks of streams ; common.
E. MAJOR, Host, Gram. iv. 1809.— Poa Eragrostis, L. Spec.

Fields and roadsides ; common.
E. Frankii, ]\Ieyer, Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. ?

River banks; scarce.
E. PuRSHii, Schrad. in Linnsea, xii. 1838.

River banks and roadsides ; common.

E. pectinacea, (Miclix.) Gray, Mau. ed. of 1857 (or earlier?). — Poa
pectinacea, Michx. Fl.

" Ames-Besse)'." A young, unnamed specimen; but evidenlly it belongs here.

DiARRHENA DIANDRA, (Michx. ). — Pcs^Mca dlandrci, Michx. Fl.
— D. Americana, Beauv. Agrost. 1812.
Woods; frequent.

Dactylis glomerata, L. Spec.

Pastures ; freely escaped from cultivation.
POA COMPRESSA, L. SpeC.

Wet or dry soil; common.

P. SEROTINA, Ehr. Gaud. Agrost. i. 1811 (ex Kuutli, Enum. i.)

Wet places; frequent.

P. PRATENSis, L. Spec.

Pastures and meadows; common.

Glyceria nervata, (Willd.) Trin. Act. Petrop. S. 6, i. 1831?.— Poa
?iervata, Willd. Spec. i.
Wet places; abundant.

G. FLUITANS, (L.) R. Br. Prod. i. 1810,— Pesiwca fluitans, L. Spec.
Ponds and sloughs ; infrequent.

Festqca octoflora, Walt. FJ. — F. tenella, Willd. Enum. i.
Dry hills : frequent.

F. NUTANS, Willd. Enum. i.

Upland woods ; abundant.
F. Shortii, Kunth,(?) Vasey, Deser. Cat. 1885.
Sloughs; rare.

A small quantity found about 3 miles east of Ames. It seems quite distinct from
F. nutans. The spikelets are more numerous, the panicle more or less drooping,
but the branches not reflexed in fruit as in the case of F. nutans. This appears in
Wood's Class-Book, edition of 1S61, p. 794, as F. Shortii, Kunth, and is placed un-
der F'. nutans,

Bromus Kalmii, Gray, Man. 1st ed.

Dry ground; infrequent.
B. secalinus, L. Spec.

Waste places; scarce. *

V-— 3-13

530 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

B. ciLiATUS, L. Spec.
Woods; abundant.
Var. PURGANS, (L.) Gray, Man. 1st ed.— JS. pt<r^a«s, L. Spec.

Upland woods ; abundant.

Apparently a distinct species, flowering a month earlier than B. ciliatus.

Lolium perenne, L. Spec.
Waste places ; rare.
Var. Italicum, Vasey, Desr. Cat. 1885.
Escaped around the station-house.
Agropyrum repens, (L.) Beau v. Agrost. 1S12. — Triticum rei^ens,
L. Spec.

Fields and waste places; frequent.

The form which has passed for A. glaucum, Roem. & Schult., is occasionally
found.
HORDEUM JUBATUM, L. SpeC.

Waste places : common.
Elymus Virginicus, L. Spec.
River banks ; abundant.
Specimens frequently occur which appear to be hybrids with E. Canadensis.

E. Canadensis, L. Spec.

River banks ; abundant.
Var. GLAUCiFOLius, (Muhl.) Gray, Man. 5th ed.— ^. glaucifo-
lius, Muhl. in Willd. Enum.
Gravelly places; frequent.
Var. GLABRiFOLius, Vasey, Contr. Nat. Herb. (No descrip-
tion.)

Rocky places; frequent.
E. STRiATUS, Willd. Spec. i.
Upland woods ; frequent.
AsPRELLA Hystrix, (L. )" Willd. Enum. — Elymus Hystrix, L. Spec.
Woods; abundant.

E^UISETACE^E.

Equisetum arvense, L.
Sandy soil; common.

FILICES.

Adiantum pedatum, L. Spec.

Rich woods; abundant.
Pteris aquilina, L. Spec.

Rich woods; scarce.
AsPLENiUM Filix-fcemina, (L.) Bemh. N. Jour. f. d. Bot. ii. 1806.
— Polypodium Filix-femina, L. Spec. 2d ed.

Shady ravines ; abundant.
Cystopteris fragilis, (L.) Bernh. I.e. i. 1805. — Polypodium fra-
gile, L. Spec. 2d ed.

Woods; common.

J

HITCHCOCK PLANTS OF AMES, IOWA. 53 I

Onoclea sensibilis, L. Spec.

Wet places; not uncommon.
OSMUNDA CliAYTONIANA, L. SpeC.

Woody ravines ; scarce.
Botrichinm Virginianum, (L.) Swartz, Jour. f. d. Bot. ii, ISOO.—
Osmunda Vtrgitn'atia, L. Spec. — B. Virginicum, Willd. Spec. v.

Rich woods; scarce.

LIST OF THE MORE IMPORTANT WORKS REFERRED TO IN THE CATA-
LOGUE, PRECEDED BY THE ABBREVIATIONS USED.

Ait. Hort. Kew. : Aiton, W.— Hortus Kewensis, 3 vols. 1789; 2d ed.
Alton. W. T. (^it. f.). 5 vols. iSro.

Bigel. Fl. Bost. : Bigelow, J.— Florula Bostonensis, 1S14 ; 2d ed.. 1824 ;
3d ed., 1840

B.S.P. Cat.: Britton, N. L., Sterns, E. E., and Poggenburg, J. P.—
Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta, * * * within 100
miles of New York City, 1S8S.

Darl. Fl. Cast.: Darlingtun, W. — Florula Cestrica, 1826; 2d ed..
Flora Cestrica, 1837; 3d ed., 1853.

DC. Prod. : DeCandolle, A. P, and A. — Prodromus Systematis Natu-
ralis Regni Vegetabilis. i, 1S24; ii, 1S25; iii, 1S2S; iv, 1830; v. 1836; vi,
1837; vii, 1, 1839; vii. 3, 1S38; viii, 1844; ix, 1845; ^^ 1S46; xi, 1847;
xii, 1848; xiii, i, 1852; xiii, 2, 1849; '^'V: 1S56; xv, i, 1864; xv, 2, 1866;
xvi. I, 1869; xvi. 2, (p. 1-160) 1864; xvi, 2 (p. i6i-end), 1868; xvii, 1873.

DC. Syst. : DeCandolle, A. P. — Regni Vegetabilis Systema Naturale.
i, 181S; ii, 1821.

Ell. Sk. : Elliott, S. — A Sketch of the 'Botany of South Carolina and
Georgia, i, 1S21 ; ii, 1824.

Gray, Man. : Gray. Asa — Manual of the Botany of the Northern United
States, 1848; 3d ed.(.?) 1857; 5th ed., 1867; 6th ed., 1S90.

Gray, Syn. Fl. : Gray, Asa — Synoptical Flora of North America; i. 2,^
1884; ii, I, 18S; Suppl , I 886.

Hook. Fl. : Hooker, W.J. — Flora Boreali-Americana. i. Pt. f, 1829;
i. Pt. 2 iS: 3, 1832; ii. 1840. (Ex notes in Dr. Engelmann's copy.)

Kunth, Enum. : Kunth, K. S. — Enumeratio Plantarum omnium hucus-
que cognitarum. i, 1833; Suppl., 1835; ii, 1837; iii, 1S41 ; iv, 1843.

Lam. Diet. : De la Marck, J. B. — Encyclopedia Methodique. i, 1783;
ii, 17S6; iii, 17S9; iv, 1797; v, (vols, v to xiii by J. L. Poiret,) 1804; vi
1S04; vii, 1S06; viii & ix, iSio; x, iSii; xi, 1813; xii, 1816; xiii, 1817.

532 Trans, st. louis acad, science.

Lum. 111. : De la Marck, J. B. — Tableau Encyclopedique et Methodique
des trois regnes de la Nature. Botanique. Illustration des Genres, i,
1791 ; ii. 1793; iii & Suppl. (Poiret), 1S23.

L. Mant.: Linnaeus, C. — Mantissa Plantarum, p. i to 142, 1767; Man-
tissa Plantarum altera, p. 143 to 58S, 1771.

L. Spec. : Linnieus, C. — Species Plantarum, 1753 ; 2ded. i, 1762; ii,
1763; 3d ed., 1764 (said to be the same as the 2d edition).

Marsh. Arbust. : Marshall, H. — Arbustrum Americanum. 17S5.

Michx. Fl. : Michaux, F. A. — Flora Boreali- Americana. 2 vols. 1803.

Mill. Diet. : Miller. P. —The Gardener's Dictionary, 8th ed., 2 vols.,
1768. (The first edition in which binomials are used.)

Muhl. Cat.: Muhlenberg, H. — Catalogus Plantarum Americre Sep-
tentrionalis hucusque cognitarum, 1813; 2d ed., iSiS. (The one usually
quoted.)

Muhl. Gram,: Muhlenberg, H. — Descriptio uberior Graminum et
Plantarum Calamarium Americse Septentrionalis, 1S17.

Nutt. Gen.: Nuttall, T. — The Genera of North American Plants. 2
vols. 1818.

Pers. Syn. : — Persoon. C. H. — Synopsis Plantarum. i, 1805; ii. 1807.

Poir. : Poiret, J. L. — See Lam. Diet. »fc 111.

Pursh, Fl. : Pursh, F. — Flora x\meric?e Septentrionalis. 1814 (another
issue in 1816).

Torr. Cyp. : Torrey. J. — Monograph of North American Cypera-
ceae (Annals Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 1S36).

Torr.Fl. N. Y. :— A Flora of the State of New York, 2 vols. 1843.

Torr. Fl. U. S. : — A Flora of the Northern and Middle Sections of the
United States, 1824.

Torr. & Gray, Fl. : — A Flora of North America, i, p. i to 184, July
183S; i, p. 185 to 360, Oct. 183S; i, p. 360 to end, June 1840; ii, p. i to
184, 1S41 ; ii, p, 185 to 392, spring, 1S42; ii, p. 393 to end, Feb. 1843 (ex
notes in Dr. Engelmann's copy).

Trin. Diss. : Trinius, K. B. — De Graminibus unifloris et sesquifloris.
Dissertatio botanica, 1824.

Vahl, Enum. : Vahl, M. — Enumeratio Plantarum. i,iSo4; ii, 1S06.

Walt. Fl. : Walter, T.— Flora Caroliniana. 178S.

Willd. Enum. : Willdenow, K. L. — Enumeratio Plantarum horti regii
botanici Berolinensis, 1809.

Willd. Spec. : — Linnaeus, Species Plantarum. i, Pt. i, 1797; i, Pt. 2,
1798; ii, 1799; iii, Pt. I (p. 1-848), 1800; iii, Pt. 2, (p. 849-1474), iSoi ;
iii, Pt. 3, 1S03 (subsequent to Michaux's Flora) ; iv. Pt. i, 1S05 ; iv, Pt. 2
1807; V, 1810.

( 533 )

Transformations of a Carahid (Plodiioiiiis tiiimliis), and ob-
servations on a Coccinellid enemy of the red spider.

By J. C. DuFFEY.

(Presented October 20th, 1S90.)

Among the many insect pests that damage the foliage of our
forest and shade trees, the fall web-worm (^Hyphantria atnea^
Drury) is probably one of the worst. It not only destroys the
foliage, but covers the tree with its web, making a very ugly
sight. The great damage done by this insect gives us a special
interest in its enemies. Charles V. Riley mentions* the follow-
ing insect enemies of H. cH?ica: External — Alantis Carolina.,
Prioniihis cristattis^ EncJiistus so'vus, and Poidesiis spiiiosics.
True parasites — Telcnomus bijidiis (an egg-parasite), Alctortts
hyphantrice., Apantcles Jiyphantrice^ Limneria pallipes., and
Tachiiia., sp.

At the Missouri Botanical Garden, during the present season,
three other enemies of H. cunea have been observed : one of the
jumping spiders (Aranidce), the larva of a lace-wing fly {Chry-
sopa) feeding on both eggs and larvse, and a beetle, Ploch'ioims
timidiis., Hald. The life-history of the latter is of interest not
only on account of its preying upon one of our worst tree-
defoliators, but also as the life-history of no species in this genus
has hitherto been described, while it has been traced for compa-
ratively few of the Carabid beetles.

June 9, webs of Hvphantria cunea began to appear on various
trees in the Garden. One of the colonies was given to one of
the garden pupils, Mr. James Dunford, with instructions to rear
the insects. Mr. Dunford soon found that the larvce were disap-
pearing, and, on examining the web, discovered several small
black larvae of some unrecognized Carabid, which were evidently
the cause of the trouble, and afterward proved to be Plochionus

* Report of Entomologist, U. S. Dept. Agr. for the year 1SS6. Reprinted in Bull. No.
10, Div. Entomology, 1SS7.

534 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

timidus. Other webs were then examined for this insect, and
from two to twenty larvse were found in nearly every web, where
they were also observed feeding on the larvae of H. cunea. In
many webs the Hyphantria larva; were greatly diminished in
numbers, and occasionally a web was found entirely uninhab-
ited. On the 24th of June, a web of H. ainea was found in
which were only 18 larvae of the web-worm, but which contained
an equal number of the predaceous larvae. June 35, seven-tenths
of all webs found contained larvae oi P. tiviidits. June 28, very
few webs of H. cimca were found, and most of them were unin-
habited. Where the web-worms were found, the larvae of P.
timidus were also invariably present. By July i, the Uyphajt-
tria larvae had disappeared.

Two beetles of P. ti7nidus were found in a web of H. cunea
in the breeding-cage on July 7th, and one flew into Mr. Dun-
ford's window on the evening of July 31st, probably attracted by
the light.

The second brood of web-worms began to appear July 22d.
On the 5th of August, adults oi P. timidus were observed in the
webs, and new larvie of this species were found three days later.
Aug. 6, forty-eight webs were cut from mulberry-trees and care-
fully examined. Besides the Hyphantria larvae, the following
insects were found : P. timidus^ 8 beetles and 7 larvte ; 7 Chry-
sopa larvas ; 5 spiders ; and i adult Coccinellid.

A careful search was made about this time for the eggs of /Vo-
chiomis. Aug. 11, Mr. Dunford found, in a web of//. c7tnca. a
small white foreign egg. Having seen one, it was not difficult
to find others, and thirty-two eggs were found in the portion of a
web covering a single mulberry leaf. Aug. iS, other eggs of P.
timidus were found in a web of H. cu/iea. These eggs must
have been laid several days after the hatching of the Hyphantria
eggs, as they were distributed through a portion of the web cov-
ering several mulberry leaves, and the Hyphantria larvae must
have been feeding for some time to have extended their web so
far. Aug. 29th, half-grown larvae, fall -grown larvte, and the
imago oi P. timidus were found in Hyphantria webs. The last
Plochioiius larva found in a web was discovered Sept. 4. This
larva pupated Sept. 11, and on the 24th had assumed the form of

DUFFEV — TRANSFORMATIOXS OF A CARABID, ETC. 535

the imago, but still within the pupa case.* Aug. 9, eight of the
supposed eggs of P. tiviidus were placed in a web oi H. ctinea
on a cutting of mulberry, which was set in moist sand in a six-
inch pot, and covered with a bottle from which the bottom had
been removed, a piece of muslin being tied over the mouth of the
bottle. One egg hatched during the day, and four more during
the following night. The young larvie, which were evidently
the same as those observed in the webs, began feeding on the
Hyphantria larvae soon after coming from the egg, Aug. 16,
three of these larvte were alive and in fine condition. All moulted
during the night of Aug. 15. This was probably the second moult,
the first moult not having been observed, for there is very little
difference in the appearance of the larva before and after moult-
ing, the only means of being sure of the time of moulting being to
find the cast skin, which is a difficult task when the larvae are in
the webs.

From the i6th to the 17th of the month the larvce grew rapid-
ly. They had now reached nearly full size, and very little change
took place in them during the next two days, although they
thickened up a little and showed more white between the dorsal
plates. Aug. 21, one was removed from the cage to be sketched.
They had now stopped feeding, and during;- the next three days
they dug into the sand somewhat. During this time one of them
died. Aug. 24, the remaining larva took a position on the inner
side of a leaf that lay on the sand and remained in this position
for two days, pupating on the 26th, thus completing the larval
state in sixteen days. The pupa was apparently normal, but,
being used to sketch from, w^as injured and died.

Aug. 5, a web of H. cunea^ in which were several Plochio7ius
larvae, was placed in a pot of sand and covered with a one-gallon
bell-jar having an open top over which a piece of muslin was
tied, and mulberry leaves were daily placed in the jar as food for
the webworms. These leaves were soon covered by their web,
after which the larvae ate all of the enclosed leaves excepting the
midrib and larger veins. Other larvae of P. timidus were placed
in the jar from time to time, and seemed at home in this web

* This specimen did not succeed in freeing- itscll' from the pupa case, and died in a few
ays.

53^ TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

and grew well, but no very close observations could be made on
them on account of the mass of leaf-remains spun together, in
which they concealed themselves. However, some of the larvae
were in sight most of the time until Aug. 15, when none could
be seen. On taking out the web, which peeled oft' in layers, .
nine pupae and two larvfe of/', timidiis were found. One of the
larvae pupated the next day. and the perfect beetle emerged Aug.
26. The -other larva pupated Aug. 19, and the perfect beetle
emerged Aug. 2S.

To determine whether the Plochioii/is larvae normally pupate
in the webs, as would appear from this observation, on the 20th
of August a branch of Osage orange, on which was a colony of
H. cunea accompanied by five larvce of P. timidits^ was brought
in and placed uncovered in a pot of sand, thus leaving the larvae
at liberty to escape if they were so inclined. Aug. 27th, a pupa
was found, suspended in the web, swinging free from the foliage
as if in a hammock. Sept. 4th, this pupa changed to a beetle.
The web was then examined for indications of the other lar-
vae, and two additional beetles and one dead pupa were found
in the web, leaving but one of the original five larvae unac-
counted for.

In order to observe more closely the moults, eggs were placed
in deep cells on glass slides. One egg hatched in a cell Aug. 10.
The larva was kept in the cell and fed on small Hyphantria lar-
Vce. This larva ate and grew well for a time. It moulted Aug.
13, after which time it ate well for a few days and then sickened
and died, perhaps because of its close quarters. Another larva,
that came from the egg Aug. 11, was transferred to a small cov-
ered salt-cellar. This larva grew as well as those in the breeding
cages. It moulted Aug. 15. There was very little change in the
appearance of the larva after moulting; it then grew gradually,
and moulted again Aug. 19, after which it grew rapidly, reaching
about full size Aug. 24. It was quiet Aug. 28, as if about to pu-
pate ; but next morning it had escaped, the glass cover having in
some way been moved a little to one side, making room for its
exit. This larva should have pup^^iid Aug. 27 to have given it
the same length of time in the larval state as the one before men-
tioned. These facts would indicate the number of moults to be

DUFFEY TRANSFORMATIONS OF A CARABID, ETC. 537

three : one on the third or fourth day, the second four days later,
and the third at the time of pupating, nine days later.

While I did not succeed in rearing perfect insects from the
eggs found in Hyphantria webs, there is no doubt that the lar-
v£e hatched from the above eggs were identical with those found
in the webs, and from which adults oi Plochtomcs timidus were
reared.

I have not been able to determine the state in which this insect
hibernates. These observations seem to indicate that it passes
the winter as an imago, as all of the observed larvaj of the second
brood either reached that state or died. While some of the larvae
dug somewhat into the sand before pupating, they did not pupate
there ; and those that were left undisturbed in the web were not
observed to leave it. The larvte which were seen to dig into the
sand were disturbed daily by removing the debris left by the web-
worms so that the Plochioiius larvae might be more closeh' ob-
served. This is also probably the reason that all of the larvae
hatched from eggs did not go through all of their transformations,
since of those brought in with the webs and not disturbed in the
breeding-cage by removing any of the web, nearly all reached
the imago state. There may be another brood than those stu-
died, which might hibernate as pupte, provided the species has
other food habits than those observed ; but it is not possible
for another brood to have reached the pupal state in the Hyphan-
tria webs. Six beetles of the sceond brood, kept in a breeding-
cage with web-worms, died without laying eggs. If Plochiomis
has no other prey, it is strange that its transformations should
have so long escaped observation, since the web-worm and its
enemies have received considerable attention.* Yet this may be
due to the local or temporary rarity of this insect at the time the
published observations were made.f

* See Riley, 3 Mo. Report; and Report of Entomologist for 1SS6.

t The morning after this paper was presented to the Academy I received a letter from
Miss Mary E. Murtfeldt of Kirkwood, Mo., who is interested in economic entomoloey,
and whose attention I had called to this insect early in the season with a view of learning
if she had made any obser\-ations on it, from which I quote the following: —

"Had you not discovered this valuable little Carabid, I should have done so, as it
appeared in Kirkwood on the second brood of Hyphantria ctmea, and in many instances
depopulated the webs. Small as they are, I have seen these larvae seize hold of an almos
full-grown worm and not let go for all the contortions of the latter. I have also found them

53S TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Plochiomis timiihis is originally described by S. S. Halde-
man* as follows : —

P. timidus. — Dull reddish-brown above; antennDe, legs, lower surface
and lateral margins of prothorax and elytra, testaceous ; elytra wide,
deeply striate, interstices convex. 8 mill. long.

It is redescribed by Dr. Hornf us follows : —

P. timidus^ Ilald. — Very similar in form and color to /fl//e«5. The
thorax rather shorter, the sides more arcuate, the hind angles more
sharply rectangular. The tarsi are slender cylindrical, not liattened or
sulcate above, the unguis with longer pectination. L. .28-. 30 in; 7~7'S
mm. Male anterior tarsi narrowly dilated, the first three joints biseri-
ately squamulose beneath, middle tarsi less dilated, first joint hairy be-
neath, the next three squarnulose, anal segment bisetose each side. Fe-
male tarsi slender, anal segment with three or four setae each side. — Pa.
to Tex. and Cal.

The following descriptions of the earlier stages are drawn from
a few of the many specimens observed by msyelf during the past
summer : —

Nezvly hatched larva 3 mm. long, colorless, tapering from the head,
"with 13 segments exclusive of head. Ninth abdominal segment with a
pair of 4-jointed cerci. Antennce. cerci, and body, sparingly pilose. —
Described from three living specimens.

Fidl-gro-wn larva 10 to 15 mm. long, wider at metathorax, the number
of segments unchanged. Head somewhat chitinized, light brown. Body
segments with chitinized dorsal plates deepening in polor to the abdomen,
where they are black. Meso- and meta-thoracic segments with one small
ventral and four lateral plates each. Abdominal segments with four
small lateral and five ventral plates each, the latter contluent on the last
three segments. Cerci of 9th segment 5-jointed. Unchitinized parts pale,
the dorso-lateral plates visible from above. — Described from one living
and five alcoholic specimens.

Pupa 5-6 mm. long, white and soft, distinctly showing the members
of the imago; sparingly beset with spreading rusty hairs. Head inclined

destroying the larvae of two or three species of Tortrix and Tineid larvae which web the leaves
of oaks in the autumn. I have no doubt it will prove to be one of the most useful of preda-
ceous insects, and I congratulate you on your discovery.

•' I do not think it has appeared much to the east of St. Louis, as the ravages of the web-
worm in some parts of Illinois and through portions of Indiana as I passed in August last
exceeded anything that I had previously seen. Xo mention of the Carabid was made at the
meetings of the Entomological Club."

* Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. i p. 2S9.

t Amer. Entom. Soc. x. 1SS3, p. 145.

DUFFEY TRANSFORMATIONS OF A CARABID, ETC. 5;^9

against the ventral surface of thorax; eyes prominent, black; antennae
partly concealed ventrad by pro- and meso-thoracic legs. Metathoracic
legs covered to the tarsi by the inflexed wings. — Described from three liv-
ing specimens.

Another garden and green-house pest — one to be especially
•dreaded in dry, hot seasons — is the little mite TctrauycJiiis tela-
ri7is, popularly known as the red spider. This little pest has
been apparently almost free from insect enemies, so far as I can
learn ; the only one published being an undescribed species of the
genus Tkrips. mentioned by Mr. Theodore Pergande (Psyche,
iii. 1SS2, p. 3S1). Mr. Howard tells me that " Pi'ofessor Riley's
unpublished notes state that a species of Dip/osis feeds in the
larval state upon these mites."

Three insects have been observed to feed on red spiders at the
Botanical Garden this season : Thrips 6-maailaia, Pergande, (ws.),*

* This is the species mentioned hy Mr. Pergande in Psjxhe, and of which he kindly
sends me the following description :

" Thrips 6-maculata, n. sp. — Length of c5", 0.6-o.S mm.; 5 i about i mm. Polished.
Color pale yellow, the head almost white, t;he thorax darkest, the prothorax often more or
less distinctly marked with four small dusk}- spots and two oblique stripes; frequently the
anterior margin of the pterothorax, its disk, and a spot near the base of all the wings, are
also dusky, and also more or less of the anterior margin of the abdominal segments. The
legs are usually pale yellow with only the tip of the tarsi blackish, though now and then a
specimen may be met with the apex of the femora dusky and with a pale dusky spot in front
and behind, at base of anterior and median tibire. Antenna rather short, either pale dusky,
with only the two basal joints pale yellowish, or joints 3-5 whitish, with only the apex dusky
and the last tfiree joints blackish. Joints 3-5 subequal in length, the fourth almost globu-
lar, the sixth longest and longerthanthe two last ones combined. Head small, scarcely twice
as long as the eyes, and provided with two long, backward-curved bristles in front of the
posterior ocelli. Eyes brown, prominent, large, globular, and coarsely granulated. Ocelli
colorless or reddish. Prothorax longer than wide and well separated from the pterothorax,
narrowest in front, not or scarcely wider than the head, its posterior angles broadly rounded
and the surface quite coarsely wrinkled transversely; it is provided at the anterior angle
with a long, stout, pale bristle and a small hair near it, with two similar long bristles,
curved gently backward at the posterior angles, and two bristles which cross each other at
the posterior margin. Abdomen smooth with segments 3-7 furnished at the posterior an-
gle with a rather long bristle, and 6-S similar bristles fringing the remainder of the body.
Wings narrow, shorter than the body, colorless or faintly yellowish, with the veins pale
dusky; the anterior pair being ornamented with three more or less distinct or well-dtfined
dusky spots, of which the terminal one forms usually a band. One of them is placed at the
inner side near the base; the second one, often elongated, in front of the middle; and the
third at about the apical third of the wing. Both veins unite in the region of the median
spot, and continue as a single vein to the base of the wing, and are sparsely beset with
long and stiff bristles. Fringes pale dusky, stiff", and rather sparsely distributed, being
more dense and longer along the posterior edge. — Found on many different plants infested
with red spider, on which it has repeatedlj' been observed to feed. — This may probably form
a new ijenus."

540

TRANS. SI . LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

the larvae of a lace-wing fly {Chrysopa)^* and a little beetle
Scymnus ptmctzan.

The present season, on accounl/of the dry weather, has been
very favorable for the increase of the red spider ; but these three
insects, of which the little beetle has been the one most import-
ant, have kept it s j> well under control that it has done very little
damage.

The larva of 6*. fuiictum was first observed on Aug. 7 on Mo-
rns rubra. The red spider was well distributed over the leaves
of this plant, but had not become so bad as to do serious damage.
The Scymmts increased rapidly and was soon found in all stages.
The mites soon began to decrease, so that on Aug. 23 none could
be found on the mulberry trees. On Aug. 29, neither Scymnus
nor mites could be found in the mulberry grove. About the same
state of affairs was repeated on the lindens (^Tilia^. Red spiders
have usually been very bad on Jlaui/iot ittilissiina and JFictis
Parcelli^ and attacked these plants badly early in the present
season. Aug. 16, J>. puiictum was found in all stages on the
plants, increasing so rapidly that the mites soon began to decrease
in numbers, and by the last of August were not numerou senough
to do much damage to the plants. These mites next appeared
on the moon-vines (^Tp07nea bona-nox) in great numbers. The
little beetle soon followed, and, finding such an abundance of
food, increased rapidly. There are now (Sept. 24th) very few
of the mites on these vines, and Scy/nnics is decreasing in
numbers.

This Coccinellid beetle apparently goes through all of its trans-
formations on the plant on which its food is found, but I have not
found the ^g^, and hence cannot give the number of moults nor
the length of the larval state. In instances where I have had op-
portunity to observe it, the pupal state lasted four to five days.
I have seen a half dozen of these pupse attached to a single leaf
of the moon-vine. I have bred no parasites from this beetle, and
only in one instance have I observed any enemy to attack it ; this

•■ I have seen one of these larvje devour no of the mites at a single meal and it was still
eating when I left it on account of darkness. Next day a full-grown web-worm was placed
in the box in which this larva was confined. The ravenous little fellow soon attacked
the web-worm, thrusting its long mandibles into the posterior segment of tlie web-worni,
which remained quiet for some time; bnt finally, bringing its head around, grasped its tor-
mentor by the thorax with its mandibles and crushed it to death.

DUFFEY TRANSFORMATIONS OF A CARABID ETC, 54I

was the larva of Chrysopa, before mentioned as feeding on the
red spider, and which I also observed destroying a pupa of our
little Scymmis.

The beetle when first excluded is nearly white, but soon as-
sumes the dark color characteristic of it. The original descrip-
tion of the ima:jo is as follows: —

Scymnns pn?icticm.* — On account of its size and form it resembles the
preceding (5. fiaiius). but the coarsely punctured thorax distinguishes it-
Rounded oval, convex, shining black, covered with fine and sparse pu-
bescence. Head obsoletely punctulate, antennie yellow. Thorax finely
and sparsely punctured at the middle, coarsely and densely at sides, base
margined, obtuse in the middle, subsinuate each side. Elytra finely and
sparsely punctured. Body beneath coarsely punctured, abdominal plates
smooth, punctured at base, considerably shorter than the segment, not
extending laterally to the parapleurae. Feet testaceous-yellow, four pos
terior thighs piceous. .05 in. long.

Although the transformations of other species have been de-
scribed, I append descriptions of the larva and pupa of 6". pii/ic-
t2im as they were observed at the Garden,

Full-groru?i larva 2,5 mm. long, salmon-colored to dark sooty brown,
with 13 segments exclusive of head. Thoracic segments with two dorsal
rows of low, broad elevations, pilose, with many black dots and blotches.
Abdomen with four longitudinal rows of tubercles, brown-pilose from
numerous black dots; the anal segment paler, without tubercles, and used
as a proleg. — Described from six living specimens.

Pupa 2 mm. long, showing the members of the beetle, tapering from
base of thorax so as to be triangular in general outline; from salmon-
colored becoming dark brown, the wings and thorax darkest; sparingly
covered with spreading hairs which usually bear near their ends small
globules of what appears to be a liquid. Anal segment covered by the
cast larval skin, b^' which the pupa is suspended. — Described from six
living specimens.

In closing, I wish to acknowledge the kindness of the Ento-
mologists of the Division of Entomology at Washington, and of
Prof. A.J. Cook and Prof. J. H. Comstock, who have aided me
l)y the identification of species and looking up literature to which
I did not have access. I am also indebted to Prof. Wm. Trelease
for many hints.

The drawings were made under my direction by Mrs. Maggie
H. Duftey.

• LeConte, Proc. Aead. Phil. vol. vi. p. 141.

542 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD, SCIENCE.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE X.

A.— Fnil-growElarva x 4.

B. — Head of same, veairal yiew X25.

c— Leg ol same x25.

D, — Diagram sliowing arrangement of plates on aMomen ; S, spiracles.

E. — Diagram snowing lonr Yentrai and two latero-ventral plates.
F.— Pupa, dorsal Tiewx 4.

&. — Fnpa, side' view xi
H. — Pnpa, ventral Tiewx 4.
L— Imago X 4.

PLATE XL

A.— Larva X 25.

B.— Last Mr segments or same, lateral view x 25.

C — Fnpa, dorsal view X25.

D.— Imago X 25.

E.— Leg of same X 25.

F.— landitileof samex25.

&.— Antenna of same X25.

H.— Maxillary palpns of same x 25.

Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, Vol. V., No. 3,

PLATE X.

Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, Vol. V., No. 3.

PLATE XI.

ScYiMNUS PDNCTUM.

£

( 5-13 )

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE SHAW SCHOOL, OF BOTAnV.
Xo. 8.

On the Seed-Coats of the Genus Euphorbia.

By L. H. Pammel.
(Presented January sth, tSgi.)

To systematic botanists this genus otters many difficulties,,
and, though elaborated by careful and painstaking workers, the
obstacles have not been entirely removed. Who has not been
perplexed by £. maciilata and E. humistrata? The work of
Trecul and others on the stems of many plants,* of Engelmann
on the leaves of Conifers, &c., has shown that it may be possible
to utilize histological characters in classification, while it is al-
ways well enough to show some of these even if they are not
directly useful in this way. It was for the latter reason that this,
work was undertaken during a short vacation spent in St. Louis
a year since, though I had at the same time a hope that some-
thing might be learned of use in systematic botany. Owing to
other labors, I have not been able to present my paper earlier,
(although the work was substantially completed before my re-
turn from St. Louis), but a short account of the results was given
at the Indianapolis meeting of the American Association in Au-
gust last.^ I am under obligation to Professor Trelease for the
use of some authentic seeds from the Engelmann herbarium and
for other favors, and to Mr. A. S. Hitchcock for a few seeds..
My drawings were transferred to stone by Miss Hoke and Mr.
Griffiths. To each I express my thanks.

It is well known that the character of the seed is used to se-
parate some of the species of Euplioi-bia. Thus in E. poly-
gonifolia and E. Geyeri the seeds are smooth and even. In E.
maculata and E. glyptosperma they are minutely roughened.
In E. hexagona they are tuberculate. While these external dif-

* Ferd. Pax has published an extended paper on the Anatomy of Euphorbiacese : .Die
Anatomic der Euphorbiaceen in ihrer Beziehung zum System derselben. Separate from
Engler's Botanische Jahrbiicher, vol. v., p. 384-421, PI. vi. ct vii.

1. Read before Section F.

544 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ferences are marked in some species, more diflerentiation also
occurs in the minute structure. To what extent this ma}' be used
in the determination of the species, will be seen from the descrip-
tion of the species themselves.

It has been claimed that the minute structure of many seeds is
so characteristic that a study in this direction would greatly
aid in the discrimination between related species. Artificial
classifications on this basis are very useful so far as they go.
They may be used with advantage in the separation of important
Orders, as Harz^ and others have shown. A knowledge of the
structure of seeds has enabled botanists in many cases to detect
the adulterations of various agricultural and garden seeds, and
the impurities of drugs and articles of food, and artificial clas-
sifications will enable one, with some precision, to locate the
Order of the plant from which the impurity has been derived.

Considerable work has been done by various botanists in work-
ing out the structure of the seed-coats of many Orders, so that
the question whether the seed-coats offer microscopic characters
sufficiently distinct to separate species can now be answered very
satisfactorily. The Order Leguminoste more than any other
has been studied with a view to determine the interesting points
about the structure of the seeds, especially the Malpighian cells, ^
which are nearly always present. I have examined the seeds of a
large number of North American and other genera ; the Malpi-
ghian cells are present in all of the genera with the exception of
Arachis. In this genus the light line is absent and the cells are
not much longer than broad. Different genera show, of course,
great difference in the length of these cells. This would naturally
depend on the size of the seed itself. The cells of the second layer
show greater variation.

H. Godfrin,* who wished to determine the systematic value of
seed-coats, has given us the results of his investigation. He exam-

2. Harz : Landwirthschaftliche Samenkunde, 2 vols., Paul Parey, i8Ss, vol. ii. p. 555.

3. O. Mattirola (La linea lucida nelle cellule malpighiani degli integumenti seminali. —
Mem. della R. Ace. delle Sci. di Torino, Ser. ii., vol. xxxvii.)— Sella (Just. Bot. Jahreshe-
richt, :SSs, p. 825), calls attention to the fact that Targioni Tozzetti, in 1S54, named these
•' Malpighian cells." (Saggio di studi intorno al gascio dei Semi., Torino, 1S54.) They
should therefore bear the name of Malpighi, who first observed them.

4. Etude histologique sur les teguments seminaux des angiosperms, Nancy, :SSo, pp.
U3, S Plates. A, Peter, Just. Bot. Jahresbericht iSSo, p. 137.

PAMMEL — O.V THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA. 5/^5

ined the seed-coats of the following Orders : yuncacece, Liliacece^
Iridacece, AlismaceiC. Bctulacea:^ Ciipiilifcrce^ jficglajzdacece,
LegiuninoscB^ Rosacece^ Granatecc^ Rhaninacctv^ Cucurbitacece^
AraliacecE^ CaryophyJlacecc^ Nvmphceacece^ Ramincnlacece^
Afagnoliacece, Berberidacecc^ Papaveracecv^ JFuniariacea;^ Am-
pelidece^ Celastracece^ Sapi7idacc<x^ Linacece, Ilicinccc^ Plaiita-
ginacea:. Caprifo/iacccc. As a result of his work he concludes
that little aid can be obtained from such studies. He states that
the seed-coats of closely related genera and species differ but
little. In some suborders like A/agnoiiea; slwA I/tcccv of the ^Icig-
noliacecc; and Siloiccc and Ahinecc of the Caryophyliaccce^ suf-
ficient structural differer.ces occur to separate them.

Ewald Bachman,^ m his excellent paper on the development
and structure of the seeds and the seed-coats of ^'cro^^z^/arzaccf^,
considers the microscopic structure of the seeds of only condi-
tional value from a systematic standpoint. It is true he says that
in the section Cymbalaria of the genus Linaria the seeds are-
provided with reticulated thickenings (netzfaserschicht) found in
no other seeds of the genus, but the same structure again occurs
in other genera not closely related, where the dehiscence and
structure of the capsule is the same as in PeJitstemon digitalis.
Biiddleiece is clearly separated from all other tribes of the Scro-
phiilariacecc, yet the seed-coats do not differ in any marked
degree from those of Pcdiciilaris pahistris.

The seed-coats of Euphorbiacecc have been studied but little,
and those of Euphorbia still less. Gris,^ who studied the devel-
opment of the seeds in Euphorbia., found two seed-coats present.
Poisson^ made more extended study of the seed-coats of ^?/^/^cr-
biacecc. He finds that different species and genera differ greatly
in regard to the number of layers of cells found in the outer and
inner seed-coat. Several genera of Euphorbiacece have been
the subject of exhaustive treatises ; thus Ricintis has been stu-

5. Die Entwickelungsgeschichte und der Bau der Samenschalen der Scrophularineen.
Inaugural Dissertation (separate from K. Leop.-Carol. Acad, der Naturforscher, voU
xliii. Halle, iSSo, 4 Plates), pp. 179.

6. Ann. Sci. Nat. Ser. 4, vol. xv. No. i, p. i; vol. xvii., 1S62, p. 315.

7. Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, 1S7S, p. 47.
V-— 3— 14

546 TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

died by Treviranus,^ Bischoft",^ Brongniart/° Harz/^ Wiesner/^
and Fliickiger & Haubury.^^

Alcuritcs has been studied by Wichmann/ •* yatropha curcas
has been studied by Hanausek/'*'' and Croton iebi/erzi??t^ ^^' hy
Morel.

A study of the seed-coats of the genus Euphorbia has brought
out a wholly unlooked for feature, namely, the presence of mu-
cilaginous walls with spirals, in the seeds of some of the species.
This seems not to have been observed before, although Harz^^
doubtfully refers to mucilage in the third layer of the outer cell-
coat in E. Lathyris.

A few words about the literature concerning mucilage in the
seeds of various genera will not be out of place, as it is of such
common occurrence. This substance occurs in Orders in
no way related, as in Rosacea: (^Pyrus \_Cydonia'\ vulgaris),
Cniciferce {Brassica., Lepidium, Teesdalia, &c-)» Linacecc
{^Lin7im), Plantagitiaceiv {Plantago), Poleino?tiacec€ (^Polemo-
nium, ColIoi)iia~), Acauthacecv (^Acanthodium^ Huellia)^ &c.

In 1S55 Cramer^^ made a valuable contribution, from a chem-
ical as well as a microscopical standpoint, on the subject of muci-
lage in the seeds of A i u u ;u and Cydonia. Kiitzing^^had also
previously studied them. The seeds of quince have long been

8. Wie entstelit die sogenannte Oherhaut der Sainenschale( Testa seminis?). Sitz. d. K-
Bayr. Akad. d. Wissenschaften zu Munchen, Tahr. 1863, vol. ii.

9. Handbuch der Bot. Terminologie, i. 1S33, Plate xliii. Figs. 1S72 and 1S73A.

10. Ann. Sci. Nat., ist Series, vol. xii. p. 26S.

11. L. c. p. 833, Fig. 48.

13. RohstofFe des Prtanzenreiches, p. 721.

13. Pharinacographia : A History of tlie principal Drugs ofVegetable Origin metwith
in Great Britain and British India. London: Macmillan & Co., 1S79, p. 565-69.

14. Anatomic des Samens von Aleurites triloba, Forst. Verhandl. d. Zoolog.-Botan.
Gesellschaft, Vienna, 1S79, p. 41 1 ; E. Pfitzer, Just, Bot. Jahresb. 18S0, p. 35 ; Bot. Central -
blatt, vol. i., iSSo, p. 4S6.

14a. Anatomisclier Bail der Samen von Jatropha Curcas, L. (Curcas purgans, Eudl. )
Zeitschr. des Allg. Oester Apotheker Vereins, 1S78, p. 173.

14&. Contribution a I'etude de la graine du Croton sebiferum. Nancy, (Crepin Le-
blond), 34 pp.; Just, Bot. Jahresb. 1SS6, p. 911.

Fliickiger Just Bot. Jaliresb. 187S, p. ii3i.

15. L. c, p. S32.

16. Ueber das Vorkommen und die Enthstehung einiger Ptlanzenschleime. — Pflanzen-
physiologische Untcrsuchungen von Carl Nageli und Carl Cramer, 1855, Heft iii. Plates
xxvii.-xxxiv. p. 32, See Plate xxviii., f. i-io.

17. Grundziige der Philosophischen Botanik, Cydonia, Plate iv., Figs. 4-6.

PAMMEL — ON THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA. 547

used in medicine for the mucilage. ^^ Cramer also studied the
seeds of PUnitago Psyllium ; later the seeds of this genus were
studied, chemically and histologically, by Uloth^^. In various
systematic works reference is usually made to the presence of mu-
cilage in the seed-coats of Linum tisttatissimttm, and the muci-
laginous cells of this species have been studied quite extensively
from a chemical and histological standpoint.-**

Brassica^ Lepidium^ and other Crucifercc^ have been studied
both chemically and histologically by Abraham,^ i Frank, 22
Schroeder,2 3 Sempolowski,-* Hofmeister,^ 5 Hohnel,2 5'' Nob-
be, 2 5 '' Berg, 2 5 -^ &c.

iS. Fliickiger & Hanbury, p. 269.

19. Ueber Pflanzenschleime und seine Entstehung; in den Samenepidermis von Plan-
tago maritima und Lepidium sativum, Flora 1S7S, pp. 193-409, PI. iv.

20. Cramer, 1. c.

W. Hofmeister. Ueber die zu Gallerte aufquelienden Zellen der Aussenflache von Samen

und Perikarpien. Berichte der K. Sachs, Gesellsch. der Wissenschaften. Sitzung am

20 Februar 1858, 37 pp. i plate.

Wiesner. Rohstoffe des Pflanzenreichs, p. 723.

Harz, 1. c. p. 952.

Fliickiger und Hanbury, 1. c, p. 98.

Schimper, A. F. W. Anleitung zur Mikroskopischen Untersuchung der Nahrungs.und

Genussmittel, Jena, i885, G. Fischer; pp. 140 and 79 wood-cuts. See pp. 79, 94, 98,

no; Figs. 52, jS, 74.
Moeller, Josef. Mikroskopie der Nahrungs-und Geuussmittel avis dem Pflanzenreiche,

Berlin, Julius Springer. 1S86; p. 173, Figs. 144, 145.
Hanausek, T. F. Die Nalirungs-und Genussmittel aus dem Pflanzenreiche, Berlin, Kas-

sel, 1S84, pp. 4S5, 100 wood-cuts. Vol. v. of Allgemeine Waarenkunde und Rohstoffe.
Luerssen, Chr. Handbuch der Systematischen Botanik. Vol. ii. Phanerogamen, Leipzig,

H. Haessel, pp. 1229. See p. 642.
Klenke Illustrirtes Lexikon der Verfalschungen der Nahrungsmittel und Getranke, etc. ;

snd edition, pp. 750.424 Figs. Leipzig, 1S79. See p. 389-393, Figs. 222, etc.

21. Bau und Entwickelungsgeschichteder VVandverdickungen in den Samenueberhant.
zellen einiger Cruciferen. Inaugural Dissertation. Separate from Pringsheim's Jahr-
biicher fiir wissenschaftliche Botanik, vol. xvi., p. 599.

22. Ueber die Anatomische Bedeutung und die Entstehung der vegetabilischen Schlei-
me. Pringsheim's Jahrbiicher fur wissenschftliche Botanik, 1S66, vol. v., p. 161.

23. Untersuchung der Samen der Brassica Arten und Varietaten. Landwirlschaftliche
Versuchs, Station, vol. xiv., 1S71, p. 179.

24. Ueber den Bau der Schale landwirtschaftlich wichtiger Samen. Landw. Jahr-
biicher, vol. iii., p. 824-866, plate vii. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Baues der Samenschale.
Inaugural Dissertation, 3 lithographic plates, 60 pp., Leipzig, 1874.

25. L. c.

25a. Bau der Samenschalen der cultivirten Brassica. Arten. Wissenschaftliche prak-
tische Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiete des Pfianzenbaues. Fr. Haberlandt, vol. i. p. 171.

25/". Handbuch der Samenkunde, p. 72.

25<r. Anatomischer Atlas zur pharmaceutischen Warenkunde, Berlin, 1865, p. 92, PI.
xlvi.. Fig. 124.

54S TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

The subject of mucilage elsewhere in the tissues of various
plants cannot be discussed here. It will be sufficient to refer to
a few papers from which the literature can be obtained.^ ^

The uncoiling of spirals in some seeds, on the addition of
water, is of less common occurrence. The appearance is so re-
markable and interesting that many observers have turned their
attention to the subject. Spirals were first observed in the seeds. of
Casiiarina by Robert Brown ;2^ later he also found them in the
seeds of one of the orchids, Rcnanthera coccinea. The appear-
ance is thus described by him :

"The fibrillae in their natural state exhibit, in most cases, hardly any
indication of spiral structure; but the membrane, of which they entirely
consist, is sufficiently elastic to admit of being extended, and at the same
time unrolled to about twice the length of the tube. They then form a
broad ribbon of equal width throughout, and spirally twisted from right
to left — a direction opposite to that which generally obtains in spiral
vessels."

In 1S38 Lindley-^ observed the swelling and spirals in the
seeds of Collomia linearis. As this paper is ordinarily not ac-
cessible, I will quote from it :

26. Fliickiger and Hanbury, 1. c, p. 92.

For the mucilag-e in the tissues o'i Althoea and other MalvacecE, see : —
Link u. Schweig-ger's Journal, vol. xiii., p. 1S6.

Schmidt: Ueber PHanzenschleim und Bassorin,— Ann. d. Chera. u. Pharm., 1S44, P-S3-S4-
Klitzing, 1. c, p. IQS-
Wigand: Ueber die Deorganisation der Pflanzenzelle, — Pringsheim's JahrbiJcher, voL

iii. p. 149.
Shultz: Die Natur der lebendigen Pflanze. Berlin, 1S23, p. 671 .

For the mucilage in the tubers of orchids see Schmidt, 1. c, p. 179; Kiitzing, 1. c,

p. 194; Cramer, 1. c, p. 149; Fliickiger & Hanbury, p. 656.
For mucilage in the rhizome of Symphytum officinale see Kiitzing, p. 194; Cramer,

1. G.,p. 8.
For mucilage in Cactacece see Cramer, 1. c , p. S.

In the leaves of ^(Z/-o5;«n, and other plants, mucilage occurs. For references see
Fluckiger, Schweizerische Wochenschrift fiir Pharmacie, 1873, p, 435 I Fliickiger
& Hanbury, 1. c , 109; Radlkofer, Sapindaceen Gattung Serjania, Munich, 1875,
p. 100; DeBary, Comparative Anatomy of the vegetative organs of the Phanero-
gams and Ferns, Eng. translation, Bower & Scott, Oxford, 1SS4, p. 73.
Good general accounts of mucilages and gums are given by Fliickiger and Tschirch
(English translation by Prof. Power). The Principles of Pharmacogonosy. New
York, Wm. Wood & Co., 1887, p. 163-70.
Valenta : Die Kleb — eund Verdickungsmittel. Cassel, 1S84.
Giraud: Compt. Rend. vol. Ixxx., p. 477.
Husemann & Hilger; Die Pfianzenstoffe, vol. i., 1882, p. 131.

{Note 26 continued on next page. See also Nos. 37 and 28.)

PAMMEL ON THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA. 549

Collomia linearis. — "The genus Collomia, like several other genera
oi PolemoniacecB, is remarkable for a mucous matter in which the seeds
are enveloped : if the seeds are thrown into water, this mucus instantly
dilates and forms around them like a cloud, and in a short time acquires a
volume greater than that of the seed itself. Upon examining the cause of
this singular phenomenon, it will be found to depend upon the presence
of an infinite multitude of exceedingly delicate and minute spiral vessels,
lying coiled up, spire within spire, on the outride of the testa; when dry,
these vessels are confined upon the surface of the seed by its mucus, with-
out being able to manifest themselves ; but the instant water is applied the
mucus dissolves, and ceases to counteract the elasticity of the spiral ves-
sels, which then dart forward at right-angles with the testa, each carry-
ing with it a sheath of mucus, in which it for a long time remains en-
veloped, as if in a membranous case. This observation is particularly
interesting, inasmuch as spiral vessels are, we believe, now for the first
time seen upon the external surface of a vegetable organ; they have been
hitherto supposed to exist solely within the substance of plants, accom-
panying either the medullary sheath, or the veins which diverge from it —
with one or two exceptions, of which the seeds of Casuarina is one."

Lindley^^ further says about Collomia heterophylla :

"It offers what seems to be an explanation of the nature of the sup-
posed spiral vessels in the testa of C linearis. Its testa is in like manner
mucilaginous, and, if examined with a'.high magnifier, is seen to be cov-
ered with an entangled mass of hairs, held together by the mucilage,
and evidently analogous to the coma of some plants, but most particu-
larly to those hairs that cover the surface of certain of the Convolvulus
tribe, to which Polemoniacece have a strong affinity."

Mr. Richard Kippist^^ in an excellent paper has called atten-
tion to the presence of spiral cells in the seeds of some of the
A.ca)ithacC(X. In Acaiithodiiini spicatnm it is thus described :

The seed " is of lenticular form, covered, especially towards the mar-
gin, with whitish hairs, which are closely appressed to the surface, and
glued together at their extremities, so as rather to resemble corrugations
of the testa than distinct hairs; on being placed in water, however, they
are set at liberty, and, expanding on all sides, are seen to consist of fasci-
cles of long, cylindrical, transparent tubes, firmly cohering for about

Behrens : The Microscope in Botany. English translation by N. B. Hervey, Bos-
ton, iSSs, p. 327-367. This work contains an excellent bibliography.
27. Miscellaneous Works, vol. i. No. 549.
2S. Edwards' Botanical Register, vol. xiv. (1S2S) , No. 1166.

29. Edwards' Botanical Register, vol. xvi. (1830), No. 1347.

30. "On the existence of Spiral Cells in the Seeds of Acanthacere." Transactions of
the Linna;an Soc, vol. xix., p. 65. Read March 17, 1S4C.

550 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

one-third of their length, and presenting all the characters of spiral ves-
sels. These fascicles usually contain from five to twenty tubes ; each
tube inclosing one, two, or occasionally even three spiral fibres, which
adhere closely to the membrane."

It may be well in this connection to quote from Dr. Gray t^""

" The ' mucilage ' so copiously developed on the surface of the seed
when immersed in water, and which gave name to the genus, consists of
innumerable and most delicate diaphanous tubes, which lengthen won-
derfully when wetted. The spiral thread which they contain (on which
account they were confounded with ' spiral vessels,' and which uncoils as
the tube softens or dissolves into jelly) is wanting in one species, namely,
C. gracilis. In this and in the several following species, the mucilage
cells are beneath a more or less evident pellicle or epidermis, composed
of fragile tabular cells, which are thrown off" when the former develop
and protrude under moisture. But this pellicle is not obvious in the
typical species."

The fruits of some of the Labiatce are also provided with mu-
cilaginous epidermal cells which produce spirals on being
moistened with water. These have been studied by Schleiden.^i
Nageli,32 Schenk,33 Hofmeister,^* Frank, 35 Harz,35« Bal-
four,"^ &c.

In some of the species of the genus Salvia, as in the subgenus
Echinosphacca.,'^^'^ the nutlets are abundantly mucilaginous.
Schenk, however, finds that in Lavandula^ L. Stcvchas is pro-
vided with epidermal cells which swell in the presence of water,
while L. Spica does not. The same is true of Plcctaiithra
glaitcocalyx and P. parvijiorus. Other genera of Labiatce pro-
vided with these structures are Ocinitim., Dracocephaluin., Ca-
lamiiitha., Melissa., Plcctranthus., and Lallemantia. Lessing^r
found that the hairs on the achenes of some Compositce are
provided with mucilaginous spirals. They have also been the
subject of a paper by Macloskie."?"

30a. Proceedings of the American Academy, viii., 1S70, p. 25S.

31. Beitrage zur Botanik, Leipzig, 1S49, p. 137.

32. Ueber^len innern Bau vegctabilisclier Zellenmembranen. Sitzungsberichte der K.
bayr. Akad. d. Wissenschaften zu Aliinchen, \i.(>^, vol. ii., Heft ii., pp. 1 14-170, 3 plates.
See p. 114-123, PI. I.

33. Zur Kenntniss des Baues der Friichte der Compositen und Labiaten. Bot. Zeit. ,
1S77, p. 409-415. E. Loew. Just Bot. Jahresb. 1877, p. 320,321.

34. L. c, p. 26-27.

35. L. c, p. 169, 170, 171.
3Sa. L. c, p. S67, S6S.

36. Class-Book of Botany. Edinburgh, 1S71, p. 19.

36a. Gray: Synoptical Flora of North America, vol. ii., p. 366.

37. See Kippist, 1. c, p. 65.

37a. "Achenial Hairs and Fibres of Compositae," Am. Naturalist, vol. xvii. pp. 31-36.

PAMMEL OX THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA. 55 I

The chemistry of mucilages and gums is a subject still open
for investigation, especially in regard to the transitional stages.
Behrens^^ has divided all vegetable mucilages into — I. Charac-
teristic Mucilage: I. a. Mucilage from cellulose, as in roots of
SynipJiytioii ; b. Mucilage from starch, as in orchid bulbs. — II.
Amyloid. — III. Lichenin. — IV. Gum Mucilage.

Giraud^^ has grouped these substances in the following
manner :

I. Ordinary varieties of gum ; arabin, bassorin, cerasin.
II. Pectose : gum tragacanth (adragantin.)
III. Plant mucilages in a more restricted sense.

1. Insoluble in alkalies and dilute acids. (The cellulose of quince

mucilage.)

2. Insoluble in alkalies, and forming with acids glucose and a va-

riety of dextrin. (Flax-seed and mucilage of Irish moss.)

3. Soluble in hot concentrated alkalies, and converted by acids into

dextrin and glucose.

Mucilage, which is an isomer of cellulose and bears the for-
mula Cg Hj^g O5 orCj2H2o O jQ,in some cases is derived from the
walls of cells which originally consisted of cellulose, but are gra-
dually transformed by a process of degeneration into mucilage.
In some cases, at least, it seems to be derived from the starch
granules, which are very common in the cells of seeds just before
they are ripe, as in Plantago Psyllium^ Liiuim^ Pyrus vulga-
ris. &c.'^'^ In others both sources can be recognized.

Behrens says :

" In a general way it may be said that all mucilage gives a blue-violet
and sometimes a yellow color with iodine, and with oxalic-nitric acid ;
that the gums give no color with iodine, but are transformed into mucic
acid by nitric acid.''

Some are precipitated by normal acetate of lead, while others
are precipitated only by basic acetate. Some mucilages are colored
red by rosolic acid, which color is not readily removed by alcohol.
This is true especially where the mucilage does not result from

38. Behrens, 1. c.

39. Compt. rend, vol, Ixxx. p. 477. See Fluckiger und Tschirch,, Engl, translation,
p. 164.

40. Behrens, I.e., p. 371.

552 T RANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

the breaking up of the cell-wall. Hanstein's aniline^ ^ mixture
colors characteristic mucilage red with a tinge of purple. Cora-
line gives to the mucilage derived from starch a red color which
is not removed by boiling in alcohol. Gums do not color by
rosolic acid. ^2

Microchemical tests have been made by Nageli"*^ and Hofmeis-
ter^^ on the spirals of Salvia Hormiutn. The swollen portion
of the fruit of Salvia is colored blue on the addition of iodine
water and iodine alcohol. When the iodine and sulphuric acid
are of certain concentration it always becomes blue. In Salvia
Hortnium this substance was blued by the presence of iodine, but
it becomes reddish on the addition of sulphuric acid. The thread
remains uncolored. Teesdalia nudicaulis behaves in the same
way. Iodine and sulphuric acid color the mucilaginous cell-walls
oi Linum usitatissiimim blue.

Frank,* ^ who has given us an exhaustive study of the micro-
chemical reactions for a large number of mucilaginous seeds,
pericarps, and tissues, concludes that this substance is either
cellulose or gum. It is gum (in part, the gum and mucilage of Beh-
rens) in the epidermal cells of the seeds of Z^z«?^;;z and Plaiitago.
It is derived from the secondary membrane of the cell-wall. In
the tissues of JMalvacece it is also derived from the cell-wall. The
mucilage found in the parenchyma cells of Symphytum is a gum,
and is derived from cellulose. The gum of Cycadacece, Alarat-
tiace<£ and Tilia is derived from the substance in the intercel-
lular passages. The mucilage in the cells in tuberous-rooted
orchids is derived from the starch of the cell-contents.

In Salvia sylvestris iodine causes no change, but iodine and
sulphuric acid color not only the mucilaginous cell-sheath, but
the spiral band, a deep blue. The mucilage of quince-seeds,
Ocimiim basiliciitn^ Riiellia., and others, is related to it.

Hofmeister*^ says that the mucilaginous substances in the
seeds of Collomia^ AcantJiodiiun ^ Rticllia^ Teesdalia, Pyrus

41. Hanstein, Ueber d. Organe derHarz-und Schleim-Absonderung in den Laubknos-
pen. Bot. Zeit. 186S. p. 700, &c.

4«. Behrens, 1. c, p. 33S, 367; Goodale, Physiological Botany, p. S'»99> Fluckinger
& Tschirch, Pharmacognosy, Engl, translation, p. 169; Frank. Jour, fiir Pract. Chem.,
vol. xcv. p. 479, &c. &c.

43. L. c, p. 119. 44. L. c., p. 30.

45. L. c, p. 197, 19S. 46. L. c.,p. 29.

PAMMEL ON THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA. 553

•{Cydonia) vulgaris, Linum, and other cases mentioned by him,
agree in the chemical reactions with the substance of the cell-wall.

Cramer was of the opinion that the mucilage in Linum is a
transformed product of the starch-grains contained in the epider-
mal cells. Hofmeister considered that this substance was con-
tained in the outer membrane of the epidermal cells, and in its
chemical behavior resembled the mucilage of the quince. The
mucilage of flax is insoluble in cupra ammonium, but the Plan-
tago mucilage is readily soluble in that substance. Uloth^'' ex-
tracted the mucilage of 150 seeds of Plantago^ and only obtained
0,045 per cent, of mucilage. The extracted mucilage again swells
in the presence of water. Alcohol precipitates it, and micro-
chemical tests show that the substance has not been changed by
separation. Iodine and chloriodide of zinc, or iodine and sul-
phuric acid, do not cause any change.

Abraham^ ^ says in regard to the reaction of the mucilaginous
cells in C r7icife7-ce : •' The substance is insoluble in water, solu-
ble in potash ; and iodine and sulphuric acid cause the usual
reaction."

The Euphorbia mucilage seems to be related to that of Ru-
ellia^ Liuuin^ Ocimum^ Salvia, &c.

I have taken up only the species of Euphorbia of the new edi-
tion of Gray's Manual.*^ Only six of the twenty-seven sections
established by Boissier^° occur within the limits of the Manual,
while only eight occur in the United States, according to Dr.
Engelmann.^ '

Anisophyllu7)i is represented by nine species in the new Man-
ual. The seeds, with the exception of E. Preslii, are ash-col-
ored, while those of the latter are blackish. The different sections
are readily separated by seed characters. These are shown on
plate xii., figures 1-9. The white outer part which covers the
seeds of some of the species is smooth and shining. An examina-
tion of ripe seeds will show that in many cases, as in E. polygo-
nifolia, this part has been removed so that some appear brown.

47. L. c. 4S. L. c.

49. Watson & Coulter: Gray's Maaual of the Botany of the Northern United States ,
Revised edition, 1S90, p. 452.

50. DiiCandoUe : Prodromus, vol. xv. 11, p. 8.

51. On the Kenus Euphorbia: Amer. Jour, of Sci., Scr. 2, vol. xxxiv, ; Engelmann
Reprint, p. 441-445.

5=^4 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Cross-sections of the seeds are shown on PL xii., p. 568, figs. ly
2, and 7. As the seeds are extremely hard and brittle, they
were placed in water for a time ; in that way it was thought
good sections could be obtained. An examination of such
material showed that the white portion was transformed into
a mucilaginous substance. Dry sections were then cut and
mounted in water, then examined. The outer cells are colorless
and clearly stratified ; they are rounded out, and under the intiu-
ence of water elongate, becoming much longer than a cross-sec-
tion of the seed itself. In a surface-view these cells are prismatic
in outline. Some microchemical tests were made with the follow-
ing results: — A section was placed in alcohol, and potassium
iodide was added. The outer cells began to lengthen out, other-
wise no change could be observed ; but on addition of sulphuric
acid the cell-walls and the spirals became violet, changing to
blue. In no case did the iodine act on the cell-walls before the
addition of the acid.

The palisade-like cells are present in all of the species studied ;
in some they are less developed, as in E. folygonifolia. Between
the palisade tissue and the outer coloi'less cells a granular layer
occurs ; this is present in all of the species abounding in mucil-
age, indicating that it has some connection with the formation of
this substance. The outlines of these cells are difficult to make
out. On the addition of iodine the granules color blue. In E.
Gcyeri another layer of polygonal cells is found underneath the
palisade-like cells of the inner seed-coat. They are radially
elongated cells with thin walls. This layer in both species is
very much compressed. In E. Gevcri the pores in the palisade
cells are somewhat more pronounced.

The general outline of the seeds of the next section is shown on
PI. xii., figures 5-9. They are wrinkled and more or less pitted
The seeds of E. serpvi/ifolia, E. givptosperma^ E. maatlata^
E. humistrata^ are ash-colored, while in E. Preslii they are
blackish. As in the last section, the outer row of cells is mucila-
ginous with the exception of ii. Pres/ii, already referred to. This
character is well developed in E. serpyllifolia^ and somewhat
less so in E. glyptospcrma^ nevertheless easily seen. It is less
developed in E. macnlata and E. humistrata.

The roughening of the seeds in E. scrpyllifolia and E. gh'p-

PAMMEL ON THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA. 555

tospcrma is due to the outer row of cells, which are more or less
arranged like papillre, as is shown in figure i, plate xiii. The cells
in both cases are plainly stratified before the addition of water.
On the addition of water these cells immediately elongate as
shown in figure 13a. Stratification is well preserved in sections
mounted in glycerine jelly. Microchemical tests were not made.

Underlying the outer row of cells the granular layer occurs.
On the addition of iodine the granules color blue, showing the
presence of starch. The palisade-like layer is not so well devel-
oped in these species. It is followed by several layers of thin-
walled elongated cells. Above the palisade-like layer a row
of thin-walled cells occurs.

In £. mac 111 at a the walls of the outer cells are of darker color,
and the granular layer is not so pronounced. The palisade-like
cells resemble those of the other species. E. hitinistrata is much
like E. niaculata. In E. Preslii the outer layer of cells is not
colorless as in the other species.

E. hexagona^ which is the only representative of Zygophxl-
lidium in the region covered by the Manual, has tuberculate
seeds. In some cases the seeds are covered with an ashy
substance ; in others, they are of a darker color. A section
through a seed shows that the ridges are produced by large cells
which project out as shown in plate xiii., figure 10, more magni-
fied at fig. \o B. Sometimes only a single cell occupies this ridge,
in other places two or more may be found. In the depressed
portions of the seed the mucilaginous cells are less developed.
(See fig. 10 C.) The cell-walls in all these cases are plainly stra-
tified before the addition of water ; on the addition of water, the
cells immediately elongate. (See fig. 10 (5a'.) In the depressed
portions the cell-cavity is small, and contains a brown substance.
On addition of iodine the colorless cell-walls do not change, but
when sulphuric acid was also added they became blue. The
granular layer is well developed underneath the mucilao-inous
cells. On addition of iodine the granules color blue. The pali-
sade-layer is made up of three parts, a lower and an upper,
separated by an intermediate portion. In these the cells are
rounded and somewhat elongated. The palisade-like cells are very
thick, and, unless a good section is obtained, the structure is not
readily made out. The pores of these cells are well developed, as

556 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

shown in the figure. Following this layer are radially elongated
cells with thin walls. Next to the endosperm is a layer of cells
which resemble the thickened cross-bars or spiral bands found
in the aerial roots of many orchids like Oncidium^ Cattleya^
Staiihopea oculata^ Dendrocolla teres^ Vajida furva.^^ They
likewise resemble the thickened bars found in the anther walls
of some Liliacece^ &c.

Petalonta also is only represented by a single species in the
region of the Manual, — E, marginata, (See plate xii., fig. 11.)
The seeds are pitted and covered by a white substance which can
be removed very readily. The outer cells in a seed before ma-
turity are provided with thickened cross-bars. The palisade-like
layer is well developed, and provided with large pores as in many
of the species. These cells are twisted; they are largest at the
base.

E. corollata^ of Tithynialofsis^ approaches E. ■polygonifolia^
E. Geyeri, and others of that section. The seeds are shown on
plate xii., figure 12. The smooth seeds are ash-colored. The
white portion readily separates from the remainder of the seed,
so that frequently many of the seeds are of a brown color. This
part is also very brittle. A cross-section of the seed is shown on
plate xiii., fig. 12. The outer layer is mucilaginous, and the
cell-walls are greatly thickened and colorless. The cell-cavity
contains a dark substance.

Cross-sections of the seeds were placed in alcohol ; stratifica-
tion could be seen, but on the addition of water these cells began
to elongate and the stratification was more pronounced. Iodine
produced no change in the walls of the mucilaginous cells, but
adding sulphuric acid caused the cell-walls to assume a violet
color, which changed to a bluish shade. The granular layer
beneath the mucilaginous cells is well developed. Iodine causes
the granules in these cells to become blue. Underneath the gra-
nular layer is a row of slightly elongated cells ; this is followed
by the palisade-like cells. The pores in these cells are not so
prominent as in the last species. The parts below the palisade
layer are usually much compressed. But two rows of cells can
be distinguished.

52. G. HaberhuuU : Phj'siologische Pflanzenanatomie, Leipzig, 1SS4, Engelm., p. 159.

PAM.MEL— ON THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA. 55^

In Poinscttia. H. dentata and R. hctcrophylla were studied.
The seeds are shown on plate xii. , figures 13 & 14. E. dentata
is less tuherculated. In E. heterophylla the ripe seeds may be
of pale color or blackish. The pale color is due to the white mu-
cilaginous layer covering them, which, after exposure to water,
has exfoliated, showing the dark palisade-like layer under-
neath, thus giving to the seeds a darker color. A cross-sec-
tion^of E. heterophylla is shown on plate xiii., figure 11. The
cell-walls are nearly colorless, and the cell-cavity is very much
reduced. The pores of the palisade-like cells are well developed.
The granular layer contains the usual granules, which show the
starch reaction. The layer next to the endosperm is very much
compressed, and the cells are elongated and thin-walled.

The general character of the seeds of E. dentata is much like
that of the last species. (See plate xii., figure 13.) A cross-
section of the seed is shown on plate xiii. ; at figure A, a gen-
eral outline of the ridges and the depressions. These points are
caused by the cells, which project like little papilla ; the num-
ber of cells is somewhat variable. The cell-walls are colorless,
and the cell-cavity is filled with a brown substance as in the last
species. The palisade-like cells are well developed ; the pores
are conspicuous and come out clearly. Next to the endosperm
is a layer of cells provided with thickened ridges, such as occur
in E. marginata and E. hexagona.

The following species of Tithy7nalus were studied : E. obtu-
sata^ E. Cyparissias^ E. commutata^ and E. Lathyris.

The seeds of E. obtusata are blackish and smooth. A cross-
section shows that the outer cells appear somewhat like papillae in
places. The cell-walls are colorless (PI. xiii., figure 5 A) and are
provided with pores (5Ba). Between the palisade cells and this
layer several rows of thin-walled elongated cells occur : these, on
account of compression, are indistinct. The palisade cells are of
the usual kind : they are followed by thin-walled elongated cells,
also very much compressed.

The smooth and dark colored seeds of E. Cyparissias are
shown on plate xii., fig. i8c; cross-section of the seed, on plate
xiii., fig. 16. The seed shows the usual palisade-like cells, and
the overlying and u derlying parenchyma cells.

558 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

E. commulata : the seeds are beautifully sculptured, and ash-
colored {ste plate xii., fig. 19). A cross-section of the seed is
shown on plate xiii., fig. 6. The outer layer is made up of mu-
cilaginous cells, with greatly thickened colorless walls. Underly-
ing this layer is the granular portion, the cells of which come out
much clearer than in most of the species. Iodine colors the gra-
nules blue. Iodine causes no change in the cell-walls of the mu-
cilaginous layer, but with sulphuric acid it colors them blue.
The palisade-like cells are of the usual kind, as are also the cells
which follow them.

jE. Lathyris (see plate xii., fig. 19a). This species has been
studied by Harz.^^ My studies do not quite agree with his. The
outer cells are thicker walled (see figure 9, PI. xiii.) ; the pores
of the palisade-cells are more numerous than shown in his sketch.
It appears from his investigation that these cells contain large
quantities of lime and silica.

Conclusions. — From a systematic point of view the seed-coats
offer few characters which are of sufficient importance to use in
distinguishing species ; closely related species show a similar
structure in the seed-coats. Where the outer surface of the seed
shows sculpturing or marking, the minute structure shows cor-
responding differences, as in E. hexagona and E . marginata.
The ashy part, which covers many seeds, is changed into muci-
lage on the addition of water, and in the case of E. folygonifo-
lia spirals are developed. Michrochemically this substance ap-
jDears to be similar to the mucilage oi Limim^ Riiellia., Ocimum.^
Salvia, &c. The mucilaginous part is very brittle when dry,
and hence in many seeds this has broken away. Underlying the
mucilaginous layer is a narrow zone in which starch-grains are
abundant. This layer occurs only, so far as I have been able to
make out, in connection with the mucilaginous layer. It is most
highly developed where the mucilaginous layer is best devel-
oped. Thus it appears as though it were intimately connected
with the formation of this portion of the seed.

S3. L. c, p. $3!.

PAMMEL OX THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA. 559

PARTIAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MUCILAGINOUS SEED-COATS

AND PERICARPS.

The autlior of tlie paper given, is followed eitlier by the title of the paper or by number in
parenthesis referred to in the body of this contribution.

CRUCIFER^.

Caspar^, Bot. Zeit. 1S52, p. 663; 1S54, p. 390. Hofmeister (20). p. 26.
Sempolowski (24), p. 854; Beitraege, &c. p. 42.

Aiyssum calycintim — Abraham (21), p. 25, 33, Plate xxvi. Figs. 65-Si.

Berteroa iticana — Abraham (21), p. 10. Plate xxv. Figs. 1-22. Caspa-
ry : Genera Plantarum Flor. Germ. xvii. Bonn, 1853.

Bfasst'ca — Schroeder (23). vol. xiv. p. 179. Harz (2), p. 926.

B. alba — Henkel : Ilandbuch der Pharmacognosie des Pflanzen-und
Thierreichs, Tubingen. 1867. p. 391. Heraud : Nouvelle Dictionnaire
des Plantes Medicinales, Paris, 1S75. p. 343. Schimper (20), p. 133.
Moeller (20). p. 259. Figs. 223-224. Harz (2), p. 941, Fig. 76. Strand-
mark: Bidrag till kannedomen om froskalets byggnad, p. 31, Figs. 21-
22. Wiesner (20), p. 732. Hanausek (20), p. 334, Fig. 84. Flijckiger
and Hanbury (13), p. 68. Sempolowski (24), p. 861, Fig. 30; Bei- .
traege, &c. p. 52. Plate iii. Fig. 30. Hager : Das Mikroskop und seine
Anwendung, Berlin, 1SS6. p. 137, Fig. 187.

B. arve7isis — Hanausek (20). p. 334. Klencke (20), p. 587. Fig. 336.

B. campestris — Wiesner (20), p. 73.5. Hohnel (25a); p. 183, &c.

B. dicliototna — Kiaerskou : Om Frokallens Byggning hos nogle "In
diske Raps-sorter." Botanisk Tidsskrift, vol. xiv. 1885. p. 249. Sur la
structure du teste de quelques de '"Colza indien." Bot. Tidssk. vol. xiv.
p. 17-21, I PI. Abst. C. Miiller Just, Bot. Jahresb. 18S5. p. 826.

B. glauca — Kiaerskou : Om Frokallens, &c.

B.juncea — Wiesner (20), p. 732. Hanausek (20), p. 334. Moeller (20).
p. 262. Schimper (20), p. 133. Hager: Das Mikroskop, &c. p. 147.

B. Napus — Wiesner (20), p. 735. Hanausek (20). p. 348. Moeller
(2c), Figs, 201,202. Nobbe{25^), p. 86, Fig. 85. Hohnel (25^), p. 183,
Figs. 13-17. Harz (2). p. 932, Fig. 74. Sempolowski (24), p. 43.
Plate iii. Figs. 20-26. Beitraege, etc. p. 855, Figs. 20-26.

B. nigra — Wiesner (20), p. 732. Hanausek (20). p. 334, Fig. 85. Moel-
ler (20), p. 360, Fig. 225; Schimper (20). p. 96, 133; Fig. 61. Hen-
kel : Handbuch, &c., p. 390. Heraud : Nouvelle Dictionnaire, p. 340.
Fliickiger & Hanbury (13), p. 64. Hohnel (25a). p. 171. Figs. 21-26.
Fliickiger and Tschirch (26). p. 169. Vogl : Nahrungs — und Genuss-
mittel, p. 116; Fig. 97. Nobbe (25^), p. 80. Fig. 88. Berg (25c), p.

560 - TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

CRUCIFER^ (continued).

92. Plate xlvi., Fig. 124. C Fliickiger: Lehrbuch der Pharmako-
gnosie des Pflanzenreiches, Berlin. 1867. p. 687. Oudeman : Pharma-
copoea Neerlandica, Rotterdam, 1S54-56, p. 429. See Hdhnel (25a),
p. 17S. Garcke : Pharmakognosie des Planzen-und Thierreiches, von
Dr. O. Berg, 4 Aufl. von Dr. A. Garcke, p. 454. Luerssen (20). vol.
ii., p. 624. Sempolov/ski (24), p. 859, Plate viii. Fig. 28. Beitraege,
&c., p. 49, Plate iii.. Fig. 28. Ro_yle and Headland : A Manual of
Mat. Medica and Therapeutics of the British Pharmacopoea, Lon-
don, 1S68, p. 321. Klencke (20), p. 586, Fig. 335. Harz (2). p. 926,
Fig. 72.

B. oleracea — Wiesner (20), p. 736. Moeller (20), p. 238. Nobbe {2^b).
p. So, Fig. 87. Hohnel (25«). p. 1S3, etc.. Fig. 20. Harz (2). p. 929,
Fig- 73-

B. ramosa — Kiaerskou : Om Frokallens &c.

B. Rafa — Wiesner (20), p. 735. Hanausek (20), p. 343. Moeller (20),
p. 23S. Schimper (20), p.94, 9S, no, Figs. 56, 73. Harz (2), p. 937,
Fig. 75. Hohnel (25a), p. 183, &c.. Figs. 18-20. Tietschert. Keim-
ungsversuche mit Roggen und Raps bei verschieden tiefer Unter-
bringung. Halle. 1872, p. 75, Fig. 40. Hager: Das Mikroskop, &c.,
p. 147, Fig. 1S8.

B. rugosa — Hanausek (20), p. 334.

{Stnapis Brassicata) — Sempolowski (24), p. 861. Beitraege, &c. p. 51.

(5. IcBvigata) — Sempolovvfski (24), p. S61, Plate viii. Fig. 29^. Beitrae-
ge, p. ^i, Plate iii. Fig. 29;^.

Catnelina sativa — Abraham (21), p. 29, Plate xxvi. Figs. 82-96. Cas-
parj : Genera Plant. Germ. Hofmeister (20), p. 26, Figs. 8. 9. Sem-
polowski (24). p. 856, Plate viii. Figs. 22, 23. Beitraege. ttc. p. 45,
Plate iii. Figs. 22, 23. Harz (2J, p. 923, Fig. 71.

Capsella Bursa-pastotts — Abraham (21), p. 38, Plate xxvi. Figs. 110-21.

Cochlearia officinalis — Harz (2), P.91S, Fig. 68.

Erophyla vulgaris — Caspary : Genera Plant. Germ. &c.

Erysimum cheiran/hoides — Abraham (21), p. 16, Plate xxv. Figs. 23-39.

Iberis amara — Caspary: Genera Plant. Germ.'&c.

Isatis tincioria — Caspary: Genera Plant. Germ. Harz (2), p. 920,
Fig. 69.

Lepidium — Kratzmann : Die Lehre von Samen der Pflanzen, &c. p. 41.

L. Hujnboldtii — Abraham (21), p. 24.

L. ruderale — •' (21), p. 19. Plate xxv. Figs. 40-57.

L. sativum — "" (21), p. 20, Plate xxv., Figs. 52-61 ; Plate

xxvi. Figs. 61-64. Ca'^pary, Genera Plant. Germ. Hofmeister (20),
p. 20. Sempolowski (24), p. 857, Plate viii. Figs. 24A & 24B. Beitrae-

PAM.\tEL — OX THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA. 56 I

CRUCIFEK^ (continued).

ge, ttc. p. 46, Plate iii. Figs. 24A and b. Schenck : Botanische Noti-
zen Wiirzburger Naturwissenschaftliche Zeitung. vol. ii., p. 217.
Harz (2), p, 922, Fig. 70. Uloth (19), Figs. S-ii.
L. Virginicttm — Abraham (21), p. 24.

Lobularia maritima — Caspary : Genera Plant. Germ. &c.
Lu7iularia bientiis — Casparj : Genera Plant. Germ. &c.
Myagrutn perfoliatum — Caspary : Genera, Plant. Germ. &c.
Rap/tisirum rugostim — Casparj: Genera Plant. Germ. &c.
Rapkanus — Caspary : Genera Plant. Germ. &c.

R. C/iinensis — Sempolowski (24), p. 858, Plate viii. Fig. 26; Beitrae-

ge, &c. p. 48, Plate iii. Fig. 26.
R. Raphanistrum — Harz (2), p. 946.
R sativus — Harz (2), p. 944, Fig. 78.
Sisy7nbrium Sophia^ L. — Abraham (21), p. 35, Plate xxvi. Figs. 97-109.

5. Irio — Hofmeister (20), p. 19. Abraham (21), p. 9.
Teesdalia nudicaulis — Abraham (21), p. 9. Hofmeister (20), Plate xvi.
Figs. 13-17. Frank (22), p. 172, Plate xvi. Figs. 13-17. Strand-
mark : Bitrag till Kannedomen &c. Hofmeister (20), p. 23, Figs. 4-
7. Behrens (26). p. 329.
Thlaspt arvense — Caspary : Genera Plant. Germ.
CISTACE^.

Fumana l(evipes — Schenk (33).
Helianthemum — Schenk (33).
LIXACE^.

Lintim cEtlitopictim — Harz (2), p. 957.
Z,. atigustifolium — Harz (2), p. 957.
L. catharticuin — Harz (2), p, 957.
L. juniptrifoliufn — Harz (2), p. 957.

L. usitatissimum — Fliickiger and Hanbury (13), p. 97. Uloth (19),
p. 193. Sempolowski (24), p. 825, Plate vii. Figs. 1-3; Beitraege,
etc., p. 3, Plate i. Figs. 1-3. Cramer (16), p. i, Plate xxvii. ; Figs.
6-18, Plate xxvii. Kiihn : Die zweckmaszigste Ernahrung des Rind-
viehs, Dresden, 1871, 5th edition. Dr. Otto Berg: Pharmaceu-
tische Waarenkunde, 4 Auflage Garcke, Berlin, 1S69. Harz (2), p.
950, Fig. 952. Kutzing (7), vol. i., p. 194. Frank (22), p. 161, &c. ;
Plate XV. figs. 1-4. Henkel : Handbuch, t*tc., p 374. Stille& Maisch :
National Dispensatory, Philadelphia, 1879, p. S16, Fig. 99. Lu-
erssen (20), vol. ii. p. 674. H. Karsten : Deutsche Flora, Phar-
maceutische medicinische Botanik, Berlin, 1S80-83, p. 605, Fig. 360.
J. Forbes Royle and Fred. W. Headland, Man- of Mat. Med. &c..
p. 331. Xobbe (251^). p. 80, Fig. 81. Sachs: Experimentalphy-

V.— 3— 15

562 , TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

lilNACE^ (continued).

siologie der Pflanzen, p. 36S. Scliimper (20), p. 79,94, 98, no,
Figs. 52, 58, 74. Carl Ritter von Schroft": Lehrbuch der Phar-
makognosie, Vienna, 1864, 3 Aufl. Moeller (20), p. 173. Wies-
ner (,20), p. 723. Behrens (26). p. 329, 374. Kralzmann : Die
Lehre von Samen, &c., p. 41. Fliickiger & Tschirch (26), p. 166.
Pereira : "Elements of Vegetable Materia Medica and Therapeu-
tics," edited hy Robert Bentley and Theophilus Redwood," Lon-
don, 1872, p. 924. Vogl : Nahrungs-und Genussmittel. &c., p. 131.
Fig. 105. Jonathan Pereira: "The Elements of Materia Medica
and Therapeutics," 4th edition, 2 vols. 1855, p. 561. He also refers
to Bostock Nicholonson's Jour., vol. xviii. p. 31 ; Vanquelin, Ann.
de Chem., voi. Ixxx. p. 31 14; Guerin- Vary, Jour. Chem. Med., vol.
vii. p. 739, for tlie chemistry of these mucilages. — Hager: Das Mi-
kroskop, &c., p. 150, Fig. 189. Goodale (42), p. 36.

ROSACEA.

Pyrus malus — Kratzmann : Die Lehre von Samen, &c., p. 41.

P. (^Cydonia) vulgaris — Cramer ([6), p. i, Plate xxvii. Figs. 3-5.
Frank (22), p. 167, &c., Plate xv. Figs. 8 & 9. Hanausek (20),
p. 205. W. O. Focke in Engler and Prantl : Die natiirlichen
Pflanzenfamilien Rosacese, iii. Theil, 3 Abth.. p. 22. Royle and
Headland: Manual of Therapeutics, &c. p. 434. Uloth (19), p.
193, Pereira : Elements of Materia Medica. <Scc., p. 303. Pereira :
Elements of Materia Medica, Robert Bentley. London. 1872. p.
826. A.J. DeLeus: Dictionaire Universe! de Matiere Medicale
at des Therapeutiques generales, Paris, 1S30, voI..ii. p. 558. Kratz-
mann : Die Lehre von Samen, &c. p. 41. Henkel : Handb. Pharm. •
&c. p. 365. Hermann Hager: Botanischer Unterricht in 160 Sec-
tionen fiir angehende Pharmaceuten und studirende Mediciner. 3d
edition, Berlin, 18S5, p. 450, Fig. 657. Stille and Maisch : Nat.
Dispensatory, p. 487. Fig. 54. Karsten = Deutsch Flor. i\;c. p. 783,
Fig. 449. R. F. Scoresby Jackson: "Xote Book of Materia Medica,
Pharmacology and Therapeutics;" 2d edition, Dr. R. Angus Mc-
Donald, Edinburgh, 1871, p. 437. Heraud : Nouvelle Diet. eVc, p.
150. Hofmeister (20), p. 22, 30, &c.. Plate i. Fig. 3. Klenke (20).
■p. 518. Fliickiger & Hanbury (13), p. 269. Luerssen (20), vol. ii.
p. 834. Fliickiger &, Tschirch (26), p. 166.

SAXIFKAGACE^.

Ribes — Gray: Manual of Botany, revised edition, Watson cV: Coulter,
p. 174.
COMPOSIT-'E.

Amellus — Schenk (33). Harz (2). p. 842.
.(45^er— Schenk (33). Harz (2). p. 842.
Aplopappus — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. S42.

i

PAMMEL ON THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA. 563

COMPOSITE (continued).

Callistefhus — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. S42.
Carlini'a — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. 842.
Chareieis — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. S42.
Co?iyza — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. 842.
Cremocefhalum certtuiim — Schenk (33).

Erigeron Canadense — Nobbe (25Z>), p. 83, Fig. y2. Harz (2), p. 842.
Erechitis — Schenk (33). Harz (2). p. 842.
Eurybiopsis — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. 842).
Felicia — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. 842).
Helenium — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. 842.
Heterofapfus — Schenk (33). Harz (2). p. 842.
Inula — Schenk (33). Harz (2). p. 842.

Senecio — Goodale (42). p. 36. Gray: Syn. Flora, vol. i. pt. ii. p. 3S3 ;
most species with minute short hairs, which swell and emit a pair
of spiral threads when wetted.
— vernalis — Nobbe (25^), p. 82, Figs. 90. 91. Harz (2), p. 842.
Ste7iactis — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. 842.
Zeranthemum — Schenk (33). Harz (2). p. 842.

POLEMGNIACE.E.

Collomia — Nrigeli (32). p. 119. Abraham (21). p. 8. Caspary. Bot.

Zeit., 1852. p 663; 1854. p. 390. Goodale (42), p. 36.
C. coccinea—K'igeW (32), p. 119, Plate i. Fig. 167. Hofmeister (20),

p. 28, Plate i. Fig. 13. Gray (30a), p. 259.
C. gratidijlora — Gray (30«), p. 259.
C. gilioides — Gray (30rt). p. 269.
C. heterophylla — Nageli (32). p. 119. Hofmeister (20), p. 28. Plate i.

Figs. 12. 14. Gray (30a), p. 260. Lindley (29).
C. linearis — Na.^eli (32), p. 119. Balfour (36), p. 19. Gray (30(7),

p. 259. Lindley (28).
C. nudicaulis — Gray (30a). p. 25S.
C. tenella — Gray (30«). p. 259.

All species of section Eucollomia. with the exception of Collomia
gracilis, are provided with mucilaginous spirals. — Gray: Syn. Flo-
ra, vol. ii. Pt. i. p. 134.

Gilia {Leptosipkon) — Schleiden : Beitriige Phylogenesis Miller's Ar-
chiv. Phys. vol. ii. Plate iv.
G. aurea — Gray (30«), p. 263.

G. Bigelovii — '• •• p. 265.

G. Bolafiderii — " " p. 263.

G. demissa— " '• p. 263.

G. dia7it/toides — '• " p. 264.

G. dickoto?na — " " p. 265.

564 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

POLEMONIACE^ (continued).

G. liniflora — Gray (30a). p. 263.

var. phortiaceoides — '' " p. 263.

G. pusilla — " '' p. 263.

The seed-coats of many of the species of Series I. of Gilia, includ-
ing the sections Dactylopkyllum, Liftaiit/ius, Leptosiphon, Sifko-
nella, and I^epiodaciylon, are mucilaginous. — Gray Sjnop. Flora,
vol. ii. Pt. i. p. 137.

Polemontutn — "Seed-coat developing mucilage and spiracles when

wetted." — Gray: Syn. Flora, vol. ii. Pt. i. p. 150.

P. ccertileum — Gray (30«), p. 2S1.

var.- yoii'osissimum — " " p. 2S1.

P. conferttim — " " p. 2S0.

var. mellitum — " " p. 2S0.

P. humile — " " p. 281.

P. Mexicanum — " " p. 281.

P. micranthu7n — " " p. 282.

P. rep tans — " " p. 281.

P. viscosum — '' " p. 2S0.

ACANTHACE^.

Gray: Syn. Flora, vol. ii. Pt. i. p, 321. Goodale (42), p. 36.
yStheiletna — Kippist (30). p. 69, Gray: Syn. Flora, vol. ii. Pt. i. p. 321.

A. reni/orme — Kippist (30), p. 70.
Acatith odium — Hofmeister (20), p. 27.

A. sficatumf — Kippist (30). p. 66, Plate vi. Figs. 1-3.
Blepharis boerhaaviiEfolta — Kippist (30). p. 67. •

B. molliiginifolia — Hofmeister (20), p. 27. Kippist (30), p. 67, Plate
vi. Figs. 4, 5.

B. rubiifolia — Kippist (30), p. 67.
Blechum Brov-'tiei — Kippist (30), p. 71, Plate vi. Fig. 7.
Difteracanthus — Kippist (30), p. 70.

D. dejectiis — " " p. 70.

D. erectus — " " P- 70.

D. patulus — " " p. 70.

Dvschortste certiua — '' "' p. 69.

D. lit tor all's — " " p. 69.

Hygrofhila — " " p. 69.

H. quadrivalis — " " p. 69.

H. obovata — " " p. 69.

PAMMEL ON THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA.

565

ACANTHACE^ (continued).

H. phlomoides — Kippist (30), p. 69.
H. salicifolia — " " p. 69.

Ruellia — Mohl : Bot. Zeit., 1844, p. 323. Frank (22), p. 172. Gray:

Synopt. Flora, vol. ii. Pt. i. p. 325. Goodale (42). p. 36.
R. ciliata — Frank (22), p. 172. Hofmeister (20), p. 27. Niigeli (32),

p. 120, Plate i. Figs. 3-7.
R. formosa — Kippist (30), p. 68, Plate vi. Fig. 6.
R. paticla — Hofmeister (20), p. 27.
R. strepens — Hofmeister (20), p. 27. Mohl, Bot. Zeit., 1S44, p. 323.

Kippist (30), p. 68.
R. tuberosa — Hofmeister (20), p. 27.
Ste7tosiphonium subsericeum — Kippist (30), p. 70.

p. 69
p. 70
p. 70
p. 70
p. 70
p. 69
p. 70

Strobilanthes — '*

5. Bruno7iiana — "

5. fimbriaia — "

5. iinbricata — *'

5. motiadelpka — "

•S. scabra — "

5. Wallichii— "

liABIAT^.

Harz (2), p. 867. Luerssen (20). vol. ii. p. 1014. Goodale (42), p. 36.
Calamintha — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. 867.

C. alpi7ia — Harz (2), p. 867. Schenk (33).
Dracocephahim Moldavica — Niigeli (32), p. 115

D. 7iuta7is — Schleiden (31). Harz (2), p. 867.
D. thy7niflorn7n— " " " " p. 867.

Elshotzia — Schenk (33). " '' p. 867.

L,allema7it{a iberica — '' '• p. 868. Schleiden (31).

L. peltata — Junowicz : Die Lichtlinie in den Prismenzellen der Sa-

menschalen. Sitzungsber. d. K. Akad. d. Wiss. zu. Wien. Ixxvi.

Abth. i. Oct. 1S77.
Lavandula Sioechas —^chenV (33). Harz (2), p. 867.
Majora7ia — ■ "• "■ "' *' p. 867.

Meliss.a— '• " " " p. 867.

Mentha— " " " " p. 867.

Nepeia— '• " " " p. 867.

Ocimu7n basilictan — Niigeli. (32), p. 114. &c. ; Plate i. Figs. 12 eV 13.

Schleiden (31).

566 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

LABIATE (continued).

Origanum — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. 867.
Preslia — '• '• •• •• p. 867.

Plectanthrtis parviflorus — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. 867.
Pru7tella grandijlora — Nobbe (25^), p. 82. '' " p. 867.

P. vulgaris — " " p. 82, Fig. 89. Harz (2). p. S67.

Salvia — Frank (22), p. 169, iS:c. Nageli (32), p. 116, Schleiden 311.
Goodale (42), p. 36.
5. jiEthiopis— " " p. 116, Plate i. Fig.ii.

5. carduacea — Gray (36). Synopt. Flora, vol. ii. Pt. i. p. 366.
5. columbaricE — '' " ' " " •• '• p. 367.

.S. Hormium — Nageli (32), p. 117. Plate i. Fig. i. Frank (22), p.
169. Hofmeister (20), p. 27. Schleiden (31), Plate vii. Fig. 97.
Behrens (26), p. 329.

S. sylvestris — Frank (22), p. 170, Plate xv. Figs. 10. 11 ; Plate xvi.
Fig. 12.

5. verbenacece — Balfour (363). p. 19.
Satureja — Schenk (33). Harz (2), p. 867.
Ziziphora dasyantha — Schleiden (31), Plate iv.
Z. capitata — Schenk (33).
PLANTAGINACE^.

Platiiago — Gray, Synopt. Flora, vol. ii. Pt. i. p. 389. Frank (22). p.
162, &c. Harz (2), p. 982. Tollens : Jour. f. Landwirtschaft, 1874,
p. 502. Luerssen (20), vol. ii. p. 103S.
P. arenaria — Henkel : Handbuch, &c. p. 366. Wiesner (20). p. 744.

Harz (2), p. 984.
P. cynops — Henkel: Handbuch. i&c. p. 366. Harz (2), p. 985.
P. lanceolata — Frank (22). p. 164. Harz (2), p. 986, Fig. 89.
P. major — Harz (2), p. 982.

P. maritima — Harz (2), p. 986. Uloth (19), p. 193. PI. vi. Figs. 1-7.
P. media — Harz (2). p. 984. Henneberg : Jour. f. Landw., 1859,

p. 246.
P. Psyllium — Cramer (16), p. i. PI. xxvii. Figs, i, 2. Wiesner (20), p.
743. Fig. 30. Frank (22). p. 164. &c. Harz (2), p. 986. Fliickiger
& Tschirch, p. 169. Behrens (26), p. 374. Uloth (19), p. 193.
CASAURTNE^.

Casaurina — Brown (27).
HYDROCHARIDACE^.

Hydrocharis — Schleiden (31).
ORCHIDACE^.

Renanthera coccinea — Robert Brown (27).

PAMMEL OX THE SEED-COATS OF EUPHORBIA.

5<^7

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIL

All seeds drawn to the same scale magnified 12 times.

The figures are numbered to correspond to the species in Gray's Manual, Revised
Edition, pp. 452-456.

3-
4.
S-
6.

7-

S.

9-

10.
II.
12.
13-
14.
IS-
16.

17-

17a.

iS.

iSa.

iS*.

jSc.

iSrf.

iS^.

•9-

19a.

Euphorbia f polygonifolia, "L.

" I Geyeri, Engelm

" I petaloidea, Engelm

" [ serpens, UByii j.. .

Euphorbia f scrpyllifolia, Pers

fflyptosperma, Engelm.

" ■; mactilata, L

" hiimistrata, Engelm. ..

" [ Preslii, Guss

hexagona, Nutt

Euphorbia .
Euphorbia
Euphorbia
Euphorbia .

Euphorbia •

Anisnpliylltim.

margiiiata, Pursh .
corollata, Jj

dintaia, Michx ~|

hcterophylla, L -*

Ipecacuanha:, L,

f Darlingtonia, Gray

\ ohtusaia, Pursh

[ platyphylla. E.

I dictyospcrma, Fischer & Meyer.

C Helioscopia, I

f Esula, I

\ Cyparissias^ L

t Nicceensis, All

I Peplus, L

( cominutata, Engelm

Lathyris, L

Zvgopliyllidium .
Petaloma.
Tilhywalopsis,
Poiiisetiia.

Tilli Y III at us.

56S

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIIL AND XIV.

Fig. I. a. Mucilaginous spirals of ^./o/)'^o«//b//a ; i". surface view of mucilaginous cells.

Fig 2. Cross-section; s&e.^ oi E. polygon if olia. a. Mucilaginous cells showing strati-
fication ; h. the underlying granular portion ; /. palisade-like cells; c. elon-
gated parenchyma cells : e. endosperm.

Fig. 3. Cross-section, seed of £. wi«r^/«a/rt. n. Outer cells showing elongated thicken,
ings; a'b. underlying parenchymatous layers ; /. palisade-like cells; c' d .
two layers following the palisade-like cells, belonging to the inner seed-coat.

Fig- 4. Cross.section, seed of JE. dentata. B, Showing the general arrangement of the pa-
pillate-like outer cells; A a. mucilaginous papillate-like cells; b. underlying
granular portion; /. palisade-like cells; c. parenchyma cells belonging to
inner seed-coat; c'. layer next to the endosperm; e. cells provided with
cross-thickenings.

Fig. J. Cross-section ; seed of £. o&/?«a/a. A a. Outer layer of papillate-like cells; a'.
underlying thin-walled elongated cells ; /. palisade-like cells ; e. thin-walled
elongated cells; Ba. some of the outer cells showing pores.

Fig. 6. A. Cross-section ; seed and caruncle of E. commutata. a. Outer mucilaginous
cells; d. underlying granular portion ; /. palisade-like cells; e. endosperm,
B. Cross-section of caruncle.

Fig, 7. Cross-section; seed of E. Geyeri. a. Mucilaginous cells; b. underlying gra-
nular portion; b'. parenchymatous layer next to the palisade-like cells/ ;
c, thin-walled parenchyma cells next to the endosperm.

Fig. 8. a'. Surface view of a few vessels in the seed-coats of £. G^y^r/. 5', Mucilaginous
cells of the same species in surface view.

Fig. 9. Cross-section ; seed of E. Lathyris. a. Thick-walled outer cells. The outer por-
tion of cell-wall colorless, while the inner is of dark brown color ; a'-J'. thick-
walled cells next to palisade-like cells/. According to Harz, the cells ofb' are
said to be mucilaginous.

Fig. 10. Cross-section ; seed of £.A«*'a^o«(i. Aa. Outer mucilaginous cells; b. underly.

ing granular portion; /, palisade-like cells ; c. elongated Hhin-walled cells ;

c'. cells provided with thickenings running across the cells ; E. endosperm;

£, mucilaginous cells; a. underlying granular portion; b,a'. an expanded

mucilaginous cell ; C, showing general arrangement of mucilaginous cells

at a.
Fig. II. Cross-section ; seed of .E. //<?/(?ro/i//j'//«. a. Outer mucilaginous cells. Cellcontents
,. brown; b. underlying granular portion, followed by a, layer of thin-walled

cells, b', and sclerotic cells, e'; p. palisade-like cells; c. elongated thin-walled

cells belonging to inner seed-coat. ; E. endosperm.
Fig. 12. Cross-section; seed of E. corollata. Aa. Mucilaginous cells with dark brown

contents showing stratification of the cell-walls ; b. underlying granular portion ;

b' . thin-walled parenchyma cells; /. palisade-like cells; a'c. thin-walled

parencliyma cells next to the endosperm; B. a. mucilaginous cells showing

stratificaticm ; b. underlying granular portion.
Fig. 13, Cross-section; seed oi E.glyptosperma. a. Mucilaginous cells; &. underlying

granular portion; /. palisade-like cells; 7-. thin-walled elongated cells ; E.

endosperm.
Fig. 14. Cross-section; seed of E. Cyparissias. a. Outer layer of cells; a', thin-walled

parenchyma layer of cells; /. palisade-like cells ; c. thin-walled parenchyma

cells next to endosperm.

Trans Acad, of Sci.St Louis,\/oL.

.No_

Plate /,

Trans A^ad, of Sci. St Louis, Vol No.

Plate /J

r

•Wj^i-*'

^SLd-:

.<^. • v.

^fffWtin

'^.

\

I o o o *»•<> o « r« * ^ - - ,

Nil I ^'vu

.-^

\ J'

'f-^J^^,

TraRS.Ac2.doF Gei. 6^Lo•JlS,VQ!.V. .No. 3-^.

Pl^i^l4-.

-. i \\

f

^

b

,c-^.» /<?/(

\-

^ — — , \ \

^^^

.. m

ii^^

.iiai I ' ~-y^J i

-^^/

x^^m^

N

'^^^.

CL'

10 c

7 W MP'

I i ill ^'^'f/' Ik.

""mmh^

"J

( 569 )

Flowers and Insects, AscIepiadaceR' to Scroj'^hnla-

riacew.

By Charles Robertson.

Presented Feb 2d, 1S91.

The following paper belongs with a series of papers begun in
the Botanical Gazette in May, 18S9, and giving an account of
observations made at Carlinville, 111., in 1866 and following
years. The paper on "Umbelliferre," in the fifth volume of these
Transactions, pp. 449-460, belongs with the same series.

A bibliography of the literature of the fertilization of flowers
by D'Arcy W. Thompson will be found in Hermann Miiller's
" Fertilization of Flowers," 599-634. This list includes works
published up to 1SS3. A continuation of this bibliography up
to 1SS9, by J. McLeod, will be found in the Botanisch Jaarboek,
Gent, Tweede Jaargang, 1S90

ASCLEPIADACE^.

In the Botanical Gazette, vol. xii., 207-216, 244-250, I have
given an account of the following species of Asclepiadacecc. I
shall now add a list of visitors of each of them. The name of each
insect is followed by c, h.,t., p., or sp., according as the corpus-
cula were found attached to the claws, hairs of the legs, tongue,
pulvilli, or spurs of the tibiie. In most cases, however, the pul-
villi and spurs are counted as hairs and marked " h."

Asclepias verticillata, L. — On 15 days, between July 11 and
Aug. 21, I observed the following visitors:

Hymenoptera — Apidce. (i) Apis mellifica L. $< , h. ; (2) Bombus sepa-
ratus Cr. "J, 9 5 , h. ; (3) B. virginicus Oliv. § h. ; (4) B. americanorum F.
^ ; (5) Apathus laboriosus F. 9; l^- ; (6) Melissodes bimaculata Lep.
^9 h.t.; (7) Ceratina dupla Say 9,h.c.p.; (8) Megachile brevis Say
^ 9. h.t.; (9) Heriades carinatum Cr., 9 P-? (10) Coelioxys 8-dentata
Say "J,, h.; (11) Epeolus lunatus Say %. h. AndrefiidcE, (12) Halictus
lerouxii Lep. % 9, h.c.t. ; (13) H. fasciatus Nyl. -J, 9 . h. (14) H. con-
fusus Sm. 9> P-i (15) ^' stultus Cr. $ ; (16) H. albipennis Rob. -J, ;

5/0 TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIEN'CE.

(17) Agapostemon radiatus Say $ : (iS) Sphecodes mand'bularis Cr. '^ ;
(19) Prosopis affinis Sm. $. p. Vespidco. (20) Polistes pallipes Lep. h.
Eutnenidce, (21) Eumenes fraternus Say. h.c.t.; (22) Odynerus arvensis
Sauss. h.; (23) O. foraminatus Sauss. h.; (24) O. anormis Say, h.t.
Crabro7ttdcE, (25 Crabro intemiptus Lep. ; (26) C. rufifemur Pack., h.
p.; (27) Oxybelus frontalis Rob. Philanthidcv. (2S) Cerceris sp.. h. ;
(29) C. clypeata Dahlb.. h.c; (30; C.bicornuta Guer., h. ; (31) C.com-
pacta Cr., h.c. ; (32) C. finitima Cr. BetnbecidcE, (33) Bembex nubilli-
pennis Cr.. h. Lnrridce, (34) Astata unicolor Say, h. ; (35) Tachytes
distinctus Sm.. h. ; (36) T. validus Cr., h. ; (37) T. pepticus Say, h.
SphecidcB, (38) Ammophila intercepta Lep.; (39) PelopcEus cementa-
rius Dru. ; (40) Isodontia philadelphica Lep., h. ; (41) Sphex ichneumo-
nea L., h. ; (42) S. pemsylvanica L.. h. ; (43) Priononyx thomte F., h. ;
(44) P. atrata Lep. Pompilida:, (45) Pompilus sp., h. ; (46) Priocne-
mis terminatus Say. h.; (47) P. fulvicornis Cr., h. ScoliidcB. (48) My-
zine sexcincta F.. h.t. ; (49) Scolia bicincta F.. h. Formicid<E. (50) Phre-
nolepis sp. Chrysididce, (51) Holopyga ventralis Say. TetitJiredtnidce,
(52) Hylotoma humeralis Beauv., h.

Diptera. — Midasidce, (53) Midas clavatus Dru.. h. Bombylida;, (54)
SystCEchus vulgaris Lw. Empidcs, (55) Empis sp. Co?wpidce, (56) Phy-
socephala tibialis Say, h. ; (57) Conops xanthopareus Will., h.; (58)
C. brachyrrhynchus Macq. Syrphidce, (59) Paragus bicolor F. ; (60)
Chrysogaster nitida Wied. ; (61) Allograpta obliqua Say ; (62) Meso-
grapta polita Say ; (63) M. marginata Say ; (64) Sph?erophoriacylindrica
Say; (65) Eristalis latifrons Lw., h. ; (66) E. transversus, Wied. ; (67)
Tropidia quadrata Say, h. ; (68) Syrit^a pipiens L., c. Tackinidte, (69-
72) spp., t. ; (73) Hyalomyia purpurascens Towns.;* (74) Tricho-
poda pennipes F. ; (75) Cistogaster divisa Lw. ; (76) Ocyptera euchenor
Walk., t. ; (77) Wahlbergia arcuata Say. t. ; (78) Jurinia apicifera Walk.,
h. ; (79) Micropalpus sp., h.t.; (80) Exorista theclarum Scud.; (Si)
Mascicera sp. ; {^2) Eggeria.^ sp. ; (83) Acroglossa hesperidarum Will.,
h.c.p.t. Sarcophagidce^ (84-87) Sarcophaga spp. Muscidce^ (88) sp. ;
(89) Lucilia sp. ; (90) L. csesar L.. c; (91) L. cornicina F.. h.c.p.t.;
(92) L. macellaria F., c.t. An//io>nyidce, (93) Anihomyia sp. ; (94-5)
Limnophora sp. Sepsid(E, (96) Sepsis sp.

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera^ {g'j] Papilio cresphontes Cram.; (98)
Pieris rap?e L.. h. ; (99) Colias philodice Godt. ; (100) Danais archippus
F.. h.; (loi) Argynnis cybele F. ; (102) Phyciodes tharos Dru.; (103)
Pyrameis atalanta L. ; (104) Chrysophanus thoe Bd.-Lec. ; (105) Lycsena
comyntas Godt. ; (106) Pamphila peckius Kby., h. ; (107) P. cernes Bd.-
Lec. ; (loS) P. verna Edw. ; (109) Pholisora catuUus F. ; (no) P. hay-
hurstii Edw.,h.; (m) Eudamus lycidas Sm.-Abb. Pyralidce, (112)
Scepsis fulvicollis Hiibn.

* Kindly named .ind described for me by Mr. C. H. Tyler Townsend, Nos. 76 and 77,
(ieteniiined by him.

ROBERTSON — FLOWERS A- INSECTS, ASCI,. TO SCROPH. 571

Coleoptera. — Scarabceida:^ (113) Trichius piger F. CerambycidcB^
(114) Typocerus sinuatus Newm. Rhifiphoridcr. (115) Rhipiphorus
limbatus F.

Of the 58 species bearing pollinia of this Asclcpias^ 53 have
the corpuscula attached to the hairs of their legs or to the pul-
villi, 10 have them on their claws, and 13 have them on their
tongues.

Asclepias incarnata L. — The following visitors were taken
on 24 days, between July 22 and Aug. 21 :

Hymenoptera. — Afid<s, (i) Apis mellifica L. ^ , h.t., ab., one dead ;
(2) Bombus virginicus Oliv. J ^. h.c.t. ; (3) B. vagans Sm. %. h.c.t;
(4) B. americanorum F. 'J, 9 ^ . b.c.t.; (5) B. pennsjlvanicus DeG. -^ 9
g , h.c. ; (6) B. scutellaris Cr. -^ ^ , h.c.t. ; (7) B. separatus Cr, -^ 9 g ,
h.c, very ab.; (8) Entechnia taurea Say -^ , h. ; (9) Megachile brevis
Say % 9. AndretiidcB, (10) Collates latitarsis Rob. 9, h.c.t., dead; (11)
Halictus coriaceus Sm. (^, h.t.; (12) H. confusus Sm. %\ (13) Augo-
chlora pura Say '^ , t. VespidcE, (14) Vespa sp., h.c.t. ; (15) V. maculata
L. ; (16) V. germanica F., h.; (17) V. cuneata F., h.c.t. ; (i8) Polistes
pallipes Lep., h.t. ; (19) P. metricus Say, h.c. ; (20) P. rubiginosus Lep.,
h.c. EumenidcB, {21) Eumenes fraternus Say ; (22) Odynerus arvensis
Sauss., h.c.t. Crabronidce, (23) Oxybelus packardii Rob., c. Philan-
t/tid(E. (24) Cerceris clypeata Dahlb., h.c; (25) C. compacta Cr., h.c;
(26) C. bicornuta Guer. h.c.t. JVyssonidce, (27) Hoplisus rufoluteus
Pack., h. Bembecidcs, (28) Megastizus brevipennis Walsh, h.; (29)
Bembex fasciata F., h. ; (30) B. nubillipennis Cr., h. Larridce, (31)
Tachytes sp., h. ; (32) T. distinctus Sm., h. ; (33) T. validus Cr.. h.t.;
(34) T. pepticus Say, h, SfhecidcB. (35) Pelopoeus cementarius Dru.,
h.. one dead; (36) Sphex ichneumonea L., h. ; (37) S. pennsylvanica L.,
h.c.t.; (38) Priononyx atruta Lep., h. ; (39) P. thomie F., h. Pompili-
dcE^ (40) Pompilus atrox Dahlb., h. ; (41) Priocnemis fulvicornis Cr. ;
(42) P. unifasciatus Say, h. ; (43) Agenia accepta Cr., h. Scoltida', (44)
Myzine sexcincta F., h.c.t.; (45) M. interrupta Say, h.; (46) Scolia
bicincta F., h.

Lepidoptera. — Rkopalocera, (47) Papilio philenor L., h.; (48) P. as-
terias F., h.c. ; (49) P. troilus L., h. ; (50) P. turnus L., h. ; (51) P.
cresphontes Cram.,h.; (52) Pieris rapse L., h.c. ; (53) Colias philo-
dice Godt.. h. ; (54) Danais archippus F., h. ; (55) Argynnis idalia Dru.,
h. ; (56) A. cybele F., h. ; (57) Phyciodes tharos Dru.; (58) Pyrameis
atalanta L., h.c; (59) Limenitis disippus Godt., h. ; (60) Libythea
bachmanni Kirtl., h. ; (61) Pamohila peckius Kby. ; (62) P. cernes Bd.-
Lec, h. ; (63) P. verna Edw. ; (64) PholisoracatuUus F. ; (65) Eudamus
lycidas Sm.-Abb., h. ; (66) E. tityrus F. Pyralidce, (67) Scepsis fulvi-
collis Hiibn. •■■

572 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENXE.

Diptera. — Midasidce, (6S) Midas clavatus Dru., h.t. Bombylidce^
(69) Sparnopolius fulvus Wied. Cojiopid(E, (70) Conops xanthopareus
Will., p.; (71) Physocephala tibialis Say. Tachim'dce. (72) sp. ; (73)
Cistogaster divisa Lw.. t. ; (74) Acroglossa hesperidarum Will.

Coleoptera. — Latnpyrid(E. (75) Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus DeG.,
h.c.t., ab. ScarabceidcE. (76) Euphoria sepulchralis F., h.c.t., ab. ; (77)
Trichius piger F., h.

Hemiptera. — Lygceida;, (78) Lj'gceus fasciatus Dall.. h. ; (79) L. tur-
cicus F.

Birds. — Trochtlidce, (80) Trochilus coUibris L., s. : of course it cannot
extract the poUinia.

The flowers are gnawed by two beetles : Tetraopes tetraofhthalmus
Forst. and Epicauta vittata F.

Of the 63 species bearing pollinia oi Asc/cpias incarnata, 60
have the corpuscula on the hairs of their legs or on the pulvilli,
23 have them on their claws, and 30 have them attached to their
tongues. Dead insects of three species (i, 10, 35) were foimd
entrapped and killed by flowers.

Asclepias Cornuti Dec. — Observations on the insect visitors
of this plant were made on 34 days, between June 3i and July 23.
Among the insects which frequent the flowers there are many
which are able to reach the nectar, but which, as a rule, do not
extract the pollen at all, or run the risk of becoming hopelessly
entangled and of losing their lives in consequence. Although
an efficient visitor may sometimes be unable to free itself on ac-
count of all of its feet becoming entangled simultaneously, as in
the case of the insects mentioned under A. iiicarnata^ it is obvi-
ous that the flower can hardly be considered as adapted to insects
which often lose their lives in this way. In a similar way all
insects should be regarded as intruders which do not readily ex-
tract the pollinia, either on account of their small size, or their
way of resting upon the flowers. From these considerations I
place the visitors in separate groups.

The following insects were found dead upon the flowers :

Hymenoptera. — Apidce. (i) Apis mellifica L. g , p.c.t.

Diptera. — Tachinidce. (2) Acroglossa hesperidarum Will., p. Sarco-
phagidcE^ (3) Sarcophaga sp.. p. MuscidcE, (4) Lucilia cornicina F. ;
(5) Stomoxys calcitrans L. AtithomyidcE, (6) Anthomyia, sp.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS A INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPII. 573

Lepidoptera. — Bombycidiv, (7) Callimorpha fulvicosta* Clem., p.
Noctuidcp^ (8) Agrostis upsilon Rott. ; (9) Drasteria erechtea* Cram., p.

It is a common thing to find dead hive-bees hanging to the
tlowers. It is evident, therefore, that, to effect the pollination of
A. Cornuti with certainty, an insect must be larger or stronger
than the hive-bee, or at least more able to free itself from the
flowers.

The following visitors either do not extract the pollinia at all,
or could liardly be expected to transfer the pollinia to any great
extent without danger of losing their lives :

Hvmenoptera. — Apidce. (10) Megachile brevis Say 9 i (n) Coelioxys
8-dentata Say %,'^,q. Andrenidte. (12) Augochlora lucidula Sm. 9 ?
(13) Halictus fasciatus Nyl. 9 • c. P/iilattt/iidce, (14) Cerceris clypeata
Dahlb.

Diptera. — Strait'omyidce, (15) Odontomyia cincta Oliv. Bombylidce^
(16) Hemipenthes sinuosa Wied. Co7iopid(^, (17) Stylogaster biannu-
lataSay. Syrphidce, (18) Eristalis dimidiatus Wied., p. t.; (19) Tropidia
mamillata Lw., p. ; (20) T. quadrata Say, h. ; (21) Syritta pipiens L., p.
Tackttiidce. (22) Trichopoda trifasciata Lw.. p.t. ; (23) Cistogaster divisa
Lw. ; (24) Jurinia apicifera Walk., p.; (25) Micropalpus sp. ; (26)
Frontina sp. . p. Attthomyidce, (27) Limnophora sp., p.

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera, (28) Thecla calanus Hiibn. ; (29) Chry-
sophanus thoe Bd.-Lec. ; (30) Pamphila peckius Kby. ; (31) P. cernes
Bd.-Lec. ; (32) P. dionEdw. ; (33) Pholisora catullus F. SphiiigidtB^
(34) Chserocampatersa L., h. Pyralidce. (35) Scepsis fulvicoUis Hubn..
h. ; (36) Eurycreon rantalis Guen.

Coleoptera. — Lampyridce^ (37) Photinus pyralis L.. h.

Hemiptera. — LygividcB^ (38) Lygreus fasciatus Dall.. h. ; (39) L. turci-
cus F.. h.c. PetitatomidcB. (40) Euschistus variolaris P.B., h. ; (41) Po-
disus spinosus Dall., p., frequents the flowers for entangled insects.

The following visitors may be expected to transfer the pollinia

without ditilculty :

Hymenoptera. — ApidcF, (42) Bombus separatus Cr. 9 ? • t. ; (43) B.
pennsylvanicus DeG. ^ ; (44) B. americanorum F. 9 > (45) J^Ielissodes
obliqua Say (^. p, Eumenidce. (46) Odynerus arvensis Sauss., h. P/ii-
lantliidce. (47) Cerceris bicornuta Guer., h. BembecidcB, (48) Bembex
nubillipennis Cr.. h. Sphecidce. (49) Pelopoeus cementarius, Dru. ; (50)
Sphex ichneumonea L., h. : (51) Priononyx atrata Lep., p. ; (52) P.
thom?e F., h. Scoliidce. (53) Myzine sexcincta F., h. ; (54) Scolia
bicincta F., h.

* Kindly determined for me by Prof. G. H. French.

574 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Lepidoptera. — Rhofalocera, (55) Papilio philenor L. ; (56) P. aste-
rias F, ; (57) Colias philodice Godt. ; (58) Danais archippus F., h. ; (59)
Argynnis idalia Dru. ; (60) A. cybele F., h. ; (61) Grapta interrogalionis
F., h.t. ; (62) Vanessa antiopa L., h.c; (63) Pyrameis atalanta L., h. ;
(64) Limenitis disippus Godt.; (65) Eudamus lycidas Sm.-Abb.. h.;
(66) E. tityrus F.

Diptera. — MtdasidcB, (67) Midas clavatus Dru., t.

Coleoptera. — Scarabcsida;, (68) Trichius piger F.

I have also found these beetles gnawing the flowers : Melatiotus com-
mu7iis Gyll.. Macrodactylus angustaius Bv., and Tetraopes tetraophthal-
mus Forst.; plants growing in my yard were freed from the latter pest by
the rose-breasted grossbeak, Habia liidoviciatta.

Of the 39 species bearing" pollinia of this Asclepias^ 30 have
the corpuscula on the hairs of their legs, 15 have them on their
pulvilli, 6 have corpuscula attached to their tongues, and 5 have
them attached to their claws.

Asclepias SnUivautii Engelm. — The insect visitors of this
plant v^^ere observed on 25 days, between June 22 and Aug. 20.
The anther wings are much longer and stronger than in A. Cor-
miti^ and the hoods are deeper. Accordingly, the number of
insects which can pollinate the flower with safety is not so great.

Insects of the following species were found dead on the
flowers ; they must, therefore, be regarded as not adapted to
the flowers, although some of them may sometimes effect pol-
lination :

Hymenoptera. — Apidif, (i) Apis mellifica L. ^, and one '^ , c.p.t. ;
(2) Xenoglossa pruinosa Say 'J, , c, one; (3) Megachile infragilis Cr.
'^ , c, one: (4) M. brevis Say 'J, 9' c. Attdrenidce. (5) Halictus lerouxii
Lep. % , p.c. ; (6) H. ligatus Say '^ , c. ; (7) H. fasciatus Nyl. % . c. Lar-
ridcs. (8) Astata unicolor Say, one. Sphecidce^ (9) Isodontia philadel-
phica Lep., h.c. one.

Diptera. — BombylidcB^ (10) Sparnopolius fulvus Wied., one. Syr-
phid(E, (11) Eristalis seneus F., c, one; (12) Syritta pipiens L.. one.
Muscidce, (13) Lucilia cornicina F.

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera, (14) Pamphila peckius Kby.. p. Pyyali-
d(B. (15) Scepsis fulvicoUis Hiibn.

Coleoptera. — Scarab(zidce, (i6) Trichius piger F,, c.

This list plainly indicates that only the largest insects are
adapted to transfer the pollen of this Asclepias.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS A INSECTS. ASCI.. TO SCROPH. 575

The following- insects either do not extract the pollinia at all,
or could not be expected to do so often :

lljmenoptera. — Afidd'. (17) CeratinaduplaSay ; (18) Megacbile rela-
tiva Cr. 9-P-c-, one; (19) Coelioxys S-dentata Say (J' 9 • Andrenidce,
(20) Augochlora pura Say % 9 '1 (21) A. labrosa Say ,^9 '1 (22) A. luci-
dulaSm. 9 i (23) Sphecodes arvensis Patton. Eume.nidce, (24) Odynerus
arvensis Sauss. CrabronidcB. (25) Crabro rufifemur Pack... one. Philan-
ikt'dce, (26) Cerceris clypeata Dahlb. LarridK, (27) Lyroda subita Say.
Scoliidce, (28) Myzine sexcincta F. Ichneumontdw, (29) Ichneumon
flavizonatus Cr.. one, with corpusculum on antenna!

Diptera. — Syrphidiv, (30) Tropidia quadrata Say. Tachmidcv, (31)
Micropalpus sp. ; (32) Frontina sp.

Lepidoptera. — RJiopalocera, (33) Phyciodes tharos Dru.; (34) Thecla
humuli Ilarr.; (35) T. titus F., h.. one; (36) Chrysophanus thoe. Bd.-
Lec. ; (37) Lycttna comyntas Godt. ; (38) Pamphila cernes Bd.-Lec.
^'^geriadce, (39) yEgeria remula Hy. Edw.

The following visitors seem to me to be the only ones adapted
to the flower :

Hymenoptera. — Apida\ (40) Bombus separatus Cr. 9^)''P-c. ; (41)
B. pennsylvanicus DeG. %, 5, sp., p.c. t. ; (42) B. scutellaris Cr. ^.
BembecidtK^ (43) Bembex nubillipennis Cr., c. Spkecidce, (44) PelopcEus
cementarius Dru., c. ; (45) Priononyx thomse F., h.

Lepidoptera. — R/iopalocera, (46) Papilio asterias F., c. ; (47) Colias
philodice Godt.. c. : (48) Danais archippus F., sp.. h.c. ; (49) Argynnis
cybele F. ; (50) Pyrameis atalanta, L.

Finally, the structure of the hoods seem to indicate an adaptation to
bumble-bees, and I suspect that before the appearance of the hive-bee the
flowers depended mainly upon Bombus separatus.

I have also seen the flowers visited by the ruby-throated hummino--
bird. Podisus spinosus Dall. frequents the flowers to prey upon entan^rled
insects.

Of the 22 species of insects bearing corpuscula of this Ascle-
pias., iS have the corpuscula attached to their claws, 4 have them
on the hairs of their legs, 5 have them on their pulvilli, 3 bear
them on their tibial spurs, 2 have corpuscula on their tongues,
and I, by accident, has a corpusculum attached to the tip of its
antenna.

Asclcpias tiibcrosa L. — The following visitors were taken on
this butterfly flower :

Lepidoptera. — R/topaloceru, (i) Papilio'philenor L.. h. ; (2) P. aste-

57^ TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

rias F., h.; (3) P. troilus L., h.; (4) Pieris protodice Bd.-Lec. h.; (5)
Colias philodice Godt.. h., (6) Danais archippus F.; (7) Argynnis idalia
Dru.,h.; (8) A. cjbele F., h, ; (9) Phjciodes tharos Dru. ; (10) Thecla
titus F.; (11) Chrjsophanus thoe Bd.-Lec; (12) LjcTena comyntas
Godt. Pyraltd(L\ (13) Scepsis fulvicollis Hubn.. h.

Hymenoptera. — AfidcB. (14) Apis mellifica L. ^ . h. ; (15) Megachile
brevis Say^ 9 \ (^6) M. montivaga C'r. 9 ; (17) Coelioxys S-dentata Say
9,h.c. Attdrenidie, (18) Augochlora humeralis Patton ^,c. Sfheci-
dce, (19) Ammophila intercepta Lap., h. ; (20) Sphex ichneumonea L.
h.; (21) Priononyx thomse F., h. ; (22) P. atrata Lep.

Diptera. — TachinidK^ (23) Acroglossa hesperidarum Will., h.

I have also seen the flowers visited by the ruby-throated humming-
bird, Trochilus coliibris L.

Of the 15 species bearing pollinia of this plant, 14 have cor-
puscula fastened to the hairs of their legs, 3 have them on their
claws.

Asclepias pitrpiirascois L. — This is also a butterfly-flower.
I have found it visited by the follov^^ing insects :

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera, (i) Papilio phiienor L.; (2) P. cresphon-
tes Cram. ; (3) Colias'philodice Godt.; (4) Danais archippus F. ; (5)
Argynnis idalia Dru.. h. ; (6) A. cybele F., h. ; (7) Melitrea phaeton
Dru., h. ; (8) Pyrameis atalanta L., h. ; (9) Thecla acadica Edw. ; (10)
T. calanus Hiibn.; (11) Chrysophanus thoe Bd.-Lec; (12) Lyctena co-
myntas Godt.; (13) Pamphila zabulon Bd.-Lec; (14) P. peckius Kby. ;
(15) P. cernes Bd.-Lec. ; (r6) P. verna Edw. ; (17) P. manataaqua Scud. ;
(18) Eudamus pylades Scud., h.

Hymenoptera. — ApidiK^ (19) Apis mellifica L. ^ , h. ; (20) Bombus
separatus Cr. 9 ; (21) B. vagans Sm. 9 '- (22) B. americanorum F. 9 ;
(23) Anthophora abrupta Say '^ 9 • Andi'enid<e, (24) Augochlora pura
Say 9 ; (25) Halictus confusus Sm. 9- Sphecida', (26) Priononyx atra-
ta. Lep.

Diptera. — Tachtnt'dn^ (27) Acroglossa hesperidum Will., h.

Ilemiptera. — Lysc'vidoi. (28) Lygneus fasciatus Dall., h.

The flowers are also visited for honey by the humming-bird, Trochilus
colubris L., and are gnawed by Tetraopes tetraophthalmus.

The S species of insects bearing pollinia of this Asclcpias have
the corpuscula attached only to their tarsal hairs.

Acerates longifolia Ell.- — The list of visitors was observed on
19 days, between July 5 and Aug. i. The names of the insects
are followed by f., 1., t., or v.s., according as the corpuscula

ROBERTSON FLOWERS .t INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPH. 577

were found attached to the hairs of the face, labrum, tongue,
or ventral surface.

Hymenoptera. — Api'da', (i) Apis mellifica L. 5,v.s.; (2) Bombus
separatus Cr. -^ ^ [^ , ab., 1., t.. v.s. ; (3) B. scutellaris Cr. ^ , ab., v.s. ;
(4) Megachile brevis Say 9 ! (5) ^^- mendica Cr. $, v.s. Ves/u'dce. (6)
Polistes pallipes Lep. Eumetitdw., (7) Odynerus arvensis Sauss. Pki-
la7itkida\ (8) Cerceris bicornuta Guer.. f., t.. v.s.: (9) C. compar Cr.
Bembecidie, (10) Bembex nubillipennis Cr.. ab.. 1. Sphecidiv, (11) Prio-
nonyx atrata Lep., v.s. Pompilidn', (12) Priocnemis unifasciatus Say, t.,
v.s.; Scoliida\ (13) Myzine sexcincta F.

Coleoptera. — Scarabceidiv, (14) Trichius piger F.. v.s.

Lepidoptera. — R/iopalocera, (15) Thecla sp. ; (i6) Chrysophanus thoe
Bd.-Lec. Pyralidii\ (17) Scepsis fulvicollis HUbn.

GENTIANACE^.

Gciitiana Andreivsii Griseb.* — The flowers are pi'oteran-
drous. They remain closed, so that only the largest and most
intelligent bees can open them. The stamens are united with the
corolla tube, and their free ends bend over upon the pistil. To
reach the nectar the bee's tongue must be thrust between the fila-
ments and must be 15 or 16 mm. long. The flower is visited
abundantly by Bombus amcricaiioruin F. cJ* ? S •

There is no doubt that flowers were originally of such a form
that almost any insects could enter them and i^each the nectar.
Many have narrowed the entrance by the development of tufts of
hair, or of pi"ocesses like the palates of personate flowers, until all
insects were excluded except bees. These have kept on visiting
the flowers until now they enter completely closed flowers like
those oi Linaria.

They seem to have been trained to bad habits in this way, for
they sometimes force their way into flowers which are not yet
ready to receive them. I have mentioned the case of Bombus
vagans forcing her way into the closed buds of Triostcum
perfoliatum^ and B. americanorum does the same in the case
of buds oi Li)iaria vulgaris. Mr. Pammel refers to a number
of cases in which flower-buds have been opened or perforated by
insects.! The irregular behavior in such cases is not to be laid

* See Beal, Am. Nat. viii. i8o, and Vausenburg, ibid. ix. 310.

t On the Perforation of Flowers, Trans. St. L. Acad. Sci. v. 2SS> note.

V. — 3 — 16

57S TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENXE.

to the blame of the insects, but to the flower itself, which secretes
its nectar prematurely.

A habit on the part of the visitor of forcing its way into a
flower before it is fairly open might result in a form like the
present, especially when a set of intruders might be. excluded
without interfering with the proper visitors.

POLEMONIACE^.

Phlox divaricata L. — The narrow tubes are about 14 or 15
mm. long. The flowers are adapted to lepidoptera, but are some-
times visited by long-tongued bees. On 1 1 days, between April
26 and May 19, I observed the following visitors :

Hjmenoptera. — Apidce, (i) Bombus virginicus Oliv. 9 ; (2) B. va-
gans Sm. 9 '■> (S) B. americanorum F. $ ; (4) Sjnhalonia speciosa Cr. 9 •

Lepidoptera. — Rhofalocera, (5) Danais archippus F. ; (6) Papilio
philenor L. ; (7) P. asterias F. ; (8) P. troilus L. ; (9) P. turnus L. ;
(10) Colias philodice Godt. ; (11) Pamphila zabulon Bd.-Lec. vars.
hobomok Harr. & quadraquina Scud.; (12) Nisoniades icelus Lintn. ;
(13) Eudamus bathjllus Sm.-Abb. Sphifi£-id(M, (14) Hemaris thjsbe F. ;
(15) Doilephila lineata F.

Polcmoniitni reptans L. — The flowers are proterandrous as in
P. cceruleum.* which it resembles in most respects. The upper
part of the tube has a few purplish lines which serve as path-
finders. The flowers commonly turn to one side, so that insects
land upon the stamens and prefer to insert their tongues be-
tween the upper ones. The upper stamens are a little shorter ;
consequently, their anthers do not come in the way of the lower
ones when a bee rests upon them.

In the Alps, Mliller found P. ccemilenm visited by workers of
5 species of Bojubus^ but I have never seen a Bonihus worker
flying while P. rcptaus was in bloom. In low Germany bumble-
bees were not observed among the visitors of 7^. ccerulciim.

On 6 days, between April 20 and May 7, I observed the fol-
lowing visitors :

Hjmenoptera. — Apidcv, (i) Apis mellifica L. ^ , s. & c.p.f ; (2) Bombus
americanorum F. 9? s., ab. ; (3) B. vagans Sm. 9, s. ; (4) Sjnhalonia

* For references see Miiller: Fertilisation of Flowers, 407.

t cf, male; $, female; {, worker; s, sucking; c. p., collecting pollen; f.p., feeding on
jiollen; ab., abundant.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS & INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPH. 579

honesta Cr. '^ ^ s.\ (5) Alcidamea producta Cr. ^j', s. ; (6) Oismia albi-
ventris Cr. 9> s. & c.p. ; (7) Nomada luteola Lep. (^, s. Andreni'doi,
(S) Augochlora pura Say '^ , s. Sz c.p. ; (9) Andrena, sp. "^j s.; (10) A.
sayi Rob, 9 1 c.p. ; (i i) A. polemonii Rob. 'J, $ , s. & c.p. ; (12) Halictus
pilosus Sm. 9, s. ct c.p.

Diptera. — Syrp/iida\ (13) Mesograpta marginata Say, f.p. ; (14) Rhin-
gia nasica Say, s. i!s: f.p.

Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera^ {\^') Colias philodice Godt.. s. ; (16) Ni-
soniades brizo Bd.-Lec, s.

Coleoptera. — Coccinellidoi^ (17) Megilla maculata DeG., f.p.
HTDKOPHYLLACE^.

Hydrophxlbim Virginiciim* L, — The flowers are male in the
first stage. The stigma, when receptive, surpasses the anthers.
On account of the erect coroHa lobes and the hairy filaments, the
nectar can be obtained most conveniently by a tongue about 9
mm. long.

May II, 12, 31 and 33 I observed the following visitors:

Hymenoptera. — Afidce, (i) Bombus virginicus Oliv. 9? (2) B. ri-
dingsii Cr. 9; ab. ; (3) B. vagans Sm. 9 '1 (4) B. americanorum F. 9 ;

(5) Anthophora abrupta Say 9 — ^^^ ^* AndrenidK^ (6) Augochlora
pura Say 9> c.p.

Diptera. — Syrphidce, (7) Rhingia nasica Say, f.p.

Hydrophyllum apfendiculatum Michx. — The flowers are pro-
terandrous as in the preceding. They are pale blue with white
centres. The throat is more widely open than in H. Virginictcm,
and the filaments are not hairy. There is, therefore, less difl!i-
culty in reaching the nectar. Accordingly, we find more short
tongues, although bumble-bees remain by far the most numerous
guests. The flowers and flower-clusters are much more con-
spicuous, and the plants grow in larger patches.

May 3, 14 and 16 I observed the following visitors :

Hymenoptera. — Apida^ {1) Apis mellifica L. ^ , s. & c.p., ab. ; (2)
Bombus virginicus Oliv. 9 V 1 s- ! (S) ^' separatus Cr. 9 § ? s. <.V c.p.,
ab. ; (4) B. ridingsii Cr. 9 ? i s. & c.p., ab. ; (5) B. vagans Sm. 9 » s. ;

(6) B. americanorum F. 9> s., ab.; (7) Synhalonia honesta Cr. 'J, 9? §•
^'c.p., ab.; (8) S. speciosa Cr. 'J),s.; (9) Megachile brevis Say(^, s.,
once; (10) Osmia lignaria Say 9?s., ab.; (11) O. albiventris Cr. 9 ? s.
& c.p., ab. Andrenid(£^ (12) Andrena erigenise Rob. (^9» s. & c.p.;

* See Sprengel, "Das entdeckte Gelieimniss," 104, Tab. xix. 46 & 47.

580 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

(13) Agapostemon radiatus Say 9 ? s- & c-P-i (14) Augochlora pura Saj
9, s. & c.p.. ab.; (15) A. lucidula Sm. 9- s., once; (16) Halictus 4-
maculatus Rob. 9 7 s., once; (17) II. pectoralis Sm. 9»s.; (i8)H.coria-
ceus Sm. 9?s., ab.; (19) H. pilosus Sm. 9iS., once; (20) H. confusus
Sm. 9- s., once. Eume7iid<x, (21) Odynerus tigris Sauss., s. ; (22) O.
foraminatus Sauss.. s.

Diptera. — Empidcn, (23) Empisnuda Lw., s., ab. Syrphid(K^ (24)
Rhingia nasica Say, s. & f.p., ab. ; (25) Eristalis flavipes Walk., s. ; (26)
Criorhina intersistens Walk., s. ; (27) Xylota chalybea Wied. Antho-
myidK, (28) Anthomyia sp.

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera^ (29) Phyciodes nycteis D. &H.; (30)
Pamphila zabulon Bd.-Lec; (31) Pholisora hayhurstii Edw. — alls.

BO KKAGINACE^.

Mertensia Virginica DC. — I have found the flowers open on
four or five successive days. On the morning of the first day the
anthers are still closed, while the stigma appears receptive. On
the second day, and sometimes on the third, the anthers discharge
their pollen. Then the flowers hang on for a day or two, adding
to the conspicuousness of the inflorescence. The flowers are
hardly to be regarded as proterogynous, cross-fertilization being-
secured by the stigma being widely separated from the anthers
and striking the bee in advance of them.

Nectar is secreted by four glands alternating with the carpels.
The style is somewhat flattened at base, and the carpels are in
pairs on each side of it. In the wider intervals thus formed, two
of the glands are situated, and are much larger than the others,
rising as high as the carpels.

The bell-shaped border opens into a tube which is from 14 to
15 mm. long. The blue color and the size of the tube, together
with the pendulous position of the flowers, indicate an adaptation
to the larger bees, but butterflies sometimes hang on the flowers
aud draw out their honey. In the following list all of the insects
are intruders except Boiiibus^ Anthophora^ and Synhalonia.

On 16 days, between April 19 and May 13, I observed the fol-
lowing visitors :

Hymenoptera. — Apidm^ (i) Apis mellifica L. ^ , c.p. ; (2) Bombus
separatus Cr. 9) ''•; (3) B- ridingsii Cr. 9 ' s. ; (4) B. vagans Sm. 9?
s. ; (5) B. americanorum F. 9 1 s. ; (6) B. pennsylvanicus DeG. 9 i s. ;
(7) Anthophora abrupta Say cJ* 9 1 s. ; (8) A. ursina Cr. c? 9 ? s. ; (9)

ROBERTSON — FLOWERS & INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPH. 581

Sjnhalonia speciosa Cr. f^^^jS.; (10) S. honesta Cr. $ , s. ; (ii)S.atri-
ventris Sm. J^, s. ; (12) Osmia albiventris Cr. 9 , c.p. Andrenidte, (13)
Augochlora pura Say 9; (h) Halictus confusus Sm. ^ — both crawling
into tube.

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera, (15) Danais archippus F. ; (16) Pyra-
meis atalanta L. ; (17) Papilio troilus L. ; (iS) Nisoniades juvenalis F.
— all s. Sp7iittffid(X'. (19) Hemaris thysbe F.. s.

Diptera. — Bombylidiv, (20) Bombylius fratelliis Weid., s. Syrphidm,
(21) Rhingia nasica Say. s. & f.p.; (22) Teuchocnemis literatus Lw., f.p.

According to Schneck,* this flower is perforated by a, bumble-bee —

either B. americanoriim or B. pe^insylvanicus. Only female bumble-bees

lly wiiile Meriensia blooms, and. since the females of both of these bees

can easily drain deeper flowers. I see no reason why they should make

holes in this flower.

CONVOLVULACE.E.

Ifomosa pandurata Meyer. — Insects can crawl into the tube
of the corolla as far as three centimetres. The nectar, which is
secreted by a fleshy disc surrounding the base of the ovary, is
concealed by the broad, hairy bases of the filaments, between
which bees must insert their proboscides. The stamens are of un-
equal length, so that some of the anthers reach beyond the stigma.

The flowers are very large and white, with purple in the bot-
tom of the tube. A proboscis 14 mm. long can reach all of the
nectar. The flower is visited mainly by a remarkable assemblage
of bees of characteristic American genera. The following were
observed on eight days, between July ir and Aug. 36:

Apidce, (i) Bombus separatus Cr. rj*, s.; (2) B. americanorum F. 9
§ 1 s. ; (3) Entechnia taurea Say (j^ 9 . s., ab. ; (4) Emphor bombiformis
Cr. ,^', s., one; (5) Xenoglossa ipomoeje Rob. ,^9'S.. ab.; (6) X.
pruinosa Say 1^ 9 • s-, ab. ; (7) Melissodes bimaculata Lep. {f'9i s- &
c.p.. ab.

Convolvulus sepiujn L. — In Europe the distribution and fer-
tility of this plant is supposed to have some relation to the distri-
bution of Sphinx convolvuli^^ though jMiiller has found it visited
by other insects b}' day.

On 3 days, between June 29 and July 27, I found it visited in
sunlight by the following insects :

Apida-. — (i) Bombus americanorum F. 9 $ ' ^-j ^^-i (2) Anthophora
abrupta Say 9 > s- ! (S) Entechnia taurea Say ^, s. ; (4) Melissodes bi-
maculata Lep. (^, s.; (5) Ceratina dupla Say 9> s.

* Bot. Gazette, xii. iii ; xiii. 39. t Fertilization of Flowers, 424.

5S3 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

SOLANACE^.

Solanum nigrum L. — The flowers are specially adapted to bum-
ble-bee females, which visit them only to collect pollen, which they
milk out of the apical chinks of the anthers with their jaws, as in
the case of Cassia. Sprengel saw bees and bumble-bees collect-
ing pollen. Miiller saw Melithrc'ptics ( = Sphaerophoria) scriptus
and Syriita fipiens feeding on the pollen. The visits of these
SyrphidcB^ I think, have little significance, since they often visit
flowers to which they are not adapted in order to feed upon stray
pollen. In Florida, Feb'y 24, 1887, I sav^^ Bombus virginicus
Oliv. $ collecting the pollen. In Illinois I saw the flowers visited
by Bombus virginicus ^ and by B. americanorum F. ? .

Solanum Carolincnse L. — Like the preceding, this flower is
adapted to bumble-bee females, which visit it only for pollen. I
have seen Bombus amcricaitorum F. ^ collecting the pollen.

Datura Tatula* 'L.. — ("Adv. from trop. Amer.") The flower
measures about 1 1 centimetres. The stamens are adherent to the
corolla tube for about 40 mm., after which they extend inward
to the middle, so that bees are excluded from the honey and only
Sphingidce can reach it. I have seen Deilephila lineata F.
sucking.

Hive-bees squeeze into the flower-buds as soon as they begin
to open, and collect all of the pollen before the time of flight of
hawk-moths. I have seen most of the pollen carried away as early
as five o'clock in the afternoon. I have seen the following insects
visiting the flower for pollen :

Hymenoptera. — Apidce, (i) Apis mellifica F. ^ , ab. ; (2) Melissodes
perplexa Cr. 9- A7idrenidce, (3) Halictus confusus Sm. ^ — all c.p.

Diptera. — SyrphidtK. (4) Syrphus ribesii L. ; (5) Allograpta obliqua
Say; (6) Mesograpta marginata Say; (7) Rhingia nasica Say — all f.p.

Coleoptera. — Ckryosmelid'K^ (S) Diabrotica 12-punctata Oliv., f.p.

Of course all of the insects mentioned above, except the Deile-
phila^ must be regarded as intruders. The plant probably de-
pends mainly upon self-fertilization and has spread beyond the
i"ange of its principal pollinators. The above-mentioned insects
may aid in self-fertilization or cross-fertilization, but their visits
only result from the flower opening prematurely.

* On D, Stramonium see Sprengel, 122, and Schulz. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Be-
stabuungseinrichtungen u. d. Geschlechtevertheilung b. d. Pflanzen, 73.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS & INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPH. 583

SOKOPHULARIACE^:.

Verdascum Thapsus L.- ("Nat, from Eur.") — In a paper on
"Zygomorphy and its Causes."* I have assumed that when the
perianth of lateral flowers failed to protect the stamens, either
on account of its shortness or its wide expansion, insects would
alight upon the stamens in preference to other parts of the flower,
and in this way I endeavored to explain the origin of flowers
which dust the visitor upon the ventral surface. It was my de-
sire to discuss the irregularity of Verbascum in connection with
that of ScropJuilaria^ but I could not venture to do so because I
had made no direct observations upon it, and because the obser-
vations which had been made by Miiller did not clearly conform
with my views. I have also criticised Prof. Henslowj for claim-
ing that Verbascum is in the first stage of irregularity, but I was
not then prepared to assert that the quotation which he made
from Miiller did not describe the true relations which visiting in-
sects hold to ditferent parts of the flower, indeed, my statements
rest upon the observation of V. Thapsus and Blattaria alone,
and upon inferences drawn from Miiller's lists.

I suppose the prototype of Verbascum to have been a bilabiate
flower with didynamous stamens, because the type of the order
is didynamous and because the two genera which with Verbas-
cum form the tribe Verbascece have only four stamens. The
flower was originally adapted to long-tongued bees which visited
it for nectar, alighting upon the lower lip and striking their
backs against the anthers. The stamens were included, holding
their anthers against the upper wall of the corolla in such a posi-
tion that flies and small bees would hardly be able to get at the
pollen. Then the flower became more widely expanded, expos-
ing the stamens so that the insects could easily alight upon them
and eat or collect the pollen. The fifth stamen, being no longer
ci-owded in the upper part of a narrow tube, regained its anther-
iferous function and joined the other four in their new position on
the lower side. Then the flower, being fertilized mainly by in-
sects coming for pollen, began to reduce its nectar supply.

* Bot. Gazette xiii. 146, 203, 224.

t Bot. Gazette xiii. j2).; xiv. 134-36. And Henslow: Origin of Floral Strnctures, iiS.

584 TRAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIEXXE.

The quotation which Henslow makes from Miiller* is in re-
gard to V. nigrum and reads as follows: "The short tube wi-
dens out into a flat, five-lobed limb, which takes up an almost
vertical position : the inferior lobe is the longest, and the two su-
perior are shorter than the lateral lobes, so that an insect settles
most conveniently upon the inferior. The stamens project al-
most horizontally," etc. From the relative positions of the limb
and stamens, one would expect insects to prefer the latter as a
resting-place. For some time MiJller supposed V. nigrtim con-
tained no honey, but he afterwards found it. Of the visitors
vt hich he observed, 3 came for honey, 6 for pollen, and i for both
honey and pollen ; so that most of them were after pollen, and
would most probably alight directly upon the stamens. Of 6 vis-
itors of V. phceiiiciutn^ 5 were in search of pollen, and 1 vainly
sought for nectar. Of 10 visitors of V. Thafsus^ 7 were after pol-
len, and 3 "semeed to be sucking." Of 15 guests observed by
me on V. Thapsus^ all visited the flower exclusively for pollen,
and invariably settled upon the stamens.

There seems, therefore, to be no reason for supposing, as Hens-
low does, that Verbascum is in the first stage of irregularity, and
that insects use the lower lobes of the corolla as a landing-place.
By exposing its stamens, the flower has changed from nototribe
to sternoiribe, from dusting its visitors upon their backs to dust-
ing them upon the ventral surface. In this connection it may be
well to mention that Delpinof has pointed out that Verbascum
is adapted to pollen-collecting bees, and that the hairs upon the
stamens are for the bees to cling to when gathering pollen.

The following visitors were observed on 6 days, between June
27 and July 9 :

Hymenoptera. — Apt'dm (i) Apis mellifica L. ^ , ; (2) Bombus ameri-
canorum P^. § . Atidrenidte, (3) Agapostemon nigricornis F. 2 ? (4)
Augochlora lucidula Sm. 9 i (s) Halictus pectoralis Sm. 9 (6) H. cori-
aceus Sm. $ ; (7) H. conlusus Sm. 5 : (S) H. cressonii Rob. $ —
all c.p.

Diptera. — Syrphidic, (jgi) Pipiza pistica Will. ; (10) Syrphus atnerica-
««s Wied. ; (11) Allograpta obliqua Say; (12) Mesograpta marginata
Say; (13) M. geminata Say ; (14) Syritta pipiens L. — all t'.p. A7ithomy-
idce, (15) Anthomyia sp., f.p.

* Fertilization of Flowers, 429. f Ulterior! osservazioni.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS .t INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPH. • 5S5

Linaria vulgaris Mill.* ("Nat. from Eu.") — That the flower
is adapted to long-tongued bees is not only indicated by the size
of the tube and the length of the spur, but by the fact that only
the larger bees are able to open the flower with ease. I have
seen a large bee, Botnbus amei-lcafiorum^ visit 62 flowers in five
minutes. When a bumble-bee alights upon the palate, its weight
opens the flower, and all it has to do is to enter. But the other
bees observed by me are not heavy enough to open the flower by
their own weight, and so can only enter by squeezing in between
the lips. Thus, I have seen the hive-bee enter so as to strike the
stamens with its ventral surface or with its side, although it often
brings its back against them. Megachile brevis $ goes into the
flower upside down, but she may do so intentionally, so as to
bring her ventral scopa in contact with the anthers, as she is in
the habit of doing on many flowers which are adapted to dust
their visitors upon the back.

Miiller observed bees only on the flowers, but I have seen
four butterflies stealing honey. They insert their thin probosci-
des between the closed lips with very little chance of touching
the anthers or stigma. In the next species the tube is so con-
tracted that butterflies can be utilized for transferring pollen.
I regard all of the visitors of L. vulgaris as intruders, except
IBojnbus.

On 8 days, between June 25 and Oct. 10, I observed the fol-
lowing visitors :

Hjmenoptera. — A-pida^ (i) Apis mellifica L. ^ , s. & c.p. ; (2) Bom-
bus vagans'Sm. ^, s.; (3) B. americanorum F. ,^' 9 ? 5 s. &c.p., ab. ;
(4) B. virginicus Oliv. ^ , s. & c.p., one; (5) Megachile brevis Say 9?
c.p.; (6) Alcidamea producta Cr. 9> s. and sometimes c.p., when it re-
verses to bring ventral scopa against anthers. A7idrenid(M, (7) Agapo-
stemon nigricornis F. ^j s., one.

Lepidoptera. — Kkopalocera, (8) Pyrameis cardui L. ; (9) Pieris rapjE
L. : (10) Colias philodice Godt. ; (11) Pamphila cernes Bd.-Lec. — alls.

Linaria Canadensis Spreng. — I have given some account of
this plant, comparing it with other species of the genus, j The
tubular portion of the corolla is contracted so that bees cannot
enter as in L. vulgaris^ and the nectar is thus comparatively

* See Miiller. Fertilization of Flowers, 431. f Bot. Gazette, xiii. 12%.

5S6 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENXE.

more deeply concealed. The tube measures about 3 mm. and
the spur about 6 mm., so that a long tongue is necessary to drain
it. The spur is very slender — a character which favors butter-
flies, which are the most abundant visitors. Small bees can reach
some of the nectar. On account of the weakness of the palate,
flies sometimes suck up the honey, or feed upon the pollen.

At Orlando, Fla., the following visitors were observed on 7
days, between Feb. 17 and March 20:

Hymenoptera. — Apidce, (i) Apis mellifica L. ^ ; (2) Megachile bre-
vis Say (^ 9 i (3) Anthidium perplexum Srn. ^f ; (4) Nomada torrida
Sm. 9' AtidrefitdiC, (5) Agapostemon aeruginosus Sm. 9? (6) Augo-
chlora sumptuosa Sm. 9 i (7) ^- lucidula Sm. 9 '■> (8) Halictus pecto-
ralis Sm. 9 ? (9) H. capitosus Sm. 9 ; (10) H. creberrimus Sm. 9- Sco-
liidm, (11) Elis 4-notata F. J^9— all s.

Lepidoptera. — B/iopalocera^ (12) Phyciodes tharos Dru. ; (13) Pyra-
meis huntera F. ; (14) Junonia ccEnia Hiibn. ; (15) Calephelis csenius
L. ; (16) Papilio philenor L. ; (17) P. ajaxL.; (iS) Callidryas eubule
L. (19) Terias lisa Bd.-Lec. (20) Pamphila eufala Edw. ; (21) P. Huron
Edw.; (22) P. brettus Bd.-Lec. ; (23) P. cernes Bd.-Lec. ; (24) Euda-
mus sp. Bombycidiv. (25) Utetheisa bella L. — all s.

Diptera. — Bombyltd(X, (26) Toxophora amphitea Walk., s. Syrphi-
d<M, (27) Mesograpta marginata Say ; (28) Baccha clavata F. (^B. ba-
bista Walk.)— both f.p.

Scrophularia nodosa L., var. Alarilandica Gray. — In the Tor-
rey Bulletin, viii. 133-140, Prof. Trelease has given a complete
account of the fertilization of Scrophiilaria with references to
the special literature.*

The flower is interesting on account of its special adaptation to
wasps. Miiller found it visited by 12 species of insects, of which
6 were Vespidce and 6 bees.f I have found it visited by 14 spe-
cies of bees, 1 1 Vespidce and EiLmenidce^ and 8 species of other
families. Although more bees were observed on the flowers, the
proportion of wasps is remarkable. I have found as many spe-
cies on other plants, but never in such proportions. Indeed, I
have taken 15 species of Vespidce and Eumenidce on flowers of
Cicuta maculata^ but the total number of hymenoptera was 143.
Again, I took 14 species on Pastinaca i'a^/z'a, but with 113 other

* See also T. W. Fulton, Gardener's Chronicle, Jan. 2, !SS6; and Foerste, Bot. Ga-
zette, xiii. 153.

t Fertilization of Flowers, 436; and Weit. Beobachtungen, lii. 30.

ROBERTSON — FLOWERS .t INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPH. 587

hymenoptera. The foct that they hold a proportion of over one-
third in the list of Scrophiilaria is sufficient evidence that the
flow^er specially favors wasps. I know of no bee-flower on which
so many wasps occur as intruders. On the other hand, it is but
natural that bees should intrude in a wasp-flower, since it is fairly
impossible to construct a wasp-flower from which bees would be
entirely excluded.

It certainly is not true that the flowers are not easily discovered
by bees, and that the nectar is not attractive to them. Some-
times hive-bees are present in great numbers, and are about the
only visitors to be seen.* Sometimes bumble-bee workers are
equally abundant, and no wasps will be observed. On the con-
trary, in the latter part of August and first of September, when
the number of flowers is reduced, I have found Vcspa maatlata
and V. gerjuanica to be the only visitors. This seems to be
significant, for, when any flower becomes reduced in numbers,
its proper visitors are apt to be the last to leave it.

The Syrphidce and the Ualichis- females visit the flowers
mainly for pollen, and. as Prof. Trelease has observed in the case
of the latter, they often pay more attention to the flowers in the
male stage ; but the male Halictus and the larger bees visit the
flowers for nectar.

On 15 days, between July I3 and September 19, I observed as
visitors :

Hymenoptera. — Apidvc, (i) Apis mellifica L. ^,s., ab.; (2) Bombus
virginicus Oliv, ^ , s. c^ c.p., ab.; (3) B. vagans Sm. (j^ v i (4) ^lelis-
sodes bimaculata Lep. c^ 9 ; (5) ; Ceratina dupla Say 9 ? (6) Megachile
montivaga Cr. 9 '1 (7) ^I- infragilis Cr. ,^ — all five s. Andre7iidtv, (8)
Agapostemon nigricornis F. (^, s. ; (9) Augochlora pura Say ^9) s. &
c.p.; (10) Halictus coriaceus Sm. ^9i s. 1^ c.p. ; (ii) H. lerouxii Lep.
9,s. &cp.; (12) H. fasciatus Nyl. (J* 9 ? s. & c.p. ; (13) H. zephjrus
Sm. fj', s. ; (14) H. confusus Sm. (^^9^ s. <& c.p. Vespidce, (15) Vespa
maculata L. ; (16) V. germanica F. ; (17) Polistes rubiginosus Lep. ;
(18) P. metricus Say. EumenidK, (19) Zethus spinipes Say; (20) Eu-
menes fraternus Say ; (21) Odynerus campestris Sauss. ; (22) O. fora-
minatus Sauss. ; (23) O. conformis Sauss.; (24) O. anormis Say; (25)
O. pedestris Sauss. ; (26) O. pennsylvanicus Sauss. P/iilanthida', (27)
Philanthus punctatus Say. Sphecid(X, (2S) Ammophila vulgaris Cr. —
all s.

* See Farlow in Amer. Jour. Sci. & Arts, 1S71, 3d ser. ii- /51. The plant is, in fact,
known in parts of the West as '• Simpson's Bee-plant."

5S8 TRAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Diptera. — Sy7-phid>v, (29) Mesograpta polita Say; (30) M. marginata
Say — both f.p.

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera. (31) Lycsena comyntas Godt. Pyrali-
■d<M, (32) Scepsis fulvicollis Hubn.

Birds. — TrochilidK, (33) Trochilns colubris L.. s. on four days.

Collinsia verna Nutt.* — The plants rise from 3 to 10 inches
high and grow in rather large patches, so that the flowers are
rendered quite attractive to insects.

The flower resembles a papilionaceous flower in a striking man-
ner. The two-lobed upper lip is white and rises nearly verti-
cally, resembling a vexillum. Below, it is provided with a palate
which rests upon the lower lip and forms quite a barrier against
unbidden guests, and also requires the visitors to depress the lower
lip in order to reach the sweets. The palate is provided with
brownish spots which form path-finders. The lower lip is
blue. Its lateral lobes represent the wings, and the middle lobe,
which is folded longitudinally, corresponds to the keel of a papi-
lionaceous flower.

The four stamens arise on the upper wall of the corolla, but
their filaments extend across the tube, their anthers being en-
closed in the infolded lobe of the lower lip. The filaments with
the hairs upon them completely close the tube. Insects land
above the filaments, and can only reach the nectar by inserting
their proboscides between them. After a bee has forced its head
in under the palate, it still requires a tongue about 3 mm. long
to reach to the bottom of the tube. The anthers have their broad
faces extending vertically, and, on account of the unequal length
of the filaments, are arranged in an irregular row, so that the}'
lie as snugly as possible in the keel-like middle lobe of the
lower lip.

After the lip has been depressed, it returns to its position en-
folding the anthers. The pollen is thus protected from Syrphi-
dce^ AndrenidcB and beetles, and can only be collected by bees
which are strong enough to depress the lip. The anthers dis-
charge their pollen in succession, those of the longer stamens
first. Accordingly, in order to collect all of the pollen, bees must
visit each flower several times.

* See ^Sluller: Fertilization of Flowers, 436.

ROBERTSOX FLOWERS & INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPII. 5S9

The stigma stands among the anthers, and sometimes appeal's
receptive before they discharge. When the lower lip is forced
down, the stigma may touch the bee in advance of the anthers ;
but, in the absence of insects, I find nothing to prevent the stig-
ma from receiving pollen from the surrounding stamens. In
Miiller's " Fertilization of Flowers," 436, it is stated that, in the
absence of insects, flowers of this plant and of C bicolor fertilize;
themselves, and are fertile to their own pollen.

I regard the flower as specially adapted to early-flying bees
with abdominal collecting-brushes — i.e. species of Osmia — and
these bees, although not the exclusive visitors, are far more
abundant and more important than all of the other visitors to-
gether. As an illustration of the extent to which the economy of
these bees is associated with the flower, may be mentioned the
fact that the females of the four species found on the flowers all
collected pollen, and that they were the only native bees collect-
ing pollen, except a single individual of Halictus Lerouxii.
Bombylius, Empis, and butterflies, are mere intruders, since
they can reach the nectar without depressing the lower lip, and
so without touching anthers or stigma.

In the order to which it belongs, Collinsia is remarkable from
the fact that it dusts its visitors on the ventral surface instead of
on the back. As in the cases of Verbascum and Scrophtdaria^*
I suppose that the flower originally applied its pollen to the backs
of the bees ; then that the flower changed so as to expose its
stamens in such a way that insects could alight upon them ; then
the stamens turned to the lower side, and the flower became fur-
ther modified to suit bees with abdominal collecting-brushes.

In 1S90 I found the flowers in bloom from April 31 to June i.
On four days, between April 21 and May S, I captured the fol-
lowing visitors :

Hymenoplera. — Apid<M, (i) Apis mellifica L. ^,s. &c.p.; (2) Bom-
bus americanorum F. 9j s.; (3) B. ridingsii Cr. 9? s.; (4) B. separa-
tus Cr. ?, s. ; (5) B. scutellaris Cr. 9, s.; (6) B. pennsjlvanicus DeG.
9, s.; (7) Anthophora ursina Cr. ^, s. ; (S) Sjnhalonia speciosa Cr.
(^, s. ; (9) S. honesta Cr. J^, s. ; (10) Ceratina dupla Say (^^, s., freq. ;
(11) Osmia atriventris Cr. J*9' s. & c.p., ab.; (12) O. albiventris Cr.

* Bot. Gazette, xiii. 225.

590 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

J>$. s. & c.p., ab.; (13) O. 4-dentata Cr. rf' Q , s. & c.p., ab. ; (14)0.
dubia Cr. 9^ s. iS:c.p.. two; (15) Nomada bisignata Saj £. s. Andretit-
dce, (16) Halictus lerouxii Lep. 9 > c.p.

Diptera. — Empid(X^ (17-18) Empis spp., s. Bombylidw. (19) Bom-
bj'lius fratellus Wied., s.

Lepidoptera. — R/iopalocera, (20) Colias philodice Godf-.. , s.: (21) Ni-
soniades brizo Bd.-Lec, s.; (22) N. persius Scud., s.

Pe7itste7non Icevigatus Soland., var. Digitalis Gray. — The
flower is proterandrous, as in P. campanidattts .^ In the first
stage, the style with its undeveloped stigma lies against the up-
per wall of the corolla. The anthers are dehiscent ; rigid teeth
on their edges grate against the thorax of the visitor and aid in
sifting out the pollen, which is rather dry. Later the style turns
down at the tip, opposing the receptive stigma in the entrance.

On the 2ist of June, 1888, I saw a common wasp, Odynerus
yora?ninatus^ Sauss., $, going from one flower to another, and,
turning to the base of the tube, cut a hole in one side with her
sharp jaws and insert her tongue. Then she cut a hole on the
other side and again inserted her tongue. The nectar is lodged on
each side of the base of the sterile filament, and the wasp showed
i^emarkable intelligence in making a hole on each side. I found
a few flowers perforated on one side, but most of the flowers had
two holes. Again, in 18S9, I found the same wasp perforating
the flowers in widely separated localities. I also saw Odynerus
anormis Say ? sucking at the openings, but I did not see it make
any. Darwin| states that he found P. argutus? with two holes
in the upper side of the base of the corolla, but supposes that
they were made by bees.

The corolla tube is so broad that large bees can crawl into it.
Below, it is narrowed for about S mm., so that it takes a long
tongue to drain the nectar. The sterile filament renders the nec-
tar less accessible, and bees are required to insert their probosci-
des on each side of it.

The flower is intended to be visited only for honey by long-
tongued bees, and other insects are to be regarded as intruders.
Small bees crawl into the narrow part of the tube far enough to

* On the genus, see Miiller, •' Fertilization of Flowers," 434 & 633.

t "Cross and Self-fertilization of Plants," 436. For other cases of perforation of Pe>it-
stemon, see Pammel, " On the Perforation of Flowers," Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. v. 276.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS .C INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPH. 591

reach some of the nectar, and they might drain it but for the op-
position of the sterile hlament. Butterflies also steal the honey,
but they, as well as the little bees, are by no means certain to touch
the anthers and stigmas.

On 10 days, between May 28 and June 36, I observed the fol-
lowing visitors :

Hymenoptera. — ApidiM, (i) Apis mellifica L. ^ ; (2) Bombus ameri-
canorum F. 9 § ? (3) B- pennsylvanicus DeG. 9j one; (4) Anthophora
abrupta Say (^9 ? (S) Synhalonia atriventris Sm. y ; (6) S. honesta Cr.
(^; (7) S. speciosa Cr. 9 — alls.; (8) Ceratina dupla Say yjC.p.; (9)
Megachile montivaga Cr. (^9, s. ; (10) M. brevis Say $7 s. ; (n) Alci-
damea producta Cr. |^ 9 - s. & c.p., 9 reversing to receive pollen in ven-
tral scopa; (12) Osmia albiventris Cr. 9>s. ; (13) O. montana Cr. 9?
s. Andretiidce, (14) Agapostemon nigricornis F. 9? c.p.; (15) Halictus
coriaceus Sm. 9 1 c.p. ; (i6) H. confusus Sm. 9>c.p.

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera, (17) Papilio troilus L. ; (iS) Colias phi-
lodice Godt. Sphing-idce, (19) Deilephila lineata F. — all s.

Ccleoptera. — Scarab(Xid(f^ (20) Trichius piger F., f.p.

Alesograpta mar£;tnata Say (Syrphidse) gleans stray pollen, which is
scattered npon lower Hp.

Pcntstcmon 'pubescens Soland. — The flower is male in the first
stage, as in the preceding. The corolla tube measures about 15
mm. and is much narrower than in P. Icevigatus. The narrow
part measures about 6 mm. The wide part has two longitudinal
folds beneath, which alone almost close the entrance. Then the
sterile filament, which is more hairy than in P. Icevigatus^ and
the hairs on the lip, also, aid in closing the mouth of the flower.
The effect of these modifications is that a longer tongue is re-
quired to reach the nectar conveniently.

The flower blooms somewhat earlier than the foregoing and
marks the time of appearance of the males of Anthophora ab-
rupta^ which are the principal visitors, as far as I have observed.
This bee only inserts its head far enough to hide its eyes, and re-
ceives the pollen on its hairy face.

On 6 days, between May 12 and June 3, 1 captured the follow-
ing insects on the flowers :

Hymenoptera. — Apid(K^ (i) Bombus vagans Sm. 9i (2) B. america-
norum F. 9 \ (3) Anthophora abrupta Say c^-, ab. ; (4) S_)'nhalonia spe-
ciosa Cr. 9 ; (s) S- honesta Cr. (^\ (6) Ceratina dupla Say 9? crawling
into tube; (7) Alcidamea producta Cr. rf, do. ; (8) Osmia atriventris
Cr. ^9, do.; (9) O. distincta Cr. 9, do.

592 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Lepidoptera. ■ Rhopalocera., (lo) Papilio philenor L. ; (ii) P. as—
terias F. ; (12) Pamphila zabulon Bd.-Lec.

Diptera. — Bombylid(K^ (13) Bombj'lius atricep's Lw. — all s.

Gratiola Virginiana'L.. — The plants grow in thin patches
in wet places, and rise about a span high. The flowers are white
with the tubes greenish-yellow, the upper wall being densely
bearded with yellow hairs. The tubes measure about S mm. and
are strongly curved upward, so that the bee must turn with its-
ventral surface toward the anthers in order that its body may fit
the tube. Then the dense beard on the upper wall also opposes
a bee trying to enter right-side up. But the flower is so nearly
erect, and the tube is so strongly curved, that the large upper lip-
stands almost horizontally, forming a most convenient landing-
place. Consequently, it is easier for the bee to enter back down-
wards than in any other way.

While, therefore, the flower has the appearance of a nototribe
flower, and no doubt w^as originally of that kind, the form of the
tube has been changed so as to make the flower sternotribe by
requiring the bee to reverse. Delpino has observed the same
thing in G. officinalis. The curvature of the tube also has the
effect of excluding unbidden guests of long tongues.

I think the flower is specially adapted to small bees of the ge-
nus Halicttis, which are of the right size to enter the tube. In
Illinois in June, and in Florida in March, I have found it visited
abundantly, both for honey and pollen, by H. confiisus Sm. 5.
This bee crawls so far into the tube that it is entirely hidden
from view.

The anthers and stigma are so closely approximated, that, in
the absence of insects, it seems as if self-pollination may readily
occur.

Veronica Virginica L.* — The white flowers are crowded in
close spikes at the summit of the stalks, and are fertilized by in-
sects crawling over them. They appear to be male at first, the
anthers standing 7 mm. beyond the mouth of the tube, and be-
coming widely separated; in the female stage. The corolla tubes
measure 5 mm., and the nectar is sought by mid-length and long,
tongues.

* On the genus, see Miiller, " Fertilization of Flowers," 43S & 634.

ROBERTSON — FLOWERS & INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPH. 593

I observed the following visitors on 8 days, between July 7 and
August 1 1 :

Hymenoptera. — Apt'd'e, (i) Apis mellifica L. 5,8.; (2) Bombus va-
gans Sm. ^ , s. ; (3) B. americanorum F. ^, s.; (4) Melissodes bimacu-
lata Lep. (^, s:\ (5) Ceratina dupla Say ^,s. Sc c.p. ; (6) Alcidamea
producta Cr. 9,s.; (7) Heriades carinatum Cr. 9» c.p. Andrem'dce,
(8) Agapostemon nigricornis F. (^9> s.;; (9) Augochlora pura Say (^
9.S. &c.p. ; (10) Halictus coriaceus Sm. $.c.p.; (11) H. confusus Sm.
9, c.p. SphecidiKy (12) Ammophila procera Klug; (13) Sphex ichneu-
monea L.

Lepidoptera. — Bkopalocera, (14) Pjrameis huntera F. ; (15) Chry-
sophanus thoe Bd.-Lec. ; (16) Lyc^na comyntas Godt. ; (17) Pieris ra-
pje L. Pyralidw, (iS) Scepsis fulvicoUis Hiibn.; (19) Nemophila noc-
tuella V. ; (20) Eurycreon rantalis Guen. — all s.

Diptera. — Botnbyltd'.e, (21) Exoprosopa fasciata Macq., s. Syrphidce^
(23) Mesograpta geminata Say, f.p. ; (23) Eristalis transversus Wied.,
f.p. Tachinid(e, (24) Jurinia apicifera Walk., s.

Hymenoptera. — Lygu'idie^ (25) Lj'gseus turcicus F., s.

Seymeria macrophylla Nutt. — In the American Naturalist,
xix. 73, this flower is described and figured by Foerste, and I
have little to add to his description, except a list of visitors. The
tube of the corolla is strongly compressed horizontally, so that the
upper and lower walls are closely applied to each other. In the
throat the corolla is strongly bearded, which serves to exclude
small intruders, and enables the bees to hold on better when they
are collecting pollen.

A bee with a proboscis 9 mm. long can reach the nectar from
the outside, while short-tongued bees can reach it by squeezing
into the throat. This cannot be accomplished with ease except
by the larger and stronger bees.

The style is very short, so that there is nothing to prevent pol-
len from the anthers being carried back to the stigma.

The plants are scattered under the trees on whose roots they
form parasitic attachments. The flowers are yellow, arranged in
interrupted, leafy spikes, and are not very conspicuous.

The principal visitors are bumble-bees. On one occasion I
counted 67 individuals at work on the flowers. On 6 days, be-
tween July 38 and Aug. S, I observed the following visitors:

Hymenoptera. — Apt'dK, (i) Apis mellifica L. 5,8., one; (2) Bom-
bus vagans Sm. j^ , s. iS: c.p., ab. ; (3) B. americanorum F. ^.s. &c.p.,

V-— 3— I 7

594 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

ab.; (4) B. ridingsii Cr. § , s. & c.p., one ; (5) B. virginicus Oliv. ^,
s., one; (6) Melissbdes bimaculata Lep. (J\ s., one.

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera^ (7) Pieris rapse L., s., one; (8) Pamphila
zabulon Bd.-Lec, s., freq.

Diptera. — Syrpht'dm, (9) Milesia ornata F., f.p., one.

Gerardia fedicularia* L. — The flowers resemble those of G.
Jlava^ as shown on plate ii. of Goodale's ''Wild Flowers." The
upper wall of the corolla tube is straight, while the lower is con-
cave within. The flowers are synacmic. The style, which lies
against the upper wall, curves out over the mouth of the corolla.
The stigma runs down each side, where it will easily touch a
bee entering on either side. The stigma touches the bee far in
advance of the anthers, and cannot receive pollen from them.
The anther-cells are tipped below with long awns. The pollen
is light and dry, and remains in the cells until a bee touches one
of the points, when the chink of the anther gapes and a little
pollen is sifted out. If the pressure is continued, all the pollen
falls out. The pollen is in this way protected from small bees
and flies, and is only discharged when a bee is in position to re-
ceive it. The hairs on the anthers and filaments are for the bees
to cling to when sifting out the pollen.

The most abundant visitor, and the one for which the flower
is most perfectly adapted, is Bombus atnericanorum. This bee
alvt^ays turns head-downwards on entering the flower, and inserts
its proboscis into the base of the tube for honey. When it enters
the flower, or backs out, the basal joints of its legs strike the tips
of the anther-cells, when the pollen falls out. I had often won-
dered why this bee turned up-side down to enter the flower, and
at first supposed that it was because she wanted to collect pollen
at the same time, and turned so as to dislodge it. But I discov-
ered that the form of the flower requires it ; for the male, which
is almost as frequent a visitor as the females and workers, and
only visits the flower for honey, always reverses, which it cer-
tainly would not do unless the form of the flower made it neces-
sary. The modification which requires the bees to reverse is
associated with the peculiar mode of pollen-discharge.

* See Bailey, Torr, Bull. ii. 39, and Am. Nat. vii. 6S9. On G.Jiava, see Bailey, Am.
Nat. xiii. 649, and Young, Torr. Bull. iv. 41.

ROBERTSON FLOWERS & INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPH. 595

Smaller bumble-bees, and some other bees which never or
rarely try to suck, hang under the anthers and work out the pollen
by striking the trigger-like awns. They reverse of their own ac-
cord, since they are so small they are not compelled to do so on
account of the form of the flower. The tube is large and the nar-
row part only about lO mm. long, so that most bumble-bee work-
ers could easily reach the nectar if the tube were not curved in
the opposite direction from that of most flowers, and if the an-
thers did not obstruct the entrance. On one occasion, I saw
Bombus separatus S alight in the mouth of the corolla, and, not
knowing how to enter, fly away without obtaining any nectar.
Prof. W. W. Bailey mentions that small bumble-bees, which he
saw sucking at holes in the flower, were baflied when they at-
tempted to go in at the mouth. If these bees made the holes at
which they were sucking, it was no doubt because they did not
know how to reach the nectar in the proper way.

Although the flower secretes nectar and is enabled to increase
its set of visitors in this way, the chief attraction is the pollen.
Early in the morning the bees are busy collecting the pollen, but
as soon as it is gone they are less attentive, aud the flower soon
withers.

The following visitors were observed on eight days, between
Aug. 21 and Sept. 14:

Hymenoptera. — Aj)idce., (i) Bombus virginicus Oliv., § , s. & c.p. ;
(2) B. separatus Cr. ^ , c.p. ; (3) B. vagans Sm. §,s., once; (4) B.
americanorum F. (^ 9 § 1 s. & c.p., ab ; (5) Megachile mendica Cr. $ , c.p.

Birds. — Trochilidm, (6) Trochilus colubris L..once; front and base
of bill white with pollen. It is interesting to note that, while the bees
must alight and reverse to get the nectar, the humming-bird can obtain
it while on the wing. Halictus coiifusus Sm. 9 visits the flower for stray
pollen.

Gerardia purpurea L. — The form of this flower resembles
that of the preceding, but the flower is much smaller and of a
handsome purple color. The upper wall of the corolla is straight,
while the lower is curved and longer, so that, when the flower
stands horizontally, the mouth looks upward and forward. As
in G. pedictilaria^ this form of the corolla requires the bees to
reverse to reach the nectar. On one occasion I saw a worker of

59^ THANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Bombus americanoriim visiting flowers of this plant and of G.
auriculata indiscriminately. On G. auriculata it entered in an.
upright position, but always turned up-side down to reach the
nectar of G. purfurea. The style with its lateral stigmatic sur-
faces projects across the upper part of the mouth of the corolla,-
and bees enter on each side of it. The anther-cells are not
awned as in G. pedicularia, but merely pointed, and the pollen
is sifted out in a similar manner. Some smaller bees which do
not attempt to reach the nectar, and are not requiied lo reverse,
do so in order to dislodge the pollen.

The flower is visited mainly for pollen. The fall of the flower
has little reference to the secretion of nectar ; I have seen B.
aniericanorum visiting the flowers for nectar, and falling to the
ground with nearly every flower it entered. The narrow part of
the tube is about 5 mm. long.

On 6 days, between Sept. 6 and 36, I observed as visitors :

Apidce, (i) Bombus americanorum F. (;J* 9 ^ > s. & c.p., ab.; (2) B.
virginicus Oliv. ^ . s. & c.p., one; (3) Melissodes perplexa Cr. 9 5 c-P- 5
(4) Megachile brevis Say 9) s. & c.p.

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera, (5) Pamphila sp., s., one.

Gerardia temtt folia Vahl. — A good, illustration of this flower
is on plate ii. of Goodale's ''Wild Flowers." It is short and broad,,
with purple lobes. The tube within is white and spotted with
purple. The narrow part of the tube is so short that a proboscis
2 or 3 mm. long can reach to the bottom of it. In a general way
the flower agrees with that of G. pufpurea^ but the tube is so
short that bees are not compelled to reverse. Accordingly, when
sucking they take an upright position, but when collecting pollen
they hang to the hairy stamens and work out the loose pollen with
their legs. The pollen is the chief source of attraction, and the
flower, on account of its abundance, occupies an important place
in the economy of bumble-bees as a pollen-flower. On account
of the short tube, the flowers are sought by a greater number of
species and more individuals of each than in the two preceding.

On ten days, between Aug. 26 and Sept. 12, I observed the
following visitors :

Hymenoptera. — Apidie, (i) Apis mellifica L. g , s. & c. p., ab.; (2)
Bombus virginicus Oliv. ^ , s. & c.p., ab. ; (3) B. separatus Cr. ^ , c.p. ;

ROBERTSON FLOWERS & INSECTS, ASCL. TO SCROPH. 597

(4) B. americanorum F. $ '^ , s. & c.p., ab. ; (5) B. scutellaris Cr. ^,
c.p.; (6) iNIelissodes perplexa Cr. 9? c.p.; (7) Ceratina dupla Say 9»
s. : (S) Megachile brevis Say 9 ) c.p. ; (9) M. mendica Cr. 9, c.p.; (10)
Calliopsis andreniformis Sm. (^'^, s. & c.p.

Lepidoptera. — Rhopalocera, (11) Pieris rapae L. ; (12) Colias philo-
dice Godt. ; (13) Pamphila sp. — all sucking, but mere intruders.

Halictus confusus Sm. 9 collects stray pollen. Syrpkus americanus
Wied. and other Syrphid(Z eat stray grains. Pyrota mylabrhia Chev.
(Meloidse) gnaws the petals and anthers.

Gerardia auriculata Michx. — Resembles G. tenuifolia^ but
the corolla is somewhat larger and longer, and the style is not so
far advanced in front of the anthers. The narrow part of the tube
is about 4 mm. ; but nectar seems to be of little importance, since
the flower is visited almost exclusively for pollen. Like most
pollen-flowers, it is visited early in the morning, and soon
withers.

On Aug. 30 and Sept. ist I observed as visitors —

Apidce^ (i) Bombus americanorum F. § , sucks in an upright posi-
tion, but reverses to collect pollen; (2) B. pennsylvanicus DeG. ^,s.one;
(3) B. virginicus Oliv. i^,s.&c.p.; (4) Melissodes perplexa Cr. 9 > c.p.,
reversing; (5) Megachile brevis Say 9j s. & c.p., reversing.

Halictus confusus Sm. 9 collects pollen which falls on the lower lip.

TJnder the head of "Tipo violaceo" Delpino* includes flowers
■which are so formed that their guests must turn up-side down in
order to reach the sweets. As examples he mentions Viola ^
G?'atiola officinalis^ and Epipoguju Gmelini. To this number
must be added Gratiola Virginiana^ Gerardia pedicularia^
and probably its allies of the section Dasystoma^ and G. purpu-
rea. Viola (and probably Epipogum Gmelini^ has no doubt
become fitted to its visitors and then changed to an inverted po-
sition, so that the insects must invert also. These inverted flow-
ers, therefore, retain their original relations to their pollinators ;
Viola still dusts them on the underside, and Epipogum fastens
its poUinia on their uppersides. But the Gratiolas and the Ge-
rardias originally applied their pollen to the insect's back, so
that the form which compels the insect to reverse changes the
flower from nototribe to sternotribe. The Gerardias have de-

* Ulterior! osservazioni.

59S TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

veloped the habit of holding up their pollen until the points on
the anthers have been touched by a bee. The bee, on the other
hand, has acquired the habit of turning and hanging to the sta-
mens in order to dislodge the pollen with its legs, and this habi
is an advantage to the bee and to the flower also. G. pedicula-
ria and G. purpurea have, therefore, acquired a form which re-
quires even male bees, which do not come for pollen, to turn and
enter the flowers so that they will be certain to strike the anther-
points with their legs. Flowers of the "Tipo violacio" are apt to
have some intruders which suck without turning, such as Bom-
bylius on Viola^ and the humming-bird on G, pcdicularia.

Castilleia cocciJiea Spreng. — The flowers are subtended by
broad, 3-cleft leaves, or bracts, which are bright scarlet at the
summit, and form the most attractive part of the inflorescence.
The calyx is laterally compressed, cleft in front and behind, and
is scarlet at the tip. The pale corolla is also compressed and is
included in the calyx. The lower lip is almost entirely aborted,
being reduced to three small points. There is, therefore, nothing
about the flower which can be considered as a landing-place for
insects. The anthers are inclosed in the upper lip, which is long
and narrow. The mouth of the corolla is closed. When a pencil-
point is thrust into the throat, the upper lip opens and is thrown
forward, so that the anthers are brought against the pencil. The
style is exserted, holding the stigma over the mouth of the flower,
and this also is thrown forward when anything separates the-
lateral edges of the mouth. The stigma strikes the visitor in ad-
vance of the anthers, and this secures cross-fertilization.

The scarlet color and the absence of a landing-place suggest
that the flower is adapted to humming-birds, and the ruby-throat
{^Trochilus colubris L.) is the only visitor I have observed, al-
though bumble-bees and butterflies may sometimes occur, since
the tube is only about 15 mm. deep. The plant blooms about
the time of arrival of Trochilns from the south. In 18S6 the first
humming-bird seen was on May 5, visiting the Castilleia.

Carlinville, III.

( 599 )

A Formula for Predicting the Population of the
United States.

By H. S. Pritchett.

It is often desired to represent by a mathematical equation the
law connecting a series of observations for which theory gives
no explanation. In such a case ignorance of the physical cause
of the phenomena observed does not diminish the accuracy of the
computed formula for purposes of prediction, provided the obser-
vations are accurate and there are enough of them, and provided
the same causes continue to operate.

As the forces giving rise to a series of phenomena become
more complicated, the equation which would represent the law
connecting the phenomena would generally be correspondingly
complicated. When such observed quantities result from a few
general causes modified by factors varying among themselves in
magnitude and direction, it may be possible to represent the ob-
servations fairly well by a comparatively simple equation.

The problem of deriving an equation to represent the law of
growth of population in the United States is such a case. The
factors entering into this growth, such as birth-rate and death-
rate, immigration and emigration, &c., are more numerous and

6oO , TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

fluctuating than in older and longer settled countries. Since,
however, the only trustworthy means of predicting the popula-
tion for the future consists in reasoning from the law of growth
in the past, it has seemed to me an interesting question to see
how nearly the data already at hand could be represented by
a mathematical function.

The data available for this discussion, up to December 1S90,
are contained in the ten enumerations of the census from 1790 to
18S0 inclusive. The results of these enumerations are given in
the following table. The population there given is exclusive of
the inhabitants of Alaska and of Indians on reservations.

Year. Population.

1790 3.929'2i4

iSoo 5'3oS.483

1810 7,239,881

1820 9,633,822

1830 I2,S66,020

1840 17,069,453

1850 23,191,876

1S60 3i'443.32i

1870 38,558,371

1880 50,155.783

A preliminary plat showed that these values could be approxi-
mately represented by a parabola, and would be closely repre-
sented by an equation of the form : —

P=:A-}-B/f + Cz;2-|-D/;3

where P represents the population and / the time from some as-
sumed epoch.

Expressing the population in millions and fractions of a million,
and the time {t) in decades (census years) counting from 1S40,
the observations furnish the following 10 equations of condition
for determining the constants A, B, C and D :

PRITCHETT — FORMULA FOR POPULATION.

60 1

A

5 B -f 25 C — 125 D — 3.929

A — 4 B + 16 C

64 D

5-308

A — 3B-I- 9C — 27 D — 7-240

A —

A —
A

A +

A +

2B 4-
B -h

B +
2 B -f-

4 C -
C —

c -h

4 C +

8 D - 9.634

D — 12.866

— 17.069

D — 23.192

8 D — 31.443

A + 3B-I- 9C+ 27 D- 38.558
A + 4B + 16C+ 64 D — 50.156

= o

= o

= o

= o

= o

= o

== o

= o

= o

= o

V.

+ 0.078

— 0.038

— 0.176

— 0.060

+ 0.II9
+ 0.41 1

+ 0.052

— 0.9S2

+ 0.758

— 0.163

Solving by the method of least squares, there result the follow-
ing normal equations :

10 A —

- 5 A +
+ 85 A-
— 125 A +

85 C — 125 D — 199.395
125 C + 1333 D — 307.645
125 B + 1333 C — 3125 D — 1598.197
1333 B — 3125 C + 25405 D — 3409.531

5 B ,
85 B —
125 B

= o

= o

= o

= o

From their solution we obtain the most probable values of A, B,
C and D as follows :

A = 4- 17-47969

B = -f- 5.09SS0
C = -h 0.634506
D = -f- 0.0307275

Accordingly, the population "P" for any time "z"' would be rep-
resented by the equation : —

P = 17.47969 + 5.0988^ + 0.634506 t^ -f 0.0307275 i^ - - (i)

This equation is evidently not what might be called a normal or
natural population curve. It has no asymptotes and P becomes
zero for a value of i equal to about —9.4, corresponding to the
year 1746. For larger negative values of/, P becomes negative.
This, however, is what is to be expected from the data used, since
the population there given is not the result of a slow natural
growth from an original small beginning, but is largely the result
of accretions from outside.

6o2

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

How accurately this formula represents the observed values of
the population will be seen from the graphical representation
of the computed curve which follows. In this plat the axis of Y
is the time axis, and the abscissas represent the population ex-
pressed in millions. The observed values of the population for
each decade are represented by the black dots, and the black-line
curve is furnished by formula (i). With the exception of the
values for iS6o and 1S70, it will be noted that the curve fits the
observations with great exactness.

tSQOr

00 millions.

Substituting the values of A, B, C and D into the equations
of condition, there result the residuals given in the column head-
ed "z>." An examination of these residuals brings out several
interesting facts.

The smallnessof the residuals, and the consequent close agree-
ment of the formula with the observations, establishes the fact
that the general growth of the population has been in the main a
regular and orderly one.

PRITCHETT FORMULA FOR POPULATION. 603

There are two residuals which have abnormally large values.
These occur in the equations furnished by the census of iS6o and
the census of 1S70. The census of i860 shows a population
982,000 greater than the census value, while the census of 1870
falls 758,000 short of the computed value. The explanation of
these discrepancies is to be found in the effects of the civil war
upon the growth of population. The devastating effect of the war
would show itself in the census of 1870 and succeeding years.
This effect would be to give a value of the population in 1S70
much below that which would be expected. This is precisely
what we find to be the case, the census enumeration in that year
falling 758,000 below the computed value. An abnormally small
value in 1S70 would, of course, have its eftect upon the popula-
tion of succeeding decades, and would give an apparent differ-
ence of opposite sign to the observed population in 1S60. There
is, however, good reason to believe that the value of the popula-
tion as determined by the census in 1S70 is much smaller than
the population really was at that time, and there can be lit-
tle question that the computed value is much nearer the truth
than the census determination at that date. The present Super-
intendent of the Census, Mr. Robert P. Porter, makes the follow-
ing statement concerning the census of 1S70 (Census Bulletin
No. 13, Oct. 30, 1S90) :

It is well known, the fact having been demonstrated by extensive and
thorough investigation, that the census of 1S70 was grossly deficient in
the southern States, so much so as not only to give an exaggerated rate
of increase of the population between 1S70 and 18S0 in these States, but
to affect very materially the rate of increase in the country at large.

These omissions were not the fault nor were they within the control
of the Census Office. The census of 1870 was taken under a law which
the Superintendent, General Francis A. Walker, characterized as "clum-
sy, antiquated, and barbarous." The Census Office had no power over
its enumerators save a barren protest, and this right was even questioned
in some quarters. In referring to these omissions the Superintendent

604 TRANS. ST. LOl IS ACAD. SCIENCE.

of the Tenth Census said in his report in relation to the taking of the cen-
sus in South Carolina: "It follows as a conclusion of the highest autho-
rity, either that the census of 1870 was grossly defective in regard to the
whole of the State or some considerable parts thereof, or else that the
■census of 1880 was fraudulent." Those, therefore, who believe in the
accuracy and honesty of the Tenth Census — and that was thoroughly
established — must accept the other alternative offered by General Walker,
namely, that the Ninth Census was " grossly defective." What was true
of South Carolina was also true, in greater or less degree, of all the
southern States.

There is, of course, no means of ascertaining accurately the extent of
these omissions, but in all probability they amounted to not less than
1,500,000. There is but little question that the population of the United
States in 1870 was at least 40,000,000, instead of 38,558,371, as stated.

The computed value just given is 39,316,000; but this is, of
course, affected to a certain extent by the error in the census of
1S70, which entered into the computation of formula (i). To
compute a value for 1S70 which shall be derived from data unaf-
fected by the deficit due to the war, it will be necessary to dis-
cuss the observations from 1790 to 1S60 alone. The data furnish
the following 8 equations of condition :

V.

A — 5 B -f 25 C — 125 D — 3.929

A— 4B-f-i6C— 64 D— 5.30S

A — 3B-I- 9C — 27 D — 7-240

A — 2B-J-4C— 8D— 9.634

A— B+ C— D — 12.866

A — 17.069

A+B-j- C+ D — 23.192

A + 2B+4C+ 8D — 31.443

Solving by the method of least squares for the value of A, B,
C and D we obtain the following function : —

P = 17. 1S19 -t- 5.210279 / -f- 0-8201904 /'^ -f~ o-o623i82 t^ - - (2)

How closely this equation fits the observed values will be seen
from the table of residuals. These residuals show that during
the 70 years from 1790 to 1S60 the growth of population followed

= 0

— 0.083

:= 0

+ 0.166

= 0

+ O.OIO

= 0

— 0.090

^ 0

— 0.136

= 0

-f 0.II2

= 0

+ O.0S3

= 0

— 0.061

PIUTCHETT FORMULA FOR POPULATION". 605

the law expressed by equation (2) very accurately, and also that
this rate of growth was more rapid than that of later decades.
Had this rate of growth continued to 1S70, the population would
have amounted at that time to 41,877,100. The diminution dur-
ing the decade due to those actually killed, to lessened immigra-
tion and decreased birth-rate, cannot be stated with exactness,
but probably approximates 1,700.000. After deducting this loss
it does not seem possible that the population in 1S70 could have
been less than 40,000,000, a result entirely in accordance with the
conclusions arrived at by the last two Superintendents of the
Census.

Had the population continued to grow after 1S60 at the same
rate as before, we should have had in 1S90 a population of over
71 millions, about nine millions more than we really have. It is
scarcfely possible that the whole of this difference is chargeable
to the war, but is probably due in part to a diminishing birth-
rate.

PROBABLE ERROR.

Assuming the formula correct, there results for the probable
error of a single determination of the population ± 0-367, ex-
pressed as a fraction of a million.

This error contains, of course, both the error of the formula
and the error of the census enumeration. Assuming A, B, C and
D as independent quantities, we obtain for their probable errors
the following values :

Probable error of A = :i; o-i79
Probable error of B = ± 0.127
Probable error of C ^ ± 0.017S
Probable error of D = ^t 0.0066

From these values, expressing, P as a function of A, B, C and
D its probable error may be computed at any time. This pro-
bable error would remain a small percent of the computed popu-
lation.

6o6 TRAXS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

VALUE OF THE FORMULA FOR PREDICTION.

How closely formula (i) will continue to represent the growth
of population during future decades depends, of course, upon the
continuance of the same conditions of growth. A decided change
in the birth-rate, or rate of immigration, or a destructive war,
would bring out a large discrepancy between the computed and
observed values. A fair test of*the formula is found by com-
puting the population for 1S90. According to the formula we
should expect in 1S90 a population of 62,677,280, The Census
Bureau has within the last few weeks finished its count of the
population in 1S90, obtaining the result 62,622,380. The agree-
ment between these two results is all that could be desired, the
difference of 55,000 being within the limit of error of both the
formula and the census count. ,

The general law governing the increase of population, as usu-
ally stated, is that, when not disturbed by extraneous causes, such
as wars, pestilences, immigration, emigration, <&.c., the increase
of population goes on at a constantly diminishing rate. By this
it is meant that the percentage of increase from decade to decade
diminishes. The law of growth expressed by equation (i) in-
volves such a decrease in the percentage of growth.

Differentiating equation (i) we have

dt B -f- 2C^ -h3D^2

A 4- B/- 4- C/2 -f D i-a

which diminishes as t increases, and approaches zero as t ap-
proaches infinity. In 1790 the percentage of increase per decade
was 33 per cent. ; in iSSo 24 per cent. ; in 1990 will be 13 per
cent., and in i.ooo years will have sunk to a little less than 3
per cent.

In order to include all available data, I have re-solved for A

PRITCHETT — FORMULA FOR POPULATION.

6c';

B, C and D including the data of 1S90. This would yield the
following II equations of condition : —

A — 5 B 4- 25 C — 125 D —

A — 4 B + 16 C — 64 D —

A - 3B + 9 C

A — 2 B -f- 4 C

A — B + C

A

A + B + C

A + 2 B -f- 4 C

A + 3B + 9 C

3.9292

5-3085

27 D — 7.2399

8 D — 9.633S

D — 12.S660

— 17.0695

D — 23.1919

8 D — 31.4433

27 D - 3S.55S4

A + 4B-|-i6C^ 64 D- 50.1558
A + 5 B -f- 25 C + 125 D — 62.6222

= o

:= O

= O

= O

= O

= O

= o

= o

= o

= o

= o

+ 0.083

— 0.041

— 0.I8I

— 0.065

-f O.I 19

+ 0.415

+ 0.05S

— 0.975
+ 0.754

— o.iSi
+ 0.012

These yield the following normal equations : —

-f ii.o A -}- 0.0 B -\- iio.o C -\- 0.0 D — 262.017 = o

0.0 A + IIO.O B -|- 0.0 C -\- 1958.0 D — 620.753 = o

-\- IIO.O A -f- 0.0 B -I-195S.0 C -\~ 0.0 D — 3163.765 = o

0.0 A -|- 1958.0 B -\- 0.0 C -\- 41030.0 D — 11237.254 = o

From which result the following values of A, B, C and D : —
A = 17.4841 B = 5.1019363 C = + 0.6335606 D = -j- 0.0304086

and the population (P) at any decade (/) after 1840 will be given
by the equation,

17.4841 -\- 5.1019363^' -\- 0.6335606,^' 4- 0.0304086/3

(3)

This formula, being the most probable result deducible from
all the data, forms the best basis at hand for predicting the popu-
lation of the future. In the course of time it is to be expected
that this will depart more and more from the observed values,
but for the next hundred years will doubtless represent the
growth of population within a small percentage of error. Carry-
ing forward the computation, we obtain to tlie nearest thousand
the following values for subsequent dates :

6o8 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Year. Computed Population.

1900 77,472,000

I91O 94,673,000

1920 114,416,000

1930 136,887,000

1940 162,268,000

1950 190,740,000

i960 222,067,000

1970 257,688,000

1980 296,814.000

1990 339'i93-ooo

2000 : 385,860.000

2100 1,112,867,000

2500 11,856,302,000

2900 40,852,273,000

These figures are suggestive, to say the least. They show-
that within a hundred years the population of this country will
amount to 350 millions ; and within a thousand years, if the
present rate of growth continues, this number will have swelled
to nearly 41 billions.

How great a change in the conditions of living this growth of
population would imply it is, perhaps, impossible for us to real-
ize. Great Britain, at present one of the most densely "populated
countries of the globe, contains about 300 inhabitants to the
square mile. Should the present rate of growth continue until
the year 2900, the United States would contain over 11,000 per-
sons to each square mile of surface.

With growth of population our civilization is becoming more
and more complex, and the drafts upon the stored energy of the
earth more enormous. As a consequence of all this, it would
seem that life in the future must be subject to a constantly in-
creasing stress, which w^ill bring to the attention of individuals
and nations economic questions which at our time seem very

remote.

H. S. Pritchett.

December, 1890.

( 6o9)

Observations of the Transit of Mercury, May 9, 1891.

By H. S. Pritchett.

The observations of the Transit of Mercury, which are de-
scribed below, were made with the 6h in. Equatorial of the
Observatory of Washington University. A magnifying power
of 140 was used, and the shade glass employed was a combina-
tion of green and red which gave a soft dirty white tint to the
sun's disc.

The atmospheric conditions on the afternoon of the 9th were
unusually good, and, although the sun was only io° high when
the transit began, the images were steady and distinct. Contacts
were observed as follows in Greenwich mean time. The filar
micrometer was used, and, having been set to the computed posi-
tion angle, it was easy to cut oft' a small segment of the sun's disc
within which the planet was to be expected.

B.

C.
D.

May9,'9i. REMARKS.

Gr. M. T.

A. m. s.

11 53 14.6 The time given marks the first moment when 1 i ould detect
a suspicious movement at the point of the sun's limb where
the planet was to enter. The encroaching disc of the
planet could not be made out as an indentation until some
seconds later. My impression at the time was that I had
observed the earliest possible moment when the planet
could be seen.

11 55 17.4 -^t this instant the small disc of the planet was estimated to
j be exactly bisected by the sun's limb. This phase can be
noted with great sharpness. The time given above can-
not be in error, I think, by more than 5 seconds.

11 57 29.6 The planet appeared to be in geometric contact with the

I sun's limb.
11 57 49.0 The light first flashes around the disc of the planet. This is
probably the moment of true internal contact.

V. — 4 — iS

i

6lO TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

With re^^ard to these observed phases, it is to be remarked that
phase A, as aheady indicated, was the first moment when I
could detect motion at the sun's edge. Using the micrometer
wire to mark the place of entrance, I was watching the sun's limb
at the exact point where the planet entered. The image was
steady, and I noticed no distortion or unusual phenomena as the
planet entered upon the sun's disc. I am led to think, for rea-
sons given later, that this phase for external contact corresponds
to phase C for internal contact.

Phase B, when the planet's disc was just bisected by the sun's
limb, is capable of very exact observation. It can be noted quite
as accurately, and I am inclined to think more accurately, than
the contacts of the limbs, and its observation is free of many of
the personal elements of uncertainty that enter into observations
of the contacts. I am of the opinion that more accurate and uni-
form results can be obtained from the observation of this phase
than from the contact observations.

Phase C was noted at the moment when the limb of the planet
seemed to have come into geometrical tangency with the sun's
limb. The two discs did not separate, however, until some seconds
later, although I noticed no distortion.

Phase D marks the first moment when the thread of sunlight
•seemed to flash around the limb of the planet, and corresponds,
no doubt, to the moment of true internal contact.

During the interval between the external and internal contacts,
and afterward when the planet was fully projected on the sun's
disc, it was studied carefully to see if any trace of an atmospheric
ring, or any variations in the color of the disc, could be seen.
Nothing of this nature could be detected either by myself or by
several others who looked at the planet. The planet presented
the appearance of a uniformly black disc projected upon the disc
of the sun.

The effects of irradiation in observations of this character, and
the discrepancies between the observations of different observers
caused thereby, have given rise to much discussion in connection
with recent observations of the transits of Mercury and Venus.
During the transit which has just occurred my observations were
directed specially toward a study of the amount and character of
the irradiation effects upon the contact observations.

PKITCHETT — ON THE TRANSIT OF MERCURY. 6l I

For this reason I noted with as great care as possible all the
phases of the contact observations, and also the moment when
the sun's limb appeared to bisect the disc of the planet. This
last phase should be free of the effect of irradiation, and a com-
parison of it with the contact observations should give some idea
of the effect of the irradiation upon the contact observations.

The effect of irradiation would be to diminish the apparent
disc of the planet as seen in projection on the sun's limb. In con-
sequence the observed external contact of this disc with the sun's
limb would come later and the internal contact earlier than those
of the real image of the planet as unaffected by irradiation.

Referring now to the observations of phases A and C, there
can be no question, I think, that they refer to the external and
internal contacts of the planet's disc as affected by irradiation.
The mean of the two times is ii//. S5''^- 2zs., which agrees close-
ly with the observed time of that phase.

Between observations C and D there was no apparent distoi--
tion of the planet's disc, but the planet seemed to cling to the
edge of the sun. The observation noted D is the instant when
the light first ffashed between the limb of the sun and the planet.
Assuming this to be the moment of true internal contact, the 19.4
seconds between C and D would measure the effect of irradiation
upon the contact time. This would correspond to a diminution
of the planet's semi-diameter of o".Si.

After the planet had entered fully upon the sun's disc, its
diameter was measured with the filar micrometer, with the fol-
lowing results : —

For position angle 0° diameter ^ 10". oS
For position angle 90° ■' "=9 -83

These have been corrected for the differential refraction. The
mean of these results would give for the apparent semi-diameter
4". 98. The angular semi-diameter in use both in the Berlin
Jahrbuch and the American Ephemeris is that of Bessel, deter-
mined with the heliometer, and therefore free of irradiation. In
A. N., No. 3034, Mr. L. Ambronn gives the result of all the best
known determinations of the diameter of Mercury, both those
obtained from double-micrometer methods and those resulting
from measurements with filar micrometers. The result from all

6l2

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

double-micrometer observations will ditVer but little from that ot
Bessel. At the time of transit the angular semi-diameter, accord-
ing to Bessel, was 6".02, which, compared with the measured
semi-diameter, would indicate a diminution of the apparent semi-
diameter of i".04 on account of the irradiation, a result quite fair-
ly in accord with the preceding.

The irradiation effect would undoubtedly vary with the ob-
server and telescope, and probably with the tint of shade-glass
employed.

The result of this discussion would seem to show : —

1. That the discrepancies in different observations is due to actual

differences in the apparent disc of the planet, due to irradiation.
That the phases of geometric contact and actual separation of the
discs are distinct and separate phenomena.

2. That the observation of the moment of bisection of the planet's disc

is free from this effect.

In this connection, it may not be out of place to call attention
to the fact that the values of the angular diameters of the planets
Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, and Uranus, now in use in the
computations of the American Ephemeris, are derived from the
mural circle observations made at Washington in 1S45-46. This
instrument is small, and, when it is remembered that the obser-
vations were not made for the purpose of determining diameters,
but for determinations of declination, it is not surprising that they
should differ considerably from more modern observations.

The following comparison between the values used in the
American Ephemeris, and those of the Berlin Jahrbuch, shows
that there is a systematic difference in the assumed diameters of
the bright planets Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. I have reduced
both values to the average distance of the planet from the Earth
at opposition.

Planet.

Log-. Dist.

Ang. Diameter,
Bar. Jahr.

Ang. Diameter, „ t • Ti-
Ara. Ephm. \ «.J.— A.±i.

Mars j 0.25

Jupiter (Polar) 1 0.70

Jupiter (Eq.) 0.70

Saturn (Polar) .
Saturn (Eq.)

0-95
0-95

5".26
36 .94
39 -82
16 .48
iS .26

5"-7o
37 -56
40 .00

17 -54

18 .76

-0 .44
-0 .62
-0 .iS
- 1 .06
-0 .50

PRITCHETT ON THE TRANSIT OF MERCURY. 613

As the values used in the Berlin Jahrbuch depend upon meas-
urements with double-image micrometers, it is to be expected
that they should be smaller than those derived from the filar mi-
crometer measures. But the magnitude of the diffei-ences shows
that the values in use in the American Ephemerls at present must
be considerably in error, and, while it may be preferable to retain
in the Ephemeris values dependent on filar micrometer measure-
ments, there is needed a new set of determinations dependent
on recent measurements with an equatorial of moderate size and
good definitim.

Mr. O. B. Wheeler, of the Missouri River Commission, has
been kind enough to communicate the result of his observations,
which are given herewith.

OBSERVATIONS BY MR. O. B. WHEELER.
Observer, O. B. Wheeler; Recorder, G. A. Mark.

Observations of the Transit af JMercitry^ May 9, IS91.

Station — Government Geodetic Point. "Water Tower."

St. Louis, Mo.
Latitude. 38'^ 40' 12"; Longitude, 90° 12' 32".
Height of station above ground, 160 feet.

Instruments. — Telescope a new refractor of three inches clear aperture,
marked A. S. Aloe & Co., and generously loaned by this firm; mount-
ing, altitude, and azimuth ; magnifying power used, no. Chronom-
eter (mean time), John Hutton, No. 353.

Atmospheric Canditions. — Sky perfectly clear, except somewhat smoky
near the horizon; atmosphere steady; a strong wind from the south,
and station not protected from it. h. m. s.

The Results. — ist contact (Greenw. M.T.) 11 5405.3 (strong indenture).
2d '• " •' II 57 22.9 (geometric contact).

2d •• •' '• 115744,2 (true contact).

The Observations. —

//. m. s.
1st contact, 5 52 47.5 (strong indenture when lirst seen).
2d •' 5 56 05.0 (geometrical contact, estimated).

2d " 5 56 26.3 (light breaks across).

Only one "tick" was given for each observation, and the times are
as noted by the recorder from the face of the chronometer.

6 14 TRANS. ST, LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

Comparison of Chronometer. — Hoivard Clock. CIn-onomder.

h. m. s.
(i) Automatic 90th merid. hour-signal at 3 p.m.. May 9, = 2 5S 41.0

(2) Howard Clock (at Observy of Wash. Univ.) S 26 00.0 = S 24 41-3

(3) '• " •• '• •' 22 24 00.0 =22 22 40.8

Clock is fast 05.6 and automatic apparatus closes at 595.0, so there
is a correction for (i) of — 15.6, and for (2) and (3) of — os.6, to
reduce Howard Clock to standard central time. Or : —

//. in. s. h. III. s. III. s.

(i) 2 59 58.4 = 2 58 41.0 Chronometer slow = i 17.4

(2) 8 25 59.4 = 8 24 41.3 " '• = I iS.i

(3) 22 23 59.4 = 22 22 40.8 " •• = I 1S.6

Hence, rate of chronometer is approximately 05.1, losing per hour
and the correction for ist contact m. s.

2d

= + I 17.8

= -f I 17-9
O. B. Wheeler, U. S. Ass't Eng'r, Observer.
G. A. Marr, >• " " Recorder.

( 6i5 )

Notes on Pal.eozoic Crustace.k, No. 1.

On so7ne new Scdnlia Trilohites.

By A. W. VoGDEs.

The large and extensive family of trilobites, which consisted
of eighty-one genera in the American Palaeozoic age, is only rep-
resented in the Carboniferous by seven families. Of these the
genera Proetus^ Cyphaspis^ Dalmanites{ ?) and Phcvthonides
are Devonian fossils, w^hich reappear in the Lower Carbonifer-
ous limestones. The genera Phillipsia^ Grijffithides and Bra-
chymctop2is are typical fossils of the Carboniferous. These
genera range as follows : Phillipsia from the Waverly series up
into the Permian, Griffithides extends from the Keokuk to the
Coal Measures. The last genus is very rare, but a persistent
genus of the Lower Carboniferous appearing in the English,
Irish, Russian, Australian and American groups. In England,
Russia and Australia only one species appears. The Irish
carboniferous rocks contain four species, and the American the
following species : Brachymetopus Lodiensis^ Meek, B. znima-
fi(rus, Herrick, from the Waverly of Ohio. From Sedalia we
have the new species described in this paper, making in all only
eight species.

The fossil Crustacea of the Sedalia limestones have a strong-
Devonian facies, being represented by the genera Proetus and
Cyphaspis ; in fact such was the classification given by Swal-
low to the Chouteau group, Missouri Geol. Rep. 1S55, p. loi ;
and to the Chemung by Prof. James Hall, Geol. Iowa, 1858, p.
103. They were referred to the Kinderhook by Worthen, Geol.
Illinois, vol. i, p. 109, in 1866. Since these investigations, Mr.
F. A. Sampson of Sedalia has described in the Trans. N.Y.Acad.
Sci. vol. 7, 18S8, p. 247, the pygidium of a Proetus with 9 axial
rings and 7 pleurae, the axis being marked with 3 rows of nodes ;
his collection also contained a glabella which unquestionably be-
longs to the genus Cyphaspis. Dr. White also called attention

6l6 TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

to the Devonian facias of the Sedalia corals in the 12th Annual
Report Geol. Survey of Territories, p. 159.

During our present studies of a series of Sedalia trilobites from
Mr. F. A. Sampson's cabinet, we have compared them with for-
eign and American species. Among these fossils there are sev-
eral specimens of Phillipsia Sampsoni which in general form
approach a species from the Rhinish Devonian described by the
Landbergh Bros., Rheinischen Scht. Syst., p. 30, pi. 3, fig. 3, as
Trigonaspis lavigata^ Goldf. This species has a similar pygi-
dium to that of Phillipsia Sampsoni from Sedalia ; but its gla-
bella has a more decided proetoid form ; it has also 10 segments
in the thorax. The figure given of Phillipsia Sampsoni in the
Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. vol. 7, p. 249, represents the glabella of
this species tapering too rapidly to the front ; its sides are paral-
lel and conform more closely to the type of the genus.

These early species of Carboniferous ProetidcE are only con-
fined to the American rocks. The only Devonian genus extend-
ing up into English carboniferous rocks is a species of Cyphaspis
found at Yorkshire, lately described in the Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc, vol. 46, 1890, p. 421.

Although the Chouteau limestones have long been known and
studied, it is a matter of considerable doubt as to the exact hori-
zon to which they properly belong. The fossil crustaceae and
corals point to the Devonian ; we hope our friends in Sedalia
will clear up its classifications by extensive and systematic col-
lections of the organic remains.

Amongst the American Carboniferous trilobites there are sev-
eral genera with ornamented and fimbricated pygidia. These
fossils have been classed under the genera Phcethonides and Dal-
manites{}). The first genus was described by Barrande in 1S46
under the name of PhcEton^ the author including under it both
proetoid and fimbricated pygidia. This term being preoccupied
in Natural History, Corda in 1S47 proposed for such species of
the Proetidce the name of Prinopeltis. Barrande placed all the
species described in his earlier work under Proetus in the Syst.
Sil. Boheme, vol. i, 1852. Angelin in 1854 revived the old name
oi Phceton^ changing it into Phcethonides ; this author follows
Barrande and includes Asaphns Stokesit, Murch., under the ge-

VOGDES ON SOME NEW SEDALIA TRILOBITES. 617

nus. The amended genus has been used in the Paleontology of
New York, vol. 7, 1SS8, and also in the Bulletin of the Denison
University, vol. 4, 188S. Herrick describes four species under
this term, referring doubtless to the following species: Phcetho-
nides^l) imniaturus^ Herrick, and P.{J) Lodiensis^ Meek. The
last species has been desci-ibed both by English and American
authors under Brachymetopus.

Under the law of priority Corda's genus should be used for
this section of Proetus and Forbesia^ McCoy, for such species
as Asaphus Stokesii,, Murch., which McCoy included under
Porbesia.

The fimbricated pygidium alone is not worthy of generic clas-
sification, although a valuable guide in the identification of spe-
cies. Both plane and spinous pygidia are common in the genera
Agnost7is^ Bronteus^ Dalmanites^ Olenus, Paradoxides^ and
Proetus; and we may extend this characteristic to the genus
Brachymetopus by including the new species described in this
paper. Griffithides Sedaliensis probably belongs to the same
genus.

In Brachyjnetopus armatus the posterior pleurae of the pygi-
dium are prolonged into spines ; a more characteristic and ex-
tended congeneric species of this type is one described from the
Cuyahoga shales of Ohio under the name of Dal?namites{})
Cuvahogce^ by Prof. Claypole. In this species all the pleura ot
the pygidium are extended beyond the border into spines.

Brachymetoi'us, McCoy.
Brachymetopus armatus, Vogdes.
Plate XV., figs. 4 and 5.

DESCRIPTION.

This new species is described from two fragments of the free
cheeks and six pygidia. The free cheeks are triangular in form,
bordered with an elevated ridge of equal width, the limb being
produced in rear into moderate spines. The interior parts of the
cheeks, between the eye and limb, slope gently, forming a de-
pressed area emarginating the limb. Palpebral lobes large, eyes

6l8 TRANS. ST. I.OUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

prominent and located about the centre of the head, near the gla-
bella. The surface of the cheek is marked with a row of six
tubercles, located about midway on them and running parallel
to the border.

Pygidium parabolic in form. Axis prominent, tapering gra-
dually to the lear into a blunt termination, not extended to the
border, marked with eleven rings, and with five rows of nodes,
a central and two lateral rows. The sides are marked with six
ribs, separated from each other by broad grooves. The ribs
are elevated ridges marked with a central row of nodes, varying
from four to two, according to their length. The limb is indi-
cated by a depression, the ribs extending on the limb and termi-
nating with a node. The two posterior ribs are prolonged into
spines, which extend over the border.

Affinities. — This species approaches Brachytnetopus Lodi-
cnsis. Meek, from the Waverly group of Ohio ; it can be readily
distinguished from it, and from all other species of this genus, by
its characteristic pygidium.

Geological position and locality. — Waverly Group, Sedalia,
Missouri ; from the cabinet of F. A. Sampson, Sedalia, Mo.

( 6i9 )

On Certain Properties of a Field of Force Due to
a Single Mass.

Bj Francis E. Nipher.

Let )n (Fig. i) represent the acting mass. 'At any distance r'
along any radius, the force will he mr'~-. At the point O
draw any line at right angles to the radius 7nr\ and let r repre-
sent the distance from 7)i to any point on the line. The line
drawn at right angles to the radial line will be tangent to a cir-
cle whose centre is m and whose radius is /-'. For brevity we
shall call this line OT the tangent line.

620

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

The force at any point on the tangent line resolved along that
line will be

F'

m T

^r'^ 4- T^^)

(0

where T is the distance of the point from the point of tangency.

The value of JF' may be laid off at right angles to the plane m^
O, T, and will be represented by a curve like F' in Fig. z. The
properties of the field are symmetrical around the radial line r/
so that tangent lines through the point O, at right angles to each
other, would have the same values of F" at similar positions.

The force along the radial line would vary according to the
equation

F —

ni

(2)

and may be represented by the curve F in Fig, 3.

liiiiHili;!ii T

Laplace's equation
dF

dr f '•='•' ^ [dT \

.^o^ 1 dT \ T=o-

means simply that the algebraic sum of the slopes of the three
curves at the point O is zero.

If instead of resolving the force along the tangent line, it be re-
solved along any line cutting the tangent line in O and making

NIPPIER PROPERTIES OF A FIELD OF FORCE. 62 I

with it an angle a , the component of F along this line
becomes

P' _ ^^ (''' sin a -f- T)

{r' ^+ 3 r'T'sina-l- T"^) f
The value of I^' =: o when

T ^= — r' sin a ,

(3)

the locus of which is a circle having the line r' as a diameter.
This circle is marked a a in Fig. i. F' also has a maximum
and a minimum value when

'T-. , . , r cos a

J =^ — r sm o. ±

(4)

V2

The final term in this equation represents two circles tangent
to each other at the point O, having ""L as horizontal diameters,

measured outwardly along the tangent line. They are marked c c

m Fig. I. The value 7'in (4) represents two circles having radii

— ''' "^f^- which intersect each other in m and O, and which

r'
cut the tangent line in ± ~F^ respectively. They are marked

d d in Fig. i. These latter points represent the locus of maxi-
mum and minimum F' along the tangent line. Lines from these
points through ?n pass through the centres of the two circles of
maximum, and make with the line r' angles whose tangent is

-^, w^iatever may be the length of r'.

The values of F' are graphically shown in Fig. 3 for a few
values of a- The areas of all these curves from T =. 0 io 7

= X , or

A = / F'd T

IS the same and is —, , or the potential at (J.

If the values F' be laid off at right angles to the plane of Fig.
I, each curve being plotted on the line determined by the angle
a, the points determining the maximum and minimum F' will

63:

TRANS. ST. LOUIS ACAD. SCIENCE.

lie on the surfaces of two cylinders whose traces upon the plane
w, r, T are the two circles dd of Fig. i . When a =^ o ^ the
maximum and minimum points are at A and A\ the values of
I^' being ■

^' ,n' = d=

' V*

If r be the perpendicular from m to any other line determined
by the angle a so that

r =z r' cos a ,

the maximum J^' along this line will be similarly

Hence,

^'. = ±

'^ § V*

The points representing the maximum and minimum J^' will
therefore lie in a kind of spiral around the two cylinders. If we
suppose a to vary from o to -|- 90, the maximum will move
through the arc A O m, varying in value from jF'm' to co ,

NIPIIEU — PROPERTIES OF A FIELD OF FORCE. 623

The minimum will move from A' to »«, varying in value from
— I^'m' to — CO . Similarly a change in a from o° to — 90°
we shall have symmetrical changes through the other semicir-
cles, A, d, m.

These spirals each project on the diametral planes A m and
A' m of the cylinders as branches of equilateral hyperbolcE the
asymptotes of which are the lines A m and A' /;/, and the verti-
cal line through ///. The opposite branches of the hyperbolaj
would also correspond to the case where in is negative.

If v be an abscissa of one of these hyperbolae, measured from
A as an origin, and k the angle 0mA, then the equation of a
right projection on the diametral plane is

r' F' ,

F',

^ V 2 sin k X

The spirals project on a plane at right angles to A ?n in a
fourth degree curve somewhat resembling a section of a Florence
flask with an infinitely long, pointed neck. The equation of this
cvu've is

r"^ { F',„~ r F',n,-^ - 1

y- =

_ r

2 sin'^ ^IF'„ lF',n J J

where y is the projection ordinate corresponding to x in the
previous equation. The maximum ordinate y of this curve is
found to correspond to a value F'„, = 2 F' ,„> , showing that the
values F'^ at points 90" from A A' around the cylinders are
twice the values at A and A ' .

( 624 )

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X^'

'' J-

Figs. I, 2,

Straparolhis niagnificiis^ Shumard.
The type specimen here figured is in the collection of Dr.
A. Litton of St. Louis, and was sent to him from Tennessee
by his brother, who obtained it from a person who stated that
it was found in Kentucky ; but Dr. Shumard believes that it
belongs to some one of the divisions of the Carboniferous Sys-
tem. It was first described by Dr. Shumard in the Transac-
tions of the Academy of Science of St, Louis, vol. ii., p. no,
but not figured.

Fig. 4, Brachymctopns an/iatus, Vogdes, nat. size.
" 5, the same, pvgidiiiiii enlarged ih times.

Trans A^ad, of Sci. St Louis, Vol, V No3-4.

Plate 15.

tn.Uro i^d2t hm^s

Na.h5

•ZR-

( 625 )

GENERAL INDEX.

Accuracy of the length of
standard Base Tape from
Olney base measurements... 27

Adolphia 361-309

" Californica 369

" infesta 369

Analysis of the Barium Group 471
Asclepiadace.ie 569

Berchemia 360, 363

" volubilis 363

Bibliography of Mucilaginous 464

Seed-coats 559

Biography of F. A.Wislizenus 464
Bismuth, Anomalous Densi-
ties of fused 292

Borraginacea! 580

Brachymetopus 617

Catalogue of the Anthropliyta
and Pteridophyta of Ames,

Iowa 477, 4S2

Ceanothus 361, 368

CelastreiB Celastrus 352

" Euonymus 351

" Hippocratoa 352

" Maytenus 352

" Myginda 352

" Mortonia 352

" Paqhystima 352

" Schtefferia 352

Celastrus 350

" scandeus 354

Chicrophyllum procumbens... 451

Chemistry of Combustion 370

Cicuta maculata 455

CoUectiea! 301

Colubrina 361. 368

" ferruginosa 369

" reclinata 368

" Texensis 368

Condalia 360, 361

" ferrea 362

" Mesicana 362

" obovata 361

" spathulata 362

Condensation in the process of
Hydration 377

Contest for Leadership 215

Convolvulaceffi ,581

Deposits, Eelations of 316

Electrical Conductivity 378

Electrometer, Dellman, Scale

value of 303

Erigenia bulbosa 450

Eryngium yuccicfolium 455

Eulophus Americanus 453

Euonymus 349

" Americanus 353

" angustifolius 353

" atropurpureus 353

" Europ.'cus 353

'' obovatus 353

'• occidentalis 353

" Parishii 354

'• sarinentosus 353

Fields, Coal 334

Flowers and Insects, Asclepi-

. adace;xi to Scrophulariacea\. 569
Flowers and Insects — Unibel-
liferjc 449

626

GENERAL INDEX.

Flowers, Perforated List of ... 273
" Oxalis Suksodorfii —
Measurements of the tri-
morphic 278

Flowers — Abnormal Table of
Oxalis Suksdorfii 285

Formula for Predicting the
Population of the United
States 599

Gelatine 376

Gentianaceaj 577

Geology of Macon County 305
Glossaries, Directions for use

of 104, 163

Glossaries, Creek 106

" Hitchiti 166

Gouania 361, 369

" Domingensis 369

Gouanieje 361

Gum Arabic 375

Heracleum lanatum 453

Hippocratea 351

" ovata 357

Hydration of Colloids 375

Hydrocotyle umbellata 456

Hydrophyllacese 579

Ilex ambigua 346

" amelanchier 347

'' Cassine 346

" Dahoon 345

'' decidua 346

'' glabra 347

'' laevigata 348

" lanceolata 348

" longipes 346

" lucida 348

" mollis 347

" monticola 347

" opaca 345

" verticillata 348

Ilieinese ■ 343

Index, Alphabetic, of the two
Volumes on Kasi'hta and
Hitchiti Legend and Lan-
truases 226

Karwinskia 360, 364

" Humboldtiana 364

Legend, Tchikilli's Kasi'hta —
Explanatory and critical re-
marks of 58

Linace.'P — Synopsis of North

American species 10

Linum adenophyllum 14

" aristatum 15

" Berlandieri 16

" Breweri IS

" Californicum 19

" Clevelandi 18

" Confertum 19

" Congestnm 20

" digynnm 17

'■ drymarioides 17

'' Floridanum 13

'^ humile 12

•' Kingii 14

" Lewisii 12

" micranthum 18

" multicaule 16

•' Neo Mexicanum 14

'• rigidum 16

" rupestre 15

'• San Sabeanum 20

" simplex 15

" sperzulinum 19

" striatum 14

" sulcatum 14

" trisepalum 20

" usitatissimum 12

" Virgiuianum 13

List of Works referred to in
the Catalogue of Plants of

Ames, Towa 531

Loan-words in Southjeru Lan-
guages 222

Loan-words in Cheroki-Mas-

koki 223

Loan-words in Naktche-Mas-

koki 224

Long-continued Action of the
Electric Discharge on Io-
dine 445

GENERAL INDEX.

627

Lycoperdon Missouriense 240

Maytenus 350

" molina 355

" phylantboides 355

Meteorology Surface integrals 469

Mierorhanmus 360, 363

" ericoides 363

Migration Legend of the Ka-
si'hta Tribe 36

Mortonia Greggii 356

" scabrella 356

" sempervirens 356

Myginda 361

" Ilicifolia 355

•' integrifolia 356

" latifolia 356

" Fallens 355

" Rhacoma 355

Nemopanthes Canadensis 349

Notes on Pabeozoic Crustaceae 615

Observations suggested by
Wm. Trelease 286

On Certain Properties of a
Field of Force Due to a Sin-
gle Mass 619

Pachystima 350

*• canbyi 354

" myrsinites 354

Papers, List of 265

Pastinaca sativa 454

Perforation of Flowers .... 241, 246

Phlomis tuberosa 241

Pimpinella integerrima 453

Ploehionus timidus 533, 538

Polemoniaceie 578

Polytjenia Nuttallii 452

Post - mortem Detection of

Chloroform 28

Pselaphisdff, Synopsis of 298

Pressure of the Wind on Roofs

and Inclined Surfaces 337

Report on Missouri Rainfall... 383
Review of the Umbellifera- . 457

Revision of North American

Linaceae 7

Revision of North American

Ilicine;e and Celastraceae 343

Reynosia 360, 364

" latifolia 364

Rhamnacea3 358

Rbamne.'e 361

Rhamnus 361, 365

"■ alnifofia 366

" Californica 366

" Caroliniana 366

" catbartica 305

" croeea 365

" lanceolata .• 365

Purshiana 466

'• rubra 367

'• tomentilla 367

River disehai-ge at St. Louis.... 394
Rocks, Indurated 318

Sageretia 361, 367

'' Michauxii 367

" Wrightii 367

Sanicula Marilandica 452

Schaefferia 351

" cuneifolia 356

" fustescens 356

Scrophulariaceae 583

Scymnus punctum 540, 541

Secondary Base in Geodetic-
Surveys 21

Section of Bengee 317

" Bevier 326

" Bevier Bridge 321

'• Broadhead 322

" Claybank Creek 324

•' Exeello Bridge 323

'' Exeello Road 324

General 328

Hunt 320

" lower Brick-yard... 325

•' Mayfield 323

" Macon 327

" Northern Missoui-i.. 334
'• Patton Creek 322

628

GENERAL IKDEX.

Section of Payson 321

" Salt River 319

" Sherman 319

Seed-coats of the genus Eu-
phorbia 543

Slum cicutaefolium 456

Solanaceae 582

Sounds, List of 38

Spiral on a Torus 1

Station Allenton 417

•' Ashley 417

" Big Creek 418

" . Bolivar 418

•' Boonville 396, 419

" Brunswick 419

" Cairo 403

" Carthage 404

'' Carrollton 400

" Cave Springs 420

'• Centreville 404

" Chamois 405

'• Chillicothe 420

" Clinton 421

" Conception 421

" Corning 396

'' Cuba 421

" East Prairie 422

" Edina 422

" Fayette 422

" Forsythe 423

" Gayoso 423

" Glasgow 405, 406

" Glasgow 423

" Grand City, 423

" Greenfield 407

'' Hamilton 429

" Hannibal 422

'• Harlem 424

'• Harrisonvilte 424, 425

•"' Hematite 425

" Hermann 397

'• Hermitage 425

" Hopkins 426

" Houstonia 426

" Jackson 426

" Jefferson Barracks 401

Station Jefferson City 426

Ironton 407

Kansas City 408, 427

Keokuk 408

Kirksville 409

Lamar 409

Lamonte 427

Leavenworth 410

Lebanon 427

Lexington 410

Louisiana 411

Macon City 428

Mascoutah 411

Mexico 412

Miami 412

Mine la Motte 413

Mound City 428

Mt. Vernon 428

Neosho 429

OTallon 429

Oregon 398

Phelps City 429

Pierce City 413

Pleasant Hill 414

Protem 430

Richland 430

Rolla 399

Salem 430

Savannah 414

Sedalia 415

Shelbina 415

Springtield 399

St. Charles 416

Steelville 430

St. Joseph 400

St. Louis 400, 402, 403,

416, 431

Troy 431

Unionville 432

Warrensburg 432

Wet Glaze 432

Wyaconda Prairie 433

Steam Engine, Output of the
Non-condensing 4.34

Synopsis of the Family of Pse-
laphid;e 298

GENERAL INDEX.

629

Table Umbellifera! 459,

Tchikilli's Kasi'hta Legend in
the Creek and Hitchiti Lan-
guages

Temperatures, Winter

Tetranychus telarius

Text, Creek

" Hitchiti

Thaspiuni aureuni

Tieduiannia rigida

Topography of Macon County

Towns, Bartram's List of

" Topographic List of....

" Creek, of Georgia

List of, now extant in
the Creek Nation, Indian
Territory ,

4G0

33
461
530
40
52
454
456
305
212
213
214

216

Town Square of the Creek In-
dians 218

Towns, The Creek 221

Transit of Mercury 609, 613

Transformations of a Carabid
and Observations on a Coc-
cinellid enemy of the red

spider 533

Trilobites, New, from Sedalia.. 615

Zizia aurea 451

Zizypheaj 360

Zizyphus 360. 362

" canescens 363

" lyciodes 363

" obtusifolia 362

" Parryi 363

PROCEEDINGS.

A^ril $tk, 1886.

President Nipher in the chair ; fourteen members present.

Dr. Todd I'emarked, that, in dissecting the body of a negro, he
had found a muscle in the fore-arm which had been thought to be
extinct in the human species and something to indicate a rever-
sion of type, ilkistrating his remarks by means of preparations
made from a monkey.

Mr. Tivy exhibited specimens of real and bogus butter, and
showed how it was possible to distinguish between them in the
microscope, by the ditl^erence in the forms of their crystallization.

April i<^tk, t886.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present.
Prof. Pritchett made some remarks concerning a comet, re-
cently discovered by Mr. Barnard, of Nashville, and another dis-
covered by Mr. Fabry, of Paris, now visible in the telescope, and
suggested the possibility of their being the second appearances of
the comets of 17S4 and 1785? which idea was suggested to him
by the similarity of the elements of their orbits. Mr. Pritchett
also remarked that in observing, recently, one of the satellites of
Jupiter, when projected against the planet's disk, he was particu-
larly impressed with the variation in the brightness of the satel-
lite's disk, appearing at times as a dark spot upon the surface of
the planet and then changing so as to be quite invisible. As it
was commonly supposed by astronomers that this change of
brightness was due to the difference in the phases in the satel-
lites. Prof. Pritchett thought it would be possible to determine
from these changes the time of the satellite's rotation.

v. — I-

May 3^, 1886.

President Nipher in the chair; nine members present.

Dr. Wellington Adams made some remarks on the distribution
of power by electricity, pointing out the difficulties to be over-
come, and explaining the differences between the multiple and
series systems. He also exhibited a machine which he had de-
signed, constructed so as to automatically adjust the current used
to the work required of it, and thus avoid a waste of power.

Prof. Nipher followed with calculations based upon conditions
existing in the proposed elevated railroad in St. Louis, of the eco-
nomical section of the conductor to be employed, when expense
due both to loss by heat and interest on capital invested is con-
sidered. A comparison of the multiple and series systems showed
the latter preferable for purposes of this kind.

Mr. Heisler described the series system in use for incandescent
light in this city.

May i7//z, 1886.

President Nipher in the chair ; fifteen members present.

Prof. Trelease spoke briefly of the sensitiveness of certain bac-
teria to the presence of very small quantities of oxygen in the fluid
containing them, and explained the experiments of Th. W. Engel-
mann on the assimilation of isolated cells, by the use of the bacte-
rial test for the liberation of oxygen. The Engelmann sub-stage
spectroscope for projecting a spectrum into the field of a micro-
scope was exhibited as attached to a Zeiss stand, and the in-
ventor's method of using it was explained. The speaker also out-
lined the investigations of De Vries on the tonoplasts or vacuole-
plastids of vegetable-cells which he had found readily demonstra-
ble by the use of plasmolytic reagents, one of the most convenient
being a ten per cent, solution of potassium nitrate faintly tinged
with eosine. The recent independent experiments of Myer, in
Germany, and Laurent, in Belgium, showing the power of certain
plants to form starch out of various organic substances, such as
sugar, glycerine, etc., independently of assimilation, were also
mentioned as important contributions to vegetable physiology.

Dr. Todd gave a general description of the artesian wells at

JacksoiiTille, Fla., which constitute the public water supply: he
also exhibited specimens from the strata pierced in sinking the
wells, the deepest being 650 ft.; 17 different strata were pene-
trated, consisting of sand, shell conglomerate, blue clay, and very
hard sandstone. The water obtained is at first sulphurous in
taste and odor, the taste disappearing after a short exposure to
the air. The temperature of the water is about 75° Fahr., pres-
sui"e 26 lbs.

Mr. Emory Smith made some remarks about Diomva niusci-
pitla (Venus Flytrap), stating that, according to his experiments,
the closing of the leaves was due to the motion of the insect, and
that if these motions had ceased the leaves would open again, so
that the insect would drojD oft' or be blown away, but not absorbed,
by the plant.

Prof. Trelease remarked that the observations reported were
very interesting, but would bear repetition with a view to deter-
mining the local causes to which the results obtained were attri-
buted, as his own limited experiments on the Venus Flytrap wer^e
corroborative of the results obtained by Darwin and other eminent
biologists, showing the plant to be truly insectivorous.

June ^th, 1886.

President Nipher in the chair ; nine members present.

Dr. Alt exhibited and described the uses of Dr. Culbertson's
prisoptometer for the detection of ametropia, and remarked that
with certain needed improvements he thought it would become a
very valuable instrument.

Prof. Nipher made some remarks on planetary influences in
meteorology.

Dr. Luedeking read, by title, a paper on some experiments he
had made in the use of chloroform. Referred to the Committee
on Publication.

October iSlk, 1886.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present.

Mr. Kinealy made some remarks on an ingenious form of elbow
for sheet-metal piping, made from a single strip of metal cut to
a peculiar form, coiled, and soldered or riveted.

IV.

Prof. Nipher illustrated a method of preparing large resistance
standards for electrical measurements b}' films of graphite on a
ground-glass plate. A set of standards from 50,030 to 1,000,000
ohms was exhibited, and the statement was made that the results
of experiments now in progress on the resistance of the glass of
the Holtz electrical machine would be reported to the Academy
in detail on their completion.

Dr. Hambach exhibited specimens of Cycas revoluta from the
greenhouse of Mr. D. Brown that were apparently maturing their
fruit, although the species is dicEcious, and no male plants were
known to be in bloom in the vicinity. The plant from which they
were taken has already bloomed several times, but the pistils had
heretofore remained small.

Prof. Trelease remarked briefly that the fruit exhibited was not
yet full grown, nor in the specimens examined had the formation
of an embryo begun. Statements referring to the occasional de-
velopment of sterile fruit of this species without pollination were
quoted, and the tardiness attending the development of its embryo
was contrasted with that of certain couifow. notably Piiius and
Salisburia.

November 1st, 1886.

President Nipher in the chair ; ten members present.

Dr. Todd made some remarks on the soaring of buzzards^
the pelican, and other birds, attempting to explain the ability
of the bird to soar and fly without any apparent movement of
the wings. He oflered the theory that it was due to the sculling
movement of the extreme feathers, which he finds tlie birds have
the ability to slowly rotate, though he has been unable to detect
any motion from a limited study with glasses. Attention was
also called to the great development of the breast muscles of birds,
by which they do their flying, and to their very limited develop-
ment in man. If flying machines were ever to be made a success
they must be worked by legs, where tliere is the greatest muscu-
lar development.

Prof. Nipher gave a mathematical discussion of the efiiciency
of the shunt form of dynamos, illustrating the curve of efiiciency
by models.

V.

Novefnber iSlh, 1886.

President Niphtr in the chair; fourteen members present.

Mr. Wheeler called attention to the occurrence of carbonic acid
in the New Almaden quicksilver mine, in California, where it is
met with in considerable quantities in the lower workings. It
occasions much trouble and involves considerable extra expense
in the ventilation of the mines.

Dr. Sander exhibited some specimens of sand obtained from the
borings of a well at Golden City, Ark. Analysis showed that
1625 mg. of the sand contained 90 mg of gold, or 11^ pounds
per ton.

Dr. Curtman announced through the Secretary that he had
succeeded in finding a very delicate test for aniline colors. He
inverts Hoflman's Tso-nitute reaction for chloroform and thus
shows the presence of fuchsine, methyl, violet, etc., in red wine,
fruit, syrups, candies, or textile fabrics, in a very sharp manner.
He takes a teaspoonful of the suspected red wine and adds one
drop of chloroform and about a teaspoonful of caustic potash so-
lution, and heats them gently for some time in a test tube. After
one or two minutes he boils the mixture, and the peculiar pene-
trating odor of the benzoiso-uitrite is readily perceptible.

December 6th ^ 1886.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present.

Prof. Nipher gave an explanation of Kapp's new method of
predicting the characteristics of dynamo machines and motors,
so that the performance of such machines can be well determined
from the drawings of the machine :

The relation between electro-motive force, magnetizing current, and
speed, determines a surface. If the machine contained no iron, or if the
multiplying eiTects of the iron were the same at all degrees of magnetiza-
tion, the equation of the surface would be ^ = KNC (i).

Were E= electro-motive force, iVspeedofthe armature, and C mag-
netizing current — this is the equation of a hyperbolic paraboloid.

As C rises the electro-motive force at constant speed is found to rise
less rapidly than is called for by the above equation. Kapp assumes that
the magnetic resistance of the iron increases as the iron becomes satura-
ted. Calling Z the number of lines carried by the magnetic circuit, NC

the magnetizing power, and R the magnetic resistance, he assumes the

relation analogous to Ohm's law : Z == (2), where R ^ K — .

~ ' R S

Here L is the length and 6" the section of the magnetic circuit, R being
the specific resistance. In dealing with iron Kapp finds that if the expres-

r TT ^

tan I - f^) I
sion for R be multiplied bj a factor !^ 1 where n is the degree of

saturation of the iron ; the resulting expression seems to represent the

true magnetic resistance. This corrected value of Z, when substituted in

ZnN'

the equation for E, E = -z ^ (-i).

' 60X108^-*^

Where N is the number of windings on the armature, gives an equa-
tion which is to hold in place of (i).

The tangent function with which R is multiplied approaches unity as
P approaches zero, and it is well known that this result agrees well with
determined values. There is at present some uncertainty about the max-
imum number of lines that can be carried per square inch of section by
different irons when C is infinite.

Dr. Adams spoke of the value of the work of Froelich, Deprez,
Hopkinson, and Kapp, as representatives of German, French and
English advanced practice in dynamo machine construction, and
as involving the modern theory of the dynamo, stating that the
crowning achievement was the creation of the formulae of Kapp
with their determined constants.

December 20///, 1886.

President Nipher in the chair ; ten members present.

Prof. Pritchett submitted a paper on experimental determina-
tion of the value of ;r, based upon a discussion of the probability
of intersection when a rod of given length is thrown at random
across a system of parallel lines. Referred to the Committee of
Publication.

Prof. Nipher remarked concerning the statement of Mr. Fitz-
gerald, of Boston, that there was probably no relation between
the readings of rain-gauges and wind ; that his conclusion was
probably due to the fact that the rain-gauges and wind-vanes
observed were nearly three miles apart, and would not be borne

vu.

out if the observations of both wind and rain had been made at
the same place.

On motion, Mr. Robert Moore, Prof. Pritchett and Dr. Leete
were appointed a Committee to draw up suitable resolutions in
regard to the death of Mr. C. Shaler Smith, to be presented at the
next meeting.

January 3a?, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; seventeen members present.

Mr. Kinealy presented a paper entitled "A Spiral on a Torus,"
in which the equation of a curve and its tangent were determined
and discussed. Referred to the Committee on Publication.

Mr. McAdams presented a paper on "Some Peculiarities of
the Mode of Occurrence of Fossils in the Loess," which he illus-
trated by numerous and admirable specimens found in the valley
of the Mississippi. This paper was also referred to the Commit-
tee on Publication.

The President presented the following report for the year 1SS6 :
Gentlemen of the Academy:

Again we stand at the beginning of a year and look back upon the year
which has departed. While we have made no striking advance, we cer-
tainly' have no reason to feel discouraged. We have published another
number of our Transactions and have distributed it to our exchanges, and
we are out of debt. The interest of our meetings has been well sustained,
and we have made valuable acquisitions to our membership. If we con-
sider the conditions which surround us, we may well turn to the future
with a courage born of confidence. The future has still better things in
store for us, if we but lay hold of the present with the opportunities it
affords.

Progress in science depends upon the discovery of men able and will-
ing to think and work, and upon the chance that they shall be so placed
that they can control their time. There are doubtless many who might
do valuable work in science, but who never discover their talent, tastes,
and powers, or who do not get an adequate training in early life.

From a moral point of view, that man is most valuable as a moral
agent who does not need to exert himself in order to lead a good and no-
ble life; who does not need to waste his energies in a continual struggle
against temptation.

The good deeds of such men proceed naturally and unconsciously from
an inborn and inbred nobility of character, and without regard to the

Vlll.

reward or punishment which may follow — certainly with no reference to
such scandalous maxims as, "Honesty is the best policy." He does good
as the bird sings its song. The quality of his ancestry and the circum-
stances of his early life have conspired to produce a man who does good
because he is good.

It is precisely this state of affairs which results in the highest develop-
ment of science. As mental cultivation becomes more widely diffused,
not only are the individuals more likely to learn of their own tastes, but
the probability that the capable man will get the proper cultivation is
vastly increased. And this cultivation is not that which enables one to
spell correctly and behave himself elegantly in society, or to enjoy elegant
manners and fine painting and grand music and high mathematical anal-
ysis. A cultivated man, like a cultivated field, is one who is prepared to
yield fruit, and the best evidence of the cultivation is furnished in the pro-
duction of the fruit.

Such a state of affairs represents a growth. We have not yet reached
it, and it cannot be reached at once. We must not expect it. But every
year is increasing the number of persons who take an intelligent and
rational interest in intellectual affairs, and who appreciate science not
merely because of the material wealth it brings, but because of its enno-
bling and elevating influence upon the human mind.

During the last year we have held 17 meetings, at which 27 subjects
have been presented and discussed. Nine associate members have been
elected, and one has died ; and I am sure that I express the sentiments
of all when I say we shall greatly miss the genial presence of Charles
Shaler Smith.

The reports of the Corresponding Secretary and of the Trea-
surer were read.

The election of officers for the year 1SS7 resulted as follows:

'President — Francis E. Nipher.

\st Vice-President — Dr. Leete.

zd Vice-President — Mr. M. L. Gray.

Corresponding Secretary — Dr. Edw. Evers.

Recording Secretary — Mr. E. A. Engler.

Treasurer — Dr. Enno Sander.

^ , ( Chas. Liideking,

Curators, \ a c 1 1

I Jas. A. Seddon.

Librarian — Dr. G. Hambach.

President Nipher appointed Messrs. Engler, Leete, and Jas. A.
Seddon, Committee on Programme.

January \^th, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; seven members present.
Mr. Nipher presented a paper entitled ''A Precise Equation
for the Characteristic of a Dynamo Machine," which was refer-
red to the Committee on Pubhcation.

yanuary 26th, 1887.

A called meeting was held at 4 p.m. for the purpose of taking
suitable action in regard to the death of Dr. William G. Eliot,
Chancellor of the Washington University, and a member of the
Academy.

President Nipher in the chair, and fifteen members present.

On proper motion, Judge Speck, Prof. Pritchett, and Mr. M.
L. Gray, were appointed a Committee to draught suitable reso-
lutions expressing the sentiments of the Academy concerning Dr.
Eliot's death.

On motion of Prof Snow, it was resolved to attend the funeral.

February ^tk, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair; nine members present.
Mr. Gray, for the Committee appointed to draught suitable reso-
lutions of respect to the memory of Dr. Eliot, read the following :

To the Academy of Science.

Your Committee, appointed to prepare suitable resolutions of respect
to the memory of Dr. Eliot, late Chancellor of Washington University,
beg leave to report —

That we feel inadequate to give proper expression to the feeling of rev-
erence and affection entertained not only bj ourselves and our Society,
but bj the community at large, for the character and worth of the late Dr.
William G. Eliot.

His life-labors and achievements have been so blended with the reli-
gious, educational and philanthropic enterprises and institutions of our
city, that a proper mention of them would involve the history of the last
fifty years, during which he has lived and labored in our midst.

From the first he has been an earnest advocate and supporter of all
measures looking to the moral and intellectual training and elevation
of the people at. large, but more especially oC the young. These aims led
him into the Directory and for several years the Presidency of the Public
Schools, where his services were invaluable in the organization of our

present admirable Public School system, and calling into its service teach-
ers of the best culture and highest attainments.

During the War of Secession he was most prominent and efficient in
establishing and carrying on the sanitary commission for the relief of the
sick and wounded, and his services in that field entitle him to the grati-
tude of not only our city and State, but of the whole country.

But the crowning eifort of his life, and that for which his name will go
down for generations, was the founding and building up, to large and per-
manent prosperity, of Washington University and Mary Institute and their
attendant Departments.

Of these he was literally and truly the chief architect and builder, and
they constitute a memorial to his energy, zeal and devotion to the public
good and the welfare of the race more lasting than brass or marble.

From these institutions will flow perennial streams of enlightenment,
culture, social purity and elevation, the recipients of which, in the ages to
come, will arise and call him blessed.

It seems a marvel that one man, without capital, should have conceived
and carried to successful completion an Institution so comprehensive and
far-reaching in its aims and results. Truly it originated in and grew from
his own personality, for Dr. Eliot was pre-eminently an organizer.

To great ability and fertility of invention in planning and practical sa-
gacity of purpose, combined with gentleness of spirit, and persuasiveness
of manner, that gave him access to and control over the minds of men
who had means and enabled him to inspire them with his own enthusi-
asm, and thus secure their cooperation in accomplishing his high aims
and purposes. His co-laborers are entitled to their meed of praise, but
the chief merit belongs to iiim.

Our Academy has especial ground to honor the memory of l^r. Eliot,
and our committee wish to give utterance to feehngs of gratitude and
thankfulness for his kindness and encouragement to our Society.

While we were wandering like Noah's dove, and " found no rest for the
sole of our foot," he, with a generosity characteristic of him, opened the
Ark of the University and gave us a home. As a token of our apprecia-
tion of this benevolent act we recommend that this brief memorial be
placed on our records, and that the Recording Secretary furnish a copy
to the family of Dr. Eliot.

Respectfully submitted.

Charles Speck, ')

[Signed,] z H< S. Pritchett, > Committee.

\ M. L. Gray, J

The report was then adopted by the Academy.
Mr. Gray offered the following resolution :

The Academy of Science has learned with much satisfaction that its
kindred Association, the Missouri Historical Society, has been the reci-

pient, through the bounty of Mr. Henry Shaw, of the valuable historical
library of the late Bishop Robertson.

Believing that the establishment of such a source of information is a*
solid gain to the cause of culture in our midst, we take occasion, on be-
half of the interests that our Society represents, to tender to Mr. Shaw our
thaniis for his generous donation to our Associate Society.

On motion, the resolution was adopted by the Academy, and
the Recording Secretary instructed to send a copy to Mr. Henry
Shaw.

Mr. J. H. Kinealy demonstrated how to derive Rankins' Ex-
pression for the Thermo-dynamic function in terms of the tem-
perature and pressure (given in The Steam Engine^ p. 314) on
the supposition that the formula represented only perfect gases.

Prof. Nipher read a jDaperon ''The Regulation of the Dynamo,"
which was referred to the Committee on Publication.

Fchrtiary 215/, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; nine members present.

Dr. Liideking exhibited an apparatus for determining the iron
in the atmospheric air. It consisted essentially of a Marriotte's
bottle, having a Liebig's potash bulb apparatus attached to the
air-tube. By this means known volumes of air were made to pass
quite gently and regularly through the bulbs filled with hydro-
chloric acid as an absorbent. The iron was then determined in the
fluid of the bulb apparatus colorimetrically by means of sulpho-
cyanide of potassium.

The quantity of iron in a cubic foot of air was found to vary
within the limits of 0.000003 and 0.000026 grammes in six experi-
ments made in the month of February, which results are quite in
accordance with those of Tissandier, obtained in Paris by an en-
tirely different mode. The experiments will be continued through
the year and the results presented to the Academy. In day-time
the iron was present perhaps in ferrous state and during the night-
time in ferric state.

Dr. Liideking was requested to write out a description of his
experiments with their results, and present the same to the Acad-
emy for publication.

Xll.

March "jt/i, 1887.

President Nipher in tlie chair ; eleven members present.

Mr. Engler made some remarks on the method for generating
a helicoid without the use of the helix, and exhibited a model of
the surface thus constructed.

Mr. James A. Seddon described some experiments which he
had made to determine the form of the cross section of the chan-
nel of alluvial rivers, and exhibited diagrams showing how the
forrn of section was dependent on the slope of the consequent ve-
locity variations.

March 21st, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; six members present.

Prof. Nipher presented a paper on the "Characteristic of the
Series Dynamo," in which he showed that the relation existing
between electromotive force, speed, and current, when represented
on three axes mutually at right angles, was expressed by a hyper-
bolic paraboloid to a degree of accuracy much within the limits
of error of the machine. By the use of this surface it was possi-
ble to determine what speed the machine with constant resistance
must be run to produce a given horse-power. The paper was re-
ferred to the Committee on Publication.

On motion, Mr. M. L. Gray, Dr. Sander, and Mr. Rob't Moore,
were appointed to draw up resolutions expressing the sentiments
of the Academy concerning the death of Capt. James B. Eads, a
life-member.

April ^th, 1887.

Dr. Hulbert in the chair ; twelve members present.

A paper by Prof. Trelease, entitled "Revision of North Ameri-
can Linaceas," was presented by sketch, and referred to the Com-
mittee on Publication.

Mr. Engler exhibited models of a hyperbolic paraboloid.

The following resolution of respect to the memory of Capt.
James B. Eads, a life-member, was received, ordered spread on
the records, and the committee discharged ;

To the Academy of Science.

Your Committee, charged with the duty of expressing the sentiments
of tiie Academy concerning the character of Capt. James B. Eads, beg leave
to submit the following report.

We have received with profound sorrow the intelligence of the death of
Capt. James B. Eads, who departed this life at Nassau, New Providence
Island, on the 8th day of March, 1887, in the 67th year of his age.

He was one of the original founders of the Academy in the year 1836,
and was its first Treasurer, and for several years prior to the civil war
was a member of its Finance Committee, and ultimately became a life-
member.

During the years 1872 and 1873 he was President, and, when in the city,
was a regular attendant upon its meetings, and took an active interest in
promoting its welfare.

His inaugural address in January, 1872, covering some 19 pages of the
Journal of our Proceeding*, was a scholarly, clear, and lucid statement
of recent discoveries in the nature of laws of light, heat, and sound, and
the use and revelations of the spectroscope in scientific inquiries.

That address, and others delivered at the close of each year of his Pre-
sidency, show that his studies were not confined alone to those special
problems that engaged so much of his attention, and the working out of
which has rendered his name illustrious, but that his active mind was
busy in exploring other fields of scientific pursuits, and were also full of
encouragement and stimulus to his associates and rich in suggestions for
their progress and improvement. Those addresses are worthy of careful
perusal.

While we are proud of Capt. Eads as a co-worker with us in the high
aims we cherish, we are prouder still of the great work and magnificent
results wrought out b}' him in his chosen departments of labor, that have
become blessings to his country and the world.

Among the old Greeks, those men of great physical strength and cour-
age who attacked and conquered wild beasts of the woods and waters were
appropriately denominated heroes, and their fame has been celebrated by
historians and sung by poets, and they were magnified and worshipped
as demi-gods. This was a natural tribute, from people of primitive times,
to superiority in strength, prowess, and force of will, that dared to battle
with hydras and monsters.

Among the Hebrews, patriarchs, prophets and legislators of their race
were eulogized as heroes of faith, and this feeling sprang from a reverence
for piety and high moral and religious qualities.

It is no flattery but the simple truth to say that James B. Eads united
in his character and achievements the heroism of the ancient Greek and
the faith of the Hebrew; for he, like them, battled with the Titanic forces
of nature, and subdued and converted them into ministers of service and
blessing through the combined action of intellectual power and an abiding
faith in the stability, uniformity, and permanency of nature's laws.

XIV.

Capt. Eads exhibited singular boldness and originality of conception,
undaunted bravery and resolution in the execution of his great enterprises ;
and, when impediments and disasters seemed about to overwhelm him, he
was so calm and self-possessed, so fertile in expedients and full of resour.
ces and devices to overcome obstacles, so persistent and inflesible of pur-
pose, that he snatched victory and success from the very jaws of defeat.

His enterprises compelled him to cope with the mighty elements of the
natural world, and his close study of their modes and laws of action ena-
bled him, by working in harmony with these laws, to make them obedient
to his will, and to use them as allies in accomplishing the grand results
at which he aimed.

In view of Capt. Eads' lack of early advantages of an education, it excites
our admiration that he should have attained such mental grasp, such
breadth and comprehensiveness of mind ; but we know these grew out
of a strong, native intellect, that well might be called genius, trained by
a self-imposed study, experience, and observation.

Each great undertaking of his life may truthfully be considered as a
preparatory school for those that succeeded. His use of wrecking-boats
on the mighty Mississippi opened to his view the laws of its currents and
eddies, their modes and power of action, their agency (when properly
directed and controHed) in cutting new pathways and channels, and by
utilizing this knowledge, he raised sunken vessels, and removed from the
river obstructions to its safe navigation. This experience was training
him for other and greater works that were to follow.

When the civil war occurred and gun-boats were needed to aid the army,
Capt. Eads was recognized as a competent person to construct them for
service on the mighty stream with whose habits he had become familiar,
and in this employment he was dealing with strong elements of the mate-
rial world — with iron and steel, and their powers of tenacity, resistance,
and support — and thereby he was further educated for the nobler and
grander achievement of conceiving and constructing the St. Louis Bridge,
the successful completion of which has placed him among the very first
of the great engineers of the age and world.

Some men have genius to invent and plan, but lack the power to exe-
cute ; some lack the power to conceive or plan, but are great in executive
ability to can-y out and accomplish what others have designed : but Capt.
Eads possessed both of these matchless faculties.

With the completion of the gigantic enterprise of both planning and
constructing the St. Louis Bricge he might well have rested from his la-
bors, sure of his position in the front rank of the most skilled, courageous
and daring inventors and workers ; but, like Paul, forgetting the things
which are behind and reaching forth unto the things which are before, he
hasted by his restless energy to the undertaking of opening an unob-
structed pathway from the Mississippi to the Ocean.

Through opposition, numerous discouragements, and prophecies of

failure, he pressed forwards to this vast enterprise, confident in himself,
and basing that confidence on the immutable laws of nature, and in due
time completed this crowning effort of his life. We quote his own words
at a meeting of the citizens of St. Louis in 1875 : "I therefore undertake
the work with a faith based upon the ever constant ordinance of God him-
self, and so certain as He will spare mj life and faculties for two years more,
I will give to the Mississippi River, through His grace and the application
of His laws, a deep, open, safe, and permanent outlet to the Sea."

These are grand words, and worthy of the man and the grand under-
taking concerning which they were spoken.

If to brave perils, and to overcome great difficulties and obstacles, and to
where other men are afraid or unable to follow, and ''out of the nettle,
danger, to pluck the flower, safety" and success, entitles one to be called
a hero, surely James B. Eads is worthy of the appellation.

Making the Mississippi safely navigable from the Ocean was the last
great accomplished work of Capt. Eads. As an evidence of his renown
and the distinguished honor in which he was held by the most competent
to judge, it may be mentioned that in 1884 the Albert medal of the Society
of Art, instituted in 18S2 as a Memorial of the Prince Consort and given'
annually for distinguished merit, was awarded to Capt. James B. Eads —
believed to be the only instance in which it was bestowed on an American.

His conception of the construction of a ship railway across the Isthmus
of Panama was, to the common mind, most brilliant and startling, and
seemed like the wild vagaries of the imagination.

Whether, if Capt. Eads had lived, the project could ever have been car-
ried to a successful practical result is of course unknown, and could be
determined only by time and the logic of events; but the boldness of the
conception, and the energy and courage with which he advocated and
fought for it, were characteristic of the man, and show that he had faith
in its feasibility; and, having that faith, he was true to himself and his
convictions, and was ready to stake his means and reputation upon its
success. We believe, if it were in the power of man to realize that project,
Capt. Eads, had he lived, would have accomplished it.

But his career is ended and his throbbing brain is at rest, and it only
remains for us to pay this inadequate but final tribute to his memory.

[Signed,] M. L. Gray,
Ro'bt Moore,
Enno Sander.

April l^tk, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; nine members present.
Prof. Nipher exhibited and explained the uses of a Kaidrausch's
amperemeter, and a simple form of dynamo machine.

May 2d, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; fifteen members present.

Prof. Potter described an interesting example of ii'on-ore deposit
at Iron Mountain, Mo., being a surface deposit of iron ore of Hu-
ronian or Lower Silurian age, since covered by strata of Lower
Silurian rocks.

May i6lh, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; twelve members present.

The Committee appointed to draught suitable resolutions in re-
gard to the death of C. Shaler Smith, a member of the Academy,
presented through its chairman, Mr. Rob't Moore, the following:

Chai-Ies Shaler Smith was born in Pittsburg, Pa., Jan. i6th, 1S36. His
father, Frederick Ross Smith, died when the son was but nine years of
age, and his mother died when he was but sixteen. Up to this time he had
attended a private school, but with his mother's death his days of formal
schooling ended, and his days for work and study began. The same year,
1852, he began the study of his profession in what was then the only school
open to American engineers, the school of practice, by entering as rodman
an engineer party on the Mine Hill and Schuylkill Haven Railroad. From
this position he was presently promoted to the rank of leveller and then
to that of assistant. After his services on the Schuylkill Haven Railroad
he was for a short time employed at Pittsburg, and then, in 1854, in rail-
road surveys in the mineral regions of Lake Superior. His final term of
pupilage was in the service of the Louisville i.<: Nashville Railroad, which
he entered in the summer of 1855 as an assistant with the late George
McGood, then chief engineer. For two years he was employed in Ten-
nessee, at first in local and then in construction.

In 1857 he was transferred to the chief engineer's oflice at Louisville as
an assistant to Mr. Albert Fink, then engineer in charge of bridges and
buildings. It was here in Mr. Fink's office that his attention was first
directed to the special department of engineering which became after-
wards his life-work — the designing and construction of bridges.

In October, 1859 when lacking yet a few months of completing his 24th
year, he left the service of the Louisville & National Railroad to take the
position of Chief Engineer of bridges and buildings on a railroad in North
Carolina, where he was found at the outbreak of the war in 1861.

As was almost inevitable from his surroundings, he entered the service
of the Confederacy as an engineer, and remained in it until the close of
the war, taking rank as a Captain of Engineers. During this period, as
Chief Engineer of the Augusta District he constructed the Confederate
State powder-works, one of the largest that had then been built.

The close of the war was signalized bj his marriage, May 23d, 1865,
to Miss Mary Gordon Gairdner, of Augusta, Ga., and by his removal to
Baltimore, where he resumed the practice of his profession as an engineer
of bridges. In 1866 he associated himself with Messrs. Benjamin and
Charles Latrobe as partners in the engineering firm of Smith, Latrobe &
Co., which in 1869 became the "Baltimore Bridge Co.," an organization
which continued until 1S77 with Mr. Smith as Mr. President and Chief
Engineer.

In 1868 Mr. Smith left Baltimore and came with his family to St.
Charles, Mo., to take charge as Chief Engineer of the bridge at that point
over the Missouri river. In 1871, upon the completion of the St. Charles
bridge, he changed his residence to St. Louis, where he remained until
his death, which took place December 19th, 1886, after an illness of nearly
two years.

Few engineers of his time have done as much work as Mr Smith. His
bridges are numbered by hundreds, and include four over the Mississippi,
one over the Missouri, and one over the St. Lawrence. Some of them
mark eras in the history of this department of engineering; for he had
both the ability and the courage to leave precedent behind him, and some
of the methods of construction which he introduced have permanently
increased the resources of his profession. Amongst these may be noted
the use of iron trestle-work, which he was the first to employ on any im-
portant scale by building, in 1S68 and 1869, nine structures of this kind,
ranging in height from 50 to 135 ft.

But his most important professional work wr.s without doubt his prac-
tical demonstration of the uses and value of the cantilever, in the employ-
ment of which he was, in this country at least, the pioneer. His first use
of the cantilever was in 1869, when he erected on this method, without
scaffolding, a 3CO-ft. draw-span over Salt river in Kentucky. His next
work of this kind was the bridge, built in 1876-7, on the line of the Cincin-
nati Southern Railroad over the Kentucky river. This consists of 3 spars
of 375 ft., each with a height of rail above the bed of the river of 276 ft.
This great height as well as the danger from freshets, which in this river
are very frequent and severe, made the ordinary methods of erection very
expensive as well as very hazardous.

Mr. Smith resorted to the method which he had already used at Salt
river, which has since been used with such marked success at Niagara,
namely, that of building the bridge out of piece by piece without the aid
of scaffolding; afterwards, by severing the bottom chords of the side-
spans, they were converted permanently into true cantilevers. This was
one of the boldest and most successful of Mr. Smith's works, and, if he
had done nothing else, would mark him as one of the first engineers of
his time.

Still another and hardly less interesting example of this class of struc-
tures is the bridge over the Mississippi river, between Minneapolis and
St. Paul, near the falls of Minnehaha; whilst the last, and in some re-
V. — I — B

spects the most interesting of all, is the bridge over the Lachine Rapids
of the St. Lawrence river, near Montreal, on which he was engaged at the
time of his death, and which is still in course of erection. When com-
pleted this will be one of the greatest works of its kind, and it is a worthy
ending of a professional career of exceptional brilliancy.

Owing to his native reserve Mr. Smith was much less widely known as
a man than as an engineer ; but by those who were so fortunate as to come
into intimate relation with him, he will be ever remembered more for his
personal traits than for his skill in his profession.

Courteous, honorable, and just in his dealings with all men, he was
especially considerate and helpful in dealing with his subordinates; and
no stronger testimony to his personal worth can be offered than the loyal
and abiding friendship for him which is manifested by every one who was
ever in his service. So that, in losing him from our number, the Acade.
my loses not only an engineer of the rarest skill, but also one of the pur-
est and best of men.

[Signed,] Rob't Moore,

Jas. M. Leete,
H. S. Pritchett.

Report was accepted and ordered spread on the record of the
Academy.

Dr. L. Bremer presented a verbal communication describing
the methods and apparatus in use, and exhibited some of the re-
sults attained in the cultivation of Bacteria.

June 6th, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present.

Mr. O. B. Wheeler read a paper on "The Secondary Base in
Geodetic Surveys," w^hich was referred to the Committee on Pub-
lication.

Mr. L. H. Pammel made a few remarks on "The Behavior of
Bees on the Flowers of the Phlomis tiiberosa" about as follows :

A species of Xylocopa regularly cuts with its mandibles two or three
longitudinal slits on the upper side of the tube of the corolla in order to
get at the nectar, which is produced in great abundance and contained
in the nectary which occupies the lower third of the tube of the corolla.
There are also well developed nectar glands immediately underneath the
ovary. The nectar is protected from unwelcome guests by a rim of hairs
on the inside of the tube of the corolla, at the slight enlargement above
the nectary. The purple corolla of the flower and the numerous auxiliary
heads make it very conspicuous. It is visited and pollinated by several

species of bees. The corolla is two-lipped ; the upper lip arches over the
lower and at the time of pollination is nearly horizontal, so that an insect
alighting on the lower lip and forcing the upper lip back, to enter, has its
thorax dusted with pollen from the stamens which are included in the
upper lip. This pollen is then carried by the bee or other insect to other
plants.

Dr. Adams showed an instrument which had been intended for
a Mille-Ampere meter, but which he said could not be so called
as the instrument was not all reliable. Part of the scale on it wag
graduated to read Mille-Ampcre, and part to read Ohms.

Prof. Nipher presented a paper on " The Scale Value of the
Dhlman Electrometer used by Dr. Wislizenus," which was refer-
red to the Committee on Pnblication.

October 17M, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; ten members present.

Dr. Todd exhibited the wing of a pelican which he had par-
tially dissected to illustrate the explanation given by him at a
meeting of the Academy Nov. ist, 1S86, of the soaring power of
certain birds.

Prof. Nipher exhibited a number of rifle balls which had been
shot by him from a Winchester rifle into water, and which showed
a variety of distortions due to the form into which the ball had
been cast. The experiment showed that balls with a sharp coni-
cal point suffered very little distortion and very much less than
those of other forms, and could penetrate the water with much
greater velocity.

November ^th, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; twelve members present.

Dr. Hambach exhibited a series of photographic views of Yel-
lowstone National Park.

Prof. Nipher read extracts from a paper ''On the possible Re-
sults to be expected from a Reversion of the Second Law of Ther.
mo-Dynamics," suggested by G. J. Stoney's paper on the same
subject, published in a recent number of the Transactions of the
Royal Society of Dublin.

November 21st, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; thirteen members present.

Mr. H. A. Wheeler read a paper by W. J. McGee, U. S. Ge-
ologist, entitled, "Notes on the Geology of Macon County, Mo.'""
Referred to the Committee on Publication.

Prof. Nipher exhibited a steam-pipe, six inches in diameter^
which had been capped with a plain cast-iron head. The head
of the pipe (9 lbs) had been blown off by a ball from a Winches-
ter rifle. He explained that this had been done by standing the
pipe on its closed end and filling it with water. The ball had been
fired down vertically upon the water. The floor upon which the-
pipe stood had yielded, and the head of the pipe had been forced
down by the water pressure with such quickness that the pipe
could not follow. The head of the pipe had therefore been pushed'
off. To do this required a force of between 135,000 and 150,000.
lbs., or about 70 tons. The ball was a 38 calibre ball and the
charge of powder was 40 grains. The pipe was 5 ft. long, and
exclusive of the head weighed 96 lbs. The ball was greatly flat-
tened by the water, but did not batter on the bottom.

Mr. J. A. Seddon exhibited a chart showing the results of a
series of precise levellings made by the Missouri River Commis-
sion between St. Louis and St. Charles.

December ^t/i, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; six members present.

Mr. W. G Eliot, Jr., presented a paper on some measurements
of the trimorphic flowers of Oxa/is Suksdorfii, Trelease, in which
the heterogony of the species was clearly shown ; and the mutual
relation of stamens and pistils in the three forms of flowers were
graphically represented in a series of curves obtained by plotting;
the measurements.

In commenting upon the paper, Mr. Trelease called attention
to the dymorphism of Oxalis violacea, as it occurs through the
Upper Mississippi Valley, from the suppression of the mid-styled
form, and by the means of a similar series of curves contrasted
this species with Oxalis Snksdorfii, calling especial attention to
the unexplained fact that in both species the mid-length stamens

of long-styled flowers are depressed so far that they fall within the
average of the short-length parts considerably below their normal
positions.

On motion of Mr. Wheeler, the paper was referred to the Com-
mittee on Publication, and the Academy passed a vote of thanks
to Mr. Eliot.

A drawing of a mechanical device, designed by Mr. H. New-
ington for drawing the various conic sections, was exhibited, and
the mathematical problems involved were discussed.

Prof. Nipher exhibited a second cast-iron cap, which had been
torn ofl' a six-inch pipe to which it was screwed, by shooting
into the pipe when filled with water with a Winchester rifle, as
described in the minutes of the meeting of the Academy, Nov.
3ist, 1887. In this case two shots had been required. He also
showed the efiect produced upon the iron of the cap by firing
upon it directly through the air only.

Dece7nher igth, 1887.

President Nipher in the chair ; eight members present.

A paper by Dr. Liideking on the '^ Anomalous Densities of
Fused Bismuth" was read by the Secretary. From experiments
made with bismuth between 275° and 300° C. it was shown
that this metal exhibited the phenomenon of anomalous densities
in precisely the same manner, though in a less degree, as does
water. Referred to Committee on Publication.

Prof. Nipher made some remarks on the graphical representa-
tion of certain mathematical functions, using as examples for
illustration the functions sin^a and cos^a,

Mr. Engler exhibited a silk-thread model of a hyperboloid of
revolution of one nappe, showing the transformations of the sur-
face between the cylinder and cone, which are its limits, and the
rectilinear elements of both generations.

January 2d, i'
President Nipher in the chair ; seven members present.

XXll.

Prof. Nipher gave a discussion of the change in the position of
the gravitation of equipotential surfaces in a region occupied by
a liquid, the discussion involving the density of the liquid and of
the testing unit of the mass.

Dr. Liideking answered some questions concerning his paper
on ''Anomalous Densities of Fused Bismuth," read at the last
meeting.

Prof. Nipher gave the generally accepted explanation of the
eftect of oil in preventing the breaking of weaves, in response to a
question by Dr. Hulbert.

Jmiuary ibtk, t888.

President Nipher in the chair ; fourteen members present.
The President made the following annual report :

Gentlemen of the Academy :

At the close of another year we pause for a moment before entering upon
the duties of the new year. I think we may fairly say that we have made
definite progress — that we ai-e carrying out the objects for which the Acad-
emy was founded. I wish that we might be able soon to realize the great
prosperity to which we have been looking forward so long, that we might
be in possession of a home of our own, and that we might feel that our
valuable Library was safe against fire. Perhaps if we continue to justify
our right to exist by the publication of the scientic work of our members,
some citizen will yet put us in possession of these good things. As I take
it, the main object to be accomplished by us, in addition to such advance-
ment as we may be able to make in scientific learning, is to arouse a local
interest in scientific work.

There are occasionally young men to be found, who need only to be
once initiated into the joys of the student of science, and they develop into
great and useful men. If we can succeed in producing one man of this
kind, we shall have rendered a valuable service.

It is to be expected that our Academy shall be fairly representative of
the condition of science in our city, and of the scientific features of the
region which we inhabit. Money alone cannot bring us scientific men.
We must furnish the conditions which will make it possible for them to
live and grow here, and money is only one of those conditions.

It is of course desirable that our publications shall be mainly the pro-
ductions of our own members, but, as we agree that we as an Academy
shall represent the region in which we live, we may fairly welcome the
productions of others who may have strayed upon our domain, and who
may have something to teach us of our local geology, or of the plants or

animals which inhabit our forests, our prairies, our rivers, or our lakes;
or who have studied the archiuology or ethnology of the primitive races
who preceded us.

In this connction, I take pleasure in announcing to jou, that the Mis-
souri Weather Service finishes with the year 1887 the first ten years of its
existence. A report on the rainfall and temperature of our State is now
in process of preparation and will be in readiness for the present number
of our Transactions, which we hope to issue soon.

Another matter which, as it seems to me, concerns the future of our
Academy, I wish to touch upon here. It has been the custom for the Acad-
emy to elect the same officers from year to year. I fear that this has some-
times come about through excessive courtesy to those ho-lding these offices.

I think that some method of choosing our officers ought to be devised which
will enable each person to vote for the member whom he desires to see fill
an office, and without anything else to influence his vote. In most of the
offices, there is no doubt that the interests of the Academy will be pro-
moted by a rotation in office. M'hen one takes upon himself the respon-
sibility of an office, he commits himself more fully to advance the interests
of the Academy. It becomes a duty to attend the meetings, and the in-
centive to contribute something to the interest of the meetings becomes
greater. I most earnestly urge this matter upon the attention of the mem-
bers, and hope that it will receive your serious consideration. The nomi-
nations should be wholly by informal ballot, and without any open
nomination, in order to secure a wholly unbiased action.

Regarding our financial condition, we are in a prosperous condition, in
a small way; that is to say, we are out of debt, and have means to publish
the forthcoming number of our Transactions. We are continually ex-
tending the list of our exchanges, receiving in return the valuable publi-
cations of learned societies in all parts of the world. Our thanks are
continually due to the enlightened policy of Washington University in
providing for us the comfortable rooms which we occupy here.

During the past year there have been 16 regular and one called meet-
ing. The highest attendance has been 18, the lowest 7, and the average

II and a fraction. Thirteen papers have been presented and referred to
the Publication Committee, and many subjects not intended for publica-
tion have been brought before us for our mutual interest and instruction.

By the death of Dr. W. G. Eliot and Mr. J. B. Eads the Academy loses
from its membership two men who have not only done much to advance
the interests of our institution, but whose influence and labor were always
felt whenever the higher needs of society were involved.

The reports of the Corresponding Secretary and Treasurer were
also read.

The annual election of otticers for the year iSSS resulted as
follows :

President — Francis E. Nipher,
15/ VHce-President — Jas. M. Leete.
2d Vice-President — M. L. Gray.
Corresponding Secretary — Edward Evers.
Recording Secretary — E. A. Engler.
Treastirer — Enno Sander.
Librarian — G. Hambach.

!G. Hambach,
Chas. Liideking,
\ Jas. A. Seddon.

February 6th, 1888.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present.

Prof. Trelease explained by illustrations on the blackboard
what is meant by the karyokinetic figures of vegetable-cells, and
showed vmder the microscope a slice of smilaceas with the nu-
clei undergoing division preparatory to the segmentation of the
cells in a growing petal, and remarked on the general similarity
of cell-division in animals and plants.

February 20th, 1888.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present.

Prof. Trelease, for the Committee appointed to prepare a suit-
able memorial in respect to the death of Dr. Asa Gray, reported
the following :

ASA GRAY.

In the death of Prof. Asa Gray, of Harvard Univerity, which occurred
Jan. 30th, shortly after the completion of his 77th year, American Science
loses a leader greater than anj' other known to the present generation, and
it is fitting that the St. Louis Academy of Science should place on record
its affectionate appreciation of the man and his work.

As a teacher Dr. Gray was successful in imparting knowledge and in
stimulating thought. Though it may be thought he had not that special
talent for making naturalists so remarkably developed in Agassiz, he pos-
sessed in an unusual degree the power of interesting others in his special-
ty, and the present wide-spread taste for botanical work in the country is
largely attributable to the example which he himself set, and to the force
and clearness of his popular writings.

His scientific work marks an epoch in the history of American botany.
Entering the field at a time when the labor of Michaux, Prush, Nuttall,
Elliott, and others, had placed their science upon a fairly firm foundation
for the older States, while the great interior of the continent was as yet
entirely unknown, it fell to his lot to largely guide the botanical explora-
tion of one section after another, and to perform the severe task of elabo-
rating and describing the large collections that were brought in. So oner-
ous was this labor that it formed his chief occupation for half a century,
and so thoroughly well has it been done that future students must start
from his work as a foundation in any study of the botany of North Amer-
ica; while the enormous herbarium upon which his work was done, and
which was generously donated to Harvard University many years ago ,
will, it is to be hoped, long preserve the evidence upon which his con-
clusions were based.

Early in his botanical career, in connection with his friend and teacher,
the late Dr. Torrey of Columbia College, he entered upon the task of pub-
lishing a Flora of North America, little knowing at first that his life must
be given to the preliminary working out of new material before its com-
pletion could be seriously contemplated. In his later years, when this
preliminary work had been largely finished, it was still his hope to see
such a Flora brought out, though he realized that he could hardly expect
to cany the undertaking to a conclusion unaided. Unfortunatelj' for sci-
ence the work is now, at his death, only about one-third done, and if it is
completed it must be by other hands. Yet it should be added that the
part already published includes the large and difficult order Comfositce.,
of which he was especially a master.

Though a systematic botanist, trained to the traditions of the early part
of the century, Dr. Gray was a man of broad views and large information,
and his keen insight and sound judgment placed him foremost among
American adherents of Darwin's theory of the mutability of species, and
enabled him to keep well abreast of the progress made in those branches
of natural science with which he was less directly'concerned. For many
years he has occupied the unquestioned position of a leader in botanical
matters, to whom all looked for just approval or condemnation. A man
of warm impulses, the kindest of approvers, and the most exact of critics,
he was, withal, far too thorough in his scientific habits to allow personal
likes or dislikes to bias his judgment of the work of others ; while his own
research was always carried on in the unassuming spirit of a master.

Notwithstanding the duties of an active professorship, which he held
for about thirty years, and his unceasing original investigations, he found
time to give thought and labor to scientific undertakings far removed from
the sphere of his own work. For some years previous to his death he
acted as a Regent of the .Smithsonian Institution; and it is well known
in St. Louis that he was the trusted counsellor of Mr. Henry .Shaw in
planning for the botanical future of ihe garden of which this city is justly

proud, and in the establishment of a school of Botany in connection with
Washington University.

Recognizing the advancement that he has given to botanical pursuits,
the simple love of truth for its own sake that guided his life-work, and the
purity and majestic beauty of his character, the Academy of Science desires
to record its appreciation of a model life, the memory of which will long
endure, and to tender its sincere sympathy to the University and family
upon whom his loss falls heaviest.

[Signed,] Wm. Trelease, \

E. A. Engler, > Committee.
J. M. Leete, )

The report was accepted, ordered to be spread on the minutes,
and published in the Transactions of the Academy.

Prof. Nipher exhibited the apparatus and showed the method
of investigating the motion of a body rolling on a plane.

Dr. Hambach exhibited the rattles of a rattlesnake which had
been brought from Florida by Mr. Geo. Mills and presented to
the collections of the University. The specimen contained 31
rattles. As there seemed to be some doubt as to the genuineness
of the specimen on the part of the authorities of the Smithsonian
Institution, to whom it had been sent for examination. Dr. Ham-
bach said he would give it a careful inspection and report later.

A paper presented by Emil Brendel, of Cedar Rapids, Iowa,
entitled "Synopsis of the Family of Psc/apkidcv" was referred
to the Committee on Publication.

March 5///, 1888.

President Nipher in the chair ; eight members present.

Prof. Nipher made a report on ten years' rainfall of the State
of Missouri, showing maps of normal rainfall for the months,
seasons, and year.

On motion, the paper was referred to the Committee on Pub-
lication.

March i(^th, 1888.

President Nipher in the chair ; seventeen members present.
In behalf of Mr. Henry Shaw, Prof. Trelease presented the

Academy with a copy of the ''Botanical Works" of the late Dr.
Engelmann.

On motion of Prof. Prit. hett, a vote was passed expressing to
Mr. Shaw the thanks of the Academy for the gift; for the aid
which the publication of this work, due solely to his munificence,
renders to the cause of sciLnce, and for the great service he had
rendered to the Academy I y placing in permanent form and mak-
ing everywhere accessible to scientific men the works of Dr.
Engelmann, for many years our honored President.

The Secretary was instructed to inform Mr. Shaw of the actiori
of the Academy in a suitable letter.

Prof. Trelease preserited a description accompanied by a num-
ber of specimens of an undescribed Puff-ball which he had
discovered in this region. Referred to the Committee on Pub-
lication.

Mr. Wm. McAdams exhibited and read a description of a fos-
sil tooth found in the St. Louis limestone near Alton, 111., and
supposed by him to have belonged to a very old Saurian. The
paper was referred to the Committee on Publication. He also
exhibited several specimens of Geniatites.

Mr. M. L. Gray announced that the Supreme Court had af-
firmed the decision of the lower court, by which the property left
by Mr. Lucas to the Missouri Historical Society and the Academy
of Science jointly was to be equally divided between these two
associations according to the conditions of the will.

The President called attention to the value of Mr. Gray's
service in looking after this matter, and expressed to him for the
Academy its appreciation of his kindly offices.

April 2d, i<

President Nipher in the chair ; thirteen members present.
Mr. Seddon presented the equation for the equivalent in hy-
draulic flow of the tangential force acting on a solid sliding down
an inclined plane :
The equation was

R = ttAH.
in which R = total tangential force in a given length.

7t =■ density of fluid.
A =z arm of cross-section.
H HZ fall in the given length.

Mr. Englei" exhibited a model and explained some of the pro-
perties of an elliptic hyperboloid.

Prof. Nipher exhibited and described the operation of a Thomp-
son calorimeter.

Afril i6th, 1888.

President Nipher in the chair ; eight members present.

A letter from the President of the American Philosophical So-
ciety was read inviting the cooperation of this Academy in per-
fecting a language for learned and commercial purposes, based
on the Aryan vocabulary and grammar in their simplest forms,
and to that end purposing an International Congress, the first
meeting of which shall be held in London or Paris.

May 7M, 1888.

President Nipher in the chair ; four members present.

Dr. Hambach read a paper on pathologic conditions of Pentre-
nntes, and exhibited specimens in which a portion of the ambu-
lacral field had been destroyed, and subsequently restored by a
process of secretion. The paper was referred to the Committee
on Publication.

Mr. Engler exhibited and described a model of an elliptical
torse.

May 21st, i<

President Nipher in the chair ; sixteen members present.

A paper by Dr. C. Liideking, entitled " Contribution to the
Chemistry of Combustion," in which he described experiments
showing that nitrogen of the atmosphere takes part chemically,
generally, in the combustion of carbon compounds, forming tran-
siently cyanogen or hydrocianic acid, was read by the Secretary.
Referred to the Committee on Publication.

Prof. Nipher read a paper showing the limiting conditions for
the winding of shunt dynamos. Referred to the Committee on
Publication.

ytine ^ih^ i

Vice-President Dr. J. M. Leete in the chair; eleven members
present.

Hon. VVm. McAdams read a paper entitled "Some Peculiari-
ties of the Old Ganoid Fishes of the Mississippi River," and ex-
hibited a number of specimens. The paper was referred to the
Committee on Publication.

Prof. Todd presented specimens of birds' wrings to illustrate a
theory of flight, and described the mode of their operation. He
was requested to prepare a paper on the subject and to submit
the same to the Committee on Publication.

Mr. Pammel made a few remarks on the color- variation in
Delphinuim tricorne^ a native species common in this region.
The colored sketches were made by Miss Hoke. He also called
attention to Poa cristata^ a common grass in this region which
has usually passed for Poa amiua. He was asked to write out
his remarks and present the paper for publication.

Adjourned until the third Monday in October.

Edmund A. Engler, l^
Recording Secretary.

PROCEEDINGS.

October i$th, 1888.

President Nipher in the chair ; nine members present.

Prof. Nipher exhibited proofs of Rain Charts to illustrate his
report on ''Ten Years' Rainfall of the State of Missouri," which
was referred to the Committee on Publication on March 5th.

Prof. Nipher also made a communication on the relation be-
tween rainfall and river discharge in the Upper Mississippi val-
ley. He presented a diagram showing the average monthly-
values of rainfall, in cubic feet per second, over the i^egion drain-
ing past St. Louis, and simultaneous values of river discharge
at St. Louis. It was proposed to continue the investigation for
other sections of the Mississippi and Ohio valleys. The commu-
nication was referred to the Committee on Publication.

Mr. J. A. Seddon gave a discussion of the theoretic variation
of the intensity of light through a tube filled with various colored
solutions, showing that the general equation was

I
CL =

6y
E
where

L represented the intensity of the light,
o " a constant dependent on the opacity of the

solution,
and y " the length of the ordinate of any point in

the tube.

He also pointed out how this might be used as a measure of light
and of the opacity of different solutions.

November ^th, i

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven membrs present.

The librarian announced that the Academy had received as
gifts Dr. Anton Fritsch's " Vogel. Europa's" from Mr. Julius
Hurter, and Judge Holmes' " Realistic Idealism in Philosophy
itself" from its author. The corresponding secretary was in-
structed to express to both these gentlemen the thanks of the
Academy for their valuable donations.

Dr. Todd exhibited a skull taken from the body of an old wo-
man having a number of anomalies in structure : Both clavicles
were rudimentary ; the inter-frontal suture persisted in its upper
part to the extent of one inch, leaving a gap \ inch wide extend-
ing from near the coronal suture ; the parietal bones were in two
parts each, the separating sutures running parallel to the inter-
parietal ; there was the appearance of a very imperfect thiad
dentition in the anterior dental arch of both jaws ; the zygomatic
arch on each side was incomplete ; there was also marked
irregularity in the relation of the inferior maxillary to the tem-
poral bone.

Mr. Engler made some remarks concerning properties of the
cone of revolution.

Mr. Jas. A. Seddon remarked, with reference to the method
he described at last meeting of measuring the opacity of different
colored solutions, that the "dark point" involved an error of about
30%, due in large part to the accommodation of the eye to the
reduction of the light.

November ic^th, i88y.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present.

A paper by Mr. J. H. Kinealy on "The Pressure of the Wind
on Roofs and Inclined Surfaces" was read by Mr. Jas. A. Sed-
don, and referred to the Committee on Publication.

A paper by Dr. Liideking on "The Hydration of Colloids" was
read by Mr. Thacher, and referred to the Committee on Publi-
cation.

Mr. Engler exhibited some drawings in explanation of his re-
marks at last meetins: on the cone of revolution.

The Committee on Pnblication announced that Nos. i and 2
(a double number) of Vol. V. of the Transactions had just come
from press, and exhibited a sample copy.

Decefnber 3^^, 1888.

President Nipher in the chair ; six members present.
Dr. Ham-bach exhibited some petrified seeds of Celtis, found
in the subcarboniferous limestone at Boonville, Mo.

December i>]th, li

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members and twenty
visitors present.

Mr. Jas. A. Seddon presented a paper on "The Absorption of
Moisture by Swedish Filter-paper."

Prof. Pritchett made a statement of the preparations made by
the Observatory of Washington University to observe the total
eclipse of the sun visible in California, Jan. ist, 1889, and gave a
short discourse on the observations of former eclipses.

January ^th, 1889.

Vice-President Dr. J. M. Leete in the chair ; ten members
present.

Hon. Wm. McAdams read a paper on "A Mound Builder's
Skull," and exhibited the skull and some of the bones.

Mr. Pammel made some remarks on Bacteria Methods as ap-
plied to the study of higher Fungi, and exhibited a series of
specimens.

The annual report of the Corresponding Secretary was read
and accepted.

The Treasurer presented a report, which, upon the recommen-
dation of the auditing committee, was accepted.

The following officers for the ensuing year were unanimously
elected :

President — Francis E. Nipher.
ist Vice-President — Jas. M. Leete.
zd Vice-President — M. L. Gray.
Correspojiding Secretary — Edward Evers.
Recording Secretary — E. A. Engler.
Treasiirer — Enno Sander.
Librariaii — G. Hambach.

iChas. Liideking,
Jas. A. Seddon.
I G. Hambach.

January 21st, 1889.

President Nipher in the chair ; fourteen members present.

Mr. Letterman presented the Academy with a portfolio con-
taining sixteen Maps accompanying the Report on Forest Trees
of North America, by Prof. C. S. Sargent. A vote of thanks
was given to Mr. Letterman for this valuable donation.

Prof. Pritchett gave an informal report of the Washington Uni-
versity Eclipse Expedition, and its work at Norman, California,
on January ist, 1SS9.

February ^th, 1889.

President Nipher in the chair; nine members present, also
Prof. E. S. Morse of Salem, Mass.

Prof. Trelease presented for publication a revision of the spe-
cies of IlicinecB and Celastracece belonging to the flora of the
United States, and called attention to a few facts connected with
their present and geological distribution, and their biology. Re-
ferred to the Committee on Publication.

In response to a call Prof. Morse made some very interesting
remarks on the methods of arrow-release employed by different
tribes and races of men throughout the world, from which it ap-
peared that the method employed depended upon the degree of
advancement, and was therefore an index of their civilization.

Prof. Nipher reported that since 1S37 we have had 25 Janua-
ries in which the mean temperature has been above that of last
month, viz., 32°.o. The highest observed temperature on any

XXXV

day was 68°. 2. This is a very ordinary temperature for January.
At some time during the last 50 years that temperature has been
reached on 25 out of the 31 days of January.

JFebruary 18^ /i, 1889.

Vice-President Dr. Leete in the chair; seven members
present.

Hon. Wm. McAdams presented a paper entitled "How the
Mound Builder made his Stone Axe," and exhibited a number of
stone implements. He thought there were unmistakable indica-
tions to show that these implements were made by chipping oft'
the stone with pieces of flint and not by grinding.

March ^th, 1889.

President Nipher in the chair ; three members present.

Prof. Nipher exhibited a chart showing the average tempera-
ture of February for the past 53 years, from which it appeared
that the past month (February, 1889) was slightly colder than
the average.

He also exhibited a drawing of a new pressure gauge that he
had designed for testing steam gauges and engine indicators up
to 300 lbs. pressure.

March iSth, 1889.

President Nipher in the chair ; four members present.

Prof. Nipher remarked that the winter of 1S8S-9 has been
slightly warmer than the average, the temperature having been
34°. 3, while the normal is 32°. 3. The warmest winter on record
was 40°. 8 in 1877-78, the coldest 35°.! in 1884-85 ; the extreme
range between our warmest winter and coldest winter is there-
fore 15°. 7. During the last six years the winters have been ab-
normally cold, one of them having been the coldest on record.
It is this fact which makes the present winter seem abnormally

warm. As a fact, however, we have had iS winters in 52 years
which were warmer.

Prof. Nipher gave a short verbal statement of the development
and recent improvements in the construction of the Dynamo.

April 1st, 1889.
President Nipher in the chair ; six members present.
Prof. Nipher made a few remarks showing how the magnetic
resistance of iron is determined.

April 15M, 1889.

President Nipher in the chair ; thirteen members present.

A paper by Dr. Liideking on "The Electrical Conductivity of
Colloids" was referred to the Committee on Publication.

A paper by Mr. J. H. Kinealy entitled "Mathematics of Venti-
lation" was read by Prof. Gale.

A paper on "North American Rhamnacece" by Prof. Trelease
was read by title and referred to the Committee on Publication.

May 6th, 1889.

President Nipher in the chair ; six members present.

Dr. Hambach reported for the Curators that the exchange of
fossils for pottery offered by Seever & Co. had been made, and
exhibited the fossils.

Mr. Engler made some remarks on the refraction of parallel
rays of light through a sphere.

Mr. Nipher gave a discussion of the action of transformers in
electric lighting by alternate currents. The discussion was main-
ly mathematical, and was participated in by other members.

Mr. Seddon made some remarks on the time of complete dis-
charge of a reservoir as compared with the time of discharge at
a constant rate.

May loth, 1889.

President Nipher in tlie chair; ten members present.

Prof. Nipher read a paper entitled "A New Discussion for
the performance of a Steam Engine," in which, by representing
horse-power, pressure and speed on 3 axes at right angles to each
other, he showed that their relations were correctly represented
by a hyperbolic paraboloid, and discussed the properties of the
surface. The paper was referred to the Committee on Publi-
cation.

Adjourned to third Monday in October.

September i^tk, 1889.

On call of the President, the Academy met at S p.m. in the
Academy rooms to take suitable action in regard to the death of
Dr. A. VVislizenus, a charter member. President Nipher occu
ipied the chair, and there were present also Messrs. Engelmann,
Speck, Comstock, Trelease, Baumgarten, Hambach, and Engler.

With the proviso that the usual formality of appointment of
•chairman of committees be waived in this case, Judge Speck
moved that the President appoint a committee of three to draft a
suitable memorial to Dr. Wislizenus. Seconded and carried.

On motion of Prof. Trelease, the President of the Academy
was asked to serve on the committee.

The President appointed Drs. Baumgarten and Engelmann to
fill the other two placess on the committee.

October 21st, 1889.

Vice-President Dr. Leete in the chair ; seven members present.

Dr. Baumgarten, for the Committee appointed to draft a suita-
■ble memorial in respect to the death of Dr. A. VVislizenus, re-
ported that the formal document- which the committee would
present for publication was in the hands of Dr. Engelmann, and
would be presented by him at the next meeting of the Academy.
The committee also submitted a brief memorial for incorporation
in the Proceedings of the Academy :

In Alemoriam Adolph Wislizenus. M.D,

The St. Louis Academy of Science grieves to record the loss by death
of one of its founders, Dr. Adoiph Wislizenus.

The name of Dr. Wislizenus will ever be honorably associated with
the history of science in St. Louis. Immediately after coming to St.
Louis, he in 1S39 traveled as far west as Utah in a company of fur traders .
where he gained experience of great value to him in his later work. In
1846-7 he made a tour of Northern Mexico, where he gathered valuable
collections, resulting in a memoir published by the U. S. Government in
184S. He with his friend, Dr. Engelmann, had taken an active part in the
work of the Western Academy of Natural Sciences, which was organized
in 1S37. Later, in 1856, he took part with Engelmann, Shumard, Eads,
Prout, and others, in the organization of the St. Louis Academy of
Science.

In 1861 he began a laborious series of observations in atmospheric
electricity, using for that purpose the best instruments then known. He
hoped to be able to devise some method of predicting the arrival of storms.
This work was carried on for over eleven years. Although his hopes in
this direction were not realized the failure was not his failure, but was
one of the many cases where investigation is necessary in order to show
the exact facts. A negative result is never without value.

His work during his tour to Mexico will be regarded as his most valu-
able contribution to the science of his time, and was publicly acknow-
ledged by Humboldt as of value to him in his studies in that region.

It too often happens that we fail to appreciate the labors of those who
have done their work in a former generation. The knowledge which they
so painfull}' acquired, often under the most discouraging circumstances,
has become the common property of students everywhere ; it has lost the
freshness and interest which it possessed to them. But it is nevertheless
true that the advantages of the present are to be regarded as the heritaoe
transmitted to us from the past. In holding in honored remembrance the
worthy men who have preceded us, we simply recognize our indebtedness
to them for what we have received from them.

The report of the committee was accepted.

November ^tk, 1889.

Vice-President Leete in the chair ; fourteen members present.

Prof. Wheeler made some remarks on the WestphaHan coal
field.

Dr. Engelmann presented by title a memoir of Dr. A. Wisli-
zenus, which was referred to the Committee on Publication.

A gift from Dr. Litton of a number of books for the Academy
library was received ; a vote of thanks to Dr. Litton w^as passed.

November iSth, 1889.

President Nipher in the chair ; seventeen members present.

The Academy was honored by the presence also of Prof. Morse
of Salem. Mass. ; Dr. Hinrichs, and Dr. Green, of St. Louis.

Prof. Morse, upon the invitation of the President, gave a very
intereresting account of his examination of ancient and modern
shell heaps.

December 2d, 1889.

President Nipher in the chair ; seven members present.

Mr. Seddon called attention to the reasons for thinking that in
the passage of floods down the Upper Mississippi there was rela-
tively a very rapid transmission through Lake Pepin, and offered
some theoretic considerations for the opinion that its passage
down was here, at least, similar to that of a ''plane wave."

December i6th, 1889.

President Nipher in the chair; twelve members present.

A paper by Dr. C. Liideking on "The Sparking of Iodine"
was read. The paper was an account of some experiments to
show that Mr. C. P. Smyth, Astronomer Royal of vScotland, was
mistaken in supposing that the sparking of Iodine was due to a
transformation of iodine into hydrogen. Referred to the Com-
mittee on Publication.

Dr. Hambach exhibited and described the habits of several
interesting orchids which he had raised in a room in his house
heated by an ordinary base burner.

Mr. Seddon gave an account of a series of experiments carried
out at the St. Louis Water Works on a plan suggested by Col.
Flad to determine the relative efficiency of the "flowing water"
and "settling basin" systems for clearing the water of sediment.

xl

The result of the experiment showed the efficiency of the former
system to be 56 % of the efficiency of the latter.

The Academy listened with great pleasure to addresses by
Mr. Winslow, State Geologist, and Mr. R. S. Woodward, of the
U. S. Geological Survej^, on the work and objects of the Acad-
emy.

yanuary 6ih, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; fourteen members present.

Prof. Nipher made a report on the weather of the months of
December, January, and February, as derived from the records,
begun in 1S37, by Dr. Engelmann.

Mr. Wheeler remarked that on recently visiting the Insane Asy-
lum well, he found that the cistern, from the bottom of which the
well was drilled, was being used as a steam trap by the engineer,
and that the well is at present inaccessible ; that the boxes
which contained samples of the drillings from the well were left
uncovered and unprotected in the basement of the Asylum, and
were liable to become seriously impaired, if they wei^e not already
worthless, by having got mixed ; that no interest or care seemed
to be exercised by the officials in charge of the Asylum in pre-
serving the samples, or in preventing the bore-hole from getting
filled up with rubbish.

The President read his annual address as follows :

THE president's ADDRESS.

Gentlemen of the Academy :

It is with a feeling of satisfaction that we may pause for a moment at
the close of the year. With each year it is clear that we are slowly ad-
vancing towards the position which, from the beginning, has been the
aim of the promoters of the Academy.

We are not only out of debt, but, thanks to those who have given us
pecuniary aid, we are beginning to enjoy an income from invested funds.

During the past year a bequest of $1,000 has been received from the
estate of the late Mr. Henry Shaw.

The publication of the will of Mr. Shaw has revealed the plan which
he was slowly maturing in the development of his botanical garden. He
founded and endowed a School of Botany as a department of Washington
University, and supplemented this act by giving the bulkof his great estate

xH

for the perpetual maintenance of the garden and arboretum. It had al-
ways been his delight to minister to the pleasure of the public. His gates
were always open that others might enjoy the rare and beautiful plants
which he had collected. He provides for the perpetual continuation of
his policy, and directs that the ornamental and attractive features of the
garden shall be maintained. But he does vastly more; he provides for
the instruction of garden pupils in practical and scientific horticulture,
agriculture, and arboriculture. He declares that scientific investigations
in botany proper, in vegetable physiology, the diseases of plants, the stu-
dy of the forms of vegetable life and of animal life injurious to vegetation,
experimental investigations in horticulture and arboriculture, are also to
be carried on.

He has founded a great scientific institution, and has clearly defined
the broad field which it is to cover; yet he has the rare wisdom to leave
the details of instruction to those to whose administration the trust was
left, that, as he says, they may shape the particular course of things to
the condition of the times.

It is very evident that this trust needs only a prudent and able admin-
istration to develop here in onr midst a scientific institution which will
be an honor to American science.

As members of the Academy we should, and do, feel a lively interes;
in the success of this magnificent bequest. We should also feel that in
giving the Academy of Science a share in the administration of this trust,
by making its President an ex-ofiicio member of the Board of Trustees
he has placed upon us a serious responsibility.

As an official acceptance of this trust, I recommend that service
upon the Board of Trustees of the Missouri Botanical Garden shall, by
amendment to the constitution, be incorporated among the duties of the
President.

The establishment of the garden on a sure and lasting basis has had
the result of saving for permanent preservation in our midst the valuable
herbarium and library of the late Dr. George Engelmann. It is not too
much to say that the herbarium, representing as it does the life-work of
one, who, as a worker in science, has had few equals in this country, is
the crowning glory of the garden. It would have been a serious loss if
this collection had been allowed to go elsewhere, or to suffer injury from
lack of proper care.

During the year the meetings of the Academy have been regularly
held, and many interesting communications have been made. Four have
been elected to membership, and two have died. At the close of the year
the membership numbers seventy-six.

The report of the Treasurer was referred to an Auditing Com-
mittee, and found by them to be correct.

The annual election of officers for the year 1S90 resulted as
follows :

xlii

Presidettt — Francis E. Nipher.

15/ Vice' Preside7it — Jas. M. Leete.

2d Vice-President — M. L. Gray.

Corres-pondiiig Secretary — Edward Evers.

Recording Secretary — E. A. Engler.

Treasurer — Enno Sander.

Librarian — G. Hambach.

C G. Hambach,
Curators — < Chas. Liideking,

( Jas. A. Seddon.

"January 20th, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; seven members present.

Prof. Nipher made some remarks on recent developments in
electricity, with special reference to modern view^s concerning
the theory of the subject.

February 3^, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; twelve members present.
Prof. Nipher made the following remarks concerning the wea-
ther for January :

The temperature of the January just passed has been 37°. 5, which is
6°.3 above the normal for January. It may fairly be called a warm month,
but it is by no means the warmest on record, as was the December previ-
ous. There have been seven Januaries since 1837 which have been warm-
er. The warmest on record was January, iSSo, which had a mean temper-
ature of 46°. 2, or 8°. 7 above the mean of the last month, or 15° above the
normal.

In 1SS6 January was very cold, having a temperature of 22°. 2. Since
then the temperature of January has been continually warmer. The Jan-
uary just passed was warmer than that of 1889 by 3°. 4.

So far, the winter as a whole has been abnormally warm, with a marked
absence of severe storms over the whole eastern half of the country.

What would it not have been worth if the character of the season could
have been predicted ! As a matter of fact, the weather prophets who pre-
sent themselves so obtrusively before the public with their predictions
have failed to give any useful prediction of the present weather. We find,
on referring to their storm charts, that the planets have been going on

xllii

with their danger days and storm periods just as before, and yet the
weather has paid no attention to them.

The winter, so far, has been sufficiently remarkable to attract the
attention of any prophet who can predict. There were only two days in
December and there were only eleven days in January when the daily
mean was below the freezing point. There have been only four days in
the whole winter, up to date, when the daily maximum did not rise above
.the freezing point. We had a tornado on the 12th, when there was noth-
ing in the shape of a planet to produce it.

Vulcan is marked as likely to make trouble on the 5th, 17th, and 28th,
and there are no other causes for weather during the entire month; and
here came a tornado, without any cause, on the 12th. When could a tor-
nado or storm occur in order to disprove the theory of " planetary equi-
noxes" if the many storms which occur midway between the predicted
dates do not disprove it?

Feb7-uary I'jth, 1890.

Vice-President Dr. Leete in the chair; eleven members
present.

Discussion on the revision of the Constitution and By-laws.

March -^d, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; thirteen members present.
Discussion on the revision of the Constitution and By-laws
continued.

March I'jth, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; eight members present.

In response to an appeal from the University of Toronto for
assistance in forming a new library to replace the one destroyed
by fire on the night of the 14th of February, 1890, the librarian
was instructed to send a set of the Transactions of the Academy.

Prof. Wheeler presented a paper on "Recent Additions to the
Mineralogy of Missouri," in which he gave a list and exhibited
specimens of 37 minerals that have been found occurring in Mis-
souri since the publication of Mr. Leonhardt's paper in iSSo.

Discussion on the revision of the Constitution and By-laws con-
tinued, and new Constitution adopted.

xliv

Afi'il ']th, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; eight members present.

Prof. Wheeler gave the resuhs of studies by Dr. Liideking and
himself on a variety of Barite found near Sedalia, Mo., which
presents peculiar crystallographic and chemical properties.

Discussion on the revision of the Constitution and By-laws con-
tinued, and new By-laws adopted.

April 2isi, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; six members present.

Dr. Curtman read a paper, illustrated by numerous 'experi-
ments, on "The Detection of Glucose," in which he gave an illus-
tration and description of all the methods now in use. A vote of
thanks was passed.

The Secretary presented, by title, a paper entitled "Flowers
and Insects — Umbelliferce" by Charles Robertson of Carlinville,
111. Referred to the Council.

May <^th, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; seven members present.

Prof. Wheeler exhibited and described a specimen of Ferro-
Goslarite, found by Mr. Thacher in the neighborhood of Jop-
lin. Mo.

May ic)th, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present, also
several visitors.

Prof. Snow presented to the Academy a framed photograph of
Dr. Pasteur, the eminent French biologist, and gave a short ac-
count of a visit to the Pasteur Institute, in Paris, during last sum-
mer. The photograph was accepted by the Academy, and a vote
of thanks to Prof. Snow was passed.

Mr. Arthur Winslow, State Geologist of Missouri, gave a
statement of the work now in progress in the Geological Survey
of the State, and of plans for future progress of the work.

xlv

The Secretary read a communication from Dr. Gustavus Hin-
richs, from Iowa City, containing a brief preliminary note on the
remarkable meteor of the afternoon of May 5th, and the meteor-
ites which it has scattered over the central part of Winnebago
county, north-west of Forest City, Iowa. "The meteor was
so bright that it was distinctly seen from Des Moines, over one
hundred miles south of its termination. Its cosmical flight came
to an end in a tremendous detonation at an elevation of about ten
miles ; a cloud formed by the detonation remained stationary at
this point for some time. Thus far a multitude of small meteors
have been found scattered over more than a dozen square miles
of Winnebago county. Most of this meteorite field is unbroken
prairie land, which fact has interfered with the finding of speci-
mens. The search has been very active, since the specimens are
readily sold at $1 an ounce. Few of the specimens weigh over
a pound ; the largest one thus far foimd is a splendid specimen
66 pounds in weight and compietely coated black. [Photograph
enclosed.]

The meteorites of this kind are Chondrites [Rose] and Spo-
radosideres [Meunier] containing the nickelferous iron in small
particles only, so far as we have been able to see. The specific
gravity of a small perfect specimen was found to be 3.65. [Spe-
cimens of eleven grammes enclosed.]"

'June 2d, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present.

Mr. Letterman offered to make a donation to the Academy of
the duplicates of the specimens in his herbarium, which he is just
revising. He was requested to make his offer in writing, and
the matter was then referred to the Council.

Mr. Nipher made some remarks on the efficiency of an elec-
tric-lighting plant. He showed how the indicated horse-power
varied with the number of lamps, and how insufficient wiring of
a building would affect the indicated horse-power as a function of
the number of lamps.

The Secretary read, by title, a paper on "Analysis of the Bari-
um Group," by Dr. C. Liideking.

xlvi

A gift of a large number of medical journals from Dr. Alt was
acknowledged by a vote of thanks.
[ Adjourned until the third Monday in October.

October loth, 1890.

'' President Nipher in the chair ; thirteen members present, also
four visitors.

A gift from Prof. Pritchett of a framed copy of an artotype re-
production of a crayon drawing made from the negatives of the
sun's corona taken by the Washington University Eclipse Party
at Norman, California, January ist, 1889, was formally accepted
by the President and acknowledged by a vote of thanks.

Mr. A. S. Hitchcock read extracts from his paper entitled "A
Catalogue of the Anthophyta and Pteridophyta of Ames, Iowa."
Referred to the Council for publication.

Prof. Nipher read a paper entitled "Surface Integrals in Me-
teorology," in which the total rainfall over the whole United
States in cubic feet per second was given for each month in the
year. The values were the means of ten years ending January,
iSSo. Referred to the Council for publication.

A paper was read by Mr. J. C. Duffey on "Transformations of
a Carabid {Ploc/iionus ti/iiidus)^ and Observations on three En-
emies of the Red Spider." Referred to the Council for publi-
cation.

November 3<f, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present.

In the absence of the Recording Secretary, Mr. H. A. Wheeler
was elected Secretary pro tern.

Prof. Nipher presented a communication on the "Friction of
Engines," illustrating his remarks by a model.

Dr. Todd made some observations on an interesting occurrence
of the loess near Carson, in St. Louis county.

Dr. Wellington Adams exhibited a special form of milli-
ampere metre designed for the use of physicians.

xlvii

November i^tk^ 1890,

President Nipher in the chair ; twelve members presen, afso
two visitors.

Dr. Hinrichs presented to the Library a number of papers on
Molecular Science, published in the proceedings of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science, the Academy of Sci-
ence of Vienna, the Comptes Rendus of the Academy of Science
of Paris, and others printed separately; also "The Principles of
Chemistry and Molecular Mechanics," of 1874 ; for which he re-
ceived a vote of thanks.

Mr. Engler made some remarks concerning the properties of
the Cone of Revolution.

Prof. Nipher exhibited and described a Westinghouse Trans-
former.

Prof. Wheeler exhibited and described some quartz crystals
from Hot Springs, Arkansas, which beautifully showed the phe-
nomena of "Ghosts" or "Phantoms" ; also a specimen showing
bubble inclosures about J of an inch in diameter ; also a fire-
opal from Mexico.

December 1st, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; twelve members preseut.

Dr. Hinrichs made some remarks on the normal paraffin series
of hydro-carbons. He said this series was now known with a
sufficient degree of accuracy to warrant him to more fully inves-
tigate the general laws of their boiling and fusing points ; this he
has done, and will present the results at the next meeting.

Prof. Nipher made some remarks on the output of an electric
motor. Taking the horse-power, current, and potential of the
mains as coordinates, he showed that the power applied to the
motor, and the power delivered by the motor, were represented
by hyperbolic paraboloids.

December i$t^, 1890.

President Nipher in the chair ; thirteen members present.
Dr. Hinrichs presented the introduction to his " Contributions
to Atom-Mechanics."

xlviii

Prof. Nipher <^ave a brief discussion of the proper section for
an electric railway conductor, with equal spacing of cars oper-
ated in multiple.

January '^th, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair ; sixteen members present.
The report of the Nominating Committee showed the election
of the following officers for 1891 :

Pros idc lit — Francis E. Nipher.

ist 'Vice-President — G. Baumgarten.

zd Vice-President — M. L. Gray.

Recording Secretary — E. A. Engler.

Corresponding Secretary — Gustavus Hinrichs.

Treasurer — Enno Sander.

Librarian — Gustav Hambach.

^ . , ( Robert Moore,

JJirector s — < -r ^ ^ t

y James M. Leete.

C Gustav Hambach,
Curators — ^ E. C. Jewett.
( A. M. Leslie.

President Nipher then delivered the following address :

Genilemeti of the Academy:

The Academy has now reached its thirtj-fifth anniversary, and ac-
cording to our custom we again pause for a moment to survey the history
of another year, and to outline our plans for the year to come.

From a business point of view, we were never before so prosperous.
It is within the memory of some of us that the very existence of the Acad-
emy depended upon liberal annual contributions from the members.
Each year our expenses overran our receipts by amounts which sometimes
created grave anxiety among those who were in a position to know the
facts, and who desired to maintain the Academy.

It frequently happened that only the President and the two Secretaries
were present at meetings.

But, if we consider the scientific work actually accomplished, those
were fruitful days. Although the present condition and the future pros-
pects of the Academy are most encouraging, our past history does not
suffer in comparison with the present. We cannot yet conceal the vacant
places of two great men who left us; Engelmann and Riley we have sorely

xlix

missed. But we gain strength. We are securing the cooperation of new
and valued friends. It should be our aim in the future to interest a great
number of intelligent men in our city who are not specially engaged in
scientific work. Some years ago it was proposed to give a series of lec-
tures, of semi-popular character, for the benefit of our members and friends,
and to invite those who should be our friends to be present. At the time
there were many difficulties in the way, and the project was abandoned.
The matter has again been suggested, and the circumstances seem more
favorable. There are many intelligent men in our city who are not engaged
in scientific work who aid us greatly in a financial way. It is believed
that such persons would greatly appreciate such a conrse of lectures.

There should be a more effective system of publication adopted than
that now employed. I observed that at the annual meeting of January,
1873, 't was resolved to publish the Proceedings in 16-page installments,
and to publish each paper forthwith when its publication was ordered by
the Executive Committee.

I find no record repealing this action, but the plan has never been car-
ried out during the fifteen years over which my membership extends. It
would certainly make our Transactions a much more desirable medium
of publication if such a method were carried out. We would receive pa-
pers which we now lose because their appearance cannot be delayed.

From present indications the next number of the Transactions can be
published before the close of the coming year, and it should be closed up
as soon as possible.

The printing of Prof. Pritchett's report on the results of the Observa-
tions on the Eclipse of January ist, 1SS9, will soon begin, and the report
will soon be ready for distribution.

The number of members now upon our roll is 80, three having been
elected during the year.

The report of the Treasurer shows that we have now on hand $968,
which, with the income from annual dues, and the interest on invested
funds, will enable us to complete the publication of the current number of
our Transactions. Our present income from annual dues is $480, and
with the interest on $5,000. loaned, $330, makes a total of $810.

In concluding this brief summary of the condition of the Academy, I
beg leave to congratulate you upon the hopeful condition of our affairs,
and to thank you most heartily for the many courtesies and favors I have
received from the hands of each and every one.

Dr. Gustavus Hinrichs presented Part I. of his Contributions
to Atom-Mechanics, entitled '' The Stereo-chemical Formula and
Moments of Inertia of the Saturated Hydro-Carbon Series, with
a Crucial Test of the same."

1

Dr. Trelease presented a paper by Mr. L. H. Pammel of Ames,
Iowa, on " The Minute Structure of the Seed-coats of Euphor-
bia." Referred to the Council for publication.

January \(^th, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair ; nine members present.

Dr. Hinrichs presented Part II. of his Contributions to Atom-
Mechanics, entitled " The Mechanical Determination of the
Atomic Volume of the Normal Saturated Hydro-carbons."

Dr. Hambach presented a paper by Mr. A. W. Vogdes, enti-
tled ^^ Notes on Palceozoic Ci'ustacea" No. i ; '^ On some New
Sedalia Trilobites'"' — which was referred to the Council.

February 2d, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair ; ten members present.

A paper by Mr. Charles Robertson, of Carlinville, Ills., on
"Flowers and Insects — AsclepiadacecE to Scropkulariacece"
was read by title and referred to the Council for publication.

Dr. Hinrichs presented Part III. of his '' Contributions to Atom-
Mechanics."

February 16th, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair ; eleven members present.

Prof. Pritchett read a paper, entitled "An Empirical Formula
for Predicting the Population of the United vStates." Referred to
the Council.

Dr. Gustavus Hinrichs presented Part IV. of his " Contribu-
tions to Atom-Mechanics."

March 2d, 1891.
President Nipher in the chair ; seventeen members present.
Dr. Gustavus Hinrichs presented Part V. of his " Contributions
to Atom-Mechanics."

li

Prof. W. B. Potter presented a communication, illustrated by
means of the estereopticon, on "Some Notable Examples of An-
cient Disintegration," in which he described and explained the
formation of the iron ore deposits at Iron Mountain and Pilot
Knob, Missouri.

March i6th, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair ; eight members present.

Dr. Hinrichs described "Lippmann's Permanent Photographs
in Natural Colors," an account of which is published in the
Comptes Rendiis^ February 2, 1S91, and in La Nature^ Febru-
ary 14, 1 89 1.

April 6th, 1 89 1.

President Nipher in the chair ; nine members present.

Dr. William Townsend Porter presented a communication on
" The Origin of the D'lcrotic Elevation in the Arterial Pulse," in
which he showed that the time interval between the j^rimary and
the dicrotic waves is the same in all arteries of the same indi-
vidual when curves simultaneously registered are compared.

This result is in accordance with E. H. and Wilhelm Weber's
theory of wave transmission in elastic tubes, and is incompatible
with a peripheral origin of the dicrotic wave.

April 20th, 1 89 1.

President Nipher in the chair ; nine members present.

Dr.Todd exhibited some specimens of ^(Sw^^a" Cicropia which
he had plucked from trees in the city, and called attention to the
fact that they were more numerous this spring in the city than he
had ever observed them before in either city or country.

Mr. Seddon discussed the rate of travel of flood-waves down
our western rivers, concluding that the rate was the same at high
and low stages within the limits of overflow.

Hi
May /^th, 1891.

Professor Nipher in the chair ; four members present.

Prof. Nipher read a paper on the determination of the max-
imum output and efficiency of an electric motor, in terms of the
current which will flow through the motor when running with-
out load, and the current when the motor is at rest, the terminal
potential being held constant.

May iSth, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair; eight members present.

Dr. Wellington Adams presented a "Discussion of the Problem
of Mechanically Propelling Road Vehicles," calling attention to
the work in this direction in the past, the essential qualifications
for success, concluding with an illustration and description of
what he considered a practical solution of the problem.

June isi, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair ; fourteen members present.

Prof. Pritchett read a paper on "Observations of the Transit
of Mercury," together with an account of the observations made
by Mr. O. B. Wheeler. Referred to the Council for publi-
cation.

Dr. Hinrichs exhibited a large scale drawing of the recent de-
terminations of G. C. Schmidt [Ztsch. Physikal. Chemie, iSyi,
pp. 433-467] of the boiling points of six fatty acids under pres-
sure up to one atmosphere.

On motion, the President appointed a committee, consisting
of Messrs. Pritchett, Moore, and Leete, to draw up a suitable
memorial of the late Judge Samuel M. Breckinridge to be sub-
mitted to the Council, and, if approved by them, a copy to be
sent to the family of Judge Breckinridge, and to be reported to
the Academy in the fall.

Adjourned until the third Monday in October.

liii

October i()th, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair ; seventeen members present,
also Prof. E. S. Morse of Salem, Mass.

The Secretary reported that, in acordance with instructions
from the Academy, the committee appointed to draft a suitable
expression of the sense of the Academy in relation to the death
of Judge Samuel M. Breckinridge, had submitted their report to
the Council, and that a copy of the same had been sent to the
family of Judge Breckinridge.

The report was as follows :
To the Academy of Science of St. Louis.

Your committee, appointed to prepare a statement expressive of the
sense of the Academy relative to the loss which it has just sustained in
the death of Judge Samuel M. Breckinridge, beg to report as follows:

In the death of Samuel M. Breckinridge, for more than fifteen years a
member of the Academy of Science of St. Louis, this Academy has lost a
steadfast friend of Science. Himself a student in his own profession, and
deeply interested in all lines of scientific research, his influence in this
Academy has been always given toward the encouragement of scientific
progress in St. Louis.

Among the members of this Academy who are active workers in Sci-
ence, there are few who have not cause to remember gratefully his
constant and generous interest, during all these years, in all that looked
toward the building up of scientific enterprises in St. Louis, and who
have not felt the encouragement of his hopeful spirit and the stimulus of
his warm-hearted sympathy.

In the Academy of Science, as in his professional and social life, his
hopefulness has been a constant support to his fellow- workers in the
midst of diflSculties, and a never-failing inspiration for the future. His
was one of those buoyant spirits whom adversity does not depress, and
who always looked bejond the difficulties of to-day to the triumph of
to-morrow.

In his death the Academy has lost a wise counsellor and a sincere friend.
Deeply conscious of the loss which has befallen our own association, and
the yet wider circles of influence in this community in which he moved,
the members of this Academy would extend to his sorrowing family the
earnest assurance of their deepest sympathy — a sympathy such as those
only can offer who share a common loss and common sorrow.
Respectfully submitted,

H. S. Pritchett,
]Signed,] \ Robert Moore,

James M* Leete,

Committee.

liv

A reply expressing the appreciation of the family of Judge
Breckinridge was read by the Secretary.

Dr. W. Tovvnsend Porter exhibited an apparatus for the admin-
istration of ether and chloroform to tracheotomized animals dur-
ing artificial respiration. The device consisted of a respiration-
flask inserted in the course of the tube leading from the bellows
to the tracheal canula. The flask is of two litres capacity, and
has three necks. Two of these are furnished with wide glass
tubes, A and B, of such a length that the air entering through A
must stream along the floor of the flask in order to reach the exit-
tube £. The middle neck is fitted with a small separating-funnel
provided with the usual ground-glass cock and stopper. The
funnel is filled about three-fourths full with the ether-chloroform
mixture, and the stopper replaced. During artificial inspiration
the pressure in the flask is increased and bubbles of air pass up
the funnel-tube, but the ground-glass stopper prevents the ether
from being driven out. During expiration the pressure in the
flask rapidly sinks, and one or more drops of the anaesthetic fall
through the funnel-tube. The number of drops, and consequently
the degree of saturation of the inspired air, can be regulated by
turning the stop-cock.

Prof. Nipher read a paper on "Certain Properties of a Field of
Force due to a Single Mass."

The paper was referred to the Council for publication.

Mr. H. J. Webber presented by title a "Catalogue of the Flora
of Nebraska," and gave a short statement of the purpose and con-
tents of the catalogue. This contribution was referred to the
Council for publication.

On the invitation of the President, Prof. E. S. Morse of Salem,
Mass., favored the Academy with some remarks on the Evolu-
tion of the Bow.

Novemhei' 2d, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair ; sixteen members present.

Dr. Trelease read a paper entitled "The Object of the Botani-
cal Movement in St. Louis," in which he outlined the field of
botanical research, and indicated some of the ways in which the
Botanical Garden and School of Botany, established by the late

Iv

Henry Shaw, might he made to contrihute to a useful advance-
ment of the science of botany.

Dr. Hinrichs presented a paper on "The Determination of the
Magnetic Rotary Polarization of Compounds from their Chemi-
cal Formula)."

A paper by Dr. H. H. Behr, of San Francisco, entitled
"Some Biological Peculiarities of the Phylloxera, and a Method
to Utilize them for the Protection of Vineyards," was read by
Dr. Trelease.

November i6, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair ; nine members present, one
visitor.

Prof. Nipher exhibited drawings for Electric Railway Power
Stations of the Edison and Thomson -Houston systems, and ex-
plained the arrangement and uses of the various machinery em-
ployed, and the manner of its operation.

Mr. Winslow made some remarks on the progress of work in
the Geological Survey of the State.

December *]tk, 1891.

President Nipher In the chair ; fourteen members preesnt.

A donation from Dr. Gustavus Hinrichs of a pamphlet enti-
tled "A Celestial Messenger, or Fiery Stones hurled from Heav-
en," being a reprint of a paper contributed by him to the Chape-
rone (St. Louis), and of a collection of "Six Notes de Chimie
Moleculaire," contributed by him to the Cojnptes Rendus (Paris),
T. cxii. and cxiii. 1891, was acknowledged by a vote of thanks.

Prof. Pritchett gave the results of the discussion of observations
made during the past winter for the determination of the Rota-
tion Period of Jupiter. The object whose transits across the cen-
tre of the disc were observed was the well known "Red Spot"
which has been a permanent feature of the planet for 13 years.

Fi'om 3 1 equations of condition there was found

Rotation time ■= 9^ 55m 37? 37 -j- o? 38.

This spot has been observed to rotate for some years past in
9'^ 55'" 42^ i and the result just given is particularly interesting as
v. — E

Ivi

showin<i^ that the spot has resumed its drift in the direction of
the rotation, or has at least slackened its drift in the opposite
direction.

The spot will be observed during the present opposition when
a full discussion of the observations of both years will be pre-
sented.

Mr. Seddon gave as his conclusion for a resistance formula
for river flow —

/? = ^Ftan if dL.
where

R rr the energy in foot-pounds per second expended

in flow through the distance, dL.
A =: the water area of the cross-section.
V z= the mean velocity in feet per second,
and f =: a. mean angle of instantaneous divergence of par-

ticles from the direction of the mean stream lines,
or Ktan <p =z a mean velocity of circulation at the section.

Prof. Wheeler exhibited a live cray-fish which he had found
on Nov. 36, 1 89 1, at a depth of 5 feet in very solid dry clay on
West Pine st., near Forest Park (St. Louis), on the site of an old
swamp. It was dormant when first unearthed, and a continuous
hole extended from it to the surface.

December 21st, 1891.

President Nipher in the chair ; fifteen members present.

Prof. Nipher read a note on the Rotary Polarization of Light
in Hydro-carbon Serial compounds.

The object of the paper was to show a method of determining
the relative dimensions of the molecules of such Serial com-
pounds.

EDMUND A. ENGLER,

Recording Secretary.

Exchanges 7-eceived, 1886-88.

SWEDEN.

Upsala — Kongsliga Vetenskaps Societeten :

Nova Acta, series tertias vol. xiii., fasci i & 2.
Westeras — Riks Biblioteker

Redogorelse, 1SS5-86.
Christia7iia — Kongelige Norske Universitet :

II. II. Reusch, .Silurfossiler.

A. Osw. Kihlman. Periodischen Erschinungen d. Pflanzenlebens.

F. C. Schiibeler, Viridarium Norvegicum, B. I.

Amund Helland, Lakis Kratere og lavastromme.
Lund — Univer-itatis Carolina Lundensis :

Acta, Tom. xxii.-xxiii., No. 1-3.
Stockholm — Entomologisk Tidsckrift :

Arg. 7, 18S6, and Arg. 8, 1SS7.

DENMARK.
Kiobenhavn — Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs :

Memoires, Classe des Sciences, vol. ii., Nos. 8-1 1; vol. iii., No,
4; vol iv., No. 1-7,

Bulletin, 1885, No. 3; 1886. No. 1-3; 1887, No. 1-3; 1888, No. i.

RUSSIA.

St. Petersburg — Academic Imperiale des Sciences :

Memoires, tome xxxii., n°. 14, 16-18; xxxiii., n°. 1-8; xxxiv.,

1-13 ; xxxv., n'-'. 1-2.
Bulletin, tome xxx., n°. 3, 4. ; n°. xxxi., n°. 1-4.
Geographische Gesell^chaft :

Proceedings for 1S86.
Imperial Botanic Garden :

Acta Horti Petropalitani, tome ix., n°. 2 ; tome x., n°. i.
Dorpat — Naturforscher Gesellschaft :

Sitzungsbericht, Band vii., Heft 2; Band viii., Heft i, 2.
Extra Schriften, No. 2, 3, 4.
Lebensbild. Dr. Constantin Grewingk.
Archiv. ftir die Naturkunde Liv-Ehst und Kurlands :

1st series, Band ix., Liefrung 3 u. 4; 2d series. Band x., Lief. 2.
Meteorologifche Beobachtungen, 1866-85; do. do. 1886.
Neue Untersuchungen, No. 4

Bericht der Regenstationen for 1885 ^"'^ 'S6, sheets 5-7.
Dr. F. Exner Repertorium der Phjsik.
M0SC01V — Society Imperiale de Naturalistes ;
Memoires, tome xv., n°. 4.

Bulletin, ann^e 1885, n°. 2-4; do. 1886, n°. 1-4; do. 1887, n°. 1-4.
Riga — Naturforscher Verein :

Korrespondenzblatt, Jahrg. xxix., xxx.
Helsingfors — Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica :
Meddelanden, No. 12, 13.
Acta, vol. ii.

1

Tijlis — :Meteorologische Beobachtungen der Tifliser Physikalischen Ob-
servatoriums :
Meteorologische Beobachtungen, 18S5, '86.
Magnetische Beobachtungen, 1884, '85.

HOLLAND.

Amsterdam — Koninklijke Akademie von Wetenschappen Verslagen en
Mededeelingen :
Afdeeling Letterkunde, 3d series, vol. 2,3; Afdeeling Naturkunde,

3d series, vol. i, 2.
Venite ad me ad Virgilium, de Alasico.
Judas Machabrcus, Nupta ad Amicam.
Buys Ballot, Verdeeling der Warmte over de Aarde.
Catalogus for 1SS5.
Verhandehngen :

Afdeeling Letterkunde, Deel xvi. ; Afdeeling Naturkunde, Deel

xxiv., XXV.

Jaarbock, 1884, '85.

Biidragen tot de Die kunde :

I2d. Aflevering, 3d. Gedeelte ; 13 Aflevering, 4d. Ged. i835, '86.
Middelburg—Ztz\x\^hc\\ Genootschap des Wetenschappen :
Archief, vol. vi , part 2.
Naamlijst, 1S80-84.
Haarlem — La Sociele Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem :

Archives, tome xx., n°. 4, 5; tome xxi., n°. 1-5; tome xxii., 1-5.
Liste Alphabetique de la Correspondance.
Musee Teyler :

Archives, 2d series, vol. ii., n°. 4; vol. iii., n°. i.
Catalogue de la Bibliotheque, n°. 3-6.
Rotterdam — Bataafsche Genootschap der Proefondervindelijke Wijsbe-
geerte :
A. Hurt Rotterdam, Steven Hoogendijk.
f7/^fc/;^— Koninklijk Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Institut :
Jaarbock for 1885- 87 ; 1888, 2. Deel.
Les Perturbations Atmospheriques, 1886.
Zey^e«— Nederlandische Dierkundige Vereeniging:

Tijdschrift, Deel i., Aflevering 2-4; Deel ii., Afl. i, 2.

GERMANY.

y^/^ewier^— Naturforschende Gesellschaft der Osterlandes :

Mittheilungen, neue Folge, Band 3.
Augsburg — Naturhistorischer Vcrein :

Bericht 29.
A'e>'//« — Koniglich Preussische Akademie d. Wissenschaften :

Sitzungsberichte, 18S6, No. 1-53; 18S7, No. 1-54; 1888, No. 1-20.
Verein fur Beforderung der Gartenbaues :
Gartenzeitung, 1886.
Gartenflora, 1S87.
Botanischer Verein der Provinz Brandenburg:

Verhandlungen, Band 21-27; Band 28, Heft i, 2.
5o««— Naturhistorischer Verein der Preussischen Rheinlande und West-
phalens :
Verhandlungen, 5te. Folge, Jahrgang 2-4.
Z?A-eme«— Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Abhandlungen, Band ix.. Heft 4 ; Band x., Heft 1,2.

Brunn — Naturforschende Verein :

Verhandlungen, Band xxiii.-xxv.

Bericht der Meteorologischen Commission fiir 1883-85.

2

Marisch-Schlessische Gesellschaft zur Beforderung des Akerbaues der

Natur und Landeskunde.
Mittheilungen, Jahrgang 66, 67.
Bambers: — Naturfor»chende Gesellschaft :

14. Bericht, 1SS7.
Braunschzveig — \'erein fiir Naturwissenschaft :

Jahresbericht fiir 1SS1-S7.
^i^^r/Vz— Siebenbiirgen Gewerbeschule :

12. und 13. Jahresbericht.
Cassel — Verein fiirNaiurkunde :

Bericht xxxii. und xxxiii. ; 50. Jiihrige Festschrift.
CJieninitz — Xaturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft, lo. Bericht.
Datitzig — Natnrforschende GeselUchaft :

ychriften. neue Folge, Band vi., Hefl 3, 4; Band vii., Heft i.
Darmstadt — Verein fiir Erdkunde :

Notizblatt, 4 Folge, Heft vi., vii. u. viii.
Dresden — Xaturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis :

Sitzungsberichte und Abhandlungen, Jahrgang i8S6, "87; 1888, Janu-

uary to June.
Verein fiir Erdkunde, 21. Jahresbericht.
^'erzeichnis von Forschern in Lander u. Volskunde, 1886.
D'urkheim — "Pollichia" Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein der Bayerischen

Pfalz, Jahresbericht 43-46.
jE'/fJer/'e/rt'— Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Jahie berichte. Heft 7.
Emde7i — Naturforschende Gesellschaft:

Jahresbericht, 70, 71.
Erfurt — Konigliche Akademie gemeiniitziger Wissenschaften :

Jahrbiicher, neue Folge, Heft 14 u. 15.
.FrrtW/^/z^V-rt.-yl/.— Senkenbergische Xalurforschende Gesellschaft:
Abhandlungen, Band xiv. ; xv.. Heft i, 2; Bericht 18S6-87.
^Ertzlicher Verein : Jahresbericht, Jahrgang 29 u. 30.
Verein fiir Geographie u. Statistik : Jahresbericht 1SS5-86.
Statische Mittheilungen iiber den Civilstand im Jahre 1886-87.
Freibourg^ I. ^.—Naturforschende Gesellschalt :

Berichte. Band i., 18S6.
Freibourg — De la Societe Fribourgeoise des Sciences Naturelles:

Bulletin, 1883-87.
Giesseu- — Ober Hessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur und Heilkunde ;

Bericht 24 und 25.
Goerlitz — Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Abhandlungen, Band 19.
Gotti)igen—¥^ox\\^\c\\& Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften :

Nachrichten, 1886 u. '87.
Gratz — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir Steiermark :

Mittheilungen, Jahrgang 1885-87.
Gretfszuald — Geographische Gesellschaft:

Jahresbeiicht, 1883-86, 11. Theil.
Halle — K. Leopoldinische Carolinische deutsche Akademie der Natur-
forscher :

JLeopoldina, Heft 20-23.
Naturforschende Gesellschafi :

Abhandlungen, Band xvi., Heft 4.
Bericht fur 1885-86.
Zeitschrift fiir gesammten Naturwissensrhaften, 4. Folge, Bd. 5 u. 6.
Ve ein iiir Erdkunde :

Mittheilungen, 1886, '87.

Hamburg — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Abhandlungen, Band ix., Heft i, 2; Band x... Festschrift.

3

Hanover — Naturhistorische Gesellschalt :

Jahresbericht, 34-37-
//■gz^eMer^— Naturhistorlscher Medicinisher Verein :

Verhandlungen, neue Folge, Band iii., Heft 5; Band iv., Heft i^
Festschrift.
Hermannstadl — Siebenbure;ischer Verein fur Naturwissenschaft :

Verhandlungen und Mittheihingen, Jahrgang xxxvii.
Kiel — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Schriften, Band vi.. Heft 2 ; Band vii., Heft i.
University Dis-ertations, No. 129.
Kovigsberg — Konigliche Physikalische-okonomische Gesellschaft :

Schriften. Jahrgang 26, 27, 28.
/,«««'.<;//«/— Botanischer Verein :

10. B.richt, 1SS6-87.
Zg/^z/^— Verein tiir Erdkunde:

Mittheilungen 1S85 und '8°, Heft 1-3.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Sitzungsbericht. Jahrgang 12.
Kdniglich Siichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften :

Berichte der math.-phjs. Classe 18S6 und '87, Heft i u. 2.
Zoo'ogischer Anzeisjer, von I. V. Carus, No. 224-S9.
Linz — Vaterliindische Museum :

" Francisco Carolinum," Bericht 44-46.
Z/Vz/ef^Mr^— Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Jahreshefte x., 1885-87.
Marburg — Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissen-
schaften :
Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang 1884-87.
Schriften, Band 12, 2. Abt.
Klimatische Verhaltnisse von Marburg.
Mecklenburg (Glistrow) — Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte :

Archiv, Jahrgang 40 und 41.
Metz — De la Societe d'Histoire Naturelle de Metz :
Memoires de I'Academie de Metz, i883-'84.
Bulletin. 2^ sdrie, n°. 16 cV 17, 1884-87.
Verem fiir Erdkunde :

Jahresbericht fiir 1886.
Mihichen — Koniglich Bajerische Akademie der Wissenschaften :

Sitzungsberichte, math.-phys. Classe i88q, '86, '87, Heft 1-3;
philos.-histor- Classe 1885, '86, '87, '88," Heft i.
3 Festi-eden von Brinz, Hoffmann u. Ohlenschlager.
3 Gediichtninreden auf Siebold, Fraunhoter und Ranke.
Utrber historische Dramen der Roemer v. K. Meiser.
Miinster — Westfiilischer Provinzial Verein fiir Wissenschaftund Kunst:
Jahresbericht fiir 1885.
Die Kunst und Geschichts Denkmaler der Provinz Westfalen, Stk. ii.
Numbers — Naturforschende Gesellschaft:
Jahresbericht fiir i8S6-''87.
Abhandlungen. Band viii.
Festschrift des xviii. Kongresses der Deutschen.
Anthropologischen Gesellschaft.
0^«^«c//— Offenbacher Verein fiir Naturkunde :

Bericht 26, 27, 28.
Passau — Naturhistorischer Verein :

Bericht xiv.
Pest — Koniglich Ungarische Geologische Anstalt :
Jahresbericht d. Geol. Anst., 1885, '86.
Mittheilungen, Band vii., Heft 5; Band viii., Heft 1-5

Foldtani Kozlony, vol. xvi., No. 1-6; vol. xvii , No. 1-12; vol. xviii.,

No. 1-4.
Ausstellungs Objecte d. K. Ungar. Geol. Anstalt.
3 Pamphlets von Halavats u. Petrik.
Magyar Tudomanyos Akademia :

Natur, Abhandlungen, xiv., q; xv., 3-19; xvi., 1-6; xvii. I.

Mathematische Abhandlungen, xi., 10; xii. 1, 2; xiii., i, 2.

Mathematisch u. naturwissenschaftliche Mittheilungen, vol. xx.,
1,3,5; ^o'- xxi., 1-5.

Natuiwissenschaftliche, Berichte iii., iv.

Naturwissenschaftlicher und math. Anzeiger, vol. iii., 6-9; vol.
iv., 1-7 ; vol. v., -J, I, 5.

Almanach for 18S7.
Publicationen des Statitischen Bureaus, xxi.
Verhandlungen der \'ereins fiir Natur und Ileilkunde, neue Folge,

Heft 5. 6.
Laszlo — Chemische analyse ungarlandisches Thone.
Agost — Catalogue of Librari.
Herman — Urgeschichtliche Spuren.
Kornel — Gjogyhelyei es Asvanyvizel.
Budai — Die Secundiiren Eruptivgesteine.
Friz yes — Moh-Floraja.

Kabos — Die Meteorologischen Verhiiltnisse des monats Mai in Ungarn
. Bela von Inkey— Nagyag und seine Erzlagerstiitten.

Mihalkovics Geza — Entwicklung des Harns und Geschl, der Wir-

belthiere.
Ormay Sandor.

Wilhelm Zsigmondy— Mittheilungen iiber Bohrthermen.
J^oscn — Historische Gesellschaft fiir die Provinz Posen :

Zeitschrift, Jahrgang 2, Heft 1-4.
Prag — Koniglich Bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenscheften :

Abhandlungen, vii. Folge, Band i.

Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang i8S5-"87.
Geschichte der K. Bohm — Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Heft ii.
Bericht iiber die math, und Naturwissenschaftlichen Publicationen,

Heft ii.
Jahresbericht fiir iS85-'87.
Regensburg-—Y^ovi\^\\z\\ Bayerische Botanische Gesellschaft :

Flora Jahrgang 44, 45.
Zoologisch Mineralogisches Verein :

Correspondenzblatt, Jahrgang 39, 40,

Berichte, Jahrgang iS86-'S7, Hett i.
Historische Verein von Oberpfalz und Regenburg :

Verhandlungen, Band 40 und 41.
Reichenberg (Bohemia) — Verein der Naturfreunde :

Mittheilungen, Jahrgang 17.
Salzburg — Vaterljindisch Museum "Carolino Augusteum" :

Jahresbericht fijr iS85-'87.
Fiihrer durch das Stiidtische Museum.
Stcttifi — Entomologischer Verein :

Zeitung, Jahrgang 47 und 48.
Stuttgard — Verein fiir Vaterlandische Naturkunde :

Jahreshefte, Jahrgang 42-44.

Jahresbericht fiir Handelsgeographie, v., vi.
Trieste — Societa Adriatica de Scienze Naturale :

Bollettino, vol. ix. u. x.
I. Distomi dei Pesci Marini e d'Acqua dolce, M. Hossich.

6

Wt'en — K. K. Akademie der VVissenschaften :

Sitzungsbericht, Abt i, Band 91, n°. 5-10; Bd. 92, n°. i-io, 1887^

2 Abt, Band 91, n°. 4-10; Bd. 92, n°. i-io; do. 87, n". i, 2.

3 Abt, Band 91, n°. 3-10; do. 18S6, n°. i-io.
K. K. Naturhistorischer Ilofmuseum :

Annalen, Band i., n°. 2-4; Bd. ii., n°. 1-4; Bd. iii., n°. i, 2.
K. K. Geographische Gesellschaft :

Mittheilungen, Band xxviii.-xxx.
K. K. Central-Aofetalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus :

Jahrbiicher, neue Folge, Band xxii. u. xxiii.
K. K. Zoologische-botanische Gesellschalt :

Verhandlungen, Band 36, 37.
Anthropologische Gesellschaft : .. •

Mittheilungen, Band xv., Heft 3 u. 4; Band xvi., Bd. xvu., Bd.
xviii., Heft 1-3.
K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt :

Jahrbuch, Band 36 u. 37, n°. i u. 2; Bd. 38, n°. i u. 2.
Verhandlungen 1886, '87; 1888, n°. i-ii.
Wiesbaden — Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde :

Jahrbiicher, Jahrg. 39-40.
Wiirzburg — Phjsikalisch-mt'dicinische Gesellschaft :
Verhandlungen, neue Folge, Band xix.
Sitzungsberichte fiir 1S86 und '87.

SWITZERLAND.

Basel — Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Verhandlungen, Band 8, Heft i u. 2.
Bern — Schwizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft:

Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 68.

Mittheilungen No. 1133-94-
Chur — Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens.

Jahresberichte, Jahrgang 29-31.
Fratienfeld — Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Mittheilungen, Heft 7 u. 8.

Verhandlungen, 70. Jahresversammlung.

Bericht 1S86-87.
Gefieva — L'Institut National Genevois :

Memoires, tome 16.

Bulletin, tome ,<xviii.

Archives des Sciences Physiques, etc., 1866, n°. 10-12; 1887, n**.
Oct. & Nov.

Actes de la Societe Helvetique des Sciences Naturelles, 1886, n°.
10-12.
Lausanne — De la Socidte Voudoise des Sciences Naturelles :

Bulletin, vol. xxii. et xxiii.
St. Gallen — NaturwissenschaftUche Gesellschaft:

Bericht 1885-86.
Zurich — Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Vierteljahreschrift, Jahrgang 30 u. 31, n°. i u. 2.
Neuchatel — Societe des Sciences Naturelles :

Bulletin, tome xv.

BELGIUM.

Bruxe-les — L'Academie Roj-ale des Sciences, des Lettres, et des Beaux-
Arts:
Bulletin, annde 55 et 56, 3*^ sdrie, tome ix.-xii.
Annuaire, 18S6-87.

Notices fiiographiques et Bibliographiques, 1SS6.
Catalogue des Livres de la Biblioteque, pt. i, 2.

6

De la Societe Entomologique de Belgique :

Annales, tome xxx.

Bulletin 1886, pp. 10-21.
De la Societe Malacologique :

Annales, tome xx. et xxi.

Proces-verbal 1886, p. i.-cxliv. ; 1887, tome xvi.. p. i.-lxxx.
Societe Rojale Botanique :

Bulletin, tome xxv. et pt. i. de xxvi. .
De la Societe Microscopique :

Annales, tome xi.

Bulletin, tome xii., n°. 8-12; tome xiii., et xiv. n°. 1-9.

Liege — Society Geologique :

Annales, tome xiii.

Proces-verbal 1886.
Louvain — L'Universit^ Catholique :

Annuaire, 1887 et 1888.

Theses n°. 566-587.

Liber Memoralis, 1834-1S84.

Societe Littdraire, xiii.

De Divina Bibliorum inspiratione — Dissertatio Dogmatica — De
Rerum Creatione ex Nihilo — Dissertatio Theologica — De
Parvulis qui sine Baptismo moriuntur — Dissertatio Theol.

FRANCE.

Amiens — La Societe Linneenne du nord de la France:

Memoires, tome vi.

Bulletin Mensuel, n°. 139-186.
Anders — La Society des Etudes Scientifiques :

Bulletin, 1885.

Supplement a I'annee 1884.
Auxerre — La Societe des Sciences Historiques et Naturelles:

Bulletin, annee 39-41.
Bordeaux — La Sociele Linneenne :

Actes, tome 39.. Proces-verbaux. tome 40, 1886.
La Societe des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles :

Memoires, 3^ serie, tome i.-iii.
Commission Meteorolog'que de la Gironde, iSS3-'86.
Academie National des Sciences, Belles-lettres, et Arts :

Actes, 3*= f erie, annee 47, 1885.

Caen — L' Academie Nationale des Sciences, Arts, et Belles-lettres :
Memoires, 1886.
La Sociele Linneenne de Normandy :

Bulletin, 4th series, tome i., 1886-87.

Cherbourg — La Sociele Nationale des Sciences Naturellts et Mathema-

tiques.
Memoires, tome xxv.
Dijon — L'.Vcademie des Sciences, Arts, et Belles-lettres :

Memoires, i8S5-'86.
Luxembourg — Societe des Sciences Naturelles :

Publications, tome xx.

Observations JNJeteorologiqut s, tcme iii. et iv.
Lyons — L'Academie Impe iaie des Scienceo. Belles-lettres, et Arts:

Memoires, Classe des Lettres, tome 23.
Musee Guimet :

Annales, tome v., i8S6-'87.

Revue de I'llistoire des Religions, tc me xiii -xvi., n°. i et 2.

7

Montpellier — L'Academie des Sciences et Lettres :

Memoires — de la section de Medecine, tome vi., fasc. i. ; section
des Sciences, tome xi., fasc. i.
Nancy — La Societe des Sciences de Nancy :

Bulletin, serie 2, tome viii , fascicule 19 et 20.
Paris — La Socit^te d'Anthropologie :
Bulletin, tome ix. et x.

Memoires, 2^ serie, tome iii., fascicule 3 et 4.
La Societe Zoologique :

Bulletin, tome xii. et xiii.
L'Ecole Poljtechiiique :

Journal 18S6-87, n°. 56 et 57.
Journal de Micrographie :

1886, n°, 5-12; 18S7, n°. 1-14; 1888, n=. 2-10.

ITALY.

Bologna — Accademia della Scienze :

Memorie, serie 4, tomo vi. & vii., n°. 1-4.
Catania — Dell' Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Natural :

Atti, serie terza, tomo xix.
I^lorence — R. Comitato Geologico d' Italia :

Bollettino, anno xvi., xvii.
Biblioteca Nazionp.le Centrale di Firenze :

Bollettino della Pubblicazioni Italiana, n°. io-65.

Indici 1SS6, p. 1-155; p. 1S87. p. 1-165.

G. Piccolellis, Lintai ^Vntichi e Moderni.

Lodovico Nocentini, P. Matteo Ricci.

Francesco Scaduto, Stato e Chiesa.

Giuseppe Morosi, L' Invito di Eudossia a Gcnoerico.
Milan — Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere :

Rendiconti, 2 serie, tomo xvii., xviii., xix

Memorie, 3* ser., classe Lett., tomo xvi., fasc. 2-4.

" 3*1 ser., classe Nat., tom. xvi., fasc. 3-4; t. xvii., fasc. i.

Modena — Regia Accademia di Scienze, Littere ed Arti :

Memorie, 2^ serie, tomo iii. e iv; i* serie, tomo xx., pt. 3.
Napoli — Deir Accademia del Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche :

Anno, tomo xxii.-xxv., fasc. 1-12.

Memorie di Matematica e di Fisica, serie terza, tomo vi.

Pisa — Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturale :

Atti, tomo vii. e viii.; fasc. i e 2.

Processi Verbali, tomo vi.
Roma — R. Accademia dei Lincei :

Atti, serie quarta, tomo iii. e iv., fasc. i-io.
II Museo Nazionale Preistorico ed Etnografico di Roma:

Cronacca del Museo Preistorico, anno i e 2.
Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Emanuele:

Bollettino, tomo i. e ii., n°. 1-6.
Torino — Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata :

Bollettino, tomo i., n°. 9-18; tomo ii., 19-4S.
Veftezia — Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti :

Atti, serie sesta, tomo iii. e iv. ; tomo v., n°. 1-9.

Madrid — Real Academia de Ciencias :

Memorias, tomo xi. e xii. ; xiii. pt. i.

Revista, tomo xxi. ; xxii., n°. 1-4.

Anuario de la Real Academia de Ciencias, ano 18SS.

8

Observatorio de Madrid :

Resiimen de las Observaciones Meteorologicas, i882-'S5.
Barcelona— Rqr\ Academi'a de Ciencias Naturales y Artes :
Acta.

PORTUGAL.

Lisbon — Sociedade de Geoijraphia de Lisboa :

Boletin s*" serie, n°. u-12; 6'i serie, n°. 1-12; 7'^ serie, n°. i-S.
Antonio Augusto D'Aguiar: Elogio Hist.orico.

GREAT BKITAIN.

Edinburgh — Royal Scottish Society of Arts :

Transactions, vol. xi., pt. 4; vol. xii., pt. i.
Rojal Physical Society of Edinburgh:

Proceedings for 18S5-87.
Geological Society :

Transactions, vol. v., pt. 2 & 3,
Royal Society of Edinburgh :

Proceedings, No. 115-118, Sessions 1884-S7.

Transactions, vol. xxx., pt. 4 ; xxxi. ; xxxii., pt. 2-4 ; xxxiii., pt. 1-2.
Glasgo-M — Geological Society of Glasgow :

Transactions, vol. viii., pt. i.
Philosophical Society of Glasgow:

Proceedings, vol. xvii. & xviii.
Natural History Society of Glasgow:

Proceedings and Transactions, new series, vol. i., pt. 3.
Leeds — Philosophical and Literary Society:

Annual Report for 18S6-S7.
Geological and Polytechnic Society of Yorkshire:

Proceedings, new series, vol. ix., pt. 2 ilv: 3.
London — Royal Societj' :

Proceedings, No. 243-270.
Microscopical Society :

Journal, No. 52-65.
Royal Geographical Society :

Proceedings, vol. viii.. No. 6-12, vol. IX.; X.. No. 1-9.
Entomological Society :

Transactions for the year 18S6-87.
Nature, No. S65-987.
Qj:iarterly Journal of Conchology :

Vol. iv., No. II, 12; vol. v., No. 1-6.
The Geological Record for 1879.
Matichestei — Literary and Philosophical Society :

Memoirs, 3d series, vol. x.

Proceedings, vol. xxv. iS: xxvi.
Scientific Students' Associa'ion :

Reports and Proceedings for 1885-87.
Microscopical Society :

Transactions and Annual Report for 1SS6.
Belfast— ThQ Belfast Naturalists' Club :

Annual Reports, 1884-S7.
Dublin — I^oyal Irish Academy of Science :

Proceedings, 2d series, vol. ii., N >. 7 & 8; vol. iv.. No. 5 & 6.

Transactions, vol. xxvii., 6-8; vol. xxviii., No. 21-25; vol. xxix.,
No. I & 2.

Cunningham Memoirs, No. 3 <J>: 4.
Royal Geological Society :

Journal, vol. viii., part i and 2.

9

Royal Dublin Society:

Scientific Proceedings, vol. iv. (N. S.), No. 7-9; vol. v. (N. S.),

No. 1-6.
Scientific Transactions, 2d series, vol. iii., No. 7-13.

AUSTRALIA, etc.

Melbourne — Royal Society of Victoria:

Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria, Decade i.-xv.
Sydney — Royal Society of New South Wales :

Journal and Proceedings, vol. xix.-xxi.

Annual Report of the Department of Mines for 18S5-86.

Annual Report of the Trustees cf the Museum, 1S85-87.

Handbook to the Statistical Register for 1886.

Geology of the Vegetable Creek, Tin Mining Field, by T. \V. E.
David.

Mineral Products of New South Wales.
Adelaide — Royal Society of South Australia :

Transactions and Proceedings, vol. viii. cS: ix.
Brisba?ie — Royal Geographical Society, Queensland Branch :

Proceedings and Transactions, vol. ii., pt. 2 cV 3 ; vol. iii., pt. i.
Batavia — Magnetical and Meteorological Observatorj' :

Observations, vols, vi., vii., ix,

Regenwaarnemingen, 18S5-S6.

MEXICO.

Mexico — Sociedad de Geografi'a y Estadi'stica :

Boletin, tomo i., n°. i y 2 ; tomo vi., n°. 4-9.
Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Natural :

La Naturaleza, tomo vii., n°, 16-2^ ; 2d series, tomo i., n = . 1-3.
Museo Nacional de Mexico :

Anales, tomo iii., n°. 10 y 11 ; tomo iv., i y 2.
Observatorio Astronomico Nacional de Tacubaya :

Anuario, afios 7 y 8.

Coordenadas Geogrjlficas.

Tratado de Cosmografia,
Ministerio de Fomento :

Boletin de Estadi'stica, n°. 4-47.

Boletin Mensual, n°. 1-7.

SOUTH AMERICA.

Rio yaneifo — A'chivo Mu^eu Nacional do Rio Janeiro, vol. vi. cS; vii.
Lettre a Mons. Ernest Renan :
ly'Inscription Phenicienne.
Santiago — Deutsch Wissenschaftlicher Verein :

Verhandlungen, Heft 3-6.
Buenos Ayres — Academi'a Nacional de Ciencias :
Boletin, tomo ix. y x., n°. i y2.
Anales, tomo xxi., n°. 3-6; xxii.-xxv.
Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, tomo iii.
H. Burmeibter, Atlas de la Description Physique, n°. i tfc 2,

CENTRAL AMERICA.

Guatemala—ln(orme de la Direccion General de Estadi'stica, 1S87.

JAPAN.

Tokyo — Imperial University of Japan :

Calendar for the year 1886, '87, & '88.
Journal, vol. i. & ii., pt. 1-3.

10

AFKICA.

Le Crt/rc — Societe Khddiviale de Geographic:
Bulletin, 2'' serie, 11°. 6 et 7.

UNI TED STATES.

Boston — American Academy of Arts and Sciences :

Memoirs, vol xi., pt. iv., No. 4 &5; pt. v., No. 6; pt. vi.. No. 7.

Proceedings, new series, vol xiv., pt, 2; vol. xv., pt. i.
Massachusetts Horticultural Society :

Transactions, 1SS6-S7.

Schedule of Prizes for the year 1888.
Society of Natural History :

Memoirs, vol. iii., No. 12 & 13; vol. iv., No. 1-6.

Proceedings, vol. xxiii., pt. 2.
Science Observer, vol. v., No. 1-3.
Worcester — American Antiquarian Society:

Proceedings, vol. iv., pt. 2-4; vol. v., pt. i & 2.
Society of Antiquity :

Proceedings, No. xxiii. -xxvi.
Salem — Essex Institute :

Bulletin, vols, xvii.-xix.
Peabody Academy of Science :

Nineteenth Annual Report.

Ancient and Modern Methods of Arrow Release, by E. Morse.
Cambridge— M\x%&wm. of Comparative Zoology :

Bulletin, vol. xii.. No. 5 & 6; vol. xiii.. No. i-io; vol. xiv., xv. ;
xvi., No. I ; vol xvii., No. i.

Memoirs, xv, & xvi. No., i & 2.

Annual Report, 18S5-87.
Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology:

2Sth Annual Report, vol. iii., No. 7; vol. iv.. No. i.

2ist Report of the Trustees.
Psyche, No. 135-148.
Science, No. 175-297.
Philadelphia — Academy of Natural Science :

Proceedings, i886, '87, & '88, pt. i.

Journal, new series, vol. ix., pt. 2.
American Philosophical Society:

Proceedings, No. 123-127.

Transactions, vol. xvi., new series, pt. ii.
The Comparative Medicine and Surgery:

Journal, vol. ix.. No. 3.
Library Company : Bulletin, 1887.
Zoological Society :

^Vnnual Report for 18S7-8S.
Pharmaceutical Association :

Annual Report of the Alumni for 18S6-8S.
Polyclinic, vol. iii. -v.; vi.. No. 1-3.

Journal of Pharmacy, vol.58, No. 7-12; vol. 59 & 60, No. i-io.
San Francisco — California Academy of Science :

Bulletin, vol. 2.
Washington — Smithsonian Institution :

Annual Report for 1885, pt. i & 2.
Miscellaneous Collections, vol. xxviii.-xxxiii.
Perforated Stones from California, by Henshaw.
Bibliography of the Siouan Languages, by Pilling.

<< u Eskimo •'

Work in Mound Exploration, by Thomas.

11

The Use of Gold and other Metals by the Chiriqui, by Iloimes.
U. S. Naval and Astronomical Observatory :

Report of the buperintendent for the years 1886 and '87.

Meteorological Observations of the Blue Hill Observatory, 1886.
Observations made during the year 18S3.
U. S. Department of Agriculture :

Report of the Entomological Commission for 1885.

Bulletin, No. io-i6, vol. i., No. i, 2, 3, 19. 50 — Botanical Divi-
sion No. 3.
Chief of Engineers U. S. Army:

Annual Report 18S6, vols-. 1-3; 1S87, vols. 1-4.

Annual Reports of the Chief Signal Offices, pt. i & 2, 1885, ^"d
for the year 1886.

Tri-daily ^Ieteorological Record for January, February, March,
and April, 1878.
U. S. Geological .Survey :

6th Annual Report; Bulletins Nos. 27-39.

Monographs of the U. S. Geol. Surveys, vols, xi.-xii.

Mineral Resources of the United States for the years 1885 ^ "86.

U. S. Atlas sheets, 14 numbers.

S. F. Emmons' Atlas to Mining Industry of Leadville.
Bureau of Education :

Report of Commissioner of Education for 18S4-86.

Circulars of information, No. 2, 3, 5.

Report of the Mexican Border Commission, 1873.

The Republic of Mexico in 1876.

Special Report, part i., New Orleans, 1884-S5.
Bureau of Ethnology: 4th Annual Report, 1882-83.
Philosophical Society: Bulletin, vol. ix. & x.
iVew 2'orA- — Academy of Sciences :

Annals, vol. iii., No. 11 tt 12; vol. iv.. No. 1-8.

Transactions, vol. v., Nos. 7 & 8; vol. iv,, 1884-85 ; vol. vi. ; vii.,
No. i-S.
American Geographical Societv:

Bulletin, 1885, No. 3-5; i8S6-'88, No. 1-3.
American Chemical Society :

Journal, vol. viii.. No. 4-10: ix. ; x.. No. 1-3.
Microscopical Society: vol. ii., No. 4 & 5.

The Torrey Botanical Club : vol. xiii.. No. 7-12 ; xiv. & xv., No. i-io
American Museum of Natural History :

Annual Report, 1886-8S.

Bulletin, vol. i., No. 7 & 8; vol. ii.. No. i.

Annual Report of the Trustees for 18S6-87.
The Astor Library :

Annual Report for 18S6-87.
Associat'n of Engineer'g Societies of Boston, St. Louis, Chicago, &c. :

Journal, vol. v.. No. 8-12; vol. vi., & vii., No. i-io.
Albany — New York State Library :

Library Reports, No. 67, 68, 69.

Regent's Reports, No. 36-39, 98, 99.

Museum Reports, No. 32, 38, 39.

History and Statistics, Record 1885.

Bulletin, vol. i., No. 2^3,
Ne-w Haven — American Journal of Science :

1886, July-December ; 18S7-88, January-October.
Astronomical Observatory of Yale University:

Transactions, vol. i., pt. i ; Report for the year 18S7-S8.

12

Connecticut Academy of Science : :

Transactions, vol- vii., part i & 2.
Buffalo — Buftalo Society of Natural Science :

Bulletin vol. v., No. 2.
Potighkeepsie, N. 2'. — Vassar Brothers Institute :

Transactions, vol. iii., part i ; vol. iv.
Madison — State Historical Society :

Catalogue, p. 141-190.
Washburn Observatory: Report, vol. v.
Minneapolis— Geo\og\c&\ and Natural History, Survey of Minnesota :

Annual Report for 1884, '85, '86.

Bulletin, No. 2, 3. 4.

Baltimore — The Peabody Institute :

Annual Report for 1886 and 1888.
John Hopkins University :

Circulars, No. 50-67.

Studies ot the Biological Laboratory, vol. iii.. No. 7-9; iv., 1-4.
Bruce, Observations on the Embryology of Insects.
American Chemical Journal :

vol. viii., No. 3-6; ix. & x.. No. 1-5.
Chicago — The American Antiquarian, S. D. Peet :

vol. viii., No. 4-6; ix. ; x.. No. 1-5.
Historical .Society:

15th Annual Beport.
The Newberry Library:

Proceedings to January, 188S.
Normal, III. — Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History:

Bulletin, vol. ii., articles 5-7; vol. iii., articles 1-4, 8.
Kansas City — Kansas Academy of Science :

Transactions, vol. x.
Topeka — Washburn College :

Bulletin, vol. ii.. No. 8.
Cincinnati — Society of Natural History :

Journal, vol. ix.. No. 2-4; x. ; xi., No. i.
San Jose — Lick Observatory:

Publications, vol. i.
Ithaca, N. T. — Cornell University:

Library Bulletin, vol. ii.. No. 2-7.
Brookville. Ind. — Society of Natural History:

Bulletin. No. 2.
Chapel Hill, N. C— The Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society :

Journal. No. 3, vol. 1-4, and part 2, 1SS3-8S.

Proceedings, vol ii., p. 21-25.
C/iarleston. S. C. — Elliott Society of .Science and Art:

Proceedings, vol. ii., p. 81-160.
Denver — C ilorado Scientific .Society :

Proceedings, vol. ii., part 2 & 3.
Golden, Colorado — State School of Mines :

Biennial Report. 1886.
Houston, Texas — State Geological and Scientific Association :

Bulletin, No 3.
Geeologcal and Scientific, vol. i., No. 3, 4, 5.
Lincoln, Nebraska — University Studies : vol. i., No. i.
Meriden, Conn. — Scientific Association :

Transactions, vol. ii.
Ne-dj Orleans — Academy of Sciences :

Papers, vol. i., No. i. & ii.

13

Peoria^ III. — Scientific Association of Peoria:

Bulletin for 18S7.
Santa Barbara— S^^nia. Barbara Society of Natural History :

Report of Proceedings, Bulletin No. i.
St. Louis, Mo.— The American Journal of Ophthalmology (Dr. A. Alt) :

Vol. iv. et V. ; No. 1-9.
Deutsch-Amerikanischer Techniker Verband :

Mittheilungen, Januar-August.
Sacramento, Ca/.— State Mining Bureau California:

6th Annual Report, part i &2; 7th do. do.

Bulletin, No. i.
Tre?tton, N. J. — The Trenton Natural History Society:

Journal, No. 2 & 3.

CANADA.

Montreal — Royal Society of Canada :

Proceedings and Transactions, vol. iii.-v.
Natural History Society:

The Canadian Record of Science, vol. ii., No. 3-8; iii., No. 1-3.
Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada:

Economic Minerals of Canaaa.

Annual Report, new series, vol. i. & 2.
Toronto — Canadian Institute:

Proceedings, 3d series, vol. iii., fasc. 4: vol. iv ; v., fasc. i & 2.

Annual Report, 1886-S7.
.Quebec — Literary and Historical Society :

Annuaire de I'Universitd Laval, 1887-88.^
Winnij^eg — Historical and Scientific Society :

Annual Report for 1887.

14

Do7iations for 1886-88.

Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, vols. 1-72.

" " Grand Atlas, " part 1-6.

Ed. HauselL and /. Btrkner — Gustav Seiffarth eine Biograpliische vSkizze.

*' " " — The Literary Life of Gustav Seiffarth.

Ferd. von Miiller — A Census of the Plants of New South Wales.
G. voin Rath — Vortrage und Miltheilungen.
Third Annual Report of the U. S. Ch'il Service Commission.
British A. A. S. Montreal Mectimr, 18S4.
R. Rogers — A new Philo'^ophy of the Sun. (6 copies.)
Gjistav Hinrichs — Report of the Iowa Weather Service, 18S3
H. Abbott — Yucca angustifolia.

Observations of the International Polar Expedition, 1882-83.
G. G. Shumard— Geology of Western Texas.

C. V. Riley — Report of the EntcMnologist for the year 1S85.

" The Mulberry Silk-worm.

5. M. Tracy — Catalogue of Pha;nogamous Plants.
T. Dufy—Wave Motor.
£>r. E. Sanders — Der Deutsche Pionir, Band 16, Heft 9.

D. G. Brinton — Ikonomatic ^Vriting.
Robert Bell — The Forests of Canada.

" Mineral Resources of the Hudson Bay.

Annual Report of the Observatory of Tale College.
David P. Todd — Trans-Neptunian I'lanet.

" Speculative and Practical Search for Neptunian Planet.

*' The Lick Observatory.

Moore and Baier — Kutters' Formula for Sewers.
H. Abbott — Analysis of the Bark of I'ouquieria.
Robert Moore — A Map of the City of .Si. Louis.

Report of the Fish and Game Commission of Massachusetts for 1886.
D. G. Brinton — The Phonetic Elements in the System of Mayas and

Mexicans.
Proceedings oi American Phartnaceutical Association, vol. 34.
Edwin Harrison — Proceedings A. A. A. S., vol. 35, 1886.
History and Work of the Warner Observatory., Rochester, N. Y., vol. i,

1883-86.
A. R. Turner — Report of the Flax and Hemp Spinners' Assoc'n.
Wfti. Trelease — i6th Ann Rep. of Michigan State Horticultural Soc'y.
I St Ann. Rep. of the Photographic Stellar Spectra Harvard College,
yos. Moder — Denkschrift iiber die Zehntheilige Uhr.
Asa Gray — Botanical Contributions, 18S7.
J. A. Seddon — Stages of the Missouri River.
G. vom Rath — Friedrich Ptaff.

" Einige geologische ^\'ahrnehmungen in Mexico.

" Ueber kiinstliche Silberkrystalle.

Samuel Lockvjood — Raising Diatoms in Laboratory.
Tefith Census of the United States, vols. 1-19.
Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the Brooklyn Library.
Dr. F. Exner — Bernerkungen zur taglichcn Oscillation des Barometers.
U. S. Consuls' Reports on Forestry in Europe.
Maverick National Batik Manual.
U. S. Consuls' Reports, No. 75-94.

15

G. votn Rath — Dr. Martin Websky.

" Einige geologische NN'ahrnehmungen in Griechenland-

H. Abbott— V\?i\\\. Chemistry.

" Plant .Vnaljsis as an Applied Science.

F. Jl'. Putnam — Ancient American Art.
E. C. To-june — Electricity and Life.

E. EverJiart — Infant Y006 and Infant Feeding.
C Lombardi — The Drouth and its Remedy.

Df- I- Fre. Churchill— \%\. Report of the Stoechiological Dispensary.

Theodore Sutro — The Sutro Tunnel.

Biographical Sketch of M'illiatn Cooper.

C. V. Filey — Report of the Entomologist for i886.

Daniel G. Brinton — Address before the A. A. A. S., New York, 1887.

Report of the Commissioner of Navigation, 1S85-86.

Robert Moore — Memoir of Charles Stialer Smith.

State Board of Health., Bulletins No. 1-12.

Dr. Carpenter — Langue Internationale.

A. F. Chamberlaiii — The Catawba Language. (3 copies.)

F. W. Putnam — Report of Commissioner on Inland Fisheries and Game.
McAdams — Records of Ancient Races.

Wm. R. Morrison — Ann. Rep. of the Interstate Commerce Com'n, 1887.
Timothy F. Allen — The Characece of America, part i. T J

E. L. Ragonot — Diagnoses of N. American Phycitidce and Galleriidce.
Henry Shaw — The Botanical Works of G. Engelmann, by Trelease and

Gray.
yohn G. Bourke — Notes & Mem. bearing upon the Use of Human Ordure

and Human Urine in Rites of Religious character by various Nations.
M. C. Read — Archjeology of Ohio.
y. Rein — Gerhard vom Rath.
Catalogue of the 6/". Louis Tlniversity, 1887-88.
A^. /. Colman — Agriculture, Bull. No. 5.
Henry Draper Memorial., 2d Annual Report.

G. vom Rath — \'ortr;ige und Mittheilungen.

/. Shoenhof— Technical Education in Europe, part i., 18S8.

G. Hinrichs — History of the Administration of the Iowa University.

H. Mohn — Tordenvejrenes Hyppighed i Norge, 1867-83.

A. Senonet — Cenni Bibliografici.

R. A. Macfie — Copyright, vol. i., ii.

Cassino — International Directory for 18SS.

Soiverby's Zoological journal., vol. i.-v., 1825-35.

Jahrbuch der Wetterxvarte der Magdeburgischen Zeitung, Jahr. iv., 18S5.

Proceedings of the American Pharmaceiitical Association, i<S87.

R. A. Macfie — Abolition of Patents.

John O'Neil — Rep. of 3d Int. Geograph. Congress at Venice, Italy, 1881.

Report of the Committee 07i Weights and Measures, 1888.

H. Laspeyres — Gerhard vom Rath.

F. L. Scribner — Report of the Mycologist.

C. V. Riley — Ou the Causes of Variation in Organic Forms.

Albert S. Gatschet — Replique a Mr. D. G. Brinton.

Henry Phillips — ist Contnb. to the Study of Folk-Lore of Philadelphia.

F. A. Sampsen — Notes on the Subcarboniferous series at Sedalia, Mo., by

Sampson, and Description of two new 'Irilobites by \'ogdes.
E. E'lgler — Publications of the Mass. Institute: Technology, 1863-1SS1.

" Astronomical Papers, vol. i., part 5.

" The Longitude of the Morrison Observatory, Glasgow, Mo.

Nathaniel Holmes — Realistic Idealism in Philo!^ophy itself, vol. i., ii.
Julius Hurler — Naturgeschichte der Voegel Europas, von Anton Fritsch,

with Atlas; Nuttali Ornithological Club, Bull., vol. i-io.

16

Eccchanges received^ . 1 888-91 .

UNITED STATES.

Albany — New York State Library :

Library Reports, No. 70, 71.

Regent's Reports, 100, loi, 102.

Museum Reports, 40, 41.

Bulletin, vol. i.. No. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. 10.

42d Annual Report of the Trustees for the vear 18S8.

72d '' " " Regents of the State Library for 188S.

43d " " " •* " State Museum for 18S9.

103d Report of the State University for 1889.
State Library Bulletin :

Addition, No. i. Library School. No. i.

Legislation, No. i. Regent's Bulletins, No. 1-7.

Annual Report for 1890. Extension Bulletin, No. i.

Baltimore — American Chemical Journal, vols. 11, 12, 13.

Biological Laboratory Studies, vol, iv., Nos. 5-7; vol. v., No. i.

John Hopkins University, Circulars Nos. 68-94.

Peabody Institute, Annual Report for 1889-90.
Boston — American Academy of Arts and Sciences :

Proceedings, new series, vol. xv., part 2; vols, xvi., xvii.
Society of Natural History: Memoirs, vol. iv., Nos. 7-9. Proceed-
ings, vol. xxiv.. parts 3, 4; vol. xxv., parts i, 2.
Massachusetts Horticultural Society: Transactions for 1888. '89, '90.

part I ; Schedule of Prizes for i889-'90.
Buffalo — Buffalo Society of Natural Science: Bulletin, vol. v.. No. 3.
Cambridge — Museum of Comparativ eZoology :

Bulletin, vol. xvi., Nos. 7-10; xvii., 2-6; xviii. & xix.. 1-4; xx..
1-8; xxi.. 1-5 ; xxii., i.

Memoirs, vol. xiv.. No. 1, part ii.. No. i; vol. xvii.. No. i.

Annual Report for iS88-'9i.

Entomological Club : Psyche. Nos. 149-189.
Peabody Museum of Archseology and Ethnology:

Reports of the Trustees, 22-24.

Annual Report, vol. iv., Nos. 2-4.

Science, Nos. 288-378.
Champaign, Ills. — State Laboratory of Natural History:

Rep' rt of the State Entomologist, 15, 16.

Biennial Report for 1888.

Ornithology of Illinois, vol. i.

Preliminary Report on the Animals of the Water, by H. Garman.

Bulletin of the State Laboratory. Art. v.-x.
Chafel Hill, N. C— The Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society :

Journal, vol. v. ; viii., part i.

17

Chtcaffo— The American Antiquaiian, S. D. Peet :

Vols, xi.-xiii.
Historical Society:

Report of Quarterly Meetings for 1891.
Cificinnatt — Society of Natural History :

Journal, vol. xi., Nos .2-4; vols, xii.-xiv., Nos. i. 2.
Davenport^ Iowa — Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences:

Proceedings, vol. v., part i.
Denver — Colorado Scientific Society :

Vol. iii., parts i, 2.
Des Moines^ loivn — Iowa Academy of Science :

Proceedings for iSSy-'Sg.
Granville^ O. — Denison Scientific Association :

Memoirs, vol. i.. No. i.'

Bulletin, vol. i., ii., iii., iv., v., vi. (part i).
Hamilton^ O. — Hamilton Association :

Journal and Proceedings. iSgo-'gi, part vii.
Houston, Texas — State Geological and Scientific Association :

Bulletin, vol. i., Nos. 6-12.
Ithaca, N. T. — Cornell University:

Library Bulletin, vol. ii.. Nos. 8-14.

Address at the Laying of the Corner-stone. Oct. 30. 1SS9.

I'niversity Register. i8S9-'9i.
Lincoln, Nebraska — University Studies, vol. i., Nos. 2. 3.

4th Annual Report of the Agricultural Station.
Madison. Wis. — Academy of Science. Arts and Letters:

Transactions, vol. vii., 1883-87.
Natural History Society of Wisconsin.

Proceedings 1885, pp. 3-190.

Occasional Papers, vol. i.
Washburn Observatory:

Publications of the Observatory, vols, vi., vii. (part i).
Meriden, Conn. — Scientific Association :

Transactions, vols, iii., iv.
Milwaukee, Wis.— AnnuzX Report, Nos. 6. 9.
Minneapolis, Min7i. — Academy of Natural Science:

Bulletin, vol., iii.. No. i.
University of Minnesota, Experimental Station of College of Agri-
culture: Bulletin, 3, 4, 5.
Neiv Have?i, Conn. — Astronomical Observatory of Yale University:

Reports for the years i8S8-'9i.

Transactions, vol. i., part 2.
Connecticut Academy of Science :

Transactions, vol. viii., part 1.
American Journal of Science, vols, for i889-'9i.
iVew York — Academj' of Sciences :

Annals, vol. iv.. Nos. IG-12; v., extra numbers of Nos. i, 2, 3.

Trnsactions. vols, viii., ix., x. ; Nos. 1-6.
American Geographical Society :

Bulletin, vols, xxi., xxii., xxiiii. ; Nos. i, 2. 3, and supplements.
• American Chemical Society :

Journal, vol. x.'. Nos. 8-10; xi.. xii.. xiii., Nos. 1-8.
Microscopical Society :

Journal, vol vii.. Nos. 1.-4.

Is

Torrey Botanical Club :

Bulletin, vol. xv., Nos. ii, 12; xvi.. xvii., xviii.
American Museum of Natural History :

Annual Report for iSSg-'go. iSgo-'gi.

Report of Menagerie for 1888-89.

Bulletin, vol. ii,, Nos. 2-4.
American Museum of Natural History:

Bulletin, vol. ii., pts. 117-276; vol. iii., pts. 161-370 (Allen).
The Astor Library :

Annual Report, 40, 41, 42.
Association of Kngineer'g Societies — Boston, Chicago, St. Louis, &c.:

Journal, vols, viii., ix., x.
Linnaean Society :

Abstract of the Proceedings for the years 1S8S-S9. '89-90, '90-91.
Mathematical Society :

Bulletin vol. i., Nos. i, 3, 4.
Philadelphia, Pa. — Academy of Natural Science :

Proceedings, 1888, part 2, 3; 1889, 189O5 1891, part i. 2.
American Philosophical Society :

Proceedings, Nos. 12S-135.

Transactions, vol. xvi., ne.w series, part 3.

Rules and Regulations of the H. Phillips Prize Fund.

Rules and Regulations of the Magellan Premium.

Report of the Committee on Orthography.

An Account of the Congo Independent State.
Numismatic and Antiquarian Society :

Report of the Proceedings for the years i887-'89.
Zoological Society :

Annual Reports for the years i8S8-'9i.
Pharmaceutical Association :

Annual Report for i8SS-'9i.

Proceedings, vol. 38. ^

Pharmaceutical Association :

Alumni Reports, vol. xxviii., Nos. i, 2, 3,
Pennsylvania Woman's Medical College :

Annual .Vnnouncement, 40th, 41st.
Wagner Free Institute of Science :

Transactions, vols, ii., iii.

Journal of Pharmacy, vols. 61, 62, 63.
Poughkeepsie, N. 7~. — Vassar Brothe.is Institute :

Transactions, vol. v.
Rochester — Rochester Academy of Science :

Proceedings, vol. i., part i.
Rolla.. Mo. — Scientire Baccalaureus :

Journal, vol. i., Nos. i, 2, 3.

Sacramento., Cal. — State Mining Bureau of California :

Annual Reports, 8, 9, 10,
Salem — Essex Insittute :

Bulletin, 20-23.
Santa Barbara — Sao^a Barbara Society of Natural History :

Bulletin, vol. i.. No. 2.
San Prancisco — California Academy of Science :

Proceedings, vols. i.. ii., iii. (part i).

Occasional Papers — i. South American Nematognathi, by C. H.
Eigenmann.
2. Land Birds, by L. Belding.

19

Technical Society of the Pacific Coast :

Transactious. vol. vii.. No. 4, 5; viii., No. i.
Mt. Hamilton, Cal. — Fisk Observatory :

Total Eclipse of the Sun, January ist, 1S89.
St. Louis, Mo. — Journal of Ophthalmology :

Vols, vi., vii., viii.
Topeka, Kafis. — Kansas Academy of Science :

Transactions, vol. xi., xii. (part i).
Washburn College :

Bulletin, vol. ii.. Nos. 10. 11.
Trenton, iV". y. — The Trenton Natural History Society:

Journal, vol. ii.. Nos. i. 2.
Washington, D. C. — Smithsonian Institution :

Annual Reports for 1886, '87,'SS, '89 to July.

Proceedings of U. S. National Museum, vols. 10, 11. 12. 13.

Bulletins Nos. 33. 34, 35, 36, 37, 38.

Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 26 and No. 8ox.

Miscellaneous Collections, Nos. 663, 708. 741, 764. 594, 7S5, 671,

Report on International Exchanges. [672.

U. S. Geological Survey :

Bulletins, Nos. 40-81.

Annual Reports, vols. 7-10.

Monographs, vol. i., xiii.-xvi.

Mineral Resources of the United States, vols. 1887. 18S8.
Engineer Department U. S. Army :

Annual Reports, from 1888-1S90.

'• " Chief Signal Officer for 1888. '89, '90.

Tri-daily Meteorological Records from May to December, 1878.

U. S. Geological Survey west of the looth Meridian, by Capt.
Wheeler, vol. i.
U. S. Fish Commission :

Commissioner's Report. 1873-1887.

Fishery Industries of the U. S., sections 3-5. vols. 1-2, atlas.

Bulletins, vols. 1-8.

Investigation of the Fur, Seal and other Fisheries of Alaska, 1889.
Bureau of Education :

Circular of Information, 1887, No. 5 ; 1888. Nos. 2-7 ; 1889. No.
2, 3; 1890, No. I, 2; 1891, No. I.

Bulletin, 1889, No. i ; 1890, No. i.

Reports of Commissioner for 1886 — 1888.

Special Report on Public Libraries, pt. ii. and Index for 1867-90.
U. S. Naval and Astronomical Observatory :

Report of the Superintendent for i888-'90.

Observations made during the years 1884, '85, '86.

Catalogue of Stars.

Magnetic Observations during i888-'89.
Bureau of Ethnology :

Annual Reports for i883-'85.

B.Thomas — Work in Mound Exploration. Problem of the Ohio
Mounds. The Circular Square, etc. Earthen Works of Ohio.

I. C. Tilling — Muskhogean and Iroquoian Languages.

Wm. M. Holmes — Textile Fabrics of Ancient Peru.
Department of Agriculture :

Album of Agricultural Statistics.

Records, vol. i., Nos. 2-6; vol. ii.. Nos. 1-12; vol. iii., Nos. 1-4.

Bulletins, vol. i., Nos. i, 2. 4, 6; 1S91, Nos. 2, 3, 5.

Farmers' Bulletin, No. 2.

20

Forestry Division, Bulletin No. 4.

Fifth Report of the U. S. Entomological Commission, 1890.
Curtise — Animal Parasites of Sheep.
Alhum of Agricultural Graphics and Statistics.
Entomological Division :

Bulletins, vols i-, ii.. iii., iv. ; Nos. 1-4.
Special Bulletins. 21, 22, 7, 23, 27, 25.
Report of the Entomologist for iSgo.
Bibliography by T. Henshaw. parts i., ii., iii.
Consular Reports. Nos. 95-132. Special Reports, 1-5.
Worcester, Mass. — American Antiquarian Society :
Vol. v.. part 3 ; vi.. parts i. 2.
Worcester Society of Antiquity:

Proceedings. Nos. xxvii., xxxv.
Town Records, 29, 30, 31, 32.

Minneapolis, Minn. — Geologcial & Natural History .Survey of Minnesota

Annual Report for iSSS-'Sg.

Bulletins Nos. 1-6,

Winchell. Iron Ores of Minnesota.
Austin, Texas — Geological Survey of Texas:

Annual Reports, ist, 2d.
St. Louis, Mo. — Missouri Botanical Garden :

Annual Report for 1S90, 1891.
Geological Society of Atnerica — Bulletin, vols. i. 2.

Montreal — Geological and Natural History Survev of Canada :
Catalogue of Canadian Plants, parts 4, 6.

Contributions to Canadian Palajontology. vol. i., parts 2. 3.

to Micro-PaliEontology. parts 2, 3.
Annual Reports, vols, iii., iv.
List of Canadian Hepaticze, by W. H. Pearson.

Canadian Record of Science, vol. iii.. Nos. 6-S ; vol. iv., 1-7.
Royal Society of Canada.

Proceedings and Transactions, vols, vi., vii.. viii.
c^we^gc- -Literal and Historical Society of Quebec:
Transactions, Nos. 19, 20.
Annuaire, i889-'9i.
Universite Laval :

Annuaire, i89i-'92.
Toro7ito — Canadian Institute:

Proceedings, 3d series, vols, vi., vii.
Transactions, vol. i., vol. li., part i.
Annual Reports for iSSS-'gi.
Winnipeg — Manitoba Historical and .Scientific Society:
Transactions, Nos. 30-34, 36, 38. 39.
Annual Report tor 1889.
Halifax — Nova -Scotia Institute of Natural Sciences :

Proceedings and Transactions, vol. vii.. parts 2. 3.

Dictionary of the Language of the Micmac Indians, by S.T. Rand.

MEXICO.
Mexico — Ministerio de Fomento :

Ministerio y Documentos relativos al Comerdo, etc.. Nos. 43,46,

47, 48, 65-70.
Estadistica General, ano v., n''. 5.
21

Tablas Psycrometicas. altura de Mexico, 18S9.

Boletin de Agricultura. Minen'a, etc., afio i., n°. 2.
Observatorio Astronomico Nacional :

Anuarios x., xi., xii.

Boletin. tomo i.. n°. 1-6.

Boletin mensual del Observatorio Meteorologico. tomos i., ii.
iii., n°. I. 2.
Sociedad Andres del Rio :

Memorias de la Sociedad Cienti'fica, tomos ii., iii.. iv.
Sociedad Mexicana de la Ilistoria Natural :

La Xaturaleza, 2^ series, tomo i.' n°. 5-10; tomo ii., n°. i.
Sociedad Mexicana de Geografi'a y Estadistica :

Boletin. tomo i.. n°. 3-5.

CENTRAL AMERICA.

San Josi de Costa Rica — Museo Nacional :

Anales for 18S7.
Central Office of Statistics and Meteorology:

Boletin Trimestral. Nos. 1-4.

Anales del Instituto Fi'sico-geografico Nacional, 1889.

Memoria de Relaciones exteriores y Casteras anexas, 1S90.

Apuntaciones sobre el Clima y Geografi'a, tomos i., ii.
Guatemala — Secretaria de Fomento :

Memorias, 1891.

Informe de la Direccion General de Estadistica^ iS8S-'S9.

SOUTH AMERICA.

Argentine Republic.

Buenos Aires — Sociedad Cienti'fica Argentina :
Anales. tomos xxvi.-xxxii.. n°. 1-5.
Indice General, tomos i.-xxix.
Museo Publico de Buenos Aires :

Revista Argentina de Historia Natural tomo i., n°. 1-5.
Actas de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias, tomo vi. & Atlas.
Anales. parts xv., xvi.
Los Caballos fosiles, suppl.
Statistical Bureau :

Annuaire Statistique do la Provincia de Buenos Aires for 1SS8.
Cordoba — Academia Nacional de Ciencias exactas :
Boletin, tomos x., xi, n°. 1-3.
Observatorio Nacional Argentino en Codoba :
Observaciones en 1880.

Hio Janeiro — Instituto Historicoe Geogaphico Brazileiro:

Revista Trimensal' tomo liv., part i,
Imperial Observatorio :

Revista. do Observatorio. anno iv.. No. 2.
Sao Paulo — Commisseo Geographica e Geologica de S. Paulo :

Boletin i8S7-'89., No's. 3-7.

Santiago — Deutscher Wissenschaftlicher Verein :
Verhandlungen, Band ii., Heft 1-3.

22

ASIA.— JAPAN.

Tokio — Imperial University of Japan :
Calendar for the years 1S88-9S.
Journal, vol. ii., part 5; vol. iii , iv., part i.

JAVA.

Batavia — Magnetical and Meteorological Observatory:
Observations, x.. xi., xii.
Regenwaarnemingen, 1SS7-89.

AUSTRALIA.

Sydney — Royal Society of New South Wales :

Journal and Proceedings, vol. xxii.-xxiv., parts i, 3.
Department of Mines (Geological Survey) :

Annual Report, iSSy-'go.

Records, vol. i., parts i, 2, 3; vol. ii., parts i, 2, 3.

Memoirs (Palreontology), Nos. i, 2, 3. 5, 7, 8.

Descriptive Catalogue of Minerals.

Report of Museum tor iSS8-'89.

Records of the Australian Museum, vol. i.. Nos. 1-9.

Mineral Products of New South Wales, 18S7.
Brisbane — Royal Geographical Society :

Proceedings and Transactions,! vols, iv., v., vi ; parts i, 2.
Quensland Museum :

Annale, No. i.
Adelaide — Royal Society of South Australia :

Transactions and Proceedings, vols, x.-xiii. ; parts i, 2.

Melbourne — Natural Histor>' of Victoria:

Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria, decade xi.-xx.

EUROPE.
AUSTRIA— HUNGARY.

Briinn — Naturforschender Verein :

Verhandlungen. Band xxvi.-xxviii.

Bericht der Meteorologischen Commission fiir 18S6-89.

K. K. Marisch-Schlessische Geselischaft zur Beforderung des Aker-

baues der Natur und Landeskunde.
Mitlheilungen. Jahrgang i868-'7o.
Bistriiz—S'iQhenhurgQn Gcwerbeschule :

xiv. und xvi. Jahresbericht.
Budapest — K. Ungarische Geologische Anstalt :
Jahresbericht i887-'89.
Mittheilungen, Band viii.. Heft 6-9; ix., Heft 2-5.
Foldtani Kozldny, vol. xix.-xxi.. No. 1-3.
Zeitschrift der Ung. Geol. Geselischaft, Band xix., Ilefl 7-12; xx.,

Heft 1-4.
K. Magyar Termeszettudomanyi Tarsulat :

Naturwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen, xvi., 7; xvii., 2-5, 6;

xviii., 1-5.
Mathematische und Naturwissenschaftliche Mittheilungen, xxii.,

i-S; xxiii., 1-3.
Naturwissenschaftlicher und math. Anzeiger, xiii., xiv.'^
Math, und Naturshaftliche Berichte. vol. i.-vii. "1 """^

Lajos Thanhoffer : Daten zur Structur des centralen Nervensystemes.
Statisches Bureau Publ., xxii., xxiii., xxiv.

9.^

Sterblichkeits Bericht d. Stadt Pest.
L. Simon'kai, Enumeratio Florae Transsylvanicse.
E. Dadaj de Dees, Crustacea Cladocera FauniB liungaricae.
Allgemeine. Theorie des Electro-djnanometers.
A. Mocsary' Monographia Chrysididariim.
Ethnologische Mittheilungen, i. Jahr, Heft 3.
2ter Nachtrag zum Catalogue. All. Kartensamlung .
Almanach, iSSS-'go.

Supplement au n°. 20, 1889, de La Revue de I'Orient.
A. Magy. Tud. Akademia, i830-'89.
Mathematikai termeszettud Ertesito, vii. 4-9; viii. 1-5.
Mathematikai es termeszettudomanyi Kozlemenyek, xxiii. 4.
Mathematikai Estekezerek, xiv. 2-3.

Tesmeszettudomanyi Estekezerek, xviii. 6, 7; xix. i-io.
Richard, A Bor-es Mustelemzes.
E. D. de Dees, Myriopoda Regni Hungaria-.
Gratz — Naturwissenschaftlicher \'erein fiir Steiermark :

Mittheilungen, Jahrgang 1888-90.
Hermannstadt — Siebenbiirgischer Verein fiir Naturwissenschaft :

Verhandlungen und Mittheilungen, Jahrg. xxxviii.-xl.. iS8S-"90.
Z,/;/^— Vaterlandische Museum :

"Francisco Carolinum," Bericht 47-49.
Beitrage zur Rosenflora. von W'iisbaur iV: Ilaselberger.
Materialien zur Landeskundlichen Bibliographic, von Commonda.
Pi ag — K. Bdmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften :

Jahresbericht fur iSSS-'go.

Sitzuns^geberichte, Jahrgang iSSS-'go. No. ii.

Abhandlungen vii.; \'olge. Band 2, 3.

Statistisches Handbuch d. K. Haupstadt Prag, i887-''88 (2 cop.)

•'Lotos" Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. neue Folge, Bd.ix.-xi.
Reichenber^ (Bohemia) — Verein der Naturfreunde :

Mittheilungen, Jahrgang 18-22.
Salzburg — Vaierliindisches Museum Carolino-Augusteum :

Jahresbericht fiir i8S8-'89.
Trieste — Societa Adriatica di Scienze Naturali :

Bollettino, vol. xi., xii.
]SIuseo Civico di Storia Naturale :

Atti, n°. viii.
Wien — -Anthropologische Gesellschaft :

Mittheilungen. Band xviii.. Heft 4; xix.-xxi., Heft i.-iii.
K. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften :

Sitzungsberichte, Abth. i. i887-'9o: 2«, i887-'90; zb, 1890;
3. I 887- I 890.
Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus :

Jahrbiicher, neue P'olge, Band xxiv.-xxvi., i8S7-'89.
J. Hann: Untersuchungen iiber die Tiigliche Oscillation des Ba.

rometers.
K. K. (jeographische Gesellschaft:

Mittheilungen, Band xxxi.-xxxiii.
K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt :

Jarbuch, Band xxxix.-xli., Heft i.

Verhandlungen. 1888-89, n°. 1-14.
K. K. Naturhistorischer Hofmuseum :

Annalen, Band iii.. n°. 3, 4; iv.-vi., n°. i, 2.
Zoologische Botanische Gesellschaft :

Verhandlungen, Band xxxviii.-xli., ,n°. i, 2.

2-1

CEsterreichischer Toiiristen Club (Section fiir Naturkunde) :
Mittheilungen, Jahrgang i.

BELGIUM.

Brnxelles — L'Academie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres, et des Beaux
Arts de Belgique :

Bulletins, annee 59-61, ^e serie. tome xvii.-xxi.

Annuaire iSSS-'gi.

Catalogue des 1-ivres de la Biblioteque.
De la Societe Entomologique de Belgique :

Annales, tome xxxi., xxxii
De la Societe Malocologique :

Annales, tome xxii.-xxiv.

Proces-verbal, tome xviii., xix.
Societe Royale Botanique :

Bulletin, tome xxvii.-xxix.
De la Societe Microscopique :

j^ nnales, tome xii.-xv.

Bulletin, tome xv. -xviii.
Liege — Societe Geologique de Belgique :

Annales. tome xiii. n°. 2; xvii., n°. 4.
Louvain — Universite Catholique de Louvain :

Annuaire, iSSg-'gi.

Theses. n°. 588-62^.

Choix de Memoires xiv.

Programme des Cours.

DENMARK.

Kiohenkaven — Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs :

Memoires. Classe des Sciences, vol. iv.-vii., Xoa. i, 2.
Bulletin. iSSS, No. 2; 1891, No. i.

GREAT BRITAIN.
ENGLAND.

Halifax — Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnical Society :
Proceedings, vol. xi., narts 1-3.
Vol. X.. History of the Society, 1837-87.
Leeds — Philosophical and Literary Society :

Annual Reports for i888-'9i.
London — Royal Society :

Proceedings, 271-302.
Microscopical Society :

Journal. Nos. 66-84.
Royal Geographical Society :

Proceedings, vol. x., Nos. 10-12; vol. xi., xiii,
Entomological Society :

Transactions for the years i8S8-'90.
Nature, Nos. 9S8-115';.
The Geological Record for i88o-'84, vol. i.
Manchester — Literary and Philosophical Society:

Memoirs and Proceedings, 4th series, vol. 1.-4; Nos. 1-^.
Scientific Students' Association :

Report and Procoedings for i888-'89.
Microscopical Society :

Transactions and Annual Reports for i888-'90.

25

IRELAND-

Belfast—The. Belfast Naturalists' Field Club:

Annual Reports, iSSy-'go.
Dublin — Roval Irish Academy of Science :

Proceedings, 3d series, vols. i.. ii., No. i.

Transactions, vol. xxix.. Nos. 3-16.

Cunningham Memoirs, Nos. 5, 6.

Irish Manuscript Series, vol. ii.. part i.
Rojal Geological Society :

Journal vii.. part 2.
Royal Dublin Society :

Scientific Proceedings, vol. V. (n.s.), N0S.7.S; vol. vii., pts. 1-2'.

Scientific Transactious. 2d series, vol. iii.. No. 14; iv.. Nos. i-S.

SCOTLAND.

Edinburgh — Royal Scottish Society of Arts:
Transactions, vol. xii., parts 2-4.
Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh :

Proceedings for iSSy-'go.
Royal Society of Eldinburgh :
Proceedings, vols, xv.-xvii.

Transactions, vol. xxxiii., part 3 ; vols, xxxiv.. xxxv., parts 1-4;
xxxvi.. part i.
Glasgo-M — Geological Society of Glasgow :

Transactions, vol. viii.. part 2; vol. ix.. part i.
Philosophical Society of Glasgow :

Proceedings, xix.-xxi.
Natural History Society of Glasgow.

Proceedings and Transactions, new series, vols. ii.. iii.. part i.

FRANCE.

Amiens — La Societe Linneonne du nord de la France :

Memoires, iS86'-88.

Bulletin Mensuel, n°. 187-222.
Answers — La Societe des Etudes Scientifiques d'Angers :

Bulletin, 1886-89.
Auxerre — La Societe des Sciences Historiques et Naturelles :

Bulletin, annees 42-44.
Bordeaux — La Societe Linneenne :

Proces-verbaux, tome 43, 1889.
La Societe des Sciences Phy&iques et Naturelles :

Memoires. 3^ serie. tome iii.. n°. 2. tome v.

Observations Pluviometriques et Thermometriques, i887-'90.

Commission Metdorologique de Juin, 1S86, ii Mai, 1887.
Caen — L'Academie Nationale'des Sciences, Arts, et Belles-lettres :

Memoires, i887-'6o.
La Societe Linneenne de Normandy:

Bulletin, 4^ serie, tomes ii.. iii, iv., q., n°. 1. 2.
Cherbourg — La Societe Nationale des Sciences Naturelles et Mathe-
matiqnes :

Memoires, tome xxvi.
Dijon — L'Academie des Sciences, Arts, et Belles-lettres :

Memoires. lS87-'89.
Z,_y<?«5— L'Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Belles-lettres, et Arts :

Memoires, Classe des Lettres, tumes 24-26.
•' " '• Sciences, " 28, 29.

26

Musde Guimet :

Annales, tomes xiii.-xvii.

Revue de L'llistoire des Religions, tomes xviii.-xxiii., n°. i, 2.
Nancy — La Societe des Sciences de Nancy :

Bulletin, serie 2, tome ix., x., fascicle 24.
Part's — La Societe de Anthropologie :

Bulletin, 36 serie, tome xi.. xii, ; serie 4, tome i. fasc. 1-4.

Memoires. serie 2, fascicle iv., n . i. 2.
La Society Zoologique :

Bulletin, tome xiii.. n°. S-io; xiv., xv., xvi., n°. 1-6.
L'Ecole Polvtechnique :

Journal'. iSSS-'Sg, n°. 58-60.
Journal de Micographie :

1888. n°. 14-16;

1SS9. n°. I, 5-9, II. 13, 15-17, 19;

1890, n°. 4-6, 9, II ;

1891. n°. 3-5.

Societe Entomologique de France:

Bulletin 1891, n°. 1-16, 19, 20.
Revue Geographique Internationale:

Annee xvi.. n°. 186-91.

GERMANY.

Altenberg — Naturforschende Gesellschaft der Osterlandes :

Mittheilungen, neue Folge,tl5und 4.
Augsburg — Naturhistorischer Verein :

Bericht, 30.
Berlin — Koniglich Preussische Akademie d. Wissenschaften :

Sitzungsberichte, 1888, n°. 21-52; 1889, n°. 1-53; 1S90, 1-40;

1891, 1-53-
Verein fiir Beforderung der Gartenbaues :

Gartenflora, 188S, '89,"'90.
Botanischer Verein der Provinz Brandenburg:

Verhandlungen, Band 29-32.

Abhandlungen, Bogen 1-14.
Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin:

Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang 1889.
Bamberg — Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Bericht xv., 1890.

Bonn — Naturhistorischer Verein der Preussischen Rheinlande und West-
phalens :

Verhandlungen, 5te Folge, Jahrgang 5-7, 8, ist Iliilfte.
Braunschxveig — Verein fiir Naturwissenschaft :

Jahresbericht f(jr i887-'89.
Bremen — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Abhandlungen, Band x.. Heft 3 ; Bd. xi. ; Bd. xii., Heft i.
Cassel — Verein fiir Naturkunde:

Bericht xxxiv.-xxxvii.

Dantzig — Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Schriften, neue Folge, Band vii., Heft 2-4.
Darmstadt — Verein fiir Erdkunde.

Notizblatt, 4 Folge. Heft iz.. x., xi.
Dresden — Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis :

Sitzungsberichte und Abhandlungen. Jahrgang i88S-'9i.

27

Verein fur Erdkunde:

Fertschaift zum 25 jahrigen Bestehen.
Jubiliimsschrift, Litteratur fiir Ljindes und Volkerkunde.
D'urkheim — "Pollichia" Naturwissenschaltlicher Verein der Bayerischen
Ptalz :
Jahresbericht 43-46.
Mittheilungen der Pollichia, No. 1-4, iSSg-'go.
Emden — Xaturforschende Gesellschaft :

Jahresbericht 72-75.
Erfurt — Konigliche Akademie gemeiniitziger Wissenschaften :

Jahrbiicher, neue Folge, Heft 16.
Frankfuvt-a.-M. — Senkenbergische Xaturforschende Gesellschaft:
Abhandlungen, Band xv., Heft 3; xvi.
Berichte iSSS-'gi.
Katalog der Vogelsammlung*
.Ertzlicher Verein ;

Jahresbericht, Jahrgang 32-34.
Verein fiir Geographic und Statistik :

Jahresbericht iSSj-'gi.
Beitrage zur Statistik der Stadt Frankfurt-a.-M. :

Band v., Heft 3-S.
Statistische Mittheilungen, iSSS-'go.
Frankfurt-a.-O. — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein der Reg. Beg Frank-
furt-a.-O.
Monatliche Mittheilungen, Jahrg. viii., No. 1-3.
Societatum Litterae, Jahrg. 4, No. 1-9.
Freiburg^ I. B. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft:

Berichte, Band ii.-v.. Heft i, 2.
Giessen — Ober Hessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur und lleilkunde:

Bericht 26 und 27.
Gretfszvald — Geographische Gesellschaft :

Jahresbericht 3. und 4.
Gottitigen — Konigliche Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften:

Nachrichten iSSS-'go.
Giistrow — Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte :
Archiv., Jahrgang 42-44.
Die landeskundliche Literatur iiber die Grossherzogtiimer Mecklen-
burg, by Bachmann.
Halle — K. Leopoldinische Carolinische deutsche Akademie der Natur-
forscher :

Leopoldina, Heft 24-26.
Nova Acta, Band Iv., No. 4.
G. F. Zinken — Das Verkommen der natiirlichen Kohlenwasserstoffe,
Naturforschende Gesellschaft: [etc.

Abhandlungen, Band xvii., No. 1-2.
Bericht fur 1SS7.
Zeitschrift fur die gesammten Naturwissenschaften, 4. Folge, Band 7

und 8; 5. Folge. Band i.. Heft 1-3. |

Verein fiir Erdkunde:

Mittheilungen, iSSS-'go.
Hamburg — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Abhandlungen, Band xi., Heft 1-3.
Hanovet — Naturhistorische Gesellschaft;
Jahresbericht, 38-39.

28

Heidelberg — Natiirhistorischer Medicinischer Verein :

Verhandlungen, neue Folge, Band 4. Heft 2-4.
Karlsruhe — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Verhandlungen, Band x.
Kiel — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Schriften, Band vii.. Heft 2: Bd. viii., Heft i.

University Dissertations, iSSy-'Sg, No. 78; iSSS-'Sq. No. 95 ; 1889-
'90, No. Si; iSgo-'gi, No. 114.
Konigsberg — Konigliche Phjsikalische-okonoinische Gesellschaft:

Schriften Jahrgang 29-31.
Landshut — Botanischer Verein :

II. Bericht, i888-'89.
Leipzig — Koniglich Sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissen&chaften :

Berichte der math.-phjs. Classe 188S, Heft 1-2; 1889, Heft 1-4;
1891. Heft 1-2.
Zoologischer Anzeiger von I. V. Carus, Nos. 290-379.
Verein flir Erdkunde :

Mittheilungen 1887, 1890.
BeitrJige zur Geographic der Festen Waners.
Naturforchende Gesellschaft :

Sitzungsbericht, Jahrgang i886-'90.
Liincburg — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Jahreshefte xi., 1888-89.
Matuiheim — Verein fiir Naturkunde.

Jahresbericht ffir i885-'S8.
Marburg — Gesellschaft zur Beforderung d. gesammten Naturwissenchaf-
Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang 1888 '90. ten:

Metz — De la Societe d'Histoire Naturelle de Metz :
Memoires de 1' Academic de Metz, iS85-'87.
Verein fiir Erdkunde :

Jahresbericht fiir i887-'90.
Miinchen — K. Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften :
Sitzungsberichte, math.-phjs. Classe i888-'90.
'* philos.-histor. "

Paul Groth — Molekularbeschaffenheit der Crystalle.
E. Lommel — Georg Simon Ohmis (Festrede).
W. V. Christ — Karl von Prantl (Gedacht nisrede).
J. W. Plank — Ueber die historische JSIethode auf dem Gebiet der

deutsch. Civilprozessrechts.
K. Scholl — Aufange einer politischen Literatur beiden Griechen.
C. A. Cornelius. Gedacht nisrede auf J. v. Ddllinger.
Neue Annalen der K. Sternwarte, Band i. und ii.
Almanach fiir 1S90.

MUuster — Westfiilischer Provinzial Verein fiir Wissenschaft und Kunst:

17-18 Jahresbericht fiir i888-'89.
Niirnbersr — Naturhistorische Gesellschaft:

Jahresbericht, Band viii.
Osnabrisck — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein :

Jahresbericht fiir i8So-'90, Band v. -viii.
Passau — Naturhistorischer Verein :

Bericht xv.
Regensburg — Zoologisch jNIineralogischer Verein :

Berichte, Jahrgang i888-'89, Heft ii.
Historische Verein von Oberpfalz und Regensburg:

Verhandlungen, Band 42 und 43.

29

Koniglich Bayerische Botanische Gcs^ellschaft :

Flora, iSSS; Jahrg. 46.
Denkschriften der K. Bayerischen IJotanischen Gcsellscliaft :

Band vi.
Stettin — Entomologischer Verein :

Zeitung, Jahrgang 49-50.
Stuttgard — Verein fiir Vaterlandisclie Naturkunde :

Jahresberichte, Jahrgang 45-47.
Wiesbaden — Nassauischer \"erein fiir Naturkunde :

Jahrbiicher, Jahrgang 41-44.
fF/i:>z^«ri^— Physikalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft :

Sitzungsberichte fiir iSSS-'go. No. i-io.

HOLLAND.

Amsterdam — Koninklijke Akademie von Wetenschappen \'erslagen en
Mededulingen :

Afdeeling Letterkunde, 3d series, vol. 4-7.
Afdeeling Naturkunde, 3d series, vol. 3-7.
Adam et Christus.
Susanna me puero.
Matris Querela et Esther.
Verhandelingen :

Afdeeling Letterkunde, Deel xvii.-xix.
Afdeeling Naturkunde, Deel xxvi.-xxviii.
Jaarbock, 18S6-90.
Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde :
Aflevering 14-16.
Feest Nummer, 188S.
Haarlem — La Societe Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem :
Archives, tome xxiii.-xxv.. No. 1-4.
Fondation de P. Teyler van der Hulst :
Archives, serie ii., vol. iii., u°. 2-6.
Catalogue de la Biblioteque, n°. 7-S; 1S90, n°. 1-3.
Leyden — Nederlandische Dierkundige Vereeniging :

Tijdschrift, 2d serie, Deel ii., Aflevering 3-4; 3d Afl., n°. i.
Rijks Observatorium :

Annalen der Sternwarte in Leyden, Band 5, 6.
Middelbtirg — Zeeuwsch Genootschap des Wetenschappen :
F. Nagtglas — Zelandia Illustrata.

"■ Levensberichten van Zeeuwen, Abt. i, 2.

H. AL Kestelov de Stadsrekeningen von ISIiddelburg, iii., 1500-1549.
J. C. de Man Vluchtbergen in Walcheren.
Japikse Uitvinding der Verrekijkers.
Rotterdatn — Bataafsche Genootschap der Proefondervindelijke Wijs-
begeerte :

Nieuwe Verhandlinghen Tweede Reeks : Derde Deel,

Derde Stuk.
Utrecht — Koninklijk Nederlandsch Meteorlogische Institut :
Jaarbock, 1S79; iS88-'90.

ITALY.

Bologna — Accademia de la Scienze :

Memorie, serie 4, tomo viii.-x.
Catania — Dell' Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali :

Bollettino Mensile, nuova serie, fasci 1-22.

Atti, serie terza, tomo xx.; serie quarta, tomo 1,2.
30

Firtnze — Biblioteca Nazionale:

Bollettino della Publicazioni Italiana, n°. 67-143.
Indice Alfabetico, p. n°. 1-128, iS8S; n°. 1-6, 18S9; n°. 160, 1890.
Nuevo Giornale Botanico Italiano :

Estratto. vol. XV., n°. I ; xvi.,n°.3; xx., n°.6; xxi., n°. 2 ; xxii.,
n°. 6; xxiii, n°. 21; extra numbers, 8.
Istituto di Studi Superiori in Firenze :
Galileo Galilei.

Gueseppe Rondoni — Costituto Fiorentino. 1882.
L. Luciani — Fisiologia del Cervelletto, 1884.
A. Roiti — Elettriciti Atmosferica, 1884.
Alberto del Vecchio. Le Seconde Nozze, 1883.
G. B. Codronchi, A. Filippi— Eregeri Medico Legale sul Metho-

dus Testificandi.
Archivio della Scuola d'Anatomia, vol. ii., 1883.
j^/Z/awo — Fondazione Cientifica Cagnola:
Atti, vol. viii., ix.
R. Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere :
Rendiconti, serie 2, xx.-xxii.

Memorie, serie 3, fasc. i, classe Lett., vol. xviii.-xix.
" " 3, " 2, vol. xvii.-xix.

Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali :
Memorie, serie 3, tomo iv., v., vii.
Atti, vol. xxiv.-xxxii.
Modena — Regia Accademia di Scienze, Lettere, ed Art! :

Memorie, serie 2, tomo v., vi., vii.
Nafoli — R. Accademia della Scienze e Belle Lettere :
Rendiconto, anno xxvii.-xxix.
Atti, serie 2, vol. i.-iii.
Padova — R. Accademia di Scienze, Littere ed Arti :

Atti e Memorie, nuova serie, anno i.-\i.
Palermo — Ilortus Botanicus Panormitanus :

Plantae novze, tomo ii., n°. 5, 6, 8.
Pisa — Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturale :
Atti, tomo ix.-xi.
Processi Verbali, i888-'90.
Memoria del Prof. Giuseppe Menaghini.
Roma — Biblioteca Nazionale Vittorio Emanuele :
Bollettino, vol. iii.-vi.
R. Comitato Geologico de d'ltalia :

Bollettino, anno xviii.-xxi.
P. Accademia dei Lincei :

Atti, serie 4, tomo iv., v., vi., fasci 11-13.
Torino — R. Universita di Torino.

Musei Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata :
Bollettino, n°. 49-103.
Venezia — Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Littere ed Arti :

Atti, serie 6, tomo vi., vii,;. serie 7, tomo i., ii.

NORWAY.

Christtania — Norwegisches Meteorologischer Institute :
Jahrbuch fiir i885-'89.

PORTUGAL.

Lisbon — Sociedade de Geographia de Lisboa :

Boletin, 7 serie, n°. 9-12, 8 serie, i, 2, 7-12, 9 serie, 1-12.
31

Academia Real des Ciencias :

Historia de Infante Don Duarte, tomo i.

RUSSIA.

Dorpat—'H aturforscher Gesellschaft :

Sitzungsbericht, Band viii., Heft iii.; Band ix., Hett i, 2.
Extra Schriften, n°. 5, 6.

Meteorologische Beobachtungen fur i88r-'85.
Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv-Ehst und Kurlands, ist series, Band

ix., Liefrung 5.
Bericht iiber die Regenstationen fiir i887-'88.
Helsififrfors — Societas pro Fauna at Flora Fennica:
' "^Meddelanden, n°. 14, 15.
Acta, vol. iii., iv., v., n°. 1.
Herbarium Musei Fennice, 2d edit., n°. i.

Moscow — Society Imperiale de Naturalistes:
Memoires, tome xv., no. 6.

Bulletin, annde 1S88, 1-4; 1889, 1-4; 1890, 1-4.
Meteorologische Beobachtungen, i887-'89, Heft i.

Jean Yarkooski — Hjpothese Cinetique de la Gravitation Universelle.
Riga — Naturforscher Verein :

Korrespondenz Blatt, Jahrg. xxxi.-xxxiv.
St. Petersbunj — Academie Imperiale des Sciences:

Memoires, tome xxxv., n°. 3-10; xxxvi., n°. 1-17; xxxvii., n^. i

-13; xxxviii., n°. 1-3.
Bulletin, tome xxxii., n°. 1-4.
Melanges Biologiques, tome xiii., n°. i.

" Physiques et Chimiques, tome xiii., n°. 1.
Geographische Gesellschaft:
Proceedings for i888-'90.
Imperial Botanic Garden :

Acta Horti Petropolitani, tome x., n°. 2; tome xi., n°. i.
Mineralogical Society of St. Petersburg:

M6moires du Comitd Gdologique, vol. i., ii., n°. i.
Tifiis — Meteorologische Beobachtungen des Tifliser Physikalischen Ob-
servatoriums :

Meteorologische Beobachtungen, i8S6-'S9.

SPAIN.

Madrid — Real Academia de Ciencias :
Memorias, tomo xiii., part 2, 3.
Anuario de la Academia de Ciencias, ano 18S9.
Observatorio de Madrid :

Resiimen de las Observaciones Meteoroldgicas, i886-'8S.
Barcelona — Real Academia de Ciencias Naturales y Artes :
1). L. C. Ricart — Memoria Inaugural.

SWEDEN.

Lund — Universitatis Carolina Lundensis •
Acta, Tomo xxiv.-xxvi., part i, 2.
Stockholm— ¥^ntQmo\o%\%^ Tidsckrift :
1888-90, Arg. 9-1 1.
Kongligi Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien :
Ilandlingar, Bd. 20, 21, & Atlas.
Bihang, Bd. 9-13.

32

CEfversigt, Bd. 41-45, 1884-88.

Meteorologiska lakttagelser, Bd. 22-26.

Lefnadsteckningar, Bd. ii., Ilaft 3.

Forteckning, i826-'83.
Uf>sala — Kongeliga Vetenskaps Societeten :

Nova Acta, series tertite, vol. xiv., fasc. i.
Westerns — Riks Biblioteker:

Redogorelse, i886-"'90.

SWITZERLAND.

Basel — Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Verhandlungen, Band viii., Heft 3 ; Band ix., Heft i.
Bern — Schweizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 68.

Mittheilungen, No. 1 195-1264.
Verhandlungen der Schweigerischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft

Jahresversammlung, 71-73.
Chur — Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens :

Jahresberichte, Jahrgang 32-34.
Frauenfeld — Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Mittheilungen, Heft 9.
Geneva — Institut National Genevois:

Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, i888-'S9.

Memoires, i886-'89.

Bulletin xxix.. xxx.
Le Globe, Journal Geographique, quatrieme s^rie, tome viii.
Lausanne — De la Societe Vaudoise des Sciencec Naturelles:

Bulletin, xxiii., n°. 97; xxiv.. n°. 98-103.
St. G*rt//e«^Naturwissen8chaftliche Gesellschaft:

Bericht, i886-'89.
Zurich — Naturforschende Gesellschaft :

Vierteliahresschrift, 30-34, n°. i & 2.

33

Donations for 1888-'91.

Franklin P. Rice — A list of Books issued by F. P. Rice.
C. V. Riley — Report of the Entomologist for 1S87.
Max ytvi?ik — Die Pendel Uhren.
Dr. G. Hinrichs — Tornadoes und Derechos.

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mary E. Holmes — Morphology ot
the Carinae.
" L. Estes. Latitude of the Detroit Observatory.
" Supl. Report of the Committee on International Language.
'• Eastwood — Organic Contamination of Soils.
Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association, 1888- '89.
Annual Report of the Chief Signal Officer of the Army, 1S87. part ii.
//. 6". Consuls" Reports. Nos. 97-ioy, 110-120.
E. T. Dumble — ist Report of Texas Geological Survey'.

'• 1st Annual Report of the Agricultural Bureau.

•' Geological Report of Western Texas by Shumard.

G. W. Letterman — Sargent's Atlas on Forest Trees, loth Census.
L. G. Tales — Catalogue of his Collections, Nos. 1-8.
•' Notes on Hawaiian Ferns.

" The Ferns of Ceylon.

'' Catalogue of Ferns of North America.

'' 2d Biennial Report of the California Forestry.

Ed. N. Dickerson — Joseph Henry and the Magnetic Telegraph.
Thos. Ewing — Address at the Centennial Celebration, Marietta, O., 188S.
U. S. Consuls' Reports, new series. No. i.

2d Annual Report of the Interstate Commerce Commissioti, 1888.
State Board of Health Bulletin, vols, iv., v., vi., vii., Nos. 1-4.
Jules Mar cou — American Geol. Classification and Nomenclature.
" Mapoteca Geologica Americana.

" L'Origine du Nom d'Amdrique.

yules Marcou — On the Use of the Name "Taconic."
H. H. Prince Rolatid Bonapart — Notes on the Lapps of Finmark.

" ■• La Nouvelle Guinde, Nos. iii., iv.

Annual Report of the St. Louis Public Library, i887-'88, 2 copies.
J. A. Cutter — Food versus Bacilli in Consumption.
y. C. Brannei — Annual Report of Geol. Survey of Arkansas, 1888.
H. Phillips, Jr. — ^Dr. Esparanto : An Attempt towards an International

Language.
E. Buelna — Constitucion de la Atm6sfera.
6th Annual Report of Kansas State Historical Society.
Calender of the University of Michigan for 1888-'89.
50th Congressio7ial Directory.
Dr. A. Litton — Report of Department of Agriculture, i868-'69.

" Ann. Rep. of the Board of Agriculture of Maine, i861-'65.

" Trans, of the Agriculture Society of Wisconsin, vol. 2-4.

" Ann. Rep. of the Bd. of Agriculture of Indiana, vol. iii.

" 5th Ann. Rep. of Mass. Board of Agriculture, 1867.

" 2ist Ann. Rep. of Ohio Board of Agriculture, 1866.

" Missouri Bd. of Agriculture, Ann. Rep. for 1868, '69, '70.

•' Emery Rep't, from Ft. Leavenworth to San Diego, 1848.

34

Dr. A. Litton — Fremont's Expedition to the Rocky Mountains, i842-'44.
'• Herndon's Valley of the Amazon, vols. i.. ii. •

'' R. B. Marcy : Red River of Louisiana. 1852.

" Rep. Expl. from Fort Smith to Santa Fe, 1S50.

Catalogue of the Mercantile Library Assoc'n, 1858.

J. C, Brannet — Geological Survey of Kansas, vols, ii., iii.

Fred. v. Mueller — ^Key to the System of Victorian Plants, i.. ii.

W7n. R. Alorrison — ist Ann. Rep. on the Statistics of Railways in L'. S.

C. V. Riley— Report of the Entomologist for 188S.

Alex. G. Bell— On Reading as a Means of Teaching Language to the

Deaf.
Hugo — Sum ma — The Pseudo-Parasitism of Diptera in Man.
Fred. Borsari — Geografia, Etnologica e Storica della Tripolitania, etc.
W. E. Curtis — ^Trade and Transportation between U.S. and Span. Am.
Lncien Huot — Siege of the Fort of St. Johns in 1775.

liulletins of the Ohio Agricultural Station, vol. i.. No. i : vol. ii., No. 6.
H. Nehrliug — North American Birds, parts i.-v.
A. ]Vislize?ius — Memoir of a Tour to Northern Mexico in 1846-47.
5. G. Bruck — Commerce of the United States & other Foreign Countries.
Dr. E. Evers — loth Census Report of the U. S., vols. 17, 19, 21, 22.
E. A. Engler — Circulars of Information, 1885, Nos. 2, 3. 4.

" Consular Reports, vols, i., ii., iii.

" Annual Statistical Reports of the New York Produce Ex-

change, 1848.
' ^Lanual of Statistics, Railroads, Grain, etc, vol. x., i888.

'' Annual Report of the Cleveland Board of Trade, 1884.

First Annual Report of the Missouri Botatiical Garden.

D. G. Brinton — On Etruscan and Lybian Names.
Cecil Charles — Costa Rica and her Future.
Horace B. Gale — Theory and Design of Chimneys.
C. O. Cartman — Chemical ^jeagents.

Geological Survey of Missouri, Bulletin, Nos. i, 2. 3, 4, 5.

Biennial Report of the State Geologist, 1S91.

Calendar of the University of Afichigan, i8S9-'90.

Proceedings of the Trustees of the Ne-wberry Library for 1889.

y. I. Knox — A Permanent National Bank Circulation.

C. F. 7Jnken — Die Geologischen Ilorizonte der fossilen Kohlen.

E. A. Engler— Report of the Chief Signal Officer for 1880 and '81.

" 6 vols, of Science.

" 6 " of Journ. Association of Engineering Societies.

y. Waterhaus — The Western Movement of Capital, 2 copies.

F. L. Pope — Evolution of the Electric Incandescent Lamp.

The \Vestinghaus Electric Comp. — The Incandescent Lamp.
Th. Bou — The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens, 1S90.
L. G. Tates — Notes on the Geol. of the Islands of Sta. Barbara Channel.
" Channel Islands.

" Charm Stones of California.

A. R. Grote — -Check List of North American Noctuidse.
R. W. Schufeldt — Remarks upon Extinct Mammals.

Wtn. R. Alorrison — 3d Ann. Rep. of Interstate Commercial Commission.
" Central Pacific R.R. Co. and the U. S. Government.

W. K. Brooks — The Lucayan Indians.
Prince Roland Bonafart — Le Glacier de la Aletsch.

'■'■ Le ire etablissement des Neerlandais a Maurice.

AI. Star rich — II Genere Physaloptera Rudolph! .
American Pomological Society — Catalogue of Fruits, 1889.
Annual Report of the Commissioner of Pensions for 18S9.
President's Report of the University of Michigan for 1889.

35

Annual Report of the Los Angeles Public Library.

Pratt Institute — Record 1889, vol. i.. No. i.

y. p. C. Dammaspada — Footprints in the Way of Life.

Dr. L. Dnrapsky — Las Aguas Minerale.s de Chile.

C. M. Woodward — A History of the St. Louis Bridge.

E. W. Hilgard — Report on the Agricultural Experimental Stations of the

California University. iSSS-'Sg.
M. S. Sno-w — ^Ethylpy ridylketon, by T. W. Baues.

'' Propylpy ridylketon, by H. Majmon.

" Ueber symmetrische Tryphenylpyriden, by C. Klinge.

" Einige Derivate der Chinolin & Nicotinsaure, by Bueb.

" Program d. Technischen Hochschule zu Karlsruhe, 1890-91.

'' Der Stein der Weisen, by C. Engler.

'' Die Niederschlags - Verhiiltnisse des Rheingebietes, by

Schultheis.

E. T. Dumble — ist Ann. Report of the Geological Survey of Texas.
Matteo Lanzi — Di Classificazione delle Diatomee.

F. Gofpelsroedet — Ueber Feuerbestattung.

Internatiotial American Co?i/erence — Rep. and Recommendations, 1890.

Tale University Observatory — Report for iS89-'90.

List of Persons entitled to Property in the United States and Canada,

Australia, etc.
Prospectus of the St. Louis University, i889-'90.
Dr. G. Hinrichs — Contributions to Molecular Science.

'' Biographical Sketch of Wm. v. Ilaidinger.

" De Chimie Moleculaire, etc.

'' The Principles of Chemistry.

C. Charles — Costa Rica.
Special Consular Reports — Carpet Manufacture.

Malt and Beer in Spanish America.
Cotton Textiles.
Fruit Culture.
Clarence AI. Weed —^wWetin of Ohio Agricult. Exp. Station, vol. i.. No. 2.
C. V. Riley — Report of Entomologist for 1S89.

'•• The Insectivorous habits of the English Sparrow.

'' Insecticides applying to Shade and Forest Trees.

'• Insects aflecting the Hackberry.

Alex. Winchell — Observations on Canadian Rocks.
Report of the Secretary of the yoknstown Flood.

E. W. Hilgard — Biennial Rep. of Agric. College University of Cal.
Harvard llniversity — Catalogue for i890-'9i.
Wm. H. Webb — Advance sheets History of Steam Navigation.
C. J. Norwood — Annual Report of the Inspector of Wines in Kentucky,

Nos. 1-7.
Rep. on the Internal Com^nerce of the United States for 1S87-89, No. 1-2.
Commerce of the United States and other Foreign Countries with Mex-
ico, etc.^ 1S89.
Proceedings of the Society for Physical Research, part xii.
Interstate Co7nmerce Commission — 4th Annual Report, I890.
Ferd. v. Mueller — Select Extra Tropical Plants.
P. Cudmore — The Civil Government of the State and the Constitutional

History of the United States.
John C. Bratmer — Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Arkansas

for 1890.
Trelease — North American Species of Epilobium.
E. L. Hicks — The Collection of Ancient Marbles at Leeds.
Report of the Commissiotier of Pensions for the year 1891.
C. M. Clay — The Railway Issue: Labor, Money, etc.

36

E. Powers — War and the Weather.

G. Homufi — A Sanitary Survey of St. Louis.

By the Bacteriological Laboratory of Philadelphia — Reprints of three

Editorials on Tubercle Bacillus.
Dr. W. Adams — Electricity: its Application in Medicine and Surgery,

vol i.
West A/nerican Sciefitisi. vol. vii., Nos. 55-58, 60-63.
Colorado College Studies, ist annual publication.
Ferdinando Borsari — Biblioteca Etiopica, No. i.

" Etnoiogia Italica, Etruschi. Sardi e Siculi.

•' Societa Americana d'ltalia (Programma e Statute).

E. A. Eugler — Die Analyse der Baritgruppe von Dr. C. Liideking.
•yames Terry — Sculptured Anthropoid Ape-heads.
Dr. van Ricjkevorsel — An Attempt to Compare the Instruments for

absolute JNIagnetic Measurements.
T. C. Mendenhall — Catalogue of Charts, etc.

C. L. Herrick — The Journal of Comparative Neurology, vol. i.. No. i, 2.
School of Mines, Quarterly., vol. viii., No. 3.
Report of the Central Park Menagerie.
Ne-wberry Library — Proceedings of the Trustees for 1S91.
Los Angeles Public Library — Annual Report for 1890.
St. Louis Public Library — Annual Report for i889-'90.
St. L^ouis Mercantile Library — Annual Report for 1890.
Chicago University — Official Bulletin, Nos. i, 2.
[Baltimore] Peabody l7istitute — 24th Annual Report, 1S91.
American Library Associatio7t — Tour to the Pacific Coast, 1891.
E. May bridge — Animal Locomotion (Prospectus).
Pedro Mofitt — Illegal Acts of President Balmaceda.

E. F. Sinith — Peach Yellows.

Kansas City Scientist, vol. v., Nos, 6-12.
Pratt Institute — Record, No 2, 1890; Catalogue, t89i-'92.
W. E. Grijfis — Influence of Netherlands in making the American Republic.
American Banker&' Association — Address at Saratoga, Sept. 3, 1890. by

E. I. James.
The Ldeal and the Actual ifi the Law, by I. C. Carter, 1890.
The New Era of Phonography, by the Stenographic Society, "^Gabels-

berger."
.S. Fleming — Time Reckoning.

F. Stearns — A List of Mollusca collected in Japan 1889-90.

y. y. Knox — The Silver Question, and an Address to the Chamber of

Commerce of New York.
Deutsch-Amerikatiischer Tech?iicker- Verba7id — Mittheilungen, Mar. 1891.

G. Hinrichs — Six notes de Chimie Moleculaire.

T. C. Brown— The Necessity of a Civilian Directorship of the Weather

Bureau.
P. Topinard — A la Memoire de Broca.

M. Barcena — El Jardin Botanico de Aclimatacion en Mexico.
Senoner — Ten notes on Natural History.
E. W. Hilgard — Agricultural Station of the University of California.

Bulletin, Nos. 91, 92, 94, 95.

37

Fl^.L

Hq.n.

--

^

^

/■'

\^^/

/ \^

\

\ .

'<_jd_

' / ' ^ • 1 / ' \

/%-

^

;\/,<)^_ :\

i

^t'

^-'^''^ I

0

^^^^^^^"'"^ ^/^ f^i A*

""•\

X.

i"---v \

1

A- '

/

\ /^ \

/

\J>--:'/

^

__— -7-c^^ \ / ^ y

/

X \

\>i

'-'

\ ' ^' /

^<

-^

V

: ^>^

Trans. Acad. Sti. St. Loiii.-;, Vol. V. No. 1.

Phite III.

Fei'it of Limim.

Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, Vol. V. No. 1.

riate IV.

Petals and Filaments of Hesperolinon.

1%

m

U

ti r

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VL
Phlomis tuberosa.

Fig. I. A flower somewhat enlarged, sl.f stamens; s., style; k,, keel, and below this the
inflated portion of the corolla.

Fig. 2. A flower with the upper lip turned back, si., stamens; s,, style; b., bracts.

Fig. 3. A flowering branch, natural size.

Fig. 4. Style and stigmas somewhat enlarged.

Fig. J. Longitudinal section of flower, o., ovary; s., style; ^., ring of hairs and bulg-
ing of corolla at this point; n.. nectary; c, calyx lobes; a., point of attachment
of shorter pair of stamens ; a'., hooked appendages of the filaments of the
longer pair of stamens.

Fig. 6. Cross-section of tube of corolla at enlargement, showing the hairs projecting in.

Fig. 7. Pollen grains magnified 120 diameters.

Fig. 8. Receptacle and the lobed nectar g'and,^/. ; o., nutlets, thestyle coming up in the
centre

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
PerforationH.

Fig. 1. Gentiatia asdepiadea, L. — Mi'iller, Alpenblumen, p. 336.

Fig. 2. Arctostaphylos officinalis, Winn & Grab.— Miiller, 1. c. 386.

Fig. 3. Aconilum Napellus, Z.— Miiller., I.e. 137.

Fig. 4. Aconitum Lycoctonum, L. a., long-spurred form; h-, short-spurred form. — Auri-
villius, Bot. Centralblatt, vol. xxv. p. 125.

Fig. s Centrosema Virginiana, Benth. — Trelease, Am. Naturalist, 1S79, p. 690.

Fig. 6. Gaylusaccia dumosa, var. hirtella. Gray, a., the small perforation in flowers just
opened.

Fig. 7. Impaliens fulva, Nutt. After sketches made by Prof. Trelease, showing the way
in which honey-bees obtain nectar through perforations.

Fig. 8. Viola palmata, var. ciicullata. Gray. — Sketch by Prof. Trelease, showing perfora-
tions in spur

Fig. 9. Monarda Bradhuriana, Beck. The slit is shown on the upper side of the tube of
the corolla, a., the triangular cut in tube, described by Mr. Robertson.

Fig. 10. Rihes Cynosbati, L. Perforation in calyx.

LHPam.'n.eL scMJOtoh <i^L

Trans. Acad Sci. St. I^ouis, Vol. V. No. 1.

Plate VIII.

Lycoperdon Missouriense.

Explanation of Plate.— Fig. :, half-grown plant; fig. 3, mature plant— both of the natural
ize. Fig. 3, spores and fragments of capillitium, X 1200.

Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, Vol. V. Xo. 1.

Plate IX.

' Z mEHMH HVHT

BINGEE SALTFIVm SEC. SEC,

StC. SEC

'J'e

■te

■

'^

nss

DETAILED SECTIONS IN MACON COUTreY.

i4

'Ai r. ■

S-3S OC

is

•si

^^^ 190

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

OF ST. LOUIS.

Vol. v., No. 1 «& 2.

1886-88.

ST. LOUIS:
R. P. Studley & Co., Printers and Binders.

1888.

FK-IOE, S-i.OO.

{^"The Authors of Papers published in the Transactions are
to be considered as individually responsible for the opinions
expressed in them.

'Copies of any number of the Transactions may be had, on
application to the Treasurer, at the price of $2.00 for each
number; double numbers, $4.00. Non-residents of St. Louis,
wishing to become subscribers, will, on addressing the Corre-
sponding Secretary, be placed on the list, and will receive the
numbers as they are issued (or any numbers will be sent to
order enclosing the price) by mail, post-paid. Subscribers can
remit the price by mail in current funds on receipt of their
copies.

I^Associate Members not in arrears with the Treasurer arc
entitled to one copy of the Transactions.

CONTENTS.

KiNEALY,J. H. — A Spiral on a Torus i

Trelease, William — A Revision of North American Li-

naceae 7

Wheeler, O. B. — Tlie Secondary Base in Geodetic Sur-
veys A 3 1

LuEDEKiNG, Dr. Charles — The Post-mortem Detection of

Chloroform 28

Gatschet, Albert S. — Tchikilli's Kasi'hta Legend in the

Creek and Hitchiti Languages 33

Trelease, Wm. — (Contrib. from Shaw^ School of Botany,

No. 3) — Description of Lycoperdion Missouriense 240

Pammel, L. H. — (Contrib. from Shaw School of Botany,
No. i) — On the Pollination of Phlomis tuberosa, L.,
and the Perforation of Flowers 241

Eliot, W. G. Jr. — (Contrib. from Shaw School of Botany,
No. 2) — Measurements of the Trimorphic Flowers of
Oxalis Sziksdorjii 278

Trelease, Wm, — Observations suggested by the preceding

Paper 3S6

LuEDEKiNG, Dr. Chas. — Anomalous Densities of Fused

Bismuth 292

Brendel, Dr. Emil, of Cedar Rapids, lown — Synopsis of

the Family oi Pselafhidce 398

NiPHER, F. E. — On the Scale value of the Dellman Elec-
trometer used by Dr. A. Wislizenus 303

McGee, W J, U. S. Geologist — Notes on the Geology of

Macon County, Missouri 305

Journal of Proceedings i.-xxix.

Exchanges received, 1886-88.
Donations, " "

J ^ Q THE

, TRANSACTIONS

MAY

OF THE

ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

OF ST. LOUIS.

Vol. v., Nos. 3 & 4,

1888-'91.

ST. LOUIS:

R. P. Studley & Co., Printers and Binders,

1892.

I3K.ICE, S4.00

'The Authors of Papers published in the Transactions are
to be considered as individually responsible for the opinions
expressed in them.

^p'Copies of any number of the Transactions may be had, on
application to the Treasurer, at the price of $2.00 for each
number; double numbers, $4.00. Non-residents of St. Louis,
wishing to become subscribers, will, on addressing the Corre-
sponding Secretary, be placed on the list, and will receive the
numbers as they are issued (or any numbers will be sent to
order enclosing the price) by mail, post-paid. Subscribers can
remit the price by mail in current funds on receipt of- their
copies.

Active Members not in arrears with the Treasurer are
entitled to one copy of the Transactions.

276

->3>a

^y:xy"%

3^C;

^^E>.,;:i)i:

as2^."'.s::>

2>3>^#D>I7

J>i2):

-iiii> ^

>A. v\//5'^

^y\^ /

pvM

iijj

:>Si))T)